A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923

Government of Andhra Pradesh
Compendium on
A.P. LAND SURVEY
Andhra Pradesh Survey Tranining Academy

Samalkot
COMPENDIUM ON AP LAND SURVEY
AP SURVEY TRAINING ACADEMY

C GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH
Year of Publication : 2019
Copies can be obtained from : A.P SURVEY TRAINING ACADEMY

Samalkot- 533440.
No.of copies : 3000
Price : Rs.350/-
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Page
Part I
A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act 1923 1
Chap.
1. Preliminary …………………………………………..……………….. 3
2. The Survey of Government lands ……………………….……………... 5
3. The Survey of estates …………………………………..………….…… 8
4. Miscellaneous ………………………………………….………….…… 10
Amendments in Section 7 of Act No. VIII of 1923……………..……… 12
Directorate of Settlements, Survey and Land Records Distribution of 13

Business by Chief Commissioner ………..……………………………..
Amendments in Section 12 of Act VIII of 1923 ……………..……….... 15
Gazette Notification …...…………………………………….…….…… 16
Part II
Rules U/s 26 of the A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923 19
Appx.
I-A A.P. Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923 (Validation Act, 1924) ……….. 21
I-B Rules framed under section 26 of the Madras Survey and Boundaries
22
Act, VIII of 1923 ……………………………………………………….
Part III
A.P. Survey Manual Vol-I 33
Chap.
Introduction ...…………………………………………………………... 36
1. Initial Cadastral Survey – Preliminaries ……………………………….. 45
2. Boundary demarcation …………………………………………………. 48
3. Traverse Survey ………………………………………………………... 51
4. Traverse Computation …………………………………………………. 54
5. Traverse Plotting ……………………………………………………….. 59
6. Field Demarcation ……………………………………………………... 61
7. Field measurement ……………………………………………………... 68
8. Plotting village map ……………………………………………………. 72
9. Finishing village map and area computation …………………………... 74
10. Resurvey, Preliminaries ………………………………………………... 79
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records i

Table of Contents
11. Resurvey, Field measurement ………………………………………… 81

12. Inspection of Field work ……………………………………………….. 83
13. Rules for the conduct of Town Surveys
1) Preliminaries ………………………………………………………... 87
2) Boundary demarcation ……………………………………………… 88
3) Traverse Survey …………………………………………………….. 89
4) Traverse Computation ………………………………………………. 90
5) Traverse Plotting ……………………………………………………. 91
6) Field Demarcation …………………………………………………... 91
7) Field Inspection ……………………………………………………... 96
8) Street Alignment ……………………………………………...…….. 98
9) Mapping …………………………………………………………….. 99
10) Area Computation …………………………………………………... 100
11) Recovery of cost of stones and hired labour ………………………... 101
12) Finishing …………………………………………………………….. 102
13) Record of measurement and fair register …………………………… 102
14) Final examination …………………………………………………… 103
Appendix - Rules for the guidance of municipal councils and
Government Officers in carrying out street alignment operations in
Municipalities ………………………………………………………….. 106
14. Boundary Disputes ……………………………………………………... 111
Appx.
2. Programme of Re-Survey, and description of methods followed during
initial surveys …………………………………………………………... 116
3. Constant corrections to be applied for the reduction of Lambton's
values to correspond with modern series values ……………………….. 130
4. Diagram for determining the number of sheets of a traverse and the
131
position of station-A ……………………………………………………
7. Table of representative fractions ………………………………………. 132
8. Delineation of altered river boundary between Government and non-
Government villages …………………………………………………… 134
9. Deleted. 136
10. Extract from the Code of Civil Procedure Act V of 1908 ……………... 136
11. Appointment and training of Upper Subordinates ……………………... 151
12. Appointment and training of Probationary Assistant Directors of
Survey ………………………………………………………………….. 154
13. Corrections and alterations in completed survey records ……………… 155
ii Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Table of Contents
Part IV
A.P. Chain Survey Manual 157
Chap.
1. Elementary Arithmetic …………………………………………………. 159
2. Definitions and some simple Geometrical Theorems ………………….. 162
3. Properties of right angled triangles and trapezoids …………………….. 164
4. Instruments Required for Chain Survey …………………..…………... 168
5. Demarcation …………………..…………………..……………………. 175
6. Field measurement …………………..…………………..……………... 178
7. Measurements of obstructed lines …………………..…………………. 187
8. Plotting …………………..…………………..…………………………. 196
9. Computation of area …………………..……………………………….. 202
10. Main steps in survey ……..……………..…………………..…………. 211
1) Different steps in the survey of a village …………………..……….. 211
2) Different steps in the survey of a field …………………..………….. 213
3) Observance of legal formalities under the Act ……………………… 215
11. Maintenance …………………..…………………..……………………. 218
Andhra Pradesh Survey Manual amendments to departmental rules
238
Vol. I and II orders – issued …………………..………………………...
Part V
Board of Revenue Standing Orders 241
Introduction …………………..…………………..…………………….. 243
34-A Maintenance of Revenue and Survey Records and Registration in the
normal course of revenue administration ……………………………… 248
Section
1. Explanatory …………………..…………………..…………………….. 248
1) Classification and registry of lands …………………..……………... 248
2) Demarcation …………………..…………………………………….. 248
3) The system of Revenue Records and Registration ……….................. 249
2. Revenue Survey Marks …………………..…………………………….. 249
4) The duties of Government Officers and ryots in regard to revenue
249
survey marks …………………..…………………..……………………
3. Revenue Survey Maps …………………..…………………..…………. 249
5) Supply of copies of Field Maps ...……………..……………………. 249
6) Rules for the preparation and grant of copies of Field Maps ………. 250
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records iii

Table of Contents
7) Scale of distribution of village and other maps ……………………... 250

8) Rules regarding the supply of village maps and the record of
changes in them …………………………..…………………………. 250
4. Demarcation, Mapping and Registration of Changes in the Revenue
Registers …………………………..……………………………………. 251
9) Changes in the Revenue Registers which require measurement and
mapping of fields …………………………..……………………….. 251
10) Measurement, mapping and registration of new survey fields and
sub-divisions …………………………..……………………………. 252
11) Changes which require the creation of new field …………………… 253
12) Demarcation of a new survey field or sub-division and recovery of
the cost of Demarcation …………………………………………….. 253
13) Procedure to be followed in demarcating, measuring, mapping and
registering a new survey field or sub-division and in demarcating
sub-divisions already mapped and registered ………………………. 254
14) Instructions for the formation of Sub-divisions …………………….. 258
15) Method of notation of new sub-divisions …………………………... 259
16) Instructions for the straightening of corrugated boundaries ………... 260
17) Employment of Special Staff and Recovery of Cost of Survey and
Demarcation …………………………..…………………………….. 261
18) Quarterly Lists of New Fields and Sub-Divisions to be forwarded to
the Sub-Registrar …………………………..………………………... 262
5. Survey Instruments …………………………..…………………………. 262
19) Supply of Survey Instruments …………………………..………….. 262
6. Miscellaneous …………………………..……………………………… 262
20) Applications from Private parties to point out Boundaries of fields ... 262
7. Maintenance of Town and Panchayat Survey …………………………. 264
34-B Correction of errors in survey and demarcation ……………………….. 264
1. Explanatory …………………………..………………………………… 264
2. Records to be corrected …………………………..……………………. 264
3. Agency authorized to correct …………………………..……………… 264
4. Custody of manuscript original records of Field Measurement ……….. 264
5. Limits of error …………………………..……………………………… 264
6. Verification of positions of Survey marks on ground …………………. 265
7. Procedure to be followed in correcting survey errors involving
alteration in area …………………………..…………………………… 265
8. Cases where there is no defect in the Survey Records but the
boundaries on the ground disagree with the record ……………………. 266
iv Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Table of Contents
9. Alterations to be reported to the Director of Survey and Land Records.. 266

10. Corrections in permanent ‘A’ Registers ……………………………….. 266
34-D Effecting changes in the Revenue Accounts as a result of resurvey,
supplemental survey without restricting to settlement” 266
Appx.
1. Extract from Survey and Boundaries Act VIII of 1923 (Standing Order
No. 34-A, Paragraph 4) ………………………………………………… 267
Extract from the Rules framed under Section 26 of the Survey and
Boundaries Act VIII, 1923 …………………………………………….. 268
2. General Executive Rules for the Maintenance of Demarcation
(Standing Order No. 34-A. Paragraph 3) ………………………………. 271
3. Duties of revenue and survey and land records officers etc., in
connection with the maintenance of revenue records and registration
(Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 4) ………………………………. 312
G.O.Ms. No. 153 - Inclusion of certain additional duties in the job chart 320
4. Instructions for the guidance of the Director of settlements, Survey and

land records (Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph-4) ………………… 341
5. Standing Order No. 34-A Paragraph 6, Clause (2) …………………….. 343
6. Rules for the Record of Changes in Village Maps (Standing Order No.
34-A, Paragraph 8, Clause (ii)) ………………………………………… 343
7. Statement of Sub-Divisions (Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 13 (a) ) .. 345
8. Instructions for Adjustment of Areas (Standing Order No. 34-A,
Paragraph 13 (a) ) …………………………..………………………….. 346
9. Sub-division Check-Memorandum (Standing Order No. 34-A,
Paragraph 13(b)) …………………………..…………………………… 347
9-A Sub-Division Questionnaire (Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 13 (b)) 348
10. Register of sub divisions (Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 13 (b)) 350
11. Survey instruments and books (Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 19) ... 352
12. Register of applications to point out ‘F’ boundaries to be maintained in
the Taluk Office (Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 20) …………... 358
13. Rules for the maintenance of surveys in municipal towns (Standing
Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 21) ………………………………………... 359
13-A Rules for the Maintenance of Surveyin Panchayat Areas (Standing
Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 21) ………………………………………... 395
14. Notice (Standing Order No. 34-B, Paragraph 7) ………………………. 411
15. Memorandum of Alterations to be made in the Area of the fields
(Standing Order No. 34-B, Paragraph 7) ………………………………. 411
16. Register of Survey Errors Corrected (Standing Order No. 34-B,
Paragraph 7) …………………………..………………………………... 412
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records v

Table of Contents
17. Deleted 412

18. Distribution List of Village Maps Free of Cost to Various
Departmental Officers (B. S. O. 43-A, PARAGRAPH 7) ……………... 413
19. Register of sub-division Fee collected (Standing Order No. 34-A,
Paragraph 20(b)) …………………………..…………………………… 419
Part VI
A.P. Re-Settlement Manual 421
Section-I
General Principles Relating to Resettlements & Assessments ………… 423
Section-II
1&2. General …………………………..……………………………………... 440
3. Scrutiny of the existing Survey and the Revenue Accounts …………… 441
4. Relations with the Survey department …………………………………. 441
5. Resurvey Records …………………………..………………………….. 441
6. Check of the Survey Records ………………………………………….. 442
7. Miscellaneous accounts to be prepared for resurveyed tracts ………….. 443
8. Preliminary accounts to be prepared for traces which have not been
resurveyed …………………………..………………………………….. 443
9. Preparation of other miscellaneous accounts in the case of tracts
resurveyed and not resurveyed …………………………..…………….. 444
10. Instructions for the field inspection of cases shown in the
miscellaneous accounts ………………………………………………… 445
11. General instructions as regards field inspection ……………………….. 448
12. Preparation of the nominal list, rough chitta and rough patta ………….. 448
13. Issue of rough pattas of the ryots ………………………………………. 448
14. Rough patta objection hearing …………………………………………. 450
15. Preparation of fair accounts ……………………………………………. 451
16. Notices in the case of tracts not resurveyed …………………………… 452
17&18. Fair accounts …………………………..……………………………….. 452
19. Report on the introduction of resettlement …………………………….. 453
20. Resettlement Register …………………………..……………………… 453
21. Descriptive Memoir …………………………..………………………... 454
22. Miscellaneous …………………………..……………………………… 454
23. Some Settlement terms …………………………..…………………….. 458
24. Rounding of pies …………………………..…………………………… 459
vi Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Table of Contents
Appx.
1. Land Register …………………………..………………………………. 460
2. Correction discrepancy memorandum …………………………………. 460
3. Instructions to Surveyors in regard to the treatment of Porambokes and
460
Encroachments …………………………..……………………………...
4. Clubbed subdivision list ……………………………………………….. 461
5. Statement showing inam lands which contain excess areas …………… 462
6. List of lands washed away by revers …………………………………... 462
7. Instructions for the treatment of lands washed away by rivers ………... 462
8. Irrigation statement …………………………..………………………… 464
9. Double crop statement …………………………..……………………... 465
10. Instructions for the preparation of the Nominal List …………………... 465
11. Nominal list …………………………..………………………………... 466
12. Rough Patta …………………………..………………………………… 467
13. Draft Notification …………………………..…………………………... 468
1) Area affected …………………………..……………………………. 468
2) General Policy …………………………..……………….………….. 468
3) Classification of Soils ………………………………………………. 468
4) Classification of Irrigation Sources …………………………………. 470
5) Wet Lands …………………………..………………………………. 471
6) Dry lands …………………………..……………………………….. 476
7) Ground-rent …………………………..…………………………….. 481
8) Special Rate Lands …………………………………………………. 481
9) Lands in the Water Spread of Irrigation Sources …………………… 481
10) Increment Remission ……………………………………………….. 481
11) Registry of Holdings …………………………..…………………… 482
12) Rough Pattas …………………………..……………………………. 482
13) Relinquishments ……………………………………………………. 484
14) Duration of Resettlement …………………………………………… 484
14. Rough patta objection hearing register ………………………………… 485
15. Karnam’s copy of Resettlement Adangal ……………………………… 485
16. Karnam’s Resettlement chitta ………………………………………….. 485
17. Roles for the grant of Increment Remission …………………………… 486
18. Increment remission account …………………………………………... 487
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records vii

Table of Contents
19. Increment remission of working statement …………………………….. 487

20. Comparative statement of areas ………………………………………... 489
21. Comparative financial statement ………………………………………. 489
22. Statement of area under dry and wet money rates ……………………... 490
23. Resettlement register …………………………………………………... 491
24. Appendix XXIV……………………………...…………………………. 491
25. List of poramboke and unassessed lands transferred to assessed waste
or included in holdings by the District Revenue authorities …………… 496
26. lands transferred from dry to wet and from wet to dry by the District
Revenue authorities ……………………………………………………. 497
27. lands transferred from one source of irrigation to another subsequent to
the last Resettlement …………………………………………………… 497
Section III 498
Administration …………………………..……………………………... 498
1. Establishment …………………………..………………………………. 511
2. The office procedure under the Tottenham system ……………………. 515
Part VII
Notes on Cadastral Survey 519
1. Define "SURVEYING" or what is "Survey"? …………………………. 521
2. What is REVENUE SURVEY OR WHAT is CADASTRAL SURVEY
OR How is REVENUE SURVEY beneficial both to Government and
Ryots …………………………..……………………………………….. 522
3. Why Theodolite is used in the Revenue Survey ……………………….. 522
4. What is survey field and Revenue field ………………………………... 523
5. What is LOCATION airy or How the Rough Location Sketch is
prepared …………………………..……………………………………. 523
6. What are the Survey instruments used in Cadastral Survey? Describe
their construction …………………………..…………………………... 524
7. Enumerate the rules to be followed during demarcation of a survey
field …………………………..………………………………………… 524
8. What Geometric figures are seen in Survey Records? Define them with
diagram …………………………..…………………………………….. 525
9. What is braking of chain …………………………..…………………… 526
10. Enumerate the different Systems adopted in Survey and substitute your
argument that the present D & 0 System is more advantageous than
other system of survey …………………………..……………………... 527
11. What are the important records prepared under D & O System when
survey operations are completed for a village …………………………. 528
12. Describe important legal provisions of S & B Act …………………….. 529
viii Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Table of Contents
13. What is Topo detail? How they are useful ……………………………... 530
14. What is "Durable Demarcation"? Mention the various sizes of stones
used with their conventional symbols and places at which they are
planted …………………………..……………………………………… 531
15. What processes have to be done during the initial Survey operation of a
village …………………………..……………………………………… 532
16. How do you measure an obstructed lines ……………………………… 533
17. How do you measure width of a river when water is flowing? OR How
do you measure distance between two points when they are visible but
not chainable …………………………..………………………………. 534
18. Write short notes on …………………………..……………………….. 534
a) Representative Fraction ………………………………………………... 534
b) Minor Circuit Field …………………………..………………………… 535
c) Long Narrow field …………………………..…………………………. 535
d) G. T. Station …………………………..……………………………….. 535
e) Equalization of bends …………………………..……………………… 535
19. How one observance or legal formalities help the Riots ………………. 535
MAINTENANCE
20. Why is Maintenance necessary ………………………………………… 536
21. What do you understand by R.R.R. Maintenance ……………………... 537
22. When do you observe the formalities under the S& B Act In the course
of maintenance …………………………..……………………………... 538
23. What is N.O.S. Problem? How is it useful during the course or
maintenance …………………………..………………………………... 539
24. Briefly describe the process of measuring new Sub-divisions and
survey fields in the courses of maintenance …………………………… 539
25. What is the method of notation of new Subdivisions in course of
maintenance …………………………..………………………………... 540
26. What is the "adjustment of areas" in maintenance …………………….. 541
27. How the errors and defects detected during the course of maintenance
remedied? OR what is Survey Error? How it is rectified in the course
of maintenance …………………………..……………………………... 542
28. What are the Registers maintained in Taluk Office to watch the day to
day changes in R.R.R. maintenance …………………………………… 542
29. Write short notes on ......
a) "D" Sketch …………………………..…………………………………. 544
b) Acknowledgement Register …………………………..………………... 545
c) Notice under Section 15(2) of the S&B Act. …………………………... 545
d) Over Draft …………………………..………………………………….. 545
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records ix

Table of Contents
e) Point out of "F" boundaries ……………………………………………. 545

f) Abandoned Stone …………………………..…………………………... 546
LAND ACQUISITION
30. What are the notification and notices to be published and served under
LA. cases? How the changes are in corporated in the records? What 546
certificates are to be appended to the records …………………………..
Part VIII
Conversion Tables, Important Topo Details and Proformas 549
Conversion factors
Length - Metric to FPS system ……………………………………. 551
Length - FPS to Metric system ……………………………………. 552
Area - Metric to FPS system ………………………………………. 553
Area - FPS to Metric system ………………………………………. 554
Conversion table for Gunter to Metric links ………………………. 555
Table of Representative fraction …………………………………... 556
Acres-Cents to Hectares-Ares ……………………………………... 558
33 feet FPS chain in LR office in Telangana area and etc., ……….. 562
Reference (Topo Details) …………..…………………………………... 564
Registers & Notices ...……………..…………………………………… 568
Part IX
Notes on Village Accounts 585
Role of village accounts in the land Administration …………………... 587
Role of village accounts prior to Independence ……………………….. 588
Role of village accounts after Independence ………………………….. 588
Analysis of village records & accounts ………………………………... 589
Integrated village accounts …………………………………………….. 590
Important mandal accounts …………………………..………………… 593
Jamabandi …………………………..………………………………….. 594
Azmoish of Government and Private lands ……...…………………….. 594
Computerization of village accounts …………………………………... 595
Role of village revenue officers ………………………………………... 596
****
x Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Table of Contents
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records xi

Table of Contents
xii Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

I. The A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act,
1923
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records 1

I. The A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923
2 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

APPENDIX–1
THE A.P. SURVEY AND BOUNDARIES ACT, 1923
ACT NO. VIII OF 1923
An Act to amend the law relating to Survey of Lands and Settlement of

boundary disputes
Preamble :
WHEREAS it is expedient to consolidate and amend the law relating to survey of lands
and settlement of boundary disputes and whereas the previous sanction of the Governor-
General has been obtained under section 80-A (3) of the Government of India Act, It is
hereby enacted as follows –
CHAPTER–I
PRELIMINARY
1. 1) Title : This Act may be called “the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923.”
2) Local extent : It extends to the whole of the state of Andhra Pradesh.
2. Repeal : The Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1897, is here by repealed.
3. Interpretation clause : In this Act, unless there is something repugnant in the subject or
context –
i) “Estate” means –
a) any permanently settled estate whether a Zamindari jaghir, Mitta or palaiyam;
b) any portion or such permanently settled estate which has been separately
registered in the office of the Collector.
c) any unsettled palaiyam or jaghir;
d) any inam village of which the grant was made or has been confirmed by the
British Government;
e) any portion, consisting of one or more villages of any of the estates specified
above in clauses (a), (b) and (c), which is held on a permanent under tenure.
ii) “Government land” : Government land means any land not forming an estate or
any portion thereof.
iii) “Prescribe” : “Prescribe” means prescribed by rules framed under this Act.
iv) “Proprietor” : “Proprietor” means any person in whose name any estate is for the
time being registered in the office of the Collector of the district wherein the estate
is situated ‘and, in respect of an estate specified in clause (e) of sub-section (i), the
holder thereof.
v) “The Registered holder” : The “Registered holder” of any Government land means
the person in whose name the land in question is registered in the Government
accounts of the village;

Provided that when any person other than the registered holder is in lawful
management of the Government land otherwise than as agents or servant of the
registered holder or as mortgagee or lessee such person shall be deemed to be the
registered holder in respect of such Government land.
vi) “Proprietor or Registered holder” in case of joint registration : Where an estate
or Government land is so registered in the names of two or more persons jointly, the
“proprietor” or “registered holder”, as the case may be, shall, for the purpose of
this Act, be the persons who is recognized by the other joint holders as the manager
of the estate or who, in case of dispute, is recognized by the Collector as senior joint
holder.
vii) “Survey” : “Survey” includes all operations incidental to the determination,
measurement and record of a boundary or boundaries or any part of a boundary and
includes a Re-survey.
viii) “Survey mark” : “Survey mark” means any mark or object erected, made, employed
or specified by a survey officer to indicate or determine or assist in determining the
position or level of any point or points.
ix) “Survey officer” : Survey officer” means any person appointed to be a survey officer
under section 4.
4. State Government to appoint survey officers :
1) The State Government may by notification appoint any person either by name or by
virtue of his office survey to be a survey officer for all or any of the purposes of this
Act.
2) State Government to prescribe jurisdiction of survey officer : Subject to the
control of the State Government and of any officer or authority appointed by it in this
behalf every person so appointed shall exercise and perform the powers and duties
of a survey officer within such local limits, and for such periods of time as the State
Government may direct.
3) State Government may delegate powers of control : The State Government may
delegate its powers under sub-sections (1) and (2) to such officer or authority as it
thinks fit.
****

CHAPTER–II
THE SURVEY OF GOVERNMENT LANDS
5. State Government may direct the survey of Government land or of any boundary of
such land : The State Government or, subject to the control of the State Government, any
officer or authority to whom this power may be delegated by it may by notification order
a survey of any Government land or of any boundary of such land of the boundary forming
the common limit of such land, of Government land and land that is not Government land.
6. Notification to be published by survey officers :
1) When any survey is ordered under section 5 the survey officer shall publish a
notification in the prescribed manner inviting all persons having any interest in the
land or in the boundaries of which the survey has been ordered, to attend either in
person or by agent at a specified place and time and from time to time the after when
called upon for the purpose of pointing out boundaries and supplying information in
connection therewith.
2) Such notification to be valid notice to persons interested : A notification
published under sub-section (1) shall be held to be a valid notice to every person
having any interest in the land or in the boundaries of which the survey has been
ordered.
7. The Survey officer to carry out the survey in the prescribed manner : The survey
officer shall carry out the survey or shall cause the survey carried out with the assistance
of an external or internal agency approved by the Government in the manner prescribed.
(Subs. By Act 36 of 1995 w.e.f. 28-11-1995)
8. Cost to be charged to persons interested in the lands survey :
i) The cost, if any, of the labour employed and of the survey marks used in any survey
notified under section 5 shall be determined and apportioned in the prescribed
interested in manner among the persons who have any interest in the land or in the
boundaries of which the survey has been ordered and shall be recoverable from such
persons as an arrear of the land revenue. Notice of such determination and
apportionment shall be given in the prescribed manner to the persons aforesaid.
ii) Any person affected by a decision under sub-section (1) may appeal to the prescribed
officer whose decision, with reasons therefor, shall be recorded in writing; and notice
of such decision shall be given in the prescribed manner to the parties to the appeal
iii) An appeal under sub-section (2) shall be preferred within three months from the date
of service of notice under sub-section (1) after excluding the time taken to obtain a
copy of the decision.
Provided that the appellate authority may admit an appeal after the expiry of the said
period on his being satisfied that the appellant had good and sufficient cause for not
preferring the appeal within that period.
Explanation : The fact that notice under sub-section (1) was not served personally
on the appellant shall be deemed to be good and sufficient cause within the meaning
of the above proviso.
iv) A copy of the order under sub-section (2) shall be furnished to any person interested
in such order on his application and at his cost.

9. Power of survey officer to determine and record an undisputed boundary :

1) The Survey officer shall have power to determine and record as undisputed any
boundary in respect of which no dispute is brought to his notice.
2) Notice to registered holders of lands affected : Notice of every decision of the survey
Officer, under section 9(1) shall be given in the prescribed manner to the registered
holders of the lands the boundaries of which may be affected by the decision.
10. Power of survey officer to determine and record a dispute boundary :
1) Where a boundary is disputed, the survey Officer, after making such inquiry as he
considers necessary, shall determine the boundary and record it in accordance with
his decision. The survey officer shall record in writing the reasons for his decision.
2) Notice to parties to the dispute and to registered holders of land affected : Notice of
every decision of the Survey officer under Section 10(1) shall be given in the
prescribed manner to the parties to the dispute and other registered holders of the
lands the boundaries of which may be affected by the decision.
11. Appeals against orders under Sections 9 or 10 :
1) Any person affected by a decision under Section 9 or 10 may appeal to the prescribed
officer. The decision of the appellate authority with reasons therefor shall be recorded
in writing and notice of such decision shall be given in the prescribed manner to the
parties to the appeal. Any modification of the survey officer’s decision, ordered by
the appellate authority, shall be noted in the record prepared under Section 9 or 10,
as the case may be.
2) A copy of the order under Section 10 or 11(1) and a copy of the map regarding the
boundaries as determined under Section 9, 10 or 11(1) shall be furnished to any
person interested in such orders, as the case may be, on his application and at his
cost.
12. Period with in which appeal should be preferred :
a) An appeal under Section 11 shall be preferred within 60 days from the date of service
of notice under Section 9 or 10, provided that the time taken to obtain a copy of the
decision and of the map shall not be included in the period of 60 days allowed for
appeal. (The words “Three months” was substituted for “sixty days” by Act 6 of
2007)
b) Proviso : No appeal preferred after the expiry of the said proviso-period shall be
admitted, provided that the appellate authority may admit an appeal after the expiry
of the said period on his being satisfied that the appellant had good and sufficient
cause for not preferring the appeal within such period.
Explanation : The fact that notice under Section 9 or 10 was not served personally
on the appellant shall be deemed to be good and sufficient cause within the meaning
of the above proviso.
c) No appeal shall be admitted under sub-section (6) after the issue of the notification
specified in section 13.
13. Completion of demarcation to be notified : When the survey of any land or boundary
which has been notified under section 5 has been completed in accordance with the orders
passed under Section 9, 10 or 11, the survey officer shall notify the fact in the District

Gazette and a copy of such notification shall be posted in the village chavadi, if any, of
the village to which the survey relates, unless the survey so notified is modified by a
decree a civil court under the provisions of Section 14, the record of the survey shall be
conclusive proof that the boundaries determined and recorded therein have been correctly
determined and recorded.
Provided that in the case of land or boundary situated in the territories specified in sub-
section (1) of section 3 of the States Reorganization Act, 1956 (Central Act 37 of 1956),
until a District Gazette is published for the districts in the said territories, a notification as
required by this section shall be published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette in lieu of
publication in the District Gazette.
14. Institution of a suit in civil court within three years to establish rights claimed in
respect of the boundary of the property surveyed : Any person deeming himself
aggrieved by the determination of any boundary under Section 9, 10 or 11 may, subject
to the provisions of Parts II and III of the Indian Limitation IX of 1908 Act 1908, institute
a suit within three years from the date of the notification under Section 13 to set aside or
modify the said determination and the survey shall, if necessary, be altered in accordance
with the final decree in the suit and the alternation, if any, shall be noted in the record.
The plaintiff in such suit shall join as parties to it all persons whom he has reason to
believe to be interested in the boundary which is the subject of the suit.
15. Registered holders responsible for the maintenance of survey marks :
1) Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed in this behalf, every registered holder
of Government land shall be bound to maintain, renew and repair the survey marks
on or within the boundaries of his holding and in default of his doing so the survey
officer or the Collector may, at the cost of the State Government, maintain renew and
repair such survey marks, determine and apportion the cost of so doing and recover
such cost as an arrear of land revenue. Such cost may include the cost of all
operations incidental to such renewal or repair but not charges on account of survey
officers and supervising establishment.
2) Notice to the registered holder : Before a survey officer or Collector maintains,
renews or repairs any survey marks, he shall serve a notice in writing on the
registered holder in the prescribed manner giving the particulars of the survey marks
in respect of which default has been committed and calling upon him to maintain,
renew or repair the same within a time to be specified in such notice which shall be
not less than fifteen days from the date of service thereof.
3) Notice to cultivator or other person interested : If the notice under sub-clause (2)
cannot be served personally on the registered holder, a copy of the same shall be
served also on the cultivator or other person interested in the land.
16. Duties of village officers : It shall be the duty of every village headman and of every
village accountant –
a) To prevent the destruction, injury, removal or alteration of any survey mark on or
within the limits of his jurisdiction, and
b) When he becomes aware that any such mark has been destroyed, injured, removed
or altered, to report the fact to the prescribed officer.
****
CHAPTER–III
THE SURVEY OF ESTATES
17. State Government may direct the survey of an estate in certain cases : The State
Government, or subject to the control state of the State Government any officer or
authority to whom this power may be delegated by it, may by notification direct the survey
direct the survey of any estate or portion of an estate or of any boundary therein.
a) On the application in writing of the proprietor of such estate or, in the case of a
boundary, of any person interested therein; or
b) Without such application whenever in the opinion of the State Government such
survey is necessary.
i) for the better or more convenient assessment or levy of irrigation cess;
ii) for any other reason to be recorded prior to the issue of such notification;
Provided (1) that any person making an application under clause (a) shall forward
with his application a statement in writing signed by him to the effect that he will
pay the whole cost of the survey and if required will deposit the amount in a
Government treasury before the survey is commenced and (2) that any survey
commenced under that clause may be stopped on the withdrawal of his application
by the applicant unless the Local Government sees reason to direct the continuance
of the survey in virtue of the power conferred on it by clause (b).
18. Procedure to be observed during survey : Except as provided in sections 19 and 20 the
conduct such survey and the proceedings of the survey officer shall, as far as may be, be
regulated by the procedure laid down in Chapter II with regard to the survey of
Government lands; and the provisions contained in that chapter in regard to appeals from
the orders of a survey officer, the granting of copies thereof and the effect of such orders,
and of the decisions passed in appeals therefrom and in regard to the right of suit in respect
of such orders and decisions shall, as far as may be, apply to all orders passed by a survey
officer under this chapter and to the decisions passed in appeals against such orders.
19. Cost of survey recoverable from proprietor : All costs incurred by the State
Government on account of a survey directed under clause (a) of section 17 shall be
recoverable from the persons who have any interest in the estate, portion of estate, or
boundary of which the survey has been ordered as an arrear of land revenue; the cost of a
survey directed under clause (b) (z) and (7/) of section 17 shall be borne by the State
Government unless otherwise provided by any law for the time being in force.
20. State Government may direct apportionment of costs among lands surveyed :
1) On the application of the proprietor of an Estate Governemtn may direct in which
any survey has been made the State Government or any officer, or authority to whom
this power may be delegated by it, may direct the survey officer to apportion among
the holders of the lands or persons interested in the boundaries which have been
surveyed the whole or a specified portion of the cost of such survey; Provided that
no tenant under a proprietor shall be called upon to pay a larger sum on account of
such survey than be would be liable to pay if he held his land directly under the
Government.

2) Apportionment how made : The apportionment under sub-section (1) shall be made
in the prescribed manner.
3) Cost so apportioned recoverable by proprietor from tenants : The amount
apportioned under this section when it is due by the tenants of a proprietor shall be
recoverable as if it were an arrear of rent due by tenant to his land holder.
4) For the purpose of this section and section 21 the expression “tenant” shall include
the holder of a rent-free grant.
21. Consequences ensuing on completion of survey of an estate : When an estate or a
portion of an estate or a boundary in an estate has been surveyed in pursuance of a
notification issued under section 17, the survey officer shall report the completion of the
survey to the District Collector and to the proprietor, of survey and the following
consequences shall thereupon ensue –
Duties of tenants :
i) Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed in this behalf, every tenant of the
land surveyed, and where there is no tenant, the proprietor, shall be bound to
maintain, renew and repair the survey marks on or within the boundaries of his
holding and in default of his doing so the Collector may, after giving no, tice to the
tenant or proprietor, as the case may be in the manner provided in sub-sections (2)
and (3) of section 15, at the cost of the State Government, maintain, renew and repair
such survey marks as and recover the cost of so doing as an arrear of land revenue.
Such cost may include the cost of all operations incidental to such renewal or repair
but not any charges on account of survey officers and supervising establishment.
Duties of Village Officers :
ii) It shall be the duty of the headman and of the accountant of every village the whole
or a part of which has been surveyed –
a) to prevent the destruction, injury, removal or alteration of any survey mark on
or within the limits of his village; and
b) when he becomes aware that any such mark has been destroyed, injured,
removed or altered, to report the fact to the proprietor of the estate and to the
Collector or to such officer sub-ordinate to the Collector as the District Collector
may, from time to time, direct.
****

CHAPTER–IV
MISCELLANEOUS
22. Power to enter upon, examine and obstructions on lands : For the purposes of any
survey, inquiry or other proceeding under this Act, the survey officer or the District
Collector or any of the subordinates of such officers shall have power to enter upon,
examine and measure any land under survey and to clear by cutting down or removing
any trees, jungle, fences standing crops or other material obstructions, the boundaries or
other lines the clearance of which may be necessary for the purposes of the survey.
23. Power to summon witness and require production of documents : Any survey officer
generally or specially authorized in that behalf, or the District Collector or any officer to
whom an appeal is preferred under any of the provisions of documents, this Act may, for
the purpose of rendering assistance in the survey of any land summon and enforce the
attendance of any person who has an interest therein and may for the purposes of any
survey enquiry or other proceedings under this Act summon and enforce the attendance
of any person for giving evidence and for the production of documents; and the procedure
prescribed in the Code of Civil Procedure for summoning and enforcing the attendance
of witnesses and for the recording of evidence shall be followed as far as it can be made
applicable.
24. Reference to arbitration :
1) The District Collector or the survey officer may, with the consent of all the parties
concerned, refer to arbitration any dispute as to a boundary.
2) The decision of the District Collector or the survey officer passed in accordance with
such award shall be conclusive between the parties to such arbitration and those
claiming under them.
25. Proprietor holder or registered may recover expenses paid by him from the owner
of the estate or Government land and may acquire a charge upon the land to that
extent :
i) In the absence of a contract to the contrary a proprietor or registered holder of any
estate or Government land under recover survey, who incurs any expenses or from
whom any expenses are expenses recovered under this Act in respect of such survey,
shall, if he be paid by not the owner thereof, acquire a charge on such estate or
Government land to the extent of the expenses so incurred, or recovered from him
with interest thereon at the rate of 9 per cent per annum.
ii) Person claiming an interest may pay charge payable by proprietor or registered
holder and acquire a charge : It shall be lawful for any person claiming an person
interest in an estate or Government land under survey to pay the charges payable
under this Act in respect of the survey of such estate or Government land, though he
be not the proprietor or registered holder thereof; and all such proprietor or sums, if
paid by a tenant or lessee, may be deducted from any rent then or afterwards due by
him in respect of such acquire a estate or Government land and if paid by any other
person interested or bona fide claiming an interest in the estate or Government land,
shall be a charge upon such estate or Government land. Such sums shall bear interest
at 9 per cent per annum.

iii) Extent of such charges : Where a person entitled under this section to a charge on
an estate or Government land is a co-owner of charges, such Estate or Government
land such charge shall extend only to so much of the amount recovered from or
expended or paid by him as is due in respect of the share of the other co-owners in
such estate or Government land with interest at the rate aforesaid.
26. State Government may make rules under the Act :
1) The State Government may after previous state publication make rules to carry out
the purposes of the Act.
2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power such rules
may.
a) prescribe for different localities the unit of survey, the sub-divisions thereof and
the description of the survey marks; and provide for maintenance, renewal and
repair of such marks.
b) provide for the collection and record of any information in respect of any land
which has been or is about to be surveyed;
c) define the classes of officers to be appointed to do duty under this Act and the
powers to be exercised by such officers;
d) prescribe and regulate the procedure to be followed by those officers into the
conduct of proceedings under this Act;
e) provide for the publication of all notifications issued under this Act and for the
form, issue and service of all orders, communications and notices to be issued,
communicated, given or served under this Act;
f) regulate the furnishing of survey marks, labour and other matters necessary to
surveys notified under this Act and the recovery of charges incidental thereto
where they are recoverable;
g) provide for the apportionment of all charges directed to be apportioned by this
Act and for the determination of the cost of labour employed and of the survey
marks used in any such survey.
h) prescribe the fees payable for processes issued and copies granted under this
Act; and
i) prescribe the manner in which arbitrations are to be appointed and regulate the
procedure to be followed by them.
3) All such rules shall be laid before the Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly for a
period of not less than two months while the Assembly is in session.
27. Immunity for acts done in good faith or purporting to be so done : No suit or other
legal proceedings shall lie against any person for anything in good faith done or
purporting to be done under this Act.
****

THE ANDHRA PRADESH GAZETTE

PART IV–B EXTRAORDINARY
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
NO. 57] HYDERABAD, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 1995
ANDHRA PRADESH ACTS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS ETC.
The following Act of the Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly received the assent of
the Governor on the 21st November, 1995 and the said assent hereby first published on the
28th November, 1995 in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette for general information.
ACT NUMBER NO. 36 OF 1995
AN ACT TO AMEND THE ANDHRA PRADESH SURVEY AND

BOUNDARIES ACT, 1923.
Be it enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of Andhra Pradesh in the Forty–
sixth year of the Republic of India as follows :
1. This Act may be called the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries (Amendment)
Act, 1995.
Amendment of section 7 of Act No. VIII of 1923.
2. In the Andhra Pradesh Survey a Boundaries Act, 1923 (hereinafter referred to as the
principal Act), for section 7, the following section shall be substituted, namely :
“Survey Officer to carry out the survey or get the survey carried out in the manner
prescribed. 7. The Survey Officer shall carry out the survey or shall cause the survey carried
out with the assistance of an external or internal agency approved by the Government in the
manner prescribed.”
Levy of one time cess for resurvey etc.
3. 1) In order to meet the cost of bringing the land records uptodate, their
computerization and for conducting a need based re-survey, there shall be levied and collected
a one time cess of rupees twenty per acre on all lands in the State, notwithstanding any thing
contained in the principal Act. The amount so collected shall be credited to a fund called
‘Survey and Land Records Fund’.
2) The levy and collection of the cess under sub-section (1) and the expenditure
from the Survey and Land Records Fund shall be in such manner as may be prescribed.
G. BHAVANI PRASAD,
Secretary to Government,
Legislative Affairs,
Law Department.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CHIEF COMMISSIONER OF LAND ADMINISTRATION

ANDHRA PRADESH: HYDERABAD
PRESENT : SRI P. V. RAO, I.A.S.,
Rc.No. I-1/1151/99. Dated: 24-2-1999.
***
Sub: - P.S. – Directorate of Settlements, Survey and Land Records –

Distribution of Business by Chief Commissioner of Land
Administration to Special Commissioner and Director SS&LRs, -
Reg.
Ref: - 1. G.O.Ms.No. 97 Rev. (2) Dept. dt. 31-1-1977.

2. G.O.Ms.No. 59 Rev. (D) Dept. dt. 21-1-1999.
***
ORDER :
1) In the reference cited, orders were issued by the Government to reorganize,

steeamline and further strengthen the se up of Commissioner dealing with Land
Administration, Further, it was also ordered to abolish the post of Commissioner
of Survey Settlements and Land Records.
2) In para 2 of the notification of the G.O.cited, Government authorized the

Chief Commissioner for Land Administration to exercise the powers vested with
Commissioner of Survey Settlements and Land Records.
3) In para 3 of the notification of the G.O. cited Government also authoresed

the Chief Commissioner and Land Administration to make such arrangements
from time to time as he may think fit for the proper distribution of business
among the Commissioners.
4) In view of the above, it is hereby ordered that the following subjects which
were previously dealt by the erstwhile Commissioner of Survey, Settlements and
Land Records are distributed-allotted to the Special Commissioner and Director
of Survey, Settlements and Land Records until further orders.
i) Appointing-Disciplinary authority in respect of Assistant Director,

Survey & Land Records.
ii) Sanction of pension to Asst. Directors, S&LRs.
iii) Medical Advance/Reimbursement.
iv) Age & Education relaxation in respect of the Class-IV employees
appointed under Social Security Measures.
v) Deputation of staff under Foreign Service Rules.

vi) Sanction of permission to continue further studies.
vii) Sanction of N.O.C. to go abroad.
viii) Extension of suspension period beyond one year.
ix) Powers to issue notification U/s. (5) of S&B Act.
x) Sanction/Enhancement of office rent.
xi) Condemnation of vehicles/Articles/Furniture.
xii) Re-appropriation proposals etc.,
xiii) (a) Corrction of Survey errors U/s.87 of A.P. (Telangana Area)
L.R.Act,1317F. powers delegated (R) Dept. dt. 15-7-76.
(b) Revision U/s.158 of A.P. (T.A.) L.R. Act.1317F, and review
U/s.166 of the said Act to the extent of Survey and Land
Records are concerned.
Sd/- P. V. Rao,
Chief Commissioner of Land
Administration.
For Chief Commissioner of Land

Administration.
To
The Special Commissioner & Dirctor, SS&LRs, AP., Hyderabad.
Copy to the Secretary to Chief Commissioner of Land Administration, AP.,
Hyderabad
Copy to the Prl. Chief Conservator of Forest, Hyderabad with a request to
communicate to all functionaries of the department.
Copy to the Secretary to Government, Tribal Welfare Dept. Hyd.
Copy to the Commissioner of Appeals, O/o CCLA., Hyd.
Copy to the Spl. Officer, Urban Land Ceiling, AP., Hyd.
Copy to the Collector and Dist. Magistrates in the State with a request to
communicate to all R.D.Os/Sub-Collectors/MROs.
Copy to All Joint Collectors in the State.
Copy to Regl. Dy. Director, S&LRs, Kakinada/Kurnool/Hyderabad.
Copy to the Joint Director (Admn) Survey.
Copy to the Joint Director of Settlements.
Copy to the Dy. Director (Hqs.) S&LRs, Hyd.
Copy to the Dy. Director (Urban) S&LRs, Hyd.
Copy to All Asst. Director, S&LRs. In the State.
Copy to the Dy. Director, C.S.O., AP., Hyd.
Copy to the Commissioner of Tribal Welfare, Samkshema Bhavan, Hyd.
Copy to All Superintendents/Sections in Survey & Settlements wing.
Copy to S.F.
Copy submitted to the Prl. Secretary to Government, Revenue Department,
AP., Hyd.


PART IV–B EXTRAORDINARY
No. 6] HYDERABAD, MONDAY, JANUARY 22, 2007.
ANDHRA PRADESH ACTS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS Etc.

The following Act of the Andhra Pradesh Legislative Assembly received the assent
of the Governor on the 19th January, 2007 and the said ascent is hereby first published on the
22nd January, 2007 in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette for general information :
ACT NO. 6 OF 2007
AN ACT FURTHER TO AMEND THE ANDHRA PRADESH SURVEY AND
BOUNDARIES ACT, 1923.
Be it enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of Andhra Pradesh in the
Fifty-seventh Year of the Republic of India as follows –
Short title and commencement :
1) This Act may be called the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries (Amendment)
Act, 2007.
2) It shall come into force on such date as the Government may, be notification,
appoint.
Amendment of section 12 Act VIII of 1923 : 2. In the Andhra Pradesh Survey and
Boundaries Act, 1923, in section 12, in class (a) for the words “three months” occurring in
two places, the words “sixty days” shall be substituted.
T. MADAN MOHAN REDDY,

Secretary to Government,
Legislative Affairs & Justice,
Law Department.

ఆంధ్రప్రదేశ్ రాజప్త్రము
W.No. 25 AMARAVATHI, TUESDAY, JUNE 27, 2017 G.77
PART II – MISCELLANEOUS NOTIFICATIONS OF INTEREST TO THE PUBLIC

--x--
NOTIFICATIONS BY THE HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS Etc.,
డైరెక్టర్ ఆఫ్ సరవే, సెటిల్ మంట్స్ మరియు భూమి రికార్డులు

నోటిఫికవషన్
యు/ఎస్. 5 ఆఫ్ ది ఎ.పి.ఎస్. అండ్ బి యాక్ట్ 1923
రిఫరెన్స్ నం. I2/9226/2007
1923 ఆంధ్రప్ద
ర ేశ్ సరవే మరియు సరిహద్దు చట్్ ము 1923 లో 2వ చట్్ ములోని 26వ విభాగప్ు
2(సి) ఖండము క్ంర ద్ చేయబడిన నియమావళి క్ంర ద్ 1977 ఆంధ్రప్ద
ర ేశ్ రెవినయూ బో ర్డు స్తానే డైరెక్్ర్డల
నియామక్ం చట్్ ం నంద్లి 3 మరియు 8వ విభాగము మరియు ప్రధాన భూ ప్రిపతలన క్మీషనర్
ఉత్ా ర్డేలు ఆర్. సి.నం. 1-7/7757/99 తేది. 24-02-1999 దాేర్ త్మక్యూబడిన అధికతర్ములనద
ప్ుర్సకరించదకొని సరవే సెట్ిల్ మంట్ మరియు భూమి రికతర్డుల డైరెక్్ర్డ సద్ర్డ చట్్ ము 5వ విభాగము
క్ంర ద్ ________ జిలాా, __________ మండలంలోని ____________ ఎక్ట్ యినాం ఎసట్ట్
గ్తరమములోవునన ఈ క్ంర ద్ క్నప్ర్చిన యినాం భూములనద 1956 యినాం చట్్ ం మరియు ఇ.ఏ.యాక్ట్
1948 నిభంద్నలనద అమలుప్ర్చద నిమిత్ా ము సరవే చేయవలసినదిగ్త ఆదేసించదచదనానర్డ.

అనుసూచిక్
విసతా ర్ణం
వ. నం. సరవే నంబర్డ త్ర్గతి రిమార్డకలు
ఎక్రతలు – సెంట్ల
ా
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
మొత్ా ం
విజయవతడ,
20-06-2017
సెెషల్ క్మీషనర్ మరియు
డైరక్
ె ్ర్ ఆఫ్ సరవే, సెట్ిల్ మంట్్,
మరియు భూమి రికతర్డులు, ఆంధ్రప్ద
ర ేశ్.


II. Rules U/s 26 of the Andhra Pradesh
II. Rules U/s 26 of the Andhra Pradesh

Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923.

II. Rules U/s 26 of the A.P. Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923
II. Rules U/s 26 of the A.P. Survey and Boundaries Act,

1923

APPENDIX-I-A
THE ANDHRA PRADESH SURVEY AND BOUNDARIES ACT, 1923
(VALIDATION) ACT, 1924
ACT NO. II OF 1925

An act to remove all doubts as to the validity of the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act,
1923
PREAMBLE
WHEREAS it appears that the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, as assented to
by the Governor on the 21st day of February 1923, and by the Governor-General on the
12th day of March 1923, and as published in the Fort St. George Gazette on the 29 th day
of May 1923 contained the words “order regarding” in sub-section (2) of section 11 of the
said Act instead of the words “map recording” which occurred in the said sub-section as
passed by the Local legislative Council
And whereas doubts have arisen as to the validity of the said Act and of things done under
the same :
And whereas it is expedient to remove all such doubts : it is hereby enacted as follows—
1. Short title : This Act may be called the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923
(Validation) Act, 1924.
2. Principle Act : In this Act, “The Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, shall mean
what was published under that title at pages 121 to 126 in Part IV of the Fort St. George
Gazette, dated the 29th day of May 1923.
3. Amendment of section 11 of the Principle Act : The provisions contained in the Madras
Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, are hereby enacted with the substitution of the words,
“ A copy of the order and a copy of the map recording the boundaries as determined under
section 9, 10 or 11 (1) shall be furnished to any person interested in such order or map “
for the words “A copy of the order under section 10 or 11 (1) and a copy of the order
regarding the boundaries to any person interested in such orders” occurring in sub-section
(2) of section 11 of the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923.
And the said provisions with the said substitution shall be deemed to have been in force
with effect from the 29th day of May 1923.
****

APPENDIX I-B
RULES FRAMED UNDER SECTION 26 OF THE ANDHRA PRADESH
SURVEY AND BOUNDARIES ACT, VIII OF 1923
RULES UNDER CLAUSE-1

1. In the case of an estate surveyed under section 17 (a) of the Act the Board of Revenue
may require that the estimated cost of the Survey shall be deposited in the district treasury
either in whole or in part before survey is begun or from time to time thereafter.
2. If default is made in the payment of any advance, the survey shall be stopped after three
months’ notice to the proprietor.
RULES UNDER CLAUSE 2 (a) *

* (Applicable to both Government and Estate lands.)
1. Survey marks shall be of the following descriptions and shall be set up at the points
indicated —
1) a) Theodolite stones (Cadastral surveys) —
Descriptions : Stones of durable quality roughly squared of approximate
dimensions measuring 90 CM by 23 CM by 23 M with a plummet hole cut on
the top and a broad arrow on one side.
At village tri-junctions and their pointers on the boundaries between ryotwari
villages and at the places marked on the village map or other record prepared at
the time of survey as stations at which a theodolite has been set up on the
boundaries between a ryotwari village and a proprietary village.
b) Theodolite stones (Town surveys) —
Description : Stones of durable quality roughly squared of approximate
dimensions measuring 90 cm by 23 cm by 23 cm or 45 cm by 20 cm by 20 cm
with a plummet hole and broad arrow cut on the top.
N.B. : Stones of the larger size shall be used for making the boundaries of the municipality and of
open blocks. The smaller sized stones shall be used in streets.
Points : At the places where three or more streets or roads meet and at important
bends on the block boundaries, marked in the Revenue map or other record prepared
at the time of survey as stations at which a theodolite has been set up.
2) Chain survey stone —
Description : Stone of durable quality roughly squared of approximate dimensions
measuring 30 cm by 15 cm by 15 cm with a St. George’s cross on the top and arrow
mark on the side.
Points : In town surveys at points on the straight lines between two theodolite
stations.
3) Field stones —
Description : Stones of durable quality roughly squared of approximate dimensions
measuring 60 CM by 1 5 CM by 15 CM with a broad arrow cut on one side.

Points : Areas surveyed on the system of simple triangulation or on the town survey
system. At the bends and tri-junctions on the boundaries of all survey fields,
poramboke sub-divisions and sub-divisions belonging to or vested in local bodies.
All other cases : i) (a) At the places marked on the village map or other record
prepared at the time of survey as stations at which a theodolite has been set up with
the exception of the points mentioned in sub- clause (a) of clause (1);
b) at the bends and tri-junctions on the boundaries of villages adjoining proprietary
estates, at tri-junctions on the boundaries between ryotwari villages and at the bends
and tri-junctions of poramboke survey fields and sub-divisions, of survey fields and
sub-divisions belongings to or vested in local bodies, as also of minor circuits, i.e.,
survey field which have been surveyed with an angular instrument.
ii) At the tri-junctions of other survey fields.
iii) At the ends of G lines which do not coincide with field tri-junctions or theodolite
stations.
Note : When two porambokes whether whole fields or sub-divisions belonging to Government adjoin
each other, the bends on the common boundary need not be demarcated with stones, except
where the bends are in the boundary of a field surveyed on the system of simple triangulation.
Exceptions :
i) In Estate surveys the letter E or Z or any other distinguishing mark (other than
a broad arrow) as may be decided upon by the Survey Officer in consultation
with the proprietor may be used.
ii) To suit special local conditions or requirements, the Local Government may by
special order
1) vary the size and description of stones, or
2) direct the demarcation with stones of all bends on field boundaries.
2. In addition to the symbols prescribed in rule 1, symbols as described below, may, if so
directed by the Director of Settlements survey and land records, be cut on the stones below
specified:
1) On a theodolite stone at a village tri-junction station, a triangle enclosing the
plummet hole.
2) On a theodolite stone at any other point on a village boundary two parallel lines, one
on each side of the plummet hole.
3) On a field stone on the boundary of minor circuit, on a theodolite station other than
a village tri-junction and its pointers in the case of boundaries between ryotwari
villages and at a khandam station, a plummet hole on the top.
4) On a field stone on the boundary of a sub-division, the letter “S” on the top.
5) On a field stone at the tri-junction of blocks, a triangle on the top.
6) On a field stone on the boundary of a village a St. George’s cross on the top.
3. Survey marks which have been planted under proper authority before the issue of the rules
shall be deemed to be of the prescribed description.

4. A stone shall be deemed to require repair when it is —

a) out of its correct position, or
b) entirely covered with earth or overgrown with vegetation so as to be invisible or
inaccessible for purposes of measurement.
5. 1) the cost of renewing missing stone under sections 1$ and 2 1 shall comprise the
following items :
i) The actual cost at the depot of a stone of the required size, description shall be
calculated by the Collector from time to time according to contractor’s terms
and local conditions at a uniform rate for villages similarly circumstanced.
ii) The actual cost of hired labour.
2) The cost of repairing a stone under the same sections shall be the actual cost of hired
labour.
6. The cost incurred for the renewal or repair of a stone in accordance with the preceding
rule shall, in the case of Government lands, be apportioned in equal proportions among
the registered holders of all adjacent fields touching it; in the case of estates, it shall be
apportioned in equal proportions among the tenants of all adjacent fields touching it and
where there is no tenant, it shall be collected from the proprietor.
In the case of a stone touching Government lands and estate lands (both cadastral
surveyed) the cost shall be apportioned in equal proportions among the registered udders
and tenants of all adjacent lands touching the stone, and where there is no tenant, among
the registered holders and the proprietor or proprietors concerned. In all cases, the cost
may be recovered as an arrear of land revenue.
7. The report which village headman or village accountant is required to make under section
16 shall be made to the revenue inspector in the form of an entry in an inspection register
to be submitted periodically to the revenue inspector or other survey officer empowered
in this behalf.
****

RULES UNDER CLAUSE-2 (b)

1. When the survey officer has published a notification under section 6 (1), or in the case of
an estate under section 6 (1) read with section 18 in respect of any, land or boundaries
about to be surveyed, such officer, or any subordinate of such officer not below the grade
of field surveyor, may, by written notice, call upon any person claiming to be interested
in such land.
a) to attend either in person or by agent at a specified place and time and from time to
time thereafter, in order to point out boundaries and supply information in connection
therewith;
b) to produce before such officer or subordinate for inspection and registry all grants,
title-deeds and other documents relevant, in his opinion, to the survey.
2. The survey officer or the said subordinate of such survey officer may, by written notice,
call upon the village officers to produce the village records and also to attend during the
survey whenever necessary.
3. For the cadastral survey of every village, estate, or other defined local area, the following
records shall be prepared by the survey officer before the completion of the survey of
such area is notified under section 13, or, in the case of an estate, under section 13 read
with section 18 of the Act:
1) Field register showing the number and area of each survey field and sub-division
and, as far as ascertainable, the tenure and ownership of the same.
2) Record of measurement or field measurement book plotted to scale and showing the
measurements taken for each field and sub-division.
3) Map plotted to scale showing all survey fields with important topographical details.
RULES UNDER CLAUSE-2 (c)

“Survey Officers or authorities, appointed under section 4 of the Act specified in column
(1) of the Schedule hereto, shall exercise the powers specified against each in the columns
(2) and (3) thereof
SCHEDULE
Section of the
Glass of Survey Officers or authorities Act under
Brief description of powers conferred
empowered. which powers
arm given.
(1) (2) (3)
Board of Revenue To notify surveys 5 and 17(a)
Assistant Directors of Survey and To hear appeals from orders under 8(2) and 11
Land Records, Inspectors of Survey sections 8(1) and 10(1) passed by
and Land Records, Land Records officers sub-ordinate to them.
Assistants, by Revenue Divisional
Officers, Tahsildars and Deputy
Tahsildars in independent charge and
the Executive Authorities of
Municipalities.

Assistant Director of Survey and To publish notification of 6(1)

Land Records, Inspector of Survey commencement of survey
and Land Records, Land Records
Assistant and District (Head)
Surveyors
-- Do -- To determine the cost of survey marks 8(1)
and labour
-- Do -- To determine undisputed boundaries 9(1)
-- Do -- To enquire into and determine disputed 10(1)
boundaries
-- Do -- To notify completion of survey 13
-- Do -- To receive reports of the destructions, 16(b)
injury, removal or alteration of survey
marks
-- Do -- To summon witness and require 23
production of documents
Assistant Director of Survey and To apportion cost of survey 20(1)
Land Records
Assistant Director of Survey and To refer to arbitration 24
Land Records
Tahsildars, Deputy Tahsildars, To publish notification of 6(1)
Revenue Inspectors, Surveyor and commencement of survey
Taluk Surveyors and Town and
Panchayat Surveyors
-- Do -- To determine and apportion cost of 8(1)
survey marks and labour
-- Do -- To determine undisputed boundaries 9(1)
-- Do -- To enquire into and determine disputed 10(1)

boundaries
-- Do -- To notify completion of survey 13
-- Do -- To maintain, renew and repair survey 15

marks and apportion the cost there of
-- Do -- To issue notices to registered holders 15(2)
regarding renewals a repair of survey
marks
-- Do -- To receive reports of the destruction, 16(b)
injury, removal or alteration of survey
marks
-- Do -- To summon witnesses and require 23
production of documents
Revenue Divisional Officer To refer to arbitration 24
Note : The Director of Settlements Survey and Land Records and the Deputy Director of Survey and
Land Records are empowered to exercise all or any of the powers confereed on their
subordinate officers in the foregoing schedule.

RULES UNDER CLAUSE-2 (d)

The proceedings of all officers authorized to conduct proceedings under section 23 of the
Act, shall be summary, but shall be governed ‘so far as may be practicable’, by the
following provisions in the first schedule of the Civil Procedure Code:
a) As to the service of summonses - Order V, rules 9 to 12, 15 to 21 and 23 to 30.
b) As to summoning parties and witnesses and enforcing their attendance - Order V,
rules 1, 3, 4 and 6; Order IX, rules 1, 3, 4 and 6 to 14; Order XVI, rules 1 to 5 and 7
to 21 and Order XLI, rules 12 (2), 14, 15, 17, 19 and 21.
c) As to the hearing and the examination of parties and witnesses- Order XVIII, rules
1, 2, 4, 6, 8 to 12, 15 (1) and 16 to 18; Order XXVI; rules 1 to 3 and Order XLI, rule
16.
d) As to the production of documents - Order V, rule 7; Order XI, rules 12 to 15 and 17
to 21; Order XII, rule 2; Order XIII, rules 1 to 11 and Order XVII rule 6;
Provided that —
1) The power of imposing fine under Order XVI, rules 12 and 17 shall not be exercised
by any officer below the grade of Assistant Director in the Survey Department or of
Deputy or Assistant Collector in the Revenue Department.
2) The amount of fine shall, in no case, exceed fifty rupees.
RULES UNDER CLAUSE-2 (e)

1. All notifications made under sections 4 (1), 5 and 17 of the Act shall be published in the
A.P. Gazette and also in the official gazettes of the districts affected by the notifications,
when such Gazettes are published.
Provided that in the case of transferred territories, the notification shall be published in
the A. P. Gazette until a District Gazette is published for the Districts in the said territories.
2. The notifications under section 6 (1), or in the case of an estate under this section read
with section 18, shall in cases where the survey relates to one or more village, be published
in two successive issues of the village sheets of the official gazettes of the district
concerned and shall be affixed to the village chavadi or where there is no chavadi, in some
other conspicuous place in the village.
Where the survey relates to part only of a village, the notification shall contain particulars
of the fields to be surveyed and publication in the village chavadi shall be sufficient.
In both cases the fact of such publication shall be announced by beat of tom-tom in the
village.
3. Where any person other than the owner is registered as proprietor of an estate or of a
portion of an estate under the Madras Limited Proprietors Act, 1911, all communications
and notices to be made or given under sections 9 (2), 10 (2), 11 (1) and 15(2) read with,
section 18, to the proprietor of such estate or portion of an estate shall be made or given
to the owner as well as to the person registered as limited proprietor of such estate or
portion of an estate.
4. a) In the case of town surveys, the Inspector of Survey shall prepare in duplicate a
demand notice under section 8 (1) showing the fields held by each person concerned

and the charges recoverable for the survey thereof and forward it to the Collector
who shall cause a copy to be posted in the Municipal Office and send the other copy
to the Tahsildar of the taluk for service on the registered holder or other person
interested in the fields. Acknowledgments in token of the receipts of the notice which
shall be signed and dated shall be obtained by the Tahsildar of the taluk in the book
maintained for the purpose.
Note: In respect of estate lands in the town no such notice need be given, as the cost will be included
in the survey charges to be borne by Government and the Municipality.
b) In the case of other cadastral surveys in ryotwari areas, the Tahsildar shall prepare in
duplicate a demand notice under section 8(1) showing the fields held by each person
concerned according to the latest village accounts and the charges recoverable for
the survey thereof and forward it to the village headman who shall post a copy in the
village chavadi and leave the other copy with the registered holder or other person
interested in the fields. Acknowledgments in token of the receipt of the notice, which
shall be signed and dated, shall be obtained by the village headman in a. book
maintained for the purpose.
5. The notices issued under section 9(2) shall, except in the case of street surveys and
boundary surveys, be in the form of an extract from the field register relating to the
holding, shall state the time within which and the officer to whom an appeal may be
presented, and shall be accompanied by a printed form of acknowledgment which shall
be signed and dated in token of the receipt of the notice and returned to the officer who
issued it.
6. The communications required by sections 8(1), 10(2) and 11(1) shall give the purport of
the decisions passed and those required by section 10(2) state the time within which and
the officer to whom an appeal may be presented. Acknowledgments which shall be signed
and dated in token of receipt of the communications shall be obtained at the time of the
communication, if the parties concerned are present, otherwise, through the post by
sending them registered.
7. Where an appeal is filed against a decision under section 9(1) notice shall be given by the
appellate authority to all the registered holders, the boundaries of whose holdings may be
affected by the proceedings in appeal. Is the case of an appeal against a decision under
section 10(1) notice shall similarly be given to the other parties to the dispute?
8. The notices prescribed in section 15(2) shall specify the numbers of the survey fields or
subdivisions on or within the boundaries of which the survey marks requiring renewal or
repair are situated. Acknowledgements which shall be signed and dated in token of the
receipt of the notices shall be obtained in a book maintained for the purpose.
9. All notices and communications required under the Act shall be in writing.
10. When the registered holder or other person on whom any of the notices or
communications referred to in the foregoing rules is to be served is absent, service may
be effected by delivering the notice on communication to some adult male member of his
family at his usual place of abode or to his authorized agent or by affixing it on some
conspicuous part of his last known residence or on some conspicuous part of the land to
which the notice or communication relates or by sending it to him at his last known place
or residence by Registered post, Acknowledgement due. When service is effected by so

affixing the notice, the serving officer shall note the method of service on the printed form
of acknowledgment which is returned to the officer issuing the notice or communication.
RULES UNDER CLAUSE 2 (f)

The survey marks used and the labour employed under section 8(1) shall ordinarily be
supplied in the first instance at the cost of Government. Where, however, a registered
holder of land or his tenant officers to supply survey marks and labour at his own cost,
the survey, officer may grant permission accordingly if he is satisfied that the progress of
survey will not be retarded thereby. The survey officer shall be competent, however to
rescind such permission if he should find at any time that delay in the landholder’s supply
of either survey marks or labour has set back progress of operations.
RULES UNDER CLAUSE 2 (g)

CADASTRAL SURVEYS OTHER THAN TOWN SURVEYS
1. The total charges advanced under section 8 (1) of the Act for any Government village or
part of a Government village shall be apportioned on the lands surveyed in proportion to
the area thereof as ascertained in the manner explained below —
1) The area of fields for which the holders have supplied labour and survey marks shall
be deducted from the total area dealt with.
2) 16 Hectares of wet land shall (save in the delta tracts in Godavari, Krishna Guntur
and Thanjavur districts and in the districts of Malabar and South Kanara where all
classes of land are for this purpose treated alike) be considered as equivalent to 24
Hectares of dry, waste or poramboke. All fields of over 20 hectares in extent shall be
charged at one-fourth the acreage rate (3) adopted for dry land.
3) The total charges shall be divided by the conventional area in hectares in terms of
dry resulting from the operations of sub-rules (1) and (2) The rate of charge per
hectare of dry, waste or poramboke having been thus determined that for wet shall
be computed at half as much again as the dry rate and that for fields of over 20
hectares in extent shall be computed at one fourth of the dry rate. In the districts and
tracts expected in sub-rule (2), the rate per (8) shall be the same for dry and for wet.
The charges shall, be recovered from all registered holders at the rates so computed,
Government being treated as the registered holder of unoccupied land.
2. The determination of the rates at which the charges have to be levied shall begin as soon
as the survey of one or more villages has been completed.
First month - The charges incurred up to the end of the month shall be averaged over the
area surveyed so far and the Hectare rate shall be calculated in accordance with the
procedure prescribed in rule 1. The demand on the villages the survey of which has been
completed shall be arrived at by applying the average rate calculated as above to the area
according to the latest revenue adangals after excluding therefrom the fields for which the
holders have supplied stones and labour. The demand together with a list of the excluded
fields shall be sent to the Revenue department for collection. The remainder of the cost of
relating to the surveyed area of incomplete villages shall be carried forward for
apportionment in the succeeding month.
3. Second month - The total of the amount left over in the preceding month and of the cost
incurred in the month shall be averaged as in the first month over the total of the surveyed

area left over in the preceding month and of the area surveyed in the month after deducting
excluded fields. At the rate so arrived at the demand for the villages, the survey of which
has been completed shall be worked out and communicated to the Revenue department
as in rule 2, the balance of the surveyed area of incomplete villages and the cost being left
over for apportionment in the succeeding month.
The procedure shall be repeated until the survey of the tract is completed. The cost of any
further survey necessary for supplying omission or for disposing of objections shall be
apportioned and recovered in the manner above prescribed
4. As soon as each demand is received, the Tahsildar shall work out the demand separately
for each bolding and forward the demand notice in duplicate to the village headman for
collection.
5. The whole or a specified poi lion of the cost of survey of an estate or portion of an estate
shall on application by the proprietor of the estate; be apportioned as may be directed on
the following principles by Government or by any officer or authority to whom the power
has been legated by it under section 20 (i) of the Act, among the holders of the lands or
the persons interested in the boundaries which have been surveyed.
a) The cost per Hectare shall be calculated in accordance with the instructions laid down
in rune I above for Government lands.
b) The apportionment shall be made only in cases where the proprietor admits in writing
that his tenants have occupancy rights.
TOWN SURVEYS
6. The rate for the recovery of the cost of stones and hired labour s nail be obtained in the
following manner;
The blocks into which the town has been divided during survey have been, classified as
close, medium and open according to the number of houses on them.
A Hectare of close area shall be considered as equivalent to 4 Hectares of medium and 16
Hectares of open area.
7. The total charges shall be divided by the conventional area in Hectares in terms of open
area. The rate for open area having been determined, that for medium area shall computed
at four times the rate for open area and that for close, area at sixteen limes.
8. The determination of the rates at which the charges have to be levied shall be made when
the mapping of the town has been completed. The demand shall be sent to the Revenue
department for, collection.
9. In determining the demand against the municipality, the charges in respect of the lands
owned by, vested in, or alienated to the municipality shall be worked out and only two-
thirds of the cost recovered from the municipality, the remaining one-third being borne
by Government.

RULES UNDER CLAUSE 2 (h)

Processes issued under the Act shall be served by the village establishment and no fees
shall be charged for such service. The Deputy Director of Survey, may however, sanction
the employment of a special establishment for the service of such notices, and in such
event the, following scales of fees shall be payable for process served by such special
establishment, viz.
Amount livable by survey officer in

exercise of
Appellate
Original Jurisdiction
Jurisdiction
Rs. - Np. Rs. - Np.
For each summons or notice -
(a) to a single defendant respondent or 0 - 50 1 - 00
witness
(b) to every additional defendant
respondent or witness residing in the same
20 - 50 0 - 50
village, if the processes be applied for at
the same time
Note : For processes applied for and orders to be served urgently, the fee shall be 1½ times the
ordinary fee, where the fees so calculated is not a whole multiple of 5 p. shall be rounded off
to the next high multiple of 5 p.
2. Two copies of orders passed under sections 8 (2) 9 (1), 10 (1) and 11 (1) of the Act shall
be granted to applicants on payment of a fee which will be levied in the form of copy-
stamp. The value of t copy paper is 35 np. A maximum number of 175 words may be
written on the first page and a maximum number of 240 words on the reverse side of the
copy stamped paper on payment of additional fees in the form of adhesive court fee
stamps of the value of 35 np. when the number of words written does not exceed 175 and
45 np. when the number is exceeded. Applications for copies shall be stamped with court
fee stamps as prescribed in Schedule II of the Andhra court fees and suits Valuation Act,
1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956).
Note : For the information of the Public in the Telangana area, a copy of the rules made under the
Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, will be made available for inspection at the offices
of every collector of the District in the said area.
The fee for copies of plans, sketches and diagrams shall be fixed a three Rupees per sheet
of paper of the size used for a page of the Field Measurement Book, and three rupees for
every additional sheet required
The methods of survey adopted during the initial surveys of the State were —
(1) Khasra.
(2) Triangles.
(3) Plane table.
(4) Block map
(5) Kallikote and Atagada.
(6) Theodolite combined with Prismatic Compass and Plane table.
(7) Diagonal and offset.
(8) Punganur.
(9) Ray system.

Khasra followed from 1862 to 1874 : Boundaries only of quadrilateral survey fields
measured. If shape was irregular, the field was divided into quadrilaterals or triangles and
the sides of these measured. In some cases, the diagonals of the quadrilaterals were also
measured. Subdivisions were measured by Settlement department. Sketches of survey
fields showing measurements were prepared but these were often incomplete. Village
maps were prepared on a traverse basis.
Triangles from 1876 to 1888 : Measurements were taken from stone to stone to divide
each survey field into triangles. In 1877 surveyors were permitted to take offsets to stones
at bends less than 50 links from a line between any two other stones, but this was not done
to any appreciable extent. Subdivisions were measured by Settlement department. Village
maps were prepared on a traverse basis.
Plane table from 1887 to 1891 : So called because the traverse plotted skeleton village
map was pricked off on two sheets each containing, about 160 acres on the 40 scale, the
size of a plane table head as used in the Madras Survey. The plane table was not used at
all. Boundaries ®f survey fields were sketched into this sheet as demarcation progressed.
The sides of the triangles formed by the theodolite stations were measured and offsets
taken to all field marks. Measurements were entered on the sheets. The outer boundaries
of fields containing subdivisions were also measured and the subdivisions divided into
quadrilaterals and triangles and measured. Measurements of these were preserved in a
record called the subdivisions interstitial field book.
Block map from 1891 to 1896 : Theodolite stations were fixed at village tri-junctions
and at other points to form blocks of about 160 acres. These were plotted on the 40 scale.
The blocks were divided into large triangles and the boundaries of survey fields and
subdivisions fixed by offsets taken from the sides of the triangles. All the measurements
taken were entered on the block sheets. Village maps were, formed by super-imposing
reductions the block maps on the traverse of skeletons.
Kallikote and Atagada : Followed during the survey of the Kallikote, Atagada and
Dharakota Estates, 1912-1917. A modification of the plane table system. Each holding
became a survey field. Lines were run between theodolite stations and offsets taken to all
field bends Field boundaries were not measured. Measurements were recorded, in
Khandam sketches and in field books. The areas have since been transferred to Andhra
Pradesh State.
Theodolite, Prismatic Compass and Plane table : Done in the Nilgiris district and in
the Malabar, Wynaad, chiefly with the theodolite and chain supplemented with the plane
table and prismatic compass.
Diagonal and Offset : See Chapters I to IX. This is the method now employed during the
survey and re-survey of Government lands.
Pungunur : So called because first employed during the survey of the Pungunur Estate
during 1914 to 1916. The re-survey of the Government taluk Repalle (Guntur) was done
under this system and it is now generally employed for the survey of estates. For
description see paragraph 7, Introduction.
Ray system of survey — (see note at 2 to 4).
****

The Andhra Pradesh Survey Manual
of
Departmental Rules
Corrected up to 31st December, 1974
IN THREE VOLUMES
Volume - I
GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

REPRINTED
1980
PRINTED BY THE DIRECTOR OF PRINTING, FOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

AT THE GOVERNMENT CENTRAL PRESS, HYDERABAD
1981

III. The A. P. Survey Manual Vol-I

PREFACE
The first edition of the Survey Manual was published in 1859. A second edition was issued
in 1861. Both these Manuals dealt only with survey, as up to 1866, demarcation was done
by the Settlement Department. That department issued a pamphlet in 1861 entitled “Rules
for demarcation of boundaries for the revenue survey”.
On the transfer of the work of demarcation to the Survey Department a “Revised code of
rules for the guidance of the demarcation branch” was published in 1867. '
For some years demarcation and survey were performed by separate survey parties. The
Parties were amalgamated in 1873, and a Manual was published in 1874 embodying rules
for both demarcation and survey. A revised and abridged edition was issued in 1888. In
1911 a new and most complete edition was compiled by the late Diwan Bahadur M.R.Ry.
M. Ramaswami Nayudu.
Since then, the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, No. IV of 1897, has been repealed
and a new Act passed, and several changes and amendments have been made in the
methods of survey.
The present Manual consists of three volumes. In the first it has been thought unnecessary
to include the chapters in the preceding Manual giving the duties of officers, Inspectors,
surveyors and clerks.
Those describing survey instruments and their use, and the chapter “Aids to surveying”
have also been left out. These will form Volume II. All forms of registers, returns and
reports in use and special to the Survey Department have been revised and are published
as Volume III.
Valuable co-operation and assistance have been received from M.R.Ry. Diwan Bahadur
D. Sesha Acharlu Garu, Officer-in-charge Central Survey Office, from the late M.R.Ry.
S.P. Venkatarama Ayyar Avargal, Assistant Director of Surveys and from M.R.Ry. K.N.
Nara Simha Acharya, Assistant-Director of Surveys, Central Survey Office.
The present edition is reprinted incorporating the Matric equivalent and other
amendments.
****

INTRODUCTION
1. In several districts of the State, registration and measurement of lands was undertaken
during the first quarter of the 19th century.
The account prepared therefrom which is called the "paimash" consists of a list of lands
described with reference to their relative position and their tenure at the time and contains
their approximate areas calculated from measurements taken with a pole roughly in the
direction of the cardinal points, of the compass. The method of calculation of areas, called
the khasra, was to multiply the mean of the north and south measurements by the mean
of those East and West.
No maps were plotted from the paimash measurements, which were not only often
inaccurate but also generally insufficient to enable boundaries to be located with any
certainty.
2. In 1853, under the orders of the Madras Government an experimental revenue survey was
commenced in the South Arcot district. During the two succeeding years the subject of
the general survey of the whole Presidency was fully discussed, and in December 1856
the Court of Directors sanctioned a scheme submitted by the Government of Madras and
strongly and unanimously recommended by the Supreme Government shortly afterwards,
a Superintendent of Revenue Survey was appointed and the required establishment having
been sanctioned, the revenue or cadastral survey of the Presidency was commenced in
1858.
****
CADASTRAL SURVEY
3. The object of a cadastral survey in the State is the delimitation of the boundaries of
villages and holdings, and the preparation of (1) village maps showing the boundaries','
of groups of holdings, called hereafter survey fields, and the more important
topographical details (2) large-scale plans of survey fields showing the boundaries of each
holding, topographical details and all measurements, and (3) land registers giving the
number, nature, tenure, area assessment and reputed ownership of each holding.
A resurvey is made when the changes in occupation and in the boundaries of fields are
too numerous to be dealt with by the Ordinary Revenue staff, or when the previous survey
is considered defective.
A revision survey has been made in a few districts. The work done was the replacement
of missing survey marks and the measurement of changes in occupation, or in the physical
features of the country.
Revision surveys have been discontinued in favor of resurveys. A map is attached
showing the revision surveys and resurveys made up to date, and the areas in which
resurveys are in progress are likely to be necessary.
4. The present methods on which cadastral surveys and resurveys are made are described in
detail in the several chapters of the Manual while Appendix II shows the cadastral surveys
made in each district of the State and describes the methods of survey previously in use.
With the exception of the block map surveys, which have been condemned and are to be

done afresh, all these surveys are on a traverse basis, the traverses being connected with
stations of the Great Trigonometrical Survey of India, and harmonized with reference to
a district origin.
The maximum error possible in theodolite surveys is 112 Cms. a Km. in co-ordinates.
Under the present system, each village boundary is traversed and a number of interior
traverses run, dividing each village into sub-circuits, called khandams of from 40 to 100
Hectares.
Each traverse station is marked by a granite stone 90 x 23 x 23 Cms. Each khandam is
divided into survey fields generally of 2 Hectares in wet and 4 Hectares in dry lands. In
most districts all bends of fields have been demarcated with granite stones 60 x 15 x 15
Cms. but stone demarcation is now being confined to tri-junctions of survey fields and
bends on boundaries of villages, poramboke fields and poramboke sub-divisions.
Fields are measured by chaining between tri-junctions and offsetting all bends. Field
boundary lines are also measured as a check on the offsets.
On completion of field measurements, lines are run between stations on village and
khandam boundaries and tri-junctions on the boundaries offsetted. Village maps are
prepared by traverse plotting village and khandam stations, laying out the field tri-
junctions offsetted, and plotting the fields from these lines of basis.
PUBLICATION
5. The usual maps issued are –
1) Maps of survey fields, scale generally 1 Cm. = 1 Chain (20 Meters) showing the
boundaries of holdings, topographical details all measurements and the area of each
survey fields.
2) Village maps, scale 10 Cms. = 1 Km. These show the boundaries of each survey
field, all important topographical details and the area of the village.
3) Outline sheets and traverse charts each 15' square, scale 1 Cm. = 32 Chains, for the
use of the Topographical Parties of the Survey of India working in the State. The
outline sheets show all main topographical details except hill contours. The traverse
charts show village boundaries and the values of the rectangular co-ordinates of
village tri-junctions from the district origin.
4) Taluk and Zamindari Maps Scale 1 Cm. = 32 Chains (20 Meters Chains) showing
village boundaries and notable topographical details.
5) District Touring Maps Scale 1 Cm. =128 Chains. These show towns, important
villages and the most important topographical details.
6. Besides cadastral surveys of Government villages, the following Special surveys are made
as need arises:
Survey of proprietary estates and villages.
Town survey.
Street survey and road surveys.
Mamul wet survey.
Soil block survey.

SURVEY OF PROPRIETARY ESTATES

7. This is generally made on the application of the proprietor and the method now in use is
the Pungunur system, so called because it was first employed in the survey of the
Punganur estate, as a general rule a single diagonal line is run across each field, all field
bends are offsetted thereon. There is thus material for calculating distance on field
boundaries from two independent bases and measurements is not made unless the
distances thus calculated differ by more than 4 links. The rest of the survey is made on
the lines adopted in Government villages. This system provides an automatic check on
measurement and is the most accurate yet devised, it demands, however the demarcation
with stone of bends on fields boundaries and’ for this reason is not likely to be adopted
for the survey of Government villages.
TOWN SURVEY
8. A survey of the Madras town was made by the Public Works Department between the
years 1854 and 1864. The result of the survey was not wholly adopted in the revenue
accounts, and a question having arisen as to the sufficiency of the survey, it was decided
in 1891, that the survey maps were of little or no use for revenue purposes and quite out
of date for topographical purposes, and a new survey was accordingly ordered.
It was considered necessary to make a survey of the mufassal municipal towns and to plot
maps on a scale sufficient to make them useful for checking encroachments and defining
limits of private and public properties.
9. Of the 61 municipal towns in the Presidency, the survey of 28 towns, viz.
(1) Madras, (15) Srirangam,
(2) Ootacamund, (16) Madura,
(3) Coonoor, (17) Dindigal,
(4) Vaniyambadi, (18) Periyakulam,
(5) Tiruppattur, (19) Palani,
(6) Vellore, (20) Mangalore,
(7) Walajapet, (21) Palghat,
(8) Tirupati, (22) Coimbatore,
(9) Gudiyattam, (23) Karur
(10) Conjeevaram, (24) Erode,
(11) Thanjavur, (25) Salem,
(12) Kumbakonam, (26) Cuddalore,
(13) Mayavaram, (27) Mannargudi,
(14) Tiruchinopoally, (28) Negapatnam.
Was completed by a special survey party between the years 1895 and 1901.
In the 20 towns first named, a map and a register were prepared for each of the blocks
into which the town was divided, the size of the blocks being generally 10 acres, if the
locality was close, i.e., densely 'Occupied, and 40 acres, if it was medium or open. In the
manuscript block map were recorded in blue ink all the measurements by which the block
was plotted. From this map was prepared a field book, in which each holding was plotted
roughly to scale, and for such of the lines as held actually been measured on the ground
the measurements were copied in black ink from the block map. The diagonal and offset
measurements necessary for calculating the areas arithmetically were scaled from the

block map and entered in the field book in blue ink. The manuscript maps which were
plotted on a scale of 160 or 80 inches to the mile were printed on half scale.
In the remaining eight towns, the method of survey was the same as that described above,
except that the size of the open blocks was fixed as 160 acres and the map was plotted on
a scale of 40 inches to the mile. No field measurement; book was prepared for the. eight
towns, but instead of one map there were three maps, called the rough block map, the fair
block map and the record of measurement. The rough block map was prepared by the
surveyor and showed all measurements and details in black ink. From this the fair block
map was plotted in office and showed only the field boundaries and details. The record of
measurements was prepared by copying the field boundaries not details, from the fair
block map and all measurements from the rough block map. The areas of rectangular
fields alone were calculated arithmetically. The areas of other fields were taken by the
computing scale from the fair block map. The fair block map was reduced to half scale,
but the record of measurement was printed on the same scale. Steps have been taken to
provide each of the first 20 towns also with a record of measurement similar to that
prepared for the other 8 towns.
The town survey of Madras has recently been brought up to date by a special
establishment working under a Special Land Records and Survey Officer.
The town of Ellore was surveyed in 1903 and 1904 by a detachment of a cadastral survey
party on the method adopted for the last 8 towns.
Seven more towns, viz., Bezwada, Masulipatam, Anantapur, Calicut, Cannanore,
Tellicherry and Cochin, were surveyed between 1890 and 1896, while the cadastral
survey or resurvey of the taluks in which they are situated was in progress, but not in such
detail as the above mentioned 29 towns. The scale of map of these seven towns varied
from 32 to 160 inches to mile. When maintenance of the survey of the first 28 towns was
taken up, the cadastral survey records of the seven towns were prepared in the Central
Survey Office as far as possible on the town survey method with a view to introduce
maintenance into them also. The actual work of maintenance having, however, proved the
inadequacy of the cadastral survey records for the purpose of maintenance, a fresh survey
has been made of the towns of Bezwada and Masulipatam and it is probable that the same
will have to be made in the other five towns.
10. The following towns have been surveyed recently on the method described in sub-
paragraph (3) of paragraph 9 above and the maps will be published shortly:
Tiruvannamalai, Narasaraopet. Anakapalle.
Ellore extension. Ongole Bimlipatam.
Chingleput. Tenali. Vizagapatam.
Dharapuram. Bezwada. Vizianagram.
Chicacole. Bodinayakkanur. Mayavaram extension.
Parlakimedi. Srivilliputtur. Nagapatam extension
Cocanada. Tiruvalur. Dindigul extension
Peddapuram. Palamcottai. Coimbatore extension
Rajahmundry. Tinnevelly. Madura extension
Guntur. Tuticorin.
11. The published maps of towns are on the scale 10" = 1 mile and show the boundaries of
wards, streets and properties. In future the scale 8" = 1 mile will be adopted. Records of

measurement are supplied to the municipal authorities on the scale of 160", 80" or 40" =
1 mile according as the area is congested, medium or open.
STREET SURVEY AND ROAD SURVEYS

12. Street Survey : This is generally confined to streets within a union which does not desire
a regular town survey. The records prepared are a map of the union, scale 40" = 1 mile,
showing the streets but no house-site details, and an atlas of street field maps, scale 160"
= 1 mile, showing measurements.
Roads Surveys are made of Local Fund roads in un-surveyed proprietary estates. The
roads are traversed and surveyed as fields each about 10 inches long. These are plotted on
the 40" scale and show all measurements.
MANUAL WET SURVEY

13. In the Godavari, Krishna and Guntur districts, owing to the introduction of large irrigation
projects considerable areas, which till then had been waste or only fit for dry cultivation
were brought Under wet cultivation. In order to levy water-rate on these areas, and also
to determine the extent of “Mamul wet” lands which had been deprived of their original
sources of irrigation and were entitled to water free of charge from the new canals, it was
found necessary to make a detailed survey of the non-ryotwari villages in the deltas in
these three districts. The mamul wet areas were demarcated unblock. The newly irrigated
areas outside the manul wet blocks were formed into survey fields of about 10 acres each,
and demarcated and measured. The registered holdings within the 10 acre fields were also
measured. A field measurement book, field register and map were prepared for each
village. For 56 out of 302 villages in the Godavari delta, village maps showing field
boundaries were prepared on the 16-inch scale and printed on the 8-inch scale. In the
remaining 246 villages the map served only as a key to the field measurement book, as it
did not show the boundaries of each individual field but only of books of fields; but at the
request of Public Works Department, 8-inch village maps showing the boundaries of
fields have been drawn and printed for all the 246 villages. The survey began in 1890 and
was completed in 1896. The area surveyed was 1,226 square miles.
In the Ganjam district, a similar survey of inam villages, area 136 square miles, which
had come under the influence of the Rushikulya system, was carried out between 1891
and 1894 under the supervision of the Collector.
Seven inam villages, area 19 square miles, irrigated by channels from the Palar anicut in
the Walajapet taluk, were also similarly surveyed under the orders of the Collector of
North Arcot in the years 1904 and 1905.
Owing to the construction of the Peryair Water Works the non-ryotwari villages in the
Melur, Madura and Nilakottai taluks, area 88 square miles, were also surveyed during the
years 1896 to 1898. This survey was made in such detail that it was practically a cadastral
survey.

SOIL BLOCK SURVEY

14. For the purpose of determining the land cess, a block survey of whole inam villages was
made in the districts of Godavari, Krishna, Guntur, Nellore, Tanjore and Trichinopoly in
the Berhampur taluk and in the Serugada, Dharakota and Kurla estates of the Ganjrm
district between the years 1895 and 1902. The villages were divided by settlement
classifiers into blocks according to peculiarities of soil and demarcated with pegs or
earthen mounds. The blocks were measured and mapped by the Survey Department, and
the areas of the blocks entered in the classification registers prepared by the Settlement
Department. In the South Arcot district, both demarcation and survey were made by the
Settlement Department. The Survey Department has since made their similar surveys in
the districts of Vizagapatam, Madura, Ramnad and Tinnevelly.
TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
15. The earliest topographical surveys were made by officers of the Madras Quartermaster-
General’s department at the end of the eighteenth century. The topographical survey of
the Madras Presidency was completed by about the year 1840 and the results of the survey
were embodied in 23 Ordinance sheets or, as they are called, sheets of the Atlas of India,
published by the Surveyor-General’s Office, Calcuta, on scale 1' = 4 miles. The atlas
sheets are revised at Calcutta from time to time as the materials of late topographical
surveys and of cadastral surveys become available; they are published in quarter sheets.
Up to date 39 quarter sheets relating to the Madras Presidency have been revised and
published. The sheets of the Atlas of India are being gradually superseded by those of the
degree sheet series. Forty-three of these have been published up to date.
16. When the cadastral survey of the Presidency was first instituted in 1858 the topographical
survey, which had till then remained under the direction of the Surveyor-General, was
amalgamated with the cadastral survey. Up to 1878, the topographical survey of hill tracts
by the Madras Survey Department was not based the any trigonometrical on points, the
cadastral survey traverse stations at the foot of the hills being the only fixed points the
topographical surveyors had for starting and closing their work. Since 1878, however, the
topographical survey of the hill tracts of the Godavari, Kistna and Guntur districts, the
Nallamala is in Kurnool, the Javadis in North Arcot. The Shevaroys and Kollimala is in
Salem, the Warsanad hills in Madura, the Biligirirangam hills and Anamalais in
Coimbatore, the Attipadi valley in Malabar and South-East Wynaad in the Nilgiris was
based on Madras Survey Minor-Triangulation, starting from and closing on stations of the
Great Trigonometrical Survey of India. The great and minor trigonometrical points were
projected in office on the scale of 1 inch to the mile on plane table sheets on which was
also plotted any traverse work that might have been executed in the tract under survey.
The sheets were then mounted on plane table heads and sent to field, where topographical
features, such as hill, rivers, tanks, village sites, roads, etc., were delineated on them.
17. In the case of large zamindaris, such as Ramnad and Sivaganaga, to which the operations
of the cadastral survey did not extend, the exterior boundaries and some interior divisional
lines were traversed with the theodolite and the traverse work was plotted on plane table
sheets. In the case of proprietary estates and other non-ryotwari villages of small area
which were often surrounded by ryotwari land, it generally happened that the true
boundaries had already been demarcated and surveyed with the theodolite. For large

zamindaris, the scale of the map was either 2 inches or 1 inch to the mile. For small
proprietary estates, the scale was 4 or 2 inches to the mile.
18. The topographical survey was transferred to the survey of India in 1886, and that
department was expected to complete the survey of 13,508 square miles of country which,
had been excluded from the operations of the Madras Cadastral survey in the districts of
Ganjain, Vizagapatam, Trichinopoly, Madura, Tinnevelly, Malabar and south Kanara. A
considerable portion of this area was surveyed during the course of forest surveys made
by a Party of the Survey of India Department.
19. It has been stated in paragraph 16 above that the topographical survey of some of the hill
tracts in the Presidency was made on a triangulation basis and that in other hill tracts the
traverse station at the foot of the hills formed the only groundwork of the topographical
survey. In both cases, the survey was defective in as much as the hill contours were not
drawn with reference to heights.
20. During the years 1904 and 1905, the Indian Survey Committee appointed by the
Government of India, and presided over by Mr. J. O. Miller, C.S.I., Secretary to the
Government of India, visited the various provinces and discussed with the local
authorities the materials available and the measures necessary for bringing up to date the
topographical maps of India. As a result of the report of this Committee, the Government
of India decided that a fresh topographical survey of the whole of India should be made
by the Survey of India Department. This survey was commenced in the Madras
Presidency in 1907, and in 1908 a conference of officers of the Survey of India and of the
Madras survey was held at Bangalore to decide how far the Madras Survey professional
data could be utilized by the Survey of India. It was first agreed that values of village tri
junctions and selected theodolite stations should be supplied. Later, two outline sheets
showing details according to the Madras Survey village maps were furnished for
verification on the ground. The result having been found satisfactory outline sheets and
traverse charts for various areas are being supplied since 1911.
CONSTITUTION OF THE MADRAS SURVEY DEPARTMENT

21. The Director of Survey is the head of the department, and is subject to the supervision of
the Commissioner of Revenue Settlement and Survey.
The normal strength of survey parties is six, each in charge of a senior Assistant Director.
Under him are one junior Assistant Director and Inspectors. There are generally three
field sections, two for cadastral and one for theodolite surveys.
Each cadastral section is in charge of an Inspector, and is divided into two sub-sections
each under a Deputy Inspector. The strength of each cadastral survey sub-section varies
according to the area for survey, but the minimum would be four ranges of nine Deputy
Surveyors each range being supervised by a Surveyor. An Inspector supervises the
theodolite survey section consisting to one Deputy Inspector Six Deputy Surveyors for
theodolite survey, and ten surveyors for demarcation.
The Party office is supervised by the fourth Inspector, generally the most senior. He is
directly responsible for the correctness of the mapping.

MAINTENANCE OF SURVEYS
22. The question of maintenance of boundary marks and survey records has engaged the
attention of the authorities ever since 1864, but it was not until 1893 that any practical
steps were taken in that direction. In the latter year, survey schools were opened in order
to train karnams in the duties of maintenance, and by the beginning of 1895, all the
karnams in the Presidency had been put through a course of instruction in survey. Soon
afterwards, the Presidency was divided into six survey divisions, each comprising three
or four districts. A Survey Officer was appointed to each survey division and a district
surveyor to each district. To keep up the karnams knowledge of survey work, annual
schools, lasting for 10 or 15 days, were held in each taluk, under the supervision of Survey
and Revenue Divisional Officers. The last schools were held at the end of 1899. The
results of these schools showed that the survey qualifications of more than 50 per cent of
the karnams were either “indifferent” or “bad”. Moreover, the arrears under the items of
measurement of sub-divisions and, replacing missing stones, which had been
accumulating for many years were too heavy to be cleared off by karnams. Field
measurement books plotted scale had been prepared by the Karnams, for a large number
of villages, but the books were far from complete and required to be carefully checked
before they could be accepted as correct. The original arrangements for maintenance
having thus proved ineffectual, the survey divisions were abolished from April 1900.
Towards the end of 1903 a special department was created to look after maintenance, it
was essentially a supervising staff, there being for this purpose a Land Records Inspector
in each taluk, a Land Records Tahsildar in each district, an Assistant Director of Land
Records in charge of each of the five groups of districts into which the presidency was
divided, and a Director of Land Records for the general administration of the department.
This Land Records Department was abolished in 1921 and the staff absorbed into the
Revenue Department, but a Deputy Surveyor and a Draft man remain attached to the
Collector to Office in each district. Details of the lines on which maintenance is to be
carried on in the future are still under the consideration of Government.
LAW
23. The legal provisions under which the survey work of this Presidency was conducted up
to 1897, were those contained in Act XXVIII of 1860. “An Act for the establishment and
maintenance of boundary marks and for facilitating the settlement of boundary disputes
in the Presidency of Fort St. George”. Under this Act, Government bore the cost of all
survey station stones which were not boundary marks and of all boundary marks in
unoccupied ryotwari lands, and the owners bore the cost of the survey marks which
defined the boundaries of occupied fields. For the better maintenance of boundaries after
the completion of survey and for the recovery, from the ryots concerned, of the cost of
restoring survey marks, Act II of 1884 was promulgated. This Act made the owner or
occupier responsible for the maintenance of boundary marks of his estate and enabled the
Collector to enforce the maintenance of demarcation the general and to recover, where
necessary the expense incurred in the repair of boundary marks from owner or occupier
of land. The two Acts were repealed by the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act IV of
1897. “An Act to amend the law relating to survey of land and settlement of boundary
disputes”. While embodying in effect the provisions of the two previous Acts, this Act
enabled the Government to undertake the survey of private estates on the application and
at the expense of the proprietors. It also empowered the Collector to enforce the

maintenance of survey marks in estates under conditions similar to those prescribed for
Government villages. Chapter IV provided for the settlement of the boundary disputes,
arising otherwise than in the course of a survey, by the Collector himself or by one of his
subordinates specially empowered as a Survey Officer specially appointed for the
purpose.
Act IV of 1897 was repealed early in 1923 and a new Act passed consolidating and
amending the law relating to survey of lands and to settlement of boundary disputes. The
most important amendment provides that the record of the survey shall be conclusive
proof that the boundaries determined and recorded have been correctly determined and
recorded unless the survey had been modified by a decree of a Civil Court within three
years of the notification of its completion.
****

CHAPTER–I
INITIAL CADASTRAL SURVEY
PRELIMINARIES
1. Cadastral survey is a survey in which the boundaries, area, reputed ownership and position
of each holding or revenue unit are determined. A survey of this kind made for the first
time is called Initial Cadastral Survey,
2. Before a survey can be undertaken it should be sanctioned by Government or by the Board
of Revenue under the powers delegated to it by the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act,
1923, and a notification published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette under section 5 of the
Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, if the survey is of Government lands, or under
section 17 of the Act if the survey is of proprietary estates or other private lands. The
survey should be made under the provisions of the said Act and under the rules issued
thereunder.
3. When a survey has been ordered the Survey Officer concerned will publish in two
successive issues of the District Gazette a notification in Form No. 1 under section 6 of
the Act.
4. An Inspector or Deputy Inspector of Survey and Land Records will then be deputed to
collect information as to the extent and nature of the lands to be surveyed. He should be
provided with a map of the area on a convenient scale enlarged from the atlas sheet, and
should prepare with its help a preliminary sketch of the country for survey on the scales
approximately of 2 Cms. = 1 Km. = 1/50,000. This sketch will be called the eye-sketch,
and will show the names of all villages, and approximately their boundaries, also railways,
roads and rivers, important tanks and hills, stone quarries and other notable features. The
villages will be numbered consecutively, commencing at the northwest corner of the
sketch.
After being redrawn and passed by the Assistant Director the sketch will be sent to the
Central Survey office to be printed.
5. [Deleted].
6. The stones used for making boundaries should be granite or other durable stone if granite
is not available.
7. The dimensions of the different kinds of stones required and the marks which should be
cut on each are given below:
Class I : Theodolite stations, size 90 Cm x 23 Cm x 23 Cms. used on village or khandam
boundaries.
Marks – Broad arrow on the side and a plummet hole 3 Cms. in depth on the top, with in
addition a triangle surrounding the plummet hole for village tri-junction stations, or with
two parallel lines, one on each side of the hole, for other village boundary stations.
Class II : Field stones, size 60 cm x 15 Cm x 15 Cms.
Marks – Broad arrow on the side, also a St. George’s cross when planted at bends on
village boundaries.

Note 1 : When a stone is required for the demarcation of a subdivision of a class II stone is used with
the letter S on the top.
Note 2 : In estates, the letter E. Z. or any other distinguishing mark, as may be decided on in
consultation with the proprietor may be cut instead of the board arrow.
8. The Assistant Director should publish a notification in the gazette of the district inviting
tenders for the supply of stones to be delivered in each village. The notification should
give the description of the different kinds of stones and the estimated number of each kind
required. At least one-month time from the date of publication of the notification should
be allowed for the submission of tenders.
Note : In cases where the area ordered for survey is small and the cost of stones required does not
exceed Rs. 500, the Director of Survey may dispense with the required formalities of calling
for tender, subject to ratification by the Commissioner.
9. When a tender has been accepted, an agreement should be entered into between the
contractor and the officer in charge as far as possible in the terms of Form No. 2. A very
careful estimate should be prepared showing the number of stones required village war.
It is advisable to order at first but three-fourths of the estimated number.
10. As soon as the contractor reports that stones are ready, a subordinate, ordinarily not below
the rank of Deputy Inspector, should be sent to pass them at the depots or at the quarries
in case the latter are themselves the depots. He should see -
1) that the stones are of proper size and of approval quality;
2) that all theodolite station stones have a plummet hole; drilled in the center of the
upper surface, 3 centimeters deep and 2 centimeters in diameter.;
3) that the broad arrow on the side and the distinguishing marks on the upper surface
are cut not less than 1 Cm. in deep and 10 Cms. long.
4) that all stones are roughly squared to one-third of their length from the top.
11. No stone should be accepted of which any one dimension is shorter than the size ordered
by more than 2 Cms.
12. Passed stones be marked with tar or paint on the broad arrow to distinguish them from
unpassed stones.
13. The officer passing the stones will prepare pass lists in duplicate, in Form No. 2, showing
the number of the different kinds of stones passed. He will hand over the original pass list
to the contractor and send the duplicate to the headquarter office on the same day.
14. Pass lists should be numbered consecutively for each depot.
15. Pass lists must not contain any corrections. If a correction is necessary, the original must
be destroyed and a fresh pass list prepared. The number of stones passed must be entered
in words as well as in figures.
16. The stones passed will be left in the custody of the contractor and his signature or that of
his agent taken on the back of the both pass list. He should keep a depot account in Form
No. 4 and submit a copy to the Party Officer every month.

17. As soon as stones have been passed, the contractor will begin to send them to the villages
where they will be placed in charge of the village munsifs whose receipts will be obtained.
These receipts will be the vouchers on which payment will be made to the contractor in
the Survey Office.
18. The village munsif should maintain an account of receipt and expenditure of stones and
should not issue stones to surveyors except in return for their signed indents (Form No.
4).
19. The surveyor should keep an account of stones received and expended in Form No. 5.
This should be submitted with the records of the khandam.
****

CHAPTER–II
BOUNDARY DEMARCATION
1. When a sufficient number of stones has been stocked in villages, the fixing of theodolite
stations on village and khandam boundaries should be commenced.
2. Before beginning work each surveyor will be furnished with a credential in Form No. 7.
3. He should give a written notice in Form No: 8 to the village authorities on both sides of a
boundary about to be demarcated.
4. For Government villages, the karnam and the village munsif and the chief landholders are
the representatives; for estates villages the proprietors must be written to and requested to
attend in person or by duly authorized agent.
5. When the lands near the boundary are cultivated, notice should also be sent to the holders
of such lands in Form No. 9.
6. The notice should be served through the village servants who will obtain therein the
signatures of the parties concerned.
7. When parties, whose attendance is essential, refuse or fail to attend, a report of non-
attendance should be sent to the Inspector, who will take steps to secure the attendance of
the parties by having recourse to the Act, if necessary;
8. Before demarcating a district boundary, the Assistant Director of the Survey will inform
the Collectors of both districts and ask them to appoint some revenue officials to assist
and give information in case of dispute. Before demarcating a taluk boundary, the
Tahsildars of both taluks must in like manner be written to.
9. Taking with him the village authorities and other persons whose presence may be
necessary, the surveyor will commence at the junction of three or more villages and fix
theodolite stations at convenient distances apart on the village boundary. All points of
junction of three or more villages must be marked by theodolite stations. The stations
should be planted, if possible, on field tri-junctions, and with a view to their being utilized
later as starting points for khandam lines.
10. Each station must be as far as possible from the next one but must be clearly visible from
it. The further the stations are apart, the less will be the effect produced by bad centering
of the theodolite or flag over the plummet holes on the stations. It may sometimes be
advisable to fix what is called an interpolated station between two theodolite stations to
avoid heavy line clearing. This should be a second class stone, on which a plummet hole
should be cut, and should be, if possible, on the village boundary and always on a field
boundary.
11. A straight line drawn from one station to the next must in no place be more distant than
10 chains from the true boundary.
12. Every stone must be firmly imbedded. Not more than one- third of its length should be
visible above the ground. The pit to receive the stone should be made slightly larger than
the stone and a small quantity of earth put in at a time and well tamped.

13. There should be sufficient level space round each station stone to allow of the theodolite
being set up.
14. Where a rock other than laterite is found conveniently situated, it should be utilized as a
station, the broad arrow and the distinguishing mark being cut on it, as also a circle round
the latter.
15. When a portion of a boundary of a village, which is being demarcated, touches a Foreign
State and such boundary has been already demarcated according to the survey rules of
that State and accepted as correct by the Local Government the marks already erected
should be accepted and utilized for the new survey. If necessary, additional stones can be
placed between such marks, but the new stones must be on the true boundary.
16. When a river forms the village boundary, khan dam station stones should be erected on
each bank, and the middle of the river bed will be considered the true boundary, provided,
however, that existing rights are not interfered with.
17. When defined rights exist within the river bed, they must be recorded and the occupation
shown on the boundary demarcation sketch to be prepared by the surveyor under rule 23
below.
18. When a reserved forest adjoins the village boundary, the boundary should be demarcated
excluding the forest, except in the case of forests of class III. These forests are selected
for management by village panchayats or in the alternative, for disafforestation, and
should be included within the village limits. Khandam station stones should be used. If,
however, the village happens to be an inam village, stones with village boundary station
marks should be used. The stones should be fixed close to the cairns or other marks put
up by the Forest department. But the number of such stones should be reduced by cutting,
with the consent of the Forest department, the broad arrow and plummet hole on the forest
boundary pillars were such exist and can be utilized as theodolite stations.
19. Where the forest cairns or pillars are not placed on the outer edge of the cleared, line as
required by the Forest demarcation rules, the survey stones should be planted on the other
edge only and not close to the forest marks.
20. On completion of demarcation of the village boundary, the village should be divided into
khandams of from 40 to 80 hectares. In open country the larger size should suffice.
21. Khandam boundaries should be chosen so as to avoid line clearing, but must follow
existing and natural boundaries.
22. The khandam boundaries should present as few irregularities as possible. They should be
from 30 to 40 chains apart and should commence and close on village boundary or other
khandam boundary stations.
23. A sketch should be prepared in duplicate showing the stones fixed on the village and
khandam boundaries. Each stone should be numbered, a different series being given for
those on village and for those on khandam boundaries. Lines on which coolies have been
employed to clear growth should be marked with red crosses.
Stones on village boundaries not fixed by the surveyor who pre pares the sketch should
be shown in red ink. The symbols to be used are: 1 village tri-junctions. 2 village boundary
station, 3 khandam boundary station; 4 rock mark station.

24. The khandams should be numbered consecutively beginning at the north-west corner of
the village. On the upper part of the sketch should be written the number and name of the
village, of the villages adjoining, and the names of any reserved forests that may touch
the village boundary.
25. The surveyor will sign the sketch in the lower right-hand corner and enter the dates of
commencement and completion of demarcation. An abstract of the number of each kind
of stone fixed should also be shown.
26. The Deputy Inspector should inspect 50 per cent of the theodolite stones fixed in each
village and the Inspector 10 per cent. Special attention should be paid to lines marked
with red crosses (rule 23 above), and the amounts claimed in coolie bills should be
checked and passed for what the inspector considers is the cost of the work done.
27. Detailed instructions regarding inspection of boundary demarcation are given in Chapter
XII. Inspection of field work.
****

CHAPTER–III
TRAVERSE SURVEY
1. If the tract ordered for survey allows of it, the area should be divided into two or more
portions called main circuits, each containing 250 to 400 Sq. Kms. and running along
village boundaries.
2. The main circuit boundaries should be marked on the eye-sketch referred to in rule 4,
Chapter I.
3. As soon as the demarcation of the villages comprised in a main circuit or of those
adjoining the main circuit boundary has been completed, a Deputy Inspector or an
experienced and capable theodolite surveyor should be deputed to make a traverse survey
of the main circuit.
4. The main circuit surveyors should be furnished with sketches showing the stations
planted.
5. Each will be given a transit theodolite, 2 chains of 20 meters 1 chain of 30 meters, a steel
tape, a Salter’s spring balance, and a number of blank field books.
6. The handles of one of the 100 link chains should be painted red, and it should be used
only as a standard for daily comparison with the other being tested now and again with
the steel tape.
7. Angles should be read by repetition using a different zero for each series, and continuing
until agreement is secured within the definition to which the Vernier is graduated to read.
8. After the angles have been taken at a station, the distance between it and the next station
should be measured twice, once with 20 meters’ chain, and once with the 30 meters’ chain.
The results should be compared, and the line rechained, if there is a difference of more
than 1 per thousand.
9. All entries in the main circuit field book must be in ink. They may be recorded in pencil
while in field, but if so, the entries in ink should not be written over the pencil figures but
apart from them. If a correction is made, the original entry must be scored through, not
erased, and should be distinctly visible. The correct entry should be complete in itself;
thus, if one of three figures needs correction, the three correct figures should be entered,
not one only.
10. The main circuit surveyor should observe the angles to khandam stations adjoining the
village boundary, but he need not measure the lines to these. The survey of the khandams
will be done by another surveyor.
11. The nature of the ground, whether level or uneven, should be noted in the field book, and
the names and taluk numbers of villages on each side the main circuit boundary should
be centered.
12. If the distance between two stations cannot be chained, it must be triangulated from two
separate bases, and the bases must be chained twice. Alternatively, it may be measured
by using the substance bar.

13. The main circuit traverse should be connected with as many principal or secondary Great
Trigonometrical and Madras Survey Trigonometrical stations as practicable. A
descriptive list of the Trigonometrical stations, to be connected will be furnished to the
main circuit surveyor.
14. The connection should be made by triangulation from two adjoining base lines and the
observations recorded in Form No. 10. The triangles should contain no angle less than
30° or more than 120°.
15. If such triangles cannot be obtained close to the main circuit boundary, a series of minor
triangles or a traverse may be necessary to connect the main circuit with the
Trigonometrical station. There should be a separate sketch for each connection and the
sketches should either be drawn in the main circuit field book or attached to it.
16. The true azimuth of the common side of the two triangles of the first distance connecting
the Trigonometrical station must be observed and the observations recorded in Form No.
13.
17. Azimuths must also be observed at intervals of 40 or 50 stations throughout the main
circuit boundaries. Village tri-junctions should, as a rule, be selected for this purpose.
18. Observations for azimuth should be taken by a senior Deputy Inspector or Inspector in
charge of the traverse section.
19. Village boundaries should be surveyed by theodolite surveyors in the same way as the
main circuit boundary. On khandam boundaries no re-chaining nor observation for
azimuth is needed.
20. The surveyor will traverse the boundary on the side of villages bearing higher taluk
numbers. Than the one in which he is working. Thus in Village No. 20, which is
surrounded by villages Nos. 18, 19, 21 and 24, he will survey the boundary on the sides
of villages Nos. 21 and 24, not on the sides of villages Nos. 18 and 19.
21. High and low water levels should be surveyed at the survey of maritime villages.
Surveyors should be in a position to fix the high water level with accuracy by personal
observation at new moon or full moon. It should be noted that low water levels should be
indicated by dotted lines but in black ink.
22. The boundaries of these villages along the coast will follow the ayakut, subject to such
modification as may be necessitated by reason of encroachment or recession of the sea.
23. The high tide line should be off-setted in the same way as any other village boundary, the
points being marked by pegs, but not demarcated with stones.
24. The line of low tide, that is, the line the tide reaches about six days before full or new
moon, should also be surveyed, but not demarcated, and should be shown in the village
map by dotted lines. It will, of course, run outside the high tide line, which should also be
shown by dotted lines,
25. The work should be done by the A. B. section officer or by Deputy Inspector. The high
tide line should be surveyed the morning after it is marked and the same Deputy Inspector
or A. B. section officer should go again to the village five days before new moon to mark
and survey the low tide line. Separate offset field books for high and low tide levels should
be submitted for each maritime village.

26. In tracts under survey all Great Trigonometrical stations, principal and secondary, should
be inspected, and the condition of each reported on in the prescribed form. No attempt
should, however, be made to repair any; nor need intersected points, such as pagodas,
mosques, etc., be inspected and reported on unless there should be something special
about their condition, e.g., disappearance thereof by demolition, etc.,
****

CHAPTER–IV
TRAVERSE COMPUTATION
1. The traverse computation of main circuits and of the village circuits adjoining should
precede that of the other circuits.
2. As soon as the field books of a main circuit are received in the headquarter office, they
will be numbered and entered in a register in Form No. 14.
3. The field books will be examined by the senior computor who will see that the deduced
angles agree within the limit of the minimum graduation of the theodolite used.
4. Triangulated distances must be worked out by a computor and examined by the head
computor; and the computed distances should be entered in the field book in red ink and
attested by the head computer’s initials.
5. The senior computor will note the result of his examination in the register mentioned in
rule 2 above, and submit the same to the Asst. Director for orders.
6. The true bearings of traverse lines for which azimuths have been observed will be
computed in Form Nos. 13, 13-A by two different computers and the computations
examined by the senior computor.
7. The true bearings should then be reduced by application of correction for convergency
with reference to the selected district or other origin. To do this, scale off any available
map the Latitude and Longitude of the azimuth station, and by column (4) of the subjoined
table reckon its departure from the starting Great Trigonometrical Station; to this, add the
departure, from origin, of the Great Trigonometrical Station. The result will be the
departure from origin of the azimuth station with reference to which correction for
convergency should be applied in accordance with the said table. The correction is
additive or subtractive according as the station is west or east of the origin.
Latitude Convergency on 1,000 chains Difference Value of 1" of arc
Degrees Minutes Minutes Meters

(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 1.526 -- 30.48
9 1.720 0.194 30.48
10 1.914 0.194 30.48
11 2.100 0.196 30.48
12 2.308 0.198 30.18
13 2.507 0.199 30.18
14 2.707 0.200 29.87
15 2.909 0.202 29.87
16 3.113 0.204 29.87
17 3.319 0.206 29.57
18 3.528 0.209 29.57
19 3.738 0.210 29.26
20 3.952 0.214 28.96

21 4.168 0.216 28.96

22 4.386 0.218 28.65
23 4.608 0.222 28.35
24 4.834 0.226 28.35
25 5.063 0.229 28.04
8. The traverse angles and distances from the main circuit field book will be copied into
rough traverse sheets, Form No. 14-14A in which the reduced bearings will be entered in
red ink.
9. The bearings of all the traverse lines will then be worked, and if the angular error between
any two bearings be greater than 1 minute in 5 angles, the incorrect. work will be sent out
for examination.
10. The double measurements for each line will also be compared and all discrepancies
greater than 1 link in a thousand brought to the notice of the Asst. Director. If the rules
for the guidance of the main circuit surveyor are attended to, such discrepancies will not
be found. If any are found, the main circuit surveyor will be severely punished.
11. If the two distances agree within the above limit or error, the long chain measurements
should be taken for the traverse.
12. When discrepancies in angles and distances have been adjusted, the computation of the
main circuit traverse will commence on fair traverse sheets. Form No. 15-15A.
13. The main circuit is divided into portions. Each portion starts from a Trigonometrical
station and closes on another Trigonometrical station. The angles and distances for each
portion will be entered in the traverse sheets, as also the names, latitudes and longitudes
of the Trigonometrical stations.
14. Latitudes and longitudes of “modern series” Great Trigonometrical stations can be copied
from the synoptical volumes published by the Survey of India, with a minus correction of
2' 27" in longitude, and those of the Madras Survey Trigonometrical stations, which are
based on Preliminary chart values from the charts or registers in the Central Survey
Office, Hyderabad after application of the following corrections:
1) A minus correction of 2'-5” in latitude and
2) A minus correction of 2'-27” in longitude.
The latitudes and longitudes of Lambton’s Great Trigonometrical stations require
correction to reduce them to modern series values. The corrections to be applied to
Lambton’s values have been ascertained for each district, and they are shown in Appendix
No. III.
15. The rectangular co-ordinates (latitude and departure) from the selected district or other
origin of all the Great Trigonometrical stations concerned will then be computed in Form
No. 16, from Tables XXVI to XXVIII of the Auxiliary Tables of the Survey of India,
Fourth Edition, 1906. In the traverse sheets of the main circuit must be entered the
difference between the two sets of co-ordinates of the pair of Great Trigonometrical
stations concerned.

16. The deduced bearings of traverse stations will be worked from one bearing to another, the
necessary small corrections being applied to close the angular work.
17. The latitude and departure of each station will be taken from the traverse table and entered
on a sheet of paper which should be kept in the custody, of the head computor, while they
are retaken by another man who enters them in the traverse sheets. The two computations
will then be compared. If they do not agree, a third computation and, if necessary, a fourth
computation, will be made and so on, until any two computations agree.
18. When the senior computor has satisfied himself that there is no error in the calculations,
the latitudes and departures will be added up from one Trigonometrical station to another,
and each portion of the traverse formed into a complete circuit by adding the co-ordinates
between the two Great Trigonometrical stations concerned ascertained as per paragraph
15.
19. If the difference between the northings and southings and between the eastings and
westings does not in either case exceed 1 in 1,000 links, the traverse may be accepted as
correct. If it be more, there must be error either in the measurements, or in the
computations or in the identity of the Trigonometrical stations connected, and immediate
steps should be taken to detect and rectify the error. Before sending out work for
correction, the village circuits adjoining the main circuit should be set up to assist in
locating the error.
20. The traverse sheets of all main circuits will be signed by the Asst. Director and forwarded
to the Central Survey Office for examination, as soon after they have been closed as
possible, together with the traverse field books, sketches of connection of Trigonometrical
stations and all other records connected with the computation of the main circuit.
Corrections in main circuit traverses, once approved by the Director, of errors
subsequently located therein at village traverse computations should on no account be
effected without his special approval.
21. The purpose of main circuit traverses which have no apparent connection with the work
in hand is not difficult to conceive. Balancing the co-ordinates of a closed circuit is not
sufficient by itself to determine its accuracy as the co-ordinates would agree, even had an
inaccurate chain been used, provided the chain was uniformly inaccurate and no mistake
had been made in reading it. A combination with other points fixed independently is
therefore needed, and this is secured by connecting the main circuit with Great
Trigonometrical stations and by dividing and setting it up into as many lines as there are.
Great Trigonometrical connections, each line starting from and closing on a Great
Trigonometrical station. The Great Trigonometrical co-ordinates are fixed and the
Revenue Survey Co-ordinates should accord with them, differences of less than 1 per
1,000 being allowed as negligible. Thus, while the accuracy of angular work is proved by
azimuth observations, that of measurement is ensured by connection with Great
Trigonometrical stations.
22. The registry of village and khandam circuit field book and their examination by a
computor should be done in the same manner as for the main circuit field books.
23. The traverses of village circuits will next be set up, the angles, bearings and distances
common to them and to the main circuits being first copied into the traverse sheets.

24. The traverses of khandam circuits will then be set up in Form No 17. The village boundary
lines need not be copied in the khandam circuit traverse, nor those of adjoining khandams
already set up, but remarks will be made at the foot of the traverse, showing the lines
added to form the khandam into a complete circuit, thus “Add village boundary from
distance 1,083 to 842”; “Add second khandam from distance 750 to 845.”
25. The setting up will be examined and, if the error does not exceed 1 minute in 5 angles in
village circuits and 1 minute in 2 angles in khandam circuits, the angles will be closed by
applying the required corrections.
26. When applying corrections, care must be taken that, in each case the corrections tend to
close the adjoining traverses.
27. The bearings will then be worked and the traverse submitted to the Asst. Director for
initials.
28. The latitude and departures of the distances common to the main circuits will be copied
into the village traverse sheets, and the same calculated for the remaining stations in the
manner described in rule 17 above.
29. When the workings have been compared and the senior computor has satisfied himself
that there is no error in the computations, he will have the work added up and submit the
traverse to the Asst. Director with the amount of error noted at the foot.
30. In village circuits, the maximum error allowed is 1 link per 1,000 and in khandam and
minor circuit, 2 links per 1,000.
31. The distance of a village circuit should not be worked until the angular work of all its
khandams has been proved.
32. It may occasionally be found inconvenient to carry out the above rule strictly. In cases
where there can be no doubt that an error exists in a line common to two villages or
khandams, the remaining portion of the traverse may be worked while the incorrect lines
is sent out for correction.
33. An examination of the traverse of adjoining villages and khandams will be of use in
discovering where the error in a village circuit may lie. It will be a rule, therefore, that,
before sending any traverse work for correction, the adjoining and included circuits must
be set up and proved.
34. Faulty work must be shown in Form No. 18 and submitted to the Asst. Director for orders,
or to the additional Officer or Manager in case the Asst. Director is in camp and must not
be sent out for correction until orders have been obtained.
35. An error in distance may often be discovered by a careful examination of the field books.
36. When the angles are wrong, an extract from the field book showing only the distances
will be sent to the surveyor, and if the distance do not close, the angles only will be given.
In both cases the surveyor who corrects the work will retake angles and re-measure the
distances.
37. Correction field books will be bound up with the original field books and reference to
their number and date made in the traverse sheets and in the original field book by the
computor who makes the corrections in them.

38. When the distances close within the allowed error, the necessary small corrections will
be applied to the latitudes and departures, care being taken that, in each case the
corrections tend to close the adjoining traverses.
39. The corrected latitudes and departures will be entered in the traverse sheets, and plotting
lines worked from the first station of the village traverse.
40. The traverse area will then be computed and the traverse initialed by the Asst. Director.
They will then be handed over to the Senior Draftsman for plotting.
41. Traverse area computation may, if necessary, be deferred until the traverse plotting has
been completed.
42. The computer’s will sign their names at the back of the traverse sheet in the space
provided for the purpose.
****

CHAPTER–V
TRAVERSE PLOTTING
1. Village maps are plotted to the scale of 1 Cm. = 2.5 Chains or 20 Cms. = l Km.
(R.F.1/5,000). In the case of villages, however, whose area exceeds 40 Sq. Kms. the
village map may be on 1 Cm. = 5 Chains or 10 Cms. = 1 Km. (RF 1/10,000)
2. The plotting is done on sheets of drawing double elephant paper, 130 Grms. size of whole
sheet, 100 Cms. by 75 Cms. of half sheet, 75 Cms. by 50 Cms.
3. The section or rectangle within a whole sheet will measure 80 Cms. by 60 Cms. and within
a half sheet, 60 Cms. by 40 Cms.
4. The number of sheets required is ascertained from the column of plotting lines in the
village boundary traverse. The greatest northing Plus the greatest southing and the greatest
easting plus the greatest westing will give the height and base of a rectangular
parallelogram that will exactly contain the polygon formed by the traverse. The number
of sheets will be known by dividing the base expressed in centimeters by 80 Cms. and the
height by 60 Cms.
5. If in dividing the base, the quotient contains a fraction not exceeding half, a half sheet,
base 40 Cms. and height 60 Cms. may be used instead of a full sheet.
6. In arranging sheets to contain a village, the shifting must be by half sheets east and west
and by whole sheets north and south.
7. Squared sheets will be supplied from the Central Survey Office. The squaring should be
tested before the sheets are used.
8. A full sheet will contain 12 squares, four east and west and three north and south. A half
sheet will contain six squares, two east and west and three north and south.
9. The position of the first station in the traverse has then to be fixed. This is done in the
following manner:
A diagram 12 Cms. square should be drawn on a paste board, on scale, 1 Cm. = 25 Chains.
The diagram should be divided into 12 rectangles, four from north to south and three from
east to west. Each rectangle should be divided into 12 one cm squares. The sides of the
rectangles should be drawn in black ink and those of the squares blue ink. In diagram
which represents 12 full sheets, the sheet margins are supposed to be cut off and the
rectangles placed in contact. The rectangles should be numbered from west to east by
Roman numerals and similarly the squares within each rectangle by Arabic Numerals
Vide Appendix No. IV. A plot of the rectangular parallelogram mentioned in rule 4 above
should be made on tissue paper and so placed over the diagram that the opposite sides of
the parallelogram may be equidistant from the adjoining sheet lines in the diagram. The
greatest easting and the greatest northing laid off from the east and north sides of the
parallelogram respectively and at right angles to the sides will, where they intersect
indicate where exactly, in the diagram of rectangles and squares, station A of the traverse
will fall.
10. Whenever station A of the traverse placed in the most advantageous manner with
reference to the number of sheets to be used falls within a short distance of an intersection

of the 25-chain (20 Meter) squares, it should be shifted to the intersection to facilitate
plotting.
11. If shifting to an intersection would entail marked disadvantages, such as bringing small
corners of the village into separate sheets and causing waste of paper, then the paper can
be re-squared from station A as it falls in the rectangle of 2 Kms. x 1 ½ Km.
12. The traverse will then be plotted from the meridian passing through the first station.
13. The distance on the meridian will be laid off above or below the first station according as
the distance is north or south.
14. At each mark on the meridian line another line, will be drawn at right angles, and the
distance on the perpendicular taken from the traverse set off to the right or left according
as the entries corresponding to meridian distances are east or west.
15. The points thus successively fixed on the lines perpendicular to the meridian are the
stations or angles of the polygon. As each station is plotted, the distance between it and
the last will be tested.
16. If there should be more than one sheet for a village, a key showing the arrangement of the
sheets and their numbers should be drawn in the margin of each sheet. The rectangle
denoting the sheet should be distinguished by hachure lines.
****

CHAPTER–VI
FIELD DEMARCATION
Note : The term “poramboke”, wherever it occurs in this volume means land which is reserved for
State or communal purposes such as:
1. River and Stream 11. Rail Roads

2. Tanks 12. Burning and Burial grounds
3. Tank-beds 13. Cattle-stands
4. Channel 14. Grazing grounds
5. Banks 15. Village site
6. Pond 16. Forest
7. Ditch 17. Pagoda
8. Fort 18. Threshing floor
9. Well 19. Salt pans
10. Topes 20. Public buildings
21. Cart tracks
1. Field demarcation and survey will begin after a sufficient number of stones have been
stocked in the village.
2. The work will be done by Deputy surveyors under the supervision of surveyors, deputy
Inspectors and Inspectors. A batch of nine Deputy surveyors will forma surveyor’s range
and four such ranges will form a Deputy Inspectors sub-section. Two such sub-sections
will form an Inspectors section.
3. As soon as the Deputy surveyor arrives in the village, he should ascertain by personal
enquiry whether any of the landholders are willing to supply their own stones and labour
and then send to the range surveyor a special report regarding this and the state of stone
supply in the Village, etc. The surveyor should go to the village if any difficulties have
been reported, do his best to overcome them and write to his Deputy Inspector only in
case of failure.
4. The Deputy surveyor should give a written notice in Form No. 8 to the village authorities
requiring their attendance during demarcation. He should ascertain the names of the
owners or occupiers of the lands he has to demarcate the next day and serve on them,
through the village servants, written notices in Form No. 9.
5. When parties, whose attendance is essential, refuse or fail to attend, a report of non-
attendance should be sent to the Inspector who will take steps to secure the attendance of
the parties by having recourse to the Act, if necessary. It is of no use whatever reporting
persons for non-attendance unless it can be shown clearly that they received the notice in
due time, that their attendance was necessary and that they were absent without good and
sufficient cause.
6. The Deputy surveyor should be accompanied by the karnam, the village munsif and the
owners of the properties he is demarcating but if, for any sufficient reason the village
authorities should be absent from their village, as on jamabandi or other work, the

surveyor must not be idle. He must go on marking the fields according to possession,
guided by the latest revenue accounts.
7. The Deputy surveyor will be furnished with the boundary demarcation sketch of the
village. He should demarcate the fields commencing with the first khandam of the village
and be guided by the following rules.
8. A revenue field, i.e., field registered in the revenue accounts may be either occupied or
unoccupied. If occupied, it is a distinct piece of land of one description of soil and held
on one tenure by one man or jointly by more. If unoccupied, it is either poramboke, or
waste assessed or unassessed. Occupied revenue fields always form distinct items in a
patta. A paimash field may be a revenue field or it may contain two-or more revenue
fields.
9. Subject to rules 10,11,12 and 18 below, revenue fields should be clubbed to form survey
fields up to a maximum of 2 Hectares in wet land and 4 Hectares in dry land. In a survey
field so formed, each revenue field will form a separate subdivision. If two of more
previously existing revenue fields (still separately registered) which are contiguously
situated have passed into the enjoyment of a single individual or the enjoyment of a
number of persons who hold and enjoy them jointly and in common and are of the same
description of soil and tenure they should be formed into a single subdivision of the survey
field.
10. No survey field thus formed should contain more than 20 subdivisions unless its area is
below one hectare in wet and 2
Hectare in dry land when no limit is
placed on the number of sub-
divisions.
11. In clubbing revenue fields, great
care and judgment are required to
avoid the boundaries of survey
fields being irregular vide diagram
below:
Note : abcdefpgh and hgpfemlsk are
letter formed fields than abno pgqr
kh and bcde mlsrgipon.
12. No existing revenue fields however

large, is to be sub-divided except by special order of the Asst. Director.
13. In demarcating fields existing limits of occupation should be adhered to and all bends
recognized except such as are within 10 links from a line between the marks on each side
where the land is valuable or within 20 links in dry land of little value. When such small
bends are ignored, care should be taken that the marks at each end of the line are so placed
on the boundary that there is no appreciable loss of land or of trees to either party. Bends
on subdivision boundaries should not be marked with stones unless the subdivision is a
poramboke.
The letter ‘S’ should be cut on the top of field stones planted at bends subdivision
boundaries and the St. George’s cross on those marking bends on village boundaries.

14. When field boundaries are found to be very crooked beyond the limits within which
equalization of bends is admissible as provided in rule 13 above, every endeavor must be
made to induce land holders to consent to their being straightened; it must be explained
that the, saving in stones will be very great, and that they can lose nothing, because just
as much will be added to each field as is taken away from it.
15. If ryots agree to straighten their boundaries, they must demolish the old and set up the
new bunds at once. Unless they do this, the field boundaries will have to be marked as
they exist; in no case is any bend beyond the limits laid down in rule 13 above to be
ignored, because ryots 'say they will form the new bunds after the marks have been put
up.
16. When there are bunds or hedges between fields, the center of these will, as a rule be
considered to be the boundary unless there is evidence to the contrary.
17. Where the registered holder is absent or where the boundary between two revenue fields
is disputed, the line must be laid down according to the village records or as ascertained
from the village officers and from such other evidence as may be available.
18. All roads, cart-tracks and channels shown as poramboke in the revenue accounts and those
which are included in the ryotwari holdings and which exceed 20 links in width should
be demarcated as separate survey fields half a chain or over in width; but the Asst.
Director of Survey unit, may, at his discretion, survey such a cart-track or channel as a
subdivision in order to secure well-shaped survey fields. The former should be surveyed
as subdivisions when they are less than 50 links and the latter when over 20 links and less
than 50 links in width. Those included in ryotwari holdings which do not exceed 20 links
in width and those included in large waste blocks which are not to be surveyed in detail,
should not, except in special cases/to be determined by the Revenue Officer, be
subdivided but marked as details.
When a waste block is surveyed in detail, those roads, cart-tracks and channels in it which
do not exceed 20 links in width, need not be subdivided and should be shown as details.
19. Before demarcating the boundaries of Government or Local Funds roads, reserved forests,
charnels or other public works, notice must be sent by the sub-assistant to the local offices
concerned to depute a responsible subordinate to attend with acquisition sketches and
point out the boundaries of such lands. The subordinates deputed should certify to the
correctness of the demarcation of the land and the certificates should be filed with the
records of the village. If there is any difference between the boundaries pointed out by
them and by the ryots the matter must be reported and to the Asst. Director for orders.
20. Encroachments on public lands set apart for burial grounds market places, topes, village-
sites, etc., should be set back and sufficient width reserved for village roads.
21. The boundaries of communal poramboke fields and sub-divisions should be straightened
by cutting off sharp projecting bends provided the usefulness of the porambokes is not
impaired. Any bit of land so excluded from the poramboke should be marked as a waste
subdivision, if the area which will be otherwise added to an adjacent revenue field is more
than 2 Ares or if it contains valuable trees. If less than 2 Ares and containing no valuable
trees, it should be surveyed as part of the adjoining revenue field. Such part of the land as
may contain valuable trees should be surveyed as an assessed waste subdivision or sub-

divisions irrespective of area. When however, the poramboke adjoins a waste field, the
part excluded should be surveyed with the waste field without subdividing it.
22. When no patta can be shown for any apparent encroachment of over 2 Ares which on the
poramboke side of the straight boundary, fixed as directed in rule 21 above, it should be
measured and plotted as an encroachment sketch to be attached to the land register, a
remark being entered there against the fields giving the encroacher’s name and the area
encroached upon. When the encroachment is less than 2 Ares a remark in the land register
will suffice.
23. Large waste block fit for cultivation should be divided into 4 hectares’ fields, following
where convenient the limits of sivayi jama cultivation, care being taken to secure regular
field boundaries.
24. Where a road runs through Government waste, its limits should be marked at a maximum
distance of one chain on each side of the center line of roadway.
25. Before marking out the boundaries of railway lands, the local railway authorities must be
communicated with, asked for copies of land plans and written permission obtained to
enter on their premises when necessary.
26. Railway lands in the case of Railways constructed by companies which receive land free
of cost are divided into four classes A, B, C, D —first class A, land which the railway
company receives free of change for permanent occupation; second class B, land also
provided free of cost but only for temporary occupation; third class fourth class D, land
which being required in consequence of the works of a railway still does not come directly
into the occupation of the railway company at all.
27. Under class A is included all land required for the permanent works of the railway,
including the formation of the line with its sidle slopes, berms, ridges, etc., and for all
stations, workshops, permanent store-house s and the like necessary for the line when
opened.
28. Under class B is included all land essential for the execution of the permanent works of
the railway but not required after the completion of the line in part or whole. Such is land
required for spoil banks, for extra excavations to make banks, or for the storage of
materials held in stock by the railway company pending the construction of the line or
their dispatch to the works.
29. Under class C is included all land which is required for the provision or preparation of
materials, for purposes contingent on the actual execution of the works on the line or for
other miscellaneous objects.
30. Under class D is included all land required outside the company’s boundary, for the
diversion of roads or rivers and for the construction of roads which are made for public
purposes but will not afterwards be maintained by the company.
31. “A” class lands – should be surveyed as separate fields. “B” class lands – should be
surveyed as subdivisions of the fields in which they lie. “C” class lands – should be
surveyed as new fields or as subdivisions according to their area or importance. “D” class
lands – New roads and channels if 50 links or more in width, should be surveyed as entire

fields, about 10 chains in length. If below 50 links in width, they should be surveyed as
sub-divisions of the fields in which they lie.
32. In the case of railways constructed by Government or by Companies not entitled under
their contracts to land free of cost, land is divided into two classes, ‘permanent’ and
‘temporary'. The former corresponds to A class land and should be marked as separate
survey fields the latter which comprises land required for temporary occupation only and
which will eventually be relinquished, should be marked as sub-divisions or as survey
fields according to area.
33. Long narrow fields, such as roads, cart-tracks, channels, railways, etc., should be split up
into survey fields each measuring about 10 chains in length.
34. Inam fields should, as a rule, be surveyed in accordance with the inam title-deeds or the
inam register. Unfranchised inam fields, should not be sub-divided except to exclude
porambokes; porambokes channels, cart-tracts and foot paths, registered as sub-divisions
of an inam field in the revenue accounts and existing on the ground, should be surveyed
as sub-divisions Whether the width exceeds 20 Links or not; where channels, though
registered as sub-divisions in the revenue accounts, no longer exist on the ground the
question of their separate sub-division should be decided on its merits. Enfranchised inam
fields may be sub-divided according to enjoyment.
35. Public Works Department channels, Local Fund roads and cart-tracts passing through
village-sites should be marked as fields or sub-divisions according as they have been
marked outside the village- site.
36. Government lands which are situated in villages included in municipal towns and are
assessed to revenue (including ground-rent) or are available for disposal on payment of
assessment or ground-rent as also lands in the possession of Government in such villages,
should be surveyed if their extent is not less than 0.5 of an are.
During the survey of estates, the lands in which Government have an interest should
ordinarily be surveyed as entire survey fields. Where however such lands are contiguous,
they may be clubbed with one another and surveyed as subdivisions of the same field.
They should not be clubbed with estate lands and surveyed as subdivisions of estate lands.
Before such survey is made, a notification under section 5 of the Madras Survey and
Boundaries Act should be published.
37. Cultivation in forest blocks, if recognized as enclosures, should be marked separately
according to the existing limits on the ground If the area of an enclosure thus marked is
more than that allowed, at the forest settlement, the excess should be formed as a separate
subdivision and the same reported to the Collector for such action as he may deem
necessary.
38. Stones erected by the Public Works Department on the banks of canals, etc., by the
Railway Department to define A class lands, and by the Forest Department to define forest
boundaries, should, with the consent of the departments concerned, be utilized as survey
marks by cutting the broad arrow on them.
39. From the boundary demarcation sketch of the village supplied to him, the Deputy
surveyor will prepare a skeleton field demarcation sketch for each khandam, on scale 1
cm=2 chains on a quarter sheet of paper, 130 Grams size 30 Cms. by 50 Cms. As he

demarcates the boundaries of survey fields and the included subdivisions, he will sketch
them in pencil in the skeleton demarcation sketch.
40. As each field is sketched, the surveyor will note in the sketch in pencil the paimash
numbers and the number of each registered holding and other particulars necessary for
writing up the field or land register.
41. The sketch must be neatly drawn so as to admit of every field and subdivision bend being
clearly shown.
42. The pencil lines in the sketch should be inked as soon as the stones have been erected and
not before.
43. The symbols to be used in the sketch for the different kinds of stones are
44. Fields must be numbered consecutively throughout a village commencing from the north-
west corner of the first khandam. The last field in the first khandam must touch the
boundary of the second khandam and so on, so that there may be no break in the continuity
of the numbers.
45. Subdivisions in each survey field should be numbered consecutively commencing from
the north-west corner of the field.
46. At the head of sketch will be entered the name of the taluk, the number and name of the
village, the number and area of the khandam and the number of fields, as also the number
of stones, those planted during boundary demarcation being distinguished from those
planted during field demarcation. The numbers and names of adjoining villages or the
numbers of adjacent khandams must also be entered in the sketch
47. The surveyor should sign the sketch in the lower right hand corner and enter the dates of
commencement and completion of the khandam. No more writing is allowed.
48. As demarcation proceeds or immediately on completion of the demarcation of each
khandam, the land register should be prepared in Form No. 19A, the survey field and
subdivision numbers being entered at first in pencil from the fields demarcation sketch.
49. In preparing the land register, the greatest care is necessary in locating the old paimash
numbers against the new survey numbers. In doubtful cases, local enquiries should be
made.

50. In all case of discrepancy between established occupation and accounts, demarcation must
follow occupation; but the property must be registered in accordance with the village,
accounts, and the discrepancy being explained in the register in the column of remarks.
51. All the paimash numbers must be accounted for in the register and entered opposite the
survey numbers in which they are included. When portions of a paimash field are included
in several survey fields, the total area of the paimash field should be entered against the
first survey field number in which it appears. Against the remaining survey field numbers
only the paimash number should be entered, and for its area reference should be made in
the last column the register to the first survey field number against which the same was
noted.
52. The register must show distinctly for each property the number of the registered holding
and the name of the registered holder. In the case of inam fields, if enfranchised, the title-
deed numbered and the name of the inamdar should be entered, and if un-enfranchised
the name of the institution or service to which each relates.
53. For joint holdings, the names of all the shareholders should be entered against the first
survey field number. In all subsequent fields in which the same joint holdings appear, it
will be sufficient to note the name of the first shareholder and the number of the other
shareholders.
54. The deputy surveyor will initial every page of the land register and the last page will bear
the signatures of the deputy surveyor, range surveyor, Deputy Inspector, Inspector and
village officials.
****

CHAPTER–VII
FIELD MEASUREMENT
1. The measurement of no survey field should begin until all stones have been fixed on its
boundaries.
2. Fields should be measured in the consecutive order of their survey numbers. The distance
from stone to store on the field boundary, and from bend to bend on the subdivision
boundary should be measured first. In making these measurements, the surveyor should
take care to see that the common boundary between two survey fields or two subdivisions
is measured but once so that there may be no difference between the measurements
recorded for such common boundaries. The diagram below explains how the
measurements should be made and recorded:
3. Each field should then be divided into triangles by chaining, lines across from junction to
junction of three or more survey fields and offsets should be taken from the sides of the
triangles to all bends on field and subdivision boundaries. The triangles should be so
formed that the bends to be offsetted are not more than 5 chains distant from the sides.
4. Where it is not possible to chain lines from one tri-junction to another, the triangle should
be so formed with reference to other demarcated points on the field boundary that not
only can each field be plotted independently, but that a continuous series of triangles may
be built up for the whole village so as to facilitate the plotting of the village map.
5. Long narrow fields, which cannot be plotted correctly if measured in triangles, should be
measured by running a single line through the field. Small fields overgrown with scrub or
piky-pear or otherwise unsuited for field triangulation should be measured by offsets from
lines outside running between two field stones. Large fields of the later class should be
left to be surveyed with the theodolite or circumferentor
6. Enclosures within forest reserves, and other detached fields whether situated within or
outside the village boundary, should be connected with one another and with the main
work by chain triangulation or by traverses run with the theodolite or Stanley’s
circumferentor. When enclosures within reserved forests lie at a considerable distance
from the village boundary they need not be connected and will be plotted in the margin
of the village map with an explanatory note.
7. The position of all important topographical details, such as village-sites, public buildings,
channels, streams, tanks, wells, cart-tracks, foot-paths, etc., whether separately marked or
not as survey fields or subdivisions, should be fixed by measurements.

Note : Only those foot-paths which lead from Village to Village or from one hamlet to another should
be regarded as important.
8. Measurements need not, however, be taken to unimportant details or too such as are likely
to change. Small gravel pits, shallow water-courses which are usually ploughed over,
small rocks, temporary paths or tracks, old unused wells, temporary dams and temporary
sluices should be ignored altogether. It is difficult to lay down exact rules on this point.
The surveyor must use his discretion bearing in mind that the first object of the survey is
to measure and map field boundaries.
9. The relative importance of each topographical feature should be considered; any feature
that attracts special notice on the ground should be measured to; a single large tree, a
small temple or large rock in an open country and a narrow pathway across an otherwise
impassable mountain range are important details and should be fixed by measurement.
10. Arrows indicating the direction of streams should be inserted in the field measurement
book. Care should be taken that the direction of the arrow shows the direction of the
stream correctly.
11. All permanent lines of communication, such as foot-paths, cart-tracks, earthen roads,
graveled roads and metaled roads, should be distinguished from each other by their
appropriate symbols - see Appendix No. V.
12. At the point where a railway, road or path crosses the village boundary, the place from or
to which it leads should be entered with its distance from that point.
13. The name of every village-site, hamlet, tank, hill, river, channel or other topographical
feature, which has a distinguishing name, must be entered in the field measurement book,
and care must be taken to ensure its correct spelling.
14. When detailing village-sites, the boundaries of blocks of houses on either side of the
streets should be offsetted from chain lines measured along the streets. The depths of each
block of houses and backyards and prominent bends on the back of them should also be
measured and offsetted. Temples and important public buildings should however be
measured separately. When the village-site is too large for measurement by the chain and
cross staff, a skeleton traverse plot of it will be supplied to the surveyor on scale 2 Cms =
1 Chain and on it the blocks of houses should be plotted.
15. As each field is measured, a plan thereof should be plotted by the surveyor in a field
measurement book with the triangulation measurements and offsets — vide Appendix
No. VI. As a rule, the top of the page will represent the north, but when it does not, the
north point line should be drawn.
16. The accuracy of the triangulation and offset measurements and of the plotting should be
tested by the measurements taken round the field and subdivision boundaries. The
boundaries should not be inked until the plotting has been so tested and found correct.
17. The field measurement book should be prepared in duplicate. All topographical details
fixed by measurement should be plotted in both copies.
18. The scale on which the fields should generally be plotted will depend on the area, thus-
Up to 2 Hectares 1 Cm. = ½ Chain or 2 Cms. = 1 Chain (1/1000).
2 to 8 Hectares 1 Cm. = 1 Chain (1/2000).

Over 8 Hectares 1 Cm. = 2.5 Chains or 2 Cms. = 5 Chains or 20 Cms. = 1 Km.(R.F. 1/5000)
The point to bear in mind is that the scale must be large enough to enable all measurements
to be shown distinctly.
19. The fields must be plotted in the field measurement book in the consecutive order of their
survey numbers. The scale should be noted at the foot of each field map.
20. Not more than one field should be plotted on each page of the field measurement book,
and one field should not occupy more than one page.
21. If a field cannot be plotted on the prescribed scale on a single page, as in the case of long
narrow strip of land, such as a channel or pathway measuring less than 2 Hectares, it may
be plotted on a smaller scale, provided all measurements can be clearly shown.
22. Where, however, the field is too large to be plotted on one page on a sufficiently large
scale to admit of all measurements being recorded legibly, it should be plotted on sheets
of field measurement book form mounted on cloth (allowing about 1 to 2 Cms. margin
for stitching, to fold to the size of the field measurement book.)
23. The area of each survey field and of its subdivisions should be taken by the field surveyor
with the area square from the plotted map in the field measurement book and entered in
pencil in the column provided for it in the field register and in the duplicate field
measurement book.
24. At the foot of each page of the field measurement book the surveyor should sign his name
in black ink and enter the date of measurement.
25. As the measurement of fields in the khandam progress the deputy surveyor should number
the stones in ink in the field demarcation sketch. The number of stones planted each month
should be written at the foot of the sketch and the totals entered on completion of the
khandam. Each stone should be given a number in the sketch and the number of the last
stone planted each month should be marked with a red circle.
26. On completion of field survey the surveyor must measure lines from one khandam station
to another along the khandam boundaries offsetting field tri-junctions on the boundaries.
To prevent duplication of work the surveyor who completes khandam No. 1 will measure
the sides along the village boundary leaving the rest to be done by the surveyors who
measure the side khandams. These measurements should be recorded in the field
demarcation sketch.
27. The accuracy of the measurements made by the deputy surveyor should be tested by all
inspecting officers, viz., range surveyors, Deputy Inspectors, Inspectors and gazetted
officers, by means of measurement and check-measurement in accordance with the
instructions contained in Chapter XII, Inspection of Field Work.
28. Inspecting officers should sign their names in full in red ink in the original field
measurement bock at the bottom of the map of each field inspected by them, noting above
their signatures the number of lines tested. The deputy surveyors’ measurements should
be ticked off in red ink if they agree with the measurements of the inspector within the
margin of error allowed in rule 17, Chapter XII. When the difference exceeds that
allowed, the inspector’s measurements should be entered and attested in red ink in both
copies of the field measurement book and the surveyor’s measurements scored out.

29. On completion of filed inspection, the field register, a fair copy of the demarcation sketch
showing only field boundaries, and the duplicate field measurement bock, should be sent
to the Special Revenue Officer or the Revenue Divisional Officer as may be ordered.
In estate surveys these records should be sent to the proprietors or to their representatives.
When the estates are managed by the Court of Wards, the Manager or whoever he may
depute will receive the records.
30. On receipt of the records, the Revenue or estate officials will make such inspection, as
may be necessary, of the work of the surveyors in field and will satisfy themselves as to
the completeness of the work before finally passing the field register and causing it to be
used for the correction of the permanent village accounts.
31. The records will be returned after check to the survey Inspector with lists and sketches
illustrating the additional subdivisions or changes considered necessary. These should be
attended to promptly. But any proposals which seem at variance with standing orders, or
which require alteration of field boundaries entitling considerable re-measurement when
the object desired can be secured by a subdivision, should be reported to the Assistant
Director.
In the case of estate surveys, the records should be returned to the Assistant Director of
the party within two months from the date of receipt of the records by the proprietors or
their representatives.
32. The Assistant Director should refer such of these charges as he thinks necessary to the
Revenue or estate officials and may, if there is still disagreement, refer them to the
Director of Survey.
****

CHAPTER–VIII
PLOTTING VILLAGE MAP
1. As soon as the original and duplicate field measurement books are received in office and
before the plotting the village map is taken up, they should be compared with each other.
2. The numbers of side fields and all the measurements of lines in the plan of the first field
in the original copy of the field measurement book should be compared with the side
numbers and measurements of the corresponding lines in other field plans, both originals
and duplicates. As each number or measurement is compared, it should be ticked off in
pencil so that it may not be compared again. The measurements and numbers not checked
should then be compared in all the fields in turn.
3. Discrepancies found on comparison should be noted in Form No. 22.
4. Discrepancies between the original and duplicate field measurement books should be
rectified by correcting the duplicate to agree with the original.
5. Where different measurements are recorded for the same line in rejoining fields, and the
difference is not more than three links in distances of five chains and under, not more than
one link per chain in distances of over five and under ten chains, and not more than ten
links in distances of ten chains and over, that measurements should be retained which is
nearer the theoretical length of the line as calculated from the recorded diagonal and offset
distances the other measurement corrected.
6. Where the difference, though within the margin allowed, cannot be adjusted with
reference to calculated distances, or when no diagonal and offset measurements are
available, the measurement recorded for the field bearing the lower number should be
retained and that in the field bearing the higher number corrected.
7. Differences within the margin of error allowed will be adjusted by the draughtsman who
compares the field measurement books, the measurement adopted being entered in the
column provided for the purpose in Form No. 22.
8. Differences above the prescribed limit should be examined with reference to diagonal and
offset measurements and reported to the Assistant Director for orders.
9. The plotting of the fields in the village map should begin after the traverse plotting of the
boundary and khandam circuits, and the laying out of the points offsetted from the village
and khandam boundary and cross purtal lines have been completed. In special cases the
Asst. Director may permit field plotting of a portion of a village being proceeded with,
while the traverses or purtals not affecting that portion remain unplotted.
10. Fields should be plotted from the measurements in the field measurement book. Sub-
divisions should not be plotted in the village map.
11. Enclosures within forest reserves and other detached fields situated outside the village
boundary should be plotted in their correct relative position wherever possible. When they
lie far off the village boundary, they should be plotted in the margin of the map without
reference to their correct position and a remark to that effect printed in the map.

12. When the measurements appear to be wrong in any part, the plotting in that part had better
not be continued but carried to it from some other direction.
13. With the help given by the points offsetted from purta lines and by the several theodolite
station points, it should be possible to ascertain exactly in what line an error of
measurement lies.
14. Errors will be shown in the map by a cross mark on the line itself and also noted in a
discrepancy list in Form bio. 23.
15. The erasure of pencil marks injures the surface of the map for Vandyke printing and the
pencil should be used only for the field and village numbers and field boundaries which
it is desirable to write first in pencil and type or ink after words. Topographical details
should be drawn or typed direct in ink.
16. An experienced draughtsman should test 25 per cent of the plotting in each sheet of the
village map. He should also examine the plotting of the fields in which errors have been
located by the field plotter.
17. The examiner should check the discrepancy list (rule 15) write the action suggested and
submit the list and records to the senior draughtsman.
18. After scrutiny, the Senior draughtsman will submit the list to the Asst. Director who will
order re-measurement to be made where he considers it necessary.
19. On receipt of the correction sketches from field with the re-measured distances entered in
them corrections will be applied in the map and in the field measurement book.
20. The field measurement book prepared by the Deputy surveyor will not show the fields
traversed as minor circuits with the theodolite. A traverse plot of each of these fields
should be prepared from the surveyor’s rough plans and inserted in the field measurement
book. The traverse lines where they are not coterminous with the field boundary should
be drawn in red ink.
21. When, as provided in rule 16. Chapter II. The middle of a river bed forms the true
boundary of the village; the field map for the river portion should be pricked from the
village map. The conventional lines denoting the boundary of the river portion should be
shown in the field map by broken lines and the measurements for the lines should be
obtained by scale from the village map. A note should be entered at the foot of the field
map that the broken line are conventional lines.
22. The village boundary should be compared with the boundaries shown in the maps of the
adjoining villages, and correction list prepared for adjustment of discrepancies, after
verifications on the ground, if necessary.
23. Tracings should be taken from the village map for the boundaries of villages of which the
maps have yet to be prepared for comparison when those maps are ready.
****

CHAPTER–IX
FINISHING VILLAGE MAP AND AREA COMPUTATION
1. The field boundaries should be inked, the village and khandam boundaries being drawn
slightly thicker than the field boundaries. The lines should be drawn evenly with a steady
hand, and care should be taken to show the bends on field boundaries by well-defined
intersections of the lines constituting the boundaries to secure a clear delineation of these
latter in the printed maps. The Indian ink used should be of sufficient consistency and not
watery.
2. The field number should be neatly typed, the figures heading north, as a rule. When
necessary, the numbers may be typed transversely, but such instances should be rare. To
ensure clearness in the printed maps, the field numbers in the original map must be quite
distinct. This can only be secured by keeping the types perfectly clean. They should be
thoroughly cleaned with turpentine and a hard brush daily. They should never be wiped
with cloth but always with soft leather.
3. If the ordinary types for field numbers would over-crowd the map, smaller types should
be used.
4. Where a field; too small or narrow to admit of its number being typed with clearness even
by using small types, the number should be typed in the nearest open space and its
reference to the held indicated by an arrow.
5. In the case of fields which are divided by the sheet lines and which consequently lie partly
in one sheet and partly in another, the field numbers should be typed within the sheet
which contains the larger portion of the field. In the other sheet which contains the smaller
portion, the field number should be typed outside the sheet line in smaller type. When
sheets are joined, only one number must appear in each field.
6. Adequate enlargements of small fields, not roads or channels, less than 10 Ares, or
narrower than half a chain, should be plotted in the margin of the map.
7. While the inking of field boundaries and the typing of field numbers are in progress, the
areas of survey fields and sub-divisions should be taken with the area square from the
field measurement book and entered in Form No. 24, field measurement book area
computation sheet.
8. This will be called the first computation sheet, and it should, be handed over to the Senior
computer who will then direct the re-computation of areas by another computor.
9. The recomputed areas will also be entered in Form No. 24 and this will be called the
second computation sheet.
10. The first and second computations should be compared by another computer, who will
score out neatly in red ink in the second computation sheet all entries which agree within
the percentage of difference allowed, viz., Above 200 Ares or 2 Hectares 1 percent.
11. A list of fields not scored out in the second computation sheet should be prepared for third
computation which will be performed by a third computer.

12. The first and third computations will be compared and if they agree within the allowed
percentage, the third and second computations should be scored out in red ink and the
first computation, retained.
13. If the first and third computations do not agree and the second and third do, the first
computation should be corrected in red ink as per third computation and the second and
third computations scored out as before. The same course should be adopted if more than
three computations are found necessary.
14. The first computation sheet will then be the rough computation sheet for areas computed
from the field measurement book. In this computation sheet, the areas of sub-divisions
should be totaled for each survey field by the computer who compares the different
computations,
15. As soon as the field boundaries have been inked and the field numbers typed, the village
map will be handed over to the senior computor for area computation.
16. The area of survey fields will be computed with the computing scale and entered in Form
No. 24 map area computation sheet.
17. The areas obtained from the field measurement book and village map will be compared.
18. For fields of which the areas agree within the percentage of difference mentioned in rule
10 above, the entries in the map area computation sheet should be scored out in red ink,
and from this sheet a list of fields not scored out should be prepared for re-computation.
19. In the case of such of the fields in this list as contain sub-divisions, the totals in the rough
computation sheet should be examined and fields in which the, difference was due to
incorrect totaling should, be eliminated from the list.
20. The re-computation of the remaining fields should first be made in the village map.
21. If the re-compared area agrees with that in the rough computation sheet, the entries in the
map area computation and re-computation sheets should be scored out in red ink. But if
it does not agree, the plotting in the field measurement book should be examined, and the
area of the field and its sub-divisions, if any, should be recomputed with the area square.
If difference should still exist, the plotting of the field in the village map should be
examined and its area recomputed with the computing scale. The Process of re-
computation should be continued until the computing scale area taken from the village
map agrees with the area, square area, taken from the filed measurement book within the
percentage of difference allowed.
22. The computing scale area should then be scored out and the field measurement book area
as recorded in the rough computation sheet should be accepted as final.
23. From the final rough computation sheet, a rough area list will be copied in Form No. 24
showing the areas of survey fields and Sub-divisions.
24. After the entries in the rough area list have been carefully compared, the areas of fields
should be totaled up.
25. The areas of offsets on the village boundary should be computed with the computing scale
and entered in Form No. 25.

26. The area of offsets outside the traverse lines will be added to, and that of offsets inside
the traverse lines deducted from the traverse area. The result thus obtained will be the true
area of the village.
27. This area should be compared with the total area of the village by fields, and the difference
should not exceed 1 per cent.
28. If the difference exceeds 1 per cent, it points to error in the computation of either traverse
of field areas or both.
29. The traverse computation should first be examined, and then, if necessary, the field area
computations and the difference adjusted.
30. When this has been done, the areas of fields and sub-divisions should be copied from the
rough area list into the field register, and the abstract at the end of the register filled in.
The areas of survey fields, will, at the same time, be copied into the field measurement
book.
31. A fair area list should be prepared from the rough area list in Form No. 26.
32. The rough and fair area lists; field measurement book rand field register will be compared
with one another.
33. Important details shown in the field measurement book should be plotted in the village
map.
34. The details should be examined to see that channels and roads are continuous and that the
names of village sites, public buildings, rivers, channels, etc., are entered in the details
should be inked.
35. As the light is supposed to fall on the paper from the upper left-hard corner in parallel ray
set an angle of 45° to the horizon, all objects in elevation, such as buildings, banks and
raised roads, must be shown by thick lines on the right hand and lower sides, or if the top
of the drawing represent the north, the outlines east and south should be thickened, while
all depressions such as rivers, tanks and wells should be thickened on the north and west
sides.
36. All names and words should be printed so as to suit the map of the village when the sheets
are joined together. Part of a name will, under this arrangement, often fall in one sheet
and part in another. When this is the case, the continuation of the word or name should be
printed in small type on the margin of the sheet in which it commences, and likewise, the
beginning of the word or name on the margin of the sheet in which it ends.
37. The map should show where roads and tracks lead. The name of the place is sufficient
without adding ‘from or to’ and care should be taken to print names only where necessary
and where omission would leave destination doubtful.
38. The names of adjoining villages should be typed symmetrically across the blank space
left on the sheets, but only once in the case of each village. The number of each sheet
should be typed close to but outside the sheet line and above the right-hard corner. The
number should extend beyond the east sheet line produced.
39. In a line with the sheet number will be typed the number and name of the village of which
the sheet is a part. The numbers of the adjoining sheets should be typed outside the sheet

lines on each side in the middle of their length. It is not necessary to add the words
“adjoining sheet”.
40. The heading of the map should show the names of the district and taluk, and the taluk
number, name and traverse area of the village. The village name should be in larger type
than that used for district and taluk names.
41. The heading should be placed in one of the upper sheets of the map, so that it may occupy
a conspicuous position when all the sheets are joined or printed. The north point should
be drawn, close to the heading.
42. The scale of the map and the proportional linear magnitude, otherwise called the
representative fraction, should be typed just below the area; and underneath the area, the
scale itself should be drawn. Below the scale should be drawn a square representing 40
Ares on the scale of the map.
43. Appendix No. V is a standard sheet of reference for the guidance of draftsman in inking
1/5000 village maps and Appendix No. VII is a table of representative fractions.
44. Each topographical details are distinguished by a symbol to which a separate number is
assigned. No separate table of reference should be drawn on or attached to the village
map. It will suffice if the reference numbers required for the village are printed in small
type under the heading of the map. The corresponding references as per standard sheet
will be printed with the map in the Central Survey Office.
45. After the map has been in ked and finished as above, each sheet should be carefully
compared with the adjoining sheets to see that all bends and topographical details agree.
46. Tracings from village maps showing g the boundaries of reserved forests as surveyed
should be sent to the District Forest Officer.
47. Village maps should have backed by a thin sheet of waste paper.
48. The persons responsible for each item of mapping should sign their names in a printed
list, Form No. 27, which should be pasted on the first page of field measurement book.
49. The map and all other records should be finally examined by the Senior computor, senior
draftsman and office manager and the result of their examination recorded in the final
examination report Form No. 28. The final examination report and all other records should
be signed by the Asst. Director.
50. After completion of mapping, a third and fair copy of the field measurement book should
be prepared in the Survey office.
51. When the survey is that of an estate, the land register should be prepared in Form No. 38.
A fair copy of the register should also be prepared in the Survey office, when not followed
by record of rights operations.
When the lands in estates are surveyed at the instance of Government in order to facilitate
collection of water-rate, the land register should be prepared in Form No.38-A.
When the lands in proprietary villages are surveyed at the instance of the local boards to
facilitate the levy of land cess, the land register should be prepared in Form No. 388.

52. The Asst. Director will then cause notices in Form No. 29 to be served under section 9
(2) of the Act. These notices should be accompanied by an acknowledgment, Form No.
30-B which should be signed in token of the receipt of the notice and returned to the
officer who issued it.
53. Appeals from the orders in these notices and from those passed under section 10 (2) are
to be filled within three months of the date of the service of the notice, but the period of
appeals time shall not include the time taken to secure a copy of the decision and map.
54. The appellate authority can admit of an appeal after the lapse of appeal time provided he
is satisfied that an applicant had good and sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal
within the time allowed.
55. On completion of the survey in accordance with the orders passed under section 9, 10 or
11 of the Act, the Asst. Director shall publish the notification, required by section 13 of
the Act, in Form No. 45 in the District Gazette.
56. The initial survey records of a village will consist of the following:
1) Boundary demarcation sketch
2) Traverse field books
3) Traverse sheets
4) Field demarcation sketches
5) Filed register (in duplicate in the case of estate villages not followed by record of
rights.")
6) Field measurement book (in triplicate)
7) Inspection reports
8) Village map
9) Area list (rough and fair)
10) Final examination report)
57. When the survey is of a Government area the duplicate and triplicate field measurement
books and the fair area lists should be sent to the Collector of the district. When an estate
has been surveyed the duplicate land register should be sent to the Collector of the district
and he duplicate and triplicate field measurement books, fair area lists, and original land
register should be sent to the proprietor or to the manager if the estate is managed by the
Court of Wards.
58. The remaining records excepting field demarcation sketches, inspection reports, area lists
(rough), and final examination reports should be sent to the Central Survey Office where
the authorized number of copies of village maps will be printed and distributed.
****

CHAPTER–X
RE–SURVEY
PRELIMINARIES
1. The cadastral survey, for any reason, of taluk of other area once before surveyed
cadastrally is called a re-survey.
2. The Director of Survey should communicate to the Collector the probable date of
commencement of survey operations in each of the taluks of his district which have been
put down for re-survey. Before the commencement of survey, the Collector should obtain
the sanction of the Board for any proposed to sub-divide any of the existing villages, and
should furnish the Asst. Director of Survey with a statement of the sub-division, if
sanctioned. Entire revenue villages should not be amalgamated but should be re-surveyed
separately. Revision of village boundaries which may be necessary for any reason may,
however, be done.
3. a) Before the commencement of survey, two responsible officers one from each of the
survey and Revenue Departments, should be deputed to examine the stock of stones
in the village depots and to separate the undersized stones from the stock. Stones of
the prescribed dimensions passed by the two officers should be taken over by the
Survey Department up to the limit on their requirements, and paid for at the fixed
selling price to the Revenue Department.
b) The officers of the Revenue Department should prepare a list and have it
countersigned by the Survey officers concerned and get the necessary adjustments
effected in the treasury accounts. The cost of the stones should be debited to
“Revenue Survey Advances-Survey Officers” by transfer credit to “Revenue Survey
Advances— Collectors’ by attaching the countersigned list in support of the credit
to the letter head. The Treasury Officer should send to the Survey Department a
statement of the debits made against that department.
4. In districts where the theodolites survey has to be made afresh the instructions in Chapters
II and III should be followed.
5. When the theodolite work of the former survey is found to be satisfactory it will be
sufficient to replace missing theodolite stations with the linear measurements available.
Replacement of missing theodolite stations must always be inspected by a Surveyor or
Deputy Inspector.
Where, however, a station cannot be replaced in its former position, angles should be
observed over the new station and over the stations on either side and observation and
measurement extended, if necessary to other stations until the old and new angles agree
within a difference of 2 minutes per angle.
6. The rules in Chapters VI and VII apply to re-surveys, but, before re-survey proper or the
demarcation and measurement of holdings is commenced, it is necessary that the revenue
registry of these should be brought up to date. To this end, preliminary land registers and
location sketches showing the positions of field and sub-divisions, are to be prepared
khandam war by surveyors showing the registered and existing revenue holdings.
The verification of (1) the registry of all fields, (2) the demarcation of porambokes and
(3) the transfer of registry is made by a special staff working under a Revenue Officer,

who will ordinarily also be the Settlement Officer where a settlement is due. This officer
will for convenience be referred to as he Revenue Officer throughout these rules.
7. The location sketch should be prepared for each khandam on a conveniently large scale
showing the registered field boundaries and numbers in black ink. Within the shape of
each old field should be noted is area and the description of the land as given in the last
adangal.
8. Surveyors should then go to field and mark in pencil the boundaries of existing holdings
in the sketch after making inquiries from cultivators and village officers, writing the
enjoyer’s name in each sub-division and the adangal sub-division number, if any. New
sub-division numbers should not be given. The nature of porambokes should be stated,
whether they are true porambokes or only waste land.
9. Sivaijama cultivation and the names of the cultivators should be shown in the location
sketch.
10. On completion of the location sketch, 50 per cent of the preliminary registration made
should be inspected by the range survey or and 10 per cent by the Deputy Inspector.
11. The range surveyor should then form survey fields following the rules in Chapter VI. The
new field and sub-division boundaries should be inked in red in the location sketch,
broken for sub division and continuous lines for field boundaries.
12. Field and sub-division numbers should then be assigned and a fair sketch prepared leaving
out enjoyers’ names but containing all the other information.
Sub-divisions of survey fields should be numbered and not lettered. The numbering
should, as far as practicable, follow that adopted in the revenue adangals, and should be
departed from only when such adherence would result in numbering not being controlled
by contiguity. Where the numbering in the adangals is irregular, the sub-division should
be renumbered starting from the north-west corner of the field, so that each may adjoin
the one bearing the next number.
13. The land register form No. 35 should then be written. Every old survey or sub-division
number must have a corresponding new survey or sub-division number or be otherwise
accounted for. The registered holder’s name should be written in the appropriate column.
When the registered holder is not the enjoyer, and enjoyment is not disputed, the enjoyer's
name should be written in the last column, but only after making inquiries from the
adjoining landholders and the village officers. If enjoyment is disputed a note to that effect
should be written in the remarks column.
14. At the end of the register for each khandam should be written a statement correlating the
old and new sub-division and survey field numbers.
****

CHAPTER–XI
RE–SURVEY
FIELD MEASUREMENT
1. Surveyors will be supplied with the preliminary land register and khandam location
sketches and should proceed as directed in Chapter VII, but the following additional
instructions are special to re-surveys and should be obeyed carefully.
2. Stones should be planted at tri-junctions of all fields, and, in addition, at bends on village
poramboke field and sub-division boundaries. Old stones which do not mark a boundary
should be removed and utilized and few new stones should be required.
3. In the case of village boundaries marching with proprietary villages or estates, old survey
measurements must be followed. When a Government village adjoins another,
demarcation should follow enjoyments, provided the charges are not material. The orders
of the Asst. Director should be obtained in the case of any which exceeds ten cents in
area.
4. Where, however, a river or stream forms the boundary between a Government village and
a proprietary, or an estate village and the old boundary lies in the channel bed demarcation
should follow enjoyment, but the old measurement should be plotted in blue ink in the
field measurement book. This should also be done between two Government villages for
such or he fields as are inam. See Appendix No. VIII.
5. Rules 21 and 22, Chapter VI, give instructions for the straightening of the Boundaries of
poramboke fields and subdivisions and for dearing with encroachments. During a. re-
survey the measurements of the former survey, when reliable, should be used to see
porambokes have not been encroached upon.
During the re-survey of all roads, paths, etc., whether or not they vest in and are; actually
maintained by the Local Boards, the actual road path, etc., in existence on the ground shall
be taken into consideration and with reference to this, after the issue of the notice
prescribed by rule 19 of Chapter VI, a definite reasonable width (which should usually be
one chain or such smaller width as the poramboke field permits but should be not less
than the actual existing width on the ground of the road, path etc.) shall be demarcated as
the road path, etc., poramboke which prima facie vests in the Local Board. The words
‘'The existing road path etc.,” mean so much of the poramboke field as is necessary for
the control, maintenance and protection of the road as a highway and should be interpreted
liberally to include ordinarily the drains, avenue trees and sufficient space for stocking
road materials, etc., and reasonable road margin to allow for the provision of these
conveniences if they do not exist. The rest of each existing poramboke field through which
the road, path etc., runs, if occupied be separately demarcated for assignment or shall be
merged with the fields of the adjacent holders as the case may be and if unoccupied shall
be separately demarcated and registered as assessed waste, unassessed or poramboke, as
the case may be, pending objections.
Wherever roads vesting in local bodies run on the banks or bunds of rivers, canals or
channels or tanks, under the control of the Public Works Department or on the bunds of
tanks or banks of channels under the control of the Revenue Department, the portion
covered by the roads need not be subdivided and demarcated separately, and in all such

cases the banks or bunds with the road and road margins should be registered as Public
works or Revenue Department poramboke of the appropriate kind.
6. Any omissions or discrepancies found in the location work should be remedied and the
necessary entries made in the land register.
7. On completion of field inspection of each khandam (see Chapter XII) by the range
surveyor the duplicate field measurement book, preliminary land register and location
sketch should be sent for final check to the Revenue Officer.
8. The duplicate field measurement book should be obtained from the Revenue Officer when
required for inspection by the Deputy Inspector or Inspector or by an Asst. Director. This
will ordinarily be easy as the record will generally be with one of the Revenue Officer’s
subordinates in the village itself or in the one adjoining it.
9. The alternations asked for by the Revenue Officer, see rule 31 Chapter VII, should be
made promptly and as a rule before the survey of the village is finished.
Doubtful cases may be referred for orders, see rules 31 and 32 Chapter VII.
10. On completion of mapping (Chapter IX) the duplicate field measurement bock and fair
area list should be sent to the Revenue Officer and the triplicate field measurement book
to the Collector of the district.
11. The records to be sent to the Central Survey Office will be:
1) Traverse field books and triangulation sketches, if any.
2) Traverse sheets.
3) Field measurement book (original)
4) Village map.
****

CHAPTER–XII
INSPECTION OF FIELD WORK
1. The following rule apply to initial surveys, re-surveys and soil block surveys:
2. Field work is divided into two heads –
a) Theodolite surveys.
b) Field surveys.
In theodolite surveys only store planting and line clearing require inspection. Instructions
for this are given in rule 26, Chapter II.
Inspection of field surveys consists of –
1) Inspection of registry.
2) Inspection of demarcation and measurement.
3. A preliminary inspection of registry separately from demarcation and measurement is
done only in re-surveys.
The inspector should see –
1) that the location sketch is neat and complete and is signed by the Deputy surveyor.
2) that the boundaries drawn for existing holdings represent roughly the limits on the
ground and that adangal subdivision numbers and names of enjoyers have been
entered correctly.
Each omission or incorrect entry will be treated as an error.
The minimum daily outturn of an inspector is the check of 75 subdivisions.
4. In both initial surveys and re-surveys the entries in the land register will be checked at the
same time as demarcation and measurements. The inspector should see that the register
has been written as directed in rules 12 and 13, Chapter X.
5. The following will be treated as errors in demarcation -
a) Omission to plant or repair stones.
b) Omission to cut appropriate marks on stones.
c) Planting stones in incorrect positions.
d) Omission to take notice of encroachments.
6. No percentage of inspection of demarcation will be fixed, but an inspector other than a
purtaller (rule 10 below) is responsible for the correctness of demarcation on lines he has
remeasured either by calculation or directly.
7. All errors in boundary and field demarcation should be rectified and all omissions
supplied by the inspecting officers both on the ground and in the records.
8. Inspection of measurement is of two kinds -
1) Re-measurement directly, or by calculation.

2) Check measurement or purtailing.

9. The first explains itself. The inspection should be distributed over a khandam and in fields
which are difficult to measure.
10. Check-measurement or purtalling is the measurement, across a khandam, of long line with
offsets, by means of which the accuracy of some of the surveyor’s measurements is
verified and a series of bases are provided for plotting the Village map. Where the village
map bas already been plotted, the purtal serves to check the plotting of the map.
11. Purtal lines should as a rule start from and close on theodolite stations, but, where this is
no easy, the line may start from or close on a point on the line between two theodolite
stations.
12. All field tri-junctions within 5 chains of the line should be off-setted and the distances
between tri-junctions calculated, where possible using the hypotenuse tables. These
distances should be re-measured when the difference between the surveyor’s and the
calculated distance exceeds the limit of error (rule 17 below).
13. The purtal line should be drawn in the khandam sketch, each point offsetted being
numbered. The chain and offset measurements should be entered in the margin and the
latter numbered to correspond with the sketch.
14. For inspection purposes surveyors are divided into two classes. In the first class will be
placed those who have been selected by the Assistant Director and whose work has been
consistently good, and the rest in the second class. The amount of inspection -
remeasurement - required is 20 per cent of the linear measurement done by a Deputy
surveyor.
15. The distribution of this percentage will be as follows -
Deputy Inspector or Inspector - 5 per cent.
Range Surveyor - 15 per cent.
16. An inspection report, Form No. 34, must be written when an inspection is made or a purtal
line run. Calculated measurements should be shown in red ink and these remeasured in
black ink. Officers end Inspectors need not fill up page 3 in detail. It will be sufficient to
show the number of lines and chains inspected in each field, but the original and
inspector’s measurement must be given when errors are found.
17. Differences found in measurements should be classed as errors as follows : –
Measurements of diagonals and field and subdivision boundaries.
In lines of 5 chains and under a difference exceeding 3 links is an error.
In lines of over 5 chains a difference of more than one link per chain is an error up to a
limit of 10 links, but any difference of over 10 links is an error.
Measurements on diagonal lines where the cross staff has been used or offset
measurements.
In lines of 5 chains and under, a difference exceeding 4 links is an error.

In lines of over 5 chains a difference of more than one link per chain is an error up to a
limit of 10 links, but any difference of over 10 links is an error.
18. The quality of work will depend or the percentage of error either in registry, demarcation
or measurement. When registry and demarcation are inspected at the same time, the items
under each should be combined for valuation. Items inspected under measurement should
be valued by themselves. Differences in measurement consequent on alteration of
demarcation by inspecting officers should not be reckoned as errors in measurement.
19. The classification should be determined as follows:
Number of errors per 100 lines measured or per 100 Quality of
items inspected under registry or demarcation. work
Under 5 Good
From 5 to 10 Fair
More than 10 Bad
20. For the purpose of the preceding two rules, every measurement, whether F line, G line
or offset, should be counted is one line. But where in a. G line from which a number of
offsets has been measured an error made in one chain line distance is carried forward to
succeeding chain line distances, the errors in the letter should not be reckoned as such
for classifying the quality of work.
21. The unit for determining the quality of the Deputy surveyor’s work will be the khandam.
22. Every inspection report should be carefully examined by the Assistant Director who
should write his orders in the space provided for the purpose in the first page.
23. Work classed as “bad” should, as a rule, be ordered for revision. But before doing so, the
Assistant Director should satisfy himself that the nature of errors is such as to warrant
revision. For example, if in 100 lines re-measured there are 8 errors under 5 links and 4
errors under 10 links, revision of work should not be necessary. The surveyor should be
punished for in different chaining.
24. Work may require revision in registry, demarcation or measurement. When revision is
ordered the revising surveyor, who should not be below the grade of the surveyor, should
inspect the fields not already checked dealing only with the class of items under which
the work has been condemned and should continue his inspection until the work can be
classed as fair on the combined inspection reports.
25. A statement showing the cost of revision should be attached to the inspection reports and
submitted to the Assistant Director who will decide how much should be recovered from
the surveyor responsible.
26. When measurements or items checked by an inspector are found incorrect, the other fields
examined by him should be checked.
27. Inspectors should sign their names in full in red ink in the original field measurement
book, at the bottom of the map of each field inspected by them, noting above their
signatures the number of lines tested. If the surveyor’s measurements agree with the
inspector’s within the margin of error allowed (rule 17 above) they should be ticked off
in red ink. If this margin is exceeded the surveyor’s measurements should be lightly

succored through red ink and the inspector’s measurements written above, them with the
inspector’s initials. This should be done in both copies of the field measurement book.
28. Inspectors should also compare the measurements and test the plotting in maps of fields
bordering those inspected and the corresponding ones in the duplicate field measurement
book. Comparison should be continued as follows:
Range Surveyors : 18 per cent of the fields in the khandam including those already
compared.
Deputy Inspectors or Inspectors - 5 per cent.
The result of the comparison should be written on the second page of the inspection report.
If more than one error is found per field map, the rest of the maps should be compared.
29. When a surveyor attends during inspection, his chain should he tested and the result
written in his diary. Chains found incorrect should be put right.
30. A range surveyor Deputy Inspector or Inspector is expected to check 65 linear Kms. a
month by re-measurement or calculation.
31. Every khandam must be inspected by a Deputy Inspector or an Inspector.
32. An Inspector’s inspection should be distributed over his charge as widely as possible and
should deal generally with the work of the second-class surveyors.
33. A gazetted officer should inspect every village, but where villages are small, it will suffice
if one inspection is done in every 10 square kms. In villages after completion of survey.
If there is no additional officer in an office an Inspector may be deputed for gazetted
officer's inspection with the previous sanction of the Director. An Inspector should not be
allowed to do a gazetted officer's inspection in his own section.
34. The completed records of each khandam should be examined by the Inspector and the
result of his examination recorded in the field final examination report - Form No. 35.
****

CHAPTER–XIII
RULES FOR THE CONDUCT OF TOWN SURVEYS
PRELIMINARIES
1. Immediately the survey of a town has been ordered under section 5 or 17, or both, of the
Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, the Assistant Director of the survey should
publish in two successive issues of the District Gazette a notification in Form No. 1 under
section 6 (1) of the Act. A similar notification should be posted in the Municipal office as
well as in the village chavadi, or, if there is no village chavadi, in some conspicuous place
in the villages, comprised in the town, as soon as the survey is about to commence.
2. Before commencing the survey, the Assistant Director should send special notices to the
Municipal Chairman, District Collector and the Revenue Divisional Officer, intimating
the date of commencement of survey.
3. He should also request the Collector to obtain the sanction of the Commissioner for the
appointment of the Special Officers under G.Os. No. 1584. Revenue, dated 2nd June
1914, and No. 2038, M., dated 18th November 1917, specifying the dates by which the
services of each will probably be required.
4. The Assistant Director should obtain from the Central Survey Office the maps and records
of all surveys cadastral or topographical which may have been made of the Villages
included in the town. This is very important since, if the open fields in such villages have
already been cadastrally surveyed, and the survey meets the requirement of the Revenue
Department, all that is necessary during the Town Survey is merely to incorporate that
survey in the Town Survey records carrying out only such supplemental survey as may
be required under rule 109 infra.
5. With such cadastral and topographical maps of the town as are available, the Inspector or
Deputy Inspector in company with the Municipal subordinate whom the Chairman should
be requested to depute for the purpose, should inspect the town and mark in the maps the
boundaries of the municipality and of the wards or divisions into which it is divided.
6. From these maps a tracing or an enlargement, where necessary, should be prepared
showing the municipal and ward boundaries and, also the boundaries of the cadastrally
surveyed fields in the villages or portions of villages included within the town.
7. The theodolite stations and field stones fixed during the cadastral survey should be noted
in the tracing.
8. The blocks into which the town should be divided for survey should then be marked in
the tracing. Thus tracing will be called the “index map”
9. The size of a block should be about 4 Hectares in crowded localities such as streets and
bazaars, 16 Hectares in less crowded localities such as gardens and compounds and 65
Hectares in cultivated and more open localities such as paddy fields and waste lands.
10. The sides of the block should as far as possible, be made equal, so that each block when
mapped may not occupy more than one sheet size 100 Cms. x 75 Cms.
11. The block boundaries should follow streets, roads, rivers, etc. except in open localities
where they should run along filed boundaries.

12. Village and khandam boundaries, traversed tin the past should, as a rule, be adopted as
block boundaries so that the amount of theodolite work required for the town survey may
be reduced to a minimum.
13. As the marking of block proceeds, a rough estimate should be prepared of the stones
required for demarcation. In town surveys filed stones will not be required to mark the
boundaries of properties defined by masonry walls.
14. The stones should be of granite. They should be of three kinds, as described below.
Theodolite stations : Size 90 Cms x 23 Cms x 23 Cms or 45 Cms x 20 Cms x 20 Cms
with a flat top on which the broad arrow should be deeply cut. The point of the arrow
should be cut in the middle of the top of the stone and should serve as a plummet hole.
The three lines forming the broad arrow should each be not less than 6 Cms. long and 1
Cm deep.
[N.B. : Stones of the larger size should be used for marking the boundaries of the municipality and of
open blocks. The smaller are intended for use in streets].
Chain Survey Stones : Size 30 Cms x 15 Cms x 15 Cms with a St. George’s cross on the
top and arrow mark on the side.
Field Stones : Size 60 Cms long by 15 Cms x 15 Cms with the arrow cut on one side.
When these are used to demarcate subdivisions, the letter ‘S’ should be cut on them at the
time of planting.
15. The rules in Chapter-I should, as far as possible, be followed in regard to the supply of
stones required for demarcation.
16. The surveyors employed on town surveys should be specially selected men of experience
and tried ability not below the grade of Surveyor.
BOUNDARY DEMARCATION
17. Having for his guidance the index map on which the block boundaries are shown, the
surveyor will demarcate the boundaries of blocks fixing theodolite stations at points
where three or more streets or roads meet and at important bends on block boundaries.
18. As the theodolite survey of the exterior boundaries of blocks will not afford sufficient
data for plotting the fields in the interior thereof, additional points should be fixed along
roads and streets within the blocks on straight lines between two theodolite stations.
19. The additional points should be marked with chain survey stones. If these stones are
planted in roadways, care should be taken to bury them at least 5 to 7 Cms below the
surface of the ground.
20. Where it is observed that any street, lane, etc., cannot be fixed in position, otherwise than
by a theodolite traverse, theodolite stations should also be planted along such streets,
lanes, etc.
21. In close or 4 Hectares blocks, the theodolite stations should not be more than 150 Meters
apart.

22. In medium and open blocks of 15 and 65 Hectares, respectively, theodolite stations may
be, as far apart as possible, provided each station is clearly visible from the adjoining
station on either side.
23. Where block boundaries run along roads or streets, the station stones must be planted at
the sides of the roads or streets, not in the middle. They should be planted alternately on
the right and the left sides of the road, so that the chain lines may, for facility of
measurement traverse the road diagonally; thus if station No. 2 is on the right side of road,
stations No. 1 and 3 will be on the left side. These stones should be buried 5 to 7 Cms.
below the surface of the ground so as not to interfere with traffic.
24. In open localities, however, the stones should be fixed so as to be visible above the ground
for one-third of their length.
25. A new station should be fixed at the point where a block boundary crosses a village or
khandam boundary already traversed if there is no theodolite station at the point already.
26. The distance between theodolite stations should be carefully measured with the 30 Meters
chain and recorded in a field book.
27. The position of each theodolite and chain survey station embedded in a road or street
should be independently determined by measuring with the tape and recording to the
nearest centimeter in a field book, the tie lines to it from neighboring permanent objects.
28. From the index map a sketch map should be prepared for each ward, roughly to scale
50 Cm.=1 Km. the sketch map should show the block boundaries, distinguishing old
theodolite stations from the new. The symbol for new theodolite stations will be a triangle,
while for old ones the symbol shown in the cadastral survey maps should be adopted.
29. The sketch map should also show in approximate positions all important buildings,
temples, tanks, rivers, rail & roads etc.,
30. The blocks in each ward should be numbered consecutively commencing from the north-
west corner.
31. On the upper part of the sketch should be entered the names of the district and town and
the letter of the ward. The letter of the adjoining wards should also be shown in the sketch.
32. The surveyor should sign the sketch in the lower right hand corner and enter the dates of
commencement and completion of demarcation.
33. Traverse survey with the theodolite will begin as soon as possible after the demarcation
of the blocks has been inspected and passed by a Deputy Inspector or an Inspector.
TRAVERSE SURVEY
34. The Deputy Inspector or Inspector will give notice to the chairman each day of the streets
to be surveyed the next day and the chairman will close these streets to traffic under
section 172 of the Madras Municipalities Act, 1920, while measurement is in progress.
35. For his guidance the theodolite surveyor should be furnished with -
1) a copy of the sketch map; and

2) a copy of the field book referred to in rule 27; showing only the tie line measurements
and no traverse distances.
36. The outer boundary of the town should have surveyed first. The survey should start from
and close on old traverse work. The angles and distances should be entered in their proper
places in the tie line field books.
37. The ward boundaries should next be surveyed and then the block boundaries in the order
of the numbers of the blocks as a rule.
38. Such of the boundaries as have been surveyed in the past should not be surveyed again,
but the new traverses should be connected with the old ones wherever possible.
39. Trigonometrical stations, if any within the town, should be connected with the nearest
traverse work.
40. The town and ward boundaries should be surveyed by an Inspector or a Deputy Inspector.
Their survey should be executed with the same precision and care as that of main circuits
in cadastral surveys. The survey of block boundaries may be entrusted to first-class
surveyors.
41. Each theodolite surveyor will be given two peons and four measurers and will be provided
with a good 150 or 175 mm the dolite, two 30 Meter chains, four flags, one 30 Meter steel
tape and a spring balance.
42. He should carefully test his chain daily with the steel tape and correct it if necessary. At
every station he should observe angles in accordance with the instructions in Rule 7,
Chapter III. The observations should be made as far as possible to arrows, not to flag-
staves, so that greater precision in observation may be secured,
43. After angles have been taken at a station the distances between that and the next station
should be carefully measured. The surveyor must himself see that the chain follows the
straight line between the two stations.
44. All the entries in the traverse field book must be in ink. If a correction is made, the original
entry must be scored through, not erased and should be distinctly visible.
45. Observations for azimuth should be taken by the Asst. Director or by an Inspector at
intervals of 40 stations on town and ward boundaries. But this will not be necessary where
the available cadastral survey traverses are sufficient for checking the accuracy of the
town survey traverses.
TRAVERSE COMPUTATION
46. Traverse computation should be done in general accordance with the instructions
contained in Chapter IV, with this difference that no main circuit lines from G.T.S. need
be taken.
47. The town boundary and ward traverses should be dealt with in the same manner as village
boundary traverses and the block traverses as khandam traverses in ordinary cadastral
surveys, only the limit of error in distances in the former is 1 in 2.000 and in the later 1 in
1,000.

48. Correction for convergency of meridian need be applied only if similar corrections have
been applied in the connected old traverse work.
49. Co-ordinates from the origin of the traverse should be computed for each G.T. station
mentioned in rule 39 supra.
TRAVERSE PLOTTING
50. The traverse of each block together with the G.T. station contained in it should be plotted
in a separate sheet, the scale of the plot depending on the area thus—
4 hectares or close block, scale 1 Cm. =250 Cms. or 400 Cms. = l Km.
15 hectares or medium block, scale 1 Cm. =500 Cms. or 200 Cms. = l Km.
65 hectares or open block, scale 2 Cms. =l Chain or 100 Cms. = 1 Km.
51. The plot should be in duplicate, on sheets of drawing cartridge roll paper cut to size 100
Cms. X 75 Cms. and in it should also be shown the interior chain survey stations. The
section or rectangle within the sheet will measure about 96 Cms. x 64 Cms. and will be
divided into 24 squares. The side of each square on the 400 Cms. = 1 Km. scale will
measure 40 Meters, on 200 Cms. = l Km. scale will measure 80 Meters and on 100 Cms.
= 1 Km. scale will measure 160 Meters.
52. A triplicate copy of the plot should be pricked from the original or duplicate, on 130
Grams paper to serve as the basis of the demarcation sketch referred to in rule 83 infra.
53. The traverse of each ward should be plotted on scale 50 cm= 1 Km. or 1 Cm. =20 Meters,
and that of the town on scale 1 Cm. =1 Km. or 1 cm = 100 Meters.
54. These plots should be on full sheets of drawing cartridge roll paper cut to size 100 Cms.
X 75 Cms. The section or rectangle within the sheet will measure about 96 Cms. x 64
Cms. and will be divided into 24 squares. The side of each square will measure 320 Meters
on the 50 Cms. = l Km. scale and 1,600 Meters on the 10 Cms. = l Km. scale.
55. The block boundaries should be plotted in the traverse plot of each ward and the ward
boundaries in the traverse plot of the own.
56. The Senior draughtsman should carefully examine the squaring of each sheet and also the
scale drawn upon the map.
57. The traverse plotting should be examined and the stations inked in blue. The traverse lines
should be drawn in pencil.
FIELD DEMARCATION
58. Before field demarcation commences, the Asst. Director should obtain from the
Municipal Chairman three separate lists showing -
i) streets in which street alignments are proposed to be laid down;
ii) encroachments registered in the municipal accounts; and
iii) all municipal lands including all roads and streets.
59. He should also obtain from the Tahsildar of the taluk a list of Government lands together
with a list of encroachments registered in the revenue accounts.

60. These lists should be furnished to the Inspector in charge of the section for the guidance
of the surveyors in the demarcation of properties.
61. The demarcation and measurement of properties will be conducted by surveyors under
the supervision of Deputy Inspectors and Inspectors.
62. A batch of five surveyors will form a Deputy Inspectors* sub-section and four sub-
sections will form an Inspector’s section.
63. The Assistant Director should send a notice in Form No. 1 to the Chairman of the
Municipality concerned, asking him to proclaim the survey impending, by beat of tom-
tom.
64. Before he begins work, each surveyor will be furnished with a credential in Form No. 39
65. He will also be furnished with (1) the skeleton traverse plot - see rule 51 - and (2) the
triplicate copy referred to in rule 52 supra, of the block to be surveyed by him.
66. The Inspector will furnish to the surveyor extracts from the lists of Government and
municipal fields and of encroachments referred to in rules 58 and 59 supra, so far as they
relate to the block issued to him.
67. The surveyor should ascertain the names of the owners and occupiers of the properties
which he has to demarcate and measure the next day and serve on them written notices in
Form No. 9.
68. The survey of the blocks in which street alignments have to be laid down should be taken
up first and then the other blocks in serial of wards and blocks.
69. The surveyor should commence his work from some convenient point on the block
boundary.
70. The boundaries between streets, roads, etc., and private property should be ascertained
and demarcated in accordance with accounts, all encroachments inclusive of those listed
under rules 58 (2) and 59 supra being excluded from private properties and included in
the streets, etc.
71. In the case of streets subject to the street alignments operations, all encroachments should
be shown in the skeleton traverse plot and the triplicate copy of it for the information of
the special officer to be appointed for the conduct of such operations but should not be
demarcated.
72. Every separate holding whether built upon or not, to which a separate number is assigned
by the municipal or revenue authorities, should be considered a separate property and be
formed into and demarcated as a separate survey field.
73. Where property originally owned by a single person is now in the occupation of more
individuals than one, each holding should be demarcated as a separate survey field,
although the division of ownership is not recognized in either municipal or revenue
registers. Property whose registry may have been dispensed with under sections 83 and
84 of the District Municipalities Act V of 1920, should also be demarcated as a separate
survey field.
Where properties owned by different individuals and bearing different assignment
numbers pass into the ownership of a single individual they may be clubbed to form one
field provided there is alteration or obliteration of the structures and the different numbers
form one entire holding on ground.
74. Roads, streets, lanes, rivers, canals, tanks, and other Government and municipal lands
should be demarcated as separate survey fields.
75. The demarcation of all public lands other than streets, whether municipal or Government
should be conducted with reference to municipal and revenue accounts and land plans, if
any.
76. In demarcating the boundaries between private properties present occupation will be
adhered to. Trifling disputes about the boundaries between neighboring properties should,
as far as possible, be amicably settled.
77. Where there is no distinct boundary between two properties which should be separately
marked or where the boundary is disputed, it must be laid down according to the revenue
or municipal records or as ascertained from the village officers and from such other
evidence as may be available.
78. In the cultivated and more open parts of the town, boundaries of properties must be
demarcated with field stones; but in the more crowded parts of the town, field stones will
not be required where permanent masonry structures define the boundaries.
79. Open localities falling within the limits of a municipality may be of the following
descriptions:
1) Government lands once cadastrally surveyed but not re-surveyed.
2) Government lands resurveyed.
3) Non-Government lands cadastrally surveyed.
4) Non-Government lands not cadastrally surveyed.
80. In areas under item 1, survey and demarcation should be made in accordance with the
rules in Chapters VI, VII, X and XI. Where old marks have disappeared new stones should
be planted according to the existing limits of enjoyment, care being taken however, to see
that the resurvey field boundaries do not materially differ from those of the original
survey. A comparison of the original survey village map with the ground will show where
such material differences, if any, exist; and in those cases, the surveyor should restore the
original survey field boundaries as far as may be practicable with reference to the village
map. Missing theodolite stations should be replaced with only the chain and cross staff
except where they are contiguous to stations of the new town survey traverse, or are
altered by reason of their falling in the bed of a stream, etc.
81. In areas under items (2) and (3) the town survey operations will be confined to the
demarcation and survey of any new roads, railways, canals, etc., that may have come into
existence after the survey;
82. In areas under item (4) no cadastral survey should be conducted unless specially ordered.
83. On the triplicate copy of the skeleton block map referred to in rules 52, 65 and 71 supra
should be shown in black ink the survey field formed in that block. This will be called the
demarcation sketch of the block. In this sketch, limits of encroachments on streets subject

to street alignment operations should also be shown, but in blue ink, to distinguish them
from property limits as fixed at survey.
84. The fields should be numbered consecutively for each block in Arabic numerals
beginning with I and a rough field register in Form No. 41 should be prepared for the
fields in each block, but in it, only columns (1) - (5) and (16) - (18) should be filled in by
the surveyor.
85. The field register should be written from the revenue accounts of the villages comprised
within the town, and from the municipal accounts (i.e., house-tax registers).
86. All old numbers should be accounted for in the field register in the column provided for
the purpose.
87. The names of roads, streets, lanes, public offices and buildings, channels, tanks and
temples should be legibly written in vernacular in the remarks column of the register and
also in the field demarcation sketch. Special attention should be paid to the correct
spelling of names which should be carefully ascertained.
88. A list of Government and municipal lands in the block should be made out at the end of
the field register.
89. The surveyor should sign the register.
90. Field measurement: The measurement of all boundaries should be carried out at the same
time as the demarcation and by the same surveyor. All measurements should be made
with the 20 Meters chain or with a measuring tape. Measurement should be recorded up
to the nearest link.
91. Although, as stated in rule 90 above, measurements should be recorded generally up to
the nearest link, in the case of houses, however, it is necessary, that the measurements
should be recorded in centimeters as otherwise differences between the lengths of the
common boundary of two adjoining rows of houses cannot be adjusted with accuracy.
92. Open spaces included in house properties should be measured separately from portions
occupied by buildings but small open courtyards inside houses need not be shown
separately. Tiled and terraced portions should be distinguished from thatched portions,
the symbol to be used for the former being cross lines from south-west to north-east and
for the latter from the north-west to south-east. Whether a house is terraced, tiled or
thatched should be noted in the last column of the field register.
N.B : Measurements relating to encroachments on streets subject to street alignment operations
should be distinct from those of house properties.
93. The measurements taken for each house should show clearly whether they include or
exclude the breadth of the wall enclosing the house. No doubt can exist about the front
wall of a house; but as regards the other three walls, either one, two or all the three may
belong to it or to the houses adjoining.

94. In order that the survey records may show what walls belong to each house, the survey
should draw in the demarcation sketch a thin red line along the boundary of that house in
which the wall is included vide diagram in the below.
20 21
1) The western and southern walls in each of fields Nos. 20, 21 belong to and are
included in it.
2) Here the line to be drawn in red ink is indicated by a thick black line.
95. The distance between theodolite stations and chain survey stations, must be carefully
chained and offsets taken to the field corners on both sides of the chain lines. Offsets
should also be taken to corners of encroachments on streets subject to street alignment
operations.
96. The check line measurements to theodolite and chain survey stations referred to in rule
27 above should be verified and recorded to the nearest centimeter in the field book—
vide diagram shown below rule 97.
97. There should be at least three check lines and from different directions.
98. [Deleted]
99. Details, such as buildings, wells, telegraph posts telephone posts and lines, letter boxes,
etc. should be fixed by measurement.
100. All measurements should be legibly
entered in black ink in the demarcation
sketch except those relating to
encroachments on streets where street
alignments are to be laid down which
should be in blue.
101. In the skeleton traverse plot, furnished
to him-vide rule 65-the surveyor should
first plot in pencil the street boundaries
with the measurements recorded in the
demarcation sketch. He should then plot
the fields measured by him each day.
The plotting should be checked by the outer boundary measurements and should on no
accounts be allowed to fall into arrears.
102. The measurement of no new field should be taken up with the plotting of any field
already measured is incomplete.
103. The plot completed under rule 101 will be called the rough block map. In it will be
drawn in pencil field boundaries by continuous lines and the limits of encroachments
by dotted lines. The lines should be drawn very fine.

104. When the plotting of all the fields in the block has been completed, the field
boundaries should be neatly inked and all measurements neatly and legibly entered in
black ink, the boundaries and measurements pertaining to encroachments being drawn
in blue.
105. Where chain line and offset measurements tend to overcrowd the map, they should be
recorded in the margin of the map, the starting and closing points of each distance
measured being distinguished by letters in the map and in the margin.
106. Theodolite stations and field stones fixed during the town survey should be
distinguished by triangles and small squares respectively. Chain survey stones should
be denoted by a circle with a dot in the center. All other stones and details should be
shown by their appropriate symbols - vide Appendix V.
107. The surveyor should sign the field demarcation sketch and the rough block map at the
lower left-hand corner and enter in both the dates of commencement and completion of
survey.
108. As soon as the survey of a block is completed he should forward the demarcation
sketch, field register and rough block map to the Deputy Inspector.
109. Open localities falling within the limits of a municipality should be dealt with as
directed in rules 79-82.
110. The fields so dealt with should be measured with a chain of 20 meters.
111. In the case of fields cadastrally surveyed, and not dealt with during the town survey,
the measurements to be entered in the rough block maps should be those of the
cadastral survey converted into metric units but measurements to details need not be
entered.
FIELD INSPECTION
112. The Deputy Inspector should inspect the work of the surveyors under his charge while
the survey of each block is in progress and also after its completion.
113. He should inspect the blocks in which street alignments have to be laid in advance of
other blocks so that there may be no delay in furnishing records to the special officer
appointed for the purpose.
114. He should verify the entries in the field register for all the fields in the block and test
not less than 15 per cent of the surveyor’s work preparing at the same item inspection
reports in Form No. 40.
115. When verifying the entries in the field register, he should see whether the red lines in
the demarcation sketch correctly indicate the ownership of walls.
116. The Deputy Inspector’s testing will chiefly consist of remeasurements of the outer
boundaries of houses.
117. He should carefully examine the list of Government and municipal lands and see that
they have been correctly demarcated and measured.
The Register of Encroachments in Form No. 106 should be completed in accordance
with the instructions in rule 198.
118. He should see that all names which should appear in the map have been legibly written
and correctly spelt.

119. The Inspector should inspect 5 per cent of the work of the surveyors in his section and
prepare his inspection reports in Form No. 40.
120. His inspections, which will generally be made after the completion of each block,
should be distributed so as to afford a criterion of the general accuracy of the survey.
Blocks, the records of which have to be furnished to the special officer for laying down
street alignments, should be taken up for inspection and completed before others.
121. No error of more than 30 Cms. should be passed by inspecting officers either in
measurement or in plotting.
122. All errors should be neatly corrected in red ink in the held demarcation sketch and in
the rough block map.
123. If the inspection of the Deputy Inspector discloses errors in more than 10 per cent of
the lines measured in any block the inspector should himself inspect that block and if
the two inspections combined should still indicate a similar percentage submit a special
report to the Asst. Director who will, after himself inspecting if necessary portion or
portions of the surveyor’s work, decide whether he work should be revised.
124. When revision is ordered, the revision surveyor should be furnished with a fresh
skeleton of plot the block, a copy of the field demarcation sketch without
measurements and the field register.
125. The Asst. Director should do, not less than twenty days’ inspection a month. At the
rate of even one block a day, be should be able to inspect the work of twenty surveyors
each month and form a correct idea of the quality of the work of each surveyor and get
rid of such men as are not up to the mark.
126. All complaints under section 10 of the Act, i.e., disputes arising during the course of
the survey, should be inquired into and disposed of by the Deputy Inspector.
127. As soon as the survey and inspection of a sufficient numbers of blocks are completed,
the Asst. Director should address the Collector for the appointment of the special
officers contemplated in G.Os. No. 1584, Revenue, dated 2nd June 1914, and No.
2038, M., dated 28th November 1917. He will at the same time advice the Collector, as
to the desirability of appointing one and the same officer for performing the functions
of both.
128. The completed records should be finally examined by the Inspector and the
demarcation sketch encroachment register and field register furnished without delay to
the special officer for verification of the boundaries of the streets as well as other lands
which belong to Government and the municipality.
129. The chief duties of the Special Officer appointed to watch the interests of Government
will be –
1) To see that all Government lands and lands assessed to Government revenue
including quit-rent are properly registered and surveyed, to inspect every line of
demarcation between the street and private property and not merely the
encroachments marked by the survey staff, verify whether any boundary requires
alteration, detect cases of encroachments not noticed by the survey staff and sign
every one of the demarcation sketches. For this purpose, in areas not previously
surveyed, he should treat all temporary structures and all projections that tend to
make the streets too narrow as encroachments and should investigate every such case.
Unobjectionable encroachments or those unsupported by any reasonable evidence of
public ownership may be excluded from the streets. The unobjectionable

encroachments will then be dealt with under the assignment rules applicable to them
by the authority competent to do so. In areas previously surveyed, the previous
survey record should prove a useful guide.
2) to reconcile the old cadastral survey numbers with the new town survey numbers and
revise the adangals for villages or portions of villages situated within the municipal
limits by bringing up to date or correctly entering the registry of lands assessed to
Government revenue under the supervision of the Special Settlement Officer or if the
survey is not followed by re-settlement of the Revenue Divisional Officer and
Collector;
3) To fill in carefully the remaining columns except 13 of the field register handed over
to him;
4) to accept notices under sections 9(2) and 10(2) of Act VIII of 1923 on behalf of
Government, to verify whether lands in which Government have an interest have
been prejudicially affected as a result of the survey and to file appeals wherever
necessary under the orders of the Settlement Officer or Revenue Divisional Officer
and Collector as the case may be; and
5) When the town survey is not immediately followed by resettlement to hand over to
the Collector a fair adangal and a fair chitta based on the town survey for the portions
of each revenue village included in the municipality. This cannot be done until the
survey is final and fair areas known but they can be got ready except for the entry of
areas and assessment which will not be a long process. When resettlement follows
the town survey, the fair adangal and chitta will be issued by the Special Settlement
Officer as part of his fair accounts to the Collector.
The special officer will, after filling in the remaining columns of field register and
verifying the registry and bringing it up to date, return the records to the Inspector,
furnishing him with a list of such alterations as he thinks necessary stating reasons
for each.
130. The Inspector will, on receipt of the records, give effect to such of the alteration’s
proposed by the special officer as he accepts, and as regards the others advises him to
prefer land complaints under the Act stating his reasons in each case in the appropriate
column of the list.
131. The land complaints preferred by the special officer should be promptly disposed of,
those relating to streets in which street alignments have to be laid down being given
preference.
132. The records will then be finally examined by the Inspector and the result of his
examination recorded in Form No. 37.
133. Tracings of fields in which street alignment work is to be under taken, and a copy of
the land register containing entries for the street fields and those adjoining, will be
furnished to the special officer.
STREET ALIGNMENT
134. The Appendix to these rules contain the rules issued by government in the matter of the
determination and survey of street alignments.
135. A surveyor should be placed at the disposal of the special officer to assist him
generally.

136. As the street alignments will eventually form the common boundaries of properties and
the streets on which they abut, the special officer will plot them in the tracings supplied
vide Rule 133.
137. Where the street alignments are not conterminous with boundaries of properties as
demarcated at the survey the stones planned at the survey should be removed and
utilized for street alignments as far as may be necessary.
138. The numbering of sub divisions as per A,B,C registers should be consecutive and
separate for each street field.
139. When the street alignments shall have been determined, surveyed and plotted, the
special officer will send the records of the blocks concerned to the Asst. Director of the
survey. The special officer will issue notices under section 9 (2) and notification under
section 13 for street alignment operations simultaneously for the whole town or any
part thereof.
MAPPING
140. On receipt of the records of each block in office, the measurements recorded in the
rough block map should be compared with those in the field demarcation sketch.
141. The measurements for the common boundaries between adjoining properties and
blocks should then be carefully examined to see whether they agree. There should be
.no difference between the measurements of the same lines in adjoining fields and
blocks. Discrepancies, if any, should be noted in Form No. 38 and adjusted with
reference to the measurements recorded in the field demarcation sketch or to the
diagonal and offset measurements. If they cannot be so adjusted, the lines concerned
should be sent out for re-measurement and the re-measured distances adopted.
142. With the measurements recorded in the rough block map, the fair map should be
plotted on the second copy of the skeleton traverse plot. Where the plotting does not
close, the errors will be shown in the map by a cross mark on the lines that do not close
and also noted in a discrepancy list in Form No. 23. For such errors as cannot be
rectified in office, sketches showing the lines where errors are suspected should be
prepared and sent out to field for re-measurement.
143. Field boundaries and details should be neatly drawn in pencil. Boundaries of sub-
divisions as per A. B, C. registers should be indicated by broken pencil lines. The
plotting should be examined and the shapes and details compared with those of the
adjoining blocks.
144. For portions cadastrally surveyed the block maps should be plotted on the 2 Cm =1
chain scale or 1/1000.
145. The conversion of measurements from feet to metric unit Rule 111 - should be
checked.
146. Fields, including cadastrally surveyed fields, should be numbered consecutively for
each block.
147. [Deleted]
148. The field and sub-division boundaries and details should then be linked - the sub-
division boundaries being shown in continuous blue lines - and field numbers typed to
suit photo, reduction to half scale.

AREA COMPUTATION
149. The area of each field should be recorded in Hectares, Ares and square meters. Areas
of fields rectangular or nearly so should be calculated by the khasra method from
measurements entered in the rough block map. The calculations should be entered in
the area calculation sheet form No. 43
150. Areas of the fields already cadastrally surveyed should not be recomputed except
where they are broken up into new fields under rule 109 supra but should be converted
to hectares, Ares and square meters and recorded in the area computation sheet form
No. 44 The areas of the excepted fields should be computed from the block map with
area square.
151. The areas of all other fields should be taken by computing scale.
152. The town survey maps will be on three different scales, viz. -
1 cm =250 cm or 8 cm= 1 chain.
1 cm = 500 cm or 4 cm = 1 chain.
1 cm = 1000 cm or 2= cm = l chain.
153. The computing scales and area papers to be used for the three kinds of maps will be as
follows:
Scale of map Computing Scale Area Paper
8 cm = 1 chain Paper divided to scale
4 cm = 1 chain Metric computing scale on R.F. 1/250
2 cm = 1 chain
154. The metric computing scale contains 5 main divisions, 125 minor divisions 1,000 sub-
divisions.
155. As stated in rule 154 above, the-metric computing scale contains 125 minor divisions.
So when using this scale for computing areas in maps of scale 8 cm = 1 chain one
sweep will read 5 Ares each minor division being 4 Square Meters. In respect of the
plots on scale 4 cm = 1 chain and 2 cm = 1 chain also the same computing scale and
Square paper will be used and the areas arrived will be multiplied by 4 and 16
respectively to get the true areas.
156. [Deleted]
157. [Deleted]
158. The area as read on the computing scale should be entered in form No. 45 field area
computation sheet. The areas should be retaken by another computor and the two
computations compared. The following difference is allowed
1 to 25 Sq. Meters 1 Sq. Meters
Above 500 Sq. Meters 1 per cent
159. Fields of which the difference exceeds the above limit should be issued for third
computation and also for fourth computation if necessary, and so on, until any two
computations agree within the limit of difference allowed.

160. Of the two computations which agree within the limit of difference allowed, a mean
should be taken and entered in column 2 of the final field area computation sheet
Form. No. 45
161. [Deleted]
162. [Deleted]
163. [Deleted]
164. [Deleted]
165. The readings taken off this scale should be recorded in the area computation sheets in
hectares, ares and square meters. Thus—
Hectare — Ares — Sq. Meters
0 — 61 — 91
166. [Deleted]
167. After the computations have been compared and closed, they should be entered in the
final field area computation sheet.
168. [Deleted]
169. From the area calculation sheets for rectangular fields and the final field area
computation sheets for the other fields, the rough area list should be prepared in form
No. 45
170. The area of offsets on the block boundaries should be computed with computing scale
and entered in form No. 47.
171. The rough area list should be examined and compared with the traverse area of the
block plus or minus the area of offsets. The comparison should be made in form No. 48
the difference between the two areas should not exceed one per cent.
172. The correct field areas will then be entered in the field register and the entries checked.
The register should be compared with the fair map.
RECOVERY OF COST OF STONES AND HIRED LABOUR

173. a) On completion of the mapping of the town or at the stage and for the unit prescribed
by the Government in the proviso to Rule 9 of the Rules made under clause (g) of
Sub-Section (2) of Section 26 of the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries Act,
1923 (Act. VIII of 1923) the total demarcation charges including the pay of stone
accountant shall be apportioned among the Government, the Municipalities and the
owners of properties in the manner prescribed in Rules 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the said
Rules.
b) in addition, 33-1/3 % of the aggregate of the cost of stones and hired labour and the
pay of stone accountant shall be levied as surcharge to cover the cost of supervision,
storage, indenting and other miscellaneous items of work connected with the Town
Survey.
174. For the charges thus due from the municipality and owners of properties, demand
notices under Section 8 of the Act shall be prepared in form No. 50 by the Inspector of
Survey and Manager and forwarded to the Collector of the District concerned with a
statement, showing the total demand in accordance with rule 4 (a) of the rules under
clause (2) (e) of Section 26 of the Act.

A register of these total demands should be kept in form 119.

The Collector, should on receipt of the notices and the statement, adjust the total
amount to the credit of “Revenue Survey Advances Survey Officers” by debit to “Cost
of Survey Marks Survey Officers” and intimate the fact to the Assistance Director of
the Survey Party.
175. Where however, the municipality is situated in a district other than the one in which
the temporary advance of the part stands, the Inspector and Manager shall besides
forwarding to the Collector concerned the demand notices and the statement of total
demand as laid down in rule-174 also send two copies of the statement of total demand
to the Collector of the district in which the temporary advance of the party stands, who
will forward one copy of the statement to his treasury officer with instruction to adjust
the amount at once in his accounts by credit to “Revenue Survey Advances - Survey
Officers” and intimate the fact to the Assistant Director and forward the duplicate to
the Collector of the district in which the municipality lies, for keeping a plus and minus
memorandum in his treasury accounts.
176. The amount chargeable to Government should be drawn in a contingent bill and
remitted into the treasury to the credit of the temporary advance.
FINISHING
177. The map should be completed by printing the beading and all names. The area of the
block should be entered below the heading.
178. The procedure prescribed under Section - 9 (2), 11 and 13 of the Act and the rules
framed there under should then be completed.
RECORD OF MEASUREMENT AND FAIR REGISTER

179. A record of measurement should then be prepared. For this' purpose, a tracing will be
made of the fair block map on bank post paper showing field boundaries, and
theodolite and chain survey stations.
180. The walls of houses shown by red lines in the demarcation sketch should also be
delineated in the tracing by thin black lines drawn close to, but not touching, the field
boundaries. The tracing should then be inked.
181. Measurements of chain lines and offsets and of the outer boundaries of survey -fields
should be neatly copied from the rough block map.
182. Portions of Villages included in the town survey area should be excluded from the
village maps. Village maps showing this alteration should be sent to the Central Office,
whence corrected maps will be issued.
183. Field numbers and measurements should be written; not typed.
184. Wherever it is not possible to enter the measurements of chain lines and offsets legibly
in the body of the tracing, they should be entered in the margin. Buildings and their
measurements should be omitted. The tracing must be neatly prepared for reproduction
by the ferro-prussiate process.
185. Headings and side names should be printed.

186. Names of streets should not be written or typed in the body of the tracing but a list of
the streets with their corresponding survey field numbers should be printed at the
bottom of the tracing or in the margin as space may allow.
187. A fair area list should be prepared in form No. 42 and furnished along with the
demarcation sketch and field register to the Special Officer who will then prepare in
English a fair field register in duplicate and send the same to the Municipal Chairman
direct, returning the other records to the Assistant Director of the Survey.
188. The persons responsible for each item of mapping should sign their names in printed
lists, form No. 43 which should be pasted on the back of the maps concerned.
FINAL EXAMINATION
189. The maps and all other records should be finally examined by an Inspector and his
result of his examination recorded in the final examination Report Form No. 44. This
report and all other records should be signed by the Assistant Director.
*190. The following is the list of records to be sent to the Central Survey Office:
1. Index map for the town.
2. Traverse field books.
3. Traverse Sheets.
4. Filed demarcation sketches.
5. Rough block maps.
6. Fair block maps.
7. Inspection reports.
8. Rough and fair area lists.
9. Rough field register.
10. Record of measurement.
11. Final examination reports.
12. Traverse skeleton plots of wards.
13. Traverse skeleton plot of the town.
*Rough field registers are to be sent to the Collector’s Office for lodging vide B.P. No.
Mis. 2256, dated 29th July, 1930.
Survey of Streets, generally confined to Unions:
191. The town survey rules should be followed in substance.
The points of difference are explained in the rules below –
192. On areas previously surveyed cadastrally, only streets are to be surveyed and bends on
the street boundary, not being corners of masonry buildings, are to be demarcated with
stones.
As the street survey has to be combined with the previous cadastral survey of the
locality, a verification of the cadastral survey fields or boundaries within the limits of

the Panchayats should also be made and any fresh topographical data’s available
should be furnished so as to provide information about the density of the buildings
important, new topographical feature or appreciable changes in the existing ones.
Changes in the limits of the area occupied by buildings.
In areas not previously cadastrally surveyed, the perimeter determined with reference
to Rule 196 (4) below should be surveyed by theodolite in addition to the streets
important topographical details and blocks of buildings should be measured by
offsetting the major bends on the traverse lines or on the contacting lines between
them. Additional traverses on pegs may be run for the purpose in extensively built up
areas.
193. After obtaining from the Chairman of the Union a list of the Streets to be surveyed and
their approximate length, to enable an estimate of stone requirements to be made, the
procedure ordered in rules 1-57 above should be followed so far as it is applicable to
the Survey.
194. It will suffice if the area for survey is divided into convenient circuits, each about 100
Hectares for a town, or one for each nattam when the survey is in a union. Theodolite
connections should be made to the previous cadastral Survey, so as to have the street
survey fields correctly exhibited in the Cadastral frame work.
195. The nattams must be linked together either by special connecting lines or by
connection with earlier theodolite work.
196. The chairman should be asked also to supply:
1) a list of encroachments recorded during the last five years permissive and
objectionable;
2) a copy of the latest house-tax registers, and any records o previous surveys conducted
under the Chairman’s supervision
3) Information about the limits of the Union.
4) The area to be mapped.
197. The streets should be measured in fields, each about 120 Meters long, and plotted in
duplicate on the scale 400 Cms. = 1 Km. not more than one field being plotted on a
sheet, and all measurements being shown.
198. The encroachments shown in the Chairman’s lists and all temporary structures should
be surveyed with the street, but otherwise existing limits of occupation should be
followed.
Every encroachment should be inspected and thoroughly investigated by an Upper
Subordinate the result of his investigation being recorded in a register (Form No. 106
Such of the encroachments as are either unobjectionable or are unsupported by any
reasonable evidence should be excluded by him from the streets.
He should also examine the documents relating to all projections that tend to make the
streets too narrow and should include in the Streets those that are found to be real and
objectionable encroachments. The measurement of the street fields should commence
after the demarcation is inspected and passed.
199. The door or Municipal bill numbers as well as names of owners of properties abutting
the street should be noted in the field plans as shown below:

street S .No.
Ayyanagar
Door No. 8,
Door No. 9,
B ill No. 11,
Mudaliyar
S ubbarao
S anhadhi
K esavalu
S ankara
Nayudu
6
C ar street S .No. 10 C ar street S .No. 10 C ar street S .No. 12
street S .No. 6
Door No. 22,

Ayyanagar
B ill No. 17,
S anhadhi
R ama rao
Gopala
200. The areas of streets need not be computed.
201. About a month before survey and inspection are likely to be completed, the Assistant
Director should request the Collector to arrange for the appointment of a special officer
to examine the demarcation to see that the interests of Government and of the local,
board have been safeguarded.
The demarcation sketches, the encroachment register and the duplicate Field
Measurement Book should be handed over to the Special Officer, to enable him to
discharge his duties properly.
202. The Special Officer should check the register of encroachments in form No. 106 with
the lists of encroachments with the Tahsildar in the case of Panchayat Board areas and
with the Collector in the case of municipalities and enter all cases of omission in the
same register. He should inspect every line of demarcation between the street and
private property and not merely the encroachments listed by the Survey Staff, find out
whether any boundary requires alteration and detect cases of encroachments which
have not been mentioned in the list received from the survey staff or the Taluk or
Collector’s office. For his purpose, in areas not previously surveyed, he should treat all
temporary structures and all projections that tend to make the streets too narrow as
encroachments. In areas already surveyed the record of the previous survey should
prove a useful guide to detect encroachments. He should thoroughly examine each case
with reference to the documents, if any, in the possession of the parties and record his
conclusion in Form No. 106 as to whether it constitutes an encroachment and if so
whether it is objectionable or not. In other cases of encroachments and in cases where
he thinks mistakes have been made at survey, he will prepare lists and illustrate
sketches with the assistance of Surveyor and send them to the Inspector who will
arrange for a joint inspection of the localities and alter demarcation where he agrees
with the Special Officer. He should also verify the registry made in the Filed
Measurement Book of all the lands adjoining the streets and sign every sheet of the
Field Measurement Book.
203. The Special Officer will prefer land complaints under the Madras Survey and
Boundaries Act, 1923, where he is dissatisfied with the Inspector’s action.
204. The Union map should be prepared on the scale 1 /5000 (or) 20 cm=1 km for
reproduction to scale and exhibit the street fields, the Cadastral Survey data up to the
limits required by the president Panchayat Board and important details already
available or furnished during Survey. The numbers assigned to the Street Survey Fields
should be circled to distinguish them from Cadastral Survey numbers. The names of

Streets should be typed on the map.

205. Where the Union lies partly in surveyed and partly in un-surveyed areas the union map
should be prepared on the same lines as in Para 192 and 204.
206. As soon as mapping is completed, the usual procedure under the Act will be followed
and the survey made final.
****
APPENDIX
RULES FOR THE GUIDANCE OF MUNICIPAL COUNCILS AND
GOVERNMENT OFFICERS IN CARRYING OUT STREET ALIGNMENT
OPERATIONS IN MUNICIPALITIES
1. The laying down of street alignments should be undertaken in the course of every survey
or resurvey conducted under the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, in a municipal
town.
2. Street alignment operations should be conducted under the super vision of a special officer
whose rank should not be lower than that of a Deputy Tahsildar. The powers of a survey
officer should be conferred on him under the Madras Survey and Boundaries Act. The
special officer should not be employed until (a) the municipal council has decided in
which streets a street alignment should be laid down and (b) the Asst. Director of the town
survey section has stated that he has ready the maps of the streets selected referred to in
rule 4 infra.
The special officer will work under the technical supervision of the officer-in-charge of
the town survey and under the administrative control of the Collector.
Note : A street alignment will constitute a boundary of a survey field comprising the street vesting
in the municipal council and including any private property which it is proposed to acquire
for the purposes of such street. It is therefore convenient that the special officer who assists in
the operation of laying down a street alignment should also be the survey officer who prepares
the final street map.
3. The municipal council should decide which of the streets of the town are of sufficient
importance to make it desirable that alignments should be laid down for them.
4. The Asst. Director of town survey will furnish the special officer of each street in which
street alignments are to be laid down with tracings showing in one view the whole street
with all measurements of the street and of the F lines of adjoining survey fields which end
on the street boundary. The original record of measurements will remain in the custody
of the town survey officer. He will also give the special officer a copy of the land register
for the streets to be aligned and adjoining properties.
In dealing with streets which are to be the subject of street alignment operations, the Asst.
Director of the town survey will determine the boundary as in the case of other streets,
excluding all encroachments from private properties and including them in the streets but
he will show in the maps supplied to the special officer all encroachments on the streets
with full measurements. The encroachments should not be demarcated.

5. The special officer should perambulate the streets with the above mentioned maps, should
verify all encroachments shown therein with reference to the records available in the
municipal and revenue officers and with reference to personal inspection and should
satisfy himself that all encroachments have been correctly brought to account. Any
additional encroachments which he may detect should be shown on the maps with the
measurements necessary to locate and plot them. All encroachments should be shown in
colour wash for facility of reference by the committee.
6. The municipal council should appoint a committee consisting of not less than three and
not more than five councilors to mark the street alignments in the above mentioned maps,
which will be placed by the special officer before the committee for the purpose. The
revenue divisional officer of the division in which the municipality is situated should be
one of the members of the committee.
7. For the purpose of identifying the limits laid down in the preliminary survey and fixed by
the maps, the committee should be accompanied and assisted by the special officer and
by a surveyor deputed from the town survey section.
8. The committee should determine the street alignments with reference to the following
considerations:
1) Uniformity of breadth as far as this object can be attained without seriously
sacrificing the existing width of the street.
2) The present and future requirements of traffic.
3) The expenses involved in extensive acquisitions.
9. Steps and other structures, which stand vertically over drains should be treated as part of
a street, the alignments being made to run on the house side of such drains and structures.
10. The committee, after the determination of the street alignment should have the alignment
properly demarcated and should have it, the encroachments and the assignable sub-
divisions on the house side of the alignment measured on the ground and plotted in the
maps by the deputy surveyor, and should sign the maps after satisfying themselves that
their intentions have been correctly represented therein.
11. The committee should then publish by notice in the office of the municipal council and
by beat of tom-tom in the streets considered that such maps have been prepared and are
open to public inspection in the municipal office and that objections will be considered
by the committee if presented within thirty days of such publication. The committee may,
if they think fit, after their street alignments with reference to any objections presented to
them. In such cases, revised copies of the maps should be prepared by the surveyor and
signed by the committee.
12. The committee should then place the maps before the municipal council together with all
objections received and their decisions thereon. The municipal council, if, they accept the
committee’s proposals, should pass the maps and should send them to the special officer
after noting on each map under the signature of. the Municipal Chairman, the number and
date of the resolution of the municipal council in which it has been passed in the event of
the councils not accepting the committee’s proposed street alignment in any case, the
reasons for their disagreement should be embodied in the resolution and the question
referred to the Collector of the district, whose decision shall be final. The number and

date of any such order of the Collector should be, entered on the maps under his own
signature.
13. The special officer, on receipt of the maps mentioned in the foregoing rule, should satisfy
himself that the sub-divisions and street alignment points, as finally determined, have
been properly measured on the ground offsetted on the traverse lines and plotted in the
maps by the surveyor.
The points where the street alignment cuts the boundaries of adjacent survey fields should
be demarcated in the same manner as points where the street boundary cuts adjacent field
boundaries. Demarcation stones planted by the town survey for the demarcation of
assignable frontage sub-divisions should be removed and used for the demarcation of the
new street boundary, i.e., the street alignment, e.g., the stones on the southern boundary
of 17 B, 18 B and 19 B in the specimen map should be removed and used for the northern
boundary of those subdivisions.
14. To accompany and elucidate the maps, the special officer should prepare three registers
in the forms annexed to these rules-
1) Register A (acquisition register) containing all cases of private property which fall
on the street side of alignments and which have therefore been mapped as
subdivisions of the street survey fields and will necessitate acquisition under the
Land Acquisition Act or under section 168 of the Madras District Municipalities Act,
1920.
2) Register B (encroachment register) containing all cases of encroachments which fall
on the street side of the alignment and which therefore have to be removed. Structures
mentioned in rule 9 should not be entered in this register. These encroachments are
not to be shown in the final street map and are not to be treated as subdivisions of the
street field. For each encroachment a sketch with measurements should be put up in
the Remarks column of register B showing its position and dimensions.
3) Register C (assignable frontage register) containing all cases of Government land
which fall on the house side of street alignments and are therefore capable of
assignment, e.g., subdivision B of survey No. 17 and subdivision B of survey No. 19.
Note 1 : An encroachment will sometimes be partly on the street side and partly on the house side of
an alignment. In such a case, the portion lying on the street side will appear in register B,
while the portion lying on the house side will appear in register C (e. g., subdivision B of
survey No. 19). In such cases cross references should be made in registers B and C.
Note 2 : Land entered in register A should be numbered and shown in the town survey records as a
subdivision of the street field, while land entered in the register C should be numbered and
shown as a subdivision of the survey field adjoining the street survey field.
15. When the street alignment has been finally approved by the municipal council or settled
by the Collector, the special officer should prepare the notification as prescribed in the
Madras Survey and Boundaries Act of 1923 in respect of the streets dealt with and should
send immediately the street alignment records to the Town Survey Offices so that the
street alignments may be entered in the original record of measurements. The notification
and notices should not be issued until the survey officer has informed the special officer
that he has ready the notification and notices for the other fields, so that they may be
issued simultaneously for the whole town or any part thereof. Notices should be issued
by the special officer not only to the owners of private properties abutting the streets, but

also to the municipal chairman representing the municipal council in which the street is
vested and to the taluk Tahsildar representing the Government as the ultimate owner The
appellate authority in regard to street alignment notices is the Revenue Divisional Officer.
16. After all the formalities provided in the Survey and Boundaries Act have been gone
through, including where necessary, the hearing of appeals and the correction of maps,
the special officer should make corresponding entries in registers A, B and C. He should
then send registers A and B to the chairman of the municipal council in order that steps
may be taken for the acquisition of the land mentioned in register A and for the removal
of encroachments entered in register B. He should send register C to the Revenue
Divisional Officer for action in accordance with the provisions of Board’s Standing Order
No. 26 He should send the maps to the Assistant Director of the town survey section.
17. If (as will often be the case) the special officer is riot likely to remain in office for three
of more months from the date of issue of notices, the survey records with the special
officer, the original notices and the registers of acknowledgments, should be sent to the
Town Survey Officer as soon as notices have been issued. The special officer should, in
such cases, deposit the registers A, B and C in the Revenue Divisional office and should
state in the notices that copies of maps required by parties can be obtained from the Town
Survey Officer. The Revenue Divisional Officer will communicate his appellate decisions
to the Town Survey Officer who will make such alterations in the survey records and in
the demarcation as are necessitated by these decisions. The Revenue Divisional Officer
will at the same time get the necessary changes made in the registers A, B and C.
18. In cases in which there is reasonable doubt as to the validity of the existing survey of a
town and in which it is desired to lay down street alignments in that town, the foregoing
rules should be applied in their entirety.
19. In other cases of towns already surveyed, the foregoing rules should be applied, subject
to the modifications that (1) the process will be carried on as a part of maintenance under
the notification published in G. O. No. 3204, Revenue, dated 10th October 1917, (2) the
town surveyor will take the place of the surveyor mentioned in the preceding rules, (3) a
spare copy of the record of measurement kept in the municipal office will take the place
of the map mentioned in rule 4 above.
The special officer as soon as he has signed the final copy of the record of measurements
should have the street alignments marked in the town surveyor’s copy of the record of
measurements and in the town surveyor’s and municipal chairman’s copies of the revenue
maps.
Note : Street alignment operations include the laying down of lines in streets other than those in
which a municipal council has already laid down street alignments and also include the
relaying of the alignment of a street for which an alignment has previously been laid.

ANNEXURE
Register–A
Sl. No. Name of Street Ward, Block and Survey No. Sub division No. Area Remarks
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Begister–B
Sl. Name of Ward, Sub Name of Nature of

Block and Area Remarks
No. Street division No. encroacher encroachment
Survey No.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Register–C
Sl.No. Name of Street Ward, Block and Survey No. Sub division No. Area Remarks
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
****

CHAPTER–XIV
BOUNDARY DISPUTES
1. The investigation and settlement of disputed boundaries under the Madras Survey and
Boundaries Act of 1923 rests with survey officers appointed as such by Government under
section 4 of the Act.
2. The settlement of disputes as to water-right, easement, right of way, etc., is not within the
competence of survey officers.
3. Deputy Surveyors and surveyors are not allowed to settle boundary disputes.
4. The following are the classes of cases which survey officers will have to deal with:
1) Disputes under section 10 (1).
2) Appeals under section 11 from decisions under section 10 (1).
3) Appeals under section 11 from decisions under section 9 (1).
5. Cases under class (1) will lie to the survey officer conducting the survey, those under class
(2) to a survey officer senior to the officer who passed the original decision, and those
under class (3) to a survey officer senior to the officer publishing the notices under section
9 (2).
6. Appeals under section 11 must be presented within three months of the communications
of the decision under section 10(2) or within three months from the date of receipt of the
notice under section 9 (2), but the time taken to secure a copy of the decision and of the
map shall not be included in the period of three months allowed for appeal, and the
appellate authority may admit an appeal after the expiry of the said period on his being
satisfied that the appellant had good and sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal
within such, period.
7. Original complaints and appeals including those on behalf of Government preferred to
officers below the grade of Director of Survey should bear a court-fee of stamp Rs. 3/-
irrespectively.
8. Appeals preferred to the Director of Survey should bear a court-fee stamp of Rs. 3/-
irrespectively.
9. The Act does not allow second appeals being entertained by any survey officer.
10. Petitions and appeals regarding disputed boundaries presented to any survey officer
should be forwarded to the headquarter office of the survey party where they will be
registered. There will be four separate registers, two in Forms Nos. 46 and 47 for village
and field boundary disputes, and two in Forms Nos. 48 and 49 for appeals against
decisions on village and field boundary disputes. These registers will be maintained
separately for each taluk.
11. Unstamped or insufficiently stamped petitions or appeals will be returned to the parties
for resubmission duly stamped. Petitions or appeals which do not clearly describe the
locality in dispute and the nature of the dispute or which relate to more than one patta will
be returned for amendment.

12. Appeals against orders passed by survey officers under section 10 (1) if not accompanied
by the order appealed against, will be returned for resubmission with a certified copy of
the order.
When a petition or appeal is returned under rule 11 or 12, it should be stated in the order
returning it that the document should be presented again, amended or with omission
supplied, as the case may be, within a specified time, failing which the petition or appeal
will be liable to rejection.
One month should ordinarily be long enough to allow of the correction of initial defects,
but the Asst. Director of parties should exercise their discretion in fixing the period in
each individual case.
13. When petitions or appeals have been entertained, the Asst. Director may himself enquire
into a dispose of such of them as he may consider necessary and refer the rest to any
subordinate survey officer for disposal or for enquiry and report. When complaints or
appeals are so referred, they will be accompanied by extracts from the original survey
records of measurement and such other papers and records as may be considered
necessary for the disposal of the complaint or appeal.
14. The proceedings of the survey officer in regard to the service of summonses, the
summoning of parties and witnesses and enforcing their attendance, the examination of
parties and witnesses, and the production of documents will be regulated, so far as may
be practicable by the sections of the Code of Civil Procedure which are printed as
Appendix No. X.
15. When a complaint is entertained, the survey officer should issue a notice to the plaintiff
in Form No. 50, mentioning the date and place fixed for hearing and requiring him to take
out, in sufficient time before the date fixed for hearing, summonses to the defendant or
defendants and to such of his witnesses as he wishes to be summoned by the survey
officer. Complaints and appeals should, so far as possible be disposed of in, or in close
proximity to the villages concerned. As a general rule, all complaints and appeals relating
to a particular village should be taken up simultaneously at a station of which notice has
been previously given to the ryots of the village concerned
16. The notice should' also require the plaintiff to deposit an amount sufficient to meet the
cost of service of process, when a separate establishment is employed for that purpose
and for batta to witnesses.
17. The process fee to a single defendant, respondent or witness the case of original
proceedings, and in the case of appellate proceedings will be as ordered from time to time.
18. To every additional defendant, respondent or witness residing in the same village, if the
process be applied for at the same time the process fee in original proceedings and in
appellate proceedings will be as ordered from time to time.
19. The batta to witnesses will be such a sum of money as appears to the survey officer to be
sufficient to defray the travelling and other expenses of the persons summoned in passing
to and from the place of enquiry and for one day’s attendance.
20. When the plaintiff has deposited the necessary fees, summons should be issued to the
defendant in Form No. 51, and to witnesses in Form No. 52.

21. The summons should be in duplicate and should be signed by the survey officer.
22. The summons to the defendant should specify the time and place at which he is required
to attend.
23. The summonses to witnesses should specify the time and place at which they are required
to attend and also state whether their attendance is required for the purpose of giving
evidence or to produce a document or for both purposes; and any particular document
which the person is called on to produce should be described in the summons with
reasonable accuracy.
24. The date on which the defendant and witnesses should be required to attend should be the
same as that fixed in the notice issued to the plaintiff under rule 15 above. But if that date
should happen to be too near for the appearance of the defendants and witnesses with
reference to their place of residence and the time necessary for the service of summonses,
it should be altered and the altered date communicated to the plaintiff.
25. When the defendant or witness is a Government servant, the summons should be served
through the head of his office.
26. Where the parties to a complaint do not apply for summonses to the village officers, the
survey officer may summon them, if necessary, and record their evidence.
27. In a dispute in which the interests of Government are concerned, and the case is not of
trifling nature, the Asst. Director should address the Tahsildar, Divisional Officer, or the
Collector, in order that the interests of Government may he properly represented. In
trifling cases, the village authorities will represent Government.
28. Where the dispute relates to Government lands whose control is vested in the Public
Works, Local Fund, Forest or other department, the district head of that department should
be similarly, addressed.
29. If on receipt of a complaint, the survey officer finds that verification of the disputed
locality is necessary, he may do the same on the date fixed for inquiry or at any time
before that date; or he may depute one of his subordinates to inspect the grounds and
prepare a measurement sketch, to any convenient scale, of the disputed locality, showing
the land claimed by each party as also the adjoining lands where necessary.
30. The subordinate may also be directed to submit his report on the facts of the dispute for
the information of the survey officer, but the order of the survey officer should be based
on evidence recorded by himself and not upon the report of his subordinate.
31. Summonses should be served ordinarily by the village establishment or by the process
peon if one has been duly sanctioned and attached to the survey officer.
32. Service of summons should be made by delivering or tendering the duplicate summons to
the defendant or witness personally or to his agent.
33. The village servant or process peon should take on the back of the original summons the
signature of the person to whom the duplicate is delivered.
34. If the defendant or the witness refuses to sign the acknowledgement, or if, owing to his
absence or other cause, the summons cannot be served personally, the village servant or
process peon should affix a copy of the summons on the outer door of the house in which

the defendant or witness ordinarily resides and return the original summons to the survey
officer with an endorsement thereon that he so affixed the copy and the circumstances
under which he did so.
35. On the day fixed for the hearing of the case or on any other day to which the hearing is
adjourned, the inquiry will begin by the plaintiff stating his case and producing his
evidence in support thereof.
36. The statements of parties and the evidence of witnesses should be taken on oath and
should be in the language with which they are familiar.
37. As the examination of each witness proceeds, the survey officer should, when he does not
take down the evidence in his own handwriting, make a memorandum of the substance of
what each witness deposes, and such memorandum should be written and signed by the
survey officer with his own hand and should form part of the record.
38. The defendant will then state his case which will be recorded, together with the evidence
of his witnesses, as explained in the preceding two rules.
39. If on the date fixed for the hearing of the case, the plaintiff fails to appear, the survey
officer will unless the defendant admits the claim, dismiss the complaint.
40. If the plaintiff appears but not the defendant, though summons was duly served on him,
the survey officer will proceed to pass a decision on the evident merits of the case, with
the aid of such records as are available.
41. The survey officer will in each case pass his order and record the grounds on which the
order was based.
42. The proceedings of the survey officer should be recorded in Form No. 53.
43. The purport of the survey officer’s order should be communicated to the parties on the
day the order is passed.
44. In communicating the purport, the parties should be informed of the time within which
and the person to whom an appeal may be presented, see Form No. 54.
45. When an appeal is preferred under section 11, from an order under section 10 (1), the
appellate authority should issue a notice in duplicate, in Form No. 55 to the respondent
fixing a date for the hearing of the same. Notice in duplicate, in Form No. 56, should also
be sent to the appellant.
46. In the case of an appeal preferred under section 11 from an order under section 9 (1),
notice in duplicate should be given to all registered holders the boundaries of whose
holdings may be affected by the proceedings in appeal.
47. The survey officer shall dismiss the appeal if the appellant be absent and proceed ex parte
if the respondent be absent.
After the parties have been heard and such evidence as may be necessary has been
recorded, the appellate authority will pass his decision and record the grounds on which
it is based.
48. All decisions should be communicated the day they are passed and should be
accompanied by a printed acknowledgement.
49. A copy of the order of the survey officer or of the decision of the appellate authority may
be furnished to the parties on their application and at their cost. Where from its wording,

the interpretation of the order of the survey officer is made to depend upon a. plan, sketch
or diagram, a copy of such plan, sketch or diagram should be supplied free of cost with
the copy of the order; but, where copies of plans, sketches or diagrams are required merely
to supplement and not to explain' the order, they should be supplied after deposit of the
required fee by the party applying for the copy. The usual fee for the copy of the plan of
a field shall be as ordered from time to time, but for special cases special fees may be
fixed by the officer passing the orders. In all cases to which Government is a party, copies
of the order and of any necessary plans, sketches or diagrams should be sent to the
Collector without application on his part.
50. The order of the survey officer or the decision of the appellate authority should be given
effect to as soon as possible after the order or decision has been passed, and a certificate
to that effect should be made in the records connected with the case, noting the date on
which the order or decision was given effect to.
51. Copies of depositions and of documents filed in the course of the hearing of a dispute and
of the memoranda of evidence made by the survey officer or the appellate authority may
be granted to parties, whenever required and at their cost. Parties may also be allowed to
inspect such documentary evidence as is filed. On completion of hearing and after an
order or decision has been passed all documents filed should be returned to the parties
filing them, and the fact that this procedure will be adopted should be intimated to the
parties as an addendum to the order or decision passed in the case.
52. The District Collector, or Survey Officer, may, with the consent of all the parties
concerned, refer to arbitration any dispute as to a boundary.
53. The decision of the District Collector or the survey officer passed in accordance with such
award, shall be conclusive between the parties to such arbitration and those claiming
under them.
54. Any survey officer generally or specially authorized in that behalf, or the District
Collector, or any officer to whom an appeal is preferred under any of the provisions of
this Act, may, for the purposes of any survey inquiry or other proceeding under this Act,
summon and enforce the attendance of any person for giving evidence and for the
production of documents, or for the purpose rendering assistance in the survey of any land
in which such person has an interest.
55. The procedure described in the Code of Civil Procedure for summoning and enforcing the
attendance of witnesses and for the recording of evidence shall be followed as far as it
can be made applicable.
56. Original records connected with each dispute decided under the Act should be sent to the
Central Survey Office on the completion of survey of each taluk or estate. The records
should be accompanied by a list in Form No. 57.
57. In re-surveys, the original survey records will form part of the documentary evidence for
the survey officer to base his order or decision. Such records cannot, however, prevail
against the prescriptive right acquired by a party by twelve years’ advice possession in
the case of patta or inam lands, and sixty years’ adverse possession in the case of
Government waste or poramboke lands.















APPENDIX–III
Constant corrections to be applied for the reduction of Lambton’s values to
corresponding with Modern Series values
Corrctions to be applied
District Remarks
Latitude Longitude
Guntur 5.08 105.96
Kurnool 4.06 107.39
Bellary
4.43 107.35 The corrections herein entered have been
Anantapur
deduced empirically for different districts, by
Cuddapah 4.95 107.56
comparing Lambtons' values with those of the
Nellore 5.07 107.24 G.T. Modern Survey for the same stations, and
Chingleput assuming that the differences are applicable to
4.95 107.56
Madras neighboring stations of Lambton's not re-
North Arcot 5.10 107.92 observed from in the course of modern
operations.
South Arcot 5.65 108.55
Salem 5.44 107.68 The modern value of the Madras Observatory
Coimbatore 5.69 07.81 has been taken as Lat. 13004'05".932, Long 800
Tiruchirapalli 5.76 07.91 17'22".166 the same as that given in the
Preliminary chart of the Modern Coast series,
Tanjore 5.56 07.79
season 1879-80, published by the Survey of
Mathurai 6.28 07.21 India, in August 1881.
Tirunelvelli 7.06 06.98
Malabar 5.96 104.49
South Kanara 0.32 106.92

APPENDIX–IV
Diagram for determining the number of sheets of a Traverse and the position of
station–A
REFERENCE :
The Roman numerals denote rectangles or sheets.
The Arabic numerals denotes the squares into which the sheets divided.

APPENDIX–VII
(Survey Manual Chap. IX Rule – 43)
TABLE OF REPRESENTATIVE FRACTIONS
Scales approved under Metric system

Description of Field sketch or map Representative Scales in terms of Chain in which
Fraction is 20 Meteres in length
Survey Fields upto 2 Hects. in extent 1/1000 2 Cm. = 1 Chain
Survey Fields upto 2 Hects. To 8 Hects. 1/2000 1 Cm. = 1 Chain
Fields over 8 Hects. 1/5000 1
1 Cm. = 2 Chains or
2
2 Cms. = 5 Chains or
20 Cms. = 1 Km.
Village Maps 1/5000 1
1 Cm. = 2 Chains or
2
20 Cms. = 1 Km.
Taluk Maps 1/50,000 1 Cm. = 25 Chains or
2 Cms. = 1 Km.
District Maps 1/2,00,000 1 Cm. = 100 Chains or
1 Cm. = 2 Kms.
State Maps 1/10,00,000 1 Cm. = 500 Chains or
1 Cm. = 10 Kms.
Town Surveys
Closed Blocks
Record of Measurement Sheet 1/250 1 Cm. = 12.5 Links in a Chain or
8 Cms. = 1 Chain
1 Cm. = 25 Links in a Chain or
Revenue Maps 1/500
4 Cms. = 1 Chain
Ward Maps 1/1000 2 Cms. = 1 Chain or
100 Cms. = 1 Km.
Medium Block
Record of Measurement Sheet 1/500 4 Cms. = 1 Chain
Revenue Maps 1/1000 2 Cms. = 1 Chain
Ward Maps 1/2000 1 Cm. = 1 Chain or

50 Cms. = 1 Km.
Open Blocks
Revenue Maps 1/2000 1 Cm. = 1 Chain
Ward Maps 1/4000 1 Cm. = 2 Chains or

25 Cms. = 1 Km.
Town Maps 1/10,0000 1 Cm. = 5 Chains or
10 Cms. = 1 Km.
Street Surveys


Field Maps 1/500 4 Cms. = 1 Chain
1
1 Cm. = 22 Chains or
Union Maps 1/5000
20 Cms. = 1 Km.
Road Surveys 1/1000
2 Cms. = 1 Chain

APPENDIX–VIII
Delineation of altered river boundary between Government and Non-Government
villages


APPENDIX NO. IX DELETED
APPENDIX NO. X
EXTRACT FROM THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE ACT V OF 1908
SECTIONS GOVERNING THE PROCEEDINGS OF SURVEY OFFICERS

UNDER MADRAS ACT VIII OF 1913
(a) As to the Service of Summonses.
ORDER–V
9. 1) Where the defendant resides within the jurisdiction of the court in which the suite is
instituted, or has an agent resident within that jurisdiction, who is empowered to
accept the service of the summons the summons shall, unless the court otherwise
directs, the delivered or sent to the proper officer to be served by him or one of his
subordinates.
2) The proper officer may be' an officer of a court other than that in which the suit is
instituted, and, where he is such an officer, the summons may be sent to him by post
or in such other manner as the court may direct.
10. Service of the summons shall be made by delivering or tendering a copy thereof signed
by the judge or such officer as he appoints in this behalf, and sealed with the seal of the
court.
11. Save as otherwise prescribed, where there are more defendant than one. service of the
summons shall be made on each defendant.
12. Wherever it is practicable, service shall be made on the defendant in person, unless he has
an agent empowered to accept service, in which case, service on such agent shall be
sufficient.
15. Where in any suit the defendant cannot be found and has no agent empowered to accept
service of the summons on his behalf, service may be made on any adult male member of
the family of the defendant who is residing with him.
Explanation – A servant is not a member of the, family within the meaning of this rule.
16. Where the serving officer delivers or tenders a copy of the summons to the defendant
personally, or to an agent of other person his behalf. he shall require the signature of the
person to whom the copy is so delivered or tendered, to an acknowledgement of service
endorsed on the original summons.
17. Where the defendant or his agent or such other person as aforesaid refuses to sign the
acknowledgement or where the serving officer. after using all due and reasonable
diligence, cannot find the defendant, and there is no agent empowered to accept service
of the summons on his behalf, nor any other person on whom service can be made. the
serving officer shall affix a copy of the summons on the outer door or some other
conspicuous part of the house in which the defendant' ordinarily resides or carries on
business or personally works for again, and shall then return the original to the court from

which it was issued with a report endorsed thereon or annexed thereto, stating that he has
so' affixed the copy, the circumstances under which he did so, and the name and address
of the persons (if any) by whom the house was identified and in whose presence the copy
was affixed .
18. The serving officer shall, in all cases in which the summons has been served under rule
16: endorse or annex, or cause. to be endorsed or annexed on or to the original summons,
a return stating the time when and, the manner in which, the summons was served, and
the name and address of the person (if any) identifying the person served, and witnessing
the delivery or tender of the summons.
19. Where a summons is returned under rule 17, the court shall if the return under that rule
has not been verified by the affidavit of the serving officer, and may, if it has been so
verified, examine the serving officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined by another
court, touching his proceedings, and may make such further inquiry in the matter as it
thinks fit, and shall either declare that the summons has been duly served or order such
service as it thinks fit.
20. 1) Where the court is satisfied that there is reason to believe that the defendant is
keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service, or that for any other
reason the summons cannot be served in the ordinary way, the .court shall order the
summons to be served by affixing a copy thereof in some conspicuous place in the
court-house and also upon some conspicuous part of the house (if any) in which the
defendant is known to have last resided 01 carried on business or personally worked
for gain, or in such other manner as the court thinks fit.
2) Service substituted by order of the court shall be as effectual as if it had been made
on the defendant personally.
3) Where service is substituted by order of the court, the court shall fix such time for
the appearance of the defendant as the case may require.
21. A summons may be sent by the court by which it is issued whether within or without the
province, either by one of its officers or by post to any court (not being the High Court)
having jurisdiction in the place where the defendant resides.
23. The court to which a summons is sent under rule 2l shall upon receipt thereof, proceed as
if it had been issued by such court and shall then return the summons to the court of issue,
together with the record if any of its proceedings with regard thereto.
24. Where the defendant is confined in a prison, the summons shall be delivered or sent by
post or other wise to the officer in charge of the prison for service on the defendant.
25. Where the defendant resides out of British India and has no agent in British India
empowered to accept service, the summons shall be addressed to the defendant at the
place where he is residing and sent – him, by post, if there is postal communication
between such place and he place where the court is situate.
26. Where –
a) In the exercise of any foreign jurisdiction vested in his Majesty or in the Governor–
General in Councils, a Political Agent has been appointed, or a court has been
established or continued, with power or serve a summons issued by a court under this
code in any foreign territory in which the defendant resides, or

b) The Governor-General in Council has, by notification in the Gazette of India,

declared that any summons so issued may be served by any court situate in any such
territory and not established or continued in the exercise of any such jurisdiction as
a foresaid, the summons may be sent to such Political Agent or court, by post or
otherwise, for the purpose of being served upon the defendant; and, if the Political
Agent returns the summons with an endorsement signed by such Political Agent or
by the Judge or other officer of the court that the summons has been served on the
defendant in manner herein before directed such endorsement shall be deemed to be
evidence of service.
27. Where the defendant is a public officer (non belonging to his Majesty’s Military or Navel
forces or his Majesty’s Indian Marine Service), or is the servant of a railway company or
local authority, the court may, if it appears to it that the summons may be most
conveniently so served, send it for service, on the defendant to the head of the office in
which he is employed, together with a copy to be retained the defendant.
28. Where the defendant is a soldier, the court shall send the summons for service to his
commanding officer together with a copy of to be retained by the defendant.
29. 1) Where summons is delivered are sent to any person for service under rule 24, rule 27
or rule 28 such person shall be bound to serve it, if possible and to return it under his
signature, with the written acknowledgement of the defendant, and such signature
shall be deemed to be evidence of service.
2) Where, from any cause, service is impossible, the summons shall be returned to the
court with a full statement of such cause and of the steps taken to procure service,
and such statement shall be deemed to be evidence of non-service.
30. 1) The court may, notwithstanding anything here in before contained, substitute for a
summons a letter signed by the judge are such officer as he may appoint in this behalf,
where the defendant is, in the opinion of the court, of a rank entitling him to such
mark of consideration.
2) A letter substituted under sub rule (1) shall contain all the particulars required to be
stated in a summons and subject to the provisions of sub rule (3) shall be treated as
in all respects as a summons.
3) A letter to substitute may be sent to the defendant by post or by a special messenger
selected by the court, or in any other manner which the correct thinks fit; and where
the defendant has an agent empowered to accept service the letter may be delivered
or sent to such agent.
(b) As to Summoning Parties and Witness and Enforcing their Attendance
ORDER–V
1. 1) When a suit has been duly instituted, a summons may be issued to the defendant to
appear and answer the claim on a day to be there in specified.
Provided that no such summons shall be issued when the defendant has appeared at
the presentation of the plaint and admitted the plaintiffs claim.
2) A different to whom a summons has been issued under sub rule (1) may appear —
a) In person, or

b) By a pleader duly instructed and able to answer all material questions relating
to the suit, or
c) By a pleader accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions
3) Every such summons shall be signed by the judge or such officer as he appoints, and
shall be sealed with the seal of the the court.
3. 1) Where the court sees reason to require the personal appearance of the defendant, the
summons shall order him to appear in person in court on the day there in specified.
2) Where the courts sees reason to require the personal appearance of the plaintiff on
the same day, it shall make an order for such appearance.
4. No party shall be order to appear in person unless he resides — a) Within the local limits
of the courts ordinary original jurisdiction, or
b) Without such limits but at a place less than 50 or (where there is railway or steamer
communication or other established public conveyance for five sixth of the distance
between the place where he resides and the place where the court is situate) less than
200 miles distance from the court house.
6. The day for the appearance of the defendant shall be fixed with reference to the current
business of the court, the place of residence of the defendant and the time necessary for
the service of the summons; and the day shall be so fixed as to allow the defendant
sufficient time to enable him to appear and answer on such day.
ORDER–IX
Appearance of parties and consequence of non appearance
1. On the day fixed in the summons for the defendant to appear and answer, the parties shall
be in attendance at the courthouse in person or by their respective pleaders, and the suit
shall then be heard, unless the hearing is adjourned to a future day fixed by the court.
3. Where neither party appears when the suit is called on for hearing the court may make an
order that the suit be dismissed.
4. Where is suit is dismissed under rule 21 or rule 3, the plaintiff may (subject to the law of
limitation) bring a fresh suit; or may apply for an order to set the dismissal aside, and if
he satisfies the code that the court-fee and postal charges (if any) required within the time
fixed before the issue of the summons or for his non appearance, as the case may be, the
court shall make an order setting aside the dismissal and shall appoint a day for proceeding
with the suit.
6. 1) Where the plaintiff appears and the defendant does not appear when the suit is called
on for hearing, then –
a) If it is proved that the summons was duly served, the court may proceed ex party;
b) If it is not proved that the summons was duly served, the court shall direct a
second summons to be issued and served on the defendant;
c) If it is proved that the summons was served on the defendant but not in sufficient
time to enable him to appear and answer to on the day fixed in the summons,
the court shall postpone the hearing of the suit to a future day to be fixed by the
court, and shall direct notice of such day to be given to the defendant.

2) Where it is owing to the plaintiffs default that the summons was not duly served or
was not served in sufficient time, the court shall order the plaintiff to pay the costs
occasioned by the postponement.
7. Where the court has adjourned the hearing of the suit ex party and the defendant, at or
before such hearing, appears and assigns good cause for his previous non appearance, he
may, upon such terms as the court directs as to cost or otherwise, be heard in answer to
the suit, as if he had appeared on the day fixed for his appearance.
8. Where the defendant appears and the plaintiff does not appear when the suit is called on
for hearing, the court shall make on order that the suit be dismissed, unless the defendant
admits the claim, or part thereof, in which case the court shall pass a decree against the
defendant upon such admission, and, where part only of the claim has been admitted, shall
dismiss the suite so far as it relates to the reminder.
9. 1) Where is suit is wholly or partly dismissed under rule 8, the plaintiff should be
precluded from bringing a fresh suit in respect of the same cause of action but he
may apply for an order to set the dismissal aside, and if he satisfies the code that there
was sufficient cause for his non appearance when the suit was called for hearing, the
courts shall make an order setting aside the dismissal upon such terms as to costs or
otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit.
2) No order shall be made under this rule unless notice of the application has been
served on the opposite party.
10. When there are more plaintiffs than one, and one or more of them appear, and the others
do not appear, the court, may at the instance of the plaintiff or plaintiffs appearing, permit
the suit to proceed in the same way as if all the plaintiffs had appeared, or make such
order as it thinks fit.
11. Where there are more defendants than one, and one or more of them appear and the others
do not appear, the suit shall proceed, and the court shall at the time of pronouncing
judgement, make such order as it thinks fit with respect to the defendants who do not
appear.
12. Where a plaintiff or defendant, who has been ordered to appear in person, does not appear
in person, or show sufficient cause to the satisfaction of the quote for failing so to appear,
he shall be subject to all the provisions of the foregoing rules applicable to plaintiff and
defendant, respectively, who do not appear.
Setting aside decrees ex-party
13. In any case in which a decree is passed ex-parte against a defendant, he may apply to the
court by which the decree was passed for an order to set it aside; and if he satisfies the
court that the summons was not duly served, or that he was prevented by any sufficient
cause from appearing when the suit was called on for hearing, the court shall make an
order setting aside the degree as against him up on search terms as to costs, payment into
court or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit;
Provided that, where the decree is of such a nature that it cannot be set aside as against
such defendant only, it may be set aside as against all or any of the other defendants also.
14. No decree shall be set aside on any such application as aforesaid unless notice there of
has been served on the opposite party.

ORDER–XVI
Summoning and attendance of witnesses
1. At any time after the suit is instituted, the parties may obtain an application to the court
or to such officer as it appoints in this behalf summonses to persons whose attendance is
required either to give evidence or to produce documents.
2. 1) The party applying for a summons shall, before the summons is granted and within
a period to be fixed, pay into court such a sum of money as appears to the court to be
sufficient to defray the travelling and other expenses of the person summoned, in
passing to and from the court in which he is required to attend, and for 1 days
attendance.
2) In determining the amount payable under this rule, the court may, in the case of any
person summoned to give evidence as an expert, allow reasonable remuneration for
the time occupied both in giving evidence and in performing any work of an expert
character necessary for the case.
3) Where the court is subordinate to a High Court, regard shall be had, in fixing the
scale of such expenses, to any rules made in that behalf.
3. The sum so paid into court shall be tendered to the person summoned, at the time of
serving the summons, if it can be served personally.
4. 1) Where it appears to the court or to such officer as it appoints in this behalf that the
sum paid into court is not sufficient to cover such expenses or reasonable
remuneration, the court may direct such further sum to be paid to the person
summoned as appears to be necessary on that account, and, in case of default in
payment, may order such some to be levied by attachment and sale of the movable
property of the party obtaining the summons; or the court may discharge the person
summoned without requiring him to give evidence; or may both order such levy and
discharge such person as aforesaid.
2) Where it is necessary to detain the person summoned for a longer period than one
day, the court, may, from time to time, order the party, at whose instance he was
summoned, to pay into court such sum as is sufficient to defray the expenses of his
detention for such further period, and, in default of such deposit being made, may
order such sum to be levied by attachment and sale of the movable property of such
party; or the court may discharge the person summoned without requiring him to give
evidence; or may both order levy and discharge such person as aforesaid.
5. Every summons for the attendance of a person to give evidence or to produce a document
shall specify the time and place at which he is required to attend, and also weather his
attendance is required for the purpose of giving evidence or to produce a document, or for
both purpose; and any particular document, which the person summoned is called on to
produce, shall be described in the summons with reasonable accuracy.
7. Any person present in Court may be required by the court to give evidence or to produce
any document then and there in his possession or power.
8. Every summons under this order shall be served as nearly as may be in the same manner
as a summons to a defendant, and the rules in Order–V as to proof of service shall apply
in the case of all summonses served under this rule.

9. Service shall in all cases be made a sufficient time before the time specified in the
summons for attendance of the person summoned, to allow him a reasonable time for
preparation and for travelling to the place at which is attendance is required.
10. 1) When a person, to whom a summons has been issued either to attend to give evidence
or to produce a document, fails to attend or to produce the document in compliance
with such summons, the court shall, if the certificate of the serving officer has not
been verified by affidavit, and may, if it has been so verified, examine the serving
officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined by another court, touching the service
or non service of the summons.
2) Where the court sees reason to believe that such evidence of production is material,
and that such person has, without lawful excuse, failed to attend or to produce the
document in compliance with such summons or has intentionally avoided service, it
may issue a proclamation requiring him to attend to give evidence or to produce the
document at a time and place to be named there in; and a copy of such proclamation
shall be affixed on the outer door or other conspicuous part of the house in which he
ordinarily resides.
3) In lieu of or at the time of issuing such proclamation or at any time afterwards, the
court may, in its discretion, issue a warrant, either with or without bail, for the arrest
of such person, and may make an order for the attachment of his property to such
amount as it thinks fit not exceeding the amount of cost of attachment and of any fine
which may be imposed under rule 12;
Provided that no Court of small causes shall make an order for the attachment of
immovable property
11. Where, at any time after the attachment of his property and person appears and satisfies
the court, –
a) That he did not, without lawful excuse, fail to comply with summons or intentionally
avoid service and
b) Where he has failed to attend at the time and place named in a proclamation issued
under the last proceeding rule, that he had no notice of such proclamation in time to
attend, the court shall direct that the property be released from attachment, and shall
make such order as to the cause of the attachment as it thinks fit.
12. The court may, where such person does not appear, or appears but fails so to satisfy the
court, impose upon him such fine not exceeding 500 rupees as it thinks fit, having regard
to his condition in life and all the circumstances of the case, and may order his property
or any part thereof, to be attached and sold or, if already attached under rule 10, to be sold
for the purpose of satisfying all costs of such attachment, together with the amount of the
said fine, if any;
Provided that, if the person whose attendance is required, pays into court the costs and
fine aforesaid, the court shall order the property to be released from attachment.
13. The provisions with regard to the attachment and sale of property in the execution of a
decree shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply to any attachment and sale
under this order as if the person whose property is so attached where a judgement-debtor.
14. Subject to the provisions of this code as to attendance and appearance and to any law for
the time being in force, where the court at any time thinks it necessary to examine any

person other than a party to the suit and not called as a witness by a party to the suit, the
court may, of its own motion, cause such person to be summoned as a witness to give
evidence, or to produce any document in his possession, on a day to be appointed, and
may examine him as a witness or required him to produce such document.
15. Subject as last aforesaid, whoever is summoned to appear and give evidence in a suit shall
attend at that time and place named in the summons for that purpose, and whoever is
summoned to produce a document shall either attend to produce it, or cause it to be
produced at such time and place.
16. 1) A person so summoned and attending shall, unless the court otherwise direct, attend
each hearing until the suit has been disposed of.
2) On the application of either party and the payment through the court of all necessary
expenses (if any), the court may require any person so summoned and attending to
furnish security to attend at the next or any other hearing or until the suit is disposed
of and in default of his furnishing such security, may order him to be detained in the
Civil prison.
17. The provisions of rules 10 to 13 shall, so far as they are applicable, be deemed to apply
to any person who having attended in compliance with a summons departs, without lawful
excuse, in contravention of rule 16.
18. Where any person arrested under a warrant is brought before the court in custody and
cannot, owing to the absence of the parties or any of them, give the evidence or produced
the document which he has been summoned to give or produce, the court may require him
to give reasonable bail or other security for his appearance at such time and place as it
thinks fit, and, on such bail or security being given, may release him, and in default of his
giving such bail or security, may order him to be detained in the Civil prison.
19. No one shall be ordered to attend in person to give evidence unless he resides –
a) Within the local limits of the courts ordinary original jurisdiction, or
b) Without such limits but at a place less than 50 or (where there is railway or steamer
communication or other established public conveyance for five - sixths of the
distance between the place where he resides and the place where the court is situate)
less than 200 miles distance from the court-house.
20. Where any party to a suit present in court refuses, without lawful excuse, when required
by the court, to give evidence or to produce any document then and there in his possession
or power, the Court may pronounce judgement against him or make such order in relation
to the suit as it thinks fit.
21. Where any party to a suit is required to give evidence or to produce a document, the
provisions as to witnesses shall apply to him so far as they are applicable.
****

(c) As to the Examination of Parties and Witnesses
ORDER–XVIII
1. The plaintiff has the right to begin unless the defendant admits the facts alleged by the
plaintiff and contents that either in point of law or on some additional facts alleged by the
defendant the plaintiff is not entitled to any part of the release which he seeks, in which
case the defendant has the right to begin.
2. 1) On the day fixed for the hearing of the suit or on any other day to which the hearing is
adjourned, the party having the right to begin shall state his case and produced as evidence
in support of the issues which he is bound to prove.
2) The other partition then state his case and produced as evidence (if any) and may then
address the court generally on the whole case.
3) The party beginning may then reply generally on the whole case.
x x x
4. The evidence of the witnesses in attendance shall be taken orally in open court in the
presence and under the personal direction and superintendent of the judge.
x x x
6. Where the evidence is taken down in a language different from that in which it is given
and witness does not understand the language in which it is taken down, the evidence as
taken down in writing shall we interpret it to him in the language in which it is given.
* * *
8. Where the evidence is not taken down in writing by the judge, we shall be bound, as the
examination of each witness proceeds, to make a memorandum of the substance of what
each witness deposes, and such memorandum shall be written and signed by the judge
and shall form part of the record.
9. Where English is not the language of the court, but all the parties to the suit who appear
in person, and the pleaders of such as appear by pleaders, do not object to have such
evidence as is given in English taken down in English, the judge me so take it down.
10. The court may, of its own motion or on the application of any party or his pleader, taken
down any particular question and answer, or any objection to any question, if there
appears to be any special reason for so doing.
11. Where any question put to a witness is objected to buy a party or his pleader, and the court
allows the same to be put, the judge shall take down the question, the answer, the objection
and the name of the person making it, together with the decision of the courts there on.
12. The court may record such remarks as it thinks material respecting the demeanor of any
witness while under examination 15 (1) where a judge is prevented by death, transfer or
other cause from concluding the trail of a suit, his successor may deal with any evidence
or memorandum taken down or made under the foregoing rules as if such evidence or
memorandum had been taken down or made by him or under his direction under the said
rules and may proceed with the suit from the stage at which his predecessor left it.

15. 1) Where a judge is prevented by death, transfer or other calls from concluding the trail
of a suit, his successor may deal with any evidence or memorandum taken down or
made under the foregoing rules as if such evidence or memorandum had been taken
down or made by him or under his direction under the said rules and may proceed
with the suit form the stage at which his predecessor left it.
* * *
16. 1) Where a witness is about to leave the jurisdiction of the court, or other sufficient
cause is shown to the satisfaction of the court by his evidence should be taken
immediately, the court may, upon the application of any party or of the witness, at
any time after the institution of the suit, take the evidence of such witness in manor
hereinbefore provided.
2) Where such evidence is not taken forthwith and in the presence of the parties, such
notice as the court things sufficient of the day fixed for the examination, shall be
given to the parties.
3) The evidence so taken shall be read over to the witness, and if he admits it to be
correct shall be signed by him, and the judge shall, if necessary, correct the same,
and shall sign it, and it may then be read at any hearing of the Suite.
17. The court may at any stage of a suit recall any witness who has been examined and may
(subject to the law of evidence for the time being in force) put such question to him as the
court things fit.
18. The court may at any stage of a suit inspect any property or thing concerning which any
question may arise.
ORDER–XXVI
Commissions to Examine Witnesses
1. Any Court may in any suit issue a commission for the examination on interrogatories or
otherwise of any person resident within the local limits of its jurisdiction who is exempted
under this code from attending the court or who is from sickness or infirmity unable to
attend it.
2. An order for the issue of a Commission for the examination of a witness may be made by
the court either of its own motion or on the application supported by affidavit or otherwise
of any part to the suit or of the witness to be examined.
3. A Commission for the examination of a person who resides within the local limits of the
jurisdiction of the court issuing the same may be issued to any person whom the Court
thinks fit to execute it.
****
(d) As to the production of documents
ORDER–V
7. The summons to appear and answer shall order the defendant to produce all documents
in his possession or power upon which he intense to rely in support of his case.
******

ORDER–XI
12. Any party may without filling and affidavit, apply to the court for an order directing any
other party to any suit to make discovery on Oath of the documents, which are or have
been in his possession or power, relating to any matter in question there in. On the hearing
of such application, the court may either refuse or adjourn the same, if satisfied that such
discovery is not necessary or not necessary that stage of the suit or make such order, either
generally or limited to certain classes of documents as may, in its discretion, be thought
fut. Provided that discovery shall not be ordered when and so far as the court shall be off
opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving cost.
13. The affidavit to be made by a party against whom such order as it mentioned in the last
preceding rule has been made, shall specify which (if any) of the documents there in
mentioned the objects to produce and it shall be in the Form No. 5 in Appendix C with
such variations as circumstances may require.
14. It shall be lawful for the court at any time during the pendency of any suit to order the
production by any party thereto, up on oath, of such of the document in his possession or
power, relating to any matter in question in such suit as the court shall think right; and the
court deal with such documents, when produced, in such manner as shall appear just.
15. Every party to a suit shall be entitled at any time to give notice to any other party in who
speeding or affidavits reference is made to any document, to produce such document for
the inspection of the party giving such notice or of his pleader, and to permit him or them
to take copies thereof; and any party not complying with such notice shall not afterwards
be at liberty to put such document in evidence on his behalf in such suit unless he shall
satisfy the court such document relates only to his own title, he being a defendant to the
suit, or that he had some other cause or excuse which the court shall deem sufficient for
not complying with such notice, in which case the court may allow the same to be put in
evidence on such terms as to costs and otherwise as the Court shall think fit.
****
17. The party, to whom such notice is given, shall, within 10 days from the receipt of such
notice, delivered to the party, giving the same a notice stating a time within 3 days from
the delivery there on at which the documents or such of them as he does not object to
produce maybe inspected as the office of his pleader, or in the case of bankers, books, or
other books of account or books in constant use for the purposes of any trade of business,
at the usual place of custody, and stating which (if any) of the documents the objects to
produce, and on what ground. Such notice shall be in Form No. 8 in Appendix C, with
such variations as circumstances may require.
18. 1) Where the party served with notice under rule 15 omits to give such notice of a time
for inspection or objects to give inspection or offers inspection elsewhere than at the
office of his pleader, the court may on the application of the party desiring it, make
an order for inspection in such place and in such manner as it may think fit; provided
that the order shall not be made when and so far as the court shall be of opinion that
it is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs.
2) Any application to inspect documents, except such as are referred to in the pleadings,
particulars or affidavits of the party against whom the application is made or disclose
in his affidavit of documents, shall be founded upon an affidavit showing of what
documents inspection
is sought, that the party applying is entitled to inspect them, and that they are in the
possession or power of the other party. The court shall not make such order for
inspection of such documents when and so far as the court shall be of opinion that it
is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or far saving costs.
19. 1) Where inspection of any business books is applied for, the court may, if it thinks fit,
instead of ordering inspection of the original books, order a copy of any entries there
in to be furnished and verified by the affidavit of some person who has examined the
copy with the original entries, and search affidavit shall state whether or not there are
in the original book any and what erasers, interlineations, or alterations, provided
that notwithstanding that such copy has been supplied, the court may order inspection
of the book from which copy was made.
2) Where on an application for an order for inspection, privileges is claimed for any
document, it shall be lawful for the court to inspect the document for the purpose of
deciding as to the validity of the claim of privilege.
3) The court may, on the application of any party to a suit at any time, and whether an
affidavit of documents shall or shall not have already been ordered or made, make
an order requiring any other party to state by affidavit whether any one or more
specific documents, to be specified in the application, is or are, has or have at any
time been, in his possession or power and, if not then in his possession, when he
parted with the same and what has become thereof, such application shall be made
on an affidavit stating that in the belief of the deponent, the party against whom the
application is made has, or has at some time, had, in his possession or power the
document or documents specified in the application and that they relate to the matters
in questions in the suit or to some of them.
20. Where the party from whom discovery of any kind or inspection is sought, objects to the
same or any part thereof, the court may, if satisfied that the right to the discovery or
inspection sought depends on the determination of any issue or question in dispute in the
suit, or that for any other reason it is desirable that any issue or questions in dispute in the
suit should be determined before deciding upon the right to the discovery or inspection,
order that such issue or question be determined first, and reserved question as to the
discovery or inspection.
21. Where any party fails to comply with any order to answer interrogatories or for discovery
or inspection of documents, he shall, if a plaintiff, be liable to have his suit dismissed for
want of prosecution and, if a defendant to have his defense, if any, struck out, and to be
placed in the same position as if he had not defended, and the party interrogative are
seeking discovery or inspection may apply to the court for an order to that effect, and an
order may be made accordingly.
****

ORDER–XII
Admissions
2. Either party may call upon the other party to admit any document saving all just
exceptions and in case of refusal or neglect to admit, after such notice, the costs of proving
any such documents shall be paid by the party so neglecting or refusing, whatever the
result of the suit maybe, unless the court otherwise directs; and no cost of proving any
document shall be allowed, unless such notice is given, except where the omission to give
the notice is, in the opinion of the court, a saving of expense.
ORDER–XIII
Production, impounding and return of documents
1. 1) The parties or their pleaders shall produce, at the first hearing of the suit, all the
documentary evidence of every description in their possession or power on which
they intend to rely and which has not already been filed in court, and all documents
which the court has order to be produced.
2) The court shall receive the documents so produced, provided that they are
accompanied by an accurate list thereof prepared in such form as the high court
directs.
2. No documentary evidence in the possession or power of any party, which should have
been but has not been produced in accordance with the requirements of Rule 1, shall be
received at any subsequent stage of the proceedings unless good cause is shown the
satisfaction of the court for the non-production thereof and the court receiving any such
evidence shall record the reasons for so doing;
3. The court may at any stage of the suit reject any documents which it considers irrelevant
or otherwise in admissible recording the grounds or such rejection.
4. 1) Subject to the provisions of the next following sub-rule, there shall be endorsed on
every document which has been admitted in evidence in the suit the following
particulars:-
a) The number and title of the suit;
b) The name of the person producing the document;
c) The date on which it was produced; and
d) A statement of its having been so admitted; and the endorsement shall be signed
or initialed by the judge.
2) Where a document so admitted in an entry in a book account or record, and a copy
thereof has been substituted for the original under the next following rule, the
particulars aforesaid shall be endorsed on the copy and the endorsement their on shall
be signed or initialed by the judge.
5. 1) Save insofar as is otherwise provided by the Banker’s Books Evidence Act, 1891,
where document admitted in evidence in the suit is an entry in a letter book or a shop
book or other account in current use, the party on whose behalf the book or account
is produced may furnish a copy of the entry.

2) Where such a document is an entry in a public record produced from a public office
or by a public officer, or an entry in a book or account belonging to a person other
than a party on whose behalf The Booker account is produced, the court may require
a copy of the entry to be furnished
a) Where the record, book or account is produced on behalf of a party, then by the
party, or
b) Where the record, book or account is produced in obedience to an order of the
court acting of its own motion, then by either or any party.
3) Where a copy of an entry is furnished under the foregoing provisions of this rule, the
court shall after causing the coy to be examined, compare and certified in manner
mentioned in rule 17 of Order VII * mark the entry and cost the book, account or
record in which it occurs to be returned to the person producing it.
6. Where a document relied on as evidence by either party is considered by the court to be
in admissible in evidence there shall be endorsed there on the particulars mentioned in
clauses (a), (b) and (c) of rule 4, sub-rule (1) together with the statement of its having
been rejected, and the endorsement shall be signed or initialed by the judge.
7. 1) Every document which has been admitted in evidence or a copy their of where a copy
has been substituted for the original under rule 5 shall form part of the record of the
suit.
2) Documents not admitted in evidence shall not form part of the record and shall be
returned to the persons respectively producing them.
8. Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 5 or rule 7 of this order or in rule 17 of Order
VII*, the court may, if it seems sufficient cause direct any document or book produced
before it in any suit to be impounded and kept in the custody of an officer of the court, for
such period and subject to such conditions as the court things fit.
* Order VII, rule 17- 1) Save in so far as is otherwise provided by the Banker’s Book Evidence
Act, 1891, where the document on which the plaintiff sues is an entry in a shop-book or
other account in his position or power, the plaintiff shall produce the book or account at
the time of filing the plaint, together with a copy of the entry on which he relies.
2) The court or such officer as it appoints in this behalf, shall forthwith mark the document
for the purpose of identification; and, after examining and comparing the copy with the
original, shall, if it is found correct certify it to be so and return the book to the plaintiff
and cause the copy to be filed
9. 1) Any person, whether a part to the suit or not desirous of receiving back any document
produced by him in the suit and placed on the record shall, unless the document is
impounded under rule 8, be entitled to receive back the same.
a) Where the suit is one in which an appeal is not allowed when the suit has been
disposed of, and
b) where the suit is one in which an appeal is allowed when the court is satisfied
that the time for preferring an appeal has elapsed and that no appeal has been
preferred or if an appeal has been preferred, when the appeal has been disposed
of;

Provided that a document may be returned at any time earlies than that
prescribed by this rule, if the person applying therefor delivers to the proper
officer a certified copy to be substituted for the original under takes to produce
the original if required to do so;
Provided also that no document shall be returned which, by force of the decree
has become wholly void or useless.
2) On the return of a document admitted in evidence a, receipt shall be given by the
person receiving it.
10. 1) The court may of its own motion, and may in its discretion upon the application of
an of the parties to a suit, send for either from its own records or from any other court,
the record of any other suit or proceeding and inspect the same.
2) Every application made under this rule shall (unless the Court otherwise directs) be
supported by an affidavit showing how the record is material to the suit in which the
application is made, and that the applicant cannot without unreasonable delay or
expense obtain a duly authenticated copy of the record or of such portion thereof as
the applicant requires, or that the production of the original is necessary for the
purposes of justice.
3) Nothing contained in this rule shall be deemed to enable the court to use in evidence
any document which under the law of evidence would be inadmissible in the suit.
11. The provisions herein contained as to documents shall, so far as may be, apply to all other
material objects producible as evidence.
ORDER–XVI
Summoning and Attendance of Witnesses
6. Any person may be summoned to produce a document without being summoned to give
evidence; and any person summoned merely to produce a document shall be deemed to
have complied with the summons if he causes such document to be produced instead of
attending personally to produce the same.
ORDER–XLI
Appeals from Original Decrees
12. 2) Such day shall be fixed with reference to the current business of the Court, the place
of residence of the respondent, and the time necessary for the service of the notice of
appeal so as to allow the respondent sufficient time to appear and answer the appeal
on such day.
14. 1) Notice of the day fixed under rule 12 shall be affixed in the Appellate Court-house,
and a like notice shall be sent by the Appellate Court to the Court from whose decree
the appeal is preferred and shall be served on the respondent or on his pleader in the
Appellate Court in the manner provided for the service on a defendant of a summons
to appear and answer; and all the provisions applicable to such summons, and to
proceedings with reference to the service thereof, shall apply to the service of such
notice.
2) Instead of sending the notice to the Court from whose decree the appeal is preferred,
the Appellate Court may itself cause the notice to be served on the respondent or his
pleader under the provisions above referred to.

15. The notice to the respondent shall declare that, if he does not appear in the Appellate
Court on the day so fixed, the appeal will be heard ex parte.
16. 1) On the day fixed, or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned, the
appellant should be heard in support of the appeal.
2) The Court shall then, if it does not dismiss the appeal at once, hear the respondent
against the appeal, and in such case the appellant shall be entitled to reply.
17. 1) Where on the day fixed, or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned,
the appellant does not appear when the appeal is called on for hearing the Court may
make an order that the appeal be dismissed.
2) Where the appellant appears and the respondent does not appear the appeal shall be
heard ex parte.
19. Where an appeal is dismissed under rule 11, sub-rule (2), or rule 17 or rule 18, the
appellant may apply to the Appellate Court for the re-admission of the appeal, and, where
it is proved that he was prevented by any sufficient cause from appearing when the appeal
was called on for hearing or from depositing the sum so required the court shall re-admit
the appeal on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.
21. Where an appeal is heard ex parte and judgment is pronounced against the respondent, he
may apply to the Appellate Court to re-hear the appeal; and if he satisfies the Court that
the notice was not duly served or that he was prevented by sufficient cause from appearing
when the appeal was called on for hearing, the Court shall re-hear the appeal on such
terms as to costs or otherwise as it thins fit to impose upon him,
APPENDIX–XI
APPOINTMENT AND TRAINING OF UPPER SUBORDINATE
Appointments are made by the director to the grade of deputy Inspector by selection from
graduates, preference be given to those whose optional subject was mathematics, whose
physique is good and who have been an active part, in out-door games the men selected
or appointed as probationer’s and will be confirmed as opportunities arise, if they
complete the training course satisfactorily and pass the departmental examinations,
provided they are declared medically fit for government service.
A probationer will have to sign the following agreement before being allowed to join his
probationary appointment : –

AGREEMENT
Know all men by these presents that I, of
am found to the Right Honorable the Secretary of State for India in Council in the sum of
Rs…… to be paid to the said Secretary of State or to his certain Attorney, successors or
assigns for which payment I bind myself, my executors and administrators by these
presents sealed with my seal, dated this day of 19.
Whereas the above bounden ……….. has entered the Andhra Pradesh Survey Department
as a candidate for training in survey at the expense of Government in view to being
employed as an upper subordinate in field in the said department, and where as it has been
agreed that the above bounden shall enter into a bond in the above mentioned
sum of Rs……… with such condition as is here under written.
Now the condition of the above written bond is such that the bond shall be void, if they
said shall go through the full course of training prescribed by the Director of Survey,
Andhra Pradesh and shall, on completion of such training, also served in the said
department for a period of 3 years, and shall, such course of training and the said period
of 3 years, abide by all the departmental rules and regulations, or, if he is prevented by
ill-health from going through such full course of training and the said period of 3 years
service there after or if during the trial period of the first two months it appears to the
director that he is not likely to prove and efficient surveyor and is in consequence required
to leave the training class, provided the rejection was not due to moral delinquency.
Otherwise, the bond shall remain in full force.
Signed, sealed and delivered by the above named in the presence of witnesses : –
1.
2.
Survey Office, Hyderabad-19 Signature
The course is as follows : –

SYLLABUS FOR THE TRAINING OF PROBATIONARY UPPER SUBORDINATES
FIRST PART
1) Preliminary instructions in the use of the chain and cross staff, demarcation, field survey,
area computation by 1/2000 and 1/5000 area square and preparation of simple and
diagonal scales (Two weeks)
This instruction should be given by a sub-assistant or section officer. (Four months)
2) For the first fortnight the probationer will go out to the field with a competent server, and
during the second fortnight when he will be working independently, the range deputy
surveyor must assist him. Thereafter he must work without assistance. After two months
he should realize the outcome of a deputy surveyor and this course will be extended if
necessary until he is able to do so. (Four months)
N.B. : On completion of this course, the Assistant Director should submit a report on the probationers
progress showing the outturn realized.

3) Accompanying the Inspector or Deputy Inspector during inspection and preparing reports
for the work inspected. (2 Weeks)
4) Holding charge of a surveyor’s range. This period is to be extended unless the Inspector
or Deputy Inspector is satisfied that the probationer is thoroughly conversant with all the
duties of a range surveyor, that he has learnt to control his surveyor’s and to keep work
progressing smoothly. It must be impressed on the probationer that it is the business of
range surveyor (and of those of higher rank) to make the conditions of work easy for his
surveyor’s, to help them to get coolies, accommodation, etc., (2 Months)
N.B. : On completion of this course’s the Asst. Director should submit a report on the probationer’s
progress.
5) Instruction in the use of the theodolite, including the temporary and permanent
adjustments, transfers computation, azimuth observation and computation, sub tense bar
work, traverse plotting and protractor plotting. Plotting of field in the 20 cm is equal to 1
km. Map and use of the Computing scale. The computation and subsequent processes
should be taught in the Party office. (2 Months)
6) A work independently. (2 weeks)
7) Original as a B surveyor. The period will be extended if necessary until the probationer is
able to do the out turn expected from a B surveyor. He must take at least four azimuths,
work them out and connect one G.T.S. (2 months)
1
Total time required under ordinary circumstances is 11 months or 12 months with
2
transfers.
The Asst. Director should submit a confidential report on completion of the training
specified about giving his opinion with full reasons as to whether the probationer is likely
to make a useful upper subordinate.
When this training has been completed satisfactorily, the probationer will be promoted to
the scale Rs. 75-5-125, until then he will draw Rs. 60 the pay fixed for a probationer.
SECOND PART
1) Traverse computation and harmonizing of a village and its kandams, area not less than 8
Sq. Kms. (3 months in central office)
Computation of rectangular co-ordinates.
Harmonizing a main circuit of about 250 Sq. Kms. with reference to a district origin.
1
Taking out values for tri-junctions and preparing of a traverse chart for a 4 degree sheet.
Field. Sub-section charge. (6 months)

At the end of this period, the Asst. Director concerned should report how the probationer
has done in comparison with other more experienced sub section officers.

APPENDIX–XII
APPOINTMENT AND TRAINING OF ASSISTANT DIRECTORS OF
SURVEY
Annexure to G.O. No. 1527, Press, dated 3rd October, 1925.
Appointments to the gazetted grades of the Survey department are made either by
promotion of Inspectors or in exceptional cases by direct appointment as probationers
from outside the department.
A probationary Assistant Director will have to undergo the course of training prescribed
for probationary Deputy Inspector and will afterwards undergo an examination in survey
in the Central Survey Office.
The questions will be taken from the following books : –
Andhra Pradesh Survey Manual.
Boileau’s Traverse Tables.
Chamber’s Mathematical Tables.
Auxiliary Tables of the Survey of India* viz., Explanation and use of the following tables
X, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XXI, XXII, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII and XLVII.
The probationer should, within his term of probation, pass the departmental Dy. Inspector
and Inspector’s test and, if he be a European or an Anglo-Indian, also the third-class
Vernacular test in one of the recognized languages of the State.
An Assistant Director of Survey whether appointed by promotion from the grade of
Inspector or in an exceptional case by direct appointment as probationer from outside the
department, will be attached to a Settlement Party for four months in order that he may
become acquainted with the general principles and methods of land revenue
administration. The course of instruction will be as follows:
i) The first fifteen days should be devoted to the study of the following books:
1) Madras Administration Report for 1921-22, Chapter I, paragraphs 138-232
(inclusive).
2) Standing Orders of the Board of Revenue, Chapters I (except the orders relating
to mining), II, V, VIII, IX, XIV, and XX (Orders* 201, 202 and 202-A).
3) Manuals of Village and Taluk Accounts.
4) Resettlement Manual.
5) Revenue Acts and Regulations
а) Madras Regulations XXV and XXVI of 1802.
b) Madras Act V of 1882, Chapters I, II, III and IV only.
c) Madras Act I of 1908, Chapters I, II, XI and XII and the executive rules
printed in B.P. No. 4, dated 3rd February, 1925, and the legal rules in B.P.
No. 211, dated 22nd April 1910, as revised in G.O. No. 2495, Law
(General), dated 13th October, 1923.

ii) Revision of registration (special staff work etc.) and settlement in ryotwari areas -
Two months –
a) Principles on which ryotwari holdings are registered and transferred.
b) Preparation of records for rough patta objection hearing of objections and
preparation, check and inspection of miscellaneous accounts; and
c) General principles of revenue settlement and resettlement.
iii) Registers prepared by a Settlement Party - Fifteen days - Method and principles on
which the registers are prepared; use of these registers by the district revenue
officials.
iv) Maintenance - Ten days - Preparation of demarcation sketches, stone registers,
inspection of stones, incorporation of sub-divisions in field measurement books and
recording of changes in the other maintained records.
v) Record of rights and settlement of rents - Proprietary estates - Twenty days –
a) General principles of the preparation of a record of rights and settlement of rents
in proprietary estates.
b) Registers prepared by the Revenue Officer; method and principles on which they
are prepared; use of these registers by Government and Zamindari Officials; and
c) Classes and treatment of Government lands in non-Government villages and
Government Revenue accounts maintained in connection with them.
At the end of the course, the Special Settlement Officer should examine the Assistant
Director in the subjects prescribed above and report the result to the Commissioner.
APPENDIX–XIII
CORRECTIONS AND ALTERATIONS IN COMPLETED SURVEY
RECORDS
1. Maps and records once finished and sent to the Central Survey Office cannot be returned
to Survey offices for correction except under special circumstances which should be
reported in detail to the Director of Survey and Land Records.
2. When correction is necessary, the following course should be followed : –
(i) CHANGES IN VILLAGE BOUNDARIES

3. Theodolite stations should not be moved unless they lie off the new boundary. In this case
a fresh traverse should be run, connecting it with the old stations in site on either side.
Field stones should be used to mark the boundary as altered. The space included between
the original and corrected boundaries should, wherever possible, be treated as an
additional survey field and given the last number in the village concerned, irrespective of
its position. Where the alteration is so slight as not to allow of an additional field being
formed, the space should be included with the adjoining field or fields by removing
existing field stones and planting new stones as may be necessary.

(ii) CHANGES IN VILLAGE BOUNDARIES

4. The map should not be altered. The only records which should require alteration are –
1. Field measurement book.
2. Field register.
3. Area list.
5. If a portion of field No. 1 is found, after the map is finished, to belong to the owner of the
adjoining field No. 2, it should not be included in field No. 2, but made a subdivision of
field No. 1.
6. Immediately after the alterations on the ground are made, the necessary corrections should
be made in red ink in all the records and maps affected and a memorandum of alterations
sent to the Central Survey Office, in Form No. 84. The reason for the alterations should
be fully explained.
(iii) CHANGES DUE TO DECREASE OF COURTS

7. The following is the procedure adopted for correction of boundaries in pursuance of
decrees of Civil Courts.
8. When decrees have been passed by Civil Courts affecting boundaries demarcated by the
Survey department, the Courts themselves execute their decrees; and where the decree
alters a survey boundary line, the Amin of the Court entrusted with the execution, plants
the new boundary marks and removes the old ones where necessary.
9. He prepares a tracing from the village map and marks upon it the alteration made by him
in execution. This tracing or sketch is then returned to the Court along with the warrant
of execution by the Amin.
10. A copy of the decree, together with the Amin’s racing or sketch of the alteration, will be
sent immediately after execution to the Deputy Director of Survey and Land Records
through the District Judge. The Survey department will then make the necessary
alterations in the records concerned.
****

IV. A.P. Chain Survey Manual

CHAPTER-I
ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC
1. The instructions contained in this manual a knowledge of the four processes of elementary
arithmetic, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. A knowledge of the method
of extracting a square root is also required, and this is explained below:
2. When a number is multiplied by itself, the product is called the square of the number, and
the number is called the, square root of the product so arrived at.
Ex. 4 x 4 = 16=42 or in words fourmultiplied by equals sixteen equals four squared,
√16=4 The Square root of sixteen equals four.
3. Example of the way to extract the square^ root of a number are given below:
Ex. 1 : To find the square root of the number 625.
Place lines between every pair of figures beginning from the right. Thus the number will
appear as 6/25.
First step: Take first the figure up to the first line from the left, i.e.
6. What is the number which multiplied by itself gives either 6 or the nearest number below
it? Answer 2; for 2 multiplied by 2 is 4, and 3 multiplied by 3 is 9. 2 will be the first figure
of the root. Write it down as the divisor, effect the division and enter the remainder thus:
2)6/25(2
4 Second step: To the remainder.
2
2. Annex the two figures up to the next line.

We then have -
2)6/25(2
4
225
Then double the figure obtained for the root so far, 2 and enter it as the divisor of 225 thus
2)6/25(2
4 Second step: To the remainder.
4)225
Consider next how many times 4 will go into 22. Answer, five times. Annex this figure 5
to the figure 4 already obtained, effect the division and add the figure 5 to the figure
already obtained for the root, i.e., 2. We then have -
2) 6/25 (25
4
45) 225
225
Nothing remains. The square root of 625 is 25.

Ex. 2 : Similarly, to find the square root of 142,884:

3) 14/28/84 (378
9
67) 528
469
748) 5984
5984
There is no remainder. The root of 142, 884 is 378. It will be noted that at each new step
in the calculation the last figure of the root that has been obtained must be doubled, and
that the number of lines by which the original figure is divided indicates the number of
digits in the root.
Generally, it facilitates work to refer to published tables of roots and squares instead of
working out square roots by the above method.
5. Arithmetical tables:
7.92 Inches = 1 Link.

100 Links = 1 Gunter’s chain.
12 Inches = 1 Foot.
3 Feet = 1 Yard.
22 Yards = 1 Gunter’s chain.
10 Chains = 1 Furlong.
8 Furlongs = 1 Mile.
144 Square inches = 1 Square foot.
9 Square feet = 1 Square yard
484 Square yards = 1 Square Chain
10 Square chains = 1 Acre
640 acres = 1 Square Mile
One acre is equal to 100 cents or 43,560 square feet or 1,00,000 square links
METRIC MEASURES
1. One link (20 Meters Chain) : 20 Centimeter
One link (30 Meters Chain) : 30 Centimeter
2. 10 Millimeters : 1 Centimeter
10 Centimeters : 1 Decimeter
10 Decimeters : 1 Meter
(1 Mt. = 100 Cm.= l,000 Mm.)
10 Meters : 1 Decameter
10 Decameters : 1 Hectometer
10 Hectometers : 1 Kilometer
(1 Km. = 1,000 Mts.)
3. 100 Square Millimeters : 1 Square Centimeter

100 Square Centimeters : 1 Square Decimeter
100 Square Decimeters : 1 Square Meter
(1 Sq. Mts. = 10,000 Sq. Cms.)
100 Sq. Meters : 1 Are or 1 Square Decimeter
100 Ares : 1 Hectare or 1 Sq. Hectare
(1 Hectare = 10,000 Sq. Mts.)

1 Hectare : 10,000 Sq. Meters or 25 Square

Chains
(20 Meters)
100 Hectares : 1 Sq. Kilometer
Exercises :
Extract the square root of :

(1) 1,42,884 ... 378 (9) 58,51,561 ... 2,419
(2) 2.94,849 … 543 (10) 60,76,225 … 2,465
(3) 10,81,600 ... 1,040 (11) 62,40,004 … 2,498
(4)9,78,121 ... 989 (12) 61,70,256 … 2,484
(5) 12,56,641 ... 1,121 (13) 45,92,449 … 2,143
(6) 13,34,025 ... 1,155 (14) 43,97,409 … 2,097
(7) 22,92,196 ... 1,514 (15) 39,92,004 ... 1,998
(8) 28,22,400 ... 1,680
****

CHAPTER-II
DEFINITIONS AND SOME SIMPLE GEOMETRICAL THEOREMS.
1. A straight line is the shortest distance between two points, such as the corners of field.
2. An angle is a bend or corner formed by two straight lines meeting each other.
3. When one straight line meets another straight line so as to make the two angles so formed
equal to one another, each of these angles is called a right angle and the straight line falling
on the other is called a perpendicular or in Surveying an offset to it. If these two straight
lines cross each other, they form four right angles.
4. An obtuse angle is one which is greater than a right angle and an acute-angle is one which
is less than a right angle.
If two straight lines cut each other, the sum of any two adjacent angles is equal to two
right angles also the opposite angles are equal.
5. Two straight lines cannot enclose a space. A field, therefore, cannot have less than three
sides. A figure of three sides and three angles is called a triangle. The sum of three angles
of a triangle is equal to two right angles.
Any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the third side. Otherwise no triangle
can be formed on the ground or plotted on paper.
A triangle is determinate when its three sides are given.
Two triangles are equal in all respects if (1) two angles of one triangle are equal to two
angles of the other triangle each to each, and any side of the former triangle is equal to
the corresponding side of the latter triangle; or.
(2) If two sides of one triangle are equal to two sides of the other triangle, each to each
and the included angles are equal.
6. When one angle in a triangle is a right angle, the triangle is called a right angled triangle.
In right-angled triangle -the side opposite to the right angle is called the hypotenuse. The
other two sides which enclose the right angle are called respectively the base and the
perpendicular.
7. Triangles are said to be similar when the angles in the one are equal to the angles in the
other, each to each. Then the sides opposite to or containing equal angles are proportional.
Thus in the figure the angles at A, B and C are equal to the angles D E and F respectively.
AB is to BC as DE is to EF, BC is to CA as EF is to FD; CA is to AB as FD is to DE
If two sides of a triangle are proportional to two sides of another triangle and if the
included angles are equal, the two triangles are similar.
8. A quadrilateral is four sided figure. The straight line joining the opposite angles of a
quadrilateral, thus dividing it into two triangles is called a diagonal.
9. If all the angles of a quadrilateral are right, angles, the figure is called a rectangle. The
opposite sides of any rectangle are equal. If all the sides of a rectangle are equal, it is
called a square.

10. A trapezoid: as far as this manual is concerned means a quadrilateral with two of its sides
parallel and two of its angles right angles.
11. A Polygon is a figure contained by more than four sides. It may be divided into triangles
by drawing straight lines from one comer to another.
12. Parallel straight lines are those between which the perpendicular distance is always the
same. Such lines if produced to any length in either direction cannot meet. Straight lines
which are parallel to the same line are parallel to one another. Straight lines which are
perpendicular to the same lines are parallel to one another.
13. Any line parallel to the base of a triangle cuts the sides of the triangle in the same ratio.
Conversely, if points dividing the sides of a triangle in the same ratio are joined together
the straight line so formed parallel to the base.
In the figure, DE is parallel to BC
AD : AB : : AE : AC
AD : DB :: AE : EC
Also the triangles ADE and ABC are similar.
𝐷𝐸 𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐸
= 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐴𝐶
𝐵𝐶
If D and E happen to be midpoints of AB and AC, then DE is half of BC.

14. Triangles on the same base (or on equal bases) and between the same parallels are equal
to one another in area.
15. A Parallelogram is a quadrilateral figure which has its opposite sides parallel. The
opposite sides are also equal. Any quadrilateral with one pair of its side parallel and equal
must necessarily be a parallelogram. A Parallelogram with one of its angles a right angle
is a rectangle. Parallelograms on the same base (or on equal bases) and between the same
parallels are equal to one another in area.
****

CHAPTER-III
PROPERTIES OF RIGHT ANGLED TRIANGLES AND TRAPEZOIDS
Calculation of the third side in a right angled triangle where two sides are known.
1. The Chief characteristics of a right angled triangle
are—
1) The hypotenuse is longer than either of the two
sides containing the right angle.
2) The square on the hypotenuse is equal to the
sum of the squares on the sides containing the
right angle.
3) The square on one of the sides containing the
right angle is equal to the differences of the
squares on the hypotenuse and the other side
containing the right angle.
Examples :
In figure 1 ABC is a right angled triangle with the right angle at B.
AB = 200 and BC = 210
𝐴𝐶 2 =2002 +2102
AC = √2002 + 2102 = 290
𝐵𝐶 2 =2902 -2002
BC=√2902 − 2002 = 210
𝐴𝐵 2 =2902 -2102
AB = = √2902 − 2102 =200
Where perpendiculars fall on a straight line from any two points on opposite sides how to
calculate the distance between the two points.
2. If on a given base line perpendiculars are drawn from any two points situated on either
side of it, the distance between the points if found by adding the square of the sum of the

two perpendiculars to the square of between the two perpendiculars and extracting the
square root of the result.
In figure 2, AC and BD are perpendiculars to the base CD. Construct the rectangle ACDE.
Then ED = AC and AE=CD
BE=BD+DE
Then 𝐴𝐵 2 =𝐴𝐸 2 -𝐵𝐸 2
= 𝐶𝐷2 + (BD+𝐷𝐸)2
AB= √1152 + (128 − 185)2 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑
When perpendiculars fall on a straight line from any two points on the same side of it how to
calculate the distance between the two points.
3. If on a given base line perpendiculars are drawn from any two points situated on the same
side of it, the distance between the points is found by adding the square of the difference
of the two perpendiculars to the square of the distance between them and extracting the
square root of result.
Thus in figure 3, AC and BD are perpendiculars to the base CD on the same side of it,
again construct the rectangle CAED then.
CA = DE and CD = AE
BE=BD – DE
𝐴𝐵 2 = 𝐵𝐸 2 + 𝐴𝐸 2
= (𝐵𝐷 − 𝐷𝐸)2 + 𝐴𝐸 2
By this method the fourth side of a trapezoid can be calculated when the other three sides
are known.

Relation between the sides of a right angled triangle when a perpendicular is drawn from
the right angle to the hypotenuse.
4. ABC is a right angled triangle and AD is the perpendicular from the right angle to the
hypotenuse BD and DC are called the segments of the hypotenuse. The perpendicular
divides the right angled triangle ABC into two triangles DAC and DBA which are similar
to it and to each other.
From the similar triangles ABC and DAC we have
AB : BC :: AD : AC
and AC : BC :: DC : AC
i.e., AB x AC= AD x BC (1)
and 𝐴𝐶 2 = DC x BC (2)
From the similar triangles ABC and DBA we have
AB : BC :: BD : AB
i.e., 𝐴𝐵 2 = BD x BC (3)
From the similar triangles DBA and DAC we have
AD : BD :: DC : AD
ie. 𝐴𝐷2 = BD x DC (4)
FORMULAE 1, 2, 3, AND 4 ARE IMPORTANT

Exercises for calculation of sides of right angled triangles.

1) The sides containing a right angle are 404 and 383. What is the side subtending that angle?
Ans. 557.
2) The hypotenuse of a right angled triangle is 378 and the base 159. Find the perpendicular.
Ans. 343.
3) The perpendicular and the hypotenuse of a right angled triangle are 267 and 503
respectively. Find the base. Ans. 426.
4) The length of each of the sides of a triangle is 484. Find the length of a perpendicular
drawn from the vertex to the base of the triangle. Ans. 419.
5) The length of a perpendicular drawn from the vertex of a triangle having equal sides is
249. Find the sides of the triangle. Ans. 288.
6) One of the sides of a square is 252. Find the diagonal. Ans. 356.
7) The diagonal of a square is 603. Find the sides. Ans. 426.
8) The perpendicular and the base of a right angled triangle are 454 and 368 respectively.
Find the length of the line joining their middle points. Ans. 292.
9) The perpendicular and the base of a right angled triangle are 276 and 372 respectively.
Find the length of the line joining the vertex with the middle point of the base.
Ans. 333.
10) ABD is a right angled triangle in which the angle BAD is a right angle. The triangle is
split up into two right angled triangles by letting a perpendicular AC fall on BD from the
point A. The length of BC, AC and AD being 101, 123 and 194 respectively. Find AB
and CD. Ans. 159 and 150.
11) ABC is a triangle BD is the offset on AC. The lengths of AB, BD and BC are 89, 75 and
98 respectively. Find the length of AC. Ans. 111.
****

CHAPTER-IV
INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED FOR CHAIN SURVEY
1. The measurement of straight lines is made with a 20 Meters chain. For the simple
operation described in this manual, the only angle with which we are concerned is the
right angle and that is measured or formed on the ground with the cross staff.
20 Meter chain - Vide Figure 5

This comprise of 100 links, each 20 centimeters in length. The brass handle at each end
is included in the length of the last link at either end. In the middle of the chain, i. e. at
the 10th meter from either end there is a brass index (tally) with two prongs and at the 5th
meter from each end, there is tally with one prong.
A tally with a single prong will thus read 5 or 15 meters according to the left or right end
of the chain from which the measurement is taken. A distinguishing brass ring is
suspended at every meter length, except where tallies are attached. Please see Figure 5-A
for a 20 Meter chain
The following are the three differences in the construction of this chain:
a) It comprises of 150 Links.
b) In the middle of the chain, there is brass tally with three prongs denoting 15 meters.
c) At the 25th Link from each end, there are indices with a single prong to denote 5 or
25 meters and at the 50th link from each end there are indices with 2 prongs to mark
10 and 20 meters, according to the end from which the measurement is taken.
To fold the chain, take it middle of it in the left hand and with the right hand take
hold of the doubled chain just beyond the second link; double up the two links
between your hands and continue to fold up two double links at a time, laying each
pair obliquely across the other so that when it is all folded up, the handles will be on
the outside, easy to tie up and carry. To unfold the chain, place it at about half a
chain’s length from the point from which the measurement is to start and at an angle
of 450 45′ to the line to be measured; take the two handles in the hand and walk away
from the chain as it lies on the ground. The two chainmen should then take one-
handle each and move to their positions.

3. Arrows: Each chain is provided with ten (figure 6) arrows made of stout
iron Wire about (a foot long) thirty centimeters in length. They are pointed
at one end so as to be easily thrust into the ground. The other end of the
arrow is curled into a fig. 6 to serve for a handle. The arrows are used for
counting the number of chain lengths in a line.
4. Method of measurement: To find the distance between two points such as
the corners of a field measurement is made in a Straight line from one to the
other. When the ground is sloping the horizontal distance must be measured
and not the distance along the ground (see paragraph 7 below). The point
from which the measurement begins is called the starting point, and the
other end of straight line to be measured is called the closing point. A flag
should be placed upright at each of these points. It the distance to be measured is very
long, intermediate flags should be placed so that the chain may not deviate from the line
required.
5. Duty of the leader, the follower and the surveyor: Two men are required to use the
chain one who drags the chain forward called the leader and the other the follower the
follower holds a handle of the chain with his left hand and stands over the starting point.
The leader takes in his left hand the other handle and also the ten arrows with their heads
turned to his right and proceeds in the direction of the closing point. When a chain’s length
from the starting point has been reached he turns back and faces the follower, who then
signals to the leader to move to his right or left until the chain is exactly in a straight line
between the starting and the closing points. Both men then stop down and hold the chain
quite straight, the handles touching the ground.
The surveyor should take up his position behind the follower, check the line and watch
the chainmen carefully. He should see that the chain is properly stretched that it is neither
too tight nor too loose, and that there are no knots or kinks in it. The leader takes an arrow
with the right hand and sticks it vertically into the ground at the end of the chain, touching
the outside of the handle. If the ground is too hard to admit of the arrow being thrust in,
the leader makes a cross mark thus + on the ground with the sharp point of the arrow, and
lays it on the ground so that its point touches the center of the cross. Both men then stand
up and shift chain to one side or the other to avoid disturbing the arrow and walk in the
direction of the closing point.
When another chain’s length is measured, the follower reaches the first arrow, and holding
the chain handle and the arrow together again directs the leader to the right or the left.
The leader also checks the points of the follower by seeing that the latter is in a line with
the flag at the starting station and puts down another arrow. Then the third chain is
measured, the follower picks up the second arrow and so on until he reaches the tenth
arrow.
He then marks the position of the tenth arrow on the ground by planting the cross staff at
that point and returns the ten arrows to the leader the measurement of the eleventh chain
begins. The surveyor should note in his field note book "200 meters” (1,000 links) when
ten chains have been measured. On the leader arriving at the closing point he will pull the
chain past that point till the follower calls “halt” and neither the follower should leave his
position to come to the closing point.

Note : The surveyor should keep a continual watch over the chainmen while measuring lines.
Although to do this his position must be in rear of the line he should occasionally, when
chaining a long line, change his place to the front of the chain and see that the chain has not
got out of the direct line.
When the cross staff is planted at the end of the tenth chain he should invariably check
his alignment between the starting and closing stations of the find by means of that
instrument. As the follower is the more responsible person of the two men the more
intelligent of them should he put on to this duty.
Reading of links : The surveyor then reads off the number of links on the chain by looking
at the brass indices and counting the links. The total distance measured will be made up
of (1) as many thousands of links as there were changes of arrows, (2) as many hundreds
of links as there are arrows in the hands the follower; and (3) as many odd links as are
read off on the chain between the last arrow and the closing station.
For example : Suppose the follower has returned the arrows 5 times and has 7 arrows in
his, hand and the 47th link is on the closing station. The distance measured is 5,000 links
– 700 links 47 links 5,747 links.
To check the number of arrows with the follower, the surveyor should count the number
in the hands of the leader. He should do this frequently in the course of measurement to
satisfy himself that no arrow is dropped carelessly by the follower or the leader.
EXERCISES IN READING LINKS

1) The follower returned the arrows thrice and has 9 arrows in his hand and the distance
between the last arrow and the closing station is 58 links. Find the entire length of the
line. Ans. (3, 958 links) 791.6 Mts.
2) The leader had in his hand 7 arrows after they were changed six times and the last chain
in the measurement was deficient by 39 links. What was the total distance measured?
Ans. (6,361 links) 1,272.2 Mts.
3) The distance measured between two stations is 25,496 links. How many times were the
arrows exchanged? Ans. 25 times.
How many arrows had the leader in hand at the closing station and what was the distance
between the last arrow and the closing station?
Ans. The leader had in his hand 6 arrows, and the distance between the last arrow and the
closing station is 96 links.
6. Where the closing station or both the closing and starting stations become invisible
after a certain length : It sometimes happens that in the course of measurement the
closing station becomes invisible after a certain length. The follower cannot therefore,
direct the leader. The latter should then fix his position in the line with reference to the
starting station. Where the starting station also becomes invisible, the survey or should
plant flags at either end of the chain where from it was last visible and the leader should
find his position with reference to them.

7. Measurement of slopes : It should be clearly borne in mind that the distance to be

measured between two stations is the horizontal distance and not the actual distance along
the surface. When therefore the ground is uneven, the process described hereunder should
be followed vide Figure 7.
Fig. 7
8. Descent : In descending a slope the follower should hold one end of the chain at the
starting station the leader should hold a convenient part of the chain raising it a few feet
over the ground on which he stands so as to keep it as nearly as can be judged horizontal.
Holding the point of an arrow in the other hand, he should drop it vertically making a
mark on the ground where the arrow falls.
He should wait till the follower reaches him, taking care not to let go the point in the chain
at which he dropped the arrow. The follower then takes charge of the chain at the same
point and the process is repeated as often as necessary till the bottom of the slope is
reached.
The sum of all these horizontal distances will be the total horizontal distance of the slope.
This process is called "Stepping” or ‘'leveling” or “Breaking” the chain. In figure No. 7.
The process described above was repeated three times and the total horizontal distance
between A and B is 72 links (14.4 meters).
9. Ascent : In ascending a slope a very similar process is performed. The follower holds one
end of the chain vertically over the starting station at a convenient height and directs the
leader who goes some distance up the slope until the chain or a portion of it is stretched
horizontally. He then drops a pebble vertically over the starting station.
If the pebble falls exactly in the middle point of the station, he instructs the leader to make
a mark on the ground. If not, he signals to draw up or give in the chain until the pebble
falls on the correct point. The process is repeated until the whole slope is measured. It is
much easier to measure down than to measure up a slope.
10. Running chain over prickly pear and such other obstructions : Sometimes an
obstruction less than a chain in width is met within the line of measurement such as a well
or a bed of prickly pear. When he arrives at the edge of it, it may happen that the leader
cannot reach the spot where an arrow is to be placed. In such cases he should fix it in the
ground as near the obstacle as is convenient, the surveyor noting at what point in the
length of the chain it falls, so that he may afterwards subtract the deficiency from the total
distance.

From this point the chain can generally be easily stretched over across the obstruction
thus avoiding the necessity to employ one of the more or less troublesome methods of
measuring round obstacles explained in Chapter VII.
11. To walk in a straight line between two points : Sometimes it is necessary for the
surveyor to walk in a straight line between two points. He should fix upon some object
such as a tree or a stone in front of or behind the closing station, so that it and the object
may be in one line. He should go forward keeping the two objects in line. To walk a direct
line, it is always necessary to in be guided by two objects.
12. To trace a line in the direction of two distant points : When a straight line is very long
it is sometimes necessary to get into the line without sending a man to either end to give
the direction. Two men should stand in about the line at a distance of two or three chains
from, and facing each other. Then by alternately motioning each other to move tight or
left, they soon get exactly into the line.
13. Testing Chain : The length of the chain should be tested daily before measurement
begins. For this purpose, select a level piece of ground and stretch the chain
moderate')'tightly over it. Straighten the links that are bent and fix two stout wooden pegs
at each end in the handle of the chain. Take two standard polls and measure the chain
carefully by laying one standard pole beside the chain and the second touching it in
continuation. The first pole can then be lifted and placed in continuation of the second
and so on until the chain has been completely measured care being taken that the second
pole is not disturbed while the first is being moved.
If the chain is less than ten links between any two indices add one or more rings as
requisite a few of which made by the Village blacksmith, should be kept in stock, if it is
longer than ten links between any two indices remove one or more rings from it. The ends
of the chain and each index point as thus corrected should be marked on the ground by
pegs or other suitable marks. If the pegs are allowed to remain permanently in the ground
the chain need only be put upon them in order at any time to test its correctness.
Karnams, who are not equipped with two standard poles for this purpose must use the
offset pole with which they are equipped in the following ways: The chain stretched on
the ground between pegs, as described above, must be carefully measured with the offset
pole. Each time the pole is laid against the chain a scratch must be made in the ground
carefully at the far end of it, and the pole replaced with its near end touching the scratch.
The distance between any two of the brass indices on the Chain must be exactly the same
as the length of the offset pole, and rings must be added or removed as described above,
until the two measurements correspond exactly. The testing of a chain is facilitated and
much time saved by making permanent.

14. Cross Staff Construction : The cross staff (Fig. 8) consists of a Piece
of wood called the head (10 centimeters) (4") square and about (6|
centimeters) (2^") thick and the staff an iron about (16 mm.) (5/8") in
diameter and (1.5 meters) (4^ feet) long, which screws into the
underside of the head and is sharply pointed at the other end so that it
can be struck into the ground. On the upper surface of the head two
grooves are cut with a saw half an inch deep and at right angles to
each other crossing in the Centre.
Fig. 8
15. Offset meaning : A straight line drawn from a given object to a chain line so as to make
right angle with it is called an offset. It is the shortest distance between the object and the
chain line.
16. The use of the cross-staff-first use-laying the offset from a given object to the chain-
line : The cross staff is used for three purposes (a) for laying the offset from a given
object to the chain line, (b) for laying an offset from a given point on the chain line and
(c) for aligning points or ranging flags in a chain-line by observation of the terminal Fig.
8 stations.
For the first purpose, it is inserted in the ground at that Point in the chain line where when
one grove is directed to the forward (or back) Station the other points to the object to the
right or left of the line. The chain-line is read off and distance from the object to the cross
staff measured. The relative position of the object to the chain lines can then be exactly
reproduced upon paper.
Second use for laying the offset from a given point on the chain line.
To find a spot at a given distance from a point in the chain-line and at right angles to it
plant the cross staff at the given point in the chain line, and align one groove between the
forward and back stations. Looking through the other groove send a man towards, and by
a rough guess beyond the spot you are endeavoring to find and signal to him to move to
the right or left until you see him exactly in the center of the groove.
The given distance is now measured from the cross staff towards the man and thus the
proposed situation of the object is correctly determined. This is the converse of the first
method since we reproduced on the ground what has already been measured and plotted
upon paper.
17. Hints to be observed in the use of the cross staff : The following instructions should be
carefully followed: Plant the cross staff upright in the ground, so that, it does not incline
in any direction When the forward or back station has been sighted through one groove,
the staff must not be held or touched while observing the right angle.

If the ground is very hard, observation may be made by two men, who must look through
the grooves simultaneously, and the cross staff may be held by one of them. Always check
the correctness of the chain line by sighting both forward and back station.
18. Restriction of length of offsets : Offsets of three chains (60 meters) and upwards in
length require to be observed and measured with exceptional care by reason of the
possibility that error in the instrument or observation may seriously affect the accuracy of
the result at such distance offsets exceeding five chains (100 meters) should not be taken.
19. Why a right angle is formed on the ground : It is hardly necessary to explain that the
grooves on the cross staff might be cut to form any angle with each other. A right angle
is however chosen because it can be accurately laid out on paper with such simple
instruments as the scale and bit. Other angles require special instruments and even then
cannot be so correctly plotted. A right angle also assists in the calculation of areas by an
arithmetic which will be explained in chapter IX.
20. Testing the cross-staff : To test the accuracy of the cross staff sight a distant object
through one groove and plant a flag at a distance of 2 - 3 chains (40-60 meters) from the
instrument so that it is intersected along the second groove. Then turn the cross-staff a
quarter round until the distant object is along the groove through which the flag was
sighted. If the flag is now correctly intersected along the other grove the instrument simple
process of is correct. The use of an incorrect cross staff is forbidden.
21. Standard pole Construction and use of : standard pole is a straight piece of teak wood
(2 meters) 10 links in length with marks out representing the links the chain. The accuracy
of each part can be checked with any plotting scale.
An offset pole is similar to a standard pole but less accurately constructed of bamboo and
shod with iron. Its use by karnams for testing has been described in paragraph 13 supra.
It may also be used for measurements not exceeding 50 links (10 meters) being turned
over and over in a straight line between the two points from and to which measurements
is to be made.
22. Caution in the use of instruments : A surveyor is not allowed to do field work of any
kind until he has made sure that his instruments are quite accurate. He must test his chain
every day before starting on his field work.

CHAPTER-V
DEMARCATION
Revenue Survey - Its Meaning - Necessity and use : A Revenue Survey (or a cadastral
Survey) is a survey in which the boundaries area, reputed ownership and position of
holdings are determined. Under the ryotwari system the assessment on a piece of land is
directly proportional to its area other things being equal and is collected direct from the
person in whose name the land is registered in the revenue accounts.
Hence arises the necessity for a detailed survey of holdings. Actually a survey does much
more than the more determination of area and ownership of holdings. Boundaries are laid
down and records including plotted maps are prepared which are of help in settling
disputes between one holder and another and also in protecting lands, whether public or
private against encroachments. A detailed survey is thus necessary in the interests of both
Government and ryots.
A revenue survey includes the demarcation of fields, their measurement and plotting and
also their area computation.
Necessity for demarcation : Before beginning measurement it is necessary that the
surveyor should have a clear notion of what it is that he had to measure. With this object
in view he has to fix the limits of extremities of the lines to be measured. Survey being
only a practical application of geometry, demarcation is but the determination of the
geometrical points which the surveyor wants to connect by straight lines for his
measurement and for subsequent plotting into rectilinear figures. Should the field
boundary happen to be a curved line he had to split it up into as many straight lines as no
measurement will be possible in such cases? Thus arises the general necessity for
demarcation to proceed measurement.
Demarcation in Revenue Survey : As all survey proceeds from whole to part in a
revenue survey the village boundary is first demarcated. The village is then divided in to
Khandams of 100 to 200 acres (40 to 80 Hectares) in extent, the boundaries of which
should generally follow natural boundaries after the completion of khandam demarcation
the village and khandam boundaries are traversed with the theodolite.
Then field demarcation is taken up generally if holdings happen to be small they are
clubbed together to form survey fields of convenient shape not exceeding 5 acres (2
Hectares) in wet and 10 acres (4 Hectares) in dry lands the holdings being treated as
subdivisions of the survey field. No survey field thus formed should contain more than
20 subdivisions unless its area is below 2 acres (80 Ares) in wet and 4 acres (One Hectare
and 60 Ares) in dry lands when no limit is placed on the number of subdivisions.
In the case of narrow fields like roads and channels more than 50 links (10 meters) in
width they are split up into survey fields of 10 chains (200 meters) in length. Individual
holdings of more than the extent prescribed above are not split up but are retained as
separate survey fields. In demarcating fields, it is obviously impossible to follow the exact
contour of the ground and to note all the slightest defections from straight lines.
In practice, therefore subject to certain exceptions the surveyor ignores small bends and
lays down the survey boundary in such a way that the natural boundary at no place
deviates from the survey boundary by more than 10 links (2 meters) in wet and twenty

links (4 meters) in dry and also the portions included in the field are as far as possible,
equal to the portions excluded from it. The two principals involved are the ignoring and
equalization of bends.
Description of demarcation stones : In this state, demarcation is effected by planting at

maintainable points stones of durable quality roughly squared and of the following
descriptions.
1. 1st Class (theodolite) stones measuring roughly 3' x 9" x 9” (90 cm. x 25 cm.) x 25 cm.)
2. 2nd Class (field stones) measuring roughly 2' x 6" x 6" (60 cm. X 15 cm. x 15 cm.). At
demarcation points which are not maintainable as per rules, only pegs of small rough
stones are planted (usually three in number of this shape) to facilitate measurement.
First class stone are the marks set up at village tri-junctions and their pointers on the
boundaries between villages. They have a plummet hole cut at the top and a broad arrow
on one side. In districts that have been resurveyed all the theodolite stations fixed at the
original survey were not marked on the resurvey map. In some cases, theodolite stones
have been built into masonry bases of stone and mortar.
Field stones are the marks placed at the following points —
Areas surveyed on the system of simple triangulation : At the bends and tri-junctions
on the boundaries of all survey fields, poramboke sub-divisions and sub-divisions
belonging to or vested in local bodies and of lands alienated to private individuals or
private institutions free of assessment.

All other cases (i) (a) at the places marked on the village map or other record prepared at
the time of survey as stations at which a theodolite has been set up with the exception of
the points specified against I class stones above.
(b) At tri-junctions on the boundaries between villages and at the bend tri-junctions of
poramboke survey fields and sub-divisions belonging to or vested in local bodies and
of lands alienated to private individuals or private institutions free of assessment as
also of minor circuits, i.e., survey fields which have been surveyed with an angular
instrument.
Note : 1) When two porambokes whether whole field or subdivisions belonging to Government
adjoin each other the bends on the common boundary need not be demarcated with stones
except where the bends or in the boundary of a field surveyed on the system of simple
triangulation.
2) Bends on the boundaries of roads, cart tracks and channels shown as porambokes in the
Revenue accounts which are 4 meters (20 links) and below in width and which are measured
as sub-divisions need not be durably demarcated.
ii) at the tri-junctions of other survey fields.

iii) at the end of G. lines which do not coincide with field tri-junctions or theodolite
stations.
Field stones are of the dimensions 2’ x 6" x 6" (60 cm. x 15 cm. x 15 cm.) and have a
broad arrow cut on one side. Such of the stones as mark minor circuit stations and
theodolite stations other than a village tri-junction and khandam stations will have a
plummet hole cut on the top. Field stones demarcating sub-divisions will have the letter
‘S’ cut on the top, while those on village boundaries will have a St. George’s cross on the
top.
In certain special tracts, variations from the prescribed dimensions of survey stones have
been permitted.
1 1
The broad arrow cut on all stones should be at least 22" (6 cm.) long and " (half
4
centimeter) deep.
In estate surveys, the letter E or Z is usually cut on the stones in place of an arrow mark
on the side.
****

CHAPTER-VI
FIELD MEASUREMENT
1. Preparation of a rough hand sketch : After the completion, the surveyor should walk
over the ground to be measured for the purpose of obtaining a general knowledge the
surface. A rough sketch of the field should be prepared showing all bends and in it should
be marked the positions of the tri-junctions of adjoining fields and the most conspicuous
objects, such as wells, houses, temples, roads and streams.
The following instructions should be borne in mind in the preparation of the rough sketch.
The north point should always be indicated first It is sufficient to make the top of the
paper the north whenever possible. The surveyor should start from a corner of the field,
say the north-west or northeast proceed round the field keeping always to the same
direction, either right or left. As he goes he should send a man in advance to the next
bend. He should then walk towards the man counting his paces as he goes. This will give
him the approximate distance between the two bends, 25 paces being ordinarily equal to
a chain.
He should next determine roughly the length of the line to be drawn by him on paper for
the distance paced by him and should accordingly draw the line between the first and the
second bends. This process should be repeated at each bend until the starting point is
reached. Before proceeding to measure the lines with the chain, the surveyor should draw
on the sketch all such lines as it will be necessary to measure to be plotted upon the
principles explained hereunder.
Note: The above procedure applies to the survey of isolated fields in surveyed tracts. In initial
survey, the demarcation sketches should be drawn as the demarcation progresses.
2. Triangulation : A triangle is a simple geometrical figure that has always a definite shape
and size if the length of its sides are known. Its shape can always therefore be correctly
drawn on paper. An irregular four sides field on the
other hand is not determinate in shape and size if
only the length of its sides is known. The following
diagram (figure 10) show how such field may be
made to assume different shapes and gives different
areas. Figure 10 shows the diagrams under the Foot
Pound and Metric systems.
To define the shape of the field therefore and to plot
[it correctly, we should divide it into triangles. This
is done by measuring a diagonal from one corner to
another opposite to it. In this way, a field of any
number of sides can be divided into triangles. Thus
(Figure 11) two triangles as formed in a field of four
sides, three angles in a field of five, four in a field
of six and so on. The number of triangles
accordingly into which a field can be divided is equal to the number of the sides of the
field minus two.

Principles of Triangulation : The process just described of dividing a piece of land into
triangles, is called triangulation and in practice the following rules should be borne in
mind:
(1) The triangles formed should be as large and well-conditioned possible i.e., the three sides
of the triangle formed should as far as practicable be equal (vide Fig. 12), The reason is
that in plotting the field, large and well-formed triangles ensure greater accuracy of shape
than small or/badly shaped ones. In the figure. ABC, CDE, ACK and CKF are well
conditional triangles.
(2) Diagonal lines should not cross each other.
(3) To satisfy himself that no quadrilateral is left un-triangulated, the surveyor should see that
in the whole figure as many triangles are formed as there are sides minus 2. In Fig. 12,
the field consists of nine sides; the triangles obtained are therefore 9 minus 2, i.e. 7
(4) Based on these principles, two methods are generally employed for measuring fields. They
are —
1) To divide the field into a number of small

triangles making each side of the field generally the base of a triangle.
2) To divide the field into fewer but larger triangles whose sides are the lines joining tri-
junction points only; minor bends are offsetted from these lines.

5. First method - Simple triangulation : For the first method the chain is the only instrument
required. Each side of the field should form the base of triangle (Fig. 13). It sometimes happens
however that a quadrilateral or a
polygon is thus formed in the interior
but it again should be subdivided into
triangles. The chief objection to this
method is that in many cases it is not
possible to secure well-formed
triangles.
The shape of the field, therefore when
plotted, will not be true to fact, as has
been explained in paragraph 3 supra.
Another, though minor, disadvantage
is that the area of the field cannot be
computed mathematically except by a
laborious process. Moreover, it often
involves the measuring of a large
number of lines. The process to be
described next is therefore generally
preferable, and has superseded the
method of simple triangulation for all
future surveys and re-surveys,
6. Second Method - Triangulation and offset : To carry out this method chain and cross
staff are used. The process is as follows - 1) Start from a tri-junction generally in the
north-east corner of the field and proceed round the field keeping always to the same
direction, either right or left. Draw a straight line from the first tri-junction to the next,

and mark offsets on it to all the field bends situated on either side of it. Then draw a
straight line from the second to the next tri-junction and similarly mark offsets from it to
all the field bends on that line. Repeat the process until you return to the starting tri-
junction.
2) The field bends can be plotted on their respective “diagonal” lines when they have
been offsetted. Eliminate them therefore from your view and fix your attention for
the present on the figure formed by the lines joining the tri-junction stones.
This figure must now be divided into triangles to enable it to be plotted as though it were
a separate field. Considerable care is required to lay
out the triangles so as to take in the greatest number of
offsets with the fewest lines to make the offsets as
short as possible, and to avoid obstacles. You will thus
obtain as many triangles as there are tri-junction minus
2.
The following example will make this clear. In the
field sketched in Fig. 14 draw a straight line from A to
C and from it draw an offset to B -
Next draw a line from O to F marking offsets to D and
E. There are no offsets to be marked on the line joining
F and the next stone G which is also a tri-junction.
The same is the case with the line GH. The next line is
from H to N,K,L and M being offsetted on it, Lastly
draw NA offsetting O and P and we have now returned
to the starting station A.
Triangles are formed by joining CN, NF, FH, thus making four triangles as there are
six tri-junction stones.
3) If a field bend is fixed from a diagonal line by a long offset, an additional offset should be
measured from it, etc. the nearest diagonal. (See fig. 15). A, having been fixed on the
diagonal BC by a long offset, has also been offsetted on BD, the nearest diagonal.
4) If it is required to calculate the area of the field
by the offset and base process (vide paragraph 6 of
Chapter IX), an offset should be measured in each
triangle for this purpose. (See Fig. 16.) Thus in the
triangles BCD, ABD and A ED, offsets been taken
to the points C, D and E from the bases BD, AB
and AD, respectively. This is however rarely
necessary in practice.
5) If any of the triangles formed is ill-conditioned
(i.e., the shortest- side is less than half the longest
side of the triangle), the vertex should be offsetted
from the base so that the offset can be used for
plotting the triangle.

6) The above rules provide for the triangulation of all tri-junctions to enable survey
fields to be plotted together to make up a combined map. In maintenance, it is often
unnecessary to triangulate with this object in view and hence, it is often sufficient to
form well-conditioned triangles by lines joining tri-junction points not necessarily
adjacent and to offset tri-junction points not so joined (together with other field
bends) on the sides of triangles so formed.
7. Advantages of the Second Method : 1) as minor bends are determined by offsets and
only the principal points fixed by triangulation, large and well-conditioned triangles can
ordinarily be formed which ensure accurate plotting.
2) Suppose, survey number 147 adjoins survey number 146 as id Fig. 14. The straight
line from H to N and the offsets on that line to the stones K,L, and M need not be
remeasured for survey number 147, as they have been already measured for survey
number 145. This saves a good deal of time and labour.
3) There is a considerable saving in demarcation as only tri-junctions and a limited
number of bends need be demarcated with stones. In simple triangulation every bend
has to be demarcated with a stone and consequently the work of the maintenance
staff becomes much heavier.
4) Some check in office is possible with reference to the chain and offset distances and
the corresponding ‘F’ measurements. In simple triangulation, practically no check is
possible and consequently errors cannot be detected in the office.
5) The calculation of area is a simple matter whereas in pure triangulation it is a
laborious process.
8. Process of measurement : After drawing all the straight lines requisite for plotting the
figure, the surveyor should first measure the boundary lines technically called ‘F’ lines.
Diagonal lines (or ‘G’ lines) then be measured from one tri-junction to another and offsets
if any, taken to bends as the work proceeds. The point in the diagonal line at which the
offset falls (technically called the chain distance) should also be noted.
9. Recording of measurement : All measurements, names, etc. recorded in a plan or sketch
should be written so that they may be read from one position without having to turn the
map round. As the plan or sketch is always red with its top pointing to the north,
measurement should be recorded in it so as to point to the north or east as nearly as may
be. The only exception admissible is in the case of chain distances and offset
measurements which should be entered in the same direction as the measurements were
taken (See Figure 17.)
The surveyor should therefore remember the following points:
1) ‘F’ measurements in the top and bottom of the sketch should be entered immediately
over and under the lines respectively outside the field so that they may be read from
left to right. ‘F’ measurements in the left and right of the sketch should also be
entered immediately over or under the lines respectively outside the fields so that
they may be read from bottom to top.
2) Measurements of ‘G’ lines should be entered in the same manner
3) Measurements of offset and the chain distances should be entered as follows;

The chain distance is written at that point in the ‘G’ line from which the effect is
taken; a dotted line is drawn to represent the offset and its measurement is entered
immediately above it. The chain distance is always read from the starting.
4) If the space in the sketch does not admit of chain distances and offset measurements
being entered they should be recorded in the manner, indicated in diagram No. 18
Alphabetical letters are given to the ends of ‘G’ lines. The bends which are offsetted
on them are given numbers in one continuous, series.
Draw outside the sketch in a convenient corner four parallel lines running from top
to bottom. Write the letter given to the starting station at the bottom of the space
between the two inner parallel lines. Over it enter the chain distance at which the first
offset is measured. Enter the offset distance to the right or left of the chain distance

outside the inner parallel lines but inside the outer lines according as the bend
offsetted is to the right or left of the line along which you are proceeding; also enter
the number of the bend to the right or left of the offset distance outside the outer line.
The second chain distance should then be entered above the first chain distance
between the two inner parallel lines and the offset distance and the number of the
bend should be entered as already explained. Proceed in this way and when all the
bends are offsetted enter total distance of the diagonal over the last chain distance
and over that enter the letter indicating the closing station. As many sets of parallel
lines are drawn as are necessary.
10. Recording of details : A “detail” is a conspicuous object of a permanent character in a
field such as a house, well, temple, channel,
burial ground or road. It is necessary to mark
it in the map for the following reasons. Its
exhibition is an indication of its existence at
the time of survey. This may be of help in
deciding future disputes. If a part of a channel
runs along any field its existence at the time
of survey if marked in the plan, is an extra
check against any arbitrary encroachment on
it lastly the existence of details is of great help
to the azmoishing officer in the identification
of fields.
Details should be recorded by taking offsets
from the nearest ‘G’ lines to a few prominent
points in them such as corners in the case of
house; bends in the case of road or channels (Fig. 19). In the case of roads, cart- trucks
foot paths, channels etc., the distance in the ‘F’ lines at which they enter and leave the
field, and their width at important bends should be recorded. In the cage of channels, the
direction of the current Should be indicated by an arrow. The conventional signs which
are generally used for denoting details are given in the following pages.
11. Measurement of sub-divisions in the course of Survey : Suppose the field to be
measured contains two or more sub-divisions. These have also to be measured. The sides
forming the boundaries of the sub-division
should be measured first. The sub-division
bends should then be offsetted on the,
nearest diagonal lines of the field (vide
diagram No. 20) should these lines be
obstructed the sub-division bends may be
offsetted on the nearest convenient diagonal
lines of the field.
The sub-divisions in a field should be
numbered consecutively commencing from
the north-west corner of the field. The
numbering should be from north to south,
west to east and generally from north-west
to south-east.

12. Exception to the rule of triangulation in the case of long narrow fields : The system
of triangulation described in paragraph 5 supra should be followed as a rule, but in the
measurement of long narrow^ channels, road and similar fields, triangulation will give
ill-conditioned triangles formed on very small basis. The figure when plotted cannot
therefore be depended upon to give the true shape of the field on the ground (See. Fig.
21).
In such cases, the stones on the field boundary should be offsetted from a line drawn
between two tri-junctions as opposite ends of the field. See Fig. 22 Section A, in which
X and Y are the opposite ends. If the line from X to Y is not visible easy to chain, a right
angled triangle should be formed so that the line between the two tri-junctions may
subtend the right angle and the stones on the field boundary offsetted from the longer of
the two sides which contain the right angles. In section. B. of Fig. 22 XYZ is the right
angled triangle, formed and the field boundary stones have been offsetted of Z X, the
longer of the two sides containing the right angle.

Note : To facilitate the plotting of the village maps, the points X and Y should be field tri-junctions,
or they should each be connected by not less than three check lines with the nearest field tri-
junctions.
****

CHAPTER-VII
MEASUREMENTS OF OBSTRUCTED LINES
1. In the course of his field work, the Surveyor may be impeded by various obstacles. A line
may happen to be obstructed by prickly-pear, bushes, and a dense growth of trees or
houses. A river or a tank broader than a chain very often lies in his way. The present
chapter is therefore devoted to a classification of the several kinds of obstacles and an
explanation of the methods by which they may be overcome.
The solution of all these problems is based on the properties of a right angled triangle or
of similar triangles (Ch. Ill and II) with which the surveyor must be quite familiar.
2. The obstructions in a line may be divided into four classes :
i) both stations accessible and visible from each other but the line between not
chainable.
ii) Both stations accessible but not visible from each other nor the line between
chainable.
iii) One Station accessible; the other visible but no! Accessible, nor the line between
chainable.
iv) Measurement of obstructed lines in special cases.
Class 1. a) - Both stations accessible between not chainable and visible from each
other but the line construction of a rectangle.
3. Instances of the first class occur when a line is obstructed by a tank or a bed of prickly-
pear. The starting and closing stations are visible from one another and are also accessible
but the distance cannot be obtained by direct measurement owing to the impossibility of
the chainmen standing on the line. The best way to deal
with such cases is to employ the method described
below, where a line AB is to be measured across a tank.
At A in the line AB (Fig. 23) with the aid of the cross-
staff, set off AE perpendicular to AB, making AE any
convenient length, greater than the width of the
obstacle say 80 links. Similarly, at B make BF
perpendicular to AB and equal to AE, that is 80 links.
If EF be joined, AEFB is a parallelogram with its
opposite side equal and its angles right angles, i.e., a
rectangle. Therefore, EF is equal to AB so by
measuring EF the length of AB is obtained. To test the accuracy of the work, set up the
cross-staff at E and through one groove sight A; the other should point to F. If it does
not, then either AE or EF was laid out wrongly and should be done over again.
Class I. (b) - Measuring an offset on a line obstructed as above
4. Suppose it is required to take an offset to a stone 'C’ on the obstructed line AB (Fig. 23).
Find the length of AB by forming a parallel and equal line EF in the manner explained
above. On the straight line EF, take an offset to C from the point (G’ 35 links from E
which we will supposed to be 20 links. The distance therefore, of C from AB, which we

want to find, 20 links - the distance of EF from AB, that is, 80 links, making a total of 100
links.
If C had been 20 links to the left of EF, its distance from AB would have been 80 links -
20 links that is, 60 links.
Class II (a) - Both stations accessible but not visible from each other nor the line
between them chainable.
5. We may next consider the obstructions included in Class II when a chain line is obstructed
by houses, trees or other growth, so that the starting and the closing stations are not visible
from each other. Both stations are accessible but the line between them cannot be
measured directly on account of the obstacle which also intercepts the line of vision from
one to other.
1) Method with the cross staff and the chain construction of a right angled triangle -
6. 1) suppose (Fig. 24) the line AB is obstructed by trees, so that A is not visible from B.
Move the cross staff to any
convenient point C, until the
grooves are directed to A and
B, respectively. AC and CB
are measured and are, say 210
and 505 links, respectively.
The angle ACB is a right
angle and
AB = √2102 + 5052 = 547

(See Chapter Ill)
2) A Second method with the Cross-Staff and the Chain by constructing a trapezoid
on any arbitrary line
7. At a convenient point D, say 30 links from A, set up the cross staff and sighting A through
one groove, through the other select some convenient spot X in the neighborhood of B.
Now with the cross staff find a point
E in the line. D X (at which BE
makes a right angle with DX.) (Fig.
25). Measure AD, DE and EB;
Suppose them to be 29, 250 and 84
respectively. The figure ADEB is a
trapezoid. So
AB=√2502 + (84 − 29)2 = 256
(See Chapter III).

3) A third method with the chain only-construction of two similar triangles.

8. Select a convenient point C from which
both X and B (Fig. 26) are visible and
the lines CA and CB chainable. Measure
BC. Divide it into two equal peg parts
and plant a E at the middle point.
Measure AC and plant a peg also in the
middle of the line at D. Measure DE and
multiply the length obtained by two. The
product is equal to the distance from A
to B. The line DE is also parallel to AB.
Class II. (b) - Measuring on offset on a line obstructed as above :
i) First method-constructing a rectangle by producing both ways the base of a

similar triangle formed in any triangle:
9. The manner of measuring offsets on an obstructed line such as those of class II differs
from that described in paragraph 4 above only in the method of which we measure a line
parallel and equal to the obstructed line. There are several ways of doing this but one of
the most accurate, is that which has been just described in the previous paragraph.
Having thus obtained EE parallel to and half of AB (Fig. 27) the cross staff is planted at a
point F in the line ED produced so that when on groove is directed to E or D the other
points to B, G is found in the same way. The line GF is now equal and parallel to AB.
Offsets to any points may be measured from GF, and them positions in relation to the line
AB discovered-'by subtracting from or adding to 55 (The length of AG or BF), the
distances to the Objects measured from GF according as they lie to the left or right of this
line, starting from G.

Class II. (b) - Measuring an offset on an obstructed line (2) A second method of
constructing a rectangle from a parallelogram.
10. The method given above requires a lot of space in front. If the ground does not permit the
use of this problem the following method of constructing a rectangle from a parallelogram
may be adopted. With the cross-staff make a right angle AC Bat any point C. Fix the
Cross staff at B and make a right angle CBD. Make BD equal to AC. AB, DC is then a
parallelogram. Offset A and B on CD at M and N respectively. A M N B is the rectangle
required.
3) A third method of measuring an offset on a line obstructed as above- Forming

similar triangle in a right angled triangle and calculating the perpendicular.
11. Another method is also adopted for measuring an offset from a diagonal line obstructed
by houses, etc. Suppose it is required to measure an offset to X from the line AB
obstructed by houses (Fig. 28). Find the measurement of AB by the process explained in
paragraph 6 (1) supra. Let the right angle be at C. Measure BC and CA the perpendicular
and base of the right angled triangle. The length of 256 and 540, respectively. AB is
therefore 596. Proceeding along AC from A suppose at D you find yourself clear of the
obstruction.
Fix your cross staff at this point view A and C through one groove and through the other
send a man in the direction of the obstructed line. We should now calculate the distance
to be measured in this direction in order to get into the obstructed line AB. This is obtained
by multiplying the perpendicular of the right angled triangle first formed with the chain

distance now measured on the base and dividing the product by the length of the base.
𝐵𝐶 𝑋 𝐴𝐷 256 𝑋 173
The offset to be laid out at D is therefore = = = 82
𝐴𝐶 540
Measure 82 links from D in the direction you sent the man and let him stand at E, which
is in the line AB. The distance from A to E can also be calculated and is equal to
√1732 + 822 = 191
Proceed on the base AC and at another convenient point say F fix the cross staff and repeat
the process. The offset to be laid out from F to reach
256 𝑋 338
AB = = 160 Measure 160 links from F towards the obstructed line at right angles
540
to AC and thus you reach another point in the line AB. Call it G. The line between E and
G is the line AB running through the houses. Measure EG and take on that line an offset
to X. Let the length of the offset be 65 links. Suppose the offset to fall on EG at H, 54
links from E. The chain distance from A on the line AB will be AE + EH i.e., 191 + 54 =
245 links and the offset distance is 65 links.
Class II. (c) — Measurement where the offset itself is obstructed
12. When measuring an offset on an obstructed line, it sometimes happens that either the
stone to be offsetted is not visible from the line drawn parallel to the obstructed line or
the offset from the stone where visible falls in an inconvenient point on the chain line.
The offset to the stone and the chain distance such should in cases be measured as follows
: See Fig. 29. Set up the cross staff at any convenient point, say, M on the line XY, view
XY through one groove and direct a man through the other to a certain point say P. On
the line MP take an offset to C at N. The chain distance on the line XY at which an offset
to C falls is equal to XM-NC and the offset distance is equal to MN.
Where the stone to be offsetted is visible but not accessible being surrounded by thick
prickly pear, the chain distance can be determined by direct measurement on the line XY.
For getting the length of the offset CQ proceed as above and measure NM.

Class III — One of the two stations alone accessible and the other visible but the
distance between them not chainable.
1) One method-construction of two equal right angled triangle.

13. We shall next consider how to overcome obstacles included in class III. A river in flood
affords the best illustration of obstruction of this kind. Suppose the surveyor is at B in
Fig. 30 and it is required to measure AB when A is visible from B but cannot be reached.
Set up the cross staff at B and viewing A through one groove, direct a man through the
other to stand at a distance approximately equal to AB, say at C from which point A must
be visible. Fix a flag at C. Produce BC to D and make CD equal to BC. Take the cross
staff to D and sighting B or C send a man forward in the direction of the other groove to
a convenient distance say E. Leaving the cross staff at D walk along DE produced having
E and DF in sight and stop when you are in a line both with AC and DE. Call this point F
and the distance DF will be equal to the distance AB.

2) Another Method - Construction of similar right angled triangle.

14. See Fig. 31. Setup the cross-staff at B and viewing A through one grove direct a man
through the other to stand at a distance approximately equal to A B, say at C. Next set up
the cross staff at C View A through one groove and through the other direct a man to a
Convenient distance, say D. Leaving the cross staff at C walk along CD produced having
D & C in view and stop when you are in a line both with CD and AB. Call this Print E.
Now AB x BE = 𝐵𝐶 2
𝐵𝐶 2
∴ 𝐴𝐵 = See Chapter III
𝐵𝐸
Note (3) : Even if A and B are invisible from each other the distance between them can be found out
by a slight modification of the above method. All that is necessary is to find out with the help
of the cross staff a point X from which A and B are visible and also at which A&B sub stand
a right angle. AXB is a right angled triangle of which BX can be measured. AX can be found
out by either of the above methods AB which is only the hypotenuse of the triangle can thus
be easily calculated. See Fig 31-A.
A x B is right angle
AX x XE =𝑋𝐶 2
Paragraph 14
𝑋𝐶 2
AX = 𝑋𝐸

Class IV - Measurement of obstructed lines in special cases.
a) Betel gardens, village-sites and similar fields.
15. When fields are impenetrable owing to thick growth of vegetation such as betel or prickly-
pear or houses, it may not be possible, to measure them under the diagonal and offset
system described in Chapter VI. In such cases the fields should be measured in the
following way. Let ABCDEFGH be the field to be surveyed.
First Method : By forming a triangle round the field. Form a triangle XYZ outside the
field. Take offsets from the sides of the triangle to the field bends. The Points XYZ should
if, possible be field tri-junctions. Where this is not possible the points selected should be
field bends and they should each be connected by not less than three tie lines with the
nearest field tri-junctions. The lengths of the ‘F’ lines in the obstructed field may be
calculated from the offset and chain measurements as explained in Chapter III. Second
method - Run a line between two field tri-junctions and offset the bends of the field in
question.

16. Where a sub-division point in a field boundary is inaccessible and invisible : In the
course of the measurement of sub-divisions, it often happens that a sub-division point in

the field boundary line is inaccessible and invisible rendering it difficult to ascertain the
length of the segments of the latter and also the length of the sub-division boundary Fig.
34. X and Y are two sub-divisions in a Heidi The subdivision boundary DC can be traced
on the ground as far as E. The continuation of the falls in an in accessible tank in which
the point C cannot of Courage be traced. It is required to ascertain lengths of AC, BC and
DC.
Measure DA and bisect it at F. Measure DB and bisect it at G
AC=2 x FH; BC = 2 x HG.
DC = 2 x DH.
Measure FG. Let H be the point, where it meets DE. Measure FH, GH and DH.
****

CHAPTER-VIII
PLOTTING
1. Plotting is the process of preparing to scale a map or plan of a piece of land showing the
correct shape on paper, according to the distances that have been measured on ground. A
scale is a collection of equal parts used for measuring straight lines and laying down
distances each part representing one link, one foot, one chain, one mile (500 mm. 1,000
mm. 2,000 mm. 10,000 mm.) etc. according to the unit assumed. The scale of a map is
the ratio that the length of a line in the map bears to its actual distance on the ground.
The map will be larger or smaller according as the scale contains a smaller or larger
number of parts in an inch (a millimeter) in the scale represents shorter or longer distance
on ground. If the scale is one inch equal to one chain (1 mm.= 1,000 mm.) then a distance
between two points which is one chain (1,000 mm. or 1 meter) on the ground will be
represented on the map by one inch (millimeter). But if the scale is one inch equal to two
chains (1 mm, = 2,000 mm.) the distance of one chain (1,000 mm. or 1 meter) on the
ground will be represented on the map by half an inch (half a millimeter).
The ratio which the measurement of a line on the map bears to the corresponding
measurement on the ground is denoted by a fraction called the “representative fraction”.
To find the representative fraction of a scale reduce both the terms of the ratio to a like
quantity as inches (millimeters, if the scale is not already expressed in like quantities).
The term representing the measurements on the map will be the numerator and that
representing the measurement on the ground will be the denominator, simplify the fraction
until the numerator is reduced to one and the result will be representative fraction - Thus
the representative fraction of a scale one inch (1 millimeter) equal to one chain (Meter).
𝑂𝑛𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ (𝑀𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟) 𝑂𝑛𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ (𝑀𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟) 1
𝑂𝑛𝑒 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 (𝑀𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟) 66 𝑥 12 (1 𝑥 1000) 792 (1000)
Conversely if the representative fraction is given, the scale of the map can be found.
2. Instruments required for plotting a chain survey : A scale, an offset scale and a pair
of compasses are essential for plotting a chain survey.
3. Scale and offset scale : The Plotting scale is a flat piece of wood (box wood) with a
straight edge on which are marked divisions representing chains and tenths of a chain or
ten-links. The scales most commonly used for drawing field maps are one inch equal to 2
chains or 40 inches, equal to one mile (1 mm. = 2,000 mm.) and one inch equal to 5 chains
or 16 inches equal to one mile (1 mm. = 5,000) On the same piece of wood it is convenient
to draw the two different scales one on each beveled edge vide Fig. 35 & 36.
Fig 35 & Fig 36: Scales figures are not printed.
4. For convenience in plotting offsets a short piece called the offset bit (Fig. 36) marked
with the same divisions is used with the plotting scale. Plots made to slide along the edge
of the plotting scale for the purpose of laying down on the paper, at right-angles to the
line representing the Chain line the offset distances measuring in the field. The scale and
offset bit thus correspond to the chain and offset pole. It will be seen therefore that in

plotting a field measured with the chain only under the simple triangulation system, no
offset bit is necessary.
5. Compasses or dividers : The compasses or dividers (Fig. 37) consist of two legs movable
about a joint so that their extremities may be sent at any distance
from one another. The upper portion and the joint are usually
made of brass, the legs of steel ending in fine points. They should
be held at the top between the fore-finger and the thumb, with one
or more fingers under the hinge to increase or diminish the
distance between the points gradually and without a jerk.
In plotting triangles draw the base first with the scale. Adjust the
compasses on the scale to agree with the length of one of the sides
and with one point on the corresponding end of the base, scratch
lightly on the paper a portion of a circle with the other point of the
compasses where you estimate the apex of the triangle will be.
Now take off the scale the length of the remaining side and
similarly scratch a portion of another circle taking as its center the
other end of the base.
The apex of the triangle lies where two circles intersect, and the
sides can then be drawn in or out as required. A little consideration
will show that very small portions only of the circles need be
described and care should be exercised that the scratches on the
paper are merely deep enough to be visible, so that the appearance
of the plain is not spoilt by them (Figs. 38 and 39).
6. Additional plotting instruments : A drawing pen (Fig. 40) and a flat ruler for inking in
pencil lines are additional aids to neat plotting though they are not indispensable.
7. Method of plotting : The pointer indicating the north should first be drawn (Fig. 41). The
scale to which the map is to be plotted should next be decided. This is conditioned by the

size of the paper and the area and shape of the field to be plotted Thus on the ordinary
1 1
sheet of paper to be used for field measurement books (134" x 102" or 210 mm x 297
mm.) approximately 5 acres (2 hectares) can be plotted on the 80" scale i.e., 1"= 1 chain
(1 mm. = 1,000 mm.); 20 acres (8 Hectares) on the scale 1" = 2 chains (1 mm. = 2.000
mm.) and about 125 acres (50 Hectares) on the 16" scale i.e., 1" = 5 chains (1 mm. = 5,000
mm.) The estimate cannot of course be taken as a guide for long and narrow fields such
as channels and roads.
The scale is noted on the paper
District : No. :
S. No. Name :Taluk :
Area :
A narrow field 10 chains (200 meters) in length can be plotted ordinarily on one sheet of
paper. When this not is possible, the field may be plotted in sections, or on larger sheets
of paper which are folded to the size of a field measurement Book.
The sides of the triangles should be first plotted, then offsets and lastly the outer
boundaries of the field. For example, in diagram No. 41 draw the diagonal AB and on it
construct the triangle ACB. Then plot the triangles ABC, AFE and CDB and now the
offsets from the diagonals to the bends situated on their sides. On the line AB the offsets
are to G.H and K, draw the lines BG, GH, HK and KA, verifying the recorded distances
with those obtained with the scale.
Similarly plot the offset to L from BD; join BL and ID and verify their lengths with the
scale. The field has now been completed. Next proceed to plot the sub-divisions. Mark
the sub-division points on the “F” lines EC and EF plot the offsets to the corners, M and
N, and draw the sub-division “F” lines, verifying their lengths with the scale.
If in thus verifying the sub-division “F” lines and also those of the whole field, the
measurements given by the scales do not tally with those recorded in the rough sketch the

latter should be checked again on the ground. Having now drawn all the lines enter the
measurements bearing in mind the instructions given in paragraph 9 of chapter VI supra.
The lines should first be drowning in pencil and then inked with the drawing pen after
being tested with the scale. A field boundary line should be continuous and thick. The
“G” and offset lines should be lightly drawn and broken. A sub-division boundary line
should be continuous like the field boundary line but should not be drawn so thick.
Trijunctions of fields should be indicated by lines half an inch long and drawn
approximately in the direction of the converging boundary. The numbers of adjoining
fields should be noted in appropriate places. These are called side numbers. Details if any,
should be plotted last of all and be represented by the conventional signs given in
paragraph 10 of Chapter VI Supra.
District and taluk names should be entered near the top left hand corner of the map. The
number of the field should be entered in the middle of the map right above the diagram.
The village number and name should be entered near the right hand corner. The area when
calculated should be entered immediately below the village name.
The following hints are useful in plotting.
Keep the paper on which you plot the field as neat as possible.
To avoid the chance of soiling the paper it is better to keep a piece of paper under the
hand when working.
Use a moderately hard pencil cut to a fine point and chisel shaped.
The rubber should be very sparingly used.
Do not dip the drawing pen in ink. Take ink with another pen or paper and insert it between
the nibs of the drawing pen.
Try as much as possible to plot the field in the center of the paper.
Measurement should be entered in ink in the first instance.
9. Enlargement and Reduction : The scale of plan should be governed by the purpose for
which it is to be used. In the 16" or 8" (1 mm.= 5,000 mm.) or (1 mm. = 10,000 mm.)
village map, we see plans of the fields drawn on a scale small enough to allow the whole
village or a large part of it to be shown on one piece of paper so that we may see at a
glance positions of the fields in relation to one another.
The Field measurement Book on the other hand, is prepared on a much larger scale with
the object of showing distinctly the measurements sub-divisions and the other details
which it would be impossible to plot clearly on the village map.

10. If a plan be drawn to a scale of 1" = 2 chains (1 mm. = 2,000 mm.) and it is required to
enlarge it to the scale of 1" = 1 chain (1 mm. = 1,000 mm.) it is easy to understand that a
line 1 inch (millimeter) long in the first will be represented by a line 2 inches (Millimeters)
long in the second. The effect however upon the area of the plan is not that of doubling
it, but of “Squaring” it.
Thus a square whose sides are 1" (millimeter) would be drawn-with the sides of 2 inches
(millimeter) but the area of the first would be 1 sq. inch (millimeter) whereas in the second
it would be four square inches (millimeters). If map drawn to scale 1 inch =5 chains (1
mm. = 5,000 mm.) is enlarged to scale 1 inch=1 chain (1 mm =1,000) the second square
would require sides 5 inches (4 millimeters) long and its area would be 25 square inches
(25 square millimeters).
Hence if a plan be enlarged its area varies as the square of the scales. Similarly, if a plan
be reduced, its area diminishes in the proportion. The area of the plan must not be
confused with the area of the ground. The latter, of course will be the same, but it can be
represented on paper by pictures of any size (Fig. 41, 42, 43, 44).
11. Enlargements or reductions can be made when no measurements are recorded on plan by
scaling of the lengths of the lines and multiplying or dividing by the number of times %
is required to enlarge or reduce them. The following is also generally adopted See Fig. 44
Let ABCDEF be the figure which is required to be reduced to say, half its scale.
From any point as A, draw lines to all the angular
points of the figures. In AF., AE., AD., AC and AB
mark off points M.L.K.H. and G. such that AM, AL,
AK, AH and AG may be exactly half of AF, AE., AD,
AC and AB respectively and join M.L. K. H. and G.
Then AGHKLM will be one half the scale of
ABCDEF.
If AGHKLM be the given figure and it is required to
enlarge it to double its scale then the lines AG, AH,
AK, AL and AM should be produced to double their
lengths.

The figure formed by joining the points B, C, D, E, and F will be on double the scale of
AGHKLM.
12. Conversion of scales : Given a scale and the measurements of a Survey, a plotting may
be prepared to any other scale by the following process. Multiply the recorded
measurements by the given scale (by 1,000 X the given scale) and divide the product by
the scale to which it is required to plot the survey. Plot the measurements to the given
scale and the map drawn will be the scale required.
For example, scale of I inch = 2 chains (1 mm. = 2,000 mm.) and the measurements of a
survey are given. To get a plotting to a scale of 1 inch =5 chains (1 mm. = 5,000 mm.)
multiply each of the measurements by two (2,000) and divide the product by five (5,000).
Plot the resultant measurements to a scale of 1 inch = 2 chains arid the map drawn will be
to a scale 1 inch = 5 chains (1 mm = 5,000 mm). The recorded and not the deduced
measurements should be entered in the plotting.
13. How Taluks and District maps are prepared : A very good example of the reduction
of plans is seen in the maps of the taluk and district. Taluk maps consist of a collection of
the village maps on a smaller scale and the district map is again reduced from the taluk
maps.
****

CHAPTER- IX
COMPUTATION OF AREA
1. After a field has been plotted; its area should be computed and recorded on the face of the
sketch. The area may be computed either by using the area square paper or by
mathematical calculation.
2. Construction and use of the area square : The area square is a piece of tracing cloth or
tissue paper on which are neatly drawn or printed to the scale required, black ink squares
each containing 10 cents, i.e., one- tenth an acre (100 square meters or one are). These
squares are again divided by red ink lines into 10 equal portions, each equivalent to one
cent or one hundredth part of an acre (10 square meters or one tenth of an "are”) (figure
45 and 46).
Lay the area square paper over the plotting of the field, the area of which is sought, so that
the boundary of the field is clearly visible and the extreme east or west of it at the corner
of one of the 10 cents (are) squares while one of the sides of the field coincides exactly
with a black line on the area square paper.
The area is then found by counting the number of black and red squares contained within
the boundary of the field. If the boundary line does not exactly coincide with a horizontal
line of the area square nor is parallel to it equalize any irregularities by the eye so that the
space within the field and that outside it may be equal to and compensate each other.
3. Procedure to be followed when scales of area square and plan differ : It sometimes
happens that the scale of the area square is different from the scale of the plan of the field
the area of which is required to be computed. In such cases, the correct area is obtained
by multiplying the area actually obtained by the square of the scale on the plan and

dividing the product by the square of the scale on the area square paper, care being taken
that the scales of the plotting and the area paper are first reduced to a common
denomination expressed in terms of chains per inch (millimeters),
For example - On a plotting of 1 inch equal to 2 chains, (1 mm= 2,000 mm.) an area
square paper drawn to 16" equal to 1 mile (1 mm. = 400 mm.) is applied, the area of 50
50 𝑥 4
acres (32 hectares) is obtained By applying the formula the correct area is = 8 acres.
25
32 𝑥 10002 32 𝑥 10,00,000
= = 2 Hectares
40002 1,60,000
EXERCISES
1) On a plotting of 1 inch equal to 1 chain (1 mm.= 1,000 mm.) an area square paper
drawn to a scale of 1 inch equal to 3 chains (1 mm =3,000 mm.) was applied. The
area computed was 120 acres (120 Hectares) what was the correct extent?
Ans. 13 acres 33 cents (13 Hectares 33 areas)
2) A field was plotted to scale of 80 inches equal to one mile (1 mm.= 1,000 mm.) and
its area computed with an area square drawn to the scale of 1 inch equal to 2 chains
(1 mm. = 2.000 mm.) was 65 acres 20 cents (65 Hectares 20 Ares). Find the correct
extent. Ans. 16 acres 31 cents (16 Hectares 30 Ares)
3) The application of area square of one inch equal to 3 chains (1 mm. = 3,000 mm.) on
a plotting 16 inches to a mile (1 mm. = 4,000 mm.) gives an area of 66 acres
(Hectares). Find the true area. Ans. 266 acres 67 cents (170 Hectares 66 Ares)
4) The area of a field plotted to 160 Inches a mile (1 mm.= 5000 mm.) computed with
an area square of 10 inches to a furlong (1 mm. = 2,000 mm) is 49 acres (Hectares)
(4 cents). What is the true area? Ans. 12 acres 25 cents (3 Hectares 6 Ares)
4. Calculation of Area Mathematically : With the area square, areas can be computed
quickly and easily and with sufficient accuracy for revenue purposes generally. If the
exact number of square links (meters) is to be determined calculation must be made
mathematically. The most important formulae are explained below
5. Area of the Rectangle : The area of a rectangle is obtained by multiplying the length by
the breadth.

The area of the rectangle —

ABCD=AB x BC = 200 x 350=70,000 Sq. links, or 70 Cents.
(70 x 40 = 2,800 Sq. meters or 28 Ares)
6. Area of a Triangle : The area of a triangle is obtained by multiplying together the base
and the offset falling on it, from the opposite angle,
and dividing the product by two. Figure 48. Thus the
area of the triangle.
𝐴𝐵 𝑋 𝐶𝐷 550 𝑋 320 (110 𝑋 64)
abc = = = =88,000 Sq. Links
2 2 2
(3,520 Sq. meters)
or 80 cents or 35.2 Ares
Sometimes the offset falls outside the triangle as
shown in figure 49. The same formula holds good in
this case. The base of the original triangle multiplied
by the offset and divided by two, gives the area
required.
The area of the triangle -
𝐴𝐵 𝑥 𝐶𝐷 550 𝑋 320 (110 𝑋 64)
ABC = = = =88,000 Sq. links (3,520 Sq. meters)
2 2 2
Or 80 cents (or 35.2 Ares)

Sometimes the offset falls outside the triangle as shown in figure 49. The same formula
holds good in this case. The base of the original triangle multiplied by the offset and
divided by two, gives the area required.
𝐴𝐵 𝑥 𝐶𝐷 550 𝑥 320 110 𝑥 64

The area of triangle ABC = = =
2 2 2
= 88,000 Sq. links (3,520 Sq. meters) or 80 cents (or 35.2 ares)

7. Area of a Quadrilateral with a Diagonal

and offset on either side : The area of a
quadrilateral divided in two triangles by a
diagonal with an offset taken on it for each
triangle is obtained by multiplying the length
of the diagonal with the sum of the offsets and
dividing the products by two (Figure 50).
The area of
𝐴𝐶 𝑋 (𝐸𝐵+𝐹𝐷) 500 𝑋 (160+240) (100 𝑋 32+48)
ABCD = = =
2 2 2
= 1,00,000 Sq. links = (4,000 Sq. meters) or 1 Acre (40 Ares)

8. Area of a Trapezoid : The area of a trapezoid is obtained by multiplying half the sum of
the parallel sides by the perpendicular distance between them.
The area of the Trapezoid
(𝐴𝐵+𝐷𝐶) 𝑥 𝐵𝐶
ABCD = 2
(197 + 270) 𝑥 404 (39.4 + 54) 𝑥 92.8

= =
2 2
= 108,344 Sq. links

= (4,333.76 Sq. meters)
= 1 Acre 8 cents = 43 ares.
9. To find the area of an irregular field such as that sketched in fig 52. Imagine it to be made
up of a number of separate figures, find the area each separately and add them together.
First for convenience number the figures.

29 𝑥 41 1
No. 1. is a right angled triangle and its area is = 594 2 𝑠𝑞. 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑠
2
(82−29)𝑥 (50−41) 1
2. is a trapezoid = 2,411 2 𝑠𝑞. 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑠
2
130−82) 𝑥 50
3. is a right angled triangle = 1200 𝑠𝑞. 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑠
2
4. is a rectangle 130 x 32 = 4160 sq. links

190 (22 𝑥 20)
5. is a quadrilateral = 1890 𝑠𝑞. 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑠
2
Total area of field = 10,256 sq. links

5.8 𝑥 8.2
1. = 23.78 sq. meters
2
(16.4−5.8)(10+8.2)
2. = 96.46 sq. meters
2
(26−16.4) 10
3. = 48.00 sq. meters
2
4. 26 x 6.4 = 166.40 sq. meters

18 (4.4 𝑥 4)
5. = 75.60 sq. meters
2
410.24 sq. meters
10. Calculation of the Chain and offset Distances in a Triangle : Sometimes we find no
offset measured in a triangle the area of which is required to be calculated mathematically.
The chain and offset distances can be calculated from the measurement of the sides as
follows:
Suppose it is required to find
the lengths of AD and BD, the
chain and offsets distances in
the triangle ABC (Fig. 53)The
length of the AD is obtained by
adding the square of AB its
adjacent side to the square of
AC the bale of the triangle,
subtracting from the result the
square of BC, the sides
opposite to A D, and dividing
the remainder by twice the
length of AC, the base.
2 2
𝐴𝐶 2 + 𝐴𝐵2 − 𝐵𝐶 2 3102+ 220 − 175 622 + 442 − 352
AD is therefore = = =
2𝐴𝐶 2 𝑋 310 2 𝑋 62
96100+48400−30625 3844+1936−1225
= 620
= 124
=184 links = 36.7 meters

The formula is arrived at as follows:

𝐴𝐵 2 = 𝐴𝐷 2 + 𝐵𝐷2
𝐵𝐶 2 = 𝐵𝐷 2 + 𝐷𝐶 2
𝐴𝐶 2 = 𝐴𝐷 2 + 𝐷𝐶 2 + 2𝐴𝐷 𝑋 𝐷𝐶
Adding the first and third items and subtracting the second we get
=𝐴𝐶 2 + 𝐴𝐵 2 − 𝐵𝐶 = 𝐴𝐷2 + 𝐷𝐶 2 + 2𝐴𝐷 𝑥 𝐷𝐶 + 𝐴𝐷 2 + 𝐵𝐷2 − 𝐵𝐷2 − 𝐷𝐶 2
=2𝐴𝐷2 𝑥 2𝐴𝐷𝑥𝐷𝐶 = 2𝐴𝐷 (𝐴𝐷 + 𝐷𝐶) = 2𝐴𝐷𝑥𝐴𝐶
𝐴𝐶 2 +𝐴𝐵2 −𝐵𝐶 2
=∴ 𝐴𝐷 = (by transposition)
2𝐴𝐶
This method of calculation is frequently referred to as the “N.O.S. problem” and its
application to the replacement of missing stones will be found in Chapter XI Paragraph
3.
11. Calculation of area when offsets fall within or without the Field Boundary on the
same diagonal : In some cases it happens that some of the offsets taken on a diagonal
line the bends fall within, and others
without the figure formed by the" diagonal
and the other sides of the field vide
diagram No. 54. In such cases the field
boundary line crosses the diagonal.
The point of intersection of these two lines
should be noted if it is required to calculate
the area of the field mathematically. If this
is not done in the field, the difference in
area between the two triangles FCX and
XEB can be ascertained by the following
formula. Multiply the distance between the
two offsets by the difference of the lengths
of the two offsets and divide the product by two.
The difference in area between FCX and XEB
100 𝑥 (120−80) 20 𝑥 (24−16)
= −
2 2
100 𝑥 40 20 𝑥 8
= −
2 2
=2000 sq. links – 80 sq. links
This difference has to be added to or subtracted from the big triangle according as the
length of the offset falling outside the triangle is longer or shorter than the offset falling
within it.
In the present case the offset BE falling outside the triangle being shorter than FC, the
difference in area 2,000 Sq. links (80 square meters) should be subtracted from the area
of the big triangle ADG.

Proof of the above formula :

In the figure draw 𝐶𝐸1 parallel to FE to meet BE produced at 𝐸 2 .
Since 𝐶𝐹𝐸𝐸1 is a rectangle CF=𝐸1 E and C 𝐸1 =F.B.
Now the area of the triangle CFX=area of the triangle –
1
EBX – (CFX+CXE𝐸1 ) – (EBX+CXE𝐸1 )=CF E𝐸1 – CB𝐸1 –CF x FE–2C𝐸1 x EB
2 𝐶𝐹 𝑥 𝐹𝐸−𝐹𝐸 𝑥 𝐸 1 𝐵
= 2
𝐹𝐸(2 𝐶𝐹−𝐸 1 𝐵)
=
2
𝐹𝐸 (𝐶𝐹+𝐸 1 𝐸)−(𝐸 1 𝐸+𝐸𝐵)

= 2
𝐹𝐸(𝐶𝐹−𝐸𝐵)
=
2
EXERCISES IN CALCULATION OF AREA

1. Find the area in Sq. links (meters) of a rectangle, the length and breadth of which are 289
(57.8), and 225 (45) links (meters) respectively.
Ans. 65,025 Sq. links (260 Sq. meters)
2. Find the area in acres and cents (Hectares and acres) of squares having the following
length of sides, (a) 850 links (170 meters), (b) 98 chains 8 links (197.6 meters), (c) 20
chains 42 links 408.4 meters), (d) 52 chains 42 links (1040.8 meters)
𝟏
Ans. (a) 7.22𝟐 acres (2.89 Hectares), (b) 961.97 acres (384.79 Hectares),
(c) 41.70 acres (16.70 Hectares), (d) 270.82 acres (108.33 Hectares)
3. Find the areas of triangles having the following dimensions. (a) Base 456 links (91.2
meters) offsets 240 links Ans. 54,720 Sq. links (21,88.8 Sq. meters), (b) Base 246 links
(49.2 meters) offset 118 links (23.6 meters) Ans. 14,514 Sq. links (580.56 Sq. meters),
(c) Base 829 links (163.8 meters) offset 124 links (24.8 meters)
Ans. 50,778 Sq. links (2,031.12 Sq. meters)
4. Find the base of a triangle, the area of which is 97 cents (39 ares) and offset 125 links (25
meters). Ans. 1,552 links (312 meters)
5. Find the offset of a triangle, the area of which is 85 cents (36 acres) and base 120 links
(37.8 meters) Ans. 899 links (191.4 meters)
6. Find the area of right angled triangles having the following dimensions:
a) Hypotenuse 6,214 (124.8 m.) side 329 (65.8 m.) Ans. 87,185 Sq. links (36 acres)
b) Hypotenuse 428 (85.6 m.) side 354 (70.8 m). Ans. 42,657 Sq. links (17 acres)
c) Two sides 515 (103 m.) 694 (118.8 m.) respectively.

Ans. 1,62,966 Sq. links (61 acres)

7. Find the areas of quadrilaterals having the following dimensions : -
a) Diagonal 638 (107.6 m) perpendiculars 90 and 70 links (18 and 14 meters).
Ans. 43,040 Sq. links (17 acres)
b) Diagonal 629 (125.8 m.) perpendiculars 124 and 131 links (24.8 and 26.2 meters).
Ans. 30,197 Sq. links (32 acres)
8. The two parallel links in a trapezoid are 104 and 82 links (20.8 and 16.4 meters)
respectively and the perpendicular distance them is 284 (56.8 m). Find the area of the
trapezoid. Ans. 26,412 Sq. links (1,056.48 Sq. meters)
9. The sum of the parallel sides in a trapezoid is 640 links (128 meters) and the perpendicular
distance is 320 (64 meters). Find the area.
Ans. 1,02,400 Sq. links 4,096 Sq. meters)
10. The area of trapezoid is 3 acres (1.2 Hectares). The sum of the two parallel sides is 384
links (76.8 meters. Find the perpendicular distance between the two parallel lines.
Ans. 1,563 links (312.5 meters)
11. The area of trapezoid is 87 cents (36 acres). The perpendicular distance between the two
parallel lines and the length of one of the parallel lines are 249 and 124 (49.8 and 24.8
meters) respectively. Find the other two sides.
Ans. 575 and 515 (115.8 and 104.2 meters)
12. The perpendicular distance between the two parallel lines in a trapezoid is 748 links.
(149.6 meters) one of the parallel Tines is 425 (85 meters) and the side opposite the right
angle is 853 (170.6 meters). Find the area of the trapezoid.
Ans. 4,74,614 Sq. links (18,985 Sq. meters)
13. The two offsets of a trapezoid are 284 and 192 (56.8 and 38.4 meters) respectively. The
side opposite the right angle is 392 (79.4 meters). Find the area of the trapezoid.
Ans. 90,673 Sq. links (3,627 Sq. meters)
14. Find the area of the triangles having the following sides by finding out the offset.
a) 18 (3.6 meters), 25, 5, 36 (7.2 meters) Ans. 198 sq. links (7.9 sq. meters)
b) 538 (107.6 meters), 877 (155*4 meters). 929 (185*8 m).
Ans. 2,30,856 sq. links or 2.31 acres (9,234 sq. meters or 0.92 Hectares)
c) 254 (50.8 meters), 425 (85 m).
Ans. 46.537 sq. links or 47 Cents (1,861 sq. meters or 91 acres)
d) 529 (106.8 meters). 326 (65.2 meters) 298 (59.6 meters) Ans. 44 cents
e) 698 (139.6 meters), 349 (69.8 meters), 620 (104 meters). Ans. 88 cents
f) 297 (59 4 m.) 184 (36*8 m.) 315 (63 m). Ans. 27 cents

15. AFE is a triangle, the side AF is 532 (106.4). FE 356 (71.2) and EA 449 (89.8). On the
line AE the following offsets were recorded from bends B, C and D.
E E
398 79.6
C 121 295 C 24.2 59
224 86 B 44.8 19.2 B
A A
Find the area of the figure ABCDEF and the measurements of AB, BC, CD and DE Ans.
AB = 240 (48 M) BC=219 (43.8 M)
CD = 221 (44.2M) BE=91 (18.2 M).
Area 87 cents or 71 cents (35 acres or 28 acres) according as the point F is to the left or
right of the line AE.
****

CHAPTER-X
MAIN STEPS IN A SURVEY
The object of this chapter is to explain the main Principles of Survey and to set out the
important steps in a connected manner.
Survey in a wide sense may be divided into - (i) Topographical and (ii) Revenue or
Cadastral - A topographical survey determines accurately geographical features such as
rivers, streams, villages, etc. A revenue or Cadastral Survey deals with each individual
holding, so that necessary particulars may be furnished to the Revenue Department in
order to determine the correct annual assessment to be paid, to Government.
It is for more elaborate than a topographical survey and determines boundaries, tenure,
Area and reputed ownership of every holding. It also lays down the boundaries of
porambokes and other government lands and thus affords a safeguard against
encroachment.
Further every boundary in a Cadastral Survey is laid down under the Survey and
Boundaries Act, and thus acquires legal validity. Before the survey is made final under
the Act, every registered holder is given an opportunity to object to any boundary laid
down which concerns him. Thus a Cadastral Survey is beneficial both to Government and
the ryots.
The work of the Survey of India is confined mainly to Topographical Survey, while the
survey and Land Records Department of the States undertakes Cadastral Surveys.
DIFFERENT STEPS IN THE SURVEY OF A VILLAGE

Survey fields are measured usually with the chain and cross staff; but in order to have a
correct village map, a frame work for more accurate than that obtained with the chain and
cross staff is necessary. A theodolite the most accurate survey instrument available is used
for the purpose. By observing angles and measuring traverses, an accurate frame work of
the village is obtained and into the framework are fitted the Survey fields which have been
measured with the chain and cross staff and plotted as individual field snaps.
Without such a frame work it would be impossible to Plot the Survey fields with any
degree of accuracy, owing to the cumulative error in plotting a series of triangles with the
scale. It has also to be borne in mind that the Survey is not confined to isolated villages,
but covers whole taluks and Districts and very accurate village maps are essential for the
compilation of the taluk and district maps.
But the circuit around the village boundary will not suffice for this purpose, as there will
be no proper check of the accuracy of the plotting of the survey fields in the interior. The
village is, therefore, divided into & number of sub-circuits of about 100 or 200 acres (40
to 80 hectares) called khandams. These khandams afford a number of additional fixed
points with which the corresponding points of the individual survey fields should tally.
Besides this khandams helps in the localization of errors within a limited area.
The khandams is, therefore only a conventional division to facilitate technical check and
plotting of the village map. Once the survey is over and the accuracy of the work proved
and the village map plotted, the khandam ceases to serve any really useful purpose. It is

for this reasons that missing khandams stations are no longer re-fixed with the theodolite.
They are fixed, in the course of maintenance, only with the aid of the linear measurements
of the survey fields.
As a preliminary to the actual theodolite work of traverse survey, boundary demarcation
is done, when theodolite and field stones are planted along the boundary of the village
and khandams The main rules for boundary demarcation are (i) that points should be
selected on the true village boundary and along khandam boundaries at intervals of about
20 chains (400 meters) so that the stations will be visible, one from the other (ii) that the
traverse lines should not be more than 10 chains (200 meters) away from the bends along
the true village boundary and (iii) khandams should follow natural boundaries as far as
possible and should be about 100 acres (40 hectares) in wet land and 200 acres (80
hectares) in dry.
On completion of the traverse survey, the boundary sketches and traverse records are
submitted to the Head Office, where the traverses are “set up” on Gale’s traverse System
and the accuracy of the work proved. A detailed description of Gale’s traverse system is
given in the Tamil Nadu Survey Manual, Volume I.
When a large tract is ordered for survey a more careful check is required, and the accuracy
of the measurements of the traverse survey is proved by connecting the traverse with the
G.T. stations of the Survey of India. From the values of the G.T. stations – furnished - by
the survey of India, we calculate the rectangular coordinates between pairs of G. T.
stations, and compare these with the rectangular coordinates derived from our traverses.
If these measurements tally within the allowance of one foot per thousand, we can
guarantee the measurement of our Survey. Additional angular check is similarly required.
When large tracts are taken up for survey azimuth observations are made at intervals of
40 or 50 stations, throughout the main circuit boundaries.
If the direct bearings obtained by azimuth observations tally with the bearings calculated
with the aid of the first bearing and subsequent angles the angular Work is proved. Thus
while the accuracy of the angular work is proved by the azimuth observations that of
measurements is ensured by connecting the traverses with G.T. Stations.
In view of the fact that the village, taluk and district maps are to be compiled with the
greatest accuracy possible an elaborate check is exercised at every stage of the work. In
spite of a considerable amount of direct check in the field by inspecting officers, no item
of Survey work is passed, until it is finally subjected to a thorough test in the Head Office.
On completion of this check in the office, the frame-work of the village map is plotted
with reference to the theodolite work and the individual fields are then fitted in. In order
to avoid any cumulative error in the plotting of the village map. a convenient station is
selected as the point of origin and every other traverse points is determined in terms of
rectangular coordinates from the station, and plotted direct. Thus, to sum up, the main
processes in the survey of a village are -
1) Boundary demarcation (village and khandams) departmentally known as “A”
2) Traverse survey or “B” work
3) Traverse computation—Process “C”

4) Traverse Plotting—Process ‘‘D”

5) Field demarcation—Process “E”
6) Field measurement—Process “F”
7) Plotting of village map—Process “G” and
8) Finishing village map and area computation process “H”.
DIFFERENT STEPS IN THE SURVEY OF A FIELD

The first step is the formation of the field after the location of holdings within it. The unit
in a cadastral survey in the survey field and not the holding. If every holding were
surveyed on a separate framework the cost would be enormous without any resultant
advantage, individual holdings are, therefore clubbed to form survey fields convenient
both for survey and maintenance.
As wet land usually contains more holdings than dry land, the area usually adopted is 5
acres (2 hectares) for a field in wet and 10 acres (4 hectares) in dry land with the provision
that where the number of sub-divisions exceeds 20, the area of a field should be less than
2 acres (80 ares) in wet and 4 acres (1 hectare and 60 ares in dry land. In an initial survey
the area is roughly determined by pacing the length and breadth of the field.
After the boundaries of the field have been so determined and laid down with reference to
the existing bends a location sketch is prepared and the land Register written up after
careful enquiry of the karnam and the ryots. In a resurvey the location sketch is prepared
with reference to the existing survey records, after a verification of the boundaries on
ground. The formation of fields is a simple matter as the extent of every old subdivision
is available.
The main object in forming a survey field is to have holdings demarcated separately, but
put together in the same unit of a convenient area, so that the fields formed may be laid
down on the basis of an accurate frame work which would permit of being maintained
adequately. For this reason, it is obvious that long narrow fields like roads and channels
cannot be formed on the area.
In such cases convenient length of about 10 chains is fixed for the formation of a field.
Further exceptions to the general rule are single holdings which are over the prescribed
extent of a survey field, or large porambokes, like hills, rivers, grazing ground, etc. In
such cases, no attempt is made to split them up and when they cannot conveniently be
measured with chain and cross staff, they are surveyed with an angular instrument and are
then known technically as “Minor Circuit Fields.
After the rough formation of the fields, and writing up the land register, the demarcation
of boundaries should be taken up. The extremities of each line the demarcation are the
points of demarcation, points detailed under “Points to be demarcated by field stones” in
Chapter V are durably demarcated with field stones. At other points no regular survey
stones and planted but every such point is accurately fixed by means of an offset on a “G”
line run between field tri-junctions or by means of a part measurement along a line joining
the two bends.

In demarcating a boundary, very minor bends are ignored altogether and other bends arc
equalized wherever possible. Where bends are appreciably large and cannot be ignored,
regular boundaries can be laid down many cases by the process known as “equalization
of bends”. Here points are fixed and connected, ignoring intervening bends, so that the
area gained by a registered holder in one place is excluded from his holding at some other
point along his bund or limit of enjoyment. The object is to reduce the number of bends
to be off-setted is survey and then re-fixed later, during maintenance.
Equalization of bends should not he resorted to when more than two holdings are involved,
when the classification and tenure of the holdings are different or when trees exist along
the boundary. In the case of porambokes the boundaries should be straightened by cutting
off minor projections only, the less of which will not affect the poramboke and by
including them with the adjoining holdings.
Where the portions so excluded are of a considerable extent or valuable, they will be
surveyed as sub-divisions of the adjoining field and registered as assessed waste.
Demarcation is the most important process in the survey of a field. Good demarcation
ensures regular boundaries reduces Work and facilitates future maintenance.
After the boundaries of the field and its component sub-divisions are demarcated, the lines
of demarcation or “F” lines as they are called are measured. The measurement of these
“F” lines will not however be sufficient either to plot the field or to relay any important
points when necessary. What is required, therefore, is a frame work which will afford
plotable data for the field which When carefully maintained, will enable any point to be
fixed accurately on the ground. In the various system of survey, the frame work has been
different.
In the system of simple triangles all bends were connected to form a series of triangles,
and these triangles constituted the frame work for each survey field. In the block map
system, there was no separate frame work for each field. The frame work covered a whole
block of Survey fields and consisted of the arms of very large triangles. Tri-junctions and
bends were offsetted alike from the nearest arm of a triangle. The frame work was very
un-widely and made maintenance extremely difficult. In the up-to-date diagonal and
offset system each tri-junction is connected with the next by “G” lines and triangles are
completed by selecting convenient diagonals.
Fields and sub-division bends are offsetted on these “G” lines and diagonals. On
completion of the measurement of a field, it is the duty of the surveyor to prove the
accuracy of his work as for as possible which he does by calculating the distance between
successive offsets and comparing them with the measured “F” line.
Though it is not possible to check every “F” line by calculation as certain points are fixed
on straight lines and some bends are offsetted on different “G” lines, the diagonal and
offset system does afford an independent check, of a substantial, amount of the
measurement work done by the surveyor. The Survey of the field is now over, the
Surveyor will plot the field to a convenient scale and then compute the area of each sub-
division with the area square paper. These processes have been explained fully in
Chapters VIII and IX above.

OBSERVANCE OF LEGAL FORMALITIES UNDER THE ACT

A Cadastral survey is carried out under the legal provisions contained in the Survey and
Boundaries Act, 1923 (Tamil Nadu Act VIII of 1923). These legal provisions ensure that
the ryots are given due notice of the survey and are invited to co-operate by attending and
furnishing necessary information regarding their lands. Every registered holder has an
opportunity of verifying his boundaries as laid down at survey and of putting forward a
complaint if he is aggrieved by the demarcation.
At the same time, the interests of Government are secured as the boundaries of
porambokes finally decided in survey are legally valid unless altered by a decision of a
civil court within three years from the final notification under the Act. The previous Act,
Act IV of 1897 was defective in that the finality of Survey did not cover boundaries in
respect of which on complaints were preferred in the course of Survey. This defect has
been rectified in Act VIII of 1923 by the inclusion of an independent decision under
section 9 (1) relating to boundaries in respect of which no dispute has been brought to
notice.
Before a Survey is taken up a notification is published under section 5 for Government
lands and boundaries between Government lands and lands which are not Government.
In the case of proprietary estates, the notification for survey should be under section 17
(a) or 17 (b) according as to survey is ordered at the instance of the proprietor or by
Government (i) for the better or convenient assessment or levy of irrigation cess or (ii)
for any other reason to be recorded ‘prior to the issue of such notification.
A notification under section 6 or in the case of lands, in proprietary estates this section
read with section 18 is issued by the survey officer appointed under section 4 and is an
invitation to all persons having any interest in the land or to the boundaries of which the
survey has been ordered, to attend either in person or by agent at a specified place and
time and from time to time thereafter when called upon, for the purpose of pointing out
boundaries and supplying information in connection therewith.
Where the survey relates to one or more villages, it should be published in two successive
issues of the District Gazette, and should also be affixed to village chavadi. Where the
survey relates only to a part of a village the notification should contain particulars of the
fields to be surveyed and publication in the village chavadi will be sufficient. In both
cases, the fact of publication should be announced in the village by beat of tom-tom.
When a survey is made under section 5 of the Act, the cost of boundary pillars, hired
labour charges, pay of stone accountants, plus 50 per cent of the aggregate of such
amounts as surcharge to cover the cost of supervision, storage indenting and other
miscellaneous items of work connected with the above are recovered from the registered
holder.
All costs incurred by the Local Government on account of a survey directed under clause
(a) of section 17 shall be recoverable from the persons who have any interest in the estate,
portion of estate or boundary of which the survey has been ordered, as an arrear of land
revenue, the cost of a survey directed under clause (b) (i) and (ii) of section 17 shall be
borne by the local Government unless otherwise provided by any law for the time being
in force.

Under section 8 (i) the cost of the labour employed and of the survey marks used for any
survey notified under section 5 shall be determined and apportioned in the prescribed
manner among the persons who have any interest in the land or in the boundaries of which
the survey has been ordered, and shall be recoverable from such persons as an arrear of
land revenue. Notice of such determination and apportionment shall be given in the
prescribed manner to the persons aforesaid.
The Survey Officer works out the rate per acre (hectare) and intimates the demand to the
collector of the district concerned. The Tahsildar should then prepare demand notices in
duplicate under section 8 (i) showing the fields held by each person according to the latest
village accounts and the charges recoverable for the survey thereof. This is sent to the
village officers for collection. There is a right of appeal under section 8 (2) against the
demand.
On completion of the measurements of the fields, the Survey Officer shall record his
decision under section 9 (1) determining as correct and undisputed all boundaries in
respect of which no dispute is brought to his notice. Notice of every decision of the Survey
Officer under section 9 (1) shall be given to the registered holders of the lands the
boundaries of which may be affected by the decision. These notices are issued under
section 9 (2). They contain extracts from the field register relating to the holdings and
should state the time within which and the officer to whom appeals should be preferred.
Thus in addition to the opportunity offered under section 6 of being present and checking
the demarcation initially made by the surveyor, every registered holder may verify his
boundaries on receipt of the notice under section 9 (2) and prefer a land complaint if he
is aggrieved. Where a registered holder has reason to believe that the demarcation made
by the surveyor is incorrect, he need not wait for the final notice under section 9 (2) but
may prefer a complaint at once even while the field work is in progress.
The Survey Officer shall then take action under section 10 (1) make the necessary enquiry,
and determine the boundary and record- if in accordance with his decision. The Survey
©fleer shall, record in writing the reasons for his decision. Notice of every decision of the
Survey Officer under section IQ (.1) shall be given in the prescribed manner to the
registered holders of the lands affected under section 10 (2).
Any person affected by a decision under sections 8, 9 or 10 may appeal to the prescribed
officer within a period of three months from the date of service of the notice. From the
sections of the Act noted above, it will be seen that white complaints preferred during
field demarcation and survey are enquired into and decided first of all under section 10
(1) and then again on appeal, under section 11, there is only one decision for a land
complaint preferred under section 9 (2). The reasons are that, latter case, there is actually
a prior decision under section 9 (1) where the Survey Officer has actually recorded the
fact that the boundaries were correct and undisputed.
Hence a complaint preferred on receipt of the notice under section 9(2) is really an appeal,
which is decided under section 11 just as the appeal on an order passed under section 10
(l). The final notification under section 13 of the Act is issued after three months from the
date of service of the notice under sections 9 (2) or 10 (2) and if any appeal is preferred
after the appeal has been heard and decided. The notification declared the survey final
unless set aside by a decree of Civil Court on suit institutes within three years from the

date of the notification. The notification is published in the District Gazette and a copy is
posted in the village chavadi.
The notification under section 5 should be published in the A.P. Gazette and in the District
Gazette. The notification under section 6 should be published in two successive issues of
the Gazette, to make sure that the commencement of survey is widely advertised and
those* under sections 6 and 13 only in the District Gazette.
****

CHAPTER-XI
MAINTENANCE
The primary object of maintenance is to keep the permanent records handed over by the
Survey Department up to date and useful in the day to day Revenue administration. In
previous years, it was the practice of the Settlement department to take over the survey
records, shroff them, fix the assessment, prepare the permanent diglot register with the
information furnished in the Survey Land Register and then hand over all the connected
records to the Revenue Department. The period of Settlement was fixed at thirty years,
and at almost every resettlement it was found necessary to have a preliminary survey of
some kind because of the unsatisfactory maintenance of the Survey records and the
registry of holdings.
On a thorough investigation it was found that it was well high impossible for the
maintenance staff of Revenue Inspectors to cope with the work of incorporating the
numerous changes in survey fields and sub-divisions and inspection and renewal of the
survey marks. The arrears gradually swelled to a colossal figure and made it essential that
some other agency should take over the work. On 1st April 1942 a new scheme was
introduced under which maintenance work was transferred to professional surveyors. One
or two surveyors were allotted to each taluk of town and a separate contingent called “the
mobile staff” was employed or items of regular survey and on the clearance of the arrears
of maintenance where necessary:
2. The present policy of the Government is to restrict resurvey of villages where it is found
that the old framework has completely broken down. The necessity for keeping the
revenue records and registers quite up to date will now be clear. In the previous chapter
it was explained that Survey was the basis for the collection of land revenue.
Though the extent of every holdings is fixed at survey, and a fair rate of assessment
determined, these Sub-divisions are not final. Changes take place in the following manner
in the day to day revenue administration.
(i) Applications are received for the grant of land, registered in the accounts as assessed
waste and these are dealt within the special register (No. 4) of darkhasts maintained
in the Taluk Office.
ii) Registered holders sometimes relinquish portions of their holdings and these portions
have to be sub-divided and the assessment fixed again for the area retained. Special
register No. 5, register of relinquishments, is the connected registers dealing with
these cases in Taluk Office.
iii) Very many changes are due to transfer of registry of holdings on account of sale, gift
succession partition etc., These are dealt with under two sections in Register No. 6
in the Taluk office, Section 1 relates to cases forwarded by the registration
department and section II includes all other cases detected either by the Chairman or
Revenue Inspectors, or reported to the Tahsildar by the parties themselves.
In view of the importance of correct registry, a special register called the “Enjoyment
Register” with two subsidiary registers is maintained by the village karnam. These
registers clearly indicate whether the karnam has taken any real interest in detecting
new cases and also serves as an indirect check on adangal and chitta.

iv) Lands are frequently transferred from one head of classification to another from dry
to wet, assessed waste to poramboke, to assessed waste etc. The register dealing with
transfers from one head of classification to another in special register No. 7 in the
Taluk Office.
3. Consequent on all these changes, the connected survey records have to be corrected and
kept up to date. The records maintained are —
i) The permanent village register giving particulars of the description classification and
tenure of each field and sub-division,
ii) An atlas of field maps having the measurement to scale of each Survey number and
sub-division.
iii) A village’s map which serves as a key to the field map both in office and in the field.
4. In order to maintain the revenue records and registration, the frame work of every survey
field has also to be maintained; and this done by inspecting the survey marks periodically
and renewing the missing stones Now the maintenance of survey marks should be only
auxiliary to the real maintenance of the revenue registers and records.
To enable the maintenance of the latter boundaries and holdings have to be identified and
exact- points must be readily available from which measurements can be taken with case
and rapidity. This can be done with proper survey marks existing on the ground.
Unfortunately, the ryots do not look after the survey stones on their boundaries with the
result that the maintenance of survey marks has, become a real problem.
5. Description and use of the Records :
i) The permanent village register or the “A” Register, is the authoritative record far
settlement and revenue particulars of every field and sub-division in the village. It
gives the tenure, Government or inam, dry, wet, unassessed or poramboke, source of
irrigation, class and sort of soil taram, rate per acre (Hectare) extern and assessment
of each field and sub-division, Reference to this records are necessary to ascertain
the assessment on individual holdings tad to dispose of cases of transfer of lands
from one head to another.
ii) The atlas of field maps contains plotted sketches of individual fields showing the
boundaries of all the component sub-divisions. A record of measurement of fields
and sub-divisions is thus provided which serves to identify boundaries and settle
disputes and enable Revenue officers to check the cultivation of each holding during
azmoish or for any other reason. Each field map provides independent data which
make it possible to relay any boundary on the ground when necessary to do so. The
atlas of field maps is therefore the most assented record for maintenance.
iii) The village map is a key to the field atlas. It acts mainly as an index to the field
measurement book and shows the relative position of the survey field. Topographical
details arc inserted in the village map and this information makes it very valuable in
the identification of fields by all Inspecting officers. Once the Particular field is
identified, the individual field map is referred to for all other particulars required.
The village map is drawn to a scale of 16" to the mile (1 mm. = 5000 mm.) and does
not show sub-division boundaries under the metric system, the village maps are
drawn to scale 1 mm. = 5000 mm
6. Steps in the maintenance of Survey marks : In order to effect new sub- divisions, the
frame work of the individual survey fields must be preserved. If a few stones in a village

are missing, the points can easily be re-fixed with the data available, and the stones
replaced; but if the number of missing stones reaches a very high percentage, it would be
a laborious task to refix missing points and a resurvey would be the only solution. The
frame work has, therefore, to be preserved carefully and this is done by a periodical
inspection of the stones and by renewing the missing stones promptly. It is the duty of
every karnam to inspect a minimum of 1,000 stones a year subject to a maximum period
of 3 years for a wet village and five years for a dry village.
A very important change in, procedure in the new scheme is that the repair of stones that
are loose and require tamping with earth is attended to by the karnams and other
inspecting-officers in the course of the actual inspection and not as a separate item of
work. Previously the karnam merely noted the fact that particular stones required repair.
It often happened that before the necessary notices were served on the parties and the
Revenue Inspector found time to attend to the stone, it had either fallen or disappeared
altogether with the result that elaborate measurements had to be taken to fix the point
accurately.
All this additional work is now saved by tamping the stone with earth immediately on
finding it in need of repair. A detailed investigation made by survey officers in surveyed
estates revealed the fact very impressively that the neglect of a periodical inspection and
repair of stones resulted in the whole survey frame work breaking down and the necessity
for complete resurvey.
7. The importance of this initial item of maintenance cannot be overstressed as without the
frame work of the survey fields the elaborate village registers and accounts are practically
worthless.
8. The records prepared for the inspection of stones are (i) the demarcation sketches and (ii)
stone registers. A copy of the printed village map is cut into blocks of survey fields and
the maintainable stones in each field are numbered in a separate series. The principle
followed is that field bearing the stones should be numbered in the lowest number. All
theodolite stations other than minor circuit stations should be numbered in one series for
each village.
On completion of the preparation of demarcation sketches, Stone registers in the form
prescribed in Appendix II to chapter I Part I, II Paragraph 4 are written up -Form A for
theodolite stations and Form B for field stones. In the Stone register is entered particulars
of (i) the survey number end serial numbers of the stone in the field (2) the survey fields
and subdivisions, the holders of which are responsible for the maintenance of the stone
(3) data of the karnams inspection and result (4) data of inspection if replaced by the ryot
and (5) date of verification of the karnams entry or renewal by the Maintenance Field
surveyor.
9. In order to ensure that a genuine and systematic inspection is made by the village karnam,
a check is exercised by the maintenance field surveyor who inspects a certain percentage
of stones in different blocks from time to time. Regular inspection reports are written up
by the maintenance field surveyor and the karnams work is classified as “good” “fair” or
“bad” and necessary action is taken by the Revenue Authorities in cases of unsatisfactory
work.

A very important point in connection with the inspection of stones is explained below.
One of the objects of a survey is to afford a safe guard against encroachments on
Government lands and in order to facilitate the detection of encroachments all bends of
poramboke fields and subdivisions are demarcated with stones. But when stones are
inspected on poramboke boundaries it will not suffice merely to verify whether particular
stones that are numbered in the demarcation sketch are existing or not.
Experience has proved that the ryot who plans an encroachment endeavors to keep the
fact of encroachment concealed, and generally raises a new bund and plants the survey
stone very firmly in its new position. An intelligent check is therefore necessary in the
course of stone inspections on Poramboke boundaries. The Inspector is now a
Professional surveyor and it is not difficult for him to tell at a glance of the field
measurement book and the present with of the poramboke in question and whether there
has been any encroachment or not. A check is often possible by calculating and then
checking the actual measurements from bund to bund on opposite sides or where this is
not possible the scaled measurement of the width of the channel or other poramboke at a
particular Place will be quite sufficient to disclose any substantial encroachment made by
the adjoining ryot.
Detailed measurements can then be taken if necessary. Hence it is one of the maintenance
field Surveyor to report all cases of encroachments detected in the course of his stone
inspection.
10. Under the provisions of the A.P. Survey and Boundaries Act, every registered holder of
Government land is bound to maintain, renew and repair all survey marks on the
boundaries of his holding. Column (2) of the stone register referred to above shows the
owners of which are responsible for the maintenance of each stone. Notices are served
under section 15 of the Act, on the registered holders concerned informing them that if
the missing stones are not replaced within 15 days of the receipt of the notice, the stones
will be planted by the maintenance staff and the cost recovered from them.
11. The technical procedure in the replacement of missing stones has been explained below.
The most popular and accurate method of re-fixing a missing field tri-junction is by the
N.O.S. problem, which should be studied thoroughly by all students of survey.
12. Replacement of Missing Field Stones : Every registered holder of land is bound by law
to maintain in good repair all stones on the boundaries of his land, or to replace them if
missing. It is also the duty of karnams to inspect the stones in their villages periodically
and to note in the stone registers all stones which are missing. Stones which are missing
or out of place have to be refixed. This is done by relaying on the ground the
measurements recorded in the field maps. The best methods of doing this are explained
below.
Note : In these examples, it is assumed that stones from which measurements are to be re-laid are
themselves in their correct position. But this can never be assumed in practice and the position
of such stones must invariably be verified by measurement of not less than two lines
converging at each point.

13. To relay a recorded offset: If the field map contains an offset to the missing stones all that
is necessary is to relay this measurement on the ground.
Thus if the stones at C and D are missing, while those at A
and B are present, all that is necessary is to chain the line
AB and lay off the offsets 52 at 213 and 49 at 397 with the
cross staff.
14. The calculation of the chain and offset method-This method which is frequently referred
to as the “N.O.S. problem” is more accurate than any of those described in subsequent
sections and should therefore be used whenever possible. Suppose that in Fig. No. 56 the
stones at A and C are present and that B is missing. There is no offset recorded from the
line AC to B. But this can be calculated by the method explained in paragraph 10 of Chap.
IX as follows.
2502 +2252 −1782
The chain distance AD = = 163
2 𝑥 250
The offset BD = √2252 − 𝐴𝐷2 = 155, We can

then lay off this offset at this distance on the
ground as in paragraph 2 above. It should be
noted that in the same way the chain distance
on the line AC produced can be calculated it the
perpendicular from B falls beyond C.
15. The following further applications of method are often useful : i) Suppose that the
stones at B and Dare missing while those at A and C
are present, the lengths of the outer boundaries of the
field and of one diagonal DB are given. We proceed
to calculate the length of the other diagonal AC as
follows.
The distances DN and AN are calculated from the
triangle ABD as explained above. Similarly, the
distances BM and MC can be calculated from the
triangle BCD. We then know the distance MN and
A𝐶 2 = M𝑁 2 - (AN + MC)2 Wecan then calculate the offsets to B and D from the chain
Line AC.

ii) Where a field map contains offsets measured as shown in the following diagram and
stones at both the extremities of the “G” line AB are missing; to replace them the
following method may be adopted:
Calculate the sides of the right angled triangle DXE with reference to the recorded chain
and offset distances by means of the calculation of the chain and
offset method calculate the chain and offset distance EY and YX with
the help of these fix the point on the ground; produce EX to a point
at a distance of57 links (11.4 meters) from X, i.e. to the point F. Setup
the cross staff at D and sight X through one grove.
Then measure 57 links (11.4 meters) in the direction of the chain line
sighted through the other grove to the point G. With these two points
on the chain line determined, the positions of A and B can be fixed,
and by any other recorded offset as to the point C.
In the above figure if B and D are in position, for example, and C is
missing, it will be clear that BD can be calculated
√1052 + 572 √212 + 11.42 and that C can be replaced by the
second method shown above with reference to the Measurements of
the triangle BCD. In Block map and plane table areas, this method
does away with the necessity for relaying long ‘G’ Lines.
16. The Intersection of perpendiculars Method : In many cases, the existence of bunds,
ridges or other visible marks enables the surveyor to guess approximately the position of
the missing stone without actual measurement, the
approximate point not differing from the time one by more
than 30 links (6 meters) In such cases, the following process
will be found quicker and easier.
In Fig. 58 A and C are in site, B is missing the
measurements of AB and CB are given. Onan inspection of
the bunds forming the boundaries of the fields D is found to
be approximate position of the missing mark. Measure 320
(64 Mts.) from A in the direction of D. At the 320th link (E)
set up the cross staff, view A through one groove and direct
flags of F and G
through the other.
Next measure 450 (90 meters) from C in the direction
of E and at the 450th link (H) set up the cross staff,
view C through one groove and direct flags to I and J
through the other. X, the point of intersection of the
two perpendiculars FG and IJ. In the position of the
missing mark. AX and CX should be measured and
slight adjustments if necessary, made as explained
above.
This method is not strictly accurate and should only
be applied over short distances.

17. The Scale and bit method : This is only to be employed in areas surveyed on the block
map or plane table systems of survey, where no interior measurements are recorded in the
field maps and where it is often impossible to relay the long lines on which field points
were offsetted. It should not be used when any other method is possible. The method is
as follows:
i) With the help of the field map, find two stones that are still on the ground and so
situated that the line joining them passes close to the place where, according to the
map, the missing stones should be.
ii) Place the wooden scale on the field map on the line joining these two stones and
adjust the bit to form a right angle with the scale and the position on the map of the
missing mark. Then read off the length of the straight line between the two stones
the distance from either of the stones along this line, of the point that which the offset
to the missing stone should be measured, and the length of the offset. Then lay out
these measurements on the ground with the chain and cross staff.
The position of the missing mark thus determined should be verified by measuring
its distance from the adjoining field stones and comparing the result with the
measurements noted in the map. It should be shifted slightly where necessary so that
large differences in one or more lines may be evenly distributed among all the lines
meeting thereat.
iii) Suppose stones numbers 3 and 4 are missing in diagram number 60. Look for stones
numbers 2 and 5 or 1 and 5. To measure between the two latter, if they exist, will
probably be easier than between the two former as the field boundary will not have
to be crossed and it may prove to be an inconvenient obstacle. Read off with the scale
and offset bit distances 1A, A3, IB and B4 on the field map.
Suppose these distances to be 110 links (22 meters) 45 links (9 meters) 310 links (62
meters) and 175 links (35 meters) respectively. Measure 110 (22 meters) along with the
line 1-5 on the ground set up the cross staff at the Point A, view 1 and 5 through one
groove and direct man through the other to stand at about the distance of the missing stone
and measure 45 links (9 meters) in that direction. The point arrived at will approximately
be the position of stone number 3. Similarly, by measuring 310 links (62 meters) along
with line 1-5 and then 175 (3 meters) at right angles to the left the position of stone number

4 will be found. To verify the points thus determined measure the distance from stones
numbers 5 and 2 and from each other. Shift the positions slightly till the measurements
tally with those noted in the field map within the limit of error allowed. If either point is
a tri-junction as Number 4 in the sketch another check measurement may be made by
consulting the maps of the adjoining survey field numbers 11 and 12. The position of a
missing stone should always be verified by re-measuring at least three lines wherever
possible.
18. A certain amount of common sense is required for replacing missing stones correctly. It
is usually possible to tell from the ground the spot where the stone should
be. Unless the measurements lead to somewhere near this spot, some
mistake has been made which should be rectified before proceeding
further. The following points should be borne in mind:
a) Clerical errors are sometimes found in the measurements recorded
in the field measurement books. Errors of 3 for 8 or 5, of 7 for 3, of
0 for 6 or 9 and vice versa are the commonest. These can often be
detected by checking the plotting with a scale or by comparison with
the measurement recorded for side fields.
b) 111 conditioned triangles will not give accurate results whatever
method is used. Those met with are of two kinds:
1. Triangles with a small base, thus in fig 61 the base AB is too
short to enable us to use the stones at A and B as points from
which to replace the stone at C whatever method we use. We can, however use
the triangle for replacing the stone at A or B from the base BC or AC.
Example : Calculate the chain and offset distances on the shortest side as base
in triangles of the following dimensions. Note the large difference in the answer
which arises from a very small difference in the triangles 1575, 573, 10; II. 574,
573, 10.
2. Triangle with two sides very nearly equal to the third. In this case the position
of the point D in the line AB
can be obtained correctly
either by calculation or by
scaling but the offset distance
DC is uncertain.
Example : Calculate CD in the
figure, and also with the sides
AC and CB increased to 378 and 383 respectably.
c) Stones from which measurements have to be taken may not be in their correct
position. Ryots frequently move stones on poramboke boundaries to conceal
encroachments or demarcate their own increased cultivation. It follows that the
position of a stone replace should always be checked from the position of as many
other stones as possible.
19. Surrey Errors : At this stage it is desirable to explain the extent significance of the
practical error which is inevitable in measuring any line, and to distinguish it from what
is known technically as a “Survey error”. It is obvious that if a boundary 10 Chains (200
meters) in length is chained twice the two measurements will hardly ever be exactly the
same. An allowance is made for such practical error in survey and is as follows:

In lines of 5 chains (100 meters) and under a margin of 3 links (6 meters) is allowed. In
lines of over 5 chains (100 meters) a difference of one link (2 meters) per chain is allowed
up to a limit of 10 links (2 meters). In measurement on diagonal lines where the cross
staff has been used, or offset measurements the allowance is in lines of 5 chains (100
meters) and under a difference up to 4 links (8 meters) and in lines of over 5 chains (100
meters) a difference of one link (0.2 meter) per chain up to a limit of 10 links (2 meters).
In maintenance work a fair amount of cumulative error is inevitable when a missing field
tri-junction is re-fixed; the point arrived at may not be exactly identified with the point at
survey owing to the practical error involved. Now, if this stone is two links out of its
original position and if other stones in the same field are subsequently found missing and
re-fixed with measurements taken from the first stone, then part of the original error of
two links will be carried forward and so on. It is for this reason that the margin of error
allowed in measurement in maintenance work is far greater than in the original Survey.
A discrepancy between the recorded measurements or between a recorded measurement
and a measurement newly taken on ground should not be treated as an error unless it
exceeds the limit of measurement error allowed. This limit is (a) in plane table block map
and the older diagonal and offset surveys, 10 links (2 meters) in distance of 5 chains and
under and not more than 2 links (4 meters) per chain for distances of over 5 chains (100
meters) and (b) in all other surveys, 5 links (1 meter) for distance of 5 chains (100 meters)
and under and not more than one link (2 meter) per chain for distances over 5 chains (100
meters) subject to a maximum of 10 links (2 meters) in wet and 20 (4 meters) in dry lands.
Within these limits, the measurement will not be corrected unless for any reason the lines
concern has to be measured. If the difference exceeds these limits the line will be re-
measured and the village copy of the field measurement -Book corrected, provided the
area of any of the revenue fields concerned is not altered by more than 5 per cent. Sketches
illustrating the corrections should be sent to the District Surveyor who will have the Taluk
copy of the Field Measurement book corrected. As in the case of measurement, a similar
margin of error is allowed for areas of survey field and subdivisions in maintenance work.
This allowance is 5 per cent and when the difference between the actual area and the
registered area of either the entire survey field or of its component sub-divisions does not
exceed this margin no alteration is made in the registered area. Where the actual area of
the whole field is within this allowance but there is a larger difference in any of the sub-
divisions the area of each sub-division is adjusted ratably with reference to the registered
area of the whole field. In cases where the area of the whole field exceeds the allowance
of 5 per cent no adjustment is permissible and the newly computed area should be adopted
for each sub-division and the whole field. The procedure adopted with regard to the
adjustment of area is clearly explained and illustrated in paragraph 21 below:
20. Different steps in effecting a new Sub-division : As explained in the initial paragraph
of this chapter, the necessity for effecting new sub divisions in the course of maintenance
work arises consequent on the sanction accorded for the changes in the special registers
4, 5, 6 or 7 as the case may be.
Register Number 8-A is a current register of all changes involving new survey fields and
sub-divisions sanctioned in registers 4, 5, 6 or 7. Ordinarily the Maintenance field
surveyor should measurer the proposed sub-divisions on the ground but no new sub-

divisions in registered holdings should be measured unless, the limits are clearly defined
by ridges. The process of measuring new sub-divisions briefly described is below.
The new sub-divisions are then plotted in a tracing taken from the field map and a sub-
division statement in the form printed as Appendix VII to Paragraph 13 (a) of Chapter I
of Part II of the Manual is prepared This statement gives information regarding the present
survey field survey field or sub-division i.e., its classification area, assessment and names
of the registered holders and all particulars of the proposed sub-division, i.e., dry, wet or
poramboke, sub-division number of letter, extent according to the area square, adjusted
extent, numbers and the names of proposed registered holders, signatures of parties and
remark with regard to limits on ground, etc.
21. Measurement of ordinary sub-divisions : Before commencing field work a tracing of
the map of the field in which the new sub-division is proposed to be measured should be
taken from the field measurement book or other record of measurement prepared at the
survey. In exceptional cases of long narrow fields, the tracing may be only of the portions
of the field map required to plot the new sub-divisions and to fix the terminal points of
the “F” and “G” lines on which the new sub-division points are based.
The tracings should be carefully compared with the field map to make sure that the
measurements taken from it have been correctly copied and it should then be checked by
sale. The lengths of the field and sub-division *‘F” line should be calculated
mathematically whenever possible with reference to the recorded chain and offset
distances and the lines should be re-measured if the calculated distances do not agree with
the recorded distances within the margin of error allowed as detailed in paragraphs supra,
detailed under re-fixing of missing stones. The boundaries of the subdivision should then
be identified on the ground and the sub-division should be formed with special reference
to the following instructions
a) The boundaries of newly formed sub-divisions should always be as straight and
regular as possible. Small bends in field bunds not forming the boundaries of whole
fields should be ignored and the boundary should be taken as a straight line cutting
across the bends and making the areas included and excluded on either side
approximately equal. This should be done so long on the boundary now determined
does not depart from the natural boundary by more than 10 links (2 meters) in wet
land and 20 links (4 meters) in dry.
b) Encroachments by one ryot on the land of another should be ignored, unless the area
involved measures 5 cents (2 ares) or more.
c) What sub-divisions are formed to differentiate wet land from dry or occupied lands
from [unoccupied or poramboke small strips of land covered by bunds, rocks, prickly
pear, trees etc., should not be excluded from the wet or occupied sub-division if the
portion so excluded does not form a compact area.
d) Channels and paths not exceeding 20 links (4 meters) in width (unless they have been
acquired and the under Acquisition Act or except in special cases, to be determined
by the Collector), shifting cart tracks and foot paths and roads under the control of
the Public Works Department, passing through large tracks of reserved forests or
other Government land should be treated as detailed and not as sub-divisions.
Paragraph 14 (d) of Chapter I of Part VI of the manual
e) Revenue officers who sanction sub-divisions should send back, for correction all
cases in which instructions given above have not been followed:
How Sub-division should be measured:

Bunds on ground Sub-divisions boundaries measured. XX
Encroachment of less than 5 cents (2 ares) enjoyed by
adjacent registered holder No. 24.
The irrigable portion of the field shown in the diagram has
been ordered to be transferred to wet. A is rocky ground
measuring 2 cents (one are) B is a bund covered with
prickly pear A and part of B should be included in the wet
sub-division 2 and the boundary measured according to
the straight line and not according to the dotted line –
Survey No. 15 is a waste
field. A strip 10 links (1 meter) wide on two sides consist of
a bund and a row of Palmyra trees. The portion darkhasted
for excludes this strip. In disposing of the darkhast, the
assigning officer should refuse to exclude such small strips
or patches. Any portion excluded, must form a compact
block convenient for future assignment.
No sub-divisions should be measured unless in the case of
occupied sub-divisions the limits of occupation are indicated
by ridges or other marks and in the case of other sub-
divisions their boundaries are marked on the ground by lock
splitting or in some other distinguishable way.
The terminal points of the F and G lines on which the
new sub-division points are based should be verified
by measuring at least two converging lines. If any such
terminal points or the terminals of any line converging
on them and required for their verification are not
already demarcated with stones, their positions should
first be fixed by means of suitable marks on the ground
with the help of the recorded measurements.
If, however any of these terminals are already
demarcated with stones and these stones are found in
need of renewal they should be renewed before proceeding with the measurement of the
sub-division, provided the officer measuring the sub-division is competent to do renewals
and also notices under section 15 (2) of the Survey and Boundaries Act have already been
served on the persons responsible and the prescribed time has expired. Otherwise, the
correct position of the stones should first be fixed by means of suitable marks. If the actual
measurements of the converging lines agree with the recorded measurements within the
admissible margin of error the positions of the terminal points (whether demarcated with
stones or not) of the F and G lines on which the sub-division points are based may be
presumed to be correct and the measurements of the sub-division proceeded with.
The actual measurements so obtained should be noted in red ink on the sketch in all cases
in which maintenance field surveyor or any other surveyor is doing the sub-division work
in the first instance. The new sub-division points should then be offsetted on the nearest

convenient lines joining two tri-junctions. They should not in any case be fixed by means
of “Tie” lines; care should be taken to measure separately in all cases the subdivision “F”
lines of the new sub-divisions. The measurement should then be plotted into tracings of
the field map above referred to. The figures representing the measurements of "F” and
“G” lines should be written in the sub-division sketch so as to point to north or east as
near as may be except in the direction in which the “G” line was measured.
The areas of the new sub-divisions should be computed by area square paper. In cases in
which an already existing sub-division has been sub-divided, if the total of the areas of
the new sub-divisions differs from the registered area of the sub-division that has been
sub-divided by more than 5 per cent, areas of the remaining sub-divisions in the field
should also be computed by area square paper. The areas thus computed should be noted
in column (8) of the subdivision statement vide enclosure I. These areas should then be
compared with the registered areas and adjusted as follows, the adjusted areas being noted
in column (9) of the sub-division statement.
a) Where the difference between the actual area and the registered area of either the
entire survey field or of its component sub-divisions does not exceed 5 per cent, no
alteration should be made in the registered area.
ILLUSTRATION-I
Final area to be
Registered ares Actual area Adjusted area
adopted
Sub- Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts.
divisions
Ha. Ares. Ha. Ares. Ha. Ares. Ha. Ares.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 7 51 7 85 … … 7 51
2 0 85 0 87 … … 0 85
3 2 32 2 30 … … 2 32
10 68 11 02 … … 10 68
b) Where the actual area of the entire survey field does not differ from the registered
area by more than 5 per cent, but the actual area of any of the component sub-
divisions differ from the registered area by more than that limit, the areas of each of
the subdivisions should be adjusted ratably with reference to the registered area of
the whole field and the areas adjusted should be adopted.

ILLUSTRATION-II
Registered ares Actual area Adjusted area Final area to be adopted
Sub-
Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts.
divisions
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 3 34 2 85 2 74 2 74
2 1 56 2 91 2 79 2 79
3 1 25 0 89 0 86 0 86
4 1 82 1 65 1 58 1 58
7 97 8 30 7 97 7 97
c) Where the actual area of the entire survey field differs from the registered area by
more than 5 per cent no adjustment is permissible but actual areas should be adopted
for the entire survey field and for its component sub-divisions.
ILLUSTRATION-III
Final area to be
Registered ares Actual area Adjusted area
adopted
Sub-
divisions Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts. Acs. Cts.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 0 19 0 88 … … 0 88
2 1 39 1 40 … … 1 40
3 6 93 6 10 … … 6 10
9 23 8 38 … … 8 38
Note : In the case of existing sub-divisions with an extent of 20 cents (8 ares) and less differences of
more than 2 cents (1 are) should alone be reckoned as errors in area.
d) The above instructions apply also to cases where new subdivisions are created in an
entire survey field or in an already existing sub-division.
A sub-division statement should be prepared in the form given in Appendix VII to
chapter I of Part II and attached to the sub-division sketch. The sub-division sketch
and statement constitute the sub-division records.
Poramboke and land Acquisition sub-divisions should be demarcated durably before
measurement.
Whenever a new sub-division has to be made in a survey field the karnam should report
whether there are sub-divisions in the field fit for clubbing and if so whether the holder
there of has any objection to their being clubbed. The maintenance field surveyor should
take the opportunity to club all the sub-divisions in that field which are of the same
description and soil and taram and which have come into the possession of one and the
same individual and should alter the registry accordingly.
But sub-divisions in inam fields covered by different title deeds should not be clubbed.
Sub-divisions should not be clubbed, if the ryot objects and sub-divisions in Inam fields

covered by different title deeds should not be clubbed. When sub-divisions are clubbed
either on account of identity of ownership or for other reasons the dubbed subdivision
should be denoted by the lowest number of the sub-division clubbed. Remarks should be
made against each such sub-division in the tracing of the field and in the sub-division
statement to the effect that the sub-division has been clubbed with the sub-division having
the revised number.
The sub-divisions comprised in the clubbed sub-division should also be noted in the sub-
division statement against the number denoting the clubbed sub-division. If all the sub-
divisions in the field are clubbed, the field should be simply denoted; by the original-
survey number, of the field. Copies of the remarks made in the tracing of the field map
and in the sub-division statement including particulars of the old sub-divisions
corresponding to the clubbed sub-division should be entered in the statement' of sub-
divisions furnished to the Registration Department,
When there is a survey error in the field in which a new survey field or sub-division has
to be measured the survey should not be undertaken until after the error Iris been corrected
in accordance with the rules in chapter I of Part II.
22. Notations of Sub-divisions and new Survey Fields : a) The notation of new sub-
divisions of registered holdings will depend on the notation of the survey fields and^ sub-
divisions in the printed diglot register and should be such as to indicate the plot from
which the new sub-division is made. If, in the diglot register, sub-divisions are denoted
by numbers, new sub-divisions should be denoted by letters and vice versa. E.g. (i) new
sub-division No. 14-1 should be denoted as 14—1 A. 14-1 B, etc., (2) new sub-divisions
of existing sub-division No. 14-1 A should be denoted as 14-1-A1, 14-1-A2 etc.
New sub-division of existing S No. 14 should generally he denoted as 14-1, 14-2, etc.,
unless the district practice has been to use letter, e.g., 14/A 14/B in which case this practice
may continue, the main object being to indicate clearly the origin of each sub-division, to
preserve continuity of revenue records, and to facilitate search for and identification of
registered assurances.
In the case of assessed and unassessed waste lands and porambokes the sub-divisions
formed out of entire survey numbers will be numbered serially as sub-divisions 1, 2, 3,
etc. New sub-divisions in existing sub-divisions will be assigned numbers serially in
continuation of the last registered subdivision of the survey field of which it forms part,
the remaining portion of the parent sub-division retaining its original numbers.
b) Further sub-divisions of post settlement sub-divisions should be denoted by numbers
or letters according as the post settlement sub-divisions are denoted by letters or
numbers respectively.
c) Any new field formed should be numbered in continuation of the last survey number
of the village. Where it is necessary to cub two or more old fields into one new field
only the lowest number should be retained and a note made in the village map, field
measurement book and “A” register that “S. Nos. are clubbed S. No
In cases where more than 26 sub-divisions are formed in an existing sub-division and
the new sub-divisions are to be denoted by letters the first 26 sub-divisions will be
denoted by the letters A to Z and the further subdivisions by letters AA, AB, etc.

23. Measurement of small superfluous bits in porambokes for purposes of assignment :

In districts which are not about to be resurveyed, poramboke boundaries will require to
be revised from time to time with due regard to the requirements of the villagers and to
the desirability of securing straight and simple boundaries, The portions to be so excluded
from poramboke fields should only be surveyed as sub-divisions of the poramboke fields
except when they are petty in extent [5 cents (2 ares) or less] or long and narrow or for
any other reason their retention in the accounts as sub-divisions is undesirable. In the
excepted cases the superfluous portions of the poramboke fields should be added on to
the adjacent fields, the boundaries of which should, therefore be revised as also the
boundaries of the poramboke fields. That is to say, the poramboke fields and the affected
adjacent fields should be resurveyed. These fields will retain their original numbers only.
For detailed instructions see Board’s standing order No. 26, 8 (c) measurement of a sub-
division of a required area from a given field.
24. Case No. 1 : To cut off from a given field a portion containing required area with a part
of the boundary of the given field as one of its sides.
Let it be required to cut off from ABCDEFG an extent of 5| acres (2 hectares 20 ares)
with a part of AB as one of its sides.
On the line AB, select two convenient points W and X and measure the distance between
them, say 10 chains (200 meters).
From W and X lay off offsets WY and XZ of equal length.
The area of the required portion in square links (meters) divided by the length in links
(meters) of the line WX will give the length of each of the offsets.
1
This 5 acres (2 Hectares 20 ares) i.e., 550,000 Square links (22,000 square meters)
2
1
divided by 10 chains, i.e., 1,000 links will be 550 links or 52 chains (110 metres).
Then measure YZ and see that it is the same length as WX i.e., 10 chains (200 meters),
1
The rectangle WXZY is the required portion, measuring 52 acres (2 Hectares 20 ares) cut
off from the given field.

25. Case No. 2 : To cut off from a field a portion containing a required area with parts of two
adjoining boundaries of the given fields as two of its sides.
Let it be required to cut off from ABCDEFG an extent of 2\ acres (1 Hectare) with AV
and AW parts of AB and AG as two of its sides.
Measure the straight line VW forming the triangle WAV and let it be 8 chains (160
meters).
From VW measure the offset XA and let it be 3 chains (60 meters).
800𝑋300
The area of the triangle WVA= square links or 1.20 acres (48 ares).
2
Deduct this extent 1.20-acres (48 ares) from the total area of the required portion, i.e.,
2.50 acres (1 Hectare).
The balance 1.30 acres (52 ares) will be the area of another triangle to be formed on the
other side of the line VW.
The balance area, in square links (square meters) divided by half the length in, links
(meters) of the line VW will give the length of the offset to be laid off on the line VW to
form the other triangle.
Thus 1.30 acres (52 ares) i.e., 1,30,000 square links (5,200 square meters) divided by 4
chains i.e., 400 links (80 meters) will be 325 links (65 meters).
Lay out the offset YZ equal to 325 links (65 meters) from any convenient point Y in VW.
Measure WZ and VW.
1
The AVZW is the required portion measuring 2 acres (1 Hectare) cut of the given field.
2
26. Case No. 8 : To cut off from a given field a portion containing a required area, with the
whole of one boundary and parts of two boundary lines of the given field as three of its
sides.
Let it be required to cut off from ABCDEFG a portion with AB and BX and AW parts of
BC and AG as three of its sides.

First draw a straight line completing the quadrilateral WABX.

Then find the area of the quadrilateral by chaining a diagonal and taking two offsets it the
area thus found of the quadrilateral is less than the required portion, a triangle containing
the deficiency must be added to the area of the quadrilateral.
If the area of the quadrilateral is greater than the area of the required portion a triangle
containing the excess must be deducted from the quadrilateral.
In both cases, the required portion/will have five sides.
The above figure shows the first case.
Let the area of the required portion = 14.30 acres (5.72 hectares).
Let the length of WX = 1,900 Links (380 meters).
Let the length of diagonal WB =2,160 Links (432 meters)
Let the offset taken on BW to the Point X = 460 Links (92 meters)
Let the offset on BW to the Point A =600 Links (120 meters)
Then the area of the quadrilateral WABX =
(460 + 600)
2,160 x square links= 11,44,800 square links (45,792 Sq. M)
2
Deduct this extent 11,44,800 square links (45,792 sq. meters) from 14.30 acres (5.72
hectares) or 14,30,000 square links (57,230 square meters).
The balance 2,85,200 square links (11,408 square meters) will be the area of the triangle
WAZ which should be added to the quadrilateral WABX.
In order to form this triangle, the length of the offset to Z is obtained by dividing 2,85,200
square links (11,406 square meters) by half the length of WX, viz. 950 links (190 meters).
The quotient 300 links (60 meters) is the length of the offset to Z.
Lay out the offset from any convenient point in XWJ
Measure WZ and XZ

Then ABSZW is the required portion measuring 14.30 acres (5.72 Hectares) Cut off from
the given field.
The following figure shows
the second case, i.e., when
the area of the quadrilateral
WABX is greater than the
area of the required portion:
Let the area of the required
portion be 10 acres. (4
Hectares)
The area of the quadrilateral
WABX being 1 1,44,800,
square links (45,792 sq. meters) as shown in the previous case the difference between this
area and the area 10 acres or (10,00,000 square links) (4 hectares or 40,000 sq. meters of
the required portion is 1,44,800 square links (455,972 sq. meters).
The difference 1,44,800 square links (5,792 sq. meters) will be the area of the triangle
WZX which should be deducted from the quadrilateral WABX.
In order to form this triangle, the length of the offset to Z is obtained by dividing 1,44,800
square links (5,792 sq. meters) by half the length of WZ viz. 950 links (190 meters).
The quotient 152 links (30.5 meters) is the length of the offset to Z
Lay out the offset from any convenient point in XW.
Measure WZ and XZ.
The ABXZW is the required portion measuring 10 acres (4 hectares) cut off from the
given field.
27. Measurement of new Roads, Railways and Channels of 50 Links (10 Meters) and
over in Width : Where lands are acquired for permanent occupation such assign cases of
new railways, roads and channels of 50 links (10 meters) and above in width and in cases
of permanent widening or extension by the acquisition of fresh land of such railways,
roads and channels the fields affected by the change need not be completely re-surveyed
though it involves the complete obliteration of existing field boundaries. The survey
should be carried out on the general lines laid down in section IV of Chapter IV. The
records to be prepared in these cases are —
i) Two sets of temporary subdivision sketches and subdivision statements showing all
the subdivisions newly formed in respect of portions of survey fields acquired and
sketches of the new fields formed, if any.
ii) One set of permanent sketches and statements of changes due to land acquisition
showing the amalgamation of subdivisions after acquisition in a form as per the
specimen. Three sets of permanent sketches should be prepared in the case of
proprietary areas as two copies are required for insertion in the village copies of the
Field measurement book. In all cases where new fields have been formed, one more
copy of the permanent sketch should be prepared for transmission to the Central
Survey Office.

The temporary sketches are prepared for the purpose of award and the permanent
sketches are for incorporation of the changes in the maintained records. One copy of
the temporary subdivision sketch should finally be kept in the land acquisition file
and the second copy should be filed in the Collector’s office (B.P, 19, Press dated
30th June 1947 and B.P. Mis 994, dated 10th August 1950).
28. Measurement of Detached Portions of Large Blocks : Where a registered survey field
(whether assessed waste or unassessed or poramboke) a portion or portions of which it is
proposed to grant for occupation or for transfer from one head to another, is extensive in
area that in 50 acres (20 hectares) or more such portion or portions instead of being
mapped and registered as sub-division of the survey number should be separately
demarcated, mapped and registered as new survey fields being assigned numbers in
continuation of the last registered survey number of the village, the remaining portion of
the divided survey field retaining its original number.
However, in cases of assignment, if the portion applied for is small, it should be measured
wherever possible as a subdivision of a new field to be formed out of the big blocks, the
new field being about 5 acres (2 hectares) in wet and 10 acres (4 hectares) in dry or such
lesser extent as the state of the ground will admit, having due regard to probable future
requirements.
The new field should invariably be surveyed on the diagonal and offset method and some
of its important bends should be off-setted on a convenient diagonal or diagonals of the
original survey field so that the new field can be plotted in the sketch for the old field.
Particular care should be taken to form well shaped fields in all cases. In addition to
separate sketches for new fields formed in a waste block, a sketch should be prepared for
the block itself showing the new fields plotted in it.
29. Formalities under the Survey and Boundaries Act : The particular cases requiring the
observance of the formalities under the Act in the course of maintenance have been
enumerated above in the paragraph dealing with the measurement of new sub divisions.
It will be noticed that the formalities begin with the publication of the notification under
section 6 and that no mention at all has been made of any notification under section 5.
The reason is explained below. No survey of Government land of or a boundary between
Government land, and land which is not Government is legally complete and final,
without an initial notification in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette, under section 5. But the
publication of such a notification separately, every time a new survey field or a sub-
division affecting a poramboke boundary is measured or an existing field boundary
altered, would be very irksome and would hold up the incorporation of changes in the
accounts; and after all the essence of efficient maintenance lies in the prompt correction
of the village registers so as to keep pace with the flow of changes in the course of revenue
administration.
For this reason, Government have published a general notification under section 5 which
covers all items of maintenance work. This notification is always in force; and even when
the final notification under section 13 is published for a particular boundary the general
notification submits and further boundaries in the same village may subsequently be dealt
with commencing with the notification under section 6.
In this connection, it will also be noticed that in the list of cases requiring the observance
of legal formalities new boundaries between private holdings have been omitted. Here

again the omission is deliberate in order to facilitate the speedy incorporation of changes
in the accounts.
Such subdivisions in registered holdings will arise on transfers of registry dealt with in
special Register Number 6 of the Taluk Office; and the percentage of such cases to the
total number of subdivisions effected in maintenance may well be gauged at 80 per cent.
Also as a precautionary measure, the signature of the petitioner and the other parties, if
possible are obtained in the subdivision statements. As the consent of almost all the parties
is obtained, the likelihood of disputes is minimized.
In cases of subdivisions requiring the observance of formalities under the Survey and
Boundaries Act ordinarily the 9 (2) notices are to be served at the time and after the
incorporation of changes in the village accounts. In cases of Land Acquisition, however,
the 9 (2) noticed or -10 (2) notices may be issued even before- passing of the award in
accordance with the instructions in 13 iv (a) and (b) of the Land Acquisition Manual.
In the case of survey of waste blocks, 9 (2) notices should be served on the holders of land
on the perimeter of the block surveyed with reference to the latest adangal of the village.
30. Co-operation of ryots : A vital Factor in Maintenance: An efficient karnam and the Co-
operation of ryots are vital factors in maintenance work. The rules permit of the ryots
purchasing stones direct from the village depot and also of having the assistance of the
karnam in fixing missing points. The village karnam, is expected to take an active interest
in the renewal of missing stones, explain the ryots why it is necessary that they should
maintain their stones and help them where they have any difficulty in finding the missing
points and see that large arrears are not left behind.
The ryots are also expected to apply promptly to the Tahsildar for subdivisions when
portions of holdings change hands and the karnams should also induce the ryots to see
that they do so. All survey and Revenue Officers, should therefore endeavor to explain to
the ryots how survey and maintenance are primarily in their own interest and they should
insist of the karnams doing their legitimate portion of the work.
****

Government of Andhra Pradesh

Abstract
Manuals — Andhra Pradesh Survey Manual amendments to departmental rules Vol. I
and II orders - issued
Revenue (R) Department
G.O.Ms. No. 92 Dated the 27 Jan 1986.
1. From the Commissioner, Settlement Survey and Land Records, Rc. No. A4/11709/84
dated 1.9.1984.
2. From the DOS, S&LRs, Rc. No. A4/11709/84 dt. 11.7.85.
***
Order :
The following amendments I and II to the Andhra Pradesh Survey Manual of
Departments rules vol. I and II are issued.
AMENDMENT-I
Existing paragraph Revised paragraph

The following are the instruments
generally used in cadastral survey in The following are the instruments generally
Andhra Pradesh. used in cadastral survey in Andhra Pradesh
In field.
Elec. Distance measuring instruments
1 Chain 1
with prisms
High precision optic scale theodolite

2 Cross staff 2
or transit theodolite
3 Off-set pole 3 Chain

4 Theodolite 4 Cross staff
5 Circumferenter in fds 5 Off-set pole
6 Prismatic compass 6 Circumferenter
7 Plane table 7 Prismatic compass
1 Plotting compass 8 Plane table
2 Proportional compasses 9 Scientific electronic calculator
3 Beam compass 10 Computor
4 Ben compasses 11 Plotting compass
5 Drawing pen 12 Proportional compass
6 Parallel rule 13 Beam compass
7 Scales 14 Drawing pen
8 Protractor 15 Parallel rule
9 Pantagraph 16 Scale
10 Computing scale 17 Protractor
11 Area square 18 Pantagraph
19 Computing scale
20 Area square

This chapter deals with the description This chapter deals with the description and
and use of these instruments use of these instruments
AMENDMENT-II
The following words and teams as they appear in the Andhra Pradesh Survey Manual
of departmental rules, vol. I and the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Settlement Manual, are
proposed to be read with the addition of some more words and terms as indicated below,
The words and terms as existing in the

To be read as
Manuals.
1. Theodolite Optic scale theodolite or transit theodolite
Chain and cross staff, or optic scale theodolite
2. Chain, cross staff. coupled with a electronic distance measuring
instruments
Chambers tables, boiler’s traverse tables,
3. Chambers tables, boiler’s traverse
square roots, hypotenuse tables, Clarke’s
tables, square roots, hypotenuse tables
tables, scientific electronic calculators and
and other ready reckoners.
other ready reckoners
Diagonal off-sets lambis rundis, polar and
4. Diagonals, offsets lambis and randis.
rectangular coordinates.
(By order and in the name of the Governor of Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad)
Srinivasa Rao Subnavis,

Deputy Secy to Government.
/ true copy /
D.Dis. o.407/86 dt. 28.4.86 office of the Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records, Vzm.
Copies to Survey Manuals vol. I and II (30 copies)

Copies to the Inspector of Survey I and II
Copy to the S. Fs of A.D., Suptd and A3.
Sd. K. Butchisubbrao,
Assistant Director.
/ t.c.b.o./
SUPERINTENDENT.


The A.P. Board of Revenue Standing Orders
34A, 34B, 34C & 34D
V. Board of Revenue Standing Orders
VOLUME-II, CHAPTER-II

THE ANDHRA PRADESH
BOARD OF REVENUE STANDING ORDERS

INTRODUCTION
Till 1970's the Board of Revenue has been the pivot of revenue administration in the State
of Andhra Pradesh. The Revenue Department, particularly in ancient times has been the
most important Department to which not only the collection of revenue but also the
implementation of various laws had been entrusted. As the Board of Revenue controlled
the whole of Revenue Department in the State, it yielded vast powers and continued to be
a vital institution. It is in this context that the Board's Standing Orders have assumed
considerable importance in the administration of the State.
In the Andhra Area, the origin of the Board of Revenue takes us back to the residency of
Madras, in the Madras State. The Board of Revenue was formed on the 20th June 1786,
with the sanction of the Court of Directors of the East India Company. In the Andhra
Pradesh (Andhra Area) Board of Revenue Regulation, 1803, it has been laid down that
the duties of the Board of Revenue have been and are hereby declared to be the general
superintendence of the revenues from whatever source they may arise, and the
recommendation of such propositions to the State Government as in their judgment may
be calculated to augment or improve those revenues. The Board of Revenue shall be
responsible that the executive officers employed under them discharge the duties of their
respective stations with assiduity and shall require them to pay a ready and implicit
obedience to all orders and regulations, and shall punish neglect in the subordinate
officers of revenue, to their discretion, according to the power vested under them for that
purpose. The Board of Revenue had therefore not only to implement the several revenue
enactments but had to recommend the Government additional sources of revenue. All the
revenue offices functioned under the direct supervision of the Board of Revenue and were
subject to the disciplinary control of the Board.
In the Telangana Area, the Board was constituted under the Hyderabad Board of Revenue
Regulation, 1358 Fasli and it became the chief controlling revenue authority. Therefore,
at the time when the State of Andhra Pradesh was fonned there were two Boards of
Revenue; one functioning in the Telangana area and another in the Andhra area. After the
formation of Andhra Pradesh, the Government acting under Section 122 of the States
Reorganisation Act, issued G.O.Ms. No. 1250, Revenue Department, dated 3rd July, 1957
specifying among other things the Board of Revenue functioning in the Andhra Area
immediately The A.P. Board of Revenue Standing Orders before 1-11-1956 as the
competent authority to exercise functions exercisable under the Hyderabad Board of
Revenue Regulation of 1358 F. Thus, one Board of Revenue came into existence to the
entire State of Andhra Pradesh.
As time passed by various departments entrusted with developmental activities sprang up,
with the result that the importance of the revenue department as also the Board of Revenue
started diminishing. The Government thought that in the context of the present day
administration the Board of Revenue is rather out of tune. The Government appointed a
One Man Committee headed by Sri S.R.Kaiwar, I.C.S. (Rtd.) to examine the proposal to
abolish the Board of Revenue in all its aspects. The Government, after careful
examination of the report submitted by the said committee abolished the Board of

Revenue by the A.P. Board of Revenue (Replacement by Commissioners) Act, 1977. The
Government appointed Commissioners as independent heads of Departments. Now, the
Commissioners exercise various powers under the Board's Standing Orders and therefore.
Wherever there is a reference to Board in the Board's Standing Orders it should be
understood as a reference to the concerned Commissioner. The Board's Standing Orders
are printed in the following pages.
Nature of Board's Standing Orders :
The question whether Board's Standing Orders have the force of law or whether they are
only executive instructions has been a matter of controversy for some time. The Board's
Standing Orders are a mixture tracing their origin to various rules as also executive
instructions. Under Madras Act 3 of 1895 power is conferred on the Board to make rules
on various matters with the approval of the Government after previous publication.
Several Boards' Standing Orders have come into existence in this manner. That apart, the
Government have been issuing various Government Orders on various aspects concerning
the revenue administration and these G.Os. also have been incorporated in the Board's
Standing Orders. The result therefore is that it is not possible to say with certainty that the
Board's Standing Orders are either statutory or non-statutory orders.
In Katta Rattamma and others vs. Gannamaneni Kotaiah and others (1975) II An. W.R.
122, the High Court of Andhra Pradesh considered at length the nature of the Board's
Standing Orders and observed as follows :
"The decision of the Supreme Court in Meghraj Kothari vs. Delimitation Commission.
(1967) 2 S.C, 248: A.I.R. 1967 S.C. 669, cannot help the appellants to establish that the
Board's Standing Orders have the force of law. There, their Lordships were considering
whether orders issued under Sections 8 and 9 of the Delimitation Commission Act, have
the force of law. Section 10(2) of the said Act itself gives the clue to the answer. Section
10 (2) wanted to make it clear that the orders passed under Sections 8 and 9 were to be
treated as having the binding force of law and not mere administrative directions. In this
case, it has not been established by the learned counsel for the appellants as to under what
section of law have these standing orders been issued by the Board. Therefore, the above
decision of the Supreme Court does not help the appellants.
Considering the decision rendered by a Division Bench of the Madras High Court in
L.P.A. No. 225 of 1952, a Full Bench of the Madras High Court in K. Nagarathnammal
vs. Ibrahim Sahed, (1955) 2 M.LJ. 49 : A.I.R. 1955 Mad. 305, observed thus in paragraph
22 :-
" ... ..... with all respect to the learned Judges who decided Thimmaiah's case, L.P.A. No.
225 of 1952, we have to observe that they appear to have been under a misapprehension
as regards the true scope and legal effect of the standing orders of the Board."
They stated :-
"After all, the standing orders of the Board of Revenue are merely collections of
resolutions made by the Board for its own conduct of business, as well as, for regulating
the procedure in the matter of collection of revenue by subordinate revenue tribunals, and
executive functionaries."
They observed further :-

"As we have already remarked, standing orders of the Board are merely executive
instructions by the Board to its subordinate officers whereby they lay down the procedure
to be adopted in certain cases .........
Actually, however, that is not so. The standing orders of the Board of Revenue consist of
at least three categories of rules: (1) Rules framed either by the Government or by the
Board itself in pursuance of a statutory power. Thu.s for instance, Section 20 of Madras
Act, 1II of 1895 confers on the Board power to make rules on various matters with the
approval of the Government after previous publication. Such rules are incorporated in the
Board Standing Orders. We have mentioned Madras Act III of 1895 only by way of
illustration. There are several statutory provisions incorporated in the Board's Standing
Orders; (2) the Board's Standing Orders next consist of a large number of orders issued
by the Government; (3) the third category consist of orders issued by the Board itself with
the approval and very often with, the previous sanction of the Government. All these have
been arranged in the Board's Standing Orders in a manner that should make reference to
them easy. It is not therefore entirely correct to say that the orders of the Board are all
merely executor instructions devoid of statutory force ........"
A careful perusal of this judgment shows that it is only when the Board's Orders are issued
under the rule making power conferred on it, under an Act, that they would constitute a
law or have the force of law and, in other matters they will be mere resolutions paused by
the Board for the conduct of its own business, as well as for regulating the procedure in
the matter of collection of revenue by its subordinate revenue tribunals and executive
functionaries.
In Pasupuleti Krishnamurthy vs. Annadasu Bapanayya and others, (1956) A.L.T. 566:
(1956) An.W.R. 719: Subba Rao, CJ. (as he then was) and Viswanatha Sastry J.,
held that :-
"........ The instructions issued by Government regulating the grants of lands to political
sufferers do not confer rights enforceable in a Court of Law and the propriety of the
decision of the Darkhast authority acting within the scope of its powers cannot be
questioned by the Civil Courts. Even if the decision did not strictly conform to the
instructions, a Civil Court cannot set it aside on that ground ........ ".
This decision clearly establishes that the rules regulating the grant of lands to political
sufferers cannot be enforced in a Court of law. What that ruling says is that the Board
issuing the Standing Orders is bound by such Standing Orders. If a grant is made
purporting to be under those Board's Standing Orders, it would not be open to the Civil
Court to challenge those grants. This decision, in our opinion helps the respondents to
show that the Board's Standing Orders are only executive instructions for the guidance of
the Board, and nothing more than that.
In Anj; Raja vs. State of Andhra Pradesh, (1960) 2 An. WR 272; A.T.R. 1961 A.P. 123 a
division Bench of this Court, consisting of Chandra Reddy, C.J. and Sanjeeva Row Naidu,
J. observed, at page 274, that:
"In our considered opinion, this Government Order should not clothe the political
sufferers with any legal right, as it is merely an executive instruction issued for the
guidance of the officers who were to carry out the policy of the Government".

The decision in State of Andhra vs. Gangappa, (1957) M.LJ. (Cri.) 376; (1957) 2 An.
W.R. does not say that the Board's Standing Orders have the force of law, and it is not of
any help to the appellant's Counsel.
A similar question fell for consideration before the Supreme Court in respect of the Police
Standing Orders in State of Andhra Pradesh vs. N. Venugopal (1965) 2 S.C.J. 507; A.I.R.
1964 S.c. 33; (1965) 2 An. W.R. (SC) 87. The Police Orders like the Board's Standing
Orders are a mixture. Some of the Police Orders are issued under the Madras District
Police Act, 1859 and some of them are mere incorporations of the instructions issued by
the Government in various Government orders. The Supreme Court held that Police
Standing Order 145 which was not issued under the Madras District Police Act but was
issued by a Government order of Home Department does not have the force of law. It is
only non-statutory in character and as such it has no authority of law. The said Supreme
Court decision applies equally to Board's Standing Orders also and as stated by the
Andhra Pradesh High Court in Katta Rattamma's case cited above, the Board's Standing
Orders are both statutory and non- statutory depending upon the fact whether they are
issued under any statute or whether they are issued in the form of a Government Order by
the Government in exercise of their executive power to issue instructions under Article
162 of the Constitution of India. The .origin of Board's Standing Orders has therefore to
be examined to find out whether it is statutory or nonstatutory.
B.S.0. 15 and Rule 3 (5) :
It is now settled law that orders regarding assignment of lands are to be disposed of in a
quasi-judicial manner and even the rules contained in the Board's Standing Orders
envisages disposal of applications for assignment in such manner. Rule (18) of B.S.O. 15
envisages hierarchy of' original, appellate and revisional authorities prescribing evert
periods of limitation for appeals and revision. The right of the appellate or revisional
authorities to interfere with the orders of the subordinate officers are restricted to cases of
material irregularity in the procedure, gross injustice, mistake of fact, fraud or mis-
representation and so on. Therefore, the powers of the Government to interfere with orders
of the subordinate officers ordering assignment of land in favour of a person, is not
unlimited. But is restricted to the vitiating circumstances, if any, referred to in the
Standing Orders. The power of the Government under Rule 3 (5) of B.S.O. 15 to interfere
with orders of assignment is co-extensive with this power contained in Rule 18 thereof.
To justify or warrant interference of Government under Rule 3 (5) the power of the
Government in exercising its discretion cannot override or extend beyond the limitations
found in Rule 18 of B.S.O. 15. M.G. Chakravarthi Naicker vs. KM. Thillai Moorthi,
(1970) 1 M.LJ. 476; 82 M.L.W.688.
High Court's power to interfere :
The question whether orders relating to assignment of lands could be assailed by invoking
the writ jurisdiction of the High Court will depend on the rights of the petitioner and the
violation of the principles of natural justice by the appropriate authority in dealing with
such rights. Inspite of the fact that the Board's Standing Orders may be administrative
instructions, the orders passed thereunder gIve rIse to legal rights and the disregard for
violation of the rules will be relevant in dealing with those rights in writ jurisdiction.
Where the Government has made an order of assignment of certain land in favour of a
person and it is established that the assignee and after his death his legal representatives

have made every effort to get the formalities of assignment completed but failed due to
the delay on the part of the authorities, they have acquired some rights which cannot be
adversely affected by orders of the Government except on grounds contemplated in Rule
18 of B.S.O. IS. The mere fact that the formalities were not completed by issuing an order
in Form-D cannot mean that the assignment can be revoked by the Government in their
discretion at any time. M G. Chakravarthi Naicker vs. K.M Thillai Morthy, (1970) 1
M.L.J. 476; 82 M.L.W. 688.
B.S.O. 15 and Rule 12 :
Under the terms and conditions of assignment, the assigned land shall be heritable but not
alienable. The B.S.O. is applicable only to transfer of land made by original grantee after
18-6-1954 but not before its promulgation B. Seetharamamma vs. Government of Andhra
Pradesh (1979) ALT 79.
B.S.O. 15 and Rule 15 :
Rule 15 to B.S.O. 15 contemplates either pronouncement of the order or communication
ofthe order. Communication means that the order should be brought to the notice of the
party concerned. In the absence of any provision authorizing communication of the order
by affixture to the residence, it cannot be deemed to be communication of the order.
Akkena Sivudu Naidu vs. The Tahsildar Bobbili, (1978) I An. W.R. 369; (1977) ALT 542.
****

PART - SIX
STANDING ORDERS
of the
BOARD OF REVENUE
VOLUME-II / CHAPTER-II
MAINTENANCE OF REVENUE AND SURVEY RECORDS AND
REGISTRATION
34-A. Maintenance of Revenue and Survey Records and Registration in the
normal course of revenue administration.
Note : The designation ‘'Surveyor” wherever used in these Standing Orders and Appendices includes
the ‘Firka Deputy Surveyor’ also.
SECTION-1
EXPLANATORY
1. Classification and registry of lands : The following rules refer to the maintenance of
revenue records and registration in surveyed and settled ryotwari and minor inam lands.
The Principal under which Government land, as defined by Andhra Pradesh Act, VIII of
1923, is registered in the village permanent registers, are minor inams, occupied ryotwari,
waste assessed or unassessed forest and poramboke (reserved for public purposes). Free
holds which exist in some districts are separately registered as such. Assessed land is
further separately registered as wet, dry or manavari (or garden also in some districts).
Wet land is (separately registered as single or double crop. Occupied lands are further
separately registered where they are further separately registered where they are held by
separate persons. And lastly, assessed lands of the same description and in the same
holding are separately registered if they bear different rates of assessment. All these
separately registered plots are such and mapped either as separate survey fields or as
separate sub divisions of survey fields.
G.O. No. 2, Revenue, dated 3-1-1929. B. P. 7, dated 1-2-1929.
2. Demarcation: As a general rule theodolite stations including minor circuit stations and
tri-junctions of survey fields and ends of ‘G’ lines and coinciding with them, are
demarcated with stones ; in addition bends on the boundaries of village adjoining
proprietary estates porambokes survey fields sub divisions, survey fields and sub-
divisions belonging to or vested in local bodies, lands alienated to private individuals or
private institutions free of assessment and minor circuit fields are similarly demarcated.
In areas surveyed on the system of simple triangulation all field bends are demarcated
with stones.
B. P. 278, dated 13-10-1916. B. P. 3. Press, dated 15-1-1936.
B. P. 61, dated 20-3-1918 B. P. 94, Press, dated 25-9-1940.
B. P. Press No. 15, dated 15-5-1950.

3. The system of Revenue Records and Registration: The system of revenue records and
registration comprises the maintenance -
a) of survey marks on the ground;
b) of an atlas of field maps, giving the measurements to scale of each survey number
and sub-division.
Note : In the case of districts surveyed on the “Block Map” system, the Karnams have been supplied
also with ferro-prussiate copies of block maps showing all measurements.
c) of a village map which serves as a key to the field maps both in office and in the
field; and
d) of village registers giving particulars of the description, classification and tenure of
each survey number and sub-division.
SECTION-II
REVENUE SURVEY MARKS
4. The duties of Government Officers and ryots in regard to revenue survey marks :
The duties of Government officers and of the ryots in regard to the preservation, repair
and renewal of survey marks are laid down in the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries
Act, VIII of 1923, and in the legal rules issued under it in this behalf Relevant sections of
the Act and the legal rules are printed in Part 2 Vide Pages 40 to 72. The executive rules
which are intended to amplify and supplement the legal rules are printed as Appendix II.
The general instructions issued for the guidance of officers employed for maintenance are
printed as Appendix III. The instructions issued for the guidance of the Director of
Settlements, Survey and Land Records are printed as Appendix IV. The rules regulating
the planting of further survey marks necessitated by charges in the record are given in
Section (IV) below.
SECTION-III
REVENUE SURVEY MAPS
5. Supply of copies of Field Maps : Two sets of field measurement books besides the
originals which are preserved in the State Archives are prepared in manuscript for every
village. One set will be kept in the village; in charge of the karnam and one in the taluk
office. They will be kept up- to-date by plotting therein of all changes sanctioned
subsequent to their preparation in accordance with the rules in section (IV) below: Where
5 sets of Ferro-Prussiate copies have already been prepared one of these sets will be kept
in the taluk office and one in the village, both of which must be kept up to date. Another
set will be kept in reserve in the Taluk office to replace any damaged, defaced or missing
sheet in the Karnams Set and in the maintained set in the Taluk office. The remaining two
copies will be available at the Taluk office for sale to private parties.
B. P. 404, Sett. dated 27-10-1906, B. P. 469, Sett., dated 3-12-1906.
B. P. 311, Sett. dated 27-10-1914, B. P. 278, Sett., dated 13-10-1916.
B. P. 94, Press, dated 25-9-1940.

6. Rules for the preparation and grant of copies of Field Maps :

1) Application for copies of field maps should be made to the taluk Tahsildar in writing
and should specify.
a) the name of the village and the survey number of the field of which a plan is
required; and
b) the manner in which the copy should be delivered to the applicant, whether in
person or by post.
2) Applications for copies of field maps will be registered in the form prescribed in
Appendix V.
3) Fees — Applicants for copies of field maps should deposit with their applications.
Two rupees for a map plotted on a sheet of paper of the size used for a page of the
field measurement/book and. Two rupees for every additional sheet required. If a
single sheet larger than a page of the field measurement book is required, the excess
in pages or portions of a page will be treated as additional sheets for the purpose of
levying fees. The amount should be paid in cash into the taluk treasury or remitted
by money order and should be credited to “029 Land Revenue - (E) other receipts
(vii) other items.”
G. O. Ms. 465, Rev., dated 24-2-1932., B. P. 12, dated 1-3-1932.
B. P. Ms. 1622, dated 6-12-1948. G. O. Ms. No. 884, Rev. dated 26-7-1966.
Please Note: Far latest Fees Rules read at Pages 72, 73.
4) Preparation of copies - Bank post paper should be used for copies of field maps. The
Head Quarters Firka Deputy Surveyor should prepare the copies. The copy should
be an exact tracing of the field plan in the atlas of field maps maintained in the taluk
office with all corrections to date. If printed maps are available, they should be
brought up to-date by plotting all corrections which appear in the taluk copy of the
field atlas. Manuscript maps should never be prepared when printed maps are
available for the fields concerned.
5) The copy so prepared will be compared with the original by the Taluk Surveyor. The
taluk ministerial head will be field responsible for any delay in the grant of the copy
and every copy must be signed by him and delivered to the applicant in the manner
specified in the application. If the applicant does not call at the taluk office,
intimation should be sent to him that the copy is ready for delivery.
7. Scale of distribution of village and other maps : The sanctioned distribution village
map is given in Appendix: XVIII.
G.O.Ms. 2295, Rev. dated 30-9-193 5., B.P. 129, Press, dated 5-10-1935.
B. P. 3543, dated 5-11-1909., G. O. 2762, dated 7-10-1909.
B. P. 46, dated 2-2-1905., B. P. 278, dated 13-1916.
B. P. 139. dated 28-10-1933., B. P. 59, Press, dated 21-7-1933.,
G. O. Ms. 2210, Rev., dated 21-8-195 L, B. P. Mis. 1747, dated 16-8-1919.,
G. O. Ms. 1876, Rev., dated 8-12-64.
8. Rules regarding the supply of village maps and the record of changes in them : i)
Supply of village maps - Collectors should see that the existing distribution in their
districts conforms, as far as practicable, to that above laid down. Where there is a shortage
in the supply of maps or a lack of maps of a particular kind, the defect will be remedied
at the next re-issue of up-to-date maps by the Central Survey Office. It should further be

understood that the reserve in the Collector’s office is intended for issue to officials in
place of lost or worn-out maps and to meet unforeseen demands of the other departments
of the public service; that is, the reserved copies are not to be sold to the public or to
officials for their private use like the stock in taluk offices. Where however, an application
is received for a village map, sale copies of which are not in stock, fresh maps will be
reprinted on payment of the amount prescribed from time to time in advance. Opportunity
will then be taken to strike off at the same time as many copies as are likely to be required.
(Vide Pages 72 and 73 also)
B. P. 34, dated 13-1-1912.
Note : The Board will fix (a) the number of village maps to be revised and reprinted yearly, (b) the
scale and style of the revised maps (c) the number of copies to be printed, and (d) the scale of
distribution.
ii) Record of changes in village maps: -Rules for the proper record of changes in the
village maps will be found in Appendix VI.
B. P. 199, Sett., dated 1-6-1906 B. P. 59, Sett., dated 3-3-1908
G. O. 2619, dated 23-9-1909 B. P. 367, Sett., dt. 19-10-1909
1. B.P. 551, Sett., dt. 28-10-1910 G. O. 2308, dt. 22-7-1911.
3. B. P. 300, Sett., dated 12-8-1911.
SECTION-IV
DEMARCATION, MAPPING AND REGISTRATION OF CHANGES IN THE
REVENUE REGISTERS
9. Changes in the Revenue Registers which require measurement and mapping of
fields : Changes in the registration described in paragraph 1 which are made in accordance
with the provisions of the Standing Orders, may affect either the whole, or part only, or a
registered field or sub-division. If the whole of the registered survey field or sub-division
is affected, the change concerns the registers alone and will not involve any alteration of
the maps or demarcation, except in the following cases.
1) transfers to porambokes when intensive demarcation is necessary, and
2) acquisition of groups of fields when it will be unnecessary to preserve the individual
maps relating to those fields, and also their boundaries inter se in the village map,
When an entire survey field or a registered sub-division is transferred to poramboke
from any other classification and when in consequence it requires intensive
demarcation, a copy of the order sanctioning the transfer should be communicated to
the Surveyor under a current in a taluk Register No. 7 with instructions to carry out
the additional demarcation if it has not already been carried out, enter the new stones
in the demarcation sketches and stone registers, revise column 2 of the latter registers,
correct the village account and report the fact of having done so to the taluk office.
Similarly, when an entire survey field or a registered sub-division is transferred from
poramboke to any other classification, a copy of the order sanctioning the transfer
should be forwarded to the Surveyor with instructions to eliminate the stones which
have ceased to be maintainable on account of the transfer from the demarcation
sketches and stone registers, enter the changes in the village accounts and report the
fact of having done so to the taluk office.

On receipt of this report the taluk copy of the A register and also B. register where
necessary will be corrected and the file closed with the certificate that the village and
taluk accounts have been corrected. If part only of a survey number of sub-division
is affected, the new survey field or subdivision has to be measured and mapped as
well as entered in the registers. The following rules regulate the registration, mapping
and demarcation of new survey fields and sub-divisions.
G. O. Ms. 1380, Rev., dated 10-2-1929. B. P. Mis., 2132, dated 24-7-1929.
G. O. Ms. 473, Rev., dated 29-5-1971.
10. Measurement, mapping and registration of new survey fields and sub-divisions : A
new survey field or sub-division should be measured, mapped and registered
1) Where a portion of a registered survey field or sub-division whether assessed, or
unassessed or poramboke is granted for occupation.
a) under the Darkhast Rules (Standing Order No. 15),
b) under the Tank-bed Rules (Standing Order No. 16).
c) under the Cowl Rules (Standing Order No. 17).
d) under the Town-site Rules in Towns surveyed on the town survey system
(Standing Order No. 21).
e) under the rules regulating alienations to municipalities and local bodies
(Standing Order No. 24).
f) under the rules for the issue of mining leases (the Andhra Pradesh Mining
Manual).
g) in lieu of lands taken up under acquisition rules (Standing Orders Nos. 90 and
91 or of inam lands washed away (Standing Order No. 63).
h) under the rules for the grant of land for private or public topes (Standing Order
No. 19).
i) under the rules for the grant of land for cattle or dairy farms (Standing Order
No. 19-A); and
j) under the rules for the grant of licenses for the use of lands and buildings
(Standing Order No. 24-A) not being cases coming under note 2 thereof.
G.O.Ms.No. 2245, Rev., dated 9-9-1938. B.P. Ill, Press, dated 24-9-1938.
B. P. 75, Press, dated 15-9-1939.
1) Where a portion of a registered survey field or sub-division is -

a) transferred from assessed or unassessed to poramboke or vice versa or from one
head of poramboke to another (Standing Orders Nos. 15 and 21).
b) acquired for public purposes (Standing Orders Nos. 90 and 91).
c) relinquished (Standing Order No. 33).
d) transferred from one holder to another (Standing Order No. 31).
e) sold for arrears of land revenue (Standing Order No. 41); and
f) transferred from inam to ryotwari tenure or vice versa. G.O.Ms. 145, Rev., dated
23-1-1934. B.P. 16, dated 2-2-1034

3) Where a joint holding is sub-divided (Standing Order No. 31) either on application
or suo-motu under splitting up of Joint Pattas Act and rules thereunder.
4) Where a portion of a survey field, or sub-division registered as “Wet” or “Dry” is
transferred to “Dry” or “Wet” respectively, or where a portion of a registered wet
survey field or sub-division is transferred from “single crop” to “double-crop” or
“compounded double-crop” or vice versa. The portion to be thus sub-divided for
transfer from “Wet” to "Dry” should not be less than 10 Acres. When lands are
converted from “Double-crop” to “single-crop” wet or when wet lands are
compounded for double-crop charge the sub-division should be made only if the area
involved is not less than 40 Acres.
5) Where a portion of survey field or sub-division (e.g., road poramboke) belongs to a
local board or municipal council and the remaining portion merely vests in it.
11. Changes which require the creation of new field :
a) Where a registered survey field (whether assessed waste, unassessed or poramboke)
a portion or portions of which it is- proposed to grant for occupation or for transfer
from one head to another, is extensive in area, that is, 20 hectares or more, such
portion or portions, instead of being mapped and registered as sub-divisions of the
survey number should be separately demarcated, mapped and registered as new
survey fields, being assigned numbers in continuation of the last registered survey
number, of the village, the remaining portion of the divided survey field retaining its
original number.
However, in cases of assignment, if the portion applied for is small, it should be
measured wherever possible, as a sub-division of a new field to be formed out of the
big block, the new field being about 2 hectares in wet and 4 hectares in dry or such
lesser extent as the state of the ground will admit, or as the Board directs having due
regard to probable future requirements.
B.P. 181, dated 25-5-1908. G.O. 542, Rev., dated 17-3-1934.
B.P. 58, dated .30-4-1934.
b) In all cases where new survey fields are formed under the provisions of clause (a) of
this paragraph, the formalities prescribed in sections 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 of the
Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923, should be followed in the manner laid down in
paragraph 13 (b). If any dispute regarding the boundaries of the land surveyed arises,
it should be disposed of in the manner laid down in paragraph 13 (d) the order being
recorded and the purport thereof being communicated to the parties as required by
section 10 (2) of the Act.
B.P. 269, dated 4-10-1915.
G.O. 542, Rev., dated 17-3-1954. B.P. 58, dated 30-4-1934
a) In all other cases enumerated in paragraph 10, above, the portions should be
measured as sub-divisions only.
12. Demarcation of a new survey field or sub-division and recovery of the cost of
Demarcation :
a) Boundaries of new survey fields should be demarcated with stones in accordance
with instructions in paragraph 2.
All bends on poramboke boundaries should be demarcated whether the poramboke
are whole survey numbers or sub-divisions. When two porambokes, whether whole
fields or sub-divisions, belonging to the Government, adjoin each other, the bends

other than tri-junctions and ends of “G” lines need not be demarcated or maintained,
except where the bends are in the boundary of a field surveyed on the system of
simple triangulation.
B. P. 6, dated 15-1-1934 B. P. 270, dated 8-11-1917
G. O. 298, dated 14-2-1933. B. P. 19, dated 14-3-1933.
b) The cost of demarcation under this paragraph should be collected from the registered
holders of the fields surveyed in accordance with rules, under section 26 of the
Survey and Boundaries Act of 1923, Government being treated for these purposes as
the registered holder of unoccupied land.
Thus when a waste block is split up for purpose of assignment the cost of demarcation
should be debited to Government only. The cost of demarcation may be recovered
under paragraph 17 infra from the assignees at the time of assignment.
B. P. 89, dated 30-11-1923.
c) Where land is acquired under Act I of 1894, the demarcation required by sub-
paragraph (a) will be carried out under the orders of the officers appointed to acquire
the land. For detailed instructions, vide Standing Order No. 90-13 (iii).
B. P. 304, dated 4-12-1905. B. P. Mis. 1830, dated 27-8-1919.
13. Procedure to be followed in demarcating, measuring, mapping and registering a new
survey field or sub-division and in demarcating sub-divisions already mapped and
registered :
a) No officer should order a change in the registration of part of a survey field or sub-
division unless the information before him includes a sketch of the proposed new
survey field or sub-division.
Such a sketch should therefore be prepared coming in the course of the preliminary
enquiries in all cases under the Standing Order enumerated in paragraph 10, where a
portion of a registered survey field or sub-division is in question
Ordinarily the Firka Deputy Surveyor or Surveyor as the case may be (unless a
special agency is employed) should measure the proposed sub-divisions on the
ground. But no sub-divisions should be measured unless in the case of occupied sub-
divisions the limits of occupation are indicated by ridges or other marks and in the
case off other sub-divisions their boundaries marked on the ground by lock splitting
or in some other distinguishable way.
All the old survey stones falling within the portions acquired under the Land
Acquisition Act should be removed and used for demarcating the new poramboke
sub-divisions. No fresh measurements should be based on ‘G’ lines, if any, running
to the original positions of these stones.
Fresh measurement must be taken to fix the bends of the new poramboke sub-
divisions by taking off-sets preferably on the most convenient ‘G’ lines or, ‘F’ line
having maintainable ends. In exceptional cases such as village site porambokes or
long and narrow fields, Divisional Deputy Inspector of Survey and Land Records
may allow tracings to be taken of the portions of the field map required to plot the
new sub-division and to fix the terminal points of the ‘F’ and ‘G’ lines on which the
new sub-division points are based.
The proposed sub-division should then be plotted in the tracing and a statement in
the form printed as Appendix-VII prepared. The actual area of the new sub-division

should first be computed by means of area square paper and then adjusted in
accordance with the instructions given in Appendix VIII. The former extent should
be noted in column 8 and the latter in column 9 of the sub-division statement
(Appendix-VII).
The assessment for each sub-division should be calculated independently with
reference to the rate fixed for it and to its area. The sketch and statement should be
submitted to taluk office or the Deputy Tahsildars office. The taluk Tahsildar or
Deputy Tahsildar should, if everything is in Order, sign the sub-division sketch and
statement and sanction the change of registration involved in the case if he is himself
competent to do so. If he is not competent, he will submit the records for the approval
of the Revenue Divisional Officer, if he is competent to accord sanction or to the
Collector in the other cases.
When the authority empowered by the Standing Order applicable to the case signs
the sub-division sketch and statement and sanctions the change of registration, such
signature and sanction will be subject to the conditions that the measurements are
checked on the ground by the Taluk Surveyor and finally approved by the Tahsildar
after scrutiny by the Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records.
The tracing and the statement together with a copy of the order sanctioning the
change should then be sent to the Taluk Surveyor. Files involving divisions may be
closed in the taluk or the Deputy Tahsildars registers Nos. 4, 5, 6 and 7 when
conditional sanction has been accorded; and new currents should be opened in taluk
register No. 8-A for the reference made to the Taluk Surveyor as above by the Taluk
Tahsildar or Deputy Tahsildar.
B. P. 22, Press, dated 12-3-1940. G. O. 542, Rev., dated 17-3-1934.
B. P. 58, dated 30-4-1934 B. P. 33, Press, dated 16-5-1933
B. P. 101, Press, dated 16-9-1941
b) On or before his arrival in a village, the Firka Deputy Surveyor or Taluk Surveyor
should cause to be prepared and published in the prescribed manner (by affixture to
the village chavadi and the announcement of the fact of publication by beat of tom-
tom) the requisite \notification under section 6 of Act VIII of 1923 in respect of -
1) new survey fields formed out of existing survey fields.
2) alterations of existing survey field boundaries,
3) Sub-divisions affecting poramboke boundaries, and
4) detailed demarcation necessitated by the transfer from assessed or unassessed to
poramboke of whole fields and registered subdivisions in areas surveyed under
the diagonal and offset system and of registered sub-divisions in areas surveyed
under the triangulation system.
G. O. Ms. 1320, Rev, dated 23-6-1932., B. P. 36, Press, dated 28-2-1933.
B. P. 233, dated 31-8-1915 B. P. 259, dated 26-10-1917.
He should then at the time fixed check on the ground the new measurements, as also the
measurements of lines necessary, for the verification of the terminals of ‘F’ and 'G’ lines
on which the new sub-division points are based, and if necessary demarcate the new
number of sub-division. He should see that that the new sub-divisions have been well
formed and, if necessary, revise any new boundary so as to be in conformite with the
instructions in paragraph 14 infra. He should also otherwise satisfy himself that the new
field and sub-divisions have been measured in accordance with the rules and that the
sketches and sub-division statements have been correctly prepared. If everything is in

order and the area correct, he should incorporate under his attestation the new sub-
divisions in the Karnams copy of the field measurement book. In case of new fields, he
should insert their plans in the Field Measurement Book in their proper places.
Where new fields have been formed out of an old number he should also plot these new
fields in the plan for the old field. In all cases of formation of new fields, the side numbers
in the field maps of all adjoining fields should be corrected. The Firka Deputy Surveyor
or Taluk Surveyor should then get the changes entered in village account No. 3, if they
relate to holdings. They should then be entered in the permanent A register and if
necessary in B. register also. Any new stones planted should be registered in the
demarcation sketch and also in the stone register concerned. Stones which have ceased to
be maintainable should, be eliminated from the demarcation sketches and stone registers.
The Firka Deputy Surveyor or Taluk Surveyor should then revise column 2 of the stone
registers in respect of all stones on the newly formed fields or sub-divisions, no matter
against what field they happen to be numbered. In respect of the changes (1) to (4)
mentioned above he should carry out the formalities prescribed in section 9 (2) or 10 (2)
of the Survey and Boundaries Act in accordance with the rules issued under section 26 of
the Act. He should record on the face of the tracing the following certificate:
Certified that the measurements have been checked by me on the ground and found
correct, and that the registers and maps have been corrected as laid down in B. S. O. 34-
A Para 13 (b)
The Firka Deputy Surveyor or Taluk Surveyor as the case maybe should then submit the
records to the Taluk Surveyor or Divisional Deputy Inspector respectively, who, after
inspection of the prescribed percentage of the work submits them to the Asst. Director of
Survey & Land Records for scrutiny.
The Asst. Director of Survey and Land Records should get the records examined in his
office, with reference to the check memorandum in the forms given in Appendix IX and
IX-A as the case may be and get the defects, if any, rectified by the; Surveyor by
transmitting the records to him through the Taluk Tahsildar. He should then send the
records to the taluk Tahsildar who should get changes incorporated in the taluk copy of
the field atlas by the Draftsman who should be sent to each taluk office once a quarter for
the purpose and whenever the work is too heavy it will be attended to by the Taluk
Surveyor also.
The Tahsildar should also have the changes entered in the taluk copy of the A register and
the B register wherever necessary. A certificate to the effect that the changes have been
incorporated in the taluk copy of the field atlas and in the A register and in the B register
wherever necessary should be recorded on the tracing by the taluk Tahsildar or in his
absence by the Ministerial Head.
The Taluk Tahsildar is responsible for the accuracy of the maintenance registers of the
taluk office. The Assistant Director of Survey and * Land Records or other supervising
officers however, must over check the plotting of the sub-divisions in the field maps in
the taluk office and they are expected to check on the ground according to the prescribed
percentage. If they find the work of any Firka Deputy Surveyor or Surveyor unreliable,
they should not allow it to be incorporated in the field maps and registers but should

submit a special report to the Collector (Survey and Land Records) through the Revenue
Divisional Officer.
The Taluk Tahsildar should see that taluk register No. 8-A is written up to date and that
cases involving new survey fields or sub-divisions are duly carried over from taluk
registers Nos. 4,5,6 and 7 to that register. The Assistant Director of Survey and Land
Records and other supervising officers are expected to check taluk accounts Nos. 4,5,6,7
and 8-A and to see that cases involving new survey fields or sub-divisions have been duly
carried over to register No. 8-A in order to enable the Assistant Director of Survey and
Land Records to know the amount of work awaiting scrutiny and mapping, the Taluk
Tahsildar should send him by the 10th of each month an extract of the entries in columns
1 to 5 of his register No. 8-A for all cases sanctioned conditionally during the previous
month, a nil statement being sent for any month in which there are no cases.
The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records should keep a file of these extracts
by taluks, watch the receipt of the records by him and note the date of receipt and the
serial number given in his sub-division register against each case. He should take to the
notice of the Revenue Divisional Officer, or the Collector (Survey and Land (Records), if
necessary delays exceeding three months in the submission of the records to him. He will
also maintain a register of sub-divisions in the form given in Appendix-X in which he
should note the check measured sub-division records as received by him and watch their
further disposal. From this register he should prepare the abstract II for his monthly diary;
B. P. 263, dated 7-12-1917. B.P. 47, Press, dated 12-8-1932.
G.O. Ms. 1573. Rev., dated 28-7-1932 B.P. 33, dated 24-6-1932.
G.O.Ms. 1250, dated 15-5-1932 B.P. 82, dated 28-9-1931.
G. O. Ms. No. 1992, Rev.; dated 22-9-1931.
c) When the Deputy Tahsildar closes file involving sub-division in register Nos. 4, 5 or
6 maintained in his office, he will enter the sub-divisions in his 8-A register (only the
first 6 columns of which are to be maintained) and forward the file to the Taluk
Surveyor for check measurement and submission direct to the Divisional Deputy
Inspectors.
At the end of the month the Deputy Tahsildar should send to the Tahsildar an extract
from his 8-A register in respect of all the sub-divisions conditionally sanctioned by
him and entered in his 8-A register so as to reach the taluk office before the 5th of
the succeeding month. The Tahsildar should then get the necessary entries made in
his 8-A register and also include the Deputy Tahsildars sub-division in the list to be
sent to the Assistant Director of Survey & Land Records—under the instructions
contained in clause (b) above.
G.OMs. 1573, dated 28-7-1932 B.P. 47; Press dated 2-8-1932.
d) If the Deputy Surveyor/Surveyor should find anything wrong with the measurements
or any dispute, he should, after such enquiry as may be necessary, correct the plotting
on the tracing and; unless the correction materially affects the reasons for which the
change of registration was sanctioned, should proceed as prescribed above noting in
his certificate the nature of the correction made, and also in the case of a dispute,
recording separately his decision with reasons therefor, and communicating its
purport forthwith to the party as required by Section 10 (2) of the Act.
If the error or dispute materially affects the sanction conditionally accorded under
clause (a) above, the Deputy Surveyor/Surveyor should return the papers to the taluk
or the Deputy Tahsildars office with a special report on which the Taluk Tahsildar or

the Deputy Tahsildar should take such action as the circumstances of the case
indicate. Should and appeal be made under section 11 of the Act the appellate
authority should cause to be carried out both in the Karnams atlas and in the taluk
office atlas any correction that its decision may involve.
In all cases in which Section 9 (2) or 10(2) notices have been issued the Tahsildar
should, after the expiry of three months from the date of service of the above notices
or after the disposal of any appeal filed under section 11 notify the completion of
survey under section 13 in the District Gazette, and also publish a copy of the
notification in the village chavadi, if any, of the village to which the sub-division
relates.
The sub-division currents should not be considered to have been disposed of under
this clause or clause (b) until the final notification under section 13 has been
published in the Gazette where necessary, and the changes have been carried out in
the taluk A register and in the B register wherever necessary, and a certificate to that
effect put up in the file under the initials of the taluk Tahsildar or the Ministerial
Head.
B.P. 87, dated 27-4-1917.
G.O.Ms. 1250, Rev., dated 15-6-1931. B.P. 33, dated 24-6-1932.
e) If there is a survey error in the field in which a new survey field or sub-division has
to be surveyed, the survey should not be undertaken until after the error has been
corrected in accordance with the rules in Standing Order No. 34-B.
f) The procedure prescribed in clause (b) should be followed Mutatis Mutandis in cases
where sub-divisions already mapped and registered but not demarcated or ordered to
be demarcated in accordance with the rules in force.
B.P. 385, dated 1-12-1905.
g) In cases of formation of new fields such as, when waste blocks are split up, there
should be a preliminary scrutiny of the records by the Divisional Deputy Inspector
before according of conditional sanction with a view to seeing that well shaped fields
have been formed. In such cases after conditional sanction has been accorded the
procedure described in clause (b) supra should be carried out.
14. Instructions for the formation of Sub-divisions :
a) The boundaries of newly formed sub-divisions should always be as straight and
regular as possible. Small bends in field bunds not forming the boundaries of whole
fields should be ignored and the boundaries of whole fields should be ignored and
the boundary should be taken as a straight line cutting across the bunds and making
the areas included and excluded on either side approximately equal. This should be
done so long as the surveyed boundary does not depart from the natural boundary by
more than 10 links in wet land 20 links in dry.
b) Encroachments by one ryot on the land of another should be ignored unless the area
involved measures 2 Acres or more.
c) When sub-divisions are formed to differentiate wet land from dry, or occupied land
from unoccupied or poramboke, small strips of land covered by bunds, rocks,
prickly-pear, trees, etc. should not be excluded from the wet or occupied sub-division
if the portion so excluded does not form a compact area.
d) Channels and paths not exceeding 20 links in width (unless they have been acquired
under the Land Acquisition Act or except in special cases to be determined by the

Collector), shifting cart-tracks and foot-paths and roads under the control of the
Public Works Department passing through large tracts of reserved forests or other
Government land should be treated as details and not as sub-divisions.
B.P. 270. dated 8-11-1917. B.P. 69, dated 3-10-1924.
B.P. 6, Press, dated 24-1-1936 B.P. 77, dated 26-10-1923.
e) Revenue officers who sanction sub-divisions should send back for correction all
cases in which the instructions given above have not been followed.
How sub-divisions should be measured :
EXAMPLE-1
Please Note : Vide Part 7 i.e. A.P. Chain Survey Manual Fig. No.63.
Bunds on ground.
Sub-division boundaries measured.
Encroachment of less than 2 Ares enjoyed by the adjacent registered Holder.
EXAMPLE-2
Please Note: Vide Part 7 i.e. A.P. Chain Survey Manual Fig. No. 64
The irrigable portion of the field shown in the diagram has been ordered to be transferred
to wet. “A” is rocky ground measuring. (2 Ares) “B” is a bund covered with prickly-pear.
An and part of B should be included in the wet sub-division 2 and the boundary measured
according to the straight line and not according to the dotted line……………..
EXAMPLE-3
Please Note : Vide Part 7 i.e. A.P. Chain Survey Manual Fig. No. 65
Survey No. 15 is a waste field. A strip 10 links wide on two sides consists of a bund and
a row of palmyrah trees. The portion Darkhasted for excludes this strip. In disposing of
the Darkhast, the assigning officer should refuse to exclude such small strips or paths.
Any portion excluded must form a complete block convenient for future assignment.
B. P. 24, dated 21-1-1915 B. P. 85, dated 29-3-1915.
15. Method of notation of new sub-divisions : a) The notation of new sub-divisions of
registered holdings will depend on the notation of the survey fields and sub-divisions in
the register and should be such as to indicate the plot from which the new sub-divisions
are made.
If in the 'A’ register sub-divisions are denoted by numbers, new subdivisions should be
denoted by letters and vice versa, e. g. (1) new subdivisions in existing sub-division No.
14-1 should be denoted as 14-1-A, 14-1-B, etc. (2) new sub-divisions in existing sub-
division No. 14-1-A should be denoted as 14-1-A-l, 14-1-A-2, etc. New sub-division in
existing survey No. 14 should generally be denoted as 14-1, 14-2 etc. unless the notation
in the A register has been by letters, e.g., 14-A, 14-B, in which case this practice may
continue, the main object being to indicate clearly the origin of each sub-division, to
preserve continuity of revenue records and to facilitate search for an identification of
registered assurances.

If the No. of new sub-division to be created in an old sub-division exceeds 26, they will
be assigned numericals in continuation of the old existing numerical sub-division
numbers”.
G. O. Ms. No. 100, dated 27-1-1971.
In the case of assessed and unassessed waste lands and Porambokes the sub-divisions
formed out of entire survey numbers will be numbered serially as sub-divisions, 1, 2, 3,
etc., New sub-division in existing subdivisions will be assigned numbers serially in
continuation of the last registered sub-division of the survey field of which it forms part,
the remaining portion of the parent sub-divisions retaining its original number.
G. O. Ms. No, 435, Rev., dated 19-2-1935.
B, P. 24, Press, dated 6-3-1935.
b) Further sub-divisions of post settlement sub-divisions should be denoted by numbers

or letters according as the post settlement subdivisions are denoted by letters or
numbers respectively.
B. P. 86, dated 20-3-1907.
c) Whenever a new sub-division has to be made in a survey field, the Karnam should
report whether there are any sub-divisions in the field fit for clubbing and, if so
whether the holder thereof has any objection to their being clubbed. The Surveyor
should take the opportunity to club all the sub-divisions in that field which are of the
same description of soil and taram and which have come into the possession of one
and the same individual and should alter the registry accordingly.
But sub-divisions in inam fields covered by different title-deeds should not be
clubbed. Sub-divisions should not be clubbed if the ryot objects, when sub-divisions
are clubbed either on account of identity of ownership or for other reasons, the
clubbed sub-division should be denoted by the lowest number of the sub-division
clubbed.
Remarks should be made against each such sub-division in the field measurement
book and in the 'A’ register to the effect that the sub-division has been clubbed with
the sub-division having the revised number. The subdivisions comprised in the
clubbed sub-division should also be noted in the Settlement Register against the
number denoting the clubbed sub-division. If all the sub-divisions in the field are
clubbed the field should be simply denoted by the original survey number of the field.
Copies of the remarks made in the field measurement book and in the ‘A’ register
including particulars of the old sub-divisions corresponding to the clubbed sub-
division should be entered in the Statement of Sub-divisions furnished to the
Registration Department.
B. P. 96, dated 8-5-1917., G. O. Ms. No. 800, Rev., dated 9-4-1932.
B. P. 20, Press, dated 15-4-1932., B. P. 100, Press, dated 16-9-1941.
B P. 28, Press, 14-10-1943.
16. Instructions for the straightening of corrugated boundaries : Where the boundaries
of existing survey fields or sub-divisions are corrugated, the parties should be encouraged
to straighten out such boundaries and the maintained records should be revised
accordingly.

The straightening of the boundary between poramboke and ryotwari land should be
carried out in accordance with the instructions laid down in paragraph (8) (c) of Standing
Order No. 26.
As regards the straightening of the common boundary between two adjacent ryotwari
lands, the parties concerned should mark their proposed boundary on the ground and
should apply to the Taluk Tahsildar for revision of the records. If the application is
received by the Taluk Tahsildar he should have it registered in Taluk Register No. 8-A
and forward it to the Surveyor.
The Surveyor will deal with it as a case involving obliteration of the boundary of a survey
field or sub-division, have a tracing of the existing and the proposed boundaries prepared
by the Karnam, re-measure the land on the ground, taking care to observe all the
formalities prescribed in paragraph 13 (b) and 15 above for the preparation and
completion of the records, and submit to the Asst. Director of Survey & Land Records
the completed sketch and the statement with the prescribed certificate appends to them.
The Surveyor should take particular care to see that the signatures of all the parties
concerned are affixed to the sketch as well as to the statement. The Asst. Director of
Survey & Land Records should then follow the procedure laid down in paragraph 13 (b)
above for the scrutiny and incorporation of the records.
G. O. 1200, Rev., dated 17-5-1919. B. P. 118, dated 11-7-1919.
17. Employment of Special Staff and Recovery of Cost of Survey and Demarcation :
Where the work of measuring and mapping changes in too extensive or too difficult to be
carried out in a reasonable time by the District Land Records staff, a special temporary
staff may be applied for by Collectors.
When such a special staff is employed or the work is entrusted to a Survey Party when a
regular resurvey of the village concerned is not in progress, the cost of survey (including
the cost of establishment) and demarcation should be apportioned on the total extent and
recovered ratably from the applicants a condition of the grant in cases (a) to (e) and (h)
and (i) enumerated in paragraph 10 (i) above.
When the work is undertaken by the District Land Records staff no charge on account of
survey need be made, but the value of such of the stones on the lands as are not already
maintainable by private parties should be recovered provided that when any such stone is
on the common boundary or two or more fields which are assigned at the same time, its
cost will be recovered in equal portions from the grantees of the fields concerned.
Even when full fields or registered sub-divisions are concerned, the cost of demarcation
as calculated above should be recovered before final orders are passed. The value of
stones will be calculated at the current rates charged for stones sold at the village depots
for purposes of maintenance This charge should be levied whether the land has been
previously occupied or not. In cases where no special staff has been employed it will be
open to the assigning officer to remit the cost of demarcation for special reasons to be
corded in writing After assignment the grantees will, become responsible for the
maintenance of the stones on the lands in accordance with the rules framed under section
26 of the Survey and Boundaries Act of 1923.
These rules do not apply to grants of land made under the rules contained in the Mining
Manual.
B. P. 42, dated 20-3-1936.

18. Quarterly Lists of New Fields and Sub-Divisions to be forwarded to the Sub-
Registrar : A list of all new survey fields and sub-divisions and of all sub-divisions
clubbed; showing in each case their extents and corresponding old survey numbers and
sub-divisions together with the names of their registered holders or their description, as
the case may be, should be prepared in the taluk office in the course of each quarter as the
changes are entered in the permanent. A register after incorporation in the taluk copy of
the Field Measurement Book. On the last day of the quarter the list should be forwarded
to the Sub-Registrar.
B.P. 96, dated 18-5-1917.
SECTION-V
SURVEY INSTRUMENTS
19. Supply of Survey Instruments : In order that karnams and other officers may be able to
carry out the survey operations detailed in this chapter, it is necessary that they should
possess a full and accurate set of survey instruments. List of the instruments that should
be supplied to each class of officers and details and of the methods of supply and renewals
are given in Appendix - XI.
G.O. 1965, Rev., dated 8-7-1914.
SECTION-VI
MISCELLANEOUS
20. a) Applications from Private parties to point out Boundaries of fields : Applications
from Private parties to point out the boundaries of their fields in accordance with the
survey records may be received by the Taluk Tahsildar.
The Party making the application should deposit with it a sum of Rs. 3/- for each ‘F’ line
of the field to be pointed out by the Govt. Officers. On receipt of the application with the
deposit, the Tahsildar should forward it to the Surveyor/Firka Deputy Surveyor who
should, during his visit to the village, comply with the request made in the application. If,
however, a party applies for pointing out the boundaries of fields by any higher grade of
officer, other than the Firka Deputy Surveyor, it may be undertaken, provided the party
deposits the prescribed fee.
The fee received on this account should be credited to “M.H. 029. Land Revenue-E other
receipts. 1. Receipts in connection with survey and settlement operations”. A separate
register of applications thus received should be maintained in the taluk office in the form
given in Appendix- XII. The Surveyor/Firka Deputy Surveyor should, after pointing out
the required boundary to the ryot, obtain his signature to that effect in the application and
should himself certify thereon that the boundary was pointed out by him in accordance
with the measurements noted in the survey records.
After all action has been taken the applications should be kept filed in the order of their
numbers and may be destroyed after a year.
B. P. 130, Press, dt. 17-12-1940.

b) Application from private parties or orders of the revenue officer acting udder the
splitting up of Joint Pattas Act and rules framed thereunder for sub-division of
registered sub-divisions or Survey Fields :
i) In respect of sub-divisions arising out of item (d) of sub-para 2 and sub-para 3
of Para 10 above, no sub-division work should be done until the fee prescribed,
i.e., Rs. 5/- for each sub-division has been remitted by the party into the treasury
through challan to the credit of “M.H. 029. Land Revenue-E. Other Receipts-1.
Receipts in connection with survey and settlement operations”. A register of
sub-division fee should be maintained in the form given in Appendix XIX by
the clerk maintaining the register No. 8-A in the taluk office.
This register should be treated as subsidiary chitta like the Land Revenue chitta.
It will be maintained in two sections, one section for the rural tracts and the other
for each town. At the end of the official year, the amount collected should be
apportioned and adjusted wherever necessary between the Government and the
Municipality in the ratio of 1:2.
ii) The application will be assigned a current number and forwarded to the Firka
Deputy Surveyor or the Town Surveyor as the case may be for report regarding
enjoyment add resubmission with a sketch and statement as per instructions in
Appendices III & XIII. On receipt of the report of the Firka Deputy Surveyor or
the Town Surveyor, the sub-division record and the statement will be tentatively
sanctioned by the Tahsildar under a new current opened in Taluk Register No.
8-A and sent for check measurement as per the instructions in B.S.O. 34-A
13(b).
The copies of the orders issued by the Revenue Officer under splitting up of
Joint Pattas Act, and rules will be assigned current numbers in the special
register of sub-divisions opened for the purposes of the scheme, and forwarded
to the Firka Deputy Surveyor, after collection of the Sub-division fees, for
attending to the sub-division work add submission of sub-division records.
Further action in respect of these sub-divisions will be taken as per rules framed
under Splitting up of Joint Pattas Act.
iii) Refunds : If the Tahsildar refuses to permit a sub-division, after the fee has been
paid, and the sub-division is not measured by the Surveyor, the applicant is
entitled to a refund of the sub-division fee. When a fee is refunded an entry
should be made to that effect in the remarks column of the sub-division fee
register with particulars of the voucher number.
Board’s Ref. No N. 1770/38-12, dated 4-9-1940. B.P. Rt. 1879, dated 7-5-1942.
B.P. Press. 276, M. dated 13-8-1942. B.P. 33, Press, dated 17-10-1945.
G. O. Ms. No. 948, Rev., dated 30-6-1965. G. O. Mis. 1054, Rev., dated 15-10-1968.
G.O. Ms. No. 1212, Rev., dated 16-12-1969.

SECTION-VII
MAINTENANCE OF TOWN AND PANCHAYAT SURVEY
21. Rules for the maintenance of surveys in municipal, towns are laid down in Appendix
XIII and rules for the maintenance of surveys in Panchayat are laid down in
Appendix : XIII-A.
B.P. Mis. 24, dated 24-1-1930. G.O. 2374 Rev., dated 26-11-1932.
G.O, 645, Rev., dated 15-3-1921. B.P. 3, Press, dated 6-1-1933.
B.P. 55, dated 27-4-1921.
34-B. Correction of errors in survey and demarcation

Explanatory : The preceding Standing Orders deals with the maintenance of revenue
records and registration and the record of changes therein effected in the normal course
of revenue administration. The present order explains how the errors and defects which
may be detected in the records are to be remedied.
2. Records to be corrected : The records to be corrected are -
1) The records of the Traverse Survey. These are kept in the Central Survey Office at
Hyderabad.
2) The two sets of the field maps maintained, the one in the village in charge of the
Karnam and the other in the taluk office under paragraph 5 of Standing Order No.
34-A.
3) The set of village maps maintained in the Collector’s Office in accordance with the
rules in Appendix VI.
4) The village permanent registers A and B maintained by Karnams and in taluk offices
under the instructions contained in the General and Special Manuals of Village
Accounts.
3. Agency authorized to correct : Under paragraph 9 (4) of Appendix II alterations in the
traverse survey records will be carried out by the Director of Survey and Land Records.
Alterations in the other records will be carried out in accordance with the rules below -
4. Custody of manuscript original records of Field Measurement : No correction or
alteration will be made in any manuscript records of field measurement, original or
duplicate, in areas for which printed field maps have been issued for maintenance and
sale. The originals of field measurement books will be preserved in the (State Archives
M.R.O.). The records to be preserved in the Central Survey Office are described in
Appendix XXV of the Survey Manual.
5. Limits of error : A discrepancy between two recorded measurements or between a
recorded measurement and a measurement newly
Taken on the ground should not be treated as an error unless it exceeds the limit of
measurement error allowed. This limit is —
a) in plane table, block map and the older diagonal and offset resurveys, 10 links in
distances of 5 chains and under, and not more than 2 links per chain for distances of
over 5 chains; and

b) in all other surveys 5 links for distances of 5 chains and under, and not more than
one link per chain for distances over 5 chains, subject to maximum of 10 links in wet
and 20 in dry lands.
Within these limits the measurement will not be corrected unless for any reason the
lines concerned have to be measured. If the difference exceeds these limits the line
will be re-measured and the village copy of the field measurement book corrected,
provided the area of any of the revenue fields concerned is not altered by more than
5 per cent. Sketches illustrating the corrections should be sent to the Asst. Director
of Survey & Land Records who will have the taluk copy of the field measurement
book corrected.
All corrections made in either copy of the field measurement book should be initialed
by the Surveyor or the Divisional Deputy Inspector and the date correction entered
in the margin thus -
** two corrections
Initials/date.
Errors in plotting will not be corrected unless the area of the revenue field concerned
is affected by more than 5 per cent.
6. Verification of positions of Survey marks on ground : In investigating survey errors,
the survey officers should not assume that a survey mark seen by them on the ground is
in its correct place unless its position has been verified by measuring at least two or if
possible three lines converging on it. The recorded and the actual distances of these on it.
The recorded and the actual distances of these lines should be entered in the illustrative
sketches referred to in paragraph 5 above.
7. Procedure to be followed in correcting survey errors involving alteration in area :
When the correction of an error of measurement or plotting involves an alteration in the
area of a revenue field by more than 5 per cent, the Surveyor or Firka Deputy Surveyor
will, after completing the re-measurement, prepare and submit to the Tahsildar revised
field maps in duplicate and draft notices in the form in Appendix-XIV. The Tahsildar will
serve the notices on the parties concerned, note on the duplicate copy the date on which
any objections were heard by him and an abstract of his orders and forward all the
connected records to the Asst. Director of Survey & Land Records. The latter should
scrutinize the maps and records, prepare a memorandum of alterations in the form in
Appendix—XV and submit the file to the Collector. After approval by the Collector, the
case should be entered in the register of survey errors corrected which will be maintained
by the Asst. Director of Survey & Land Records in the Form in Appendix-XVI. The
records should then be returned to the Taluk Tahsildar Who will have the revised field
maps inserted in the village and taluk copies of the field measurement books and
corrections made in the permanent A registers. The file should then be given a disposal
number and recorded in the taluk office after intimation to the Asst. Director of Survey &
Land Records of the date of insertion of the copy of the map in the taluk field
measurement book. The correction of an error in calculation of area which involves an
alteration in the area of a revenue field by more than five per cent should be dealt within
the above manner with the exception that revised field maps need not be prepared.
P. P. Mis. 241. dated 24-1-30.
G. O. Mis. 2097, Rev. dated 3-11-1930. B. P. 90, dated 14-11-1930.

8. Cases where there is no defect in the Survey Records but the boundaries on the
ground disagree with the record : Where there is no error in the record but the
boundaries on the ground disagree with the record, the field must be resurveyed in
accordance with the actual facts of enjoyment after obtaining the orders of the Collector,
Survey and Land Records except in the case of porambokes where each case will be dealt
with on its merits. Disputes about boundaries should be dealt with strictly in accordance
with the provisions of the Survey and Boundaries Act and the rules issued under it.
9. Alterations to be reported to the Director of Survey and Land Records : Besides the
traverse alterations referred to in paragraph 3 above, all alterations made under this
Standing Order in village boundaries of such magnitude as to be perceptible on the map
of scale 2 Cms.=1 Km. should be reported by the Collector (Survey and Land Records)
for the information of the Director of Survey and Land Records.
10. Corrections in permanent ‘A’ Registers : Collectors may carry out minor corrections
in the settlement registers without previous reference to the Board of Revenue, except in
respect of the column headed “ryotwari (Government) or Inam”. The previous sanction
of the Board should also be obtained in carrying out corrections to the columns showing
(1) “old S. No. and letter if any” and (2) “Number and name of registered holder of
Inamdar'’ in respect of Inam lands. All corrections in the permanent A registers made
under this Standing Order should be printed as they are finally approved and
communicated to all officers to whom copies of the registers are supplied. A printed copy
of all corrections in the Settlement Register should be sent to the Board of Revenue.
B.P. Press 24, dated 26-2-1939.
34-D. Effecting changes in the Revenue Accounts as a result of resurvey, supplemental
survey without restricting to settlement”
1. i) Certain areas which were originally surveyed under simple Triangulation system will
be resurveyed under the D & O system. Resurvey is normally undertaken when
changes in the occupation and in the boundaries of fields are too numerous to be
death with by the Revenue Staff or when the previous survey is found defective. The
resurvey will result in changes in the survey frame work, based upon the State of
things on ground. There may also be cases where lands registered originally as
porambokes are found to be actually under regular cultivation for a number of years
and patta lands as per original accounts found to be used for communal purposes. In
such cases, there will be only limited change, i.e., change in classification of lands
from poramboke to patta or vice-versa and not of taram of rate of assessment. This
in turn will result only in the changes in the extents of holdings and the quantum of
the assessments payable by the pattadars concerned and hence there would not be
any necessity for resettlement to carry out limited changes.
ii) In all cases where resurvey is undertaken, the Revenue Officers not below the rank
of Tahsildar, shall effect in the Revenue Records, necessary changes arising out of
such resurvey, in the matter of survey numbers, classification of lands from one class
to another or from one head to another area of the lands, rate of assessment and also
the quantum of the assessment payable by the holder of the land.
Provided that before effecting; the changes referred to clause (1) or in this clause the
Revenue Officer, concerned shall communicate to every pattadar affected by the
Resurvey, details of the lands affected and the changes proposed to be effected in
respect of such lands, here the objections, if any, raised by him at a place and on a

date fixed by such Revenue Officer for the said purpose, pass appropriate orders
thereon and communicate the same to the pattadar concerned. In every case affected
by the resurvey irrespective of whether any objections are filed or not the revenue
officer concerned shall communicate to the pattadar concerned the details of the
changes effected by him.
iii) A period of at least 30 days shall be provided for filing objections, if any, by the
agreed pattadars.
iv) An appeal shall lie to the Revenue Divisional Officer having jurisdiction against the
orders passed by the Revenue Officer or against the changes effected by him, within
30 days from the date of communication of the orders or changes effected. A second
appeal shall be to the District Collector against the orders of Revenue Divisional
Officer within 30 days from the date of Communication of the orders of the Revenue
Divisional Officer. The orders of the District Collector shall be final,
2. The above procedure shall be followed mutatis mutandis in^ respect of cases of lands
affected by Supplemental Survey also.
G. O. Ms. No. 597 Rev., dated 1-6-1976
APPENDIX -I
(Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 4)
EXTRACT FROM SURVEY AND BOUNDARIES ACT OF 1923

Section 15 : Please see at page 51.
Section 16 : Please sec at page 51.
Extract from the rules framed under section 26 of the Survey and Boundaries Act VIII of
1923.
Rules under clause 2 (a) Please see at pages 60, 61, 62 and 63. Rules under clause 2 (e):
Please see at page 66,
Rule 8 : Please see at page 68.
15. 1) Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed in this behalf, every registered holder
of Government land shall be bound to maintain, renew and repair the survey marks
on or within the boundaries of hi holding, and in default of his doing so the Survey
Officer or the Collector may at the cost of the State Government, maintain, renew
and repair such survey marks, determine and apportion the cost of 80 doing, and
recover such cost as an arrears of land revenue. Such cost may include the cost of all
operations incidental to such renewal or repair but not any charges on account of
survey officers and supervising establishment.
2) Before a Survey Officer or Collector maintains, renews or repairs and survey marks,
he shall serve a notice in writing on the registered holder in the prescribed manner
giving particulars of the survey marks in respect of which default has been committed
and calling upon him to maintain. renew or repair the same within the time to be

specified in such notice which shall be not less than 15 days from the date of service
thereof.
3) If the notice under sub-clause (2) cannot be served personally on the registered
holder, a copy of the same shall be served also on the cultivator or other person
interested in the land.
16. It shall be the duty of every village headman and of every village accountant -
a) to prevent the destruction injury, removal or alteration of any survey mark on or
within the limits of his jurisdiction; and
b) when he becomes aware that any such mark has been destroyed, injured, removed or
altered, to report the fact to the prescribed officer.
EXTRACT FROM THE RULES FRAMED UNDER SECTION 26 OF THE

SURVEY AND BOUNDARIES ACT VIII, 1923
RULES UNDER CLAUSE 2 (a)*
1. Survey marks shall be of the following description and shall be set up at the points
indicated :
1) a) Theodolite stones (Cadastral Survey) :

measuring 90 Cms. x 22.5 Cms. x 22.5 Cms. with a plummet hole cut on the top and a
broad arrow on one side.
Points : At village tri-junctions and their pointers on the boundaries between roytwari
villages and at the places marked on the village map or other record prepared at the time
of survey as stations at which a theodolite has been set up on the boundaries between a
ryotwari village and a proprietary village.
B. P. 145, dated 9-11-36.
b) Theodolite stones (town surveys) :
Description : Stones durable quality roughly squared of approximate dimensions

measuring 9 cm. x 22.5 cm. x 22.5 cm. or 45 x 20 x 20 cm., with a plummet hole and a
broad arrow cut on the top.
N.B : Stones of the large size shall be used for marking the boudaries of the municipality and of
open blocks. The smaller sized stones shall be used in streets.
Points : At the places where three or more streets or roads meet and at important bends
on the block boundaries, marked in the revenue map or other record prepared at the time
of survey as stations at which a theodolite has been up.
2) Chain Survey stones :

measuring 30 cm. X 15 cm. X 15 cm. With a St. George's cross on the top and arrow mark
on the side.
Points : In Town surveys at points on the straight lines between two theodolite stations.

3) Field stones :

measuring 60 Cms. x 15 Cms. x 15 Cms. with a broad arrow cut on one side.
Points : Areas surveyed on the system of simple triangulation or on the town survey
system. At the bends and trijunctions on the boundaries of all survey fields poramboke
sub-divisions and sub-divisions belonging to or vested in local bodies.
All other cases :
i) a) at the places marked on the village map or other record prepared at the time of
survey as station at which a theodolite has been set up with the exception of the points
mentioned in sub-clause (a) of clause (1);
b) at the bends and tri-junctions on the boundaries of villages adjoining proprietary
estates, at tri-junctions on the boundaries between ryotwari villages and at the
bends and trijunctions of proramboke survey field and subdivisions of survey
fields and sub-divisions belonging to or vested in local bodies and of lands
alienated to private individuals or private institutions fee of assessment as also
of minor circuits ie., Survey fields which have been surveyed with an angular
instrument.
B. P. 145, dated 9-11-36.
B. P. 138, Press. dated 24-10-35.
ii) At the trijunctions of other survey fields.
iii) At the ends of C lines which do not coincide with field trijunctions or theodolite
stations.
Exceptions : i) In estate surveys the letter E or Z or any other distinguishing mark (other
than a broad arrow) as may be decided upon by the survey officer in consultation with the
proprietor may be used.
ii) To suit special local conditions or requirements, the Local / Government may
by special order-
B. P. Press 123, dated 29-9-38.
1) vary the size and description of stones; or
2) direct the demarcation with stones of all bends on field boundaries.
2. In addition to the symbols prescribed in rule 1, symbols as described below, may, if so
directed by the Director of Survey, be cut on the stones below specified;
1) On a theodolite stone at a village trijunction station, a triangle enclosing the plummet
hole.
2) On a theodolite stone at any other point on a village boundary, two parallel lines, one
on each side of the plummet hole.
3) On a field stone on the boundary of a minor circuit, on a theodolite station other than
a village trijunction and its pointers in the case of boundaries between ryotwari
villages and at a Khandam station, a plummet hole on the top.
4) On a field stone on the boundary of a sub-division, the letter 'S' on the top.
5) On a field stone at the trijunction of blocks, a triangle on the top.
6) On a field stone on the boundary of a village, a St. George's Cross on the top.

3. Survey marks which have been planted under proper authority before the issue of these
rules shall be deemed to be of the prescribed description.
4. A stone shall be deemed to require repair when it is
a) Out of its correct position, or
b) entirely covered with earth or overgrown with vegetation so as to be invisible or
inaccessible for purposes of measurement.
5. The cost of renewing a missing stone under sections 15 and 21 shall comprise the
following items :
1) The actual cost at the depot of a stone of the required size and description shall be
calculated by the Collector from time to time according to contractor's terms and
local conditions at a uniform rate for villages similarly circumstanced.
2) The actual cost of hired labour.
The cost of repairing a stone under sections 15 and 21 shall be the actual cost of hired
labour.
6. The cost incurred for the renewal or repair of a stone in accordance with the preceding
rule shall, in the case of Government lands, be apportioned in equal proportions among
the registered holders of all adjacent fields touching it, in the case of estates, it shall be
apportioned in equal proportions among the tenants of adjacent fields touching it and
where there is no tenant, it shall be collected from the proprietor. In the case of a stone
touching Government lands and estate lands (both cadastrally surveyed), the cost shall be
apportioned in equal proportions among the registered holders and tenants of an adjacent
lands touching the stone, and where there is no tenant among the registered holders and
the proprietor or proprietors concerned. In all cases the cost may be recovered as an arrear
of land revenue.
B. P. Press 77, dated 15-9-39.
7. The report which village headman or village accountant is required to make under section
17 shall be made to the revenue inspector in the form of an entry in an inspection register
to be submitted periodically to the revenue inspector or other survey office empowered in
this behalf.
RULES UNDER CLAUSE 2 (e)

8. The notices prescribed in section 15 (2) shall specify the numbers of the survey fields or
sub-divisions on or within the boundaries of which the survey marks requiring renewal or
repair are situated. Acknowledgments which shall be obtained in a book maintained for
the purpose.
9. All notices and communications required under the Act shall be in writing.
10. When the registered holder or other person on whom any of the notices or
communications referred to in the foregoing rules is to be served is absent, service may
be effected by delivering the notice or communication to some adult male member of his
family at his usual place of abode or to his authorized agent or by affixing it on some
conspicuous part of his last-known residence or on some conspicuous part of the land to
which the notice or communication relates. When service is effected by so affixing the

notice, the Serving Officer shall note the method of service on the printed form of
acknowledgement which is returned to the officer issuing the notice or communication.
B.P. 11, dated 13-3-26.
APPENDIX -II
(Standing Order No. 34-A. Paragraph 3)
GENERAL EXECUTIVE RULES FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF

DEMARCATION
1. These rules apply to lands in all districts. The Survey marks to be maintained under the
rules are those enumerated in paragraph 2 of Standing Order No. 34-A.
2. The Karnam should, under the supervision of the Surveyor/ Deputy Surveyor number the
maintainable stones in demarcation sketches or in a paper copy of the village map
mounted on cloth on scale 20 Cms. = 1 Km. All theodolite stations other than minor circuit
stations should be numbered in one series for each village. All maintainable Held stones
including minor circuit stations and stones demarcating poramboke sub-divisions should
be numbered in one series for each field. Stones on village, taluk or district boundaries
should be numbered only in the village which bears the lowest number of the villages on
the boundaries of which they lie. In the event of two or more villages of different taluks
or districts bearing the same number the stones on the common boundaries of the villages
should be numbered only in the village which comes first alphabetically.
Field stones including minor circuit stations and stories demarcating poramboke sub-
divisions should be numbered in the field bearing the lowest number and their numbers
should be entered inside the field boundary as indicated in the annexed sketch.
Please Note : Vide Part 7 i.e., A.P. Chain Survey Manual B. P. 242, dated 5-10-1917.
3. The Karnam should maintain two stone registers in the Form A and B prescribed
below :
B. P. 242, dated 5-10-1917. B. P. 98, dated 16-8-1922.
B. P. 11, dated 13-3-1926. G. O. 1951, Rev. dated 15-12-1925.

STONE REGISTERS
FORM-A
THEODOLITE STONES
Notes : (1) All the stones to be inspected once in years.
(2) The stones in this register should be inspected along with the field and sub-division stones
of the numbers in which they are situated.
I Cycle of Inspection
at a village trijunction on a village
Survey fields or sub-divisions the

Sl. No. of stone in the village and
boundary or at a khandam station

description of stone i.e., whether
holders of which are responsible
Karnam's entry in the previous

sketch referred to in paragraph
If replaced or repaired by ryot,

date of inspection by Karnam
by survey officer with initials

column or renewal or repair
Date of verification of the
Divisional Dy. Inspector
III Cycle and so on

Date of sub mission of
9(1) of Appendix II to
for maintenance
B.S.O. 34 (A) to the

Date of inspection
II Cycle
and result
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (1)

1. (tri-junction) 212 of 12th Nov. A.B. 12th
village 1971 Nov.
--- --- --- ---
Number 1971
114-2
12. (bi-junction) 41, 42-4 Missing 12th Nov.
141-6 of 12th Nov. 1971
--- --- --- ---
village 1971
number
13. (khandam) 46-1 Out of 12th Nov.
49-4 ground --- --- 1971 --- ---
173-5
B.P. Mis. 809, dated. 13-3-1933.
FORM-B
Stones Other Than Theodolite Stones
Notes : 1) All the stones in this register to be inspected once in years.
2) Stones in S. Nos. 1 to be inspected in the first year of the cycle.
Do. Do. second Do.

Do. Do. third Do.
Do. Do. fourth Do.
Do. Do. fifth Do.

which are responsible for

I Cycle of Inspection 1970 - 71 to 1972 - 73
Serial Number of stone
the maintenance of the

division the holders of
Survey fields of sub-
Survey Number and
III Cycle and so on

stone in column (I)
If replaced repaired by
Date of inspection and
Date of verification of
the Karnam's entry in
previous column of
officer with initials

or repair by survey
in the field
the ryot date of

inspection by
II Cycle
the Karnam
renewal
result
the
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
412-1 412 12th Nov 12th Nov 12th Nov --- ---
1971 1971 1971
2 414/3
412
414/4 --- --- --- --- ---
415
3 412
415 --- --- --- --- ---
417
4
412
417
222 of --- --- --- --- ---
village
number
5 412
222 of
--- --- --- --- ---
village
number
G.O.Ms. 243, Rev., dated 2-2-1931. B.P. 14, dated 14-2-1931.
In register A all theodolite stones should be entered; and in register B all maintainable
field stones including minor circuit stations and stones demarcating poramboke sub-
divisions should be entered, as changes in the number or position of theodolite stations
will be very rare, register A, if carefully prepared will not require to be re-written until all
the available space is used. Ordinarily, it should be practicable to rule in columns giving
particulars for ‘"five cycles of inspections’ in a double page i.e., 17 columns. Additions
to and eliminations from the number of stones in the B register are likely to be more
common, and to obviate as far as practicable the necessity for over-crowded
interlineations or for re-writing the register; it should be prepared so as to leave some
space between the last entry of one field and the first entry of the next.
4. Ordinarily it is the duty of the Karanam to inspect every stone borne on the stone registers
at least once a year. However, in cases where the inspection is too heavy to be done in
one year it may be spread over more years than one, subject to the condition that a
minimum of thousand stones should be inspected every year except the last year of the
cycles. In certain tracts, as for instance “triangles” areas; the Karnam can and must inspect
far more stones than a thousand in a year. It will, therefore, be open to Collectors (Survey
and Land Records) to fix a higher minimum than a thousand stones a year, having due
regard to all the circumstances of the case. The maximum period admissible for
completing one round of inspection is three years in wet villages and five years in dry
villages. The question whether a village is wet or dry should be decided with reference to
the nature of the bulk of its fields. When two years or more are allowed for completing
one round of inspection the village should, as far as possible, be divided into convenient
blocks and one or more blocks allotted for each year’s inspection. The block with their
survey numbers and the year of cycle in which the stones in the blocks will have to be
inspected should be noted on the first page of the stone registers.
The Karnam should not do the entire inspection at a stretch in any particular month.
Generally, he should do it systematically month after month preferably in the slacker
months of the year. If he finds a stone in proper position and otherwise in good condition
he should merely enter the "date in column (3) of the register. He should add to this the
word “missing” if the stone cannot be found, the words “out of ground” if it is out of the
ground or the word “buried or overgrown”, if it is irely buried, overgrown by vegetation
so as to be invisible or inaccessible for purposes of measurement. Equivalent vernacular,
terms should be used. Stones should not be considered as not being in proper position or
condition simply because they are slanting or only covered with earth or grass or a third
of their length is not projecting out of the ground. In cases where a missing stone cannot
be replaced, as for example where is position falls in a river bed or in the permanent line
of a railway or in a road, the Karnam should note “abandoned” in the register. He will
attend to ordinary repairs in the course of his stone inspection.
B. P. Ms., 2442, dated 1-9-1927, Bd’s. Ref. F. No. 5135-37, dated 4-1939.
5. It is the duty of the Firka Deputy Surveyor Taluk Surveyor to see- that the Karnams stone
inspection is adequate, genuine and systematic. He should therefore inspect as many as
possible out of those stones inspected by the Karnams shortly before his visit. He should
do this over check thoroughly in view villages every month instead of trying to do it in a
perfunctory way in all the villages visited, He should also inspect as far as possible the
stones on Government waste and poramboke boundaries even though these may not have
already been inspected by the Karnam. When he inspects a stone whether previously
inspected by the Karnam or not he should note the result of his inspection under his initials
in column (3) of the stone register in the manner described in the last paragraph. Where
the result agrees with the Karnams entry, the Firka Deputy Surveyor or Taluk surveyor
should merely enter his initials and the date in the same column. Where it differs, the
Firka Deputy Surveyor or Taluk Surveyor should score out the Karnam sentry and make
his own, (The surveyor should prepare an inspection report in the prescribed form and
note in it the quality of Karnams stone inspection).
The Surveyor’s work in the matter of stone inspection should be checked by the Survey
and Land Records Officers besides the Deputy Tahsildar or Tahsildar, the Revenue
Divisional Officer and the Collector during their tours in the villages.
G. O. 401. Fin., dated 15-9-1910. G. O. 993, Rev., dated 1-6-1922.
B. P. 98, dt. 16-8-1922. B. P. Ref. No. N. 1770/38 dt. 4-9-1940.
6. Under the provisions of Act VIII of 11923 every registered holder of Government land is
bound to maintain, renew and repair all survey marks on the boundaries of his holding.
Column (2) of the stone registers prescribed in paragraph 3 above shows the fields, the
owners of which are responsible for the maintenance of each stone.
In anticipation of the Surveyor’s visit the village officers should impress on the ryots the
responsibility of the registered holders for the maintenance of survey marks under the
provisions of section 15 of the Survey Act printed in Appendix I and should do their best

to induce them to carry out all repairs and as many renewals as practicable. They will
draw their attention to the stock of stones available for purchase in the village (vide
paragraph 12 below), and assist them as far they can. If a stone is renewed or repaired by
the ryot before the Surveyor’s visit the Karnam should enter the date in token of the fact
in column (4) of the register. The Karnam will be at liberty to accept such remuneration
as may be agreed to between him and the registered holders for services rendered in
repairing and renewing survey marks.
B. P. 179, dated 17-10-1918 B. P. 99, dated 6-7-1921
7. If the registered holders of land fail to carry out the repairs and renewals of survey marks
it will be the duty of the survey officers to carry out the work in accordance with the
instructions in Appendix 1. The notices to be served on [the registered holders of land and
their acknowledgement will be in the forms prescribed below. To enable the survey
officer to issue the notice, the Karnam should monthly submit to the Firka Deputy
Surveyor, a statement in the form given in the margin and draft notices for signature in
respect of the stones mentioned in the statement. If no stones are discovered to be missing
or in need have repair, a nil statement should be submitted. The Firka Deputy Surveyor
will return to the Karnam the notices duly signed for service on the persons concerned.
Number & name of Description of stones, Number of stones requiring

Date
the village theodolite of field
Renewal Repair
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Form of notice under section 15 of the Survey and Boundaries Act.
To
Village …………………………………………….ryot …………………………………….
of ………………………………………………………
Take notice that the survey mark (Theodolite Station No) / marks (Stone No. of Sy. F. Nos.
………………………………. for the maintenance of which you are responsible /joint
responsible is/are missing out of repair and that, in default of your execute the necessary,
renewal - repair within fifteen days from the date of receipt of this notice, necessary action
will be taken by Government and the charges incurred under the Survey and Boundaries Act
VIII of 1923 and the rules made thereunder will be recovered/apportioned and recovered as an
arrear of land revenue.
The village officers have been ordered to afford you all reasonable assistance in
carrying out the renewal/repair by yourself within the time specified above.
Station and Date :
(Firka Deputy Surveyor)
Register of acknowledgements of notice issued to registered holders of lands under

section 15 of the Survey and Boundaries Act VIII of 1923
Description of stone- Survey fields
A or B or sub- Remarks.
Name of
division the (Here
Registered When
holders of Signature enter
holder to and how
Date and which are of the Date method of
Register whom attended
result of responsible party service, if
Number notice is to
inspection for the not served
issued
maintenance in person)
of the stone
(1) (2) (3a) (3b) (4) (5) (6) (7)
8. When the Firka Deputy Surveyor or Taluk Surveyor visits the village, he should refer to
the register of acknowledgments and see that notices have been served in respect of all
the discoveries of the preceding months. He should then proceed to repair and renew as
many stones as practicable excepting Theodolite Station which are either missing or out
of position for which notice were given to the ryots but not attended to by them within
the time allowed in the notices. He should endeavor to secure the presence of the ryots
concerned when he visits their fields but he should proceed with the word of renewal and
repair notwithstanding their absence. He should enter his initials in column 5 of the stone
register in token of such renewal or repair as the case may be. If any entry appears in
column (4) of date subsequent to that of his last visit to the village the Firka Deputy
Surveyor or the Taluk Surveyor should verify its correctness in all cases in which a stone
has been, renewed, replanted or moved. The Firka Deputy Surveyor of Taluk Surveyor
should also verify about 10 per cent of the remaining entries in column (4) so as to satisfy
himself of their corrections.

In case where a missing stone cannot be replaced, as for example, where its position falls
in a riverbed or in the permanent line of a railway or in a road, the Firka Deputy Surveyor
or Taluk Surveyor should verify the fact by check measurement and note it as
“Abandoned” in column (5) of the stone register. Such stone should not be eliminated
from the stone register, but should not be reported as requiring renewal or repair.
B. P. 80, dated 27-3-1916. G. O. 542, Rev., dated 17-3-1934.
B. P. 58, dated 30-4-1934.
No stones need be planted at points where survey marks are required but which are
durably demarcated by masonry structures. In such case the words “Masonry mark”
should be written by the Inspecting Officer in column 5 of the stone register. If the
masonry structure is removed the mark should be treated as missing and renewed in due
course, the cost of stones and hired labour being apportioned and recovered from the
persons responsible for the maintenance of the survey mark at that point.
Stones marked by the Inspecting Officer as abandoned or as represented by masonry
structures should be treated as in position for statistical purposes until they are found on
re-inspection to require renewal. Before he leaves the village, he will make a copy of the
entries regarding the theodolite stations which are either missing or out of position and
send it in duplicate to the Divisional Deputy Inspector, through the taluk surveyor. The
Divisional Deputy Inspector should submit one copy to the Assistant Director of Survey
and Land Records through the Inspector of Survey.
9. 1) Theodolite stations constitute the frame work of the field survey and must therefore
be replaced with care when they are missing or out of position by the Deputy
Inspector or Taluk Surveyor who should use a theodolite. Missing theodolite stations
other than village tri-junctions and pointers should be re-fixed by chain and cross
Staff as per recorded measurements. In some districts theodolite stations have been
set in masonry bases. No attempt need be made to renew or repair such bases. Where
a theodolite stone, whether set in masonry or repair, it should be replaced by a stone
of the prescribed dimensions, two thirds of the entire length of which should be
buried under ground without masonry case. The Deputy Surveyor should first re-fix
the station in accordance with the measurements in the field maps. Any rough stone
which is suitable as a survey mark may be used for this purpose. If near the point to
which the field measurements lead, there are traces on the ground to indicate the
position of the missing station, the temporary stone should be replanted in that
position and measurements taken to it from at least three of the neighboring field
stones existing on the ground. These measurements by the Deputy Surveyor should
be recorded in a sketch which should be forwarded to the Taluk Surveyor who in turn
will submit it to the Divisional Deputy Inspector.
G.O.Ms. 243, Rev. dated 2-2-1931. B.P. 14, dated 14-2-1931.
2) The Deputy Inspector should obtain from the surveyed office an extract of the
original survey angles and distances for the missing, station and the stations on either
side of it. Having received this the replacing officer should set up his instrument at
one of the two side stations and observe the angle between the back stations and the
stone temporarily fixed by the Deputy Surveyor If the angle thus observed does not
agree exactly with the angle of the original survey, the flag held at the Deputy
Surveyor’s stone should be slightly shifted laterally until exact agreement of the two
angles is secured. Two pegs should be driven into the ground one on either side of
the altered position of the flag at a distance of about ten links from it and in a line

with it and the side station. Similarly, the angle at the other side station should be
observed and the flag at the Deputy Surveyor’s stone shifted, if necessary, and two
more pegs fixed as before on either side of the altered position of the flag. If each of
the angles observed between the two back stations and the Deputy Surveyor’s stone
agrees with the correspond- original survey angle within a difference of five minutes,
the distances from the side stations to the Deputy Surveyor’s stone should be
measured. If the distances agree with the original survey distances within the limit of
error allowed, which in this case is five links if the distance is five chains or under,
and one link for a chain up to a maximum of ten links if the distance is over five
chains, the angle at the Deputy Surveyor’s stone should be observed. It agrees with
the original survey angle within a difference of five minutes, the Deputy Surveyors
stone should be replaced by a theodolite stone of the prescribed size. If, however, the
angles observed at the side stations to the Deputy Surveyor’s stone or at the Deputy
Surveyor’s stone to the side stations or the distances measured to it do not agree with
the original survey angles and distances within the limits of error just mentioned, the
point of inter section of two sets of pegs should be presumed to be the position of the
missing station. The angle at this point should be observed.
If it agrees with the original survey angle within a difference of five minutes and the
difference between the distance measured up to the point of intersection and the
original survey distances does not exceed the limit of error allowed, a theodolite size
should be fixed at the point of intersection and the angle at the Deputy Surveyor’s
stone should then be removed. The replacing officer’s angles and distances should
be entered in red ink in the Deputy Surveyor’s sketch, in which should also be
recorded the original survey angles and distances in black ink.
3) The above is the procedure to be adopted where two stations on either side of the
missing station are intact. But where, owing to possible inaccuracies in the survey of
two or more successive stations being missing it becomes difficult to replace the
stations so as to reproduce exactly, or very nearly, the original survey angles and
distances on the ground, the replacing officer should, after satisfying himself
generally that the stones refixed by the Deputy Surveyor are in proper position
according to the field measurements, replace them by theodolite stones of the
prescribed size, observe the angles at the newly formed stations and at those on either
side of them and measure the traverse distances between them. If the total of all
exterior or interior angles observed by the replacing officer agrees with the total of
the angles of the original survey within a difference of two minutes per angle, ho
attempt need be made by the replacing officer to change the position of the refixed
stones with a view to obtain a closer result; but if the difference exceeds two minutes
for an angle, the replacing officer should, after satisfying himself that there is no error
in his work, continue his observations at the succeeding stations until the totals of
the old and new angles close within the difference allowed.
4) A copy of the replacing officer’s sketch should be forwarded to the Central Survey
Office so that it may be attached to the traverse field book or the original survey and
the necessary alterations made in the traverse sheets.
5) The most suitable time for the use of an angular instrument is when the crops are off
the ground. The Deputy Inspector should see that his tours at such times and those
of his Taluk Surveyor are regulated with due regard to the numbers and location of
the theodolite stations missing or in need of repair.
6) The above directions apply generally, sub-paragraph (7) below specifies the
procedure which should be followed in certain exceptional tracts.

7) In the districts ‘first resurveyed theodolite stations of the old survey were not verified
or renewed, nor was a fresh traverse survey m ide. Moreover, in the greater part of
these districts only theodolite tri-junctions (with pointers) were permanently
demarcated at the old survey.
In these areas the karnams should be instructed to find as many of the old stations as
may still be intact, to denote them approximately on their demarcation sketches and
to enter their serial numbers in the theodolite register. These stations should be
carefully preserved as in case of dispute they may prove of assistance in locating the
old traverse lines. No attempt need however be made to verify, renew or repair them.
*The Nellore district; the talks of the Sattenapalle, Narasaraopet, Palnad, Ongole,
Vinukonda and Guntur of the Guntur district, Ongole taluk of Prakasam district, the
taluk of Ramallakota in the Kurnool district now forming part of Kurnool and Dhone
taluks.
G. O. Mis. 243, Rev., dt. 1-2-1931. B. P. 14, dt. 14-2-1931.
G.O. Mis. No. 1585, Rev., dt. 21-8-1930. B.P. Mis. 2553, dt. 30-8-1930.
10. To ascertain the position on the ground of field stones or subdivision stones which are
displaced or cannot be found, the methods given in Chapter X of the Chain Survey Manual
should be followed. If the stone is one on the boundary of a poramboke, it should be
replaced as nearly as possible in agreement with recorded measurements.
In all other cases it should be replaced as nearly as possible in accordance with enjoyment,
so long as the limits of measurement error (vide Standing Order No. 34-B, paragraph 5)
are not exceeded. The only exception to this rule is that, if the position of a stone is a
matter of dispute between parties, it should be replaced as neatly as possible in accordance
with recorded measurements. If there is any error in the recorded measurements, the
matter should be decided on the lines laid down in Standing Order No. 34-B.
11. For the purpose of recovering charges on account of stone maintenance : (i) Land owned
by a municipality or local body including land alienated to it should to treat in the same
way as land owned by private individuals.
ii) Government land merely vested in a local body should be treated as land owned by
Government or Government poramboke and no changes in respect of stone
maintenance should be recovered from the local body concerned;
iii) Where a local body contributes towards the maintenance of a street survey in a
municipality or union, the local body should pay the entire cost of stones and hired
labour.
iv) In all cases where lands owned by a private individual, including local bodies as
prescribed in sub-paragraph (i) above, about on Government land, whether vested in
a local body or not the total cost of the maintenance of marks on the common
boundary should be recovered from the private individuals concerned.
B. P. Mis. 1019. Sett., dt. 7-5-1915. G.O. 1151, Rev., dt. 15-12-1925.
B. P. 11, dated 13-3-1926.
12. To provide an easily accessible stock of stones from which renewals may be effected both
by the ryots and by the maintenance officers, the Collector should arrange to store in each
village in the custody of the village headman a number of theodolite and field stones of
the description specified in the rules in Appendix I. This stock should not exceed I per
cent of the total number of maintainable stones in each dry village and 2 per cent in wet,

but should not, at the same time, be less than the number actually required for current
maintenance.
It is not necessary that all the distinguishing symbols should be cut on the stones stocked
in the depots. The arrow mark and in the case of theodolite stones, the plummet hole also
should be cut on them before they are taken delivery of from the contractor and the other
symbols denoting a village tri-junction, a village boundary, a sub-division boundary, etc.,
should be cut at the time the stone is planted, the cost of cutting being debited to hired
labour.
These marks and symbols should conform to the dimension prescribed in the Chain
Survey Manual. The selling price of a stone at the village depot should be fixed at a
uniform rate for villages similarly circumstanced and rounded to the next ten paisa above
the net cost; if the latter works out exactly in ten paisa, at ten paisa more than the net cost.
G. O. Ms. 1848, Rev., dated 25-10-1963.
a) When there is an increase in the contractor’s rates and a supply of stones is received
at the increased rate, the selling price of the stones including the old stock should be
increased to the next ten paisa above the net cost of the new stock received or, if the
latter works out exactly in ten paisa more than the net cost.
“When there is a decrease in the Contractor’s rates and a supply is received at the
new rates no revision is needed and both the old and new stones should be sold at the
selling price prevailing before the receipt of new stones”.
Small alterations in the contractor’s rates may mean a frequent revision of the selling
price, which is undesirable. Consequently, in choosing contractors, Collectors should
not be guided entirely by the question of rates. If a contractor is a reliable person and
can be trusted to supply stones promptly and at a uniform rate in future, he may be
preferred although his rates may be slightly higher than those offered by less reliable
competitors. Contracts should be entered into for sufficiently long periods.
b) When the survey of a taluk is completed, the party officer will request the Collector
to accept as many of the stones left over as are required for maintenance and at the
same time will intimate to the Collector the approximate total number of
maintainable stones according to the new survey.
The entire surplus stock left in the taluk should not be accepted simply because it is
within the minimum required for the taluk as a whole. For it may be so unevenly
distributed amongst the villages that there is no possibility of the excess stock in one
village being transferred to any other village where there is a deficiency except at
prohibitive cost. Thus out of the surplus left in a village only as many stones should
be taken over as are required for that village and for any other villages to which they
can conveniently be transported.
The cost of the stones accepted should be calculated at the survey rate, provided it
does not exceed the selling price of revenue stones. It should be credited to ‘‘850
Civil Advances for Survey Operations - Revenue Advances - (b) Survey Officers”
by making a corresponding debit under “850 Civil Advances for Survey Operation -
Revenue Advances-(b) Collectors”
B. P. Mis 838, dated 20-3-1929. Mis. 1483, Rev., dated 25-7-1929.
B. p. Mis. 3424, dated 11-10-1928. B. P. 58, dated 2-8-1929.

13. The Survey and Land Records officers and the Tahsildar or Deputy Tahsildar, should,
from time to time, inspect the stock of stones in the village depots, check the stock register
maintained by the village headman in Form No. 1 appended and forward a copy of all
entries since the date of the last inspection with a certificate of verification of the actual
stock to the taluk office. The fact that the stock has been verified should also be noted in
the village stock register.
B. P. 72, dated 2-4-1917. B. P. 229, dated 20-9-1917.
14. The stock of stones in village depots is intended (1) for sale to ryots and (2) for use by
Government officers in replacing missing stones op in forming new fields or sub-
divisions. Sales to ryots should be for cash. Sums received by the village officers on this
account should be sent to the taluk office with a challan at the same time as other village
remittances. If, however, this is likely to delay the remittance unduly, they should be sent
separately.
B. P. 306, Sett., dated 9-9-1907.
15. At the end of his visit, the maintenance officer should prepare a detailed bill in duplicate
in Form II appended in which he should enter the particulars of the sums recoverable from
private parties on account of the repairs and renewals carried out by him.
The duplicate copy should be handed over to the village headman who should collect the
money and keep a record of the collections, noting the date of collection against each item
of the bill furnished to him. The maintenance officer should, however, endeavor to induce
the ryots to pay the charges at once allowing them to inspect the statement and explaining
to them how the charges have been calculated and apportioned.
At the same time, the original bill in Form II and the enclosure in Form III should be
submitted to the taluk office together with an extract from the village stock register which
should be a copy of all entries appearing in the village head-man’s stock register (Form
1) since the date of the last inspection and verification. The extracts should invariably be
written up from the village stock register before submission of the bill to the taluk office
whether stones have been actually utilized or not.
Where the work is done on behalf of a Government Department or any local body, a bill
in duplicate in Form II will be submitted to the Tahsildar and need not be handed over to
the Village Munsif. The name of the department or local body for which the work is done
should be written in bold letters in red ink at the top of the bill in Form II and Form III.
The adjustment on this account shall be attended to in the taluk office.
In no circumstances, any bills relating to charges debatable to Government or local bodies
be combined with bills which represent a demand against private parties. Any officer of
any department of Government who uses stones stocked for maintenance purposes in a
village depot is required either to pay for them in cash at the fixed selling rate or to prepare
a bill for the stones used. Otherwise, in the absence of explicit orders from the taluk
Tahsildar, village headman is not empowered to issue stones.
16. a) Hired labour may be employed whenever required and the cost thereof debited to the
parties concerned. Village menials may also be employed on this work and when they are
so employed their services should be treated as hired labour, except in cases in which the
stones are maintainable at the cost of Government.

Where the ryots by working themselves or sending their own coolies render it unnecessary
for the Deputy Surveyor to hire coolies, their labour should be accepted and the ryots
should not be charged for hired labour. Similarly, it is open to a ryot to supply stones of
the requisite quality, size and description, instead of buying them from the Government
depot. Mere offers to produce stones where the maintenance officer is ready to begin work
should not, however, be accepted.
b) In order to enable maintenance officers to meet the cost of hired labour in the first
instance, each Deputy Surveyor or other special officer employed on maintenance
duty will be given a survey permanent advance of Rs. 20. In special cases, if the
advance is considered insufficient, it may be increased with the Collector’s sanction
subject to a maximum of Rs. 50. The permanent advances will be sanctioned under
Article 97 of the Andhra Pradesh Financial Code but not debited to the cost of survey
marks advance a.
B.P. 406 dated 30-10-1906 B. P. 170, dated 15-10-9119.
B. P. 488, dated 22-12-1906 B. P. 100, dated 6-7-1921.
G. O. Mis. 1413, Rev., dated 13-7-1929. B. P. Mis. 2109. dated 22-7-1929.
B.P. No. 167, Press, dated 13-11-1934. B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
c) In cases where the Maintenance Officer incurs coolly charges he should forward the
vouchers for the payments along with the bills in From-II to the taluk office. The
Tahsildar should take steps to recoup promptly the permanent advance with the
Maintenance Officer. The amount of hired labour will be drawn in cash on a
contingent bill, duly supported by vouchers obtained for the payments made to
coolies against the overdraft limit under ‘‘cost of survey Marks-Collectors” and paid
to the Surveyor to recoup his permanent advance.
G. O. Mis. 243, Rev., dated 2-2-1913. B. P. 14, dated 14-2-1931.
G. 0.994, Rev., dated 29-3-1910. G.O. 865, Rev., dated 13-4-1921
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
17. Should the village officers not be able to collect within one week the amount shown in
column 6 of the detailed bill (Form II). The karnam should prepare a statement (Form I)
in duplicate for each registered holder in respect of the arrears due from him under the
bill, tender the duplicate to the registered holder and submit the original to the taluk office
with the certificate of having tendered the duplicate to the registered holder.
The Tahsildar will there upon issue demands under the provision of Act II of 1864 and
taken up such subsequent coercive processes as may be necessary for the recovery of the
sums due. In the absence of special reasons for delay, no demand should remain
outstanding for more than two months from the date of receipt of the bill in the taluk
office. All remittances made on account of bills by village officers should be accompanied
by a special remittance list in From-IX appended.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
18. a) Procedure in the Taluk Office :
i) The Tahsildar will sanction an overdraft against the cost of survey marks -
advance by the Collector.
ii) An account of this overdraft will be maintained in the following register V (a).

Date Item Withdrawal Deposits Undrawn balance of overdraft

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
iii) He will purchase stones (Survey Marks) and pay for them on receipt of stone
contractor’s bills supported by receipts from village officers acknowledging
receipt of stones in village depots. The cost of stones purchased will be paid in
cash drawn from the sub-treasury against the overdraft. Under column (1) will
be entered date of payment, under column (2) contractor’s bill number and under
column (3) the amount.
iv) An account of the stones will be maintained in the following register V (b) :
Date and Stones Stones Money Cash recoveries and

Cost price Charges
Bill No. bought sold value adjustments
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
B. P: Press. 17, dated 27-6-1945.

b) Stock register : A stock register in Form I written up by villages should also be
maintained in the taluk office. It should be posted from the village officer’s
acknowledgement of the receipts of stones from the challans sent with remittances
made on account of stones purchased by ryots for cash and from the bills in Form II
sent in by the maintenance officer.
The entries in the taluk stock register must also be tallied with the extracts from the
village stock registers which accompany every bill in Form II and with the extracts
sent to the taluk office from time to time by Survey and Land Records Officers, the
Tahsildar or Deputy Tahsildar and other officers Any disagreement between the taluk
register and the extract from the village stock register is to be kept before the
Tahsildar for orders without delay. The fact that the stock register was compared with
the extract should be noted on the stock register as also on the extract. All the extracts
except those combined with bills should be filed chronologically between boards
with a village wise index.
When the stock of stones is seen to be approaching exhaustion, the Tahsildar or
Deputy Tahsildar will make arrangements replenish the village stone depots.
The value of the stock in each village on the 31st March and the 30th September of
each year should be posted at the end of the register and totaled so that the value of
the total stock of stones in the taluk can be ascertained for the purpose of the half
yearly returns.
c) Bill files : Detailed bills in Form II received from a Maintenance Officer should on
receipt in the taluk office by filed immediately between boards and be given serial
numbers for the official year by which they will thereafter be known for all account
purposes.
d) Adjustment :
1) Form I and V (b) register should be posted on receipt of stone contractor’s bill.

2) On receipt of bills in Form II and III from the Surveyor, the Tahsildar will
proceed as follows:
Form III : a) The check of the balance stock in the village depot against entries in Form
I will be made.
b) Number of stone and the sale value will be entered under columns (5) and (6) of
Register V (b) and the number also posted in Form I.
Form II : Bill (a) The amount of hired labour will be drawn in cash against the overdraft
and paid to the Firka Deputy Surveyor to recoup his permanent advance, the Firka Deputy
Surveyor’s bill number assigned in the taluk office, and the amount of hired labour being
entries under columns (2) and (3) of Register V (a).
b) The full amount of Form II Bill, i.e., cost of stones and hired labour along with
proportionate pay of Chairman wherever necessary, will be entered in register
VI in all cases where the amounts are recoverable from private parties.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
G. O. Ms. No. 486, Rev., dated 19-4-1966
3) Demarcation charges to be borne by Government in connection with the survey
of land acquired for Government should, however, be debited to the head “253.
District Administration-b. Other establishment (ii) Taluk establishment-26.
Other charges”- except in the following cases:
i) When the charges are incurred by special officers acting as public works
disbursers and
ii) When the land is acquired in connection with commercial or Quasi-
commercial undertakings or for departments for which capital and revenue
accounts are separately kept, whether a special officer has been employed
on the acquisition or not. In the two excepted cases the demarcation charges
should be debited to the works concerned.
e) Collection :
1) On receipt of collections from the village munsiffs the amounts collected will
be posted simultaneously in column (4) of Register V (a) and Form VI and VII
wherever necessary. The Form II - Bill number, to which the amounts collected
pertain, should be entered also in column (2) of Register V (a). The amount
collected towards value of stones will be entered in column (7) of Register V
(b). The amounts recovered towards proportionate pay of Chairman will be
credited direct to 029 Land Revenue - E other receipts (vii) other items.
Note : Collection should be set off against value of stones, till full price of stones has been paid for.
2) Bills for work done on behalf of Government department should be kept

separate for each department, and should on no account be mixed up with bills
for work done on behalf of private parties. The name of the department for which
the work is done should be written boldly across the top of Form II and in Form
III. The procedure in the taluk office is as follows -
Where only stones have to be paid for, the amount of the bill will be adjusted by
debit to the service head concerned and credit to cost of survey marks advance,
the credit finding place in Register V (a) under column (4) with the adjustment
bill number noted under column (2).

In the event of hired labour being used, the full amount of the Bill in Form II
will similarly be adjusted by debit to the concerned service head, the value of
stones being credited to cost of survey marks, and the amount of hired labour
drawn and paid to the Surveyor in cash to recoup his permanent advance. The
duplicate of Form II- Bill in these cases i.e., Government work, will not be
handed over to the village officers, but will be the voucher on which the
adjustment bill in Form IV, is made. The value of stones adjusted will also be
posted in column (7) of Register V (b).
3) From the village war demand, collection and balance register in Form VI, a taluk
monthly demand, collection and balance register in Form VII will be prepared
as the office copy of a statement to be submitted monthly to the Collector.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
19. The following are further detailed instructions for the maintenance of these
accounts:
Advance collection or collections which are credited in the sub-treasury before the
adjustment of the concerned bills in Form II. Such collections create difficulties in the
way of reconciliation between the sub-treasury and administrative accounts. Promptness
in the sub-treasury any administrative accounts. Promptness in the submission of bills by
the Maintenance Officer and in their adjustment in the taluk office is the only way to
avoid “advance collections and the existence of the latter is an indication of slackness on
the part of the Tahsildar.
Any delay of more than three days (five days for villages situated fifteen or more miles
from the taluk headquarters or the nearest post office) in the receipt of a bill in the taluk
office from the date on which the work was done should be severely dealt with and,
ordinarily, a couple of days should suffice for the adjustment of a bill in the taluk office.
In any case, any delay beyond a week should automatically and in punishment.
In rare cases in which “advance collections” are received, the corresponding demand must
as far as possible be brought on to the accounts before the close of the month. Clear
explanation detailing the amount which is held as “advance collections’' and the reasons
for its being so held should appear in the adjustment register and its monthly extract to be
submitted to the Collector under clause (f) infra.
G. O. Ms. 1330, Rev., dated 25-5-1938. B, P. 62, Press, dated 11-6-1938.
Collections in one taluk or district for another should not as a rule is made except on a
formal requisition from the Tahsildar of the taluk concerned. Such requisitions should as
far as possible be avoided following the instructions in paragraph 20 of Standing Order
No. 41. When they are unavoidable, the procedure given below should be followed.
Officers issuing requisitions for collections in other taluks should note full particulars of
the demand and the correct head to which it relates.
These requisitions should be dealt with by the cleric doing the survey advance accounts
in the taluk office which receives them. The collection made should go into the treasury
account of the taluk but not into the administrative account. The fact of collection should
be intimated to the taluk or district concerned on the very day the amount is credited into
the treasury.

It will be the duty of the ministerial head to see that such intimations are put up for his
signature when he signs the daily chitta, and, in order to be able to explain the difference
between the treasury and administrative accounts, he should have a special note made in
the sub-treasury accounts and in due time in the plus and minus memorandum that the
collections relate to other taluks or districts. In the taluk where the demand arose, the
collections must be noted in the administrative accounts when intimation of it has been
received.
A note should be prominently made in the last column of the concerned registers that the
collection was made in other taluks, the names of which should also be specified. This
will help in the reconciliation of the administrative with the treasury figures.
B. P. Mis. 2340, dated 4-12-1926.
b) All payments made by the Tahsildar on account of stone maintenance are to be
debited to ‘'overdraft under cost of survey marks” such payments will be made on
contingent bills -
1) to stone contractors for stones supplied, the claims being supported by the
receipt from village officers acknowledging the receipt of stones in village
depots;
2) to village officers or others for cartage charges, supported by receipts of the
contractors or village officers concerned;
3) to the maintenance officers on account of the cost of hired labour employed to
recoup the permanent advance originally made to them, on production of
receipts from the coolies actually employed.
c) Book debits : Amounts debited to ‘‘cost of survey marks”- “Collectors” by
adjustment should be supported by adjustment vouchers in Form IV. Such
adjustments will occur-
i) when stones are taken over from the Survey Party or from other taluks; and
ii) when profits are adjusted by credit to Land Revenue.
d) Adjustment of profits and losses: Profit or loss on stone transactions should be struck
once a year. The total of columns (3) and (4) of Register V (b) should be struck. The
difference between this and column (7) will be the cash profit and loss. Cash profits
actually realized may be adjusted to “029 Land Revenue-G. other receipts”. Profits
accrued but not yet realized should not be adjusted.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
e) i) Check of expenditures of stones: The balance stock of stones in Register V (b)

i.e., column (2) minus column (5) should be checked with balance in village
depots as shown in Form I once in six months.
ii) If it is necessary to transfer stones from one village depot to another, a
contingent bill should be prepared, supported by vouchers. The amount of this
contingent bill will be drawn in cash from the overdraft, the amount being
entered in register V (a) under column (3) and the detail of the contingent bill
under column (2). At the same time corresponding entries - should be made in
columns (1) and (4) of Register V (b).
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.

iii) Check of cost of survey marks advance with treasury figures.

It will be noted that all entries in the current account Form V (a) must be
supported by either (i) balance for the-receipt of cash in the sub-treasury; or (ii)
contingent bills for cash drawn from the sub-treasury; or (iii) adjustment bills in
Form IV for adjustments made in the sub-treasury accounts. Consequently,
either each item or a number of consecutive items taken together in the
administrative current Form V (a) will have a corresponding item in the sub-
treasury day book. Further, the net debits at the end of each month under “cost
of survey Marks-Collectors” should correspond with the net debit as shown in
the plus and minus account in the sub-treasury monthly statement of receipts.
Consequently, the Tahsildar should be able to check the register in Form V (a)
with the sub-treasury accounts and thus detect any discrepancies.
f) Returns : i) The Tahsildar should submit monthly an extract of the current account
in Form V (a), after due verification with Treasury accounts and obtaining the
certificate to that effect, appended by the Treasury, stone profit and loss account in
Form V (b) and taluk D.C.B. in Form VII to the Collector (Survey and Land Records)
for review”.
B.P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
ii) A statement in Form XII will be prepared by the Tahsildar and submitted at the
close of the half years ending 31st March and 30th September. The figures to be
used for this statement and to be verified before the certificates can be signed
are to be taken from survey advance account register. They are on no account to
be taken from the treasury figures.
B.P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
g) In districts in which the Survey Department is or has been working there may be
amounts outstanding under the head “Cost of Survey Marks—Survey Officer” This
head of account must not be confounded with those described above, Separate
registers and returns are prescribed for this purpose which are briefly as follows:
Register A (Form No. XIV)—Village Headman’s register of bills received for
collection to be maintained with separate pages for each individual.
Register B (Form No. XV)—Taluk demand, collection and balance register of
Survey officer’s bills which show the villages to which the bills have been sent for
collection and the date and amount of collections when received.
Register C (Form No. XVI)—Register of landholders’ bills maintained in the
Collector’s office to show to which taluk the bills have been sent for collection.
A monthly demand, collection and balance return showing the progress of collections
under “Cost of Survey Marks—Survey Officers” is to be submitted by Tahsildars to
Collectors in the same Form (VII) as that prescribed for the taluk monthly demand,
collection and balance of maintenance charges, the figures being taken from Register
B in Form XV. The progress of collections under this head is also to be shown in a
half-yearly return in Form XI.
B. P. 73, dated, 23-4-1902. B. P. 277t dated 27-7-1908
B. P. 259, dated 1-8-1914. B. P. 207, dated 17-7-1915.
h) When the Tahsildar gets the cost rate statement from the Survey Party, he should
work out the demand for each holding and the headman should post the demand for

each registered holder in his register. All collections including excess collections
should be noted in the headman’s register, the excess collections being noted
separately.
When he sends a remittance to the taluk office, the headman should clearly specify
what part of the collection is excess, so that the Tahsildar may note the excess
collection is the remarks column of the villagewar demand, collection and balance
register and the rest of the collection only in the body of the register under collection.
When such excess collections are refunded or adjusted or transferred to any other
head of account, the fact should be noted in the remarks column of the above register
and in case of adjustment in the body of the register under collection. The fact should
also be intimated to the headman who should note it in his own register.
The total excess collection at any time should be treated as equal to the sum of the
net excess collections noted in the villagewar demand, collection and balance
register. Excess collections should be excluded in working out the balance in the
taluk demand, collection and balance statement due to the Collector every month.
The Tahsildar should also reconcile the balance in the demand, collection and
balance statement with the balance in the treasury plus and minus memorandum in a
note which should accompany the demand, collection and balance statement.
In order to avoid discrepancies between the Survey and Revenue demands the
following instructions should be observed by the Collectors and the Survey Officers:
As the survey of each village or group of villages in a taluk is completed, the Survey
Department should obtain from the Tahsildar the areas, villagewise, of villages
surveyed, with reference to the adangal as finally made up according to the previous
jamabandi.
The Tahsildar should furnish the above information within ten days of the receipt of
the requisition for it from the Survey Officer. The cost rates for each village the
survey of which has been completed, should be worked out by the Survey Officer
with reference to the areas furnished by the Tahsildar after taking into account the
four classes of changes referred to in rule 195 of Chapter XVII of the Survey Manual,
Volume II.
The cost rates thus arrived at and the total demand recoverable from ryots in respect
of each village should be intimated to the Revenue Department. A list of the changes
in area, if any, taken into account by the Survey Department for purposes of working
out the cost rates should also be sent along with the statement.
A list of re-survey fields of over fifty acres or hectares 20-23-42 Ares in extent with
the corresponding old numbers should accompany this list, but only those old survey
and sub-division numbers the whole or-major portions of which have been included
in the re-survey field should be shown therein, as they alone will be entitled to the
benefit of the one-fourth rate.
It will be the duty of the Tahsildar immediately on receipt of the intimation from the
Survey Department to apply the rates to the several holdings according to the current
revenue accounts paying due attention wherever necessary to the changes intimated
by the Survey Department as having been taken into account for working out the cost
rates.
In the case of the fields of over 20 hectares, the Tahsildar should apply the concession
rate only to the entire old survey numbers or sub-divisions mentioned in the list sent

by the Survey Party. The Tahsildar should work out the demand within a fortnight or
a month at the latest after the intimation of the cost rate from the Survey Party. It
should be borne in mind that failure to do so will unduly delay the adjustment of the
Government share of the cost. Collectors should take very severe notice of any delay
beyond the above period on the part of the Tahsildar.
The amount arrived at by the Tahsildar for each village should be compared with the
village wise demand intimated by the Survey Department, and any differences should
be reconciled as promptly as possible in consultation with the Survey Party. When
the amount arrived at by the Tahsildar and intimated to the Survey Party has been
accepted as correct, the latter will proceed to get it adjusted by the Collector.
The ryots share of demarcation charges having been determined and accepted in the
manner described above the rest of the cost for the village on account of boundary
pillars and hired labour should be debited to Government by the officer-in-charge of
the survey party.
The cost rates for supplemental survey should be worked out by the Survey Party on
completion of all field work in the taluk and intimated to the Revenue Department
for collection. The Party officers and the Tahsildars will be guided by the instructions
in Rule 198 of Chapter XVII of the Survey Manual Volume II. The particulars of
area etc., adopted for the supplemental cost rates and demand notices will be taken
from the resurvey records.
B. P. Mis. 2976, dated 24-11-1928. G. O. Mis. 1483, Rev. dated 25-7-1929.
B. P. 58, dated 2-8-1929. B. P. Mis. 2593. dated 31-8-1932.
20. Instructions to the Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records: The Survey
Parties are employed on several items of survey. For some items (i.e., where charges are
debatable to Government, the cost of B. P. and H. L. is met from the Survey budget and
for other the cost of B. P. and H. L. is recoverable from the landholders under section 8
of the Survey and Boundaries Act.
I. Where charges are recoverable under section 8 of the Survey and Boundaries Act,
following procedure will be adopted.
i) In the “cost of survey marks advance ledger” maintained by the Collector,
separate folio will be opened for survey operations undertaken by the Survey
Parties.
ii) The Assistant Directors of Survey and Land Records will present their bills for
stones and hired labour as usual to the Treasury at the Headquarters of the
Survey Party.
N. B: S. O. Bill form No. 116, is appended.
iii) These bills will be met from the Collectors ‘Cost of Survey Marks” advance and
shown as debits or withdrawals in the Survey Party folio.
iv) Cost rate statements will be worked out as explained in the rules under clause 2
(G) of the rules framed under section 26 of the Survey and Boundaries Act, and
the relevant rules in the Survey Manual, for recovery from the registered
holders.
v) Where the locality surveyed lies (a) within the headquarters district, the cost rate
statement will be prepared in duplicate: and (b) outside the district, in triplicate.

vi) If the locality surveyed lies within the Headquarters district, the Collector will
note the amount of the cost rate statement in the Survey Party folio as a credit
under the survey officers and as a debit under the Tahsildar and at the same time
note the amount in the demand, collection and balance statement and send the
duplicate copy to the Tahsildar of the taluk, in which the survey was made. The
Tahsildar will maintain the register A in Form XIV and B in Form XV, in respect
of the collections to be made. As amounts are collected, the collections be
credited to the cost of survey marks advances and reported to the Collector who
will enter them as credits in his cost of “survey marks” survey party folio and
note the amount in his demand, collection and balance statement. These
collections should not be confused with collections relating to maintenance
(which will be entered in separate ledger folio for each taluk).
If the locality surveyed lies outside the Headquarters District, the Collector will
note the amount of the cost rates statement as a credit to the Survey Officers and
as a debit to the Collector of the outside district and send the cost rates statement
(duplicate and triplicate copies) to the Collector of the foreign district who will
enter the amount as debit in his cost of survey marks account, by opening a
survey party folio and note it also in his demand, collection and balance
statement and proceed to collect the amount through the Tahsildar concerned.
The Collector of the Head Quarters District no receipt of acceptance from the
Collector of the other district, will enter the full amount as credit in his cost of
survey marks survey party folio entering the date of adjustment and noting “by
adjustment from the cost of survey marks of concerned district”.
II. The charges debatable to Government will be entered by the Assistant Directors of
Survey and Land Records in a contingent bill against the survey budget and credited
by adjustment to the “cost of survey marks advance”. The Collector will note the
credit in the survey party folio under cost of survey marks advance.
III. The credits given to the Survey Officers in the Survey Party folio of the headquarters
district are offset in the case of cost rate statement by corresponding debits to the
Tahsildars of the same district or Collectors of foreign districts and the balance of
the overdraft limit available at any time is not affected by these entries It is only by
prompt collection by the Tahsildars of the Head Quarters district op prompt
adjustment by the Collector of the foreign district that the balance of the overdraft
limit can be increased.
IV. The Assistant Directors of Survey and Land Records should submit to the Board and
to the Collector on the 20th of every month extracts of the transactions of the
preceding month in regard to their debits and credits under survey advance. The
Tahsildars of the taluks for which cost rate statements have been accepted should
similarly submit to the Collectors statement of the debits and collections in their
taluks, a consolidated statement should be maintained on the administrative side by
the Collectors in Form VIII (a) and (b). The administrative accounts should be
compared with the treasury figures. The double columns of debits and credits in Form
VIII (a) will show whether cost rates statements are worked out by the Survey
Officers to keep pace with the expenditure and whether the Tahsildars are prompt in
collecting the amounts according to these statements.

S.O. BILL: Form No. 116
Survey Party Office:

Survey Officer’s Bill for Cost of Hired Labour and Stones
Number. ………………………… Description charges. ……………………………..
Amount.
Rs. Ps.
Total
Rupees (in words)
Station :
Date :
Assistant Director or Survey & Land Records.
Amount of credit sanctioned.
Amount drawn upto this bill
Add amount drawn in this bill
Total
Deduct amount adjusted by cost rate

Statement or Contingent bill
Total
B.P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945, as amended in

Bd’s N, 4252/1950, dated 1-5-1952,
G.O. No. 473 Rev., dated 29-5-1971.
Bd’s Ref. No. N1/11472/71 (DOS), dated 15-7-1971.
21. Instructions to Collectors :

1) The Collectors will apply to Government for an advance in the form of an overdraft
under cost of survey marks.
2) They should, be-times, ascertain from the Assistant Directors of Survey and Land
Records, whether any sum from this advance is required to meet the survey
operations for which charges are recoverable from the landholders under section 8 of
the Survey and Boundaries Act.
3) The advance sanctioned should be sub-divided to meet charges on account of-
a) Survey Operations by Survey Parties.
b) Maintenance operations in each taluk.
The overdraft limit for each taluk should be intimated to the Tahsildars concerned.
4) In regard to maintenance operations, the Tahsildars will be held responsible for the
correct accounting of the amounts drawn by them and collections to be credited to
the advance account.
5) In regard to the survey operations by the Survey Parties the Collectors of the districts
at which the Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records have their headquarters
will open, separate folios for transactions relating to “C. S. M. Survey Officers”. The
Collectors of other districts will open the folios as soon as intimation is received of

the amounts to be collected from the ryots under section 8 of the Survey and
Boundaries Act.
The Collectors of all districts should also maintain administrative accounts as
explained, in the instructions to the Survey Officers in Para 20 above to watch the
progress of expenditure and the balance for collection from the ryots. The Collectors
of the Districts in which the Assistant Directors of Survey and Land Records have
their headquarters should maintain the accounts in Form VIII (A) and the Collectors
of other districts in Form VIII (B) appended.
The Collectors of all districts in which accounts under C.S.M. Survey Officers are
maintained should submit to the Board on the 25th of every month extracts from their
administrative accounts for the transactions relating to the previous month, making
a special mention of the amounts pending collection from the ryot and the adequacy
of the survey advances.
The attention of the Collector is drawn to the instructions issued in Para 20 above to
the Assistant Directors of Survey and Land Records regarding the credits to be
allowed by adjustment for repayment of amounts drawn against the overdraft.
It must be remembered that the balance of overdraft limit i.e., column 7 of the Form
VIII A, will not increase as soon as a bill for cost rates worked out for a batch of
villages is received by the Collector but will increase only as and when actual
collection is made by the Tahsildars from the registered holders concerned.
If therefore, the uncollected balances of one or more cost rates statements deplete the
overdraft limit sanctioned for a survey party the Collector should apply for an
increase in the overdraft limit for the district, sufficiently in time, so that the work of
the Survey Party may not suffer for want of funds.
The Survey Officers and the Collector should submit half-yearly returns showing the
transaction Hinder cost of survey marks for the half-years ending 31st March and
30th September each year in Form XI-A to (J) to reach the Board of Revenue on or
before 30th of the succeeding month for review of the collection of survey charges.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945 as amended in Bd’s N. 4252/50, dated 1-5-1952.
G. O. Ms. No. 473, Rev., dated 29-5-1971; Bd’s Ref. No. Nl/11472/71 (DOS), dated 15-7-1971.
22. Duties of Collectors, Divisional Officers and Assistant Director and Inspector of
Survey and Land Records : The maintenance of the accounts mentioned above should
be strictly watched by Collectors and Divisional Officers who should make periodical
inspections for this purpose. If the duty of Divisional Officers to check these registers
thoroughly in the course of their inspections of taluk offices and questions have been
prescribed in Form IX of Appendix II to Standing Order No. 116-2 (ii) for this purpose.
The Survey and Land Records Officers should also check these registers and accounts in
the course of their tours and should submit a note on their conditions to the Collector.
B.P.333, Sett., dated 11-11-1984. B. P. 207, Sett., dated 17-7-1915.
B. P. 39, dated 17-8 -1925 G.O. 2653, Rev., dated 17-12-1927.
B. P. Misc., 371 (M) Press, dated 5-9-1942. B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
B. P. Misc., No. 1099, dated 29-9-1948.
23. In the last week of every month, the Karnam should prepare from stone register an abstract
return in Form XIII for the current month and send it to the Firka Deputy Surveyor who,
in turn, will consolidate the return for his Firka and send it to the Taluk Surveyor.

The Taluk Surveyor will similarly consolidate the returns for all the Firkas in the Taluk
and submit to the Tahsildar for review before 5th of the succeeding month. The Tahsildar
will send the return for each quarter to the Collector (Survey and Land Records) for
review before 10th of the month following each quarter.
Board’s Ref. No. N1/11472/71 (DOS) dated 15-7-1971.
At the end of the official year, the Tahsildar should send an annual return in the same
form to the Divisional Officer by the 10th April. The Divisional Officer will incorporate
the taluk returns in his annual report on the maintenance of revenue records and
registration to be submitted to the Collector by the 20th April and the Divisional returns
will in like manner be incorporated in the district report due with the Board on the 1st of
May.
B. P. 36, Sett., dated 27-1-1915. B. P. 171, Sett., dated 26-6-1916.
G. O. Ms. No. 60, Rev., dated 17-1-1959. read with Board’s. B. P. 93, dated 16-8-1922.
R. Dis. No. N/1586/59 (DOS), dated 9-2-1959. B. P. Press. 17, dated 27-6-1945.

FORM-1
Register of Stock and Issue of Survey Marks in...........village………..taluk total No. of
maintainable stones in the village - Theodolite - Field. Wet or Dry
Received Description of
Theodolite Field Total Total
Issued transaction with ref. to Remarks
Stones at stones at stones value
Balance No. and Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
B. P. Mis. 2911, dated 3-10-1933.
FORM-II
BILL NO. 1
Register of charges incurred for repair and renewal of survey marks in
village/town…………..Taluk………….District
Survey Stone No. in Reg. (A)
Cost of renewal or Taluk

or Survey Fd. No. and Stone
Village/Town
repair Collections
No. in Register (B)
No. from the holders of
Amount apportioned as
payable each by holder
Survey Fd. No. or S.D.
which the cost should

Costs of hired labour
Remarks
Costs of Stones
Measurer's Pay
be recovered
Total
Amount
Date
(1) (2) (3a) (3b) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Rs. Rs. Rs.
Rs. P.
P. P. P.
3-1 0.31 0.37 --- 0.69
9-5 0.31 0.44 --- 0.75
10-3 0.31 0.44 --- 0.75
10-7 0.31 0.44 --- 0.75
10-8 0.31 0.44 --- 0.75
10-9 0.31 0.44 --- 0.75
1.86 2.5 4.44
Signed….
Taluk Surveyor

FORM-II
BILL NO. 2
Register of charges incurred for repair and renewal of survey marks in village/town
Taluk ……………….. District………………………….
Survey Stone No. in Reg. (a)
the cost should be recovered

from the holders of which
Cost of Renewal or repair
Stone No. in Register (B)
Survey Fd. No. or S. No.
payable by each holder
or survey Fd. No. and
Cost of hired labour
Measurers Pay
Remarks
Amount
Total
Date
Cost of
Stones
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P.
15-1 0.31 Nil
15-2 0.31 Nil
15-3 0.31 Nil
15-4 0.31 Nil `
Government Revenue Department

Signed
Taluk Surveyor

FORM-II
BILL NO. 3
Register of charges incurred for repair and renewal of survey marks in ....................…..
village/town …………………….. Taluk; District
Cost of Renewal or repair

Survey Stone No. in Reg. (a)
the cost should be recorded

from the holders of which
Stone No. in Register (B)
Survey Fd. No. or S. No.
payable by each holder
or survey Fd. No. and
Cost of hired labour
Remarks
Amount
Measurers Pay
Cost of Stones
Total
Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
3-1 0.31 0.12
3-2 0.31 0.12
3-3 0.31 0.12
3-4 0.31 0.12 `
1.24 0.48
Government Revenue Department

Signed
Taluk Surveyor

FORM-III
(ENCLOSURE TO FORM II – BILL NO. 1)

No.
Statement of charges incurred for the repairs and renewal or survey marks in
………….. village …………………….. Taluk recoverable from private parties/ to be charged
to Government.
…………………. Date on which the work was done. Name of the Government Department
………………………………………………
Sale price of stones

No. of stones used Date entered in Form I and in Reg. 'B'
Rs. - P.
(1) (2) (3)
(Entered in Form-I on 3rd July, 1943)
6 1-86
(Regr. 'B' on 3rd July, 1944)
Initial of Clerk
N.B. : Where amount has to be charged to Government, the number and date of the adjustment bill
should be entered in column (3)
Extract from the Village Stock Register (Form-I) of the Above Village
issued transaction with Remarks
Stone at Stones at Stones Value
balance ref. to No. & Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Balance Form-II Bill No. 1 … 20 20
Issued … 6 6 Verified with Form-I
Balance … 14 14
Initial of Clerk
Verified with actual stock in

the depot and found correct.
Sd/-
Date: Surveyor

FORM-III

No.
Statement of charges incurred for the repairs and Renewal of survey marks in
………….. Village ……………….Taluk to be charged to Government
Date on which the work was done …………………………… Yes
Name of Government Department - Revenue Department.
Sale price of
No. of stones
stones Date entered in Form I and in Reg. 'B'
issued
Rs. - P.
(1) (2) (3)
4 1-24 41-24 Entered Form-I on 17th July, Initial of clerk
1944 in Taluk office
Entered Register B on 17th July, 1944
N.B. : Where amount has to be charged to Government the number and date the adjustment bill
should be entered in column (3). Adjustment Bill No. 1 dated 17th July, 1944.
Extract from the Village Stock Register (Form-I) of the above Village
issued transaction with ref. Remarks
Stone at stone at stones value
Balance to No. and Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Balance --- 1 20
Issued Form-II Bill No. 2 --- 4 Verified with Form-I
Balance --- 1 16 Initial of Clerk
Verified with the actual stock in the depot and found correct.
Date:
Sd/-
Taluk Surveyor

FORM-III

Statement of charges incurred for the repairs and renewal of survey marks …….. in
………….. Village …………… Taluk
To be charged to Government --- Yes
Date on which the work was done ---
Name of Government – Public Works Department.
Number of Sale price of stones

Date entered in Form-I and in Register 'B'
stones used Rs. - P.
(1) (2) (3)
Date entered in Form-I, 19 July, 1944
4 1-25
Date entered Register 'B', 19 July, 1944
Initial of Clerk
N.B. : Where amount has to be charged to Government, the number and date of the adjustment bill
should be entered in column (3)
Adjustment Bill No. 2, dated 19th July, 1944
Initial of Taluk Office Accountant or Tahsildar
Extract from the Village Stock Register (From-I) of the above Village
Received Description of Theodolite Field Total
issued transaction with stone at stones at Total value Remarks
balance ref. to No. and date A.S. A.S. Rs. - P.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Verified
Balance --- 3 24 ---
with
Issued Form II Bill No. 3 --- --- Form I
Balance --- 3 20
Initial of Clerk
Verified with the actual stock in the depot and found correct
Date :
Sd/-
Taluk Surveyor

FORM-IV
Extract from Form-II …….. Dated ……………… Received for ………… Village
………Taluk ………… District.
Rs. P.
Cost of stones …
Cost of hired labour …
Total …
In words Rupees
To be debited to
And credited to
Tahsildar
EXTRACT FROM FORM-V (a)
Date Item Withdrawal Deposit Undrawn Balance

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
REGISTER-V (a)
Amount of overdraft sanctioned: Rs. 2000 Collectors Dis. No. ………………
Undrawn
Withdra
Deposit Balance of
Date Item wal
Rs. - P. overdraft
Rs. - P.
Rs. - P.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1st July, 1944 Taluk Surveyors Form II Bill No.1 140.62 --- 1859.37
3rd July, 1944 Taluk Surveyors Form III Bill No.1 2.50 --- 2856.88
Form V. M. 'X' Village Collections

10th July, 1944 --- --- 1859.88
relating to Form II - Bill No.1
Form V. M. 'X' Village Collections

13th July, 1944 --- 1.37 1861.25
relating to Form II - Bill No.1
Adjustment Bill No. 1 (Taluk

17th July, 1944 --- 1.25 1862.50
Surveyors Form-II Bill No. 2)
Adjustment Bill No. 2 (Taluk

19th July, 1944 --- 1.25 1863.75
Surveyors Form-II Bill No. 3)
Contingent Bill - Cartage of stones

20th July, 1944 4.00 --- 1859.75
from 'X' Village to 'Y' Village

REGISTER-V (b)
Register of Stone and Profit and Loss Account
recoveries and
Stones bought
Money value
adjustments
Stones sold
Cost price
Remarks
Charges
Rs. - P.
Rs. - P.
Rs. - P.
Rs. - P.
Cash
Date and Bill No.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Cost price
Contractors Bill No. 1,
5.00 140.62 … … … … of stones -
dated 1st July, 1944
paise
Fixed by Collector Paise selling price
Collectors D. Dis. No. dated
Form No. II - Bill No.
… … … 6 1.88 … …
1, dated 3rd July, 1944
Adjustme
… … … 4 1.25 1.25 nt Bill
2, dated 17th July, 1944
No. 1
… … … … 1.88 …
Adjustme
… … … 4 1.25 1.25 nt Bill
No. 2
Contingent Bill Cartage
of stones from X
4.00 … … … … … …
Villages to Y Village
dated 20th July, 1944
FORM-VI
Village wise Demand, Collection and Balance register of charges incurred for the
repair and renewal of survey marks
receipt of statement
S.No. and dated of
Total cost of renewals and repairs Recoveries
Cost of Date of Balance

Cost of Pay of
hired Total Amount credit in Rs. - P.
stones treasurer
labour Rs. - P. Rs. - P. sub-
Rs. - P. Rs. - P.
Rs. - P. treasury
(1) (2) (3a) (3b) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(B.P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945)

FORM-VII
Demand, Collection and Balance under cost of survey marks in the taluk of …………..
for the month of …………… 19……….
No. of the bill remaining
Add collection in
Collections
Amount of the bill

Date of the receipt
other taluks
to the collected in
Total Collection
by the Tahsildar
whole or part
upto last month
Remarks
Balance
In the month
Total
Amount
Month
Taluk
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
(B.P. 17, Press, dated 26-6-1945)

Station : Tahsildar
Date :

FORM-VIII(a)
SURVEY STAFF
Overdraft limit of Rupees 1 lakh
Register of overdraft under Cost of Survey marks – Survey Officers
Tahsildar of the Balance

Survey Officers district or Collectors of of over
Date Item
Foreign district draft limit
Debit Credit Debit Credit
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Budget Forward
1. Bill from S.O. stones &
60000 … … … 40000
H.L.
2. Bill for cost rates worked
out for 1st batch of village A … 20000 20000 … 40000
taluk
3. Bill for Government share
… 5000 … … 45000
of survey charges
5-10-1950
4. Bill from S.O. for stones

39000 … … … 6000
and H.L.
5. Bill for cost worked out for
villages in Y. Districts and B. … 23000 23000 … …
Taluk
6. Adjustments by the
… … … 23000 29000
Collectors Y. District
7. Collectors by the Tahsildar
… … … 8000 37000
A. Taluk
99000 48000 43000 31000 ….
Net debit under S.Os … 51000*

Net debit under Tahsildars … 12000*
Total … 63000*
Balance … 37000*

FORM–VIII (b)
Overdraft limit Rs. 50000 Y. District
Cost of Survey Marks – Survey Officers

Balance of the
Date Item Debit Credit
overdraft limit
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
By adjustment to Collector of Y.
District cost rate statement of Taluk
23000 …. 27000
6-5-1950 B. Collectors from B. Taluk
… 827 27827
FORM-IX
Remittance List
Name of village ……… No. and date of maintenance officers form No. 11 to which this
remittance relates.
Amount to be Amount already collected Amount now

Field or
recovered from each and remitted by the collected and
subdivision Remarks
field sub-division as maintenance officer or remitted by the
No. or letter
per Form II village officer village officers
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Total amount remitted Rs.

Karnam Sub-Treasury Officer
Date: Date:
Note: When the entire amount of the bill is remitted there is no need to fill in columns (1) to (3)

Net expenditure under cost of Survey Stones No. in Reg. 'A' or
Date:
(1)
(1)
survey marks upto the half-year survey field No. and stone
ending No. in Register B
(2)
the duplicate)
Amount drawn in the half year
(2)
Cost of stones
Total expenditure upto the end Cost of hired labour
(3a)
(3)
refused to receive it.
of the half year
repair
Pay of Measurer
(3b)
(4)
Cash Refunds
Cost of renewal or
(4)
Total
Hand Book on Survey & Land Records

Government share of
(5)
demarcation charges adjusted Fields and sub-divisions on
(5)
which cost in col 4 is to be
Ryots share of demarcation apportioned
charges for which cost rates
have been worked out and bills Field or sub-division
(6a)
(6)
No. or letter
“A”
forwarded to the Collectors
FORM-X
FORM-XI
foreign districts
pattadar
Amount to be
Cost to be
(7)
Ryots share of demarcation recovered

recovered from
each field or sub-
in the name of the

division registered
charges for which cost rates
(BY SURVEY OFFICERS)

have been worked out and bills
(6b)
forwarded to the Collectors- Amount already collected from
(8)
Collectors of the headquarters pattadar and remitted by the

districts maintenance officer or V.O.
of maintenance officers (Bill No.) Form-II to which this statement relates.
(9)
Date of remittance
Net expenditure upto the end of
(7)
half year item 3-(4+5+6)
Balance to be recovered from pattadar
(10)
Karnam
Remarks about the availability
(8)
of funds under the overdraft
Remarks
(11)
limit sanctioned
305
(Score out the words “and that he refused to receive it” in case the pattadar received
of lands registered in the name of pattadar no ……… of …… Village ……….. No. and date
Statement of sums to be recovered under sections 15 of Act VIII of 1923 on account
Certified that the duplicate of this statement was tendered to the pattadar and that he
charges incurred in the district of …………………… for the Half-Year ending ……………..
Half-yearly Return due from the survey officers and collectors on account of the survey
“B”

Districts of Expenditure and Adjustment under items 3 to 6 of Form ‘A’ By Taluks
Expenditure Adjustments
presented to Collcetor
Ryots share for which
Upto the beginning of
of H. Qrs. Dists. And

Government share of
worked out and bills

cost rates have been
to foreign district
During half year
Cash Refunds
Remarks
demarcation
District
Taluk
half year
Balance
Total
Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
“C”
(BY COLLECTORS)
Details of overdraft Limits sanctioned in the district where the survey units have their
headquarters.
District Headquarters Unit which surveyed Amount of overdraft Remarks

(1) (2) (3) (4)
“D”
(BY COLLECTORS)
Details of overdraft limits sanctioned in the district other than those where the survey
units have their headquarters.
District Unit which surveyed Overdraft limit Remarks

(1) (2) (3) (4)

“E”
(BY COLLECTORS)
Transactions for half year ending …………………. Overdraft limit Rs. …………….
Survey Unit …………. (Vide Instructions to collectors in B.P. Press 17, Dated 27-6-1945)
Transactions in District where the Survey Units have their Headquarters.
Districts
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Overdraft limit sanctioned

2. Balance of overdraft limit at the beginning of the half year
3. Amount drawn upto end of half year
4. Amount to be accounted for (items 1-2+3)
5. Cash refunds
6. Government share of demarcation shares adjusted
7. Ryots share of demarcation charges adjusted by the Collectors of outside districts
8. Collections from the ryots of the Headquarters District
9. Total credits (items 5+6+7+8)
10. Balance outstanding (item 4-9)
11. Balance of overdraft limits at the end of the half year.
“F”
(BY COLLECTORS)
Transactions for the fasli year ending …….. overdraft limit ……. Survey unit ……..
(Vide Instructions to Collectors in B.P. Press 17, dated 27-6-1945). (Transactions in district
other than those where the Survey units have their Headquarters)
Districts
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Overdraft limit sanctioned
2. Balance of overdraft limit at the beginning of the half year
3. Amounts adjusted by credit to the Headquarters Districts in adjustment of the
ryots share of demarcation charges
4. Total amount to be accounted for (items 1+2+3)
5. Cash refunds
6. Collections in the district
7. Balance to be accounted for (items 4+5+6)
8. Balance of overdraft limit at the end of the half year (item 1-7)

“G”
(BY COLLECTORS)
Demand, Collection and balance of Survey bills sent to the Collectors
Collections during the half year
Balance remaining uncollected

Balance of bills uncollected at
Bills received from S.Os for

collection during half year
at the end of half year

the close of half year
Total Cols. 3 & 4
Remarks
District Taluk
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
“H”
(BY COLLECTORS)
Taluk wise details for items 6 and 7 in statement ‘E’ and Item 3 in Statement ‘F’
District Taluk Government share Ryots share Remarks
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
“I”

Year wise details for the balance outstanding at the end of the half year ending
Classification of Grand
District Year Year Year Total
work Total
(1) (2) (3a) (3b) (3c) (4) (5)
Suppl. Survey
Initial Survey
Resurvey
Total
Abstract
Suppl. Survey
Initial Survey
Resurvey

“J”
(BY COLLECTORS AND SURVEY OFFICERS)

Details of cash refunds items 5 of Statement ‘E’ or Statement ‘F’
Amount
No. and item
Rs. - P.
1. Adjustment of cost of surplus stones taken over by the Rev. Dept.
2. Refunds of advance paid to Surveyors
3. Unclaimed Pay and T.A. of Chainmen etc.
FORM-XIII
Statement showing the transactions under “Cost of Survey Marks- Collectors “for the
half year ending ……………………………
I. Account :
1. Undrawn balance of overdraft at the beginning of the half year.
2. Debit balance at the beginning of the half year, amount of overdraft sanctioned minus
undrawn balance of overdraft.
3. Withdrawals during the half year.
4. Deposits during the half year.
5. Increase (decrease) of the debit.
6. Debit balance at the end of the half year.
7. Undrawn balance at the end of the half year.
II. Collection Account :
1. Arrears balance.
2. Demand during the half year.
3. Collection during the half year.
4. Amount written off.
5. Balance at the end of the half year.
6. Increase (or decrease) of balance.
III. Stone Account :
1. Value of stock at the beginning of the half year (cost price)
2. Value of stones issued (a) selling price (b) cost price.
3. Value of stock at the end of the half year (cost price)
4. Collection of stone value.
5. Amount not yet realized.
6. Charges.
7. Profit or loss up-to-date (difference between sales and cost plus charges)
8. Profit adjusted up-to-date.

IV. Re-conciliation Amount :

V. Stone Account :
1. Value of stone at the beginning of the half year (cost price)
2. Value of stone issued
VI. Reconciliation Account :
1. Difference between 1-6 and 11-6
2. Items irrecoverable or not recovered other than collection demand.
a) Irrecoverable charges,
b) Value of stock of stones at cost price.
B. P. 17. press, dated 27-6-1945.
FORM-XIII
Statement showing the inspection of survey marks, their repair and renewal in the
district of ………………………….. for the year 19 …………..
Total number of maintainable
Number overchecked by the
Number overchecked by the
beginning of the year

marks missing or out
to be inspected in the year
Rev. and S&LRs Officers
Balance of survey
Total number of stones
of repairs at the
Number of inspected
Firka Dy. Surveyors
Discoveries
in the year
by the Karnams
in the Firka
stones
Firka
Missing Repairs Missing Repairs

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
"A" Government villages
Out-turn
Remarks
Repaired or Repaired or Balance at the end

renewed by the renewed by the Total of the year
staff ryots
Renewals Repairs Renewals Repairs Renewals Repairs Missing Repairs
(11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
Note : (1) Under over check should be included only those stones which were inspected by superior
officers within two months from the date of their inspection by subordinate officers.
(2) Under repair by Firka Dy. Surveyors only those repairs which were legally executed i.e.,
after the service and expiry of the prescribed time, should be included.

FORM-XIV
REGISTER - A
No. and name of registered holder :
Village headman’s register of bills received for collection
Demand Collection
Order of Tahsildar
No. of Bill Amount due Date Amount paid
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
FORM-XV
REGISTER-B
Name of the village :
Register showing demand, collection and balance of survey advances for Fasli
Date of transmission
Amount of collection made during

of the bill to V.O.
Amount of Bill
Date fixed for

Date of recipt
No. of Bill
payment
September
October
August
April
May
June
July
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Add collections in
Amount of collection made during
Balance at the end
other taluks
Total for the year
Total collections
of the year
Remarks
November
December
February
Amount
January
March
Taluk
Date
(13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)

FORM-XVI
REGISTER-C
Register showing particulars of bills received from the Survey Party Officer and
forwarded to the Tahsildars for collection
Date of
Officer from To whom
No. of Date of Date of forwarding Total
whom forwarded
Bill. Bill receipt the bill to amount
received for recovery
the Taluk
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
APPENDIX- III
(Standing Order No. 34-A, Paragraph 4)
DUTIES OF REVENUE AND SURVEY AND LAND RECORDS OFFICERS

ETC., IN CONNECTION WITH THE MAINTENANCE OF REVENUE
RECORDS AND REGISTRATION
1. The duties of Collectors. Revenue Divisional Officers and Taluk Tahsildars in connection
with the maintenance of revenue records and registration are mentioned in the several
paragraphs of Standing Order No. 34-A.
The duties of the Survey and Land Records Officers, who are primarily concerned with
this branch of the administration, are summarized below —
(a) Instructions for the guidance of Assistant Directors of Survey and Land
Records.
2. The Assistant Director-in-charge of the District Survey and Land Records unit will
function as Ex-Officio Personal Assistant to the Collector in the matters relating to Survey
and Land Records at the District level. He will be responsible to the Collector for all the
works connected with the Revenue Records and Registration and other items of survey
operations. All correspondence pertaining to 'Survey and Land Records’ in the District
shall be addressed to the Collector (Survey and Land Records). The Assistant Director
will be assisted in the maintenance of Revenue Records and Registration by —
i) the Inspector of Survey and Land Records at the district level:
ii) the Deputy Inspectors of Survey and Land Records at the Divisional level, who
will also assist the Divisional Officers;
iii) the Taluk Surveyor at the Taluk level, who will assist the Tahsildar; and
iv) the Firka Deputy Surveyor at the Firka level.
He will arrange for the conduction of the Revenue Subordinate Classes and Karnams’
training classes and Maintenance Tests for the Revenue subordinates, who have
completed two years of Revenue Inspector’s course. He will conduct the final
examination of both Revenue subordinates and Karnams’ Training classes at the end of
the prescribed period of training.
G. O, Ms. No. 473, Rev., Department, dated 29-5-1971.
Bd’s, Ref. No. 11472/71 (D. O. S.) dated 15-7-1971.

3. The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records jurisdiction extends over all the taluks
of the district. Towards the end of each month, he should draw up a programme of his
movements during the following months and submit it for the approval of the Collector.
The approved programme will then be communicated to the Revenue Divisional officers
and Tahsildars concerned, a copy being at the same time forwarded to the Director of
Settlements, Survey and Land Records so as to reach him by the 5th of the month to which
it relates. The Assistant Director should not waste time in long marches and should not
deviate, from his programme save for good reasons. As far as possible the inspection of a
taluk should be completed at one time.
The work done by the Assistant Director (S and LRs.) should be extracted in the monthly
diary in Form-A which should be submitted by him with the remarks of Collector to the
Director of Settlements; Survey and Land Records on the 5th of the month following that
to which it relates.
On matters calling for further action the Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records
should submit separate reports to the Collector. He should submit to the Collector at least
once a year (detailed notes of inspection of the state of maintenance work in each taluk
and on the condition of taluk office registers and records. His inspection should cover all
the points mentioned in the check-memorandum in Form-B, besides other matters
requiring his attention.
In the case of the Deputy Tahsildars offices the check-memorandum to be used for the
inspection of the Taluk Manual registers will be in Form 1-1 b. Orders on these notes will
be issued by the Collector to the officers concerned.
The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records will be assisted by one Inspector of
Survey; one Deputy Inspector and 20 Surveyors in attending to other items of survey
work. He will be responsible to realize the targets on all items of work prescribed from
time to time.
G. O. 358, Revenue, dt. 15-2-1932. B.P. 9, dt. 23-2-1932.
4. The Assistant Directors of (Survey and Land Records) main functions are -
1) Over check of the maintenance of revenue records and registration and annual
inspection of taluk accounts Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8-A and the survey advance accounts
so as to enable Revenue Divisional Officers and Collectors to enforce the proper
administration by Tahsildars, Deputy Tahsildars, Revenue Inspectors and Village
Officers of the rules in regard to the recording of Changes and preservation of survey
marks;
2) Technical check of sub-division records and supervision of the work of Karnams and
Surveyors on the ground and over check of the plotting of the sub-divisions in the
maintained copy of the field maps, both in the village and in think office;
3) Correction of survey errors:
4) Inquiry into complicated survey disputes;
5) Maintenance of the village maps in the Collector’s office, one copy for each village;
6) Formulating proposals for carrying out all practical improvements in the existing
revenue records and in the arrangements for their maintenance;

7) Arranging training of Revenue subordinates "and Karnams in survey and revenue

records and registration; and
8) Any other special work relating to survey and revenue records and registration
entrusted to him by the Collector.
5. During his stay in a taluk Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records should inspect the
maintenance work of Karnams and Surveyors.
He should examine a percentage of the instruments, maps and registers already checked
by the Survey officers and of the stones planted, renewed or required in order to see that
the work has been done properly. The stone registers should be scrutinized and a
percentage of the stones inspected, in order to find out whether the Karnam and the Firka
Deputy Surveyor have been properly inspecting the stones all over the village.
As theodolite stations constitute the frame work of the field survey, they must finally be
replaced with care, when they are missing or out of position, by the Surveyor or the
Deputy Inspector. Difficulties reported by the Survey staff should be investigated and
proposals made for overcoming them.
The extracts regarding theodolite stones referred to in the last sentence of paragraph 8 of
Appendix-II should be posted in the Assistant Director’s office in the register (Form-1
appended) talukwar so that they may not be lost sight of.
An alphabetical index list of villages should be prefixed to each register as in the case of
taluk 8-A register. As entries are made in the register, the serial numbers should be noted
against the concerned villages in the index list. When a stone is attended to, a circle should
be put round the number in the index list.
The Assistant Director should, in particular, watch the progress made by each Deputy
Surveyor and if he finds that any Deputy Surveyor for no fault of his own is unable to
keep pace with the disappearance of survey marks or with the formation of new sub-
divisions, he should make proposals for clearing off arrears. He should, as far as possible,
scrutinize the village accounts and note whether the rules regarding transfer of registry
have been observed by officers concerned and whether registry has been brought up-to-
date.
Where incompetency of a Karnam as a Surveyor has been reported by the Surveyor, the
Assistant Director' should personally satisfy himself of the correctness of the report. If he
finds it true, he should report the fact to the Revenue Divisional officer for further action.
6. All sub-division records received from the Divisional Deputy Inspectors after check-
measurement should be got scrutinized by the Assistant Director, Survey and Land
Records and such of them as are found correct should be forwarded to the Taluk Tahsildar
for the incorporation of the changes in the taluk accounts and in the taluk copy of the Field
Measurement Book by the Draftsman in his periodical tours. The records should be
examined with special reference to the check-memorandum in Appendix IX. A register
of sub-divisions for each taluk should be maintained in the form in Appendix X.
7. Survey errors should be rectified in accordance with the instructions contained in
Standing Order No. 34-B.

8. The investigation of disputes necessitating the rectification of boundaries or involving

questions of the correctness of the village survey records is the work that may legitimately
be referred to the Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records. Care should, however, be
taken not to divert the energies of the Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records to
petty work of the kind which can well be attended to by the Surveyors and Tahsildars and
ought to be done by them. In particular, it should be a rule that the Assistant Director,
Survey and Land Records shall not be required to deviate from his programme to do work
of this nature; nor can employment on such work be accepted as an excuse for neglect of
the ordinary routine of maintenance work. Reference to the Assistant Director, Survey
and Land Records wherever initiated, should be made through the Collector.
B. P. 39, dated 7-8-1925. G. O. Mis., 1732, Rev., dated 7-11-1925.
B. P. Mis. 2543, dated 16-11-1925.
*G. O. Ms.No. 153 Revn (SS) Dept. dt. 9-3-2012 appended below.
(b) The duties of Inspector of Survey and Land Records :
9. 1) Over check of the maintenance of revenue records and registration and periodical
inspection of taluk accounts Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8-A and the survey advance accounts
so as enable the Revenue Divisional Officers and the Collectors (Survey and Land
Records) to enforce the proper administration, by Revenue Officers and village
officers of the rules in regard to the recording of change and preservation of survey
marks:
2) Inspection of the work of Firka Deputy Surveyors, Taluk Surveyors, Town and
Panchayat Surveyors, Special Surveyors and Divisional Inspectors in the district.
3) Inspection of work relating to splitting up of joint pattas, Land Acquisition and other
assignment survey works.
4) Inspection of maintenance Registers and Records of villages. Municipal Towns and
Panchayats.
5) Inspection of maintenance of R. R. R. and Survey advance accounts in the Taluk
offices and reconciliation of accounts.
6) Detailed and General check of village accounts in the questionnaire form prescribed.
At least one Firka should be taken up in a month.
7) Monthly review of the progress of work by conducting monthly center checks.
8) Enquiry into boundary disputes.
9) a) Inspection of village stone depots and verification of balance stocks.
b) Inspect land records generated by using Bhumiti and CAD software.
c) Inspect survey operations done using electronic theodolite, various GPS
instruments, Electronic Total Stations and Photogrammetry.
d) Asst. Directors conducting training to Survey subordinate officers in the use of
electronic survey instruments and CAD softwares.
10) Any other special work relating to Survey and Revenue Records and Registration
entrusted to him by the Collector (Survey and Land Records).

The Inspector of Survey should submit his diary in Form A-l appended along with the 2
abstracts thereof to reach the Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records before the 5th
of every month along with detailed notes of his inspections.
(c) Duties of Divisional Deputy Inspector of Survey and Land Records :
10. i) Over check of 5% of the work of Firka Deputy Surveyors, Taluk, Town and Panchayat
Surveyors and of Special Surveyors (employed for Land acquisition and Assignment etc.,
works).
ii) Technical scrutiny of Sub-division records and supervision of the maintenance work.
iii) Over check of the plotting of sub-divisions in the maintained copy of the Field Atlas
both in the villages and taluk offices.
iv) Detailed and general checks of the village accounts in the Questionnaire form
prescribed.
v) Scrutiny of survey errors in plotting, measurement and computation of areas
involving alteration in areas.
vi) Replacement of missing theodolite stations.
vii) Monthly review of the progress of work through conducting monthly center checks.
viii) Enquiry into boundary disputes.
ix) Inspection of village stone depots and verification of balance stock.
x) Maintenance of Register of Karnams to be trained in survey in Form ‘C’ of Appendix
III with reference to the equipment reports received from Firka Deputy Surveyors.
xi) Inspect land records generated by using Bhumiti and CAD software.
xii) Inspect the survey operations done using electronic theodolites, various GPS
instrumtnes, electronic Total Stations and Photogrammetry.
xiii) Asst. Directors conducting training to survey sub ordinate officers in the use of
electronic survey instruments and CAD softwares.
xiv) Scrutinize sub division records prepared by Licensed Surveyors.
In order to ensure a thorough and systematic inspection of village records and to secure
uniformity of procedure in all districts a check-memorandum has been standardized in
Form-B2 for the use of all Inspecting Survey Officers. The Divisional Deputy Inspector
cannot inspect the village records of all the villages in the division every year in the
manner required by the check-memorandum. He should, therefore, as a rule inspect
thoroughly the records of two villages in each Firka every year with reference to the above
check-memorandum and should in addition make a general inspection of the records of
all the remaining villages of the Firka with special reference to the defects disclosed
during the inspection of the villages selected for detailed check. In the case of villages
other than those selected for detailed check it will be enough to draw up the inspection
notes villagewar in the form of a narrative under various sections referred to in the check-
memorandum.

In the following year another two villages should be selected for detailed check and so
on, so that all the villages in the Firka may be checked in detail in the course of a few
years. Collectors (Survey and Land Records) may at their discretion increase or reduce
the number of villages to be selected for detailed check according to the nature of the
Divisional Deputy Inspector’s charge or any special duties he may have to perform. The
selection of the villages should not however be announced long in advance of the
Divisional Deputy Inspector’s inspection. The number having been fixed by the Collector,
the Divisional Deputy Inspector should select at random the villages of the Firka shortly
before his inspection and he should do as mush field work as possible in the selected
villages.
Copies of the inspection notes should be sent to the Collector (Survey and Land Records),
Revenue Divisional Officer, the Tahsildar and the Surveyor concerned for necessary
action. The Revenue Divisional Officer or the Collector (Survey and Land Records)
should take disciplinary action against the persons responsible for bad or indifferent work.
The work of Firka Deputy Surveyor/Surveyor being only in villages comes under the
scrutiny of the Deputy Inspector during his inspection of village records. In the check-
memorandum provision has been made for comparing the appendix to the Firka Deputy
Surveyor’s/Surveyor’s diary with the village records in order to see whether the appendix
has been correctly prepared.
After completing his inspection of the village records of the firka, the Divisional Deputy
Inspector should submit a Report to the Collector through the Revenue Divisional Officer
embodying the general result of his inspection of the Firka Deputy Surveyor’s/Surveyor’s
work in connection with revenue records under the various heads specified in paragraphs
5 and 6 below with special reference to registry, stone inspection maintenance and check-
measurement of sub-divisions.
In the report it should also be mentioned whether the Firka Deputy Surveyor has the full
complement of the survey instruments and village maps for all the villages of his firka
and whether the stock file which the Firka Deputy Surveyor/Surveyor has to maintain
under the orders conveyed in B.P. Mis., 3820, dated 14th December, 1927, is properly
maintained.
The Deputy Inspector of Survey should submit his diary in duplicate in Form A-II
appended along with the 2 abstracts, thereof on the 1st of every month to the Inspector of
Survey who will submit them to the Revenue Divisional Officer. The Revenue Divisional
Officer will transmit one copy of the diary with his remarks to the Assistant Director
(S&LRs.,) for technical review.
(d) Duties of Taluk Surveyor :

11. The duties of the Taluk Surveyor in connection with the maintenance of revenue records
and registration are given below:
i) The Taluk Surveyor at the taluk level will supervise the work of the Firka Deputy
Surveyor besides attending to subdivision work in Land Acquisition case;
ii) Inspection of 15% of the work done by the Firka Deputy Surveyor:
iii) Preliminary enquiry of petitions of boundary disputes;

iv) Refixing of Theodolite stations;

v) Review of the Firka Deputy Surveyors and maintenance of Register of Pay and
Allowances to regulate the pay and allowances as per pay passed in the outturn
statement.
vi) Testing of Karnams Survey knowledge;
viii) Inspection of village stone depots and verification of balance stocks.
(e) Duties of Firka Deputy Surveyor :

12. i) Inspection of at least 20 percent maintainable points in a village once in a year in the
blocks not covered by the Karnam. The cycle of inspection of survey marks for each
village will be fixed by the Collector (Survey and Land Records) which should be adhered
to by the Firka Deputy Surveyor and the Village Karnam. He should do, not less than 5
days work under stone inspection in each month.
ii) Over check of 10 percent of Karnams stone inspection.
iii) Issue of draft notices under section 15 (2) of the Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923
to the village Karnam for service on the persons concerned.
iv) Renewal of missing stones detected for which section 15 (2) notices have been served
and then 15 days’ time limit is lapsed. He should at least do 7 days’ field work under
renewals as per the standard of outturn in each month.
v) Inspection of stone depots and verification of balance stocks.
vi) Measurement and plotting of sub-divisions in the Karnams copy of F. M. B. and
correction of village accounts.
vii) Correction of survey errors in measurement not involving alteration of areas.
ix) Checking the entries in the Enjoyment Register in the villages and verification of
registry in field during stone inspection.
x) Measurement of new topo details and noting changes in details.
xi) Sub-division work relating to Assignment, splitting up of joint pattas and other cases
except Land Acquisition work.
xii) Preparation of accounts relating to survey charges.
xiii) Inspection of the village maps and field measurement books.
xiv) Inspection of Karnams survey instruments.
xv) Inspection of demarcation sketches and stone registers.
xvi) Clubbing of sub-divisions.

(f) Duties of Land Records Draftsman :
13. The principal functions of the Land Records Draftsman, among others, are to assist
the Survey and Land Records Officers -
i) in the scrutiny of sub-division sketches.
ii) in incorporating them, after approval, in the field measurement books maintained in
the Taluk Office;
iii) in incorporating topographical details;
iv) in incorporating the alterations of field boundaries in the set of village maps; and
v) Any other item of work entrusted by the officers.
Board’s Ref. No. No. NI/1472/71, dated 15-7-1971.
****

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

ABSTRACT
Establishment – Survey and Land Records Department – Inclusion of certain additional
duties in the job chart of Survey Officers and employees at various levels in addition to
the duties prescribed in Appendix-III of the Andhra Pradesh Board of Revenue Standing
Orders – Amendments – Orders – Issued.
REVENUE (SS) DEPARTMENT

G.O.Ms.No. 153 Dated : 09.03.2012
Read :-
1. From the Spl. CS & CCLA, A.P., Hyderabad, Rc.No.L2/4922/2010, Dated:22.07.2011.
******
ORDERS:-
In the circumstances reported by the Special Chief Secretary & Chief Commissioner of
Land Administration, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad in the letter read above, Government
after careful examination of the matter hereby add the following additional duties in the
job charts of various cadres of Survey Officers in Survey and Land Records Department.
The following Amendments are hereby made to the Andhra Pradesh Board of Revenue
Standing Orders.
AMENDMENTS
In Appendix-III to Chapter-II of the Andhra Pradesh Board of Revenue Standing
Orders under standing orders No. 34-A, Paragraph 4:
(1) In instruction 4,
(a) In clause 7, after the words Revenue Records and Registration, the word ‘and’
shall be omitted,
(b) Clause 7, shall be renumbered as 7(i);
(c) After clause 7(i) as renumbered, the following shall be inserted, namely,-
(ii) Inspect the land records generated by using Bhumithi and other CAD
Softwares.
(iii) Inspect the survey operations done using electronic theodolites, various
GPS instruments Electronic Total stations and Photogromatery.
(iv) Guide and impart training to subordinate survey officers in the use of
CAD softwares and operation of electronic survey instruments.
(v) Inspect the performance of apprentice-Licensed Surveyors and
submitted report to Commissioner on their performance.
(vi) Inspect and enquiry into the allegations of fraud and other mischievous
activities reported against Licensed Surveyors in their work.”
(2) In instructions 9,
(a) Clause 9 shall be renumbered as 9(i);
(b) After clause (9)(i) as renumbered, the following shall be inserted,
namely,-

(ii) Inspect the land records generated by using Bhumithi and other
CAD softwares.
(iii) Inspect the survey operations done using electronic theodolites,
various GPS instruments Electronic Total Stations and
Photogromatery.
(iv) Assist Assistant Director in conducting training to Survey
Subordinate Officers in the use of electronic survey instruments
and CAD softwares.”
(3) In instruction 10, after clause (x), the following shall be added, namely,-
(xi) Inspect the land records generated by using Bhumithi and other CAD
softwares.
(xii) Inspect the survey operations done using electronic thoedolites, various
GPS instruments Electronic Total Stations and Photogromatery.
(xiii) Assist Assistant Director in conducting training to Surveyors,
Subordinate Officers in the use of electronic survey instruments and
CAD softwares.
(xiv) Scrutinize Sub-division Records prepared by Licensed Surveyor.”
(4) In instruction 11, after clause (vii), the following shall be added, namely,-
(viii) Conduct Survey operations using modern electronic survey instruments
like ETC, GPS etc.
(ix) Create land records using Bhumithi and other CAD softwares.
(x) Impart training to the trainees during apprenticeship period of Licensed
Surveyor System as ordered by Asst.Director.”
(5) In instruction 12, after clause (xvi), the following shall be added, namely,-
(xvii) Conduct survey operations using modern electronic survey
instruments like ETS, GPS etc.
(xviii) Create land records using Bhumithi and other CAD softwares.”
(6) In instruction 13, after clause (v), the following shall be added namely,-
(vi) Over check the correctness of the land records created using Bhumithi
and other CAD softwares.
(vii) Scrutinize the maps prepared by mosaicing of survey fields using
Bhumithi and other CAD softwares.”
(7) after, instruction (13), the following instruction shall be added, namely,-
(g) Duties of Computer Draughtsman Grade-I and Computer Draughtsman
Grade-II
14 (i) Creation of Land Records using Bhumithi and other CAD
Softwares.
(ii) Preparation of maps by mosaicing of survey fields.
(iii) Scrutiny of SDRs digitally prepared.”

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)
ANIL CHANDRA PUNETHA

PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT
To
The Special Chief Secretary & Chief Commissioner of Land Administration,
A.P., Hyderabad.
The Commissioner of Survey, Settlement & Land Records, A.P., Hyderabad.
Copy to :
The Law (E) Department.
// FORWARDED BY ORDER //
SECTION OFFICER

1
Date
2
Taluk
(1)
Date
3
Place of camp
4
No Village
5
inspected
Name
(2)
Camp
6
Nature of work inspected
7
Name
8
Rank

Surveyor
9
Pay
(3)
10
No. of Fields inspected
Place visited
Name of District ………………………….
No. of stones verified if any under
11
stone inspection
No. of repairs/renewate
12
FORM-A
over checked
13
No. of sub-divisions over checked
Other items including Inspection
14
of village stone Depot
(4)
Field work done

remarked
Inspection of village records

15
(details of records checked)
Inspection of maintenance register

16
in Taluk office/ Municipalities/

Panchayats
Quality of work, Good, Fair,

Diary for Assistant Director or Survey: district Survey and Land records unit
17
Work done with adequate notes on what is seen and
Bad and action taken, if bad

Diary of Mr. ………………………………. For the month of……………………….………
323
324
(1)
Taluk
Received from divisional
(11)
Dy. Inspector in the month No. of village / Panchayats /
(2)
Municipality
Total
(12)
(3)
Measurement
Total No. of files scrutiny
completed in the year including
the
(13)
month
those completed in the month
(4)
Mapping
Target fixed for
No. of forwarded to Tahsildar
(5)
Measurement
(14)
for further action
Target
against
(6)
Mapping
Realization
No. returned to Dy. Inspector
(15)
for rectification
Total No. of sub-division
(7)
FORM-A
over
Total No. of villages for which
ABSTRACT-I
checked in the year
(16)
9(2) notice are to be prepared
Particulars from sub-division Register Total No. of repairs/
(8)
renewals over
No. of villages completed under
checked in the year
(17)
preparation of 9(2) is completed
Total No. of village
No. of villages where service of stone depots
(18)
(9)
9(2) notices is completed inspected in the year

including in this
No. of villages finally validated month
(19)
under section 13 of S&B Act No. of sub-divisions
files pending at the
(10)
Remarks beginning
(20)
Particulars from sub-division Register
of the month
Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

ABSTRACT-II
Number of Days
Item During the Upto last Total for
month month year
1. Inspection of field work
2. Miscellaneous inspection
3. Travelling
4. At Headquarters
5. Inspection of village account
6. Office work in camp
7. Inspection of maintenance register in Taluk
Offices
8. Inspection of maintenance register in
Municipalities and Panchayat Boards
9. Land complaint disposal

10. Authorized holidays availed of by the Officer
11. Casual leave
12. All other leave
Total
District :
Camp :
Date : Signature

FORM-A-1
Diary for Inspector of Survey & Land Records for the month of pay
………………..…… Name. ……………………………………..
Remarks (Mention clearly the

Field work
nature work inspected)

Number of stones verified
Number of items done by

Name of the Taluk
Number over checked

Distance travelled
Name of the surveyor

Village inspected
the original Surveyor

Village of Camp
Record inspection
Number of fields
Quality of work
Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
ABSTRACT-I TO FORM-A-I
No. of days spent

On Tour
At Head Upto the On holidays
Period On field Remarks
Quarters In the end of the or
work
month month in leave
the quarter
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
G.O. Ms.No. 473, Revenue Department, dated: 29-5-1971

Board’s Reference No. N1/11472/71 (DOS), dated: 15-7-1971

ABSTRACT II TO FORM-A-I

FORM-A-II
Diary of Inspector of Survey & Land Records for the month of pay …………………..
Name. ……………………………………..
Field work
Remarks (Mention clearly the

Number of items done by the
nature work inspected)

Number of stones verified
Name of the Taluk
Number over checked

Distance travelled
Name of the surveyor

Village inspected
Village of Camp
Record inspection
original Surveyor
Number of fields
Quality of work
Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
ABSTRACT I TO FORM-A-II
No. of days spent

At Head Quarters
On Tour
On holidays or
On field work
Period
Remarks
in the quarter
Upto the end
In the month
of the month
leave
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
G.O. Ms.No. 473, Revenue Department, dated, 29-5-1971

Board’s Reference No. N1/11472/71 (DOS), dated, 15-7-1971

ABSTRACT-II TO FORM-A-II
G.O. Ms. No. 473, Revenue Department, dated 29-5-1971.

Boards Reference No. NI/11472/71, dated 15-7-1971
FORM-B
Check-Memorandum of the maintenance Registers and Records of Taluk.
Date of inspection ……………………. Date of last inspection.……………….………
Names of officers and the periods during which they were in charge.
B. P. 148. Press, dated 13-11-1935.
PERMANENT REGISTERS
1. Are all the permanent A and B registers available in the taluk office with the
accompanying taluk copies of field measurement books? If not, what explanation is
forthcoming for their absence?
Note : The above question applies to both Government and proprietary villages.
2. Have the permanent changes in taluk register No. 7 and all subdivisions disposed of in
register No. 8-A been entered in the permanent A register and B register wherever
necessary in the course of the fasli?
B. P. 147, Press, dated 19-10-1934.
3. Is a certificate to the effect that the changes have been noted in the taluk copies of the
permanent A and B registers and of the field measurement book wherever necessary put
up in the file under the signature of the Tahsildar or Ministerial Head before it is formally
recorded?
G.O. Ms. No. 1250. Rev., dated 15-6-1932. B.P. 33, dt. 24-6-1932.

TALUK MANUAL REGISTERS

4. Are taluk registers Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8-A written up in the course of the year, and are all
the stages of them gone through properly and noted in them?
5. a) Are alphabetical villagewise indexes affixed to taluk registers Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8-A?
b) Have the numbers of currents pending at the beginning of the fasli been entered on
the first page of the register for the new fasli? Are they being encircled as they are
disposed of?
G. O. Ms. No. 2198, Rev., dt. 17-10-1931. B.P. 93, dt. 26-10-1931.
6. Are any darkhast cases pending sub-division for more than three months from the date on
which sub-division was ordered? If so, is any explanation forthcoming and have
reminders been issued?
7. Is register No. 6 kept in two sections-one for cases received from sub-registrars and
another for all other cases?
8. What is the total number of cases in taluk register No. 6 for (a) disposal up-to-date
(including arrears of previous faslis; and the number of those; (b) accepted; and (c)
rejected?
9. In which village has the work of the Karnam and Surveyor been checked in the year by
(a) Divisional Deputy Inspector, (b) Inspector of Survey; and (c) Assistant Director of
Survey?
10. In which village did the Inspector and Divisional Deputy Inspector make a detailed check?
11. Are all land acquisition cases entered in taluk register No. 7?
12. Have the award statements and the statement of changes due to land acquisition sent to
the Sub-Registrar’s office been compared with the taluk register No. 7? If so, with what
result?
B. P. 147, Press, dated 19-10-1934.
13. a) Have land acquisitions and other permanent changes made within municipal limits been
brought to taluk registers Nos. 7 and 8-A and incorporated taluk sets of town survey
registers or fair adangals, revenue maps and record of measurements?
b) Do the Land Acquisition disposals show that the procedure prescribed in Standing
Order No. 90 has been fully carried out? In the prescribed check-memorandum put
up in each disposal file
14. Have the sub-divisions entered in taluk registers No. 4, 5, 6 and 7 been all brought to taluk
register No. 8-A. Is an extract from the register sent to the Divisional Deputy Inspector
and Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records by the 10th of each month?
Note : Questions 11, 12, 13 (a) and 14 so far as it relates to the register No. 7 do not apply to cases
of acquisition, in which no change in the classification of the land acquired, is involved.
G. O. Ms. 1646, dated 29-7-1936. B. P. 103. Press, dt. 12-8-1936.

15. Does the Deputy Tahsildar send extract from his 8-A register in respect of sub-divisions
conditionally sanctioned by him every month to the taluk office before the 5th of the
following month 7 Are they incorporated in taluk register No. 8-A.
16. Does the Deputy Tahsildar maintain the 8-A register with only the first six columns filled
in 7 Do the entries in the register show that extracts are sent every month to the taluk
office?
17. Are columns 10 and 11 of taluk register No. 8-A filled in as soon as the sub-divisions or
survey fields are incorporated M the taluk copy of the field measurement book 7 Are
extracts sent to the Registration Department (column 14) after the sub-divisions have been
incorporated in the taluk copies of field measurement book and permanent A register?
18. Are sub-divisions pending check-measurement and plotting in taluk sets of field maps for
more than six months from the date of sanction?
If so, how many such sub-divisions are there and with whom are they pending?
19. Have the sub-divisions brought to account in taluk register No. S-A been properly plotted
in the taluk copy of the field atlas and entered in taluk copy of the permanent A register
and B register wherever necessary?
G.O. Ms. No. 1250; Rev., Dept., dated 15-6-1932, B.P. 33, dated 24-6-1932.
20. Are there any cases in which sub-division files were closed before the final publication of
a notification under section 13 of the Survey and Boundaries Act where such notification
was necessary? Have the formalities under the Survey and Boundaries Act, referred to in
paragraph 13 (c) of Standing Order No 34-A, been followed in eases where detailed
demarcation has been necessitated owing to the transfer of entity fields and registered
sub-divisions to porambokes?
B. P. 147, Press, dated 19-10-1934.
STOCK REGISTER
21. Is a uniform rate fixed for the sale of stones in the taluk? Specify the rates now in force
the theodolite and field stones separately.
22. Is the total number of maintainable stones entered against each village in this register
under (A) theodolite and (b) field stones separately?
23. Is this register posted up properly with reference to village officer’s receipts for stones
supplied by the contractor or transferred from one depot to another under orders of the
Tahsildar, challans for remittances made on account of stones sold for cash and bills in
the prescribed form received from revenue inspectors or other officers taking stones from
village depots?
24. Is an extract from village stock register sent by the Firka Deputy Surveyor with his bill in
the prescribed form and it compared with taluk stock register?
25. How many depots were inspected by (a) Surveyors (b) Divisional Deputy Inspectors,
Inspectors and Assistant Directors of Survey during the last twelve months? Have extracts
from the village stock registers been sent to the taluk office for the depots inspected? Have
the extracts been compared with taluk stock register and have recoveries of value of deficit
stock been effected promptly?

26. Are extracts from the village stock register received from Surveyors and other officers,
except those combined with maintenance bills filed chronologically between boards-with
a village wise index appended to the file?
27. Does this register show that there is an adequate stock of stones in all depots? How many
depots are there where the stock is either nil or nominal?
28. Are there any cases where stones have been taken from village depots by Firka Deputy
Surveyors or other officers without either payment in cash to the village headman or the
presentation of a bill in the prescribed form?
DEMAND, COLLECTION AND BALANCE REGISTER OF CHARGES

INCURRED FOR THE REPAIR AND RENEWAL OF SURVEY MARKS
29. a) Register of Survey advances and their adjustments : Is the amount of sanctioned
overdraft limit for the taluk noted at the Head of V (a) Register? What is the amount?
Had this sanctioned amount been exceeded at any time?
b) Are entries made in the V(a), V(b) Registers under the initials of the ministerial head
on the date of entry in the daily chitta?
30. Are all transactions in cash or through adjustment as far as they relate to survey advance
account excluding chainman’s wages brought into this register, receipts under deposits
and charges under withdrawals? Is undrawn balance of the overdraft worked out at the
time of every transaction and noted in column 5 of the Register?
31. Does the difference between the overdraft limit and the undrawn balance agree with the
debit balance shown in the plus and minus memo, of the treasury account for the month?
If there is any difference, how it is reconciled?
32. Are there any cases where stones have been taken from village depots by Surveyors or
other officers without either payment in cash to the village headman or the presentation
of a bill in the prescribed form?
33. a) Have the opening balance and the issue of stones shown in the enclosure to the form II
Bill, been checked with the taluk stock register in the case of all the bills verified and have
the differences noticed been reconciled?
b) Is the stock of stones with its total value at cost price entered in Register V(b) at each
time when a fresh stock is received while making necessary entries in taluk stock
register of survey marks?
34. Does the stock balance at the end of March and September, as per V(b) Register agree
with the stock balance adopted in the half- yearly advance account returns and with the
total stock of stones in the taluk according to the posting at the end of the taluk Stock
Register?
35. Are stones issued either by direct sale to private parties or to Maintenance Officers, as
well as stones the cost of which is recovered or written off exhibited with their total selling
value in column 5 of V(b) Register?
36. Are amounts realized by sale collections, recoveries and adjustment which relate to stone
value brought to V(b) Register in column 7 date wise? Have amounts realized in cases of
collections been noted in red ink against the original issue entries of stocks in V(b)?

37. a) Have the village wise demand, collection and balance register and the taluk Demand,
Collection and Balance Register, been written up properly and in accordance with
rules?
b) Is there a specific remark in each case in Form VII Register which the number of
challan IO show that the difference between the collection noted therein and the
deposit shown in register V(a) represents the Chainman’s fee which has been
adjusted to ‘'029 L. R. (G) Other Receipts”.
38. Are collections received in payment of Form II Bills credited correctly under separate
heads? C. S. M. collectors for stones and hired labour, under “029 L. R. (G) Other
Receipts” Verify the challans?
39. Are collections entered in villagewise and taluk D. C. B. Registers and Form II Bills and
under deposits in V(a) Register? Are there under delays in realizing arrears of charges for
the maintenance of survey marks?
40. Does the balance under collections according to the taluk D.C.B. Register for March and
September agree with the balance shown in the half- yearly statement under collection
account?
41. Is the number of each bill with the amount, shown separately in column 2 of the V(a)
Register for every transaction relating either to a withdrawal or deposit? Are there undue
delays either in their receipt of bills or in their adjustment and payment to the Surveyors?
42. Have bills for work done on behalf of Government and private parties been kept separately
writing the name of the Department across the top of form II and III Bills?
43. Does the net debit balance, calculated for the last half year, tally with the figure arrived
at with reference to (a) the value of the total No. of stones left in balance in all the village
depts. in the taluk (less excess of selling value over actual cost of stones sold and paid for
until profit realized is adjusted)? (b) total bills recouped by Surveyors but not yet collected
from ryots; and (c) total of irrecoverable charges? Verify the last half yearly account, and
(d) Permanent Advance with the Surveyors?
44. Are there any items adjusted to wrong heads of accounts either in the administrative or
Treasury accounts? If so, have necessary alterations been proposed to transfer them to
correct Heads? Do the charges and the receipts in the treasury accounts tally with
withdrawals and deposits respectively as per V(a) Register?
REGISTER OF SURVEY INSTRUMENTS

45. Is the register of survey instruments maintained in the prescribed form, Appendix XI, and
is it posted regularly with reference to the inspection reports in the prescribed form
received from the Surveyors? Were reports submitted in respect of all villages before end
of October?
46. Have the reports in the prescribed form received from Surveyors by the Divisional Deputy
Inspector been compared with the taluk register and found to agree?
47. Are instruments supplied to Karnams as soon as the inspection reports in the prescribed
form are received in the taluk office?

48. Is a stock and issue register of survey instruments maintained in the form prescribed in
the Stationery Manual?
49. Does the balance in the above register agree with the stock in the taluk office? Have any
instruments been supplied to Karnams or others in excess of the authorized scale?
50. Is a reserve stock of 10 per cent of all survey instruments including spare parts of chain
and Town Surveyor’s instruments (where necessary) kept in the taluk office?
STONE MAINTENANCE
51. Are karnams inspecting stones regularly as prescribed? What is the percentage of stone
missing or requiring repair to the total number of maintainable stones in the taluk?
Does the register show that statement regarding maintenance of demarcation are received
regularly from all karnams?
B. P. No. 155, dated 25-11-1935.
Does the register show that the annual returns of maintenance of demarcation are received
on the due date for all the villages?
B. P. 140, Press, dated 23-10-1936.
52. Have Surveyors’ stone inspection reports been examined to see if their inspections have
been adequate?
Appendix XVI to S. 0.141-4 (B.S.Os. Vol. III)
53. Have the Firka Deputy Surveyors been turning out adequate maintenance work every
month? Have they been sending bills for all stones?
Used by them from village depots and generally for all repairs? What is the total number
of renewals and repairs attended to by Firka Deputy Surveyors since the beginning of the
official year up to the month preceding the date of inspection? What is the total number
of bills submitted by Firka Deputy Surveyors for the above repairs and renewals?
54. Are the taluk returns of maintenance of demarcation complied from the statements
submitted by Karnams to the Surveyor?
55. Are office copies of taluk returns of maintenance of demarcation and mapping kept in the
form of register? Does the register show that statements are received regularly from all
karnams?
MISCELLANEOUS
56. Is the register of Karnams to be trained in survey maintained in the prescribed form
(Appendix Form No. C)? What is the number of them, if any?
57. Has the taluk register of karnams to be trained in survey been compared with the
Divisional Deputy Inspector's file of Surveyor’s reports in the prescribed form and found
to agree?
58. Are the Surveyor’s remarks in the report in the prescribed form regarding village maps
extracted into the taluk current registers and prompt action taken wherever necessary?

59. Have the taluk records been examined to see if the procedure prescribed for the correction
of survey errors has been duly followed and if the corrections have been properly carried
out in the taluk maintenance sets of maps and registers?
60. Are separate stock files, one of orders relating to transfer of registry and another of orders
relating to other branches of revenue records and registration maintained properly?
B. P. 147, Press, dated 19-10-1934.
61. Is a register of application to point out of ‘F’ boundaries maintained in the taluk office?
Does it show that fees have been correctly levied and boundaries pointed out promptly?
62. Is a register (in two sections) of application for creation of subdivisions maintained in the
Taluk office. Does it show that the fees have been correctly apportioned between the
Government and the local bodies wherever necessary? Does it show that the applications
were disposed of promptly?
G.O. Ms. No. 2203, Rev., dt 29-10-32. B.P. 73, dt. 28-11-1932.
B. P. 147. Press, dated 19-10-1934
G. O. Ms. 2193, Rev., dt. 17-10-1931. B. P. 93, dt. 26-10-1931.
B. P. 148. Press: dated 13-11-1935.
G.O. Ms. 1374, Rev, dt. 16-6-1941. B. P. Press, 104, dt. 18-9-1941.
FORM-B - 1
CHECK MEMORANDUM OF THE TALUK MANUAL REGISTERS OF THE
DEPUTY TAHSILDARS OFFICE.
Date of inspection…………..Date of last inspection…………………………….
Names of Officers and the periods during which they were in charge.
1. Are taluk manual registers Nos. 4, 5, and 6 written up in the Course of the year and are
all the stages of them gone through properly and noted in them?
2. Are alphabetical villagewar indexes affixed to taluk manual registers Nos. 4,5 and 6?
3. Have the numbers of currents pending at the beginning of the fasli been entered on the
first page of the register for the new fasli? Are they being encircled as they are disposed
of?
4. Are any darkhasts pending sub-divisions for more than three months from the date on
which subdivision was ordered? If so, is any explanation forthcoming and have reminders
been issued?
5. Is register No. 6 kept in two sections, one for cases received from sub-registrars and the
other for all other cases?
6. Is the Deputy Tahsildar maintaining taluk register No. 8-A with the first six columns only
filled in? Has an alphabetical index list of villages been prefixed to it?
7. Have all the subdivisions arising from taluks registers No’s, 4. 5 and 6 been brought to
the taluk register No. 8-A? Does the Deputy Tahsildar send an extract from his 8-A
register at the end of every month in respect of all subdivisions conditionally sanctioned
by him and entered in register as to reach the Tahsildar not tater than the 5th of the
following month?

8. Are separate stock files one for orders relating to transfer of registry and another of orders
relating to other branches of revenue records and registration maintained properly?
B. P. 147, Press, dated 19-10-1934. G. O. Ms. 1483, Rev., dated 25-7-1929.
B. P. dated 2-8-1929.
FORM-B-2
Check Memorandum of the Maintenance Registers and Records of the village of
……………………. selected for detail check in the year.
Name of firka: Name of the Firka Deputy Surveyor and

the period of his incumbency.
Name of taluk:
'A’ REGISTER AND FIELD MEASUREMENT BOOK.

1. Are the permanent ‘A’ and ‘B’ registers and Field Measurement Book in good condition?
2. Have all new fields formed since resettlement been entered in serial order at the end of
the permanent ‘A’ Register and against the original numbers from which they were
formed? If there is any break in the continuity, what is the explanation? Have all the
columns of the register been filled in properly in respect of the new numbers entered at
the end of the register?
3. a) Note the numbers of all new fields formed since resettlement.
Note : The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records should, immediately on return to
Headquarters, verify if all those new numbers have been plotted in the maintained copy of the
village map. If any of them have not been plotted, steps should be taken to get them plotted.
b) Are field maps available for all fields including new fields in the Field Measurement
Book? Scrutinize in particular cases of acquisition involving resurvey. (In these cases
both the acquired portions and the residual fields should be resurveyed).
c) Where new fields were formed out of an old field, have the new fields been plotted
in the map for the old field.
d) Have the side numbers in the maps of all field adjoining new fields been corrected?
4. Have all the subdivisions in the ‘A’ register and current adangal been plotted in the Field
Measurement Book and do all mapped sub-divisions find a place in the ‘A’ register and
current adangal? Have all the necessary- particulars been entered in the ‘A’ register in
respect of sub-division?
5. Has the authority number in taluk register No, 7 or 8-A been quoted in respect of all
changes entered in the ‘A’ register?
B. P. 147, Press, dated 19-10-1934.
CURRENT CHANGES
6. Have all changes sanctioned under darkhasts, relinquishments and transfers of registry
together with permanent changes in respect of holdings been properly and regularly
entered in village Account No. 3?

7. Have these changes together with sub-divisions i.e. changes in classification of

unoccupied lands including unassessed and poramboke been entered in the adangal, and
in ‘A’ register, ‘B’ register and Chitta where necessary with the number and date of the
order?
8. Where the changes concern portions of survey numbers, have the sub-divisions been
plotted in the Field Measurement book by the Revenue Inspector? Is the plotting correct
and neat? Are there any cases in which the Karnam did the plotting?
9. What is the number of sanctioned sub-divisions that are pending check-measurement for
(a) three months are more, (b) less than three months?
10. What is the number of sub-divisions that are pending measurement with the Karnam? Is
he unduly delaying measurement work?
11. What is the result of your over check on ground of sub-division work of -
a) Karnam.
b) Revenue Inspector (including check-measurement of sub- division by Karnam), and
c) Deputy Surveyor.
REGISTRY
12. a) Does the Karnam maintain the special registers and submit the monthly progress report
prescribed in B. P. No. 87. Press, dated 17th July 1936? Have the village officers
appended a certificate to the progress report with reference to the names of the payees
entered in column (3) of village Account No. 13 that so far as they know, there are no
unreported cases?
b) Is the verification by the karnam genuine adequate and generally systematic?
c) Is the Karnam regularly submitting pouthi cases every month?
d) Have the Revenue Inspector and other inspecting officers made sufficient
verification and check of the Karnams entries in the special register?
G. O. Ms. No. 1374, Rev., dated 16-6-1941
B. P. 104, Press, dated 18-9-1941.
13. Is the Revenue Inspector detecting wrong cases of registry as laid down in Board’s
Standing Order No. 13, 5 (ii)? What is the number detected by him upto date since 1st
July?
B. P. 64, Press, dated 30-5-1935.
14. How many transfer of registry cases is pending with the Karnam for report? Is he unduly
delaying his report?
15. What is the gen earl state of revenue registry in the village as revealed by verification in
field and examination of ryots about their enjoyment? Scrutinize joint pattas and death
registers in particular.
G. O. Ms. No. 58, Rev., dated 9-1-1939. B. P. 14, Press, dated, 13-3-1939.

STONE REGISTERS AND DEMARCATION SKETCHES

16. Are stone registers and demarcation sketches in good condition?
17. Have stones, both theodolite and field, been correctly numbered in the demarcation
sketches and entered in the stone registers?
18. In cases in which full fields or registered sub-divisions passed into or out of the possession
of the Government, has the Karnam revised column 2 of the stone registers at the same
time as he entered the changes in the village account No. 3? Have non-maintainable stones
been eliminated from and newly planted stones inserted in the demarcation sketches and
stone registers?
19. Have new fields and poramboke sub-divisions been exhibited in the demarcation sketch?
Have the newly planted stones been entered in the demarcation sketches and stone
registers? Have stones which have ceased to be maintainable been eliminated from the
demarcation sketches and stone registers? Have the necessary corrections of side numbers
been made in the demarcation sketch in all cases of formation of new fields?
20. In cases involving sub-divisions or new fields, has column 2 of the stone registers been
revised in respect of all stones on the boundaries of newly formed fields or sub-divisions
at the time of plotting in the Field Measurement Book?
21. Has the register of acknowledgements for notices under section 15 (2) of the Survey and
Boundaries Act been kept in the form prescribed.
22. Have discoveries been noted in it promptly and signature of parties obtained with the date
of service?
Note : The service of notices by affixture in the village chavadiand by beat of tom-tom is illegal.
They should be served individually on the concerned persons in accordance with the Statutory
Rules under section 26 (2) (e) of the Survey and Boundaries Act.
23. What is the number of discoveries, for which notice have not yet been issued? What is
the explanation for the delay, if any?
STONE INSPECTION
24. Is the inspection by the Karnam since 1st April genuine, adequate and generally
systematic?
25. What is the number of stones inspected by the Firka Deputy Surveyor since 1st April?
a) Original.
b) Overcheck.
Is his inspection genuine?
Note : ‘Over check’ means inspection of stones within two months following the Karnams
inspection.
26. Has the Firka Deputy Surveyor inspected stones on the sides of Government wastes and
porambokes?

27. Have the prescribed stone inspection progress reports of Karnams been correctly
prepared?
28. What is the number of stones inspected since 1st April by superior officers for verification
of inspection by Karnams and Firka Deputy Surveyor?
a) Revenue Officers
b) Survey and Land Records Officers.
STONES MAINTENANCE
29. What is the total number requiring action including arrears of previous years?
Number attended to by Revenue Inspectors since 1st April -

a) Repair
b) Renewal
Number attended to by ryots –

a) Repair
b) Renewal
Balance repairing action including those of previous years -

a) Repair
b) Renewal
What is the number of theodolite stones in particular requiring action?

a) Repair
b) Renewal
30. Are the Firka Deputy Surveyor’s repairs and renewals genuine? What is the number over-
checked by the Survey & Land Records Officers?
31. Are there any cases in which the Firka Deputy Surveyor repaired or renewed stones
without the issue of the necessary notice or before the expiry of the time prescribed in the
notices?
Note: such repairs and renewals are illegal and no charge can have levied from ryots.
32. Is the Firka Deputy Surveyor treating village menials as hired labour and remunerating
them whenever their services are utilized for the repair or renewal of stones maintainable
by private parties?
B, P. 58, dated 2-8-1929.
Is the Firka Deputy Surveyor promptly submitting bills for all repairs and renewals done
by him except when?
a) Ryots supply stones and labour in the case of renewals of supply labour in the case
of repairs, and

b) Village menials only are employed for the repairs of stones maintainable by
Government?
34. Have the village officers and the Firka Deputy Surveyor induced ryots to repair and renew
stones themselves? What is the percentage of ryots repairs and renewals to those listed
for action?
35. Are there any renewals of theodolite stones by the surveyor? Have you checked them and,
if so, with what result?
EQUIPMENT
36. Has the Karnam the full complement of survey instruments? Note their condition and
your recommendation.
37. Does the Karnam possess sufficient knowledge of survey?
38. Is the village may in good condition?
STOCK REGISTER
39. It the stock register in Form I maintained properly, and is it being checked by officers
from time to time as also the actual stock in the depot?
40. a) Are extracts submitted whenever inspections are made?
b) Is the stock adequate?
c) What is the result of your verification of the stock in depot?
SURVEY CHARGES
41. Note the number and date of bills pending collection. What is the explanation for delay,
if any in collection?
GENERAL
42. Compare the appendices to the Firka Deputy Surveyor’s diaries with the stone registers,
current adangals and other records to see if the outturn noted in the appendices is correct
adangals and other records to see if the outturn noted in the appendices is correct.
43. Note the general result of your inspection of –
a) Karnams work; and
b) Firka Deputy Surveyor’s work in the village in regard to revenue records and
registration.
B. P. Mis. 1483. Rev., dated 25-8-1929. B, P. 58, dated 2-8-1929.

FORM- C
Register of Untrained and Incompetent Karnams
Name of Copy of remarks of

Number Date and place of
Karnam the Survey or other
and name Final the school at which
Sl. No. or Assistant officer regarding the
of the orders the Karnam was
Karnam qualification of the
village sent for training
to be trained Karnam
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
FORM-D
Register showing the theodolite stations to be attended to by the Surveyor or Deputy
Inspector
Taluk
Serial
Date of Date of
Number number of
receipt of reference to the When
and stones in
SI. the Asst. Director Date of attended to
name of the village Remarks
No. extracts of Survey, reply and by
the and
from the Central Survey whom
village description
“Surveyor” Office
of stones
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
APPENDIX-IV
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH-4)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE GUIDANCE OF THE DIRECTOR OF

SETTLEMENTS, SURVEY AND LAND RECORDS
The Director will be a member of the establishment of the Commissioner of Land
Revenue and Settlement, and will be a technical adviser t© the Board and Government in
all matters connected with revenue records and registration. His main duties will be as
follows:
i) To co-ordinate maintenance work in the several districts, secure uniformity of work
and procedure and ensure steady and continuous progress by giving advice to
Collectors and by bringing to the notice of the Board all important variations in
procedure in the various districts
ii) Inspection of the maintenance work in the Districts to see that the maintenance of
revenue records and registration is properly attended to in accordance with the
instructions contained in the Board’s Standing Orders and kept up-to-date.

iii) Making arrangements for the training of Assistant and Deputy Collectors and
Tahsildars in Survey and Maintenance of Revenue Records and Registration,
reporting the results of the courses of training and taking necessary steps generally
to see that revenue subordinates and Karnam candidates are properly trained in the
districts.
iv) To see that the survey work connected with land acquisition is done on proper and
well-defined lines and that the alterations in the records are duly carried out as laid
down in the Boards Standing Orders.
v) Checking the annual administration (on the maintenance of revenue records and
registration n which will as hither to be submitted by Collectors to the Board, calling
for additional information where necessary and preparing the draft of Board’s
review.
vi) Any other special work relating to survey and revenue records and registration which
the Board or Government may entrust to him time to time.
2. To enable the Director to keep in close touch with the work of the Assistant Director of
Survey and Land Records the latter should submit their monthly diaries prescribed in
Form A of Appendix III to the Director of Settlements, Survey and Land Records so to
reach him on or before the 5th of the month following that to which they relate.
The copies of their tour programme should be submitted to the Director of Settlements,
Survey and Land Records. The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records should
also submit their notes of inspection of the maintenance registers Ad of the survey
advances accounts in the taluk offices to the Director of Settlements, Survey and Land
Records who will forward them to the Collectors concerned with his remarks.
Inspection notes on other matters such as stone inspection, renewals, etc., should not
however be submitted to the Director of Settlements, Survey and Land Records. He will
call for them from the Collector’s office during his tours and see whether they disclose
thorough and adequate inspection and whether the necessary action has been taken on
them.
3. As regards his relations with Collectors, the Director of Land Records will be a technical
adviser to them. The responsibility for correct maintenance is with the Collector and his
subordinates and the former is responsible for the proper supervision of the latter. The
Director will, however, inspect the work of those subordinates and utilize the result of his
inspections in advising the Collectors bringing to their notice any case of bad work to
enable the Collectors to take the necessary action in connection with it. He may make
proposals to Collectors for the improvement of maintenance work within their districts.
Collectors should report for the information of the Board the action taken by them on the
proposals of the Director and if they have been unable to accept his proposals, should
state why they have been unable to do so. Collectors should give the Director any
information he requires and render him all possible help. They should freely consult him
on all technical matters. All correspondence between the Director and Collectors should
be carried on by letter. The Director may also correspond direct with other district officers
on routine and urgent matters. Orders of a general character, affecting a number of
districts, will issue in the form of Board’s Proceedings.
B. P. 72, dated 19-10-1927.

Note : Reports by Collectors of the action taken on any proposals of the Director of Land Records
should be submitted to the Board within one month from the date of their receipt of them, and
if the action taken is incomplete, monthly reports should be submitted till nothing further
remain to be done.
G. O. Mis. 1483, Rev. dt. 25-7-1929. B. P. 58. dt. 2-8-1929.
APPENDIX-V
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A PARAGRAPH 6, CLAUSE (2))
Register of Applications for Copies of Field Maps
Name of examiner and date on which the copy

Amount of cash deposited with the initials of
Date of dispatch or delivery to the party with
Number and date of the challan in which the

Number and Name of the village and survey
number of the field map. Copy of which is
Date on which the copy was signed by the

the taluk ministerial section head and date
amount in column (7) is remitted into the

treasury to the credit of the Government
Date of intimation to the party as to the
party’s signature if delivered in person

Name and address of the applicant
Amount of fee payable in cash
was examined with his initials
taluk ministerial section head

Serial Number of application
Date on which copy is ready
Name of the copyist

amount to be paid
Date of receipt
Remarks
required
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
APPENDIX-VI
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 8, CLAUSE (ii))
RULES FOR THE RECORD OF CHANGES IN VILLAGE MAPS

(These rules apply to areas under maintenance)
1. A complete set of village maps of the district (on paper) should be maintained in the
Collector’s office in the immediate charge of the Assistant Director (Survey and Land
Records). The maps should be kept flat and should not be folded or rolled up.
Where copies are available in the reserve stock at the Collector’s disposal they may be
utilized for the set; in any case, the maps should not be mounted on cloth, but the edges
of each sheet should be protected by a tape or strip of long cloth sewn along each margin
so as not to encroach on the rectangle drawn on each sheet.
Where copies of particular maps are not available in reserve stock, the copy mounted on
cloth in the Collector’s library should be utilized to make-up the set, unless the map is
about to be reprinted (without revision) by the Survey Office, in which case the reprints
may be awaited. The village maps already supplied to the District Survey and Land

Records Offices are not to be utilized for the purpose of these rules as they are intended
for their use in their inspections.
2. On the maps maintained under these rules, the Assistant Director of Survey and Land
Records should cause to be entered, from time to time, by his Draftsman under his
personal supervision and check, the corrections and additional details in the following
paragraphs. The entries should be made in red ink so as to be easily differentiated from
the black of the original.
3. Topographical details : The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records should carry
out in the village maps changes in topographical details which come to notice from the
sub-division records and acquisition sketches reported to him, if they will be perceptible
in the village maps. In incorporating the details, he should use the symbols given in the
Chain Survey Manual or the Survey Manual Volume I.
4. Cadastral changes : The following cadastral changes should be noted on the maps
referred to in paragraph 1 above
i) The boundaries and numbers of new fields formed by splitting up existing survey
numbers which contain numerous sub-divisions or are formed out of waste blocks or
on account of acquisition.
ii) Alterations in the boundaries of survey numbers and villages (a) that have already
been sanctioned by the Director of Settlements, Survey and Land Records (b) that
may hereafter be sanctioned under Standing Order No. 34-B.
B. P. 223, dated 22-8-1916.
Information regarding these changes, except in case (ii) (a) is or will be available
with the Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records as the sketches pass through
him. As regards alterations in case (ii) (a), the maps on which alterations^ were noted
at the time of sanction have not infrequently been mislaid or are worn out. Such
changes, however, as appear on the maps now with the Karnams or in the Collector’s
office should, if they are certified to in the usual manner on the margin of the map,
be incorporated in the maps referred to in paragraph l above.
5. The original survey records prepared for the different kinds of extensive surveys done by
the maintenance or special staff as detailed below should be sent to the Central Survey
Office for record:
a) Survey of hitherto un-surveyed areas.
b) Survey of sites proposed for roads, canals etc., including survey of famine roads.
c) Survey of waste blocks.
d) Survey done in connection with the land colonization schemes. A return showing the
above particulars should be sent the Assistant Director, Central Survey Office,
annually on the 1st May in the following form:

Return showing the particulars of Surveys done by the Special Staff or the District
Maintenance Staff.
Date on which original
Central Survey Office

Date of completion of
Authority for survey
Linear miles or area
F.M.B. was sent to

commencement of
Locality surveyed
Nature of survey
Government or
Board’s order
for record
surveyed
Remarks
District
Date of
survey
survey
Taluk
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
B. P. Ms. No. 487, dated 9-4-1948.
APPENDIX-VII
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 13 (a) )
Statement of Sub-Divisions in the vilage of (No ……) ……… Taluk ……….. District
Its classification
clubbing and whether the holder thereof has any

Particulars of the proposed
survey, area and Remarks
Number of sub-divisions in the field fit for

sub-division
assessment
Names of present registered holders
have been duly demarcated where necessary
objection to their being clubbed

Numbers and names of proposed
the ground and whether the sub-divisions

Number of present survey field
Are there well defined boundaries on
part of parties to sign in column (12)

Reasons for omissions if any, on the
Extent according to the area square
Sub-division Number or letter
Signature of Parties
registered holders
Reasons for sub-divisions

or sub-division
Dry, Wet or poramboke
reference to column (3)

Dry, Wet or Poramboke
Adjusted Extent with

Survey area
Assessment
Assessment
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
Acs. C. Acs. C.
Hec. Ares. Hec. Ares.
Note : (1) The actual areas of the new sub-divisions should first be computed by means of the area
square paper and then adjusted in accordance with the instructions five Appendix VIII. The
former extent should be noted in column (8) and latter in column (9) of the sub-division
statement.
(2) Details must be given in column 1-5 for the sub-divisions mentioned in column 16 as fit
for clubbing.

APPENDIX-VIII
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 13 (a) )

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADJUSTMENT OF AREAS
Where the difference between the actual area and the registered area of either the entire
survey field or of its component sub-divisions does not exceed 5 percent. No alteration should
be made in the registered area
Final area to be
Registered area Actual Area Adjusted Area
Sub-division adopted
Hec. Ares Hec. Ares Hec. Ares
Hec. Ares
1 7-51 7-85 … 7-51
2 0-85 0-87 … 0-85
3 2-32 2-30 … 2-32
Total 10-68 11-02 … 10-68
2. Where the actual area of the entire field does not differ from its registered area by more
than 5 percent, but the actual area of any of its component sub-divisions differs from the
registered area by more than that limit, the area of each of the sub-division should be
adjusted reteably with reference to the registered area of the whole field and the areas so
adjusted should be adopted.
ILLUSTRATION
Final area to be
Hec. Ares
1 3-34 2-85 2-74 2-74
2 1-56 2-91 2-80 2-80
3 1-25 0-89 0-85 0-85
4 1-82 1-65 1-58 1-58
Total 7-97 8-30 7-97 7-97
3. Where the actual area of the entire survey field differs from its registered area by more
than 5 per cent, no adjustment is permissible, but the actual area should be adopted for
the entire survey field and for its component sub-divisions.
Final area to be
Hec. Ares
1 0-91 0-88 … 0-81
2 1-39 1-40 … 1-40
3 6-93 6-10 … 6-10
Total 9-23 8-38 … 8-38
4. The above instructions apply also to cases when new sub-divisions are created in an entire
survey field or in an already existing sub-division.

APPENDIX-IX
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 13(b))
SUB-DIVISION CHECK-MEMORANDUM
Sub-Division Current No………..of the………….19 ….. reply of the Firka Deputy
Surveyor/Surveyor.
Returned to the Firka Deputy Surveyor/Surveyor for resubmission after rectifying the
following defects :
1. The certificate is not in the prescribed form.
2. The measurement of the lines marked ………... are wrong with reference to chain and
offset distance.
3. The sub-division points should be offsetted on G. line.
4. Actual measurements taken by the Firka Deputy Surveyor/Surveyor are not noted in red
ink,
5. The sum of the segments does not agree with the recorded measurement of the whole line.
6. Original and actual measurements converging lines are not noted in junction pointers in
black and red ink respectively.
7. The actual areas of the sub-divisions computed in the office differ from the Firka Deputy
Surveyor/Surveyor’s areas as noted in the sketch. The sub-division statement should be
amended accordingly and the areas entered in the village accounts should be revised
wherever necessary.
8. The numbering of sub-divisions is not done from North to South, West to East and
generally from North-West to South-East.
9. The sub-division sketch and statement are not signed by the Firka Deputy
Surveyor/Surveyor and by the officer ordering the change.
10. The totals of columns (9) and (10) are not struck and the adjustment of areas is not
correctly made in the sub-division statement.
B. P. 33, Press, dated 16-5-1933.
11. Signature of registered holder is wanting in column (12) and reason for omission is not
given in column (14).
12. Reasons for the sub-division are not given in column (15).
13. Acknowledgments in respect of notices under section 9 (2) or 10 (2) as the case may be
and the draft notification under section 13 of the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries
Act VIII of 1923, have not been submitted with the sketch, this being a case of poramboke
sub- division formation of new field boundary.
14. Village Officer’s certificate of publication of the notification under section 6 (1) of the
Act in the village chavadi and by beat of tom-tom is wanting or is not signed or dated.

15. The sub-division sketch and statement do not show all the sub-divisions noted as fit for
clubbing in column (16) of the sub-divisions statement.
16. There is a survey error in and action is therefore required under Standing Order No. 34-
B.
Date : Assistant Director of Survey & Land Records.
APPENDIX-IX-A
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 13 (b))
SUB-DIVISION QUESTIONNAIRE
Sub-Divisions relating to Land Acquisition Cases Where Formalities Under
Survey and Boundaries Act have to be observed

A. Preliminary scrutiny or pre-award stage :
1. Has the date of publication of notification under section 5 read with 17 (b) (i) or (ii) or
Survey and Boundaries Act been furnished in cases of Land Acquisition of un-surveyed
areas?
2. Has the notification under section 6 (1) of the Act been published in the District Gazette
(wherever necessary) in the prescribed manner with the certificate of the village officers
that the notification was affixed in the village chavadi or any other conspicuous place and
published by beat of tom-tom.
Note : When the survey involves only portion of a village the publication of notification in the
District Gazette is not necessary
3. In the case of un-surveyed proprietary village proposed for land acquisition has the area
to be acquired been measured as independent fields connected with the surveyed
boundaries, if any, or any other conspicuous marks of a permanent character?
4. Have the important topo-details been exhibited in the sketch according to rules under B.
S. O. 90, paragraph 13 (5).
Note: Soil Block surveyed areas have to be considered as un-surveyed
5. In cases involving large acquisitions has the portion to be acquired been marked in red
ink in the tracing of the village map and filed in the records?
6. a) Are two sets of temporary sub-division records prepared showing all the sub-divisions
formed according to holding in land acquisition cases?
b) Are three sets of permanent sub-division records (and four sets in the case of
proprietary areas) prepared showing the amalgamation of the sub-divisions after
acquisition?
*7. Is a true copy of the field measurement sketch containing all the recorded measurements
with the side numbers and plottable data and ladder along with an extract from the

permanent A register with the names as per village accounts 10 (1) and 7 available in the
file?
*8. Is complete plotable data available for the new subdivisions with off-sets taken for their
bends on the nearest ‘G’ line?
*9. Are the measurements of new lines correct with reference to the chain and off set
distances?
*10. Have all the actual measurements of the converging lines to the junction pointers been
noted over the recorded measurements in red ink?
*11. Does the sum of segments agree with the recorded measurements of the entire lengths?
*12. Has the notation of sub-division been assigned as per B. S. O. 34-A, paragraph (15)?
*13. Have the bends of the new sub-divisions been durably demarcated and has the
prescribed certificate been appended to the sketch?
*14. Have the areas been computed and adjusted correctly according to rules 7 Have the
revised areas been adopted in calculating the assessments ratably in the sub-division
statements?
*15. Have the several columns of the sub-division statement been correctly filled in
especially columns 9 and 10?
*16. Have the particulars of classification and tenure such as Government, inam, zamin,
dry, wet or poramboke in columns 2 and 6 and the respective title deed numbers in
respect of inam fields in column 11 of the sub-division statement been noted?
*17. Have the signature or thumb-impressions of the persons concerned been obtained in
column 12 of the sub-division statement and if not are the reasons given in column 14?
*18. Have the sub-division sketches and statements been countersigned by the Officers
concerned?
*19. Have the new sub-divisions formed in the existing sub-divisions in assessed or un-
assessed waste lands or porambokes been numbered in continuation of the last
registered sub-division of the survey field, the remaining portion of the permanent sub-
division retaining its original number?
20. In cases of land acquisition in an unsurveyed proprietary area have the portions
acquired been surveyed as independent survey fields and has each such field been
numbered in continuation of the last survey field?
21. In cases of land acquisitions involving obliteration of existing field boundaries have
fresh off-sets been taken to fix the bends of the new poramboke sub-divisions on the
most convenient ‘G’ line or where such ‘G’ line does not exist on the most convenient
‘F’ line having maintainable ends.
*22. Has the requisite sub-division fee been collected in ail necessary cases of assignments
including lands acquisition for local bodies as per B.P. Misc., No. 395/42, dated 7th
February, 1942?
*23. Are there any sub-divisions fit for clubbing in column 16 of the subdivision statement?
Is a fresh statement and sketch available in the file?
*24. Is there any survey error and if so action has been taken under paragraphs 6 and 7 of
B.S.O. 34-B along with the enquiry record enclosed to the file?

B. Final Scrutiny or post-award Stage :
25. Is a full copy of the order of the officer ordering the change available in the file and
has the sub-division record been duly sanctioned by the officer concerned?
*26. Has the check-measurement certificate under B.S.O. 34-A, paragraph 13 (b) been
appended to sketch?
27. Has a copy of decision under sections 9 (1) and 10 (1) of Survey and Boundaries Act been
appended to the sub-division file?
28. Have the notices under sections 9 (2) and 10 (2) of survey and Boundaries Act, as the case
may be, been served on all the owners of the adjacent lands for the new stones planted on
the common boundaries.
29. Has a certificate been appended to the effect that—
a) the stones newly planted have been brought to the ‘D’ sketches and stone register;
b) column 2 of stone register has been revised in respect of the above stones wherever
necessary; and
c) all the stones that fall within the portion acquired been removed from the ground and
also deleted from the stone registers and ‘D’ sketches?
30. Is the draft notification under section 13 of the Act available in the file?
Note : * Questions Marked with asterisks apply also to the cases of sub-divisions arising in the
normal course of maintenance.
B. P. 19, Press, dated 30-6-1947.
APPENDIX-X
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 13 (b))
Register of Sub-Divisions Received From ………………… Taluk……..………..
Date of incorporation of changes in
Date of dispatch to the taluk office

Survey Number and sub-divisions
Number in the Taluk-8A Register
number from which the new sub-
Date of plotting in the taluk copy

Number and new sub-division or
Date of return to the taluk office

for transmission to the Surveyor
the maintenance sets of village

Date of retransmission by the
Number and name of village
new survey fields formed
after final approval

division is formed
of the F. M. Book
Date of receipt
Serial Number
Taluk Office
Remarks
maps
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
G. O. Ms. No. 1573, Rev., dated 28-7-1932.

B. P. 47, Press, dated 2-8-1932.
G. O. Ms. 92, Rev., dated 22-9-1931.
B. P. 82, dated 29-9-1931.

Note : (1) A similar register should be maintained with the requisite columns for files involving
preliminary scrutiny separately.
(2) The preliminary scrutiny register should be maintained for the official year while the final
scrutiny register should be maintained for the Fasli year.
(3) In the register for final scrutiny both the files relating to Patta and Land Acquisition sub-
divisions will be entered. In respect of Land Acquisition files, a specific remark (L.A.) in red
ink in the remarks column should be made.
(4) Both registers should be maintained in separate volumes talukwise.
(5) The pending files of the previous faslis or official years should be brought to the new
registers opened at the commencement of the year.
[Board’s L. Dis. N2/6897/61 (S. & L. Rs.) dt. 25-1-1964]
APPENDIX-X-A
[ORDER 34-A, PARAGRAPH 13(b)]
Draft instructions for the measurement of new sub-divisions by Karnam and
surveyor.
Deleted.



2. Fresh instruments should not be supplied at the end of periods fixed for wear and tear as
a matter of course, as many of the articles should be found quite serviceable at the end of
those periods. The period of wear and tear has been fixed merely as a guide Fresh articles
should be supplied without demur if the period fixed has been exceeded and the article is
certified to be unserviceable.
If by bonafide accident or unavoidable hard and continuous use an article become
unserviceable before the expiry of the period fixed, such article may be replaced at
Government cost with the special sanction of the divisional officer in the case of karnams
instruments and of the Collector (Survey and Land Records), in the case of the instruments
with other district officers. Spare brass indices for chain should always be supplied at
Government cost. Spare brass handles and spare arrows should not be supplied at
Government cost unless the period of wear and tear allotted for the chain or set of arrows
has already expired.
Unserviceable articles should not be mixed up with the articles intended for supply to
karnams and surveyors. Arrows should not be treated as unserviceable but should be
added to the stock in the register prescribed in paragraph-3 below. Serviceable brass
handles and indices should be removed from the old stock and entered in the register as
above. The other parts and instruments should be sold in auction as old iron or wood and
the sale proceeds should be credited to 029-Land Revenue - E other receipts (vii) other
items.
3. The taluk Tahsildar should maintain a stock and issue register of Survey instruments in
the form prescribed. The Tahsildar should maintain a reserve stock of 10 per cent of the
number of instruments of each kind in actual use in the taluk, so that old and unserviceable
instruments may be renewed without delay. A reserve of 10 per cent of spare parts of the
Metric chain, i.e., brass indices, arrows and brass handles, should also be maintained by
Tahsildars.
4. To replenish the stock in his office, the Tahsildar will prepare an indent in the form
prescribed below and send it to the Collector (Survey and Land Records). The indents
received from the Tahsildars should be consolidated and it should be sent to the Assistant
Director Central Survey Office, Hyderabad.
Indent for the Supply of survey Instruments required from the Assistant Director,
Central Survey Office, Hyderabad During the year Ending……….
QUANTITY REQUIRED
Description of For other members of
Cost of each approved For Karnams
Survey
by the Board of Revenue land
Instruments
Number Cost Number Cost
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Total

5. In addition to the above, certain special instruments and books are supplied as shown
below :
Articles To whom supplied

Divisional Deputy Inspector and Assistant
1. Theodolites
Director (Survey and Land Records)
2. Chambers Assistant Director (Survey and Land Records)
Mathematical
Tables
3. Boilers / Traverse tables Do
G. O. Ms. No. 23, Rev. dated 6-1-1931. G. O. Ms. No. 473, Rev,, dated 29-5-1971.
B. P. Ms. No. 180, dated 12-1-1932.
No uniform period of wear and tear can be fixed for these special instruments. They will
have to be periodically repaired and in each case the question whether anybody is to blame
for bad usage will have to be considered. This will be left to the discretion of the Collector
(Survey & Land Records). Renewals of these instruments require the sanction of the
Board.
G. O. Ms. No. 2238 Rev , dated 20-11-1930. B. P. Ms. 3591, dated 23-12-1930.
G. O. Ms. No. 400 Rev., dated 15-2-1932. B.P. 11 dated 26-2-1932.
B, P. 60-P dated 26-7-1933. B. P, 73, Proas, dated 22-8-1933.
G. O. Ms. No. 473, Rev., dated 29-5-1971.
6. In order to enable the Tahsildar to regulate the supply of Survey Instruments to karnams,
a register of survey instruments should be maintained in the Taluk office in the form noted
below:
Register of Survey Instruments and Books
Name of Village :
date of last supply
19 19
and tear allowed
Period of wear
if known
Whether missing or
Whether supplied
Name of Instruments of Books useless according
at Govt. cost or
to Firka Dy.
Karnams cost and
Surveyors report
date of supply
dated
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 Chain
2 Arrows
3 Cross-Staff
4 Offset pole
5 Brass dividers
6 Plotting and Offset scales
7 Drawing board
8 Flat ruler
9 Area square
10 Chain Survey Manual
11 Square root book

Note : (1) Columns (4) and (5) should be repeated as often as the width of the paper will allow so as
to save the trouble of preparing the registers afresh at frequent intervals.
(2) Columns (I) and (2) should be written on a flap to be pasted on the left hand side of the
register.
B. P. 44, dated 5-3-1917
7. Firka Deputy Surveyors and Surveyors including Taluk, Town and Panchayat Surveyors
should each be supplied with one spade, on crowbar, one sickle and one prickly-pear or
bill book (where necessary) and one stone-cutting chisel and one hammer.
They should be purchased locally and their cost should be debited to supplies and services
under “253 District Administration (b) other establishment (ii) Taluk Establishments” or
“229-Land Revenue (b) Land Records (c) Other expenditure” us the case may be.
8. Firka Deputy Surveyors and Surveyors including Taluk, Town and Panchayat Surveyors
will each be supplied with one saucer and one cake of Indian ink. Should the saucer be
broken, the officer responsible for it should buy a fresh one at his own cost?
If the Indian ink cake is exhausted, a fresh one will be supplied. The annual district indent
should include provision for supply of Indian ink cake to the above mentioned officer.
9. Firka Deputy Surveyors should inspect the equipment generally at them first visit to the
village after the commencement of the fasli. In any case it should not be postponed beyond
the end of October. The report to be submitted by Firka Deputy Surveyors on the condition
of survey instruments, maps, etc., should be in the form given below. On receipt of the
above report in the taluk office, prompt action should be taken. The equipment register
should be posted with reference to the above reports and fresh instruments issued, where
necessary. The question of recovery of cost, if any, should be separately dealt with on that
account the issue of instruments should not be delayed. As for maps, an extract from the
report should be taken in the current registers and prompt action taken. The report should
be transmitted with the least possible delay to the Collector (Survey & Land Records)
nothing the action taken thereon. The latter will keep a file of these reports and during his
inspection of the taluk will verify accuracy and also see that prompt action has been taken
in the taluk offices.
Firka Deputy Surveyor’s or Taluk Surveyor’s Report on the Checking of Karnams Survey
Instruments Maps and Survey qualifications.
[To be submitted on the firka Deputy Surveyor’s or Taluk Surveyor’s first visit to a
village after the commencement of the fasli and to be transmitted by the Tahsildar of the
Collector, (Survey and Land Records) after taking the action required].
Date of visit Name of Karnam Number and name of village

(1) (2) (3)

SURVEY INSTRUMENTS
Date of supply if
Remark showing
Condition
action to remedy Action taken in
known
Sl. No. Description of Instruments defects locally or taluk office and
recommendation Tahsildars order
for fresh supply
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 Chain
2 Arrows
3 Cross-Staff
4 Offset pole
5 Brass dividers
6 Plotting and Offset scales
7 Drawing board
8 Flat ruler
9 Area square
10 Chain Survey Manual
11 Square root book
(a) VILLAGE MAPS
Number and description of Action taken to

Action taken in
maps with Karnams Condition (Note see remedy defects
Taluk Office and
including the copy on if paper maps are locally or
number and date of
which stones have been mounted on cloth) recommendation for
Tahsildars order.
numbered fresh supply
(1) (2) (3) (4)
G.O.Ms. No. 1876, Rev., dated 8-12-1964

.
(b) FIELD MAPS
Action taken to remedy

Conditions (Note) See Action taken in
Number of defects locally or
if sketches are forth Taluk office and
Volumes recommendation for fresh
coming for all the fields Tahsildars order
supply
(1) (2) (3) (4)

(C) DEMARCATION SKETCHES
Action taken in taluk Office and

Condition Action taken to remedy defects locally
Tahsildars order
(1) (2) (3)
(d) SURVEY QUALIFICATIONS

1. Has the karnam under gone the survey training for six weeks, and if so, when? Note
whether he was then trained free or not.
2. Does he understand the nature and use of the various survey instruments in his
charge?
3. Can he unaided save by the village menial staff measure and plot sub-divisions and
compute and adjust areas?
4. Can he ascertain the correct position of missing stones?
5. Does he know how to find the length of lines obstructed by houses, hedges, etc., and
can he fix the correct position of points on obstructed F lines?
Note : 1) In answering the above questions, explain how you tested the Karnam.
B. P. Mis. 230, dated 20-1-1928.

2) When a karnam is found to be lacking in knowledge of survey or is out of touch with the
survey field work, the Taluk Surveyor should report the matter to the Divisional Deputy
Inspector, who should, after satisfying himself with the correctness of the report bring to the
notice of Divisional Officers for orders in the matter.
G. O. Ms. No. 645. Rev., dated 15-3-1921. B. P. 55, dt. 27-4-1921.

G. O. Ms. 505, Rev., dated 24-2-1938. B. P. dated 11-3-1938.
APPENDIX-XII
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-A, PARAGRAPH 20)
Register of applications to point out ‘F’ boundaries to be maintained in the Taluk
Office
Reference sent
Name of applicant
the boundaries of
No. and Name of
Survey Numbers
Amount of fees
which are to be
out
Number of 'F'
pointed out
pointed out
When field
Lines to be
village
Sl. Date of
paid
No. Receipt When Number

and to and data
whom of reply
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
G.O. 645 Rev. dt. 15-3-21, B.P. 55 dt. 27-4-1921.

G.O. Ms. 505 Rev. dt. 24-2-38. Dt. 11-3-1938

APPENDIX-XIII
RULES FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF SURVEYS IN MUNICIPAL TOWNS

Note : The function assigned to the Chairman in these rules should be discharged by the executive
authority.
1. General : These rules apply to all Municipal towns which have been surveyed on the
detailed system.
Objects of maintenance : These rules are intended to secure ,
i) that all maps and registers are kept up-to-date; and
ii) that the survey marks which have been planned in the ground are preserved.
2. The purposes for which the maps and registers have been prepared and have to be
maintained up-to-date are as follows :
a) To provide an accurate record of lands paying revenue to Government, minor inams,
Government waste and poramboke lands as well as lands acquired under the Land
Acquisition Act, no matter for whom they were acquired.
b) To provide the municipal authorities with a basis for the assessment of the municipal
taxation, with a record of all municipal lands, and with a set of maps for general
municipal administration.
c) To secure that all encroachments on Government and municipal lands are readily
detected and repressed.
3. Description of records and their distribution : A Registers – The Town survey register
is a record of every separate holding in the town whether built upon or not, which is
recognized by the municipal or revenue authorities the register should be in Form-II
appended.
Once copy is to be maintained by the town surveyor and another by the chairman. Both
these copies are to be kept date-to-date by the town surveyor by the entry of all changes
of a permanent nature under the initials of the chairman or the manager of the office. More
changes of ownership of private holdings and assignments and relinquishments of
assessed land need not be entered.
The diglot register (Form-I) constitutes a record of all lands in which Government have
an interest, i. e., all lands paying revenue to Government, minor inams, Government
wastes and porambokes. As for other lands including private holdings which pay no
revenue to Government and lands owned by or vested in the municipality, the town
number of each field will be given a separate line showing it tenure and area.
The register is written up separately for each revenue village or part of a revenue village
contained within the limits of the town and is to be based on the town survey and not on
the old revenue cadastral survey of the village. One copy is maintained by the Karnam
and another by the taluk Tahsildar.
These copies are to be kept up-to-date in the manner laid down in the Manual of Village
Accounts. In them should be entered all permanent, changes relating to lands in which

Government have an interest, as also similar changes relating to other lands involving the
question of revenue.
Thus acquisition under the Land Acquisition Act in private holdings, no matter for whom
they are made and the disposal by a local body of a land acquired under the Land
Acquisition Act should be entered. But more sub-divisions of private holdings paying no
revenue to Government, which are sanctioned by the Chairman under rule 8 below,
whether on account of changes of ownership or purchase by the municipality through
private negotiation need not be entered.
i) B. Maps : Town, Ward and Revenue Maps are to be supplied to the various
departments as per the Scale in
Note : 1. Revenue maps are supplied both as separate sheets and also in bound volumes of atlases.
Each atlas should contain an index map showing the position of the several blocks.
2. The set of Revenue maps to be maintained by the Town Surveyor should be mounted on
cloth.
ii) Record of Measurements :

Copies.
1) Town Surveyor one copy for maintenance and two
for reserve 3
2) Municipal Council for the use of the Chairman and
Municipal subordinates 1
3) Taluk Tahsildar 1
4) Karnams (One set to be distributed among
the Karnams according to charges) 1
5) Central Survey Office reserve 2
Total 8
Note : The sets of record of measurements in use by the Karnams, Town Surveyors and Chairman
should not be mounted but should be edged with cloth and these officers should also be
provided with tin tubes in which to keep the map.
G. O. 2088, Rev. dated 31-10-1930. B. P. Press, 12 dated. 9-2-1931.

B. P. 32, dated 20-6-1942. B. P. Press, 123, dated 29-9-1938.
4. Maintenance of maps :
a) Town Surveyor’s Copies-Record of measurement : The town surveyor will keep
the field copy continually up-to- date by the prompt entry of all survey changes
involved in the maintenance of the town survey register.
Revenue maps : The town surveyor will keep the field copy continually up-to- date
by the prompt entry of all changes in the boundaries of Survey fields and important
topographical details (vide paragraph 7, 8 and 9 below).
Town and Ward Maps : The town surveyor will keep his copies continually up-to-
date by plotting into them from his revenue maps all changes in field boundaries and
topographical details which can be shown on the scale of the town and ward maps.
Block boundaries and numbers should also be marked in ward maps:

b) Chairman’s copies : The town surveyor will carry out corresponding corrections in
the record of measurement, revenue map, ward maps and town maps intended for
chairman’s use at the same time as he corrects his own maps.
The town surveyor will also colour the chairman’s ward and town maps so as to show
wet, dry and waste land separately. Wet lands should be coloured green and dry lands
yellow, while waste should be left without any colouring.
c) Copies of town maps with other officers : The Town Maps of the Collector, the
Divisional Officer and the taluk Tahsildar should be sent every year to the Chairman
so as to reach him before 1st May to be brought up-to- date by the town surveyor.
The town maps of the Secretary to Government, Local Self-Government Department
the Director of Public Health, the Sanitary Engineer and the Director of Town
Planning should similarly be sent to the Chairman before 1st July, every year.
The maps should be returned within one month from the date of receipt by the
Chairman the map of the Director of Public Health, the Sanitary Engineer and the
Director of Town Planning should similarly be sent to the Chairman before 1st July,
every year.
The maps should be returned within one month from the date of receipt by the
Chairman. The map of the Director of Public Health, and the Sanitary Engineer and
Director of Town Planning should be coloured to agree with the chairman’s map.
The Survey and Land Records Officers will see that the town surveyor does not
neglect this item of work.
d) Karnams and Taluk copies : All survey changes relating to lands in which
Government have an interest, together with similar changes relating to other lands
involving the question of levy or alienation of revenue, will be entered in the
Karnams and taluk copies of the record of measurement. All these changes with the
exception of sub-divisions will be entered in the Karnams and taluk copies of revenue
maps.
Changes in the Karnams copies of maps will be entered by the town surveyor, while
these in taluk copies will be entered by the Revenue Records draftsman.
5. Maintenance Staff : i) The responsibility for the maintenance of the register, maps and
demarcation of survey town will rest on the town surveyor, In Towns surveyed on the
Town Survey system, measurement of sub-division should be done by the Town
Surveyors. The work of the town surveyor will be checked by the Survey and Land
Records Officers. It will be the duty of the Karnam to attend the municipal office as often
as required and in any case at least once a month so that the town surveyor may plot all
changes in the Karnams maps and Karnam may correct his copy of the ‘A’ register under
the town surveyor’s supervision.
B.P. 33, dated 17-10-1945.
The town surveyor should verify and attest all changes made in the Karnams maps and
registers and should make sure that his own sets and the Karnams sets agree in all respects,
as far as changes ordered by revenue officers are concerned.
The Town Surveyor should also make a note against column 30 of the Register of Changes
that the Karnams copies of connected records corrected or on corrections of Karnams
records necessary.

ii) The town surveyor will be responsible for the maintenance of all theodolite, field
chain survey and sub-division stones throughout the town. Details instructions are
given in paragraph II below:
6. Appointment of Town Surveyors : One or more Town surveyors will be appointed in
each Town. Town Surveyors will be appointed by the Collector (Survey and Land
Records). No person will be eligible for appointment as Town Surveyor unless he has
passed (i) the Surveyor’s Test and (ii) a test in theodolite Survey.
The town surveyor should attend the municipal office in the afternoon, daily from 3 to 5
p.m. and sign the attendance register in the municipal office When he has to do field work
in the evening or attend the Inspections of Revenue & Survey and Land Records Officials,
he should send a report to the Municipal Commissioner in advance, so that he may be
marked in the attendance register as on duty on these days. The town surveyor should
maintain a separate attendance register for chairman working under him.
7. Maintenance of Registers-Detailed instructions : All permanent changes effecting
ryotwari lands assessed to land revenue, minor inams and Government poramboke or
waste lands not vested in the municipality will be incorporated in the village and taluk
registers and maps under the authority of the Tahsildar in the same manner as in rural
tracts.
All acquisitions in other lands under the Land Acquisition Act and other changes affecting
them if they involve revenue, will also be similarly carried out. In order; however, to
secure that corresponding entries are made in the registers and map maintained by the
town surveyors the following procedure will be observed -
a) When communicating to village officer’s orders of changes relating to entire survey
fields or registered sub divisions, entered in the taluk registers Nos. 4, 5 and 7 a copy
of the order should be sent to the town surveyors, the fact being noted in the taluk
register. The town surveyor will there upon enter the order in his changes register
and carry out the change in the town survey register and revise demarcation sketches
and stone registers, if necessary (vide sub-paragraph (d) below).
b) When the Survey records relating to changes ordered by revenue officers are sent to
the town surveyor under a current in the taluk 8-A register he will enter them in his
changes register (see below) check measure the subdivisions and enter (he changes
in the Karnams register and maps as described in paragraph 13 (b) of Boards
Standing Order No- 34-A.
He will at the same time incorporate the changes in his registers and maps and also
in those of the chairman, certify to that effect on the sketch and send the file to the
Divisional Deputy Inspector who should transmit into the taluk office after technical
scrutiny and then get changes plotted by his draftsman in the taluk office set of maps.
When inspecting the work of the town surveyor, the Survey and Land Records
Officers should check the records with the No. 3 Account and ‘A’ Registers of the
village concerned to see whether this procedure has been properly observed.
c) The town surveyor will be responsible for recording all other changes in the
registration of land. So for as full fields or registered subdivisions are concerned,
such changes can only occur (1) when the Municipality acquires land not assessed to
land revenue by gift or purchase, and (2) the municipality sells to private person’s
land not assessed to land revenue not acquired Under the Land Acquisitions Act.

The Chairman should intimate all crises of lands sold or acquired as described above
by the municipality through private negotiation to the town surveyor who should
invariably prepare a detailed plan of the land concerned prior to the completion of
the transaction. These cases will be entered in the changes register void Sub-
paragraph (d) below—and the necessary changes carried out in the town survey
register.
When portions of fields or registered sub-divisions are acquired or sold by the
municipality as described above, plotted sub-division records should invariably be
prepared by the town surveyor arid sanctioned by the chairman before the completion
of the transaction. These sub-divisions and other survey changes ordered by the
chairman under rule-8 (b) below will be incorporated in the town Surveyor’s and
chairman’s copies of registers and maps after scrutiny and approval by the Divisional
Deputy Inspector.
d) To ensure the entry of all changes the town surveyor will maintain a changes register
in the form appended. It is intended to be used as a current register, in it should be
entered all orders sanctioning permanent changes, immediately after their receipt
whether from the taluk Tahsildar or the Chairman.
Sketches for topographical details should be brought to the register before
submission to the Divisional Deputy Inspector for his approval vide rule 8 below.
Orders sanctioned correction of survey errors, whether dealt with by the Chairman
or Tahsildar in the first instance, should be entered in this register oh their receipt of
by the town surveyor and before correction of the records.
In cases in which the files are not returned in their entirety to other offices, they will
simply be kept together in the order of their numbers in the changes, register just as
files relating to taluk 8-A register are ordinarily kepi. The changes register should be
kept for the calendar year.
B. P. Press 21, dated 2-8-1944. B. P. Mis. 1136, dated 1-8-1948.
B. P. Press 27,dated 14-9-1945.
e) In town where street alignments have been laid down, sub-divisions which are shown
in registers ‘A’ and ‘C’ as representing projections listed for acquisition, or land
available for assignment should be eliminated from town survey registers and ‘A’
register as soon as the acquisition or assignment has been completed, the number and
date of the divisional officer’s order concerned being noted in the last columns of the
appropriate register. Such sub-divisions should at the same time be eliminated from
the records of measurements mentioned in rule 8 below:
8. Maintenance of maps by town surveyors : Detailed instructions :
a) Changes of registry affecting whole survey fields or registered sub-divisions will
require no alteration of maps. Where a portion only of a field or sub-division is
affected, the record of measurement should be corrected. Such corrections will take
the form of sub-divisions.
B. P. Press 63, dated 30-5-1935.
b) Survey changes may be divided into two class :

1) Those ordered by revenue officers and
2) Those sanctioned by the Chairman under the first class come all changes relating
to lands in which Government have an interest together with the acquisition

under the Land Acquisition Act in other lands and those changes relating to these
lands which involve the question of revenue.
Thus when a portion of a land acquired under the Land Acquisition Act for a
street is sold by the municipal council to a private person, the question of
revenue is involved, as ground-rent has to be fixed under Board’s Standing
Order No. 21-A. The formal change in the classification of the land and the sub-
division record should be sanctioned by the Collector. In all cases of changes
ordered by revenue officers the survey records will be sent to the Town Surveyor
under a current in the taluk 8-A register after sanction by the competent
authority. The town surveyor will follow the procedure laid down in Board
Standing Order No. 34-A, 12 and in the rule 7 (b) supra-
Under the Second Class come all other changes such as sub-divisions of private
holdings made at the instance of parties. In these cases, plotted sketches of the
fields concerned should be prepared by the town surveyor before they are
sanctioned by the chairman. After sanction, the chairman will forward the
survey records to the town surveyors who will enter them in the changes register
and submit them to the Divisional Deputy Inspector for scrutiny.
On, their receipt back from the Divisional Deputy Inspector after his approval,
the changes will be incorporated in the town surveyor’s and Chairman’s copies
of maps and registers. The demarcation sketches and stone registers referred to
in rule 11 below should at the same time be revised
The records will then be sent back to the chairman. In these cases, the karnams
and taluk copies of registers and maps will not be corrected.
Survey changes sanctioned by the chairman should not be brought to the
Divisional Deputy Inspector’s and Assistant Director’s, Survey and Land
Records, register of sub-divisions kept under Board’s Standing Order No, 34-A
13 (b). Such changes and sketches for topographical details submitted by the
town surveyor under rule 9 below should be entered in a special register in Form
No. VI appended.
In all cases the areas of new fields and sub-divisions should be computed in the
manner laid down for the town surveys in the Survey Manual.
(c) The formalities under the Survey and Boundaries Act should be observed in those
cases of survey changes referred to in Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A, 13 (b). So
far as changes ordered by the Revenue Officers are concerned, the formalities should
be observed in the manner laid down in the Board’s Standing Orders quoted above.
The notification under section 6 and notices under section 9 (2) or 10 (2) will be
issued by the town surveyor who will arrange for their issue by the village officers.
The Tahsildar will arrange to publish the final notification under section 13.
As for the survey changes ordered by the chairman, immediately after his sanction
the town surveyor should issue the notification under section 6 and the notice under
section 9 (2) or 10 (2) and arrange for their issue by the village officers. In the notice
the chairman will be entered as the appellate authority.
The records will then be sent to the Divisional Deputy Inspector for scrutiny. After
his approval the changes will be entered in the registers and maps. The notification
under section 13 will be published by the town surveyor both in the district gazette
and in the chavadi of the village to which the sub-divisions relate. When this has
been done, the file will be sent back to the chairman.

9. All changes in important topographical details should be incorporated in the maintenance

copies of the revenue map (except the karnams and the taluk copies) in the same manner
as new survey fields and alterations of survey field boundaries are entered.
The town surveyor should check the details periodically and prepare a measurement
sketch for every case of change. He should then enter the case in his changes register,
whether it relates to a new detail or a change of detail and submit the sketch to the
Divisional Deputy Inspector for his approval.
On receipt back from the Divisional Deputy Inspector, the town surveyor will plot the
details in his and the chairman’s maintenance copies. When details already marked in the
maps have completely disappeared on the ground they should be eliminated from the
maintenance copies of maps by pasting suitable slips of paper. For this the previous
approval of the Divisional Deputy Inspector is not necessary.
Important topographical details are all those which will be shown in the ward or town
maps. They should also be noted in the remarks column of the changes register. No
attempt need be made to keep up-to-date topographical changes in blocks of small houses
nor need wells, water fountains, hydrants and lamp posts be entered.
Details that should be entered are public, quasi-public, and large private buildings, roads,
railways, channels, bridges and causeways. Whenever new sub-divisions or new survey
fields are made or field boundary altered, the accompanying topographical changes, if any
should ’invariably be noted in the map.
So far the karnams and the taluk copies of revenue maps are concerned it is enough to
enter only those details which are disclosed by the sub-division records and acquisition
sketches which are prepared in the course of revenue administration.
10. Errors in Survey : Errors and discrepancies which are discovered in the survey records
in the course of sub-division work, stone maintenance or other work or which are already
entered in the error lists should be dealt with in the following manner -
Limits of error : A discrepancy between two recorded measurements or between a
recorded measurement and a measurement newly taken on the ground should not be
treated as an error unless it exceeds the limit of measurement error allowed. This limit is
one link for a distance of 200 links and under and not more than one link for every 200
links for distances exceeding 200 links subject to a maximum of three links.
Within these limits the measurements will not be corrected. If the difference exceeds these
limits, the line will be re-measured and the correction carried out the town surveyor’s and
chairman’s copies of the record of measurement provided the area of any of the fields or
sub-divisions concerned is not altered by more than 5 per cent. If the field concerned is
one in which Government have an interest, the correction should also be carried out in the
karnams copy.
Sketches illustrating the corrections should be sent to the Divisional Deputy Inspector
who will have the taluk copy of the record of measurement corrected if the field concerned
is one in which Government have an interest. Otherwise, the Divisional Deputy Inspector
will lodge the sketches after scrutiny. In either case the Divisional Deputy Inspector’s
register of survey errors maintained under Board’s Standing Order No. 34-B, should be
posted.

When the correction does not relate to a field in which Government have an interest,
columns (4), (6) and (7) of the register will be left blank and a note made in the remarks
column that the field concerned is one in which Government have no interest. All
corrections made in the maintenance copies of the record of measurement should be
initialed by the town surveyor or the Divisional Deputy Inspector and the date of
correction entered in the margin thus; 2 Corrections-Initials Date. Errors in plotting will
not be corrected unless the area of the survey field or sub-division concerned is effected
by more than 5 per cent.
In investigating survey error, the town surveyor should not assume that a survey mark
seen by him on the ground is in its correct place unless its position has been verified by
measuring at least two if possible, three lines converging on it from different directions.
The recorded and the actual distances of these lines should be entered in the illustrative
sketches referred to above.
When the correction of an error of measurement or plotting involves an alteration in the
area of a field or sub-divisions by more than 5 per cent, the following procedure will be
adopted. If the field concerned is one in which Government have an interest the town
surveyor will, after completing the re-measurement plot the survey field on a tracing from
the record of measurement and submit it to the Tahsildar with draft notices in duplicate
in the form in Appendix XV to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-B.
The actual areas of the sub-divisions and of the whole field should be computed by the
town surveyor and adjusted, if necessary, in accordance with the instructions in Appendix
VIII to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A. The Tahsildar, will serve the notices on the
parties concerned, not on the duplicate copy the date on which any objections were heard
by him and an abstract of his orders and forward all the connected records to the
Divisional Deputy Inspector.
The latter should scrutinize the maps and records, prepare a memorandum of alteration in
the form in Appendix XVI to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-B., and submit the file to
the Collector (Survey and Land Records). After approval by the Collector, the ease should
be entered in the register of survey error maintained by the Divisional Deputy Inspector
and Assistant Director*, Survey and Land Records under Board’s Standing Order No. 34-
B, paragraph 7.
The records should then be returned to the taluk Tahsildar who will forward them to the
town surveyor with instructions to correct the maintained records in the village and in the
municipal office. On receipt back of the records from the town surveyor, the taluk records
should be corrected. The file should then be given a disposal number and recorded in the
taluk office. The corrections in the taluk set of maps should only be carried out by the
revenue records draftsman. A certificate that the village; municipal and taluk records have
been corrected, should be put up in the file under the attestation of the Tahsildar before it
is finally recorded.
As regards lands other than those in which Government have an interest, the same
procedure will be followed except that the chairman will take the place of the Tahsildar
and submit the file to the Collector (Survey and Land Records). After approval by the
Collector (Survey and Land Records) the case should be entered in the Divisional Deputy
Inspector’s and Assistant Director’s registers of survey errors maintained under Board’s

Standing Order No. 34-B and the records returned to the Chairman who will forward them
to the town surveyor.
The latter will enter the case in his changes register, correct the maintenance set of maps
and registers in the municipal office and return the records to chairman with a certificate
to that effect. The file will eventually be recorded in the municipal office. In respect of
the above cases, columns (4); (6) and (7) of the Divisional Deputy Inspector’s and
Assistant Directors registers of survey errors will be left blank and a note made in the
remarks column that the field concerned is not one in which Government have an interest.
When there is no error in the record but if the boundaries on the ground disagree with the
record, the fields must be resurveyed under the supervision of the Divisional Deputy
Inspector after obtaining the orders of the Collector (Survey and Land Records) in
accordance with the actual facts of enjoyment except in the case of porambokes where
each should be dealt with on its merits. Disputes about boundaries should be dealt with
strictly in accordance with the provisions of the Survey and Boundaries Act and the rules
issued under it.
When changes are made in traverse angles and distances or when fresh traverses are run
for any reason, the work should be checked with particular care by the Assistant Director,
Survey and Land Records.
The traverse computation and plotting involved should be carried out in the office of the
Assistant Director, Survey and Land Records, who should report all such cases to the
Director of Settlements, Survey and Land Records with true copies of the traverse field
books, computations and plotting’s.
11. Maintenance of demarcation by town surveyor : Detailed instructions: (a) the town
surveyor is responsible for the maintenance of all theodolite and chain survey stations and
also for all field and sub-division stones.
All stones on the municipal boundary should only be entered in the stone register of the
town surveyor.
b) Numbering of stones – Demarcation – Map : The Town Surveyor will number all
the stones which are to be maintained by him on his maintained copy of the revenue
map. Theodolite stones should be numbered in one series for each ward, stones on
the boundaries of two wards being numbered against the ward bearing the lower
number.
Field and sub-division stones should be numbered in one series for each field as rural
tracts - vide paragraph 2, Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A. Chain
Survey stations should only be reckoned as field stones. Field stones including chain
survey stations and stones demarcating poramboke sub-divisions should only be
numbered in the field bearing the lowest number and their numbers should be entered
inside the field boundaries indicated in the sketch in paragraph 2 of Appendix II to
Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A.
It is enough to enter the sub-division stones in their approximate positions inside the
field. If any field is too small to admit of the stones being numbered distinctly inside
its boundaries, an enlarged sketch should be put up either in the margin or on the
reverse.

c) Stone register : The town surveyor will maintain two registers for (a) theodolite
stones, and (b) field stones, chain survey stations and sub-division stones, in the
forms given in paragraph 3 of Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A for
each ward. The several columns should be filled up in the manner therein laid down.
Column (2) of each of these registers should, however, be divided into two and in
the second half should be entered the municipal door number corresponding to the
field or sub-division number entered in the first half.
The first half of column (2) should exhibit all private lands the holders of which are
responsible for the maintenance of the stones. Their survey numbers should be
entered one below the other.
The demarcation sketches and stone registers will require revision, whether on
account of newly planted stone or of stones which have ceased to be maintainable or
of changes affecting responsibility for the maintenance of a stone in the following
cases.
i) When new fields or sub-divisions are formed.
ii) When permanent changes affecting full fields or registered subdivisions are
sanctioned by revenue officers.
iii) When full fields or registered sub-divisions pass into or out of the possession of
Government otherwise than on account of permanent changes.
As for the first class of cases, the sub-division records will be sent to the town surveyor
after sanction for correction of the maintained maps and registers in the municipal office.
As regards the second class copies of the concerned order will be sent to the town surveyor
for correction of records by the Tahsildar under a current in taluk register No. 7.
So for as these two classes are concerned tine town surveyor should therefore revise
demarcation sketches and stone registers at the same time as he enters the changes in the
maintained records in the municipal office. As for the third class, the karnam should be
summoned to attend the municipal office at least once a quarter with the connected orders
and village account No. 3 and the adangal. With reference to these records demarcation
sketches and stone registers should be revised.
For the purposes of column (2) Land owned by the municipality or a local body including
land alienated to it should be treated in the same way as land owned by private individuals.
Government land merely vested in the municipality or in a local body should be treated
as land owned by Government or Government Poramboke and no charged in respect of
stone maintenance should be recovered from the local body concerned.
In all cases where lands owned by a private individual including local bodies as described
above, about on Government land whether vested in a local body or not, the total cost of
the maintenance of marks on the common boundaries should be recovered from the
private individuals concerned. Thus, while Government alone are responsible for a stone
on the common boundary between Government land and vested in the municipality,
stones on the common boundary between Government land and land owned by the
municipality or alienated to it or maintainable by the municipality.
The letter ‘M’ should be noted in column (2) corresponding to any field owned by the
Municipality or alienated to it entered in column (I) When the stone does not adjoin any

private land is explained above the first half of column (1) will be left blank and the letter
‘G’ will be entered in the second half.
Railway land should be treated as Government land except in cases where the railway
belongs to the Zilla Parishad or to some other body or person.
d) Theodolite stones : The town surveyor will inspect the theodolite stones in a field at
the same time as he inspects the field and chain survey stones in the field He will
repair or replace stones which are missing or which require repair. All missing
theodolite stones should be replaced by means of the theodolite.
Stones which are buried under roads need not be dug up for inspection. It is sufficient
in such cases to enter the words “buried under road” in the stone register. Such stones
should not be reckoned as missing or requiring repair. They should be uncovered
only when absolutely necessary for verifying disputed boundaries.
In all ordinary cases, it should be possible to lay down the original traverse lines with
sufficient accuracy by means of the tie lines provided to each theodolite station or
the recorded offset distances to undisputed points.
In cases where tie lines field books or not available, in order to facilitate the finding
of any theodolite stone the town surveyor should measure and record three or more
tie lines to each stone from adjacent field stone or masonry corner. These tie lines
should be measured to the nearest centimeter and noted in the town surveyor’s copy
of the record of measurement.
This can be done of course only when the stone is visible. Stones should not be dug
up merely to measure tie lines. But, if a stone is uncovered for any other reason, tie
lines should always be measured and recorded before the stone is again covered up.
e) Field and sub-division stones and chain survey stations : The town surveyor will
inspect all field and sub-division stones and chain survey stations in his charge once
a year unless he has received a definite order from the Collector (Survey and Land
Records) allowing him to complete a round of inspection in two years.
As a rule, when the number of survey stones in the municipality does not exceed
7.500, the town Surveyor should inspect them every year. No stone is to be left
uninspected for more than two years. Points occupied by masonry structures need
not be numbered in the stone registers, but when for any reason the money structure
has been subsequently removed, stones should be planted at the points and the should
be brought to the demarcation sketch and stone register.
When points represented by survey stones are subsequently occupied by masonry
structures, stones need not be planted at such points and their numbers may be
removed from the stone registers.
In writing up the stone registers particular care should be taken to see that sufficient
space is left between the last stone of one field and the first stone of next field so that
any new stone that may be planted in future may conveniently be entered in the
vacant space against the field concerned.
f) Preparation and issue of notices : After completing the inspection of stones in one
or more blocks the Town Surveyor will prepare notices under section 15 (2) of the
Survey and Boundaries Act in respect of all stones which require action and which
are maintainable by private parties.

For this purpose, he will summon the karnam to attend the municipal office in order
to supply him with the names of the registered holders responsible for the stones. As
for lands for which no revenue registry is kept up, the Town Surveyor will ascertain
the names of the owners by local enquiry and from the house-tax registers in the
municipal office. The Town Surveyor will enter all stones requiring action
immediately after discovery in the first column of the register of acknowledgements
which he must maintain in vernacular in Form VII.
When notices under section 15 (2) (which should be in the Form given in paragraph
7 of Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A) have been prepared for all the
stones, the Town Surveyor should send the register of acknowledgements and the
notices to the village headman for immediate service on the parties concerned.
The headman will be held responsible for the prompt service of the notices. The
acknowledgements of the parties should invariably be taken in column (6) of the
register. On receipt back of the register from the bead- man and after expiry of the
time allowed in the notices, the Town Surveyor will attend to the stones requiring
action if they have not in the meantime been repaired or renewed by the parties.
After the completion of inspection in a block some interval will necessarily elapse
before the Town Surveyor can attend to the stones requiring action in the block. This
interval should be utilized in doing inspection in the adjoining blocks. In
municipalities with a very large extent of lands in which Government have an interest
it will be open to the Collector to afford relief to the Town Surveyor if necessary by
transferring to the karnam the whole or a portion of the stone inspection work relating
to lands in which Government have an interest.
In such cases the Town Surveyor will maintain the stone register and the register of
acknowledgements for the stones in his Charge and the Karnam will do the same for
the stones to be looked after by him The Karnam will submit notices under section
15 (2) to the Town Surveyor for signature for the stones within his charge requiring
action. Actual repair or renewal should only be carried out by the Town Surveyor.
g) Detailed bills against laud owners for stone maintenance should be made out by the
Town Surveyor in the manner laid down for Surveyors in rural tracts in paragraph 15
of Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A. In column (5) of the bills both
the survey number and the municipal door number should be entered as shown in
column (2) of the stone registers-vide sub-paragraph (c) above.
A copy of detailed bills in Form II should be given to the village headman for
collection and another copy with enclosure in Form III in Appendix II to Board’s
Standing Order No. 34-A submitted to the taluk office. Detailed bills in duplicate for
stones the cost of maintenance of which is wholly debatable to Government or any
local body will be sent to taluk office. Collections or adjustments on this account will
be attended to in the taluk office.
Office copies of the detailed bills handed over to the headman should be maintained
by the Town Surveyor in the form of a register.
h) Hired labour may be employed whenever required and the cost thereof debited to the
parties concerned. The chainmen may also be employed on this work and when they
are so employed their services should be treated as hired labour except in cases where
the stones are maintainable at the cost of Government or the municipality. Where
stones are maintainable partly by private persons and partly by the municipality, a

proportionate share of the remuneration for the chainmen should be recovered from
the private person.
Where the ryots send their own coolies it is unnecessary for Town Surveyor to hire
coolies. Their labour should be accepted and the ryots should not be charged for hired
labour. Similarly, it is open to a private person to supply stones of the requisite
quality, size and description, instead of buying them from the Government depot.
More offers to produce stones where the maintenance officer is ready to begin work
should not, however, be accepted.
i) Permanent Advance : The Town Surveyor should be supplied with a survey
permanent advance of Rs. 20. For special reasons, this may be increased to Rs. 50
with Collector’s sanction. The Taluk Tahsildar should see that no delay occurs in
recouping the Town Surveyor’s advance after he has submitted the necessary bills.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
12. Stock of Stones : A stock of stones should be maintained by the headman of the villages
concerned, as laid down in paragraph 12 of Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No.
34-A. Whenever the Town Surveyor uses stones from any depot, he should take particular
care to note the name of the depot from which the stones are removed in his bill so that
the taluk stock register of stones may be correctly written up.
13. Government and Municipal Lands : A register of Government and municipal lands
should be maintained in Form V. Space should be left in each page for subsequent
addition. In column (3) the several kinds of lands should be described by symbolic letters
as shown below –
S.No. Kinds of lands Symbolic letters
1 Lands solely owned by the Government G

2 Lands vested in the municipality G.V.M.
3 Lands alienated in favour of the municipality G.A.M.
4 Lands alienated to bodies other than the municipality G.A.M.

Lands that belong to the municipality by acquisition or
5 M
private purchase, etc.
6 Lands that belong to Central Government C.G.
B. P. 28, Press, dated 20-5-1942.
In column 5 should be entered the number as per encroachment register of all

encroachments for which licenses have been issued under the relevant section of the
District Municipalities Act when the register is opened. Similarly, in column 6 should be
shown all other encroachments pending at the time the register is opened. Column 8
should only show the encroachments detected at the time of inspection.
Columns 7 and 8 should be repeated across the page for the inspection and subsequent
years. Inspection of these lands means the verification of survey stones and of all masonry
points and the reporting of all encroachments thus detected. At the end of the official year
the Town Surveyor should enter a certificate in the lands inspected during the year.

14. Encroachments : It is the duty of the Town Surveyor to detect and report every
encroachment on Government or Municipal lands in a municipality. He will do this
ordinarily in the course of his inspection of survey marks and of his verification of the
boundaries of buildings constructed, reconstructed or repaired which about on
Government and Municipal lands.
Particular cases which come to his notice in the course of his other work will also be
reported promptly. His entry of the date of inspection against the particular survey field
or sub-division in his register of Government and Municipal land will be taken to mean
that no unreported case of encroachment exists in the survey field or sub-division on the
date of inspection.
The municipal overseer, the sanitary inspector and other municipal officers employed on
out-door work are also ’responsible for the detection of encroachments on municipal lands
in the course of their work. To enable them to detect encroachments they should be given
the necessary training in the use of maps by the Town Surveyor. When they detect an
encroachment, they should report the fact to the Chairman who will arrange to get a
plotted sketch of the encroachment prepared by the Town Surveyor, Karnams, Revenue
Inspectors and other superior revenue and Survey and Land Records officers are also
responsible for detecting encroachments on Government lands.
Should they detect encroachments on municipal lands they need only make a report to the
Chairman who will arrange to get a proper plotted sketch of the encroachments prepared
by the Town Surveyor? As for encroachments on Government lands detected by Revenue
Officers a plotted sketch prepared by the Karnam may be ordered to be countersigned by
the Town Surveyor.
Every case of encroachment reported in a surveyed town should be accompanied by a
sketch drawn to scale showing the survey boundary of the lands encroached upon and the
boundary of the encroachments. The sketches prepared by the Town Surveyor should
show the above boundaries and in streets where street alignments have been laid down,
such alignments as well. The sketch should be signed by the Town Surveyor or the
Karnam.
The Town Surveyor should enter in an encroachment registering Form IV every case of
encroachment whether reported by himself or referred to him for investigation and
preparation of a sketch and should give in column 15 of the register a sketch showing the
limits of the field concerned (1) as recorded at the time of survey, (2) as found on the
ground and (3) as defined by street alignments in streets where such alignments have been
laid down.
In the case of encroachments on municipal lands the Town Surveyor should send his
report and sketches to the Municipal Chairman. As for encroachments on Government
lands the Town Surveyor should submit the report and the sketches to the Tahsildar.
Where the Karnam prepares the sketches he should submit the report and sketches to the
Tahsildar through the Town Surveyor who will enter the case in his encroachment register
and also the Register of Government and Municipal lands.
If the Town Surveyor does not verify the encroachment on ground, he should not enter
any date in column 7 of the Register of Government and Municipal lands but merely note
“reported” by the Karnam. In column 15 of the encroachment register he will draw a

sketch of the encroachment and also note that the case was reported by the Karnam and
was not verified by him on ground.
If, in the case of an encroachment on a Municipal land the Municipal Council is unable
to take effective action but Government can, the chairman should forward the report and
the sketches to the Tahsildar for necessary action.
The final order passed in every case should be intimated by the Municipal Chairman, or
the Tahsildar to the town Surveyor for entry in column 13 of his encroachment register.
Note : A case of encroachment is considered to be pending until the encroachment has been either
ignored or removed or subdivided and a permanently designed to the encroacher and the fact
entered in column 14 of the register.
B. P. Mis. 241, dated 24-1-30.
The Municipal Chairman will insist on marking of the street alignment (where it exists)
as well as the surveyed boundary in every plan relating to the construction or the repair
of a building abutting on the public street. The Town Surveyor should report every case
of encroachment on the sheet alignment as soon as it is detected so that the provisions of
section 167 of the District Municipalities Act V of 1920 may be enforced by the Municipal
Council without delay.
The Municipal Chairman in dealing with every case of encroachment on the public street
will investigate the boundaries with reference to (1) the definition of “Public Street”
contained in section 3 of the District Municipalities Act. (2) the record of measurement
and the revenue maps which constitute the authoritative records of all orders passed in
disputed as well as in undisputed cases according to the rules framed under section 26 of
the Survey and Boundaries Act of 1923 and (3) the provisions of sections 166 and 168 of
the District Municipalities. Act in streets where street alignments have been laid down.
Municipal Councils or the executive authorities as the case may be should pass final
orders on all cases of encroachments on lands vested in them (the proprietary right of
which vests in Government), ‘Final ’orders’* means either recommending the permanent
assignment of the encroachments or ordering their removal or licensing or leasing them
under appropriate sections of the Municipalities Act or ignoring them if they are petty and
un objectionable. Detailed instructions as to how encroachments on land vested in
municipal councils should be dealt with have been given in paragraph 10 of Board’s
Standing Order No. 26.
B. P. 156. Press, dated 26-11-35.
G. O. Ms. 1115, Rev. dated 15-5-41. B.P. 102, Press dated 16-1-41.
The responsibility for preventing encroachments on lands vested in municipalities rests

on the municipal council or the executive authority. The municipal chairman or the
commissioner, as the ease may be should furnish to the Collector once a quarter a return
in respect of all unlicensed and objectionable encroachments booked up to the end of the
previous month, showing the Town Survey Number the extent and nature of each
encroachment, the date when the encroachment was booked and the action taken in each
case. If the Collector finds the undue delay has been caused by the Municipal Council or
the Chairman or the Commissioner in the disposal of any cases of encroachment or that
the interests of the Government are at stake, he may himself take the necessary steps to

deal with it under the provisions of the land Encroachment Act, if such a course is
possible, or report to the case for the orders of the Government.
In the event of Government having been made a party to suits relating to contested
encroachments the records and demarcation should be altered promptly in accordance
with the final decision of the Civil Court. The plotted sketch of the alteration should be
approved by the Divisional Deputy Inspector, if it involves the alteration of a survey field
boundary or the formation of a new sub-division.
Where, however, Government are not a party to the suit no alteration should be made in
the records unless the change of registration or of boundary ordered by the Court has been
duly approved by the Collector and a sketch of it has been verified by the Assistant
Director of survey and Land Records. It should be noted that no alteration of any kind
should be made in the survey records and registers on the ground merely that a case before
a Civil Court has gone against the Municipal Council. The Collector should in such cases
investigate the matter fully and take action under the Land Encroachment Act III of 1905
if he considers it desirable to do so in the interests of Government.
15. Instruments, Forms etc., a) – Instruments : The scale of instruments to be supplied to
Town Surveyors is laid down in Appendix XI to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A The
Town Surveyor should also be supplied with a colour box for colouring maps and
mapping pins. If the instruments are lost or damaged though bonafide accident or become
unserviceable hard and continuous use they will be renewed at Government cost of
renewal will be recovered from the person responsible for the loss or damage.
The Town Surveyor will obtain the instruments on indents through the executive authority
and the Collector of the district. These indents should be submitted in time so as to reach
the Collector before the 1st May. The Collector will consolidate them with those of the
Karnams and the other members of the land records staff and the Panchayat Surveyors
and send them to the Assistant Director, Central Survey Office, before the 1st June. In
urgent cases and in case where the instruments cannot be obtained through the
Government Agency the municipality may purchase them locally subject to the previous
approval of the Collector.
G. O. 1115, Rev., dated 15-5-1911. ,
B. P. 102, Press, dated 16-9-1941.
b) Stationery and Printed Forms : The Town Surveyor will obtain the stationery articles
and the printed forms required for his use from the Director of Stationery and Printing by
sending indents through the Chairman and the Collector of the District. The indents for
stationery articles should be submitted early in May so as to reach the supplying officers
before the 31st May and the indent for printed forms should be submitted once in three
years to the Assistant Director, Central Survey Office early in September so as to reach
him before the 30th September.
B. P. 23. Press, dated 26-2-1936.
c) Books : The books to be supplied to the Town Surveyor are given in Appendix XII
to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A. He will, in addition, be supplied with a copy of
the Board’s Standing Order containing the rules on maintenance of Revenue Records
and Registration including Town Surveys.

d) Stamps : The Town Surveyor should obtain service postage stamps required for his
use through bills drawn from Treasuries by the Chairman of the Municipal Council.
e) Recovery of cost : Two-thirds of the cost of instruments stationery and forms, books
and stamps will be recovered from the Municipal. Council.
16. Contingencies : Petty items of contingent expenditure such as those incurred for
supplying rubber stamps to the Town Surveyor or for binding registers should be borne
entirely by the Municipal Council. Other items will be borne by the Municipal Council
and Government in the ratio of 2:1.
17. Sale of maps and extracts from Records : Copies of the revenue maps will be sold at
Rs. 3-00 (Rupees three) per sheet. Every copy before issue from stock shall be compared
by the Surveyor with the maintained copy and all corrections inserted. The Surveyor
should enter a certificate to this effect in every copy issued. Fees should be received at
the municipal office and credited to Government at the end' of each quarter.
Private applicants for extracts from the record of measurements and survey registers
should deposit with their application Rs. 2-00 (Rupees Two) for every copy of a plan of
a single survey field and Rs. 1-00 (Rupee one) for every copy of an entry in the register
that they may require. These fees shall be credited to the Municipal funds.
G. O. No. 2732, Rev., dated 19-12-1955.
The Town Surveyor should keep the following registers in Forms VIII to X
1) Stock and Issue Register of Revenue Maps, (2) Register of Fees received from sale
of revenue maps and (3) Register of fees for extracts from the Record of measurement
and town survey register. The stock and issue register of revenue maps should be
kept block-war; one page being allotted for each block. All receipts and issues
including sale should be noted in it.
The Municipal Chairman should forward to the Assistant Director, Central Survey
Office through the District Treasury Officer on or before the 15th May of each year
an annual return showing (I) the number of revenue maps sold, (2) the date of sale
and (3) the date on which, and the name of the sub-treasury or treasury in which the
sale-proceeds were credited.
18. The Town Surveyor should maintain a diary in Form XIII and submit a copy of it on the
1st of each month to the Divisional Deputy Inspector through the Commissioner of the
Municipality. The Divisional Deputy Inspector will submit it to the Revenue Divisional
Officer through the Inspector of Survey (Maintenance). The Revenue Divisional Officer
will send it to the Collector, Survey and Land Records for further action.
19. The Town Surveyor should maintain a stock register of survey instruments and furniture,
a stock book for articles of stationery and printed forms and the usual receive and dispatch
register. When paper is not returned in original, they should be kept filed in the order of
their numbers as per the current register and destroyed after three years.
20. Stock Files the Town Surveyor should maintain a stock file of all important orders
received by him. The Collector should communicate to all the Town Surveyors working
within his district copies of all orders relating to the maintenance of town surveys whether
issued by himself or by the Board or Government. As regards orders relating to other

subjects the Collector need communicate only those with which Town Surveyors should
be acquainted for the purpose of efficient discharge of their duties.
21. Supervision of the work of Town Surveyors: The Town Surveyor is employed for the
purpose of maintenance as described in these rules. He is not being employed on oilier
duties by the Chairman. The revision of house-tax registers is entirely outside the scope
of the Town Surveyor’s duties; nor has he anything to do with the actual removal of
encroachments, though his services may be requisitioned for identifying the exact limits
of encroachments.
Such requisition should, however, be rare in view of the provisions made in Rule 23
below. Similarly, applications for permissions to build houses should be forwarded to the
Town Surveyor for report not as a matter of routine but only for Very special reasons. It.
is the duty of the Revenue Divisional Officer and the Collector, Survey and Land Records
when reviewing the diaries to object to any improper diversion of the Town Surveyor’s
services.
If the Chairman ignores such complaints, the matter must be reported to the Collector.
But no objection should be raised to the employment of the Town Surveyor on any
important items of municipal work which requires a technical knowledge of Survey.
G. O. Ms. 1820, Rev., dated 11-8-1941.
B. P. Press. 140, dated 15-12-1941.
The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records should see that the work of the Town
Surveyor is systematic. The Town Surveyor should take up each ward, block by block
and deal with the various items of maintenance work in each block as far as possible
before passing on the next.
Of course, actual stone repair or renewal cannot be attended to simultaneously with stone
inspection in the same block, but the work should be taken up as soon as convenient as
laid down in rule 11 above. The town Surveyor is expected to devote not less than fifteen
days a month to stone maintenance. Urgent current work such as acquisition must of
course be attended to as it arises, but the ordinary routine work of maintaining maps and
stones, detecting encroachments. Preparing sketches for changes in topographical details
must be done systematically as laid down in the rule so that the whole town is thoroughly
overhauled in these respects in a definite period.
The Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records should inspect the work of the Town
Surveyors at least once in a year. His inspection should cover all the points mentioned in
the check memorandum on Form XV besides other matters requiring his attention. He
will forward copies of inspection notes to the Revenue Divisional Officer, Tahsildar and
the Chairman for necessary action.
G. O. Ms. No. 687, Rev., dated 20-3-1935.
B. P; 42, dated 26-4-1935.
Board’s Ref. No. Nl/11472/71, dated 15-7-1971.
An annual report on the conduct of the land records maintenance should be drawn up by
the Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records and forwarded to the Chairman for
submission to Government along with the municipal administration report.

22. Revisional powers of Collector : If any order issued by the Chairman to the Town
Surveyor is, in the Collector’s opinion inconsistent with these rules or calculated to impair
his efficiency, it will be open to the Collector to revise such an order. In particular, he can
decide whether any duty assigned to the Town Surveyor by the Chairman is legitimate or
not. Should the Chairman feel aggrieved by the Collector’s action he may request the
Collector to address the Board whose decision in the matter will be
23. Training of Municipal Outdoor officers in the use of maps : The Chairman should
arrange to instruct his outdoor officers such as overseers and sanitary inspectors in the use
of maps on the ground. This instruction which is not likely to take much time can be given
by the Town Surveyor. The object of such a training is to enable the outdoor officers to
use the maps without the assistance of the Town Surveyor to identify fields, detect
encroachments, report on applications for permission to build houses and like matters so
that the Town Surveyor may not be diverted from his legitimate duties by frequent
requisitions from other officers.
24. The above rules apply subject to the following changes to municipal towns which have
been surveyed on the street survey system. In the case of these towns there is no town
survey register for maintenance. The duties of the Town Surveyor are practically
restricted to the detection of encroachments and the maintenance of survey marks and
maps. The Town Surveyor will be responsible for the inspection and maintenance of all
stones on all fields surveyed under the street survey system. He will maintain separate
registers for theodolite stones and chain survey and field stones in the following forms -
FORM-A
Theodolite Stones
Ward and Date of Date of repair
Serial No. of III Cycle and
Circuit inspection & or renewal with II Cycle
theodolite stone so on
number result initials
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
FORM-B
Stones other than theodolite stones
Survey No. and SI.
Date of inspection Date of repair or Ill Cycle and
Number of stone in II Cycle
and result renewal with initials so on
the field
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
The chain survey and field stones will be numbered in the Town Surveyor’s maintained
copy of the atlas of street fields. The theodolite stones will be numbered on eye-sketches.
The cost of maintenance of such stones including hired labour should be borne entirely
by the municipality concerned. All stones touching cadastrally surveyed fields will be
entered in the Karnams demarcation sketches and stone registers which will be maintained
in accordance with the instruction in Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A.

The Karnam will be responsible for the inspection of these stones. His work will be over
checked by the higher Survey and Land Records officers as in rural tracts. But the actual
repair or renewal of stones will be done by the Town Surveyor. To enable the Town
Surveyor to do this the Karnam should submit every month to the Town Surveyor draft
notices under section 15(2) of the Survey and Boundaries Act in respect of stones
discovered by the Karnam in the month as requiring action. The notices will be served by
the Karnam on the concerned ryots whose acknowledgements he will obtain in the
prescribed register.
The Town Surveyor will be responsible only for the detection of encroachments on
municipal lands. As for encroachments on Government lands revenue officers will be
responsible for their detection as in rural tracts.
The Town Surveyor will measure and plot in the maintained copies of the atlas of street
fields all sub-divisions duly authorized by a competent authority. All additions to or
alterations of important topographical details within the limits of or adjacent to street
fields will also be measured and the measurements recorded in the maintained copies of
the field atlases, after approval by the Divisional Deputy Inspector as laid down in Rule
9 above.
B. P. Press, 63, dated 30-5-1935
All changes in field boundaries and topographical details will also be entered at the same
time in the maintained copies of the ward and town maps but without measurements. Two
copies each of the atlas of field maps, ward maps and town maps will be maintained.
Sub-divisions of street survey fields will be measured by the Town Surveyor while those
in cadastrally surveyed fields will generally be measured by the Deputy
Surveyor/Surveyor. In the latter case the check- measurement will be done by the Taluk
Surveyor in accordance with the instructions in Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A, 13 (b).
B. P. 33, dated 17-10-1945
The registers to be maintained by the Town Survey are (1) current register of changes, (2)
register of municipal lands, (3) encroachment register, (4) register of fees received from
sale of strict field maps, (5) diary of the town surveyor, (6) stock register of survey
instruments and furniture, (7) register of stationery and printed forms and (8) receive and
dispatch register.
When printed copies of street field maps are not available for sale, manuscript copies
should be supplied to applicants for copies of field maps. They should be prepared and
certified to their correctness by the Town Surveyor before issue. A fee of Rs. 2.00 (rupees
two) should be collected in advance for each such copy. This fee will be credited to the
municipal funds in the first instance and at the end of the official year one-third of the
amount so credited should be transferred to Government.
G. O. No. 2732, Rev., dated 19-12-1955
25. In surveyed towns without Town Surveyors the duties of maintenance of registers, maps
and survey marks will devolve entirely on the Revenue and Survey and Land Records
staff as in rural tracts. But such duties will only be restricted to lands in which Government
have an interest as defined
in rule 3 surpa. The Revenue and Survey and Land Records officers will not be expected
to attend to the detection and prevention of encroachments of lands belonging to or vested
in municipalities.
26. Applications from private parties to point out the boundaries of their fields in accordance
with the survey records may be compiled with on payment of fee of Rs. 3-00 (Rupees
Three) for each F line to be pointed out On receipt of the of the application with the
deposit the Town Surveyor should point out the required boundary to the applicant and
should himself certify thereon that the boundary was pointed out obtain his signature to
the effect on the application by him in accordance with the measurements noted in the
survey records. A separate register of applications thus receive should be maintained in
the form appended to these rules. The fees received should be credited to municipal funds
in the first instance. At the end of the official year one- third of the amount so predated
should be transferred to Government.
B. P. Press, 130, dated 17-12-1940.
After all action has been taken the applications should be kept field in the order of their
numbers may be destroyed after a year.
27. Sub-division Fee Register : Each Town Surveyor should maintain a sub-division fee
register in the form in Appendix XIX to Board’s Standing Order 34-A, paragraph 20 (a).
No sub-division work should be done until the fee prescribed i.e. Rs. 3 for each sub-
division has been remitted by the party through challan to the credit of ‘029 Land
Revenue-E other receipts-1 connection with Survey and Settlement operations.”
At the end of the official year, the amount collected should be apportioned between the
Government and Municipality in the ratio of 1:2.
In the towns surveyed on the town survey system the entire work of measuring the sub-
division should be done by the Town Surveyor. In the towns surveyed under street survey
system, the Town Surveyor should deal with all sub-divisions affecting the streets while,
sub-divisions arising in the rest of urban area may be dealt with as in village i.e., by
Deputy Surveyor or Surveyor. The application will be disposed of as per the instructions
in rule 8 supra.
B.P. 33, Press, dated 17-10-1945.
28. Period of retention of registers : The Town Surveyor register must be retained
permanently. Registers in Forms Nos. III. VI. VIII. X. XIV, XVI and Register in the form
in Appendix XIX will be retained for five years. The Register of encroachments will be
retained ^for three years after every encroachment entered in it has been either removed
or permanently assigned. Registers in Forms Nos. V. IX, XI. and XII will be retained for
three years after fresh registers have been opened. The register of acknowledgements will
be retained for one year after action has been taken in respect of all stones entered in it.
The dairy of the Town Surveyor and the register of bills will be destroyed after three
years.

Form
Name of Register
Number
I. Town Survey and Re-Settlement Register.
II. Town Survey Field Register.
III. Register of changes.
IV. Register of encroachments.
V. Register of Government and Municipal Lands.
Divisional Deputy Inspector’s current Registers of sub-divisions sanctioned by
VI. the Chairman and topographical details for which sketches are submitted by the
Town Surveyor.
VII. Register of acknowledgements.
Register of Fees received for extracts from record of measurements and town
VIII.
survey register.
IX. Stock and issue register of revenue maps.
X. Register of fees received from sale of revenue maps
XI. Stock Register of survey instruments and furniture
XII Stock books for articles of stationary and printed forms
XIII. Diary of the Town surveyor
XIV. Receive and dispatch register
XV. Check memorandum of the maintenance records of the municipality
XVI. Report of applications to point out ‘F’ lines
XVII. Sub-divisions Fee Register (In the form shown in Appendix XIX)
FORM-I
Town Survey and Resettlement Register of the village of ………………… in the Town
of ………….. in the taluk of …………… in the District of ……………
Town Survey
Source of irrigation
Old survey number
If double corporate
Government or
of composition
poramboke or
Sub-division
Survey Number
Board Number
unassessed
House site
and Block No
and letter
Dry, Wet
and class
number
Inam
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Number of locality or
(1)
Taram Class and sort of
(11)
(9)
street
soil
Rate Acre, Hectare
(2)
Survey field
(12)
Rs. P.
Taram
(10)
Number
(3)
Sub-division
Acres,
Hectares and Ares Rate per acre/
(13)
Sq. Feet and Sq. Old survey number
(11)
Towns
(4)
Survey
Hec.
Extent by
Meter and letter

Acres/
Municipal door
(5)
Municipal Hectares
(12)
(14)
number
and Ares
Extent
Government, Mitta,
Assessment
(6)
Government Square feet/
(15)
Zamindari Inam
(13)
sq. meters
FORM-II
Dry, Wet Unassessed

(7)
poramboke, house
site Assessment
(14)
Town Survey Field Register
(16)
Register
Municipal
(8)
and Class Number patta or

inam title deed
registered holder
(15)
and nam of
No. of patta or inam
(17)
If double crop, rate of register holder
Title deed and name of the
Adangal
(9)
composition
How the holding is utilized
(18)
Remarks
(16)
Class and Sort of Soil

(10)
(19)
Remarks
381
FORM-III
Current Register of Changes

FORM-IV
Register showing the encroachments detected and reported by the Town Surveyors of
Municipality during the official year 19…….
Survey number of the adjoining
Date of receipt to the Chairman

field from which encroachment
Dimensions of
encroachment
Description of encroachment
Area of encroachment in Sq.
Door number and name of
Field number on which
the
Block Number
has been made
has been made

Name of street
Serial Number
Ward Number
encroachment
encroachment
Feet/ Square
made
In
Meters
Breadth
Length
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Date of receipt of final order and

number and abstract of the order Note
Date of removal of Sketches of the
: Then encroachment are licensed
encroachment or of encroachment
under section 183 of the District
permanent assignment of (Encroachment portion)
Municipalities Act their dimension
the land (Colour washed)
should be given with number and date
of the Councils resolution
(13) (14) (15)

FORM-V
Form of Register of Government and Municipal Lands
Year
Nature of Land (Name
If encroachments If encroachment &
Whether Government
of street, Building,
have been licensed cases detected in the
Survey Number
Date of Inspection
Ward Number
or Municipal
under section 183 previous years have If encroachment

etc.,) of the District not been licensed detected newly
Municipalities Act, and are still pending reference to
reference to the disposal reference to Encroachment
encroachment the encroachment Register
Register register
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Year Year Year Year

Date of Inspection
Date of Inspection
Date of Inspection
Date of Inspection
If If If If
encroachment encroachment encroachment encroachment
detected newly detected newly detected newly detected newly
reference to reference to reference to reference to
Encroachment Encroachment Encroachment Encroachment
Register Register Register Register
(9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Description of Stone (A or B Register
(1)
Number)
(2)
Date of result of Inspection
Survey numbers of the holders of which
(3)
are responsible for the Stone

Municipal door number corresponding
(4)
to the fields entered in column (3)
Names of registered holders to whom
(5)
notices are issued
FORM-VI
FORM-VII
(6)
Signature of parties
(7)
Date of service
When and by attended to whether
(8)
Section 15 of the Survey and Boundaries Act VIII of 1923.
repaired or renewed
Remarks (here enter method of service

Current Register of Sub-divisions sanctions sanctioned by the chairman and
(9)
Topographical details for which sketches are submitted by the Town surveyor.
if not served in person)

Register of Acknowledgment of Notices issued to Registered Holder of Lands under
385
FORM-VIII
Register of fees Received for Extracts from Record of Measurement and Town Survey
Register.
Date and No. of

receipt
Date of Nature of Ward No.
Date of Supply Fees acknowledging
receipt of extract and Survey
of extract collected remittance of the
application required field No.
amount to Municipal
Office
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
FORM-IX
Stock and issue Register of Revenue Maps.
Town: Block No.
Ward No.
Number of
Date of From whom Total value of
copies Balance of
receipt of received or to the stock at Rs. Remarks
received or copies in stock
issue whom issued per sheet
issued
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
FORM-X
Register of fees Received from sale of Revenue maps in the Town of ………
Particulars of
sheets sold Amount Date and no. of challan
Ward
Date received remitting amount to taluk
Number Block No. of
Rs. – P. Treasury
Number copies
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

FORM-XI
Stock register of survey instruments, books and furniture.
Date of Remarks
S.No. Description original
supply Year Year Year Year Year
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
1 Metric chain 20 M
2 Metric chain 30 M
3 Arrows
4 Cross staff
5 Drawing board
Area square paper 1/2000 or 20
6 cm=1 Km. or 1 cm=2 1/2 metric
chains
Area square paper 1/5000 or 50
7
cm=1 Km. or 1 cm=1 metric chains
8 Protractor (ivory)
9 Parallel ruler
10 Computing Scale
11 Drawing Pen
Plotting & Off set scales (wooden
12
set)
13 Brass dividers or Compasses
14 Metallic Tapes 20 M
16 Steel Tape of 20 M
18 Chain survey manual
19 Table of Square Roots
20 Hypotenuse tables
Furniture:
Camp Table, Chair, Box, Store
Articles, Crow Bar, Pick-Axe
Spade
*Other articles if any specially sanctioned should also be entered.
Note : In column (4) an inspecting officer may note the condition of the instrument at each inspection
and the surveyor, the date of renewals under his initials in red ink, whenever and instrument
is renewed.

388
Date
(1)
(1)
Date
Total no. of Government and Municipal fields inspected
(2)
Form No.
*Full Supply.
Theodilites/Field stones Intact
(3)
$Minimum Stock.
Theodilites/Field stones Missing
(4)
found
(2)
Demarcation
Inspected and
Theodilites/Field stones In need of repair
(5)
to whom issued
Theodilites/Field stones Repaired by the Town Surveyor
(6)
Average annual consumption.
From whom received or
Theodilites/Field stones Renewed by the Town Surveyor
(7)
Theodilites/Field stones Repairs Repaired or renewed by the
(8)
(3)
house owners and inspected
Number of stones
Receipts
Field Work
Theodilites/Field stones Renewals
(9)
by the Town Surveyor
New cases detected and reported
(10)
(4)
FORM-XII
Issues
FORM-XIII
ents
Old cases reinspected
(11)
Maintenance of demarcation and Boundaries
No. of new sub-divisions measured or resurveyed
*To show full supply forms to be obtained at each reprinting.
(12)
(5)
Balance
…..................................... 19 ………
$To show minimum quantity of each form to be allowed in stock.
of maps
No. of topographical details inspected and measured
(13)
Encroachm Maintenance
No. of new sub-divisions plotted or fields
(6)
(14)
Article:
replotted in revenue maps and in record of measurements

receiver
Stock Book for Articles of Stationery and Printed forms.
Initials of
No. of changes entered in town survey register
(15)
Office Work
No. of extracts from town survey registers and maps prepared for parties
(16)
(7)
Diary of the Town Surveyor Town ………………..…… District for the month of
Remarks (Here enter any other kind of work done, with authority for
Remarks
(17)
under taking the work and any days spent on leave or as holidays)

Balance according to each months progress report
(1)
No. of days spent on field work
(13)
(2)
No. sanctioned during the month Description of stone
(14)
Total No. of stones to be maintained in the Town according to stone
(15)
(3)
register
No. plotted in the maintenance copies during the
No. of stones
(16)
(4)
month In the month
inspected by
Plotting of sub-division
the Town
Balance
(17)
(5)
Upto the end of the month

Surveyor
No. of topographical details inserted the maps

Stones Inspected
(6)
Balance Column (3) Minus Column (5)
(18)
Balance pending at the close of the last month Repaired Balance of stones to be repaired or renewed
(7)
(19)
Renewed according to last months progress report
Detected and reported during the month
(20)
Repaired No. requiring renewal or repairs the result
(8)
Renewed of the current months inspection
Total of columns (19) and (20)
(21)
FORM-XIII (Contd.)
Encroachments
Repaired
(9)
Disposed of during the month Total requiring renewals or repairs
(22)
Renewed
Balance
(23)
Repaired Repairs and renewals by the
(10)
Renewed Town Surveyor during the month

No. of the blocks in which all items of maintenance have
fields ………………. Government and Municipal Lands.
(24)
been completed by the end of the month
Repaired Repairs and renewals by the house owner
Replacement and repair of stones
(11)
Renewed and inspected by the Town Surveyor

No. of the blocks in which some items of maintenance
(25)
remain to be completed by the end of the month Repaired Balance of stones in need of
(12)
Renewed renewal or repair

of total number …………….……. of wards …………….. blocks …………..…..survey
Progress of Town Survey Maintenance in ……….. Municipality for the ………. month
389
FORM-XIV
Town Surveyor’s Receipt and Dispatch Register.
in original brief abstract of the final

Note: In the case of papers returned
List of enclosures sent with report

Number and date of final disposal
Number and date of outside reply
Number and date of intermediate
Number and date of
Town Surveyors Serial Number
Value of service tables used

paper received
report should be noted

Brief abstract of paper
reference and whom

inspection on measurement
and date of receipt
How dispatched
Papers requiring local
From whom received

Other paper
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
FORM-XV
Check Memorandum of the Maintenance Records of the Municipalities of District.
Name of the Town Surveyor and period of his incumbency.
Date of Inspection.
Date of last inspection.
I. Town Surveyor Register and Records of Measurement : Chairman’s and Town
Surveyor’s copies.
1. Are the two copies of the town survey registers and records of measurement in good
condition?
2. Are the two copies of the record of measurement edged with cloth and kept in tin
tudes?
3. Do all sub-divisions and new fields plotted m the record of measurement find place
in the town survey registers and vice versa?
II. Karnams copy of the ‘A’ Register and Record of Measurement :
4. Is theta complete agreement between the town survey register an Karnams copy of
the ‘A’ Register and between the town surveyor’s and Karnams copies of the record
of measurement in respect of all permanent changes sanctioned by revenue office?
III. Current Register of Permanent Changes :
5. Is a current register of permanent changes maintained in the prescribed form?
6. Are all permanent changes including sub-divisions brought to this register as soon as
they are sanctioned whether by the Chairman or by revenue officers?
7. Have all the changes been promptly and properly entered in the maintained sets of
maps and registers?

8. Have new topographical details, as well as changes in them been brought to the
registers of changes and after sanction by the Divisional Deputy Inspector been
entered in the maintenance set of maps?
9. Have cases of survey errors in area been entered in the register after sanction and
have the necessary corrections been promptly carried out in the concerned records?
10. Are cases involving formulation of new fields and changes of fields boundaries
resurvey?
Are the areas of the various fields and sub-divisions before change and after change
properly reconciled?
11. Have any changes been carried out in the maintenance sets of maps and registers as
a result of the decision of the civil court? Has the sketch in such cases been approved
by the Asst. Director of Survey and Land Records and the Collector?
12. What is the numbers of sub-divisions that are pending measurement by the town
surveyor for (a) three months and more, and (b) less than three months.
13. What is the result of your check on the ground of the subdivision work of the town
Surveyor?
14. a) Is the subdivisions fee register maintained in the prescribed form? Does it show
that the fees have been correctly levied and one third of the amount collected by the
Municipality credited to the Government (B. P. 33 Press 17-10-1945)
IV. Revenue Map :
14. Are the revenue maps bound in handy volumes and in good condition?
15. Have all new fields and alterations of field boundaries involved in the maintenance
of the town survey register been entered in the town surveyor’s and Chairman’s
copies of the revenue maps?
16. Have such of the above changes as are sanctioned by the revenue officers been
entered in the Karnams copy of revenue maps?
17. Have all new topographical details as well as changes in them been entered in the
town surveyor’s and Chairman’s copies of revenue maps as well as in the ward and
towns maps after approval by the Divisional Deputy Inspector?
18. Have old details that have disappeared been eliminated by slips of paper neatly pasted
over them?
19. Have the topographical details disclosed by the sub-division records sanctioned by
revenue officers been entered in the Karnams and taluks office copies of revenue
maps?
V. Register of Government and Municipal Lands :
20. Have all changes caused by acquisition or otherwise been entered in the register?
21. Has the date of inspection been entered in this register concurrently with stone
inspection?
22. Has a certificate been entered in the register to the effect that there are no unreported
cases of encroachment on the lands inspected during the year?

VI. Register of Encroachments :

23. Is this register properly maintained?
24. Has a proper sketch of the portion encroached upon been put up in column (15) of
the register with the survey line and street alignment marked in it and has the
encroached portion been properly detailed in it?
25. Are encroachments noted in this register concurrently with stone inspection and
reported promptly?
26. Are reports of encroachments disposed of promptly by the Municipal Council or
revenue officers, as the case may be 7 Illustrate by means of a statement?
27. Are assignments of lands encroached upon made by proper authority?
28. Has any temporary or permanent assignment been made of any land on the street side
of the street alignment?
29. Has any encroachment been made on the street side of the street alignment 7 Have
the provisions of the Municipal Act been observed in its disposal 7
30. Has the Municipal Council issued by license under Section 183 of the District
Municipalities Act in contravention of the Rules contained in G.O. Ms. 4416, Local
and Municipal, dated 13th October, 1926?
31. Have all encroachments licensed under Section 183 of the District Municipalities Act
been entered in the encroachment register with the dimensions allowed and the
number and date of Chairman’s Order permitting them?
VII. Stone Registers and Demarcation Sketches :
32. Are stone registers and demarcation sketches in good condition?
33. Have theodolite and field stones including chain survey stations been correctly
numbered in the town surveyor’s maintained copy of the revenue maps and entered
in the stone registers?
34. Has column (2) of the stone registers been completely revised with reference to the
latest orders?
Check in particular cases in which full fields or registered sub-divisions passed into
or out of the possession of Government.
35. Have all non-maintainable stones been eliminated from and newly planted stones
entered in the D1 sketches and stone registers?
Check with the town Surveyor’s current register of changes.
36. Has column (2) of the stone register been revised in respect of all stones on the
boundaries of newly formed fields or sub-divisions at the time of plotting in the
record of measurements?
VIII. Register of Acknowledgements :
37. Has the register of acknowledgements for notices under Section 15 (2) of the Survey
and Boundaries Act been kept in the prescribed form?
38. Have discoveries been noted in it promptly and signature of parties obtained with the
date of service?

39. What is the number of discoveries for which notices have not yet been issued? What
is the explanation for delay, if any?
IX. Stone Inspection :
40. Is the inspection by the town Surveyor genuine, adequate and systematically done
block by block and ward by ward as laid down in the Rules?
41. What is the number of stones inspected since 1st April by Superior Officers for
verification of Inspection by the town Surveyor?
a) Tahsildar, (b) Revenue Divisional Officer and (e) Survey and Land Records
Officers.
X. Stone Maintenance :
42. What is the total number requiring action including arrears of previous Years?
Number attend to by the Town Surveyor since 1st April - Repair and Renewal.
Number attended to by ryots - Repair and renewals. Stones requiring renewals.
43. Are the town Surveyor’s repairs and renewals genuine? What is number over
checked by the Survey and Land Records Officers.
44. Are there any cases in which the town Surveyor repaired or renewed stones without
the issue of necessary notices or before the expiry of the time prescribed in the
notices?
45. Have the lines been measured for all theodolite and chain survey stones repaired or
renewed in the year or noted as intact in the registers to the nearest centimeter and
the measurements entered in the town surveyor’s copy of the record of measurement?
XI. Register of Bills :
46. Is a register of bills in Form II of Appendix II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A
maintained by the town Surveyor?
47. Does the register show that bills in Form II have been submitted promptly for all
stones repaired or renewed by the town Surveyor except when ryots supply labour in
the case of repairs and stones; and
48. Does the register of bills show that the full cost of stones and hired labour has been
debited?
1) to Government in cases where the stones lie within Government lands or lands
vested in the Municipality.
2) to the Municipality when they lie on the boundary between Government-lands
and lands owned by or alienated to the municipality or in cases where the stones
lie entirely within lands owned by or alienated to the Municipality; and
3) to the Municipality where it contributes towards the maintenance of a street
survey.
XII. Equipment :
49. Has the town Surveyor the full complement of survey instruments and books
including crowbar, spade and bill book? Note their condition and your
recommendation.

50. Is a reserve stock of town Surveyor’s instruments kept in the Taluk Office?
51. Is the town Surveyor fully qualified for his duties? Are his services properly utilized?
XIII. General :
52. Is the town Surveyor provided with an Almira or other safe receptacle, in which his
records can be kept safely and locked?
53. Compare the diaries of the town Surveyor with the stone registers and other records
to see if the outturn noted is correct.
54. Are copies of revenue maps and extract from the records of measurements and town
survey registers granted without delay?
55. Has the last annual return of sale of revenue maps been sent to the Assistant Director
of Survey, Central Survey Office by due date?
56. Does the town Surveyor properly maintained a stock file? Does it contain all
important orders?
57. Check the current register to see if there are any avoidable delays in the disposal of
papers.
58. Is the town Surveyor maintaining the following registers?
1) Stock and issue register of revenue maps.
2) Register of fees received from sale of revenue maps.
3) Register of fees for extracts from-records of measurement; and Town Survey
Register.
Has one third of the fees received been credited to Government at the end of the
official year?
G. O. 2732, Rev., dated 19-12-1955.
4) Current register of papers received and disposed of.

5) Stock register of survey instruments and furniture and
6) Stock book of articles of stationery and printed forms.
59. Have the town Surveyor’s and chairman’s copies of ward and town maps changes of
field boundaries and topographical details which can be shown on the scale of the
maps.
60. Note the general result of your inspection of the town Surveyor’s work in the
municipality in regard to maintenance.
61. Is a register of applications to point out “F” lines maintained? The Does it shows that
fees have been correctly calculated and has a third of fees received been credited to
Government at the end of the Official Year?
62. Is a sub-division fee register maintained? Has one third of the fees collected been
credited to the Government at the end of the Official Year?

FORM-XVI
Register of Applications to Point out ‘F’ Lines
boundaries of which have
Numbers of ‘F’ lines to

Serial Number& date of
Survey Number or Sub-

division Number, the
Date of remittance
Name of applicant
Municipal Office
to be pointed out
When period out
of the fee to the

Ward Number
be pointed out
Fees collected
receipt
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
G. O. 2088, Revenue, dated 31—JO—1930 B.P. 12, dated 9.2.31.

G. O. Mis, 2343, Revenue, dated 5-11-1931 B. P. 98, dated 13-11-1931.
APPENDIX-XIII (a)

RULES FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF SURVEYIN PANCHAYAT AREAS
1. General : These rules apply to panchayat areas have been surveyed on the street survey
system. The duties of a surveyor responsible for maintenance in such areas are restricted
to the maintenance of survey marks and maps, the detection of encroachments and the
detection and rectification of survey errors.
The surveyor may attend to the maintenance work of more than one panchayat area. The
Headquarters of the Surveyor will be fixed by the Collector when he is appointed for more
panchayats than one and he will tour for a minimum period of 25 days in a month.
2. Appointment, Supervision and duties of Panchayat Surveyor : The Panchayat
surveyor is employed solely for the purpose of maintenance and the detection of
encroachments. In no circumstances shall he be employed on other duties, as for instance,
the filing of complaints in criminal courts.
If any order issued by the President of the panchayat board is in the Collector's opinion
inconsistent with those rules or calculated to impair his efficiency, it will be open to the
Collector to revise such an order. In particular, he can decide whether any duty assigned
to the panchayat surveyor by the President is legitimate or not. Should the president feel
aggrieved by the Collectors action, he may request the Collector to address the Board of
Revenue whole decision in the matter will be final.
The president of the panchayat board must supply the surveyor with coolies or menials to
act as Chairman whenever the surveyor visits the panchayat area.
The Panchayat Surveyor’s work in each panchayat should be inspected at least once in a
year. To give effect to this the Collector, (Survey & Land Records) should chalk out a
programme of inspection for the Deputy Inspector and Inspector so that all panchayats
are covered and the same panchayat is not inspected again and again.

The Assistant Director, Survey & Land Records, should inspect the work of all the
Panchayat Surveyors at least once in two years. Their inspection should cover all the
points mentioned in the check memorandum (Form-VII) besides other matters requiring
their attention. A copy of the inspection notes (in Form-VII) of Deputy Inspector should
be submitted to the Collector (Survey & Land Records) through the R.D.O. and the
Inspector should submit his inspection report to the Assistant Director. Survey & Land
Records.
The Assistant Director, Survey & Land Records, should take further action on all the
Inspection reports including has own and forward copies thereof to the panchayat
Surveyors, R.D.O., Tahsildar and the President of the Panchayat Board for necessary
action.
3. Maintenance of maps : A Panchayat surveyor will maintain for each panchayat area in
his charge two copies of the atlas of street field maps and one copy of the panchayat map.
One maintained copy of the atlas should be kept in the panchayat board office and should
not be taken to the field. In addition to these copies, each Panchayat Board President
should be supplied with one copy of the panchayat map as reserve and for sale.
B. P. 42, Press, dated 18-12-1944.
The Surveyor will measure and plot in the atlas of street fields all sub-divisions and
alterations such as may result from acquisition proceedings or other similar changes duly
authorized by competent authority.
All additions or alterations of important topographical details within the limits of street
fields will also be measured and the measurements recorded in both the copies of the atlas.
In the case of such details lying outside street fields only a brief description should be
entered.
Changes in the field boundaries and topographical details will also be incorporated in the
maintained copy of the panchayat map. Details that should be entered are public, quasi-
public and large private buildings, roads, railways, channels, bridges and causeways.
Whenever new sub-divisions or new survey fields are made or a field boundary altered,
the accompanying topographical changes, if any, should invariably be noted in the map.
Before new details are entered, a sketch should be submitted to the Divisional Deputy
Inspector and approved by him. When details already marked in the maps have
completely disappeared on the ground they should be eliminated from the maintained set
of maps by pasting suitable slips of paper. For this, the previous approval of the Divisional
Deputy Inspector is not necessary.
G. O. Ms. No. 2114, Rev. dated 17-9-1941.
B. P. 110, Press, dated 30-9-1941.
In cases of survey changes, which will invariably be ordered by the revenue authorities,
the survey records will be sent to the surveyor after sanction by a competent authority.
The surveyor will enter them in his changes register (Form-11) and at the same time
incorporate the Changes in his maps, and return the file the Divisional Deputy Inspector,
who shall transmit them to the taluk office after technical scrutiny.

The duties of measuring sub-divisions and preparing sub-division records in the first
instance also devolve upon the surveyor. In carrying out survey changes the surveyor will
follow the procedure laid down in paragraph 12 (a) and (c) of Board’s Standing Order No.
34-A and will observe the necessary formalities under the Survey and Boundaries Act.
The notification under section 6 and notices under section 9 (2) or 10 of the Survey and
Boundaries Act will be issued by the panchayat surveyor through the village officers. The
Tahsildar will arrange to publish final notification under section 13.
4. Errors in Survey : Errors and discrepancies which are discovered in the survey records
in the course of subdivision work, stone maintenance or other work should be dealt with
in the following manner.
Limits of error : A discrepancy between two recorded measurements or between a

recorded measurement and a measurement newly taken on the ground should not be
treated as an error unless it exceeds the limit of measurement error allowed.
This limit is one link for a distance of 200 links and under add not more than and link for
every 200 links for a distance exceeding 200 links subject to a maximum of three links.
Within these limits, the measurements will not be corrected. IF the difference exceeds
these limits, the line will be re-measured and the corrections carried out in the surveyor’s
and president’s copies of the street field atlas under the initials of the surveyor and the
corrections should be noted in register of changes.
Sketches illustrating the corrections should be sent to the Assistant Director of Survey &
Land Records who will lodge the sketches after scrutiny intimating his approval to the
panchayat surveyor. The Assistant Director’s, register of survey errors maintained under
Board’s Standing Order No. 34-B should be posted.
B. P. 12, Press, dated 25-2-1943.
In investigating survey errors, the surveyor should not assume that a survey mark seen by
him on the ground is in its correct place unless its position has been verified by measuring
at 1 feast two, if possible three lines converging on it. The recorded and the actual
distances of these lines should be entered in the illustrative sketches referred to above.
When there is no error in the record, but if the boundaries on the ground disagree with the
record and it is clear that the discrepancy is due to an error in the original survey, the
fields must be resurveyed in accordance with the actual state of the ground under the
supervision of the Divisional Deputy Inspector after obtaining the orders of the Collector.
When changes are made in traverse angles and distances or when fresh traverses are run
for any reason, the work should be checked with particular care by the Assistant Director,
Survey & Land Records. The traverse plotting involved should be carried out in the office
of the Assistant Director of Survey & Land Records, who should report all such case to
the Assistant Director, Central Survey Office with true copies of the traverse field books
and plotting’s.
5. Maintenance of Survey marks : The panchayat surveyor will be responsible for the
inspection and maintenance of all stones on all fields surveyed under the street survey

system; and for that purpose he should number all bends in one maintained copy of the
atlas of street field maps.
Chain Survey and field stones should be numbered in one series for each field as in rural
tracts the numbering being done in the field bearing the lowest numbered. The theodolite
stones will be numbered in eye-sketches in one series for the Whole panchayat area, the
registers will be maintained in the followng forms:
FORM-‘A’
Theodolite Stones
Serial number of Date of inspection Date of repair or renewal

Year Year
Theodolite stone and result with initials
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
FORM-‘B’
Stones Other Than Theodolite Stones
Survey No. and SI. No. of Date of inspection Date of repair or

Year Year
stone in the field and result renewal with initials
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
B. P 12 (S) Press, dated 25-2-1943.
The panchayat surveyor must inspect all the survey marks in the panchayat area in his
charge at least once a year, unless the Collector allows him two years to complete a round
of inspection. When any mark is found to be in need of repair or renewal the surveyor
shall renew or repair it. The marks on permanent structure which have been obliterated
by whitewash or other plastering should be listed for repair.
Obliterated tar marks should be renewed by a fresh costing of tar. When points are
represented by marks on permanent structures and they are obliterated owing to the
renewal of such structures, stones should be planted and brought to account. Similarly,
when points are represented by stones and they are subsequently occupied by permanent
structures tar marks will replace the stones. The cost of renewal or repair will be borne by
the panchayat board.
Bd’s ref. 5135/37 dated -4-99.
Note : It is the duty of the surveyor to verify the points to which the lines have been run and to record
fresh measurements, if any alterations have taken place. If tie lines have not been recorded, it
is the duty of the surveyor to measure and record them in the maintained copies of the atlas.
Theodolite stones should not be dug up merely to measure tie lines, but if a stone is uncovered
for any other reason the lines should be measured and recorded before the stones are covered
up.

6. Stock of Stones : The panchayat board can, if it so desires, maintain its own stock of
stones, provided the stones area of the size and description specified in rules in Appendix-
1 to Board’s Standing Order 34-A paragraph-4. If the panchayat board does not maintain
its own stock of stones, the panchayat surveyor will use stones from the depot maintained
by the headman of the village concerned, as laid down in paragraph 12 of Appendix-II of
Board Standing Order No. 34-A.
Whenever the panchayat surveyor used stones from any headman’s depot, he will prepare
a bill in form-II given in Appendix-II to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A in triplicate
noting clearly on it that the cost of stones utilized is recoverable from a particular
panchayat board. One copy of the bill will be given to the headman as a voucher for the
stones used, one copy will be sent to the President of the panchayat board concerned and
one copy to the Tahsildar for necessary action.
G. O. Ms. No. 2020 Rev., dated 3-9-1941.
B. P. 121, Press, dated 31-10-1941.
B. P. 17, Press, dated 27-6-1945.
7. Contingencies : Petty items of contingent expenditure such as those incurred for binding
registers should be borne entirely by the panchayat board. Other items will be borne by
the panchayat board and the Government in the ratio of 1:2.
8. Encroachments : It is the duty of the surveyor to detect in the course of his inspection,
and to record all encroachments in a register in the following form —
Register of Encroachments
permanent assignment of
Door No. and Name of
Date of removal of the

Area of encroachment
(encroached portion
encroachment or of
Date of final order
SI. No and date
colour washed)
Name of Street
Description of
Dimensions of the
encroachment
encroachment
encroacher
Survey No
Sketch of
encroached portion the land
Length Breadth
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
The karnam who is a resident of the place and can recognize encroachments should bring
to the notice of the surveyor all cases in which he suspects encroachments. In the case of
encroachments, on streets and roads vested in the Zilla Parishad and passing through
panchayat areas, the firka Deputy Surveyor who inspects and renews stones on the
boundaries of Zilla Parishad roads should book the encroachments and send a list of such
encroachments to the Collector and a copy of it to the Chairman, Zilla Parishad who
should communicate to the Firka Deputy Surveyor the action taken by the Zilla Parishad
on the list. A separate Register should be maintained for each panchayat board. At the
conclusion each visit, the surveyor will hand over the register duly filled into the President
for necessary executive action. All encroachments that may have been detected by the
karnam also shall be entered in this Register.

The Panchayat Board President in dealing with every case of encroachment on Panchayat
streets will investigate the boundaries with reference to (1) the definition of public road
contained in the relevant section of the Gram Panchayat Act and (ii) the atlas of street
fields which constitute the authoritative record of all orders passed in disputed as well as
undisputed cases.
B.P. 156 Press, dated 26-11-1935.
The Panchayat Board or the President of the Panchayat Board as case may be should pass
final order on all encroachment cases. ‘Final order’ means either recommending to the
Collector the permanent assignment of the encroachments or ordering their removal or
licensing or leasing them under the appropriate sections of the Gram Panchayat Act, or
ignoring them if they are petty and unobjectionable,
B. P. 145 Press dated 20-12-1941.
The responsibility for preventing encroachments on streets rests on the President of the
panchayat board. When the Panchayat board proposes to file a suit to get an encroachment
removed, the President shall, before filing the suit, send a copy of the draft plaint to the
Collector for his information.
If a notice threatening a suit in regard to an encroachment is given to the panchayat board

by or on behalf of a private party, the president shall send a copy of the notice to the
Collector as soon as it is received, and keep the Collector informed of subsequent
developments. Where the panchayat boards or presidents, of panchayat boards as the case
may be fail to pass final orders within three years of the detection of encroachment, it will
be open to the Collector to deal with the encroachment under the Land Encroachment Act,
if possible, or report the cases for the orders of Government.
Detailed instructions as to how encroachments on lands vested in panchayat boards should

be dealt with have been issued in paragraph 10 of Standing Order No. 26.
G. O. 1113, Rev. dt. 15-5-1941. B.P. 102 Press, dt. 16-9-1941.
If required by the President of the Panchayat board in cases of assignment. Suits and
criminal complaints, the surveyor should furnish him with a signed sketch drawn to scale
showing the survey boundary of the lands encroachment upon and the boundary of the
encroachment.
Note : A case of encroachment is considered to be pending until the encroachment has been either
removed or sub-divided and permanently assigned to the encroached and the fact entered in
column 10 of the register.
9. Custody of records : The maps, stone registers, eye sketches and encroachment register
will remain in the custody of the president of the panchayat board except during the period
of the visit of the surveyor who will be responsible for their custody during his stay in the
area and will return them to the President before his departure in no circumstances is it
permissible to remove the records beyond the limits of the panchayat area.

10. Registers : In addition to the stone registers and the register of encroachments the
surveyor should maintain the following registers:
1) Diary (Form-I).
2) Register of changes (Form-II)
3) Register of topographical details (Form-Ill).
4) Stock register of survey instruments (Form-IV).
5) Receipt and dispatch register (Form-VI).
In addition, a register of fees received for the sales of field maps should be maintained by
the panchayat board (Form-V).
The Panchayat Surveyor should, submit his diary by the 5th of each month to the
Divisional Deputy Inspector of Survey who will submit it to the Inspector of Survey
(maintenance) with his remarks. One Inspector of Survey with his remarks will submit it
to the Revenue Divisional Officer concerned.
The Revenue Divisional Officer shall send it with his remarks if any to the Collector
(Survey and Land Records) for further action.
G. O. Ms. No. 1010 Rev. dated 29-4-1935. B. P. 45. Press, dated 3-3-1935.
Bd’s Ref. No. N 1-11472/71, dated 15-7-1971.
11. Instruments, forms etc.,

(a) Instrument : The scale of instruments to be supplied to the panchayat surveyor is
given in Appendix-XI to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A. The surveyor should
also be supplied with colour box and mapping pins.
If the instruments are lost or damaged through bonafide accident or become
unserviceable through unavoidable hard and continuous use they will be renewed at
Government cost; otherwise the cost of renewal will be recovered from the person
responsible for the loss of damage.
The panchayat surveyor will obtain the instruments on indents through the president
of the panchayat board, and the Collector, (Survey and Land Records) in the district.
These indents should be submitted in time so as to reach the Collector (Survey and
Land Records) before the due date.
The Collector, (Survey & Land Records) will consolidate them with those of the
Karnams and the other members of the land records staff and the. Town Surveyors
and send them to the Board of Revenue before the due date. In urgent cases and in
cases where the instruments cannot be obtained through the Government Agency,
the panchayat board may purchase them locally subject to the previous approval of
the Collector (Survey and Land Records).
The above procedure should be followed also in cases where a panchayat surveyor
is appointed to a group of panchayat boards.
G. O. Ms. No. 2078 Rev., dated 29-8-1940. B. P. Ms. 3010, dated 31-10-1940.
Each Panchayat Board of a group will maintain its own set of chain arrows, cross
staff, standard poles, drawing board, area square paper, parallel rule, drawing pen,
plotting and offset scale, dividers and measuring tape.
The President of the panchayat board will be responsible for the custody of the
instruments belonging to his board. Only one set of the other instruments and the
books will be kept for the group. The panchayat surveyor will obtain these
instruments and books on indent through the President of his headquarters panchayat
board. The panchayat surveyor will be responsible for their custody.
G. O. Ms. 1744. Rev., dated 1-8-1941. B. P. Press-82, dated 12-8-1941.
b) Stationery and printed forms : The panchayat surveyor will obtain the stationery
articles and the printed forms required for his use from the Director of Stationery and
Printing by sending indents through the Collector (Survey and Land Records) of the
district.
The indent for stationery articles should be submitted yearly in May so as to reach
the supplying officer before the 31st May and the indent for printed forms should be
submitted “Once in three years” to the Assistant Director of Survey, Central Survey
Office early in September so as to reach him before the 30th September.
B. P. 23 Press, dated 26-2-1936 B. P. 12 Press, dated 11-3-1939.
B. P. 29 Press. dated 16-3-1940.
c) Books : The books to be supplied to the panchayat surveyor are given in Appendix-
XI to Board’s Standing Order No. 34-A. He will in addition, be supplied with a copy
of the B.S.O., containing the rules op maintenance of Revenue Records and
Registration including maintenance of Surveys in panchayat areas.
d) Stamps : The panchayat surveyor should obtain service postage stamps required for
his use through bills drawn from treasuries by the Collector (Survey and Land
Records).
e) Recovery of cost : One third of the cost of instruments, stationery and forms books
and stamps will be recovered from the local body concerned. Where one common
set of instruments and books is supplied to a group of panchayat boards for which
there is a single surveyor, one-third of the cost of the common set of instruments and
books will be recovered in equal shares from all the panchayat boards forming the
group.
G. 0.1744 Rev., dated 1-8-1941. B. P. 82 Press, dated 12-8-1941.
12. Sale of maps : Copies of street field maps will be sold at Rs. 2 (Rupees Two) per sheet.
Every copy before issue from the stock should be compared by the panchayat surveyor
with maintained copy and all corrections inserted.
The surveyor should enter a certificate to this effect before the copies are issued. Fees
should be received at the panchayat board office and credited to Government at the end
of the quarter.
Private applicants for extracts from the atlas of street fields sheets should deposit with
their applications Rs. 2 (Rupees two) for every copy of a plan of a single survey field of
the size used for a page of the field measurement book and Rs. 2 (Rupees two) for every
additional sheet required.
If a single sheet larger than a page of the field measurement book required, the excess in
pages or portions of a page will be treated as additional sheets for the purpose of levying
fees.

When printed copies of streets field mays are not available for sale manuscript copies
should be supplied to applicants for copies of field maps.
They should be prepared and certified to their correctness by the panchayat surveyor
before issue.
A fee of Rs. 2 (Rupee Two) should be collected in advance for each such copy. This fee
will be credited to the panchayat board funds. Only the fees for the sale of printed copies
will be credited to Government.
G. O. Ms. 2732, Rev., dated 19-12-1955 G. O. Ms. 884 Rev., dated 26-7-1966.
The Presidents of the panchayat boards should forward to the Assistant Director, Central
Survey Office, on or before the 15th of May of each year annual return showing.
1) the number of streets field maps sold.
2) the date of sale, and
3) the date on which the name of the sub-treasury in which the sale proceeds were
credited.
13. Stock files : The panchayat surveyor should maintain stock file of all important orders
received by him. The Collector (Survey and Land Records) should communicate to all
panchayat surveyors working within his district copies of all orders relating to the
maintenance of panchayat surveyors whether issued by himself or by the Board of
Revenue or by Government.
As regards orders relating to other subjects the Collector, Survey and Land Records need
communicate only those with which panchayat surveyor should be acquired for the
purpose of efficient discharge of their duties.
14. Period of Retention of registers : The register of encroachment will be retained for three
years after every encroachment entered in it has been either removed or permanently
assigned. Registers in Forms-II, III, V & VI will be retained for five years; Register in
Form-IV will fie retained for three years after a fresh register has been opened. The stone
registers will be retained for three years after fresh register? Have been opened. The diary
of the surveyor and office copies of bills will be destroyed after years.
15. Survey of Panchayat areas where no surveyor is employed : The Survey of panchayat
areas where no surveyors have been appointed will not maintain. In such localities, the
Revenue and Survey and Land Records officers will maintain the cadastral survey.
16. Applications from private parties to point out the boundary of their property adjoining the
streets in accordance with the survey records may be complied with on payment of a fee
of Rs. 3-00 (Rupees three) for each F line to be pointed out.
On receipt of the application with the deposit, the panchayat surveyor should point out
the required boundary to the applicant, obtained his signature to that effect on the
application and should himself certify thereon that the boundary was pointed out by him
in accordance with the measurements noted in the survey records,
A separate register of applications thus received should be maintained in Form-lX

appointed to these rules The fees received should be credited to the funds of the panchayat

board in the first instance at the end of the official year, two-thirds of the amount so
credited should be transferred to Government.
After all action has been taken the applications should be kept filed in order of their
numbers and may be destroyed after a year.
B. P. Press 3 dated 9-1-1945.
FORM-I
Diary of the Surveyor Panchayat Boards for the Month of ………… 19
No. of topographical details inspected and

No. of sub-division measured or fields re-
Total No. of street survey fields inspected
Field Work
Remarks (Here enter only kind of work

done with authority for undertaking the
Maintenance of demarcation and Boundaries
Name of the Panchayat Boards
Survey Marks Encroachments
Office work
No. of requiring repair
measured
surveyed
Old cases inspected
New cases detected
Number of missing
work)
Date
No. of inspected
No. of renewed
No. of repaired
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Note : (1) The Surveyor shall submit a copy of his diary for each month on the 5th of the succeeding
month to the Divisional Deputy Inspector
(2) The Surveyor shall furnish separate figures under Theodolite and field stones in column 4
to 8
B.P. 71 Press. Dated 18th August, 1933

Bds. Ref. 5135/37, dated April, 1939
FORM-II
Register of Changes
Date of entry of changes Records
Date of receipt of records or during
Description and number of stones

planted in or removed from the
fields as a result of the change
Atlas of field maps Returned

the change and from whom
Number and date of order

sanctioning the change
Street field number
Nature of change
Surveyors copy
Remarks
Panchayat map
President copy
To whom
Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

FORM-III
Register or Topographical Details
Panchayat Board
Survey Number
Serial Number
Date of submission of
Name of the Brief description of
topo sketches to the
Date of incorporation in
the details to be the Atlas of field maps
Divisional Deputy
inserted omitted, or and in map of the
Inspector, Survey and
altered Panchayat Board
Land Records
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
FORM-IV
Stock Register of Survey instruments
Date of Remarks
S.
Description of the article original
No.
supply Year Year Year Year Year
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Survey Instruments
1 Metric chain 20 M
2 Metric chain 30 M
3 Arrows
4 Cross staff
5 Drawing board
Area square paper 1/2000 or 20 cm=1 Km.
6
or 1 cm=2 1/2 metric chains
Area square paper 1/5000 or 50 cm=1 Km.
7
or 1 cm=1 metric chains
8 Protractor (ivory)
9 Parallel ruler
10 Computing Scale
11 Drawing Pen
12 Plotting & Off set scales (wooden set)
13 Brass dividers or Compasses
18 Chain survey manual
19 Table of Square Roots
20 Hypotenuse tables
Note : In column (4) an inspecting officer may note the condition of the instruments at each
inspection. The Surveyor should note the date of renewal under his initials in Red ink
whenever any instrument is renewed.

406
(1)
Panchayat Board Surveyor Serial No.
Date
(1)
and date of receipt
(2)
Paper requiring local inspection Survey
(2)
or measurement Number
(3)
Other paper
received
(4)
From whom received
No. and date of paper

(3)
(5)
Brief abstract of paper
Number of copies
No. and date of intermediate reference
(6)
and to whom
(4)
FORM-V
FORM-VI
Amount
received
(7)
No. and date of outside reply
No. and date of final disposal (Note in

the case of papers returned in original a
(8)
brief abstract of the final report should be
noted)
(9)
List of enclosures sent with report
(5)
Panchayat Board Surveyors Receipt and Dispatch Register
(10) How dispatched

Date and number of challan
Register of fees Received from Sale of Field Maps in the Panchayat Board of
Value of service labels used

(11)
remitting amount to Sub-Treasury

FORM-VII
Check Memorandum of the Maintenance Registers and Records of the
Panchayat Board.
Name of the Panchayat Board/Surveyor and the period of his incumbency.

Date of inspection.
Date of last inspection.
I. STREET FIELD MAPS (ATLAS)

1. Are the two maintained copies of the street Atlas in good condition? Have the survey
marks been numbered in the following manner?
a) Theodolite stones in one series for the whole. Panchayat Board in eye-sketch.
b) Other survey marks in one series for each field in one of the maintained copies of the
street field atlas.
Note : The maintained Copy in which the stones are not numbered shall on no account be taken
outside the office.
2. Have the sub-divisions and new fields formed after survey been plotted in both the
maintained copies? Is the plotting correct and next?
3. Are maps available for all the new fields?
4. Has the necessary correction of side numbers been made in case of formation of new
fields?
5. Have the newly planted stones been noted and numbered serially in the Surveyor’s copy?
Have the non-maintainable stones been struck out?
6. Have all additions to or alterations of important topographical details within the limits of
or adjacent to street fields been plotted in both the maintained copies with measurements?
II. PANCHAYAT MAPS

7. Have all the new fields and alterations in fields boundaries and in important topographical
details been plotted in the maintained copy of the union map.
Note : Wells, hydrants, water fountains, lamp-posts, and similar small details need not be shown.
III. REGISTER OF CHANGES

8. Have all pest survey changes such as sub-divisions and new fields been noted in the
register of changes as soon as they are sanctioned by the competent authority? Compare
the street atlas with this register to see if all the sub-divisions and new fields noted in this
register have been plotted in the street atlas.
9. Have all the columns of this register been correctly and promptly filled in?

IV. STOCK REGISTERS

10. Are two separate stone registers maintained, one for theodolite stones and the other for
field stones, tar marks, etc.
11. Have the new marks been entered in and those ceased to be maintainable removed from
these registers?
V. STONE INSPECTION
12. What is the total number of maintainable stones in the panchayat Board? Theodolite;
chain survey and*field stones; tar marks.
13. What is the number inspected by the Panchayat Surveyor at his last visit?
14. Is his inspection genuine and adequate? What is the number over-checked by the Survey
and Land Records Officers?
15. What is the total number requiring (a) repair, (h) renewal. Number attended to by the
Surveyor, (a) repair, (b) renewal. Balance
a) repair,
b) renewal.
16. Are the Surveyor’s repairs and renewals genuine? What is the number over-checked by
the Survey and Land Records Officers?
Note : All renewals of theodolite stones should be inspected by the Divisional Deputy Inspector.
17. How many stones were taken from the village depot by the Surveyor? Has he submitted
bills in respect of all of them? Check the office copies with the Surveyor.
VI. SURVEY ERRORS

18. Have all the cases of survey errors sanctioned by the competent authority been entered in
the Assistant Director’s Register of Survey Errors?
19. Have all the corrections been carried out in both the maintained copies of the street atlas
and, where necessary, in the maintained Panchayat Board map also?
20. What is the number of survey errors detected by the Surveyor during his last visit? How
many were checked on ground by the Survey and Land Records Officers?
Note : The Survey and Land Records Officers should also check as many as possible of the survey
errors detected by the Surveyor in previous years but not checked by the Survey and Land
Records Officers hitherto.
VII. ENCROACHMENTS
21. Is a register of encroachments maintained for this Panchayat Board in the proper form?
22. Have the encroached portions been colour washed and adjacent survey marks one on
either side of the encroachments been shown there in for easy identification?

23. What is the number of encroachments for action (a) arrears of last year; (b) cases of the
current year?
Is there any omission by the Surveyor in booking encroachments, as far as the Inspecting
Officer has checked?
24. Have temporary licenses been issued in cases of encroachments falling under paragraph
2 to the Appendix to G. O. No. 4416, L & M, dated 13th October, 1926? Has the Panchayat
Board transferred its powers in issuing license?
25. Has Collector’s previous approval been obtained for issue of license in respect of cases
not falling under the above mentioned paragraph of the Government order 7 Have the
conditions laid down by the Collector, if any, been embodied in the license, where
previous approval of the Collector is obtained?
26. What is the action taken by the Panchayat Board to remove encroachments in cases in
which (1) the Collector refused approval and (2) Temporary license was not obtained or
granted?
VIII. REGISTER OF TOPOGRAPHICAL CHANGES

27. Have all the changes in important topographical details within the limits of the street fields
been entered in the register at the same time as they are incorporated in the Panchayat
map and field atlases?
IX. SURVEYOR
28. Is the Surveyor’s stock file upto date?
29. Has he got a full complement of survey instruments?
30. Check the Surveyor’s receive and dispatch register to see if the service stamps and cards
received by him from the Treasury have been properly accounted for.
31. Note the general result of your inspection of the Surveyor’s work.
32. Was this Panchayat Board visited by the Surveyor in the last official year 7 If not, what
is the explanation?
X. PANCHAYAT BOARD OFFICE

33. Is a register of applications for copies of field maps maintained in Panchayat Board Office
7 Are the rules for grant of copies duly observed and are copies granted without delay?
See if the amount collected is correct.
34. Are the saleable and reserve copies of the field atlas and Panchayat Board maps in good
condition? Are they kept with proper care?
35. Has the last annual return of the sale of street field atlas been sent to the Assistant Director,
Central Survey office before the due date?
36. Is the amount collected towards printed copies of field maps told to private parties
remitted in full to Government and two thirds in respect of these for which extracts were
prepared by the Panchayat Surveyor?

37. Is a register of application to point out "Field Lines” maintained. Does it show that fees
have been correctly calculated and has two thirds of the fees received been credited to
Government at the end of the official year.
G.O. 2373, Revenue, dated 26th November, 1932.
G.O. 2732, Revenue, dated 19th December, 1955. B.P. 3, dated 6th January, 1933.
FORM-VIII
REGISTER OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
(Vide B. P. No, 8, Press, dated 22nd March, 1945)
1) Description of Stone (A or B Register Number)

2) Date and result of inspection:
3) Survey Numbers the holders to which are responsible for the stone?
4) Names of registered holders to who notices are issued?
5) Signatures of parties:
6) Date of service:
7) When and by who attended to:
8) Remarks (here enter the method of service if not served in person).
FORM-IX
Register of application to point out ‘F’ Lines in the Panchayat of ………………. of
…………………… taluk of ………………….. district
Date of
Street Survey Field remittance
SI. No. Number of
No. and door number When of the fees
and date Name of 'F’ fines to Fees
the boundaries of pointed to the
of applicant be pointed collected
which have to be out Panchayat
receipt but
pointed out Board
Office
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
B. P. No. 3, dt. 9-1-1945.

APPENDIX-XIV
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-B, PARAGRAPH 7)
NOTICE
To
The Pattadar No. ……………………… Son of ………………………………….……… of
………………………… village ……………….. Taluk …………………………………..
Notice is hereby given that the alterations specified in the appended schedule is found
necessary and that it is proposed to alter the village records. Any objection to the proposed
change can be presented to the undersigned within 15 days from the date of Receipt of this
notice. If nothing is heard by that time it will be presumed that the proposed alteration is
accepted.
SCHEDULE
Memorandum of alterations to be made in the records of …………………..…… Village
……………….…… No ……………… Name ………………..…………….. Taluk
........…………………………… District………………………………………
FOR
Ryotwari
Survey Sub-division Rate per
poramboke or Extent Assessment
Number Number or letter Hectare
Inam
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
READ
Sub-division Ryotwari Records to
Survey Rate per
Number or poramboke or Extent Assessment be
Number Hectare
letter Inam corrected
(7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
APPENDIX-XV
(STANDING ORDER NO. 34-B, PARAGRAPH 7)

Memorandum of Alterations to be made in the Area of the fields …………… Village
………………….. Taluk, ……………………………District.
FOR
Ryotwari
Survey Sub-division Rate per
poramboke or Extent Assessment
Number Number or letter Hectare
Inam
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
READ
Sub-division Ryotwari Records to
Survey Rate per
Number or poramboke or Extent Assessment be
Number Hectare
letter Inam corrected
(7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)

APPENDIX-XVI
[STANDING ORDER NO. 34B, PARAGRAPH 7]

Register of Survey Errors Corrected ……………………………….. Taluk.
were made in the maintenance set of
taluk copy of the field measurement
Signature of Draftsman and initials

Date on which sketch or plan was
made or fresh plan inserted in the

Number of Survey field and sub-
Date on which corrections if any

Number and name of the village
of Divisional Deputy Inspector?

Date on which corrections were
Nature of correction made
Asst. Director
village maps
Remarks
received
division
book
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
N. B. : This register should be kept taluk-wise. In it should be recorded alt corrections whether
affecting area are not.
G.O. 1483, Revenue, dated 25-7-29. B. P. 58, dated 2-8-29.
APPENDIX-XVII ……. DELETED.

APPENDIX-XVIII
(B. S. O. 43-A, PARAGRAPH 7)

DISTRIBUTION LIST OF VILLAGE MAPS FREE OF COST TO VARIOUS
DEPARTMENTAL OFFICERS
STATEMENT-I
Number
S.No. Department To whom issued Remarks
issued
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 Revenue (a) Collector 1
Department
(b) Joint Collector 1
(c) Collector for Reserve 10 One for his office and the
remaining for supply to
other departments of
Government wherever
necessary
(d) Revenue Divisional Officer 2
(e) Assistant Director (Survey 1

& Land Records)
(f) Tahsildar and Taluk Office 2
(g) Revenue Inspector 1

(h) Karnam 2 One for ordinary use and
the other for numbering
survey marks. In cases in
which the mounted planes
not convenient for stone
inspection, a paper copy
will be issued in place of
one of the mounted plans
to be cut up and used as
demarcation sketches. But
this does not supply to area
surveyed on the system of
simple triangulation where
stone numbering will be
done in ordinary
demarcation sketches and
where consequently the
supply to the Karnam will
be limited to one copy of
the mounted plan only.
Assistant Karnams in
independent or separate
charge in all district will be
supplied with a copy
mounted on cloth.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2295,

Number
issued
Revenue,
dated 30-9-1935.)
B.P. 129, Revenue, dated
5-10-35
(i) Sale at Taluk office 10
2 Town (a) Director of Town Planning 1
Planning Hyderabad
Department
3 Judicial (a) District Judge 1 (Each of the entire district)
Department
(b) District Munsiff 1 -- Do --
(c) Subordinate Judge 1 -- Do --
4 Electricity (a) Superintending Engineer 2
Department (Technical Projects),
Hyderabad.
(b) Superintending Engineer 2
(Technical Board), Hyderabad.
(c) Superintending Engineer 2
(Civil and Investigation),
Hyderabad.
(d) Superintending Engineers 2 Copies of each village of
the districts under
jurisdiction
5 Public Works (a) Chief Engineer (Irrigation) 1
Department Hyderabad.
(b) Chief Engineer (Minor 1
Irrigation), Hyderabad.
(c) Irrigation Adviser and 1
Consulting Engineer,
Hyderabad.
(d) Chief Engineer (Public 3
Health), Hyderabad.
(e) Deputy Chief Engineer 3
(three posts) office use.
(f) Director, Inter-State and 1
Designs.
(g) Deputy Director of Designs 1
(h) Deputy Director of Inter- 1
State
(i) Superintending Engineer, 2 Sets Copies of each village
Vijayawada. of all taluks of Krishna and
Guntur districts
(j) Superintending Engineer, P. 1 Copy of each of all
W. D. Nellore Circle, Nellore. villages, Satyavedu taluk
of Chittoor district only
(k) Superintending Engineer, P. Guntur District
W. D., N. S. P. Right Bank
Canal, Vijayapuri North.
3 Macherla
3 Tellapalli

Number
issued
3 Khambhampadu
3 Manchikallu
3 Syamarajupram
1 Daravemulu
1 Madugula
1 Adigoppala
1 Narmalapad
1 Oppebula
1 Karampudi
1 Pedasanigudla
1 Chintapali
1 Julakallu
1 Gutrikonda
1 Gudalapalli
1 Narasiogapadu
1 Nekarikallu
(l) Superintending Engineer, 1
Local Administration and
Public Health, Hyderabad
6 Highways (a) Chief Engineer 2
Department
(b) Superintending Engineer 1
(Technical).
(c) Superintending Engineers 1 Copy of each village of all
(three). .. the taluks of the Districts
under jurisdiction of each
(d) Assistant Engineers (3) 1 1 Copy of each village of
all the taluks of
the districts under
jurisdiction of each
(e) Executive Engineer (1) 2 -- Do --
(f) Divisional Engineers (2) 2-3 -- Do --
7 Public (a) The State Public Library, 1
Libraries Hyderabad.
(b) The Cannemer Library, 1
Madras.
(c) The National Library, 1
Calcutta.
(d) The Central Library, 1
Bombay.
8 Department Director of Bureau of 1
of Economics Economics and Statistics
and Statistics.
9 Hindu (a) Commissioner 1 Copy of each jurisdiction
Religious
Charitable
Endowments

Number
issued
(b) Deputy Commissioner. 1 -- Do --
(c) Assistant Commissioner 1 -- Do --
10 State Fort State Fort Officer, Kakinada 2 Copy of each village
Department wherein minor Fort is
situated
11 Director of Director of Stationery, Printing Nil
Stationery, and Stores Purchase,
Printing Press Hyderabad.
12 Board of 1. Excise Branch 1
Revenue. Commissioner
2. Land Revenue Branch, 1
Board of Revenue (Office use).
3. Special Collector, 1 Copy of each village of all
Nagarjunasagar, Vijayapuri taluks in the districts of
North.
(1) Guntur
(2) Krishna
(3) Nellore
(4) Kurnool
13 Co-operative Presidents, Land Mortgage 1
Department Banks.
G.O. Ms. No. 1876, Revenue, dated 8-12-1964.
STATEMENT-II
Statement showing the number of copies to be printed for reference and sale in Central
Survey office, Hyderabad.
Number of copies of maps

SI. to be printed for
Description of maps
No. Reference Free
Sale. Total.
in C.S.O. supply.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1. District Touring Maps. 10 260 380 650
2. Taluk Maps. 10 190 250 450
3. Road Maps. 20 1,500 350 1,870
4. Town Maps. 3 50 95 150
5. Ward Maps. 3 20 75 98
6. Revenue Block Maps. 2 … 38 40
7. Record of Measurement 2 … 35 37
8. Panchayat Maps. 2 … 33 35
9. E. P. Print of Street field Atlas
Panchayat s. 2 … 4 6
10. A. P. State wall map

1 : 16 Miles. 15 250 … 265

1 : 8 Miles … … 15
11. A. P. State Dist. Atlas. 14 720 266 1,000
12. Village Maps 5 20 75 100
G. O. Ms. No. 1876 Rev., Dated 8-12-1964.
STATEMENT-III
(SUB PARA 3 (I)—APPENDIX XIII)

Distribution of town, ward and Revenue Maps
No. of
S.No. To whom issued copies
issued
(1) (2) (3)
Town Maps
1. Collector 1
2. Divisional Officer 1
3. Taluk Tahsildar 1
4. Municipal Council for the use of the Chairman, Municipal Subordinate 21
and reserve
5. Town Surveyor 1
6. Secretary to Government, Local administration Department 1
7. Director of Public Health 1
8. Sanitary Engineer to Government 1
9. Board of Revenue 1
10. Director of Town Planning 1
11. Executive Engineer 11
12. Executive Engineer, Krishna Western Division 1
13. Superintending Engineer 1
14. Chief Engineer (Buildings & Roads) 1
15. Reserve with Collectors 10
16. Surgeon-General 1
17. State Library, Hyderabad 1
11. Central Survey Office for reference 5
19. Central survey office for sale 45
Total 96
*Copy of the Maps of Vijayawada Town.
G. O. Ms. No. 505, Rev., date. 17-2-1933. B. P. 1824, dated 28-6-1933.

(ii) Ward Maps

1. Collector 1
2. Town Surveyor 1
3. Municipal council for the use of the Chairman, the Municipal 8
Subordinates and for supply to the Sanitary Engineer
4. Central survey office for reference 3

5. Central Survey Office for sale 20
Total 33
Note: The cost of three copies to be supplied to the Sanitary Engineer should be borne by the
Municipality.
(iii) Revenue Maps

1. Town Surveyor, one for use in the field and the other for reserve 2
2. Chairman 1
3. Taluk Tahsildar 1
4. Karnams (complete set to be divided among the various Karnams 1
according the charges)
Each separate Karnam’s set should be bound
5. Secretary to Government, Local Administration Department 1
6. Director of Town Planning 1
7. Sub-Registrar 1
8. Town Surveyor (for reserve and sale) 1
9. Revenue Inspector 1
10. Central survey office (for reserve) 2
Total 12
G. O. 2088, Revenue, dated 13-10-130. G. O. Ms. No. 1631, Revenue, dated 13-7-1937.
G. O. Ms. No. 1414, Revenue, dated 13-7-1937. G. O. Ms. No. 95, Revenue, dated 10-1-1938.
G. O. Ms. No. 2210, Revenue, dated 21-8-51. G. O. Ms. No. 1876, Revenue, dated 8-12-1964.
B. P. 32, dated 20-6-1942. B. P. Press 12, dated 9-2-1931.
B. P. Ms. 2717, dated 7-8-1936. B. P. Ms. 2306, dated 19-7-1937.
B. P. Ms. 198, dated 21-1-1938. B. P. Press 123, dated 21-1-1938.

Date of Collection
(1)
No. and name of
(2)
Village/Town
Name of party from
(3)
whom collected

S. No./T.S.No. in
(4)
which sub-division is
to be effected
No. of sub-divisions
(5)
made
APPENDIX-XIX
Amount collected in
(6)
sub-treasury with
Challan No.
Serial No. in the 4, 5,

(7)
5 registers
[STANDING ORDER 34-A, PARAGRAPH 20 (b)]
Serial No. in the 8-A

(8)
Register
Remarks
(9)
Register of sub-division Fee collected in ………. taluk/town ………..….. district.
419

VI. A.P. Re-Settlement Manual


GENERAL CONTENTS
Section - I: General Principles relating to Resettlements.
Section - II: The Resettlement Manual
(For detailed contents please see the beginning pages of Section II)
Section - III: Administration
SECTION–I
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RELATING TO RESETTLEMENTS &
ASSESSMENTS
1. According to the immemorial custom of the country, the State is entitled to a share of the
produce of the land. The commuted money value of such share is called "assessment." As
stated in paragraph 1 (1) of B.S.O. 1, the assessment is on the land and does not depend
on the description of the produce or on the caste or the circumstances of the person who
holds the land.
The Procedure by which the assessment is determined is styled a settlement of the land
revenue. In this Presidency the settlement of the ryotwari lands is ordinarily made for a
period of 30 years. The initial settlement of the ryotwari lands has been completed in all
the districts of the Presidency. The general principles on which the rates of assessment
have fixed are indicated in paragraph 2 below.
2. Lands are classified with reference to their mechanical composition and are further
subdivided into sorts or grades with reference to their chemical and physical properties
and other circumstances affecting their fertility. The staple or product grain for wet and
dry lands in each tract is also determined and the quantity of such product or grain which
each sort or grade of soil is likely to yield is estimated. A certain percentage is deducted
from such gross produce as an allowance for vicissitudes of season and for unprofitable
areas included in holdings.
The net produce is then converted into money at the commutation rate which is generally
based on the average recorded price of the staple product during the 20 non-famine years
immediately preceding the settlement operations. A suitable deduction being mad e from
such average price on account of cartage and merchants, profits. The cost of cultivation
is estimated and deducted from the money value thus arrived at. The rate of assessment is
then fixed so as not to exceed one-half of the net money value. The rate so fixed is further
adjusted in the case of dry lands with reference to the position of the villages of which the
lands are situated and in the case of wet lands with reference to the efficiency in the
irrigation source.
3. The assessment imposed on ryotwari lands at a settlement in accordance with the
procedure indicated above is liable to revision on the expiry of the period for which such
settlement was made. The procedure by which the revision of assessment is made is called
a resettlement. The Government have undertaken to refrain from enhancing the
assessment on account of any additional value which may have been imparted to the land
by improvements effected by the royts even though they have been carried out by means
of money borrowed from the Government. The revision made at a resettlement is

necessitated by the variation in the prices of the staple grains on the basis of which the
assessment was fixed at the expiring settlement.
Normally a resettlement is not a fresh settlement of the Government share of the produce
of the land, but it merely a revision of the commuted money value of such share with
reference to the variations in prices which have taken place subsequent to the introduction
of the previous settlement. Except for special reasons no general reclassification of soils
and no fresh calculation of grain outturns, cultivation expenses allowance for vicissitudes
of seasons etc., on the lines indicated (in paragraph 2) above will be made at a
resettlement. As a resettlement is based on the variations in prices, it is necessary to
determine the extent to which such variations have taken place subsequent to the
introduction of the expiring settlement. For this purpose, the commutation rates adopted
for the staple grains at the expiring settlement should be compared with the value
calculated for such of them as continue to be staple grains from the average of recorded
prices during the twenty non-famine years immediately preceding the commencement of
resettlement operations after an appropriate deduction has been made for cartage and
merchants profits.
In framing proposals for the revision of assessment the Settlement Officer must bear in
mind that there should be a substantial change in prices in order to justify the revision and
that the rates cannot be raised to the full measure of a rise in prices because the allowance
made for increased cost of living and of labour, stock and implements, as well as for
promoting a higher standard of comfort should be liberal. Where the revision takes the
form of a percentage enhancement of the previous rates, such enhancement shall not
3
exceed 184 per cent of those rates. The Settlement Officer before recommending that a
resettlement should take the form of a percentage variation of the existing rates should
satisfy himself that the existing scheme of rates has proved. Reasonable in practice and
equitable in its incidence during the currency of the expiring settlement and may propose
such revision of the bases of the assessment as he, for special reasons, considers
necessary.
For this purpose, he should carry out an examination of the economic condition of the
holders of agricultural land in the tract with [l view to instituting a comparison between
their condition in the opening and in the closing years of the settlement period. From such
comparison reliable inferences may be drawn as to how far the existing rates as a whole
have not impeded economic development and to what extent they have proved relatively
equitable in the various parts of the area under report. The information thus collected will
also serve as a guide to the exact percentage enhancement which may reasonably be
proposed and whether it should be uniform for the whole tract or not.
4. For the purpose of this investigation valuable evidence is obtained from the sale and lease
values of land which afford a reliable indication of the effect of the current assessment
not only on the lands as a whole but on the various classes of land individually. Statistics
of sale and lease values of land; as evidenced by the deeds registered in the offices of the
Registration department will be compiled by that department for selected areas in all
districts except Malabar and South Kanara. In the case of these two districts the statistics
should be prepared by the Settlement Officer.

Instructions for the compilation of these statistics are contained in paragraph 12 below.
The Settlement Officer should scrutinize the statistics on the lines indicated in paragraph
13 below. He should also obtain as full data as possible in regard to the sale and lease
values of land from the record of proceedings under the Land Acquisition Act. The
conclusions drawn by the Settlement Officer with regard to the variations in the sale and
lease values of the various classes of land in the tract which have taken place during the
currency of the expiring settlement should be embodied in his report.
5. Other factors which throw light on the economic development of the tract in its relation
to land revenue and which should therefore be dealt with by the Settlement Officer in his
report are the increase or decrease of population, the extension or contraction of
cultivation. the spread of irrigation the increase or decrease in area under the several crops,
the tendency to cultivate valuable industrial crops in the place of food crops, the general
character of recent seasons, the extent to which it has been necessary to resort to sale of
land for the collection of land revenue, the development of means of communication and
the increase of decrease in the export and import trade. Information regarding the pressure
of the population on the land should be furnished.
More general evidence bearing on the increase or decrease in the wealth of the population
such as the deposits in Co-operative Societies and other similar institutions, the amount
of agricultural indebtedness as far as this is ascertainable, the growth of the Co-operative
Societies and similar institutions and the part played by them in relieving indebtedness,
the numbers of agricultural stock and the rise in the standard of living may also be noticed.
6. The Settlement Officer will give public notice of his presence in the tract to be resettled
and will receive all representations, written or oral, which may be made to him. He will
inspect as much as possible of the tract and will endeavor by personal inquiries of all
classes to supplement the sources of information above referred to. He will also enquire
into the economic condition of a few selected families and submit typical family budgets.
(B. P. No. 203 dated 14th July 1915 B. P. No. 167, dated 10thJuly 1917).
7. In his report, the Settlement Officer will include a table of the rates which he proposes for
adoption. He will also give full particulars of the financial effect of the adoption of his
proposed rates. He should also consider whether the kisbandi is suitable or needs
alteration in view of the local harvest season and the convenience of the cultivators. A
draft notification of the lines on which the resettlement is proposed to be carried out
should be submitted along with the report. The Settlement Officer will also submit a report
on the revision of the water-cess prevailing in the tract along with the scheme report.
(G.O. No. 2849, Revenue, dated 2nd August 1918; B.P. No. 149, dated 12th August 1918;
G.O. No. 2156, Revenue dated 5th December 1922; B. P. No. 2488, Mis, dated 12th December 1922;
B.P. Mis. No. 209, dated 22nd January 1929).
8. In the case of major irrigation systems for which capital and revenue accounts are kept,
the portion of the assessment to be credited to irrigation revenue has been fixed at a
percentage of the total wet assessment. The percentages now adopted for the several
systems is shown in the Appendix to B.P. No. 30, Press, and dated 4th April 1930. The
Settlement Officer should invariably investigate, while submitting the Scheme report, the
effect of the proposals for resettlement on the percentages adopted and report whether the
percentages should be altered under any irrigation work included in the scope of the
resettlement operations.
G.O. No. 2411, date 18th November 1929; B.P. No. 30, Press, dated 4th April 1930;
G.O. No. 2056, Revenue, dated 27th October 1930; B.P.No. 3215, Mis. dated 31st October 1930.
9. The following is a list of the statements to be appended to the Settlement Officer's report,
and no other statements should be added except with the special sanction of the
Government:-
a) A comparative in Form A of unoccupied lands showing by sorts and tarams the lands
unoccupied in the year of settlement and in the year of resettlement. (G.O. No. 989,
Revenue, dated 1st June 1922; B. P. No. 7, dated 20th June 1922.)
b) A comparative statement in Form B showing the extent and assessment of ryotwari
and inam lands (i) according to the diglot register and (ii) according to the revenue
accounts of the latest fasli preceding the resettlement.
Note : The columns relating to inams need be filled in only if the Settlement Officer considers them
essential with reference to the conditions prevailing in the tract under resettlement.
(G.O. No. 2949, Revenue, dated 2nd August 1918; B.P. No. 149, dated 12th August 1918;
G.O. No. 2172, Revenue, dated 19th September 1919; B.P. No. 181, dated 5th November 1919.)
c) Statement in Form C showing for the whole district or tract to be resettled the revenue
on ryotwari holdings in detail of dry (including manavari) and wet for the whole
period of the term of the expiring settlement.
(G.O. No. 1178, Revenue, dated 24th June 1922; B.P. No. 78, dated 5th July 1922;
G.O. No. 1500, Revenue, dated 8th September 1926; B.P. No. 71, dated 23rd November 1926.)
d) Statement in Form D showing the average area cultivated with different crops in each
taluk in the whole tract or district on the figure of the last five years.
(G.O. No. 2849, Revenue, dated 2nd August 1918; B.P. No. 149, dated 12th August 1918)
Note : The last column of this form headed "Percentage of area at the time of original settlement"
should in the case of districts already resettled be filled up with the percentage of the area
under each crop, based on the average are under such crops for five fasli preceding the expiring
resettlement, which will be available in the appendices to the scheme report of that
resettlement.
(B.P. No. 122 dated 11th Mis., January 1933; B.P. Rt. No. 766, dated 9th February 1933.)
e) Statement in Form E showing for each taluk, the particulars of lands relinquished
and taken up in each year of the expiring settlement.
(G.O. No. 2172, Revenue, dated 19th September 1919; B.P. No. 181, dated 5th November 1919)
Note : It is left to the option of the Settlement Officer to furnish this statement with the scheme report
if he considers it necessary to do so.
(G.O. No. 1178, Revenue, dated 24th June 1922; B.P. No. 78 dated 5th July 1922.)
f) Statement in Form F showing for each taluk particulars of the extent to which lands
were sold for collection of revenue during the whole period of the expiring
settlement.
(G.O. No. 2172, Revenue dated 19th September 1919; B.P. No. 181, Settlement dated 5th November
1919; G.O. No. 989, Revenue, dated 1st June 1922; B.P. No. 67, dated 20th June 1922;
G.O. No. 1500, dated 8th September 1926; B.P. No. 71, dated 23rd November 1926.)

g) Quinquennial statement in Form G showing particulars of agricultural stock i.e.,

ploughs, cattle, sheep and goats, etc., for each taluk beginning with the introduction
of the last settlement.
(G.O. No. 105, Revenue. dt.11th January 1915; B.P. No. 20, dt. 18th January 1915;
G.O.No. 2915, Revenue, dt. 7th December 1920; B.P. No. 197, dt. 18th Dec 1920;
G.O. No. 1178; Revenue, dt. 24th June 1922; B P. No. 78, dt. 5th July 1922.)
Note : For the preparation of the statements referred to in clause (c) to (g) particulars can be obtained
from the Revenue Department which has to maintain on durable paper special posting
registers for the purpose.
(G.O. No. 2172, Revenue, dated 19th September 1919; B.P. No. 131, dt. 5th November 1919.)
h) Statement showing for each taluk and for the whole tract or: district such statistics as
may be available showing the export and the import trade.
Note : This statement should be as short as possible. (G.O. No. 989. Revenue, dt. 1st June 1922; B.P.
No. 67. dt. 20th June 1922.)
i) Statement in Form H-Statement showing for each taluk the variation in population
and the mean density for three decades ending 19.
j) Statements showing particulars and increase or decrease in mileage of roads,
railroads and other communications-Information under these heads may be obtained
from the Local Funds Railway and Public Works Departments.
k) Statements of rainfall in Forms I, I-1 and I-2.
I) Statement in Form J of prices per Madras grace for the several staple or standard
grains.
Note : These statements may be obtained from the Office of the Director of Industries.
10. The following is a list of the statements which may be prepared if necessary for the
reference of the Settlement Officer in drawing up the Scheme report but which should not
be annexed to the report -
i) A comparative statement in Form K showing the extent and assessment under
different soils and tarams (a) according to the diglot register and (b) according to the
Revenue Accounts for· the fasli preceding the resettlement.
Note : The columns relating to inams in this statement need be filled in only if the Settlement Officer
considers them essential with reference to the conditions of the tract under resettlement.
(G.O. No. 989, Revenue, dt. 1st June 1922; B.P. No. 67, dt. 20th June 1922.)
ii) Quinquennial rent-roll statement in Form L for each taluk for as many five-year
periods for which particulars are available beginning with the year of the introduction
of last settlement. These can be obtained from the posting statements maintained in
the Collector's Office.
(G.O. No. 2172, Revenue, dt. 19th September 1919; B.P. No. 181, dt. 5th November 1919,
G,O. No. 989, Revenue, dt. 1st June 1922., B.P. No. 67, dt. 20th June 1922.)
iii) Statement in Form M showing for each taluk and for the whole tract or district the
extent of second crop cultivation on wet lands for the last five years.
(G.O. No. 989, Revenue, dt 1st June 1922; B.P. No. 67, dt 20th June 1922,
G.O. No. 1178, Revenue, dt 24th June 1922; B.P. No 78 dt. 5th July 1922.)

11. The following statements should be maintained in each taluk office. These statements
together with those in Forms Rand R-l to be maintained by Sub-Registrars may be used
by the Settlement Officer in drawing up the scheme report, but should not be annexed as
formal appendices unless so required by the provisions of paragraph 9 above.
When changes are made in the constitution of taluks the fact of such change should be
noted in the registers with particulars of the names of the villages affected and the figures
relating to the villages newly added should be given separately in lump from the fasli in
which the changes take place. When resettlements are to be introduced in portions of a
taluk in different years, figures should be posted separately for each group of villages
which come up for resettlement in different years.
i) Statement in Form C showing for the taluk the revenue on ryotwari holdings in detail
of dry (including manavari) and wet;
ii) Statement in Form F showing the extent to which lands were sold for arrears of land
revenue in the taluk;
iii) Statement in Form N showing the amount of remissions granted under each head in
the taluk;
iv) Statement in Form 0 showing the area cultivated with each crop in the taluk;
v) Statement in Form P showing the area of lands relinquished to Government or taken
up on darkhast in the taluk;
vi) Statement in Form Q showing particulars of agricultural statistics, livestock and
holdings in the taluk.
The statements should be posted in printed forms which will be bound into a register and
supplied to each Taluk Office. The register should be written up as soon as possible for
past years beginning from the year in which the settlement or resettlement was introduced.
After each jamabandi, the entries for the fasli should be copied into the forms the
appropriate taluk registers and returns. Instruction for the posting of the statements are
given below. A fresh register will be issued to the Taluk Office after the taluk is resettled.
The postings in this fresh register for the first year should be made by the Settlement
Officer.
Form C : This statement should be posted every year commencing from the year in which
a new settlement is introduced. The figures should be posted from jamabandi returns Nos.
3 and 4.
Form F : This statement should also be prepared for every year. Particulars are required
only for sales of land for arrears of land cesses. The statement should be prepared from
Section I of Taluk Register No. 18. The figures relating to sales which have not been
confirmed should be excluded before the totals are posted in the appropriate columns of
form F. The figures should include lands purchased by private parties as well as those
bought in by Government for want of bidders.
Form N : This is an analysis of the figures of remissions given in columns (11) and (12)
of Form C, viz., waste remissions and seasonal remissions. The figures should be posted
from jamabandi returns Nos. 3 and 4.

Form O : This statement should be prepared for the 23rd to the 27th year of the current
settlement. The particulars are required only for ryotwari areas, including minor inam
lands in the Government villages. The statement should be posted from the figures given
under the head “ryotwari” including minor inams in the Government villages, in. Taluk
Register No. 24.
Form P : This statement should be posted every year from enclosure A to jamabandi
return No. 3.
Form Q : This statement should be posted once in five years. Columns (2) and (3) should
be filled in from Taluk Register No. 12, column (4) from Taluk Register No. 23 and
columns (5) to (7) from Taluk Register No. 21. The statistics relating to the Government
villages alone should be posted in this statement.
12. 1) Statistics of sale and lease values of land ordinarily be collected for two quinquennial
periods viz., (1) for the first to the fifth year, and (2) for the twenty-third, to the
twenty-seventh year of the current settlement. If famine has been declared in any of
these years, such years should be excluded and the statistics should be collected for
as many years in continuation of the fifth or the twenty-seventh year as have been
excluded. The Collector will from time to time intimate to the Registration
department the years which have been declared is famine years.
2) a) In districts in which resettlement to operations have been started or are shortly
to be taken up, the Settlement Officer will select the areas for which the statistics
have to be collected and intimate them to the Registration department.
b) In the case of other districts if statistics of sale and lease values for selected areas
were collected for the previous settlement, the statistics required for the two
quinquennial periods of the current settlement should, as a rule, be prepared for
the same areas. The Collector may, however, make suitable modifications if he
considers them necessary in view of any changes in the economic conditions of
the areas selected at the previous settlement or for any other reason.
In districts for which no statistics were collected at the previous settlement the
selection of areas should be made by the Collector. The work should not be
delegated to subordinate officials. A list of the areas thus selected will be
furnished to the Registration department. If in any case the Settlement officer
on starting work in the district finds a change in the areas selected essential he
should obtain the orders of the Collector on the subject.
c) Each area selected should consist of a group of about six ryotwari villages in
which the nature of the soil and general economic conditions are more or less
similar. The selection of areas should be made so as to represent all the main
varieties of cultivable land in the district or tract under resettlement and should
include lands under every rate of assessment prevailing in the district or tract.
For wet lands the area should be selected so as to illustrate the value of lands
under the different types of tank and channel irrigation.
In addition, separate groups should be selected to demonstrate the value of land
under any special irrigation scheme or in any area which is peculiarly fertile or
unfertile, which is favorably or unfavorably situated or is exposed to unusual
seasonal vicissitudes. It is not always essential to select an area in each taluk.
Where the conditions and the rates of assessment in two or more taluks are
similar a single group of villages may suffice. Towns and large villages such as

taluk headquarters should not be selected nor any village in which the value of
lands is liable to be affected by a proposed irrigation scheme' road or rail way
project or a notorious scarcity of building sites. Villages which contain a large
extent of minor in am lands should not be selected.
3) Each Sub-Registrar in the areas selected under paragraph (2) will maintain four
registers, in Forms Rand R-l-two for wet lands and two for dry lands. Printed forms
will be supplied for the purpose.
The following instructions should be observed in the collection of the statistics -
i) A sufficient number of pages should be allotted to each village for which
statistics have to be collected and the villages shall be entered in alphabetical
order in the registers.
ii) The particulars required should, as far as practicable. Be posted at the time of
registration of a document, information relating to taram and rate of assessment
being ascertained from the resettlement registers.
iii) The particulars relating to all sales and leases of ryotwari lands in the villages
in question should be incorporated in the registers with the exception of the
following classes of deeds-
a) Conditional leases, e.g., leases under which the lessee binds himself to
improved or level the land;
b) deeds relating to two or more fields which contain different descriptions of
land, e.g., wet and dry, single crop and double crop wet, direct flow and
baling wet, Government and inam, or lands of different tarams; and
c) Leases which stipulate that the expenses of cultivation should be shared
between the lessor and the lessee.
iv) In regard to leases where rent is paid in kind, the quantity so paid and not it’s
estimated value shall be shown.
v) In cases where the lessor agrees to pay the assessment, it shall be deducted from
the nominal rent (a note of such deduction being made) if such rent is expressed
in terms of money value. If, however, the rent is expressed in kind. The amount
of assessment paid by the lessor shall be noted in the 'Remarks' column.
vi) Where a lease and its counterpart are both registered, particulars need be entered
for only one document.
vii) In cases of lands which are registered as 'dry' in the diglot register, but are under
regular wet cultivation, a note should be made in, the 'Remarks' column
distinguishing their actual condition from their revenue description.
viii) The existence in the lands of wells or other means of irrigation, trees, buildings
and the like should be specified in the 'Remarks' column.
ix) Column (9) of Form R and column (10) of Form R-I need not be filled in by the
Registration department. This will be done later by the Settlement Officer.
x) The figures should be posted legibly and accurately and the statements
maintained neatly.
Registering officers will be held personally responsible for the correct
maintenance of the several registers.
District Registrars should during their inspections ensure by a test-check of the

entries that the statements have been prepared correctly in accordance with the
instructions given above.
13. Before tabulating the statistics compiled by the Registration Department the Settlement
Officer should scrutinize them and exclude the figures relating to the following classes of
deeds –
a) deeds relating to lands the value of which is enhanced by their proximity to towns or
by their present or prospective use as building sites;
b) deeds relating to lands the value of which is mainly derived from the existence of
wells or other means of irrigation, buildings, trees and the like;
c) deeds relating to lands bought as speculation in view of some projected public works
such as railways, roads or irrigation schemes;
d) deeds in which the sale or lease rate differs largely from the prevailing rate for
reasons other than those referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c). Instances are
sometimes met with in which an area of usually high priced land is sold or let for a
very small sum or an area of poor land is sold or let at a fancy price. The former is
likely to be a fictitious transaction and the latter is probably due to pressing necessity
to round off a holding, to get access to a road, to provide bund for an irrigation or
drainage channel or something of that sort. In the cases of the remaining deeds
column (9) of Form R and column (10) of Form R-I referred to in paragraph II should
be worked out and the statistics tabulated separately for sales and leases as well as
for dry and wet lands. There will thus be four statements two for leases and two for
sales of wet and dry lands. These should be 'Prepared in Forms R and R-I.
FORM–A
Comparative Statement of unoccupied lands in the taluks ………….. of the ………….
District
Extent unoccupied
Class and sort of
Money taram Rate per acre At previous Remarks
soil In fasli
settlement
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Taluk
Dry,
manavari, wet

Hand Book on Survey and Land Records 432
(1)
Name of taluk
(2)
No. of villages
At previous settlement
(3)
Land
Extent
In fasli
(4)
Assessment of the different Description of

Dry
Comparative Statement of Extent and

(5)
In fasli
(6)
Assessment
(7)
Extent
In fasli
(8)
(27)
(9)
Occupied
Manavari
Extent
Unclassified
In fasli In fasli
(28)
(10)
Assessment
Government waste
(11)
(29)
Extent
In fasli
Extent
(12)
In fasli
(30)
Poramboke
Wet
(13)
(31)
Extent
In fasli
(14)
In fasli
(32)
Assessment
Dry
At previous settlement At previous settlement

(15)
(33)
Extent
In fasli In fasli
(16)
(34)
Assessment
Assessed Government Land
Dry

(17)
(35)
Assessed Government Land
Extent
In fasli In fasli
(36)
(18)
Assessment
Inam
(37)
Manavari
(19)
Extent
In fasli In fasli
(38)
(20)
Assessment
(39)
(21)
Manavari
Unoccupied
Extent
In fasli
(40)
In fasli
(22)
Assessment
Wet
(41)
(23)
In fasli
Extent
(42)
In fasli
Assessment
(24)
Wet
(25)
FORM-B
In fasli
(26)
Assessment
FORM–C
Statement showing the revenue on ryotwari holdings in each fasli in the …………..
taluk ……………… of ……………………………………. district.
Ryots holdings
Water rate Deduct remissions
Add miscellaneous revenue

Total of columns (7) to (9)
Dry Wet Total
Field and other remissions
Net demand
Seasonal remissions
Total beriz
Remarks
Waste remissions
Faslis
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Tirva jasti
Fasli jasti
Extent
Extent
Extent
Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
Acs. Rs.P. Acs. Rs.P. Acs. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P. Rs.P.
FORM–D
Statement showing the area cultivated with each crop in the ……………… taluk of
………………………….. district, faslis …………………… to …………………
At the time of
Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli Total Average the last re-
settlement
Products
Percentage
Percentage
Percentage
Percentage
Percentage
Percentage
Percentage
Area
Area
Area
Area
Area
Area
Area
Area
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

FORM–E
Statement showing relinquishments and darkhasts in each year of the Settlement
period
Districts
Average
Faslis
Taluk
Taluk
Taluk
Taluk
Taluk
Items
Total
Acs. Acs. Acs. Acs. Acs. Acs. Acs.
Extent relinquished to Government
Extent taken up on darkhast
Total Extent relinquished to

Government
Total Extent taken up on darkhast
FORM–F
Statement showing the particulars of the extent to which lands were sold for arrears of
land revenue in the ………….. taluk of …………………… district.
Particulars of Sale
Fasli Remarks
Area Assessment Amount realized
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Acs. Rs. P. Rs. P.

FORM–G
Statement showing particulars of Agricultural stock.
Occupied area
Assessment of each holding –
No. of acres to a plough –

Extent of each holding –
and Number of
columns (3) and (4)

columns (2) and (4)
columns (2) and (5)

assessment
Sheep and Goats
Remarks
Taluks
Assessment
Ploughs
Cattle
Pattas
Area
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
Acs. Rs. P. Acs.
FORM–H
Statement showing the each taluk the variation in population and the mean density for
the three decades ending 19…………..
Net variation
Percentage of variation Increase Mean density of population per
in period
(+), Decrease (-) square mile
1901-1931
Taluks
1901- 1911- 1921- (+) Increase
1901 1911 1921 1931
1911 1921 1931 (-) Decrease
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
FORM–I
Statement of average rainfall for each taluk.
South-West Monsoon North-East Monsoon

Grand Total
Average
Taluks
September
November
December
February
October
January
August
March
Total
Total
April
May
June
July
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)

FORM–I_1
Statement of Rainfall for thirty years.
Average Rainfall in inches for
Taluks Remarks
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
FORM–I_2
Statement showing Rainfall for three decades from ……………. to …………
Average of Average of three

Taluks First decade Second decade Third decade decades
From To From To From To From To

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
FORM–J
Average prices per grace for the last twenty non-famine year
Paddy
Horse-gram
Cholam
Cumbu
Varagu
Second sort
Ragi
First sort
Average
Faslis Year Remarks
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

FORM–K
Comparative Statement showing Extent and Assessment under different Soils and
Tarams.
Government land Inam land, rent free or held
Dry, manwari or wet
Description of soil
Occupied Unoccupied on quit rent Total extent
Class of soil
Remarks
Extent Assessment Extent Assessment Extent Assessment
Rate
At previous
At previous
At previous
At previous
At previous
At previous
At previous
settlement
settlement
settlement
settlement
settlement
settlement
settlement
In fasli
In fasli
In fasli
In fasli
In fasli
In fasli
In fasli
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
Rs. P. Acs. Acs. Rs. P. Rs. P. Acs. Acs. Rs. P. Rs. P. Acs. Acs. Rs. P. Rs. P. Acs. Acs.
FORM–L
Rent Roll
Difference Difference Difference Difference
between fasli between fasli between fasli between fasli Percentage of pattas to
Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli
columns columns columns columns total
(3) and (11) (5) and (11) (7) and (11) (9) and (11)
Pattas
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Fasli
Fasli
Fasli
Fasli
Fasli
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
Rs. 1 and less
Rs. 1 to 10
Rs. 10 to 30
Rs. 30 to 50
Rs. 50 to 100
Rs. 100 to 250
Rs. 250 to 500
Rs. 500 to 1000
Over Rs. 1000
Total
Single patta
Joint patta
FORM–M
Statement showing the Extent of double-crop cultivation during the last five faslis.
Extent as per Particulars of land cultivated with double

revenue account crop during the last five years
Average
Taluks Total
extent
Single Double Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli
crop crop 13… 13… 13… 13… 13…
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

FORM–N
Remission Statement of ……………. Taluk of ………………………. district
Submerged or Total
Fasli Waste Shavi Tirval Kammi Fasli Kammi
inundated remissions
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
FORM–O
Statement showing the area cultivated under each crop in the ………………. taluk of
district for faslis ………………….. to ………………………..
Crops Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli Fasli
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Acs. Acs. Acs. Acs. Acs.
Total
Deduct area
cropped more
than one
Net area
cropped
FORM–P
Statement showing relinquishments and darkhasts in the ………………… taluk of
………………………. district.
Relinquished to the Government Taken on darkhasts

Fasli Remarks
Area Area
(1) (2) (3) (4)

FORM–Q
Statement showing the particulars of agricultural statistics, live-stock and holding in
each quinquennium in the …………….. taluk of ……………. district.
Occupied area and

Number of
assessment
Fasli Remarks
Sheep and
Area Assessment Pattas Ploughs Cattle
goats
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Acs. Rs. P.
FORM–R
𝑤𝑒𝑡
Year Sale 𝑑𝑟𝑦 village.
Ratio of column (8)

Assessment on the
area in column (4)
Survey No. and
to column (7)
sub-division
Assessment
Number of
documents
sale value
Sale price
Area sold
Remarks
per acre
per acre
Taram
Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
FORM–R_1
𝑤𝑒𝑡
Year Lease 𝑑𝑟𝑦 village.
Net lease value of
(9) to column (8)

Ratio of column
Survey No. and
Net lease value

Term of lease
sub-division
Assessment
Assessment
Area leased
Document
total area
Remarks
Number
per acre
per area
Taram
Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

SECTION–II
1. Section 1 of this Manual describes the processes by which the rates of assessment to be
imposed at resettlement are fixed and indicates the lines on which a Settlement Officer
conducts his enquiries and prepares and submits a scheme for the resettlement of a tract.
The present section shows the procedure adopted by a settlement party for the
incorporation in the revenue accounts of the revised rates and other changes, if any,
sanctioned at the resettlement and for the preparation of a resettlement register embodying
these changes.
2. In strict theory a resettlement need produce no change in any column of the village
accounts except in those which show the rate and amount of assessment on each field or
subdivision. All that would at first sight seem necessary would be to re-issue the village
accounts that are taken over from the Taluk Offices making only such alterations as are
necessitated by the order of the Government regarding the rates of assessment. In practice
however, a great deal more used to be done by the settlement parties in the early days of
resettlement on account of the revision (1) of the registry of the ownership of holdings
and their extents and (2) of the description of lands e.g., dry, wet garden, single crop,
poramboke, unassessed, etc. The work of the parties also extended among other, to the
transfer of lands from one irrigation source to another, the assignment of lands under
sivayijama occupation, the classification of lands left unclassified at the previous
settlement and the inspection of baling wet lands, lands hypothecated to the Government
for state loans, lands alienated to local bodies and inam lands. In short the Settlement staff
not only cleared off the accumulated arrears left by the District Revenue staff but also
prepared for the benefit of that staff a complete set of up-to-date and correct accounts.
Until 1926 a special staff, largely recruited from the district revenue establishments, was
employed on the work of bringing the revenue registry up-to-date; the results of their
enquiries were embodied in the miscellaneous accounts before any formal announcement
of the contents of his patta was made to the ryot. As this thorough overhauling of accounts
however involved a heavy outlay of expenditure, a simplification of the resettlement
procedure was carried out in 1926. From that year, the special staff was dispensed with
and in tracts which were resurveyed the Survey department was made responsible for the
correctness of the registry of holdings: the surveyors were required to note the names of
holders as ascertained at the time of their field work, with reference to the latest village
accounts and with the assistance of the karnams The Settlement staff, without further
investigation, issued rough pattas to the ryots on the basis of the entries made by the
Survey department. In tracts where no resurvey was carried out, the Settlement staff
issued rough pattas on the basis of the entries found in the latest revenue adangal.
This modification in procedure, it will be observed, simplified only one item of the work
of the Settlement staff viz, the revision of registry while it left untouched the other items
of work. When a call for retrenchment in expenditure in all departments of the
Government was made in 1931 it was decided to simplify further the resettlement
procedure on the principle that the activities of the Settlement staff should be confined to
its legitimate work viz., the periodical revision of assessments and that it should no longer
include the expensive and elaborate overhauling of revenue accounts which had
invariably constituted the preliminary to resettlement in the past. The system now in force
is detailed in the following paragraphs.

3. Scrutiny of the existing Survey and the Revenue Accounts : An accurate survey is
necessary for the preparation of a correct account of the lands in a village and for statistical
and administrative purposes and the entries in the accounts should as far as possible
correspond to the state of things on the ground. As serious defects in the survey were
likely to hamper resettlement operations considerably the Settlement Officer before the
commencement of the operation investigated in consultation with the District Revenue
staff including the Inspecting Tahsildar and the officers of the Survey department whether
a resurvey was necessary or not. This procedure necessitated the presence of the
Settlement Officer in the area long before the resettlement fell due. This preliminary
investigation is no longer made by the Settlement Officer. The question whether a
resurvey is necessary or not in the tract to be resettled will be examined by the Assistant
Director of Survey and Land Records (attached to the Office of the Board of Revenue).
He will tour in the area due for resettlement sufficiently in advance and report definitely
whether a resurvey or revision survey of the tract is unavoidable. The overhauling of the
revenue accounts will be left to be done by the District Revenue staff in the normal course
of maintenance.
4. Relations with the Survey department : In the case of tracts where as a result of the
investigation by the Assistant Director of Survey and Land Records referred to above, a
resurvey or revision survey is sanctioned by the Government, the resurvey or revision
survey will be carried out by the Survey Department. That department will be responsible
for the correctness of the registry of holdings in the land register prepared by them. This
fact does not however absolve the Settlement Officers from the duty of seeing that the
Survey Field Staff is carrying out the work properly. Before the field-work starts, the
survey and Settlement officers should in consultation with each other, draw up special
instructions for the guidance of the Survey Field Staff with reference to the requirements
of the impending resettlement and the peculiar features of the district, the sanction of the
Board being obtained for any departure from the normal rules. It is the duty of the
Settlement Officers to bring to the notice of the Officers of the Survey Department any
failure of the Survey staff to follow these instructions.
5. Resurvey Records : If a resurvey has been carried out, the Settlement Officer will receive
from the survey party -
i) the land register;
ii) the duplicate field measurement book;
iii) the location sketch;
iv) the area list; and
v) encroachment list and sketches
No other records will be received from the Survey party.
The land register is prepared in the form given in Appendix I. It gives the specification of
each field and subdivision according to the revenue account and according to resettlement.
Columns (1) and (2) relating to the survey and sub-division numbers, columns (3) to (15),
which give the particulars of each field according to the latest revenue adangal, and
column (26), which shows the name of the occupier as ascertained during the field-work,

will be filled up by the Surveyor. The remaining columns will be filled up by the
Settlement staff.
The land register is the most important of the resettlement preliminary accounts. The final
accounts to be handed over to the Revenue Department will be copied from it. Before
these accounts are prepared the register will be in constant use and many corrections will
have to be made in it. It is therefore essential that the register should be written on durable
paper and with sufficient space between the entries.
The location sketch is a rough outline, one for each khandam, intended to illustrate on a
small scale the demarcation of fields and sub-divisions according to the old survey and
the resurvey. The insertion of the old survey boundaries enables the Settlement staff to
ascertain readily the correspondence between old survey numbers and the resurvey
numbers.
The area list shows the resurvey areas of all fields and sub-divisions.
The encroachment list and sketches show the encroachments of less than 5 cents or more
either merged with holdings or surveyed separately by the Survey staff.
6. Check of the Survey Records : On receipt of the survey records described in the previous
paragraph, the land register should be checked with the revenue records, branch
settlement offices being opened for the purpose when required. The entries in columns 4
to 14 of the register should be checked by a comparison with the· entries in the latest
adangal and the permanent A register to ensure accuracy before rough pattas are prepared.
The registry entries in column 15 need not be checked. The entries in columns 1 to 3 are
essentially the concern of the Survey Department but any errors that may be found in
them in the course of checking the other columns should be corrected, all the
discrepancies noted in the survey records should be brought to a correction discrepancy
memorandum in the form given in Appendix II. Every correction in the land register must
be supported by authority which must invariably be noted.
Appendix III contains instructions to surveyors with· regard to the treatment of

porambokes and encroachments thereon. The Settlement staff should carefully examine
and satisfy themselves that these instructions have been followed. All encroachments
reported by survey whether their extent be 5 cents or above or less than 5 cents should be
inspected by the Settlement staff. In respects of encroachments of less than 5 cents merged
at survey with the adjacent holdings, the settlement staff should, if they consider the
assignment of the mergings unobjectionable, propose suitable land value or back
assessment, etc. Notices should be issued to the parties fixing a fortnight's time for
payment, if payment in not made within the time allowed the merging should be cancelled
during supplemental survey and the fact notified to the parties. In respect of
encroachments of 5 cents and above which are separately sub-divided at survey, the
Settlement staff should find out whether the encroachment is objectionable or not and if
unobjectionable should fix a suitable soil classification and transfer the fields to assessed
waste. The actual assignment of these fields should be left to the District Revenue Staff
who will attend to it in the ordinary course of the district administration after the
resettlements are handed over to them.

The Settlement staff will also inspect fields formed out of un-surveyed blocks surveyed
for the first time, propose the head under which they should be registered as also the
appropriate soil classification, rate and assessment.
Porambokes and unassessed fields other than the cases specified above should not be
inspected by the Settlement Staff without previous sanction.
7. a) Miscellaneous accounts to be prepared for resurveyed tracts : After the
comparison of the land register with the revenue records the Settlement staff should
prepare the following registers in the forms noted against each -
1) Correction discrepancy memorandum (Appendix II)
2) List of clubbed subdivisions (Appendix IV)
3) Statement of inam lands where there is excess area (Appendix V)
4) List of lands washed away by rivers (Appendix VI)
These registers should be handed over to the Inspector who should take them
with him when he goes to the village for field inspection.
Instructions for the Field inspection of the cases brought to these miscellaneous
accounts as well as of those referred to in paragraph 9 below are given in
paragraph to below.
b) A list of the following classes of lands should be obtained from the District Revenue
Staff and the orders of the Special Settlement Special Assistant Settlement Officer
obtained for making suitable entries in the remarks column of the Resettlement
Register. These lists are not intended for local, inspection except in the case of item
11 –
1) Baling wet lands.
2) Ground rent or special rate lands in towns.
3) Lands held on special tenure such as those held on cowl, 99 years lease, kayam
pattu or free-hold.
4) Lands hypothecated to the Government for State Loans.
5) Lands situated within half-a-mile from a railway station.
6) Private works of irrigation and the lands in their ayacut.
7) Lands vested in or belonging to local bodies.
8) Doruvu wells.
9) Totals.
10) Lands held on conditional tenure.
11) Lands situated in the water-spread of irrigation sources.
8. Preliminary accounts to be prepared for traces which have not been resurveyed : In
tracts where there has been no resurvey the Settlement staff will not receive any of the
accounts described in paragraph 5 above. In the case of these tracts a copy of the A register
maintained by the karnam as corrected up-to-date with reference to the inam B register
the latest revenue adangal and chitta should be prepared leaving the columns relating to

rate and assessment blank. For this purpose, the form in which this register should be
written up should be settled before hand with the approval of the Board. If the form does
not materially differ from the existing form of A-register. the question whether spare
printed copies of the existing A registers cannot be used as the office copy of the
Resettlement register in respect of all or some of the villages and be brought up-to-date
should be considered and decided by the Settlement Officer. Whether for making
manuscript copies of the A registers or for bringing the printed copies up-to-date the
karnams should as far as possible be employed at taluk headquarters under the supervision
of a small Settlement staff who should be held responsible for seeing that the entries are
complete for the purposes of fie new Resettlement registers. Defects and omissions, if
any, in the existing A registers or adangals should be rectified by correspondence with
revenue or other officers concerned wherever required and' the correct entries should be
made in the copies of the A registers. The register should be maintained up-to-date in the
Settlement office. For this purpose, the Tahsildars should be required to communicate an
subsequent changes ordered by the District Revenue Staff to the Special Assistant
Settlement Officer until the diglot copies are ready for being sent to Press.
After the receipt of orders on the Scheme report the Settlement staff should enter the new
rate and assessment in the appropriate columns. Similarly, a copy of the latest 10 (1)
account should be obtained from the Tahsildars with the columns showing the assessment
left blank. This account also should be maintained by the Settlement staff and the revised
assessment should be entered in the appropriate column on receipt of the orders on the
Scheme report.
9. Preparation of other miscellaneous accounts in the case of tracts resurveyed and not
resurveyed : The duties of the Settlement staff being as described in paragraph 2 above
strictly confined to the revision of the existing rates, no miscellaneous accounts other than
those mentioned in paragraph 7 above in respect of resurveyed areas need ordinarily be
prepared either for resurveyed tracts or those which have not been resurveyed. The
Settlement Officer may however propose if the local conditions of the tract are such as to
justify it, the inclusion of all or any of the following items of work in the resettlement
operations -
a) The scrutiny of the classification of lands previously unclassified which have been
transferred to assessed waste or included in holdings by the District Revenue Staff,
b) a similar scrutiny in respect of lands transferred from dry to wet or vice versa or from
one irrigation source to another subsequent to the previous settlement,
c) an examination of the classification of irrigation sources with reference to their
capacity,
d) the registration of lands as double crop and composition, and
e) the inspection of lands situated in the water-spread of tanks.
If the Settlement Officer's proposal is accepted by the Government, the following

miscellaneous accounts should also be prepared -
a) List of lands unclassified at the previous settlement and since transferred to assessed
waste or included in holdings by the District Revenue Staff (Appendix XXV).

b) List of lands transferred from dry to wet or vice-versa or from one source of irrigation
to another subsequent to the previous settlement (Appendices XXVI and XXVII).
c) A statement of irrigation sources (Appendix VIII).
d) A statement showing ordinary and compounded double-crop lands under all sources
(Appendix IX).
e) List of lands in the water spread of irrigation sources. These registers also should be
compiled by the Settlement staff and be handed over to the Inspector before he goes
to the village for inspection.
10. Instructions for the field inspection of cases shown in the miscellaneous accounts :
a) Correction discrepancy memorandum (Appendix II) : This should contain all
discrepancies notified in the Survey records.
b) Clubbed subdivision list (Appendix IV) : The following are some of the kinds of
wrong clubbing likely to occur at resurvey –
i) lands of the same description but bearing different soil classifications;
ii) wet with dry lands;
iii) inam with ayan lands;
iv) inam lands of different kinds (enfranchised, un franchised, etc.,).
Many of these cases, if there is still a clearly marked dividing line on the ground,
subdivision should be proposed to rectify what is clearly a survey error. But if the clubbed
parts are indistinguishable, the procedure below should be followed -
i) The whole, resurvey number or subdivision should be recommended to be
classified under the soil classification and taram which would give the nearest
approach to the sum total of the assessments which, but for the clubbing, would
have been livable on the sub-divisions that have been clubbed.
ii) Subdivisions should be effected to separate the different descriptions of land
clubbed unless the entire portion is wet, in which case the classification of
similar description of land in the neighborhood should be adopted for the
clubbed field.
iii) and (iv) Subdivisions should be effected to separate the different kinds or
tenures of land clubbed.
c) Statement showing inam lands : which contain excess areas according to the
resurvey should be prepared in the form given in Appendix V. The following
instructions should be followed with regard to the treatment of excess areas:
Excess areas discovered at resurvey which do not exceed 5 cents or 10 per cent of
the original area may be ignored. Where the excess exceeds the above limit, the first
thing to be done is to compare the old and new shapes. Where the shapes agree, the
entire resurvey area may be treated as inam. Where the shapes disagree, inspection
should be made to see if there are any old physical marks indicating the inam
boundary or any evidence to show that the limits of the fields have not changed since
the original survey; if there are such marks and if the resurvey has followed them no
action is necessary and the resurvey may be accepted. If there are no such marks on
the ground and no evidence to show that the original limits have been exceeded, the

resurvey may be accepted. The excess should be cut off only in cases where the
resurvey has ignored the old physical marks, if any, on the ground or where there is
evidence to show that the original limits have been exceeded; and where they have
been so cut off, the excess should be treated as ordinary ryotwari land registered in
the name of the inamdar. The old and new shapes of all inam fields adjoining the
Govt. poramboke lands should be compared, whatever may be the excess area of the
fields at resurvey? Where the shapes disagree and excess is apparently due to the
inclusion of the Government poramboke lands, such cases should be listed for
inspection. The limit of 5 cents or 10 per cent of the original area fixed above is not
applicable to such cases.
d) List of lands washed away by rivers (Appendix Vl) : The instructions issued by
the Board as to the action to be taken by the Survey and Settlement department in
respect of these classes of land are given in Appendix VII.
e) List of lands unclassified at the previous settlement and since transferred to
assessed waste or included in holdings by the Revenue Department, and list of
lands transferred from dry to wet or vice versa or from one source of irrigation
to another subsequent to the previous settlement : In the case of the lands listed
in the above statements the Inspecting Officer should examine whether the existing
soil classification is appropriate and wherever patent anomalies are found they should
be noted in the registers.
f) Irrigation sources : A statement of irrigation sources should be prepared in the form
given in Appendix VIII in which all the recognized sources of irrigation in the village
should be entered whether they were in existence at the time of the last settlement or
have been since constructed by the Government. Any new source which is
recommended to be recognized as an irrigation source should also be brought to this
statement.
The points on which the statement should furnish information are indicated in the
statement itself.
The Inspector should also record any important and authoritative decision or well
recognized custom or agreement concerning the supply of water to the source or the
distribution of water in it.
g) Registration as double crop and composition : Lands already compounded or
registered as double crop should, as a rule, be left as they are unless the registered
holder shows good cause for making a change. But the Settlement Officer may find
it advisable to order the preparation of a detailed statement for sources under which
two wet crops are known to be extensively raised in all normal years on lands
registered in the revenue accounts as single crop. This statement (Appendix IX)
should show for each wet subdivision the extent of land cultivated with two wet crops
in each of the last five fasli. The Inspecting Officer should take this statement to the
field and report what lands, if any, should be registered as double crop, having regard
to the past history of cultivation in the fields and facilities for irrigation of a second
crop.
The Inspecting Officer should also make known the terms on which composition is
allowed and should receive petitions for composition, inspect the fields and record
his remarks in the Supplementary Memorandum. Where composition at favorable
rates is recommended because the irrigation to the land is supplemented by a well,
care should be taken, to note the subdivision in which the well is situated. It is
desirable to encourage ryotwari holders to compound all wet lands on which a second

crop can be grown with the aid of the Government water in normal years but some
caution is necessary in extending the area of compounded land beyond this limit,
especially where the owners of old double crop lands are against the extension. The
ryot will generally regard either registration as double crop or composition as giving
him a claim to share in any water that may be in the source. Hence if too large an
area is registered as double crop or compounded, the result may be that there will not
be enough water to go round even in normal years, and the total outturn of grain may
be less than what would have been secured had a smaller area been registered as
double crop or compounded. Again it should be noted that it is desirable that the
lands to be registered as double crop or compounded should form a compact block.
The composition of scattered subdivisions is likely to lead to waste of water and the
presence of single crop subdivisions interspersed among compounded subdivisions
increases the Revenue Inspector's difficulties and facilities fraud.
In respect of sources in charge of the Public Works Department, that department
should be consulted in the matter of double crop registry.
h) Holdings situated in the water spread of irrigation tanks : The Inspecting Officer
must compile a list of such lands in different sections –
Government –
i) Dry occupied lands; and
ii) We occupied land with the name of irrigation source under which they are registered.
Inam –
i) Dry lands; and
ii) Wet lands with the name of the irrigation source.
Unoccupied lands.
This list should be prepared with reference to the colour-wash-plans showing the water
spread and where no such plans are available after enquiry and inspection. All unoccupied
lands should be transferred to poramboke if they are not already so registered.
Where the land is occupied the following procedure should be followed. After careful
inspection and enquiry of the ayacutdars and village officers it should be determined
whether the cultivation in the tank bed does any real injury to the cultivators in the ayacut.
Such cases must be treated as objectionable and a list sent to the Revenue Department in
order that the lands may be acquired if the cost is not prohibitive, Lands registered as wet
under a different should not be interfered with. Wet lands registered under the particular
source (which with be extremely rare) should be transferred to dry. These and the
occupied dry lands liable to submersion should be assessed to a special rate intermediate
between the dry and the wet rates, the rate depending on the advantages which the land
derives from the Submersion.
When only a portion of an occupied Government land is liable to submersion, this portion,
if appreciable, should be proposed for subdivision, the sub-division boundary should be
as straight as possible.
Inam lands cannot be assessed to any special rate nor subdivided.

Against all lands-Government or inam-a note "liable to submersion of tank (to be

specified)" should be made in the last column of the land register. If only a portion of an
inam is liable to submersion, a remark "portion liable to submersion of tank (to be
specified)" should be entered.
(GO. No. 1766, Revenue, dated 21st July 1920.)
11. General instructions as regards field inspection : The Inspector should handle the
accounts with care. His notes in the registers should be neat, concise, complete and
legible. All sketches in support of the proposals made by him should be brought to a
separate sketch file, the sketches being numbered and the numbers noted in the accounts
concerned. No remark of any kind should be made in the field measurement >book.
Rough notes made at the time of inspection should be written up neatly in the registers on
the same day. The records should be complete before they are handed over to the branch
office or to a superior officer. The remarks of the superior officers in the registers should
be short and clear and should begin with the word 'inspected' in all cases in which the land
was actually inspected by them.
12. Preparation of the nominal list, rough chitta and rough patta : On receipt of the
miscellaneous accounts from the field staff after inspection and after orders are passed
thereon by the officer, the office should carry out the necessary corrections in the land
register on the basis of these orders and proceed to prepare the nominal list, tough chitta
and rough patta as described below.
Nominalist : This list (Appendix XI) is a preliminary to the preparation of the rough chitta
so that all the fields held by one ryot or by a group of ryots jointly may be collected in the
same holding. The instructions for the preparation of the nominal list are given in
Appendix X. Care should be taken that no registered holder is entered twice and that two
separate individuals bearing the same name are not regarded as one and the same
individual. In such cases the names must be distinguished by suitable initials or otherwise.
Rough chitta : From the nominal list and the land register the rough chitta or individual
ledger showing the financial result on each individual holding with details of the fields
comprised therein is prepared. An abstract at the rough chitta should also be prepared
showing the financial result on each holding and the total for the village without details
of the names of the registered holders and the survey numbers and subdivisions in each
holding.
From the rough chitta, the rough pattas, which are practically copies of the entries in the
rough chitta, should be prepared in the standardized form of rough patta given in
Appendix-XII. The headings of the columns of the rough patta should be in diglot, but it
will be sufficient to print the notice at the foot in the vernacular alone. Manuscript
additions in English may be made, wherever necessary, e.g., in the case of planting areas
where some of the registered holders may be ignorant of the vernacular.
In the case of joint holdings as many copies of the rough patta should be prepared as there
are joint holders.
13. Issue of rough pattas of the ryots : When the rough pattas for a village are ready they
should be issued to the village officers for distribution with a notice to the ryots of the

date on which the Special Deputy Tahsildar or the Supervisor of the Settlement Party will
sit to hear objections.
If by the time rough pattas are ready for issue, the Government orders on the scheme
report are received, the notification approved by the Government setting out the terms of
the new settlement should be published in diglot in the district gazette and the rough pattas
giving effect to all the changes carried out as a result of the resettlement and incorporating
the new rates, should be sent out for delivery to the ryots. A specimen copy of the
resettlement notification will be found in Appendix XIII. Where rough pattas are issued
in advance of the introduction of resettlement, only such changes as are authorized should
be given effect to and the rough pattas issued accompanied by a notice in the vernacular
to the following effect;
It must be clearly understood that no further rough pattas will be issued at the time when
the resettlement is introduced and no further notice will be given to registered holders
except in respect of changes affecting the taram or description of specific fields that may
be necessitated by any orders of the Government received in the interim.
2) In particular, objections to registry as now proposed will be heard by the Settlement
staff on the specified date. After that all applications for changes in registry must be
made to the District Revenue Staff"
(BP. Mis. No. 1900, dated 27 August 1925.)
Every endeavor should be made to secure prompt delivery of rough pattas to the
registered holders concerned, but non-resident and absentee registered holders will
have to make their own arrangements for obtaining them from the village headman.
Rough pattas should be issued, ordinarily, three weeks before the date fixed for
hearing objections. In the case of joint pattas a copy of the rough patta should be
delivered to each of the joint registered holders.
The rough pattas should be sent to the village headman and should be accompanied
by (a) an order to the headman and the karnam of the village intimating the date fixed
for the hearing of objections and containing instructions for the distribution of the
rough pattas, and (b) a patta distribution list in the form given below. Both the
headman and the karnam should be required to sign the order, as both of them are
responsible for the distribution of the pattas in time. The following instructions
should be issued to them for the distribution of rough pattas-
i) The patta should be delivered to the registered holders, as far as possible, at least
ten days before the date fixed for the hearing of objections.
In cases where the pattas are delivered late the reason why they were not
delivered ten days before the date of objection hearing should be noted in the
remarks column of the patta distribution list.
Where rough pattas are served late and applications for adjournment are
received the Special, Deputy Tahsildar or other officer hearing objections should
instruct the registered holders to prefer their objections to the Special Assistant
Settlement Officer within ten days of the date of hearing. Such petitions should
be disposed of, after due notice, in connection with the notice of the village after
the rough patta objection hearing, the Special Assistant Settlement Officer
inspecting the village himself, if necessary.

ii) In the case of registered holder’s resident in the village or in adjacent villages,
the rough pattas should be delivered in person and the signature of the registered
holder obtained in column (4) of the patta distribution list, the date of delivery
being noted in column (3).
iii) In the case of other non-resident and absentee registered holders, the rough patta
may be delivered to some adult male member of the registered holder's family
at his usual place of abode, or to his authorized agent. When this course is not
possible, it may be affixed on some conspicuous part of the registered holder's
last known residence or on some conspicuous part of his land. When service is
effected in this manner, the method of service should be noted in the remarks
column of the patta distribution list.
After the patta distribution list is returned by the village officers the entries in
the list should be carefully checked in the Settlement Office to see that the above
instructions have been properly followed.
Form of patta distribution list of village No………… taluk ……………… district
Name of Date of Signature of the registered holder or signature

Patta
registered delivery of and designation of the person receiving the Remarks
number
holder patta patta on behalf of the registered holder
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(B.P. Mis. No. 2960, dated 11th October 1927) (B.P. Mis. No. 707, dated 27th February 1928)
(B.P. Mis. No. 2332, dated 19th July 1928)
14. Rough patta objection hearing : i) A notice in diglot setting out the manner in which
the rough pattas will be served, the procedure that will be followed in hearing objections
and the remedies open to the parties who may be prejudicially affected by the orders
passed at the objection hearing should be published in the village sheet of the District
Gazette in the case of tracts where rough pattas are issued in advance of the publication
of the resettlement notification. This notice is unnecessary in the case of tracts where the
resettlement notification is published before rough patta objection hearing.
The dates on which and the camps at which objections to rough pattas are to be heard
should be noted in the appropriate place at the foot of the rough patta.
ii) Procedure in hearing objections : Objection hearing camps should be fixed so that
objections for a village are heard either within the village itself or within five miles
of it. Any deviation from this rule must have the approval of the Special Settlement
Officer.
Objections should ordinarily be heard only by Special Deputy Tahsildars or the
Supervisor of the Settlement Party. The actual hearing must be held in a place where
it is possible for the ryots to be present in a body and hear what is going on. Their
presence is essential as, in cases of dispute, any person present conversant with the
matter must be invited to state his version of the facts. The hearing officer will have
with him the complete records of the village and he must insist on the presence of
the village officers to help him in his enquiry.
iii) Enquiry and subsequent inspection : The proceedings during the hearing of
objections will be summary. As the village officers and the general body of the ryots

will be present, there should be no reason for further hearings and no adjournments
must be granted except in cases where rough pattas are served too late, to allow of
objections thereto being heard within ten days. An order should be passed and
communicated to the parties concerned forthwith, except when an inspection of the
locality concerned is necessary, Then the hearing officer will fix a date for the
inspection, if it is to be done by himself, and dispose of the matter before he moves
to the next camp. The hearing officer is expected to inspect in person all cases of
difficulty.
Many matters requiring inspection–particularly those involving the sketching of

subdivisions for further transfers of registry–can however be dealt with by an inspector.
For this purpose, arrangements should be made to attach an adequate staff of inspectors
to each rough patta objection hearing officer, so that an inspector may be available to rake
up the inspector's field inspection directly the officer finishes rough patta objection
hearing. If this is done and previous arrangements are with the Survey Officer concerned
to have surveyors ready to measure up subdivisions directly they have been sketched by
the inspectors, not more than a month need elapse between the date of rough patta
objection hearing and the time when the complete records are back in the branch
settlement office with all necessary sub-divisions measured up. The only record at rough
patta objection hearing will be the rough patta objection hearing register' (vide Appendix
XIV) in which will be noted the name of the petitioner, a very brief summary of his request
and an order supported by the briefest possible statement of the grounds on which it is
based. In the rough patta objection hearing camp, the hearing officer should pass orders
on all the pending cases in which he is competent to pass orders.
Where a resurvey is carried out the Settlement Department has no power to entertain
objections raised by ryots to the demarcation and the area of the fields of subdivisions as
resurveyed. The ryots should in such cases be advised to apply to the Assistant Director
of Survey. It may sometimes happen that the alleged wrong demarcation or difference in
area is due to the measurement of a portion of the old subdivision with another subdivision
at resurvey, to the inclusion of a subdivision or a portion thereof in another's holding or
to a clerical error in the branch office in noting the area in the rough patta. Before referring
the ryots to the Assistant Director of Survey their complaint should therefore be
scrutinized carefully with reference to the records and obvious errors if any in the accounts
corrected.
15. Preparation of fair accounts : On receiving the records back from the field. The office
should carry out in the land register and rough chitta the changes ordered at the time of
hearing objections. It should at the same time compile the 'survey corrections
memorandum' which should contain all cases calling for further subdivision following the
field inspection and send it to the Assistant Director of Survey for what is known as the
'supplemental survey'. On receipt of the memorandum back from the Survey Department
with measures sketches for all the subdivisions ordered at the hearing of the objections,
the branch office should make such alterations in the land register and rough chitta as are
required and send notices, to the ryots who are affected of any changes due to this
supplemental work. The new subdivisions should be plotted in the field measurement
books by a Draughtsman of the Survey Department.
As soon as the replies to the notices issued to the ryots have been disposed of, the
preparation of the fair accounts to be supplied to the Revenue Department is taken up. If

for any special reason the fair accounts have to be prepared and handed over to the
Revenue Department before the orders of the Government on any points in the scheme
report are received the entries relating to those points should be based on the existing
orders. The entries should be corrected on receipt of the final errors of the Government
on the scheme report. Supplementary notices should be issued before such introduction
in all cases in which a ryot is entitled to object to the application of the new rate to his
.particular holding, e.g., where a change is made affecting the taram owing to a
reclassification of the soil or irrigation sources.
16. Notices in the case of tracts not resurveyed : In the case of the tracts not resurveyed no
rough pattas need be issued or objections heard thereto. Notices of changes of
classification resulting from the orders passed on the Miscellaneous accounts referred to
in paragraph 9 above should be issued to the ryots concerned and their objections invited
and disposed of through post, a period of three weeks from the date of the issue of the
notices being allowed for preferring such objections. The changes finally ordered in these
miscellaneous accounts should be incorporated in the preliminary copy of the A-register
and the chitta prepared in the manner laid down in paragraph-8 above.
17. Fair accounts : The fair accounts to be sent to the Revenue Department in the case of
resurveyed tracts are –
1) the fair adangal
2) the fair chitta
3) the increment remission account and
4) the quit-rent apportionment statement
1) The fair adangal which is prepared in the form given in Appendix XV, is only a
fair copy of the corrected land register, with the omission of the obsolete
columns dealing with the old settlement details.
2) The fair chitta is a copy of the corrected rough chitta with the 'revenue side’
entire, omitted and it is prepared in the form given in Appendix XVI.
3) The increment remission account is prepared in the form given in Appendix-
XVIII according to the terms of the Resettlement Notification. The rules for the
grant of increment remission are given in Appendix-XVII.
4) The quit-rent apportionment statement is a statement showing the quit-rent
apportioned among the sub-divisions in enfranchised minor inam lands effected
at the resettlement. It is of assistance to the Tahsildar in preparing the new B-
register which has- to be written up after the re-settlement.
18. In the case of tracts which have not been resurveyed no fair accounts need be handed
over; but the preliminary A-register and the copy of the chitta prepared and corrected with
reference to the instructions in paragraphs 8 and 16 above should be handed over to the
Tahsildar inserting therein the new rates and assessment. An increment remission account
should also be prepared in the manner adopted for the resurveyed areas, the details of
holdings required for the purpose being extracted from the maintained copy of the chitta
in the Settlement Office. It should however be remembered that the preliminary copy of
the A-register should not leave the settlement office until a fair copy thereof has been
taken in the manner laid down in paragraph 20 below.

19. Report on the introduction of resettlement : After the fair accounts in respect of
resurveyed areas or the corrected preliminary accounts in the case of area not resurveyed
have been handed over to the Tahsildar, the Settlement Officer should draw up a report
to the Board, setting forth the financial results of his operations and their cost. The cost
of the survey should also be ascertained from the Officers-in-charge of the Survey Parties
concerned and mentioned in the report. The forms of the statements to be submitted with
this report are given in Appendices-XX to XXII.
If there are any points in which the land revenue system of the tract under resettlement
differs from the normal land revenue system prescribed in the Board's Standing Orders or
if any special treatment is adopted at resettlement which should be followed during the
currency of the resettlement, a memorandum indicating the features peculiar to the
resettlement should also be drawn up and appended to the report.
Along with the introduction report the Settlement Officer should also submit a note giving
a brief account of the settlement operations and the changes which they have produced or
disclosed in the state of affairs described in the A-volume District Gazetteer Letter from
the Government of India, Home Department, Public, and No. 3371, dated 1st November
1902.)
20. Resettlement Register : The preparation of the resettlement register of the village is
taken up after the fair· accounts have been completed in the case of the resurveyed areas,
and after all the corrections have been incorporated in the preliminary accounts, viz., copy
of the ‘A' register and the chitta in the case of the tracts not resurveyed. The form of the
register and the descriptive memoir described in the next paragraph are settled with the
previous approval of the Board. A specimen form of the register will be found in
Appendix XXIII. The Resettlement Register with the descriptive memoir (Appendix
XXIV) is intended to serve as a permanent record of resettlement of the village. Being the
most important record of the results of the resettlement it must be prepared with special
care and accuracy.
In the case of resurveyed tracts, the register should be prepared from the corrected copy
of the land register. In the case of tracts not resurveyed a fair copy of the preliminary 'A'
register should be prepared to serve as the manuscript copy of the resettlement register.
For the preparation of the manuscript resettlement registers the services of the karnams
should be utilized and their work supervised and checked by the Settlement Staff. On
completion, the register with the descriptive memoir, is sent to the Board of Revenue to
be printed. Copies will be required for the Board's Office the Collector, the Executive
Engineer, the Tahsildar and the karnam. The Registration Department will also require a
copy and some copies will be required to serve as a reserve stock and for sale to the public.
The number of copies required in each case should be decided in consultation with the
Collector. Entries will generally be made in the vernacular except these in columns (3)
and (4). The following abbreviations will be used-
R. for Ryotwari, I. for Inam,
D. for Dry, M. for Manavari, and
W. for Wet, P. for Poramboke.
All figures will be entered in Arabic numerals. The word 'unoccupied' should be entered
in column (12) against all assessed waste lands. It is unnecessary to show the headings of

the various columns in full on each page. They should be written out in full on the first
page only. The names of single registered holders or inamdars should be shown in the
body of the register and the names of joint registered holders and inamdars of joint
holdings should be shown in two separate detailed lists. In the case of joint pattas, it is
sufficient if the number of patta or title deed is alone noted with the vernacular equivalent
of the direction 'see detailed list' in the column for the name of the registered holder.
(B. P. Mis. No. 2429, dated 1st September 1927.)
In the case of towns surveyed under the town system a town survey and settlement register
should be prepared in a form to be approved by the Board.
21. Descriptive Memoir : With the resettlement register of each village a descriptive memoir
in English should be prepared. A specimen descriptive memoir which shows the
information that must be furnished is given in Appendix XXIV. The information required
for the preparation of the memoir can be drawn from the karnams statistical registers and
from the resettlement accounts. Well-established customs and authoritative decisions and
agreements regarding the distribution of water in the village should be recorded in the
memoir, where the record is likely to assist revenue officers in dealing with irrigation
disputes.
In the older resettlement registers 'eye-sketches' will be found, showing the whole village,
its blocks and its main features on a small scale. These sketches were discontinued from
1928 onwards.
22. Miscellaneous : Besides the items of work described in the preceding paragraphs the
Settlement staff has to attend to other miscellaneous items the more important of which
are detailed below –
1) Where a resurvey has been carried out-Preparation and issue of notices under Section
9(a) of the A, P. Survey and Boundaries Act.-(1) The work of preparing and issuing
notices under Section 9(2) of the A. P. Survey and Boundaries Act, a purely survey
process, is attended to by what is known as the 9(2) section. The clerks of this section
are appointed and paid by the Assistant Director of Survey, to whom the Special
Settlement Officer generally applies for the necessary staff when the work in the
Branch Settlement Office is advanced far enough. For convenience, the clerks of this
section are usually sent to the Branch Settlement Office and the Special Assistant
Settlement Officer, normally supervises their work is taken up after fair accounts
have been sent to the Tahsildar should be prepared in the prescribed form.
2) In respect of resurveyed villages the notice should be issued not only to the registered
holders concerned but also to the registered holder of the adjacent village which has
not been resurveyed, if any, whose land touches the resurveyed subdivision or survey
number. If in villages which are not resurveyed the field or subdivision boundaries
are altered, the adjacent registered holder should get the notice. Similarly if there
Non-Government villages adjoining the resurveyed lands, notices should be issued
to the proprietors of the Non-Government villages also. Otherwise it need be issued
only to the registered holder of the subdivision or subdivisions formed in the
supplemental survey. When a survey number or subdivision is further subdivided
during the supplemental survey the registered holders of all the newly formed
subdivisions should get the notice. In the case of survey numbers or subdivisions
registered jointly in the names of two or more persons, separate notices should be
issued to each of them.

3) Notices for porambokes should be issued to the departments concerned. Notices for
local fund roads which are maintained by the Local Boards should be issued to the'
President, District Board, and those for porambokes vested in Panchayat Board to
the President of the Panchayat Board. Notices for roads which are abandoned or are
not maintained by the local boards should be issued to the Taluk Tahsildar. Notices
for unassessed lands should similarly be issued to the Taluk Tahsildar. Sketches need
not be furnished with the notices issued to officers of the Government departments
as a matter of course; they may be supplied, however, if applied for. Covering letters
should accompany the notices issued to the Government Officers or Local Board
Authorities, with a request that the receipt of the notices may be acknowledged early
and the acknowledgment forms returned.
4) Intimation should be given to the Assistant Director of Survey two weeks in advance,
specifying the dates on which the notices will be ready for issue and his reply awaited
approving the dates to be entered in the notices after the required certificate is
embodied in the field measurement book in the Survey Office under Section 9 (1) of
the Act. In the case of villages which are not resurveyed, a list of subdivisions dealt
with during supplemental survey in each village should be sent to him two weeks in
advance and on receipt of advice from the Assistant Director of Survey the notices
should be dated and issued.
5) Notices relating to ryotwari and inam lands should be forwarded to the Tahsildar of
the taluk for service through the village headman. The headman should be instructed
to note, in the Acknowledgment Register, in cases where notices are served on the
adult members of the family of the addressee, the relationship of such members to
the addressee, and the necessity for such a service. The necessary instructions for the
village officers should be drawn up in the vernacular and copies furnished to the
Tahsildar.
6) On receipt of the acknowledgment registers from the Tahsildar after service of the
notices, a certificate as to the verification of the correctness of service of the notices
and the date of service of the last notice in the village should be mad~ and the files
sent to the Assistant Director of Survey.
7) A weekly Progress Report of the 9(2) section in Form II given below should be
forwarded to the Assistant Director of Survey through the Settlement Head Office.
A Check Register in Form I given below should be maintained in the 9(2) section to
watch the dispatch of the notices and the receipt of acknowledgments.
A true copy of the Check Register should be sent to the Assistant Director of Survey
through the Head Office every month so that he may be kept informed of the number
of notices issued and the number of acknowledgments due, etc., in each village.
8) In cases where a resurvey number corresponds only to a part of an old survey number,
a note should be made in the remarks column of the notice that the resurvey area is
of a part only of the old survey number.' This remark will assist the ryots to
understand the relation of their known old survey numbers to the unfamiliar new
numbers.

FORM–I
Register showing the number of notices sent to the village officers and other
department
The village officers The panchayat Board The District Forest The District Board
The Tahsildar The Executive Engineer
through the Tahsildar President officer President
Number and name of village
Number of acknowledgment
Date of receipt back of

acknowledgement
acknowledgement
acknowledgement
acknowledgement
acknowledgement
acknowledgement
Number of notices
Number of notices
Number of notices
Number of notices
Number of notices
Number of notices
Remarks
Date of despatch
Date of despatch
Date of despatch
Date of despatch
Date of despatch
Date of despatch
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
sheets
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)
FORM–II
Progress report of the 9(2) section ……………. Taluk …………….. district for the week
ending.
Acknowledgement receipts sent

Acknowled
Acknowledgement receipts
to the Assistant Director of

received back after service
Notices gement
Notices sent for service
receipts
Total of villages
Particulars
Survey
Remarks
Compared
Compared
Prepared
Prepared
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Upto the end of last week Number
……. of hands
In the week …… employed
Total Progress …….
(B.P. Mis. No. 352, dated 1st February 1928)

ii) Revision of ground rents : Ground-rent is a rent charged under Board's Standing
Order No. 21, Section II. Paragraph II (v) on non-agricultural lands in towns.
Ground-rent is liable to revision at each resettlement Board's Standing Order No. 21,
Section II, paragraph 13. The percentage enhancement of the existing ground-rent is
determined with reference to the average rise of the price of food-grains which forms
the basis for the fixing of the settlement rates. The term 'food-grains' means 'standard
grains' and includes grains such as horse gram if they are standard grains adopted of
calculating the commutation price. In calculating the average rise in the price of
standard grain since the last settlement or resettlement the rise in the price of each
grain., both wet and dry, should be weighed according to the area cultivated under it.
The percentage enhancement adopted at the revision should be applied only to that
portion of the existing ground-rent which represents the assumed agricultural
assessment due to the Government and which is now fixed at Rs. 6-4-0 an acre. The

3
percentage enhancement need not be limited to the 184 per cent rule which was
adopted for considerations which be not apply in the case of land subject to ground-
rent.
In the rare eases where the existing rate of ground-rent is less than Rs. 6-4-0 an acre
it should be raised in the revision to the rate of assumed agricultural assessment fixed
in the other cases, and any special cases where it is considered desirable to continue
the existing rate should be specially reported to the Government for orders.
Settlement Officers when submitting proposals for the revision of ground-rents at
resettlements need submit to the Board copies of the detailed statements which they
'prepare, showing the amount of ground-rent livable on each site.
(B.P. No. 96, Press, dated 16th December 1927.) (B.P. Mis. No. 4096, dated 4th December 1928.)
(B,P. Mis. No. 2169. dated 27th July 1929.)
Where lands have been acquired for local bodies and have been dealt with in the
revenue accounts in the same manner as ryotwari lands from a time prior to the issue
of G.O. No. 1787, L&M., dated 14th November 1918, the charge levied on such lands
should in future be regarded as ordinary ryotwari assessment and not as ground-rent.
The assessment on the land should be revised at resettlement in the manner
prescribed for the revision of ordinary agricultural assessment.
(G. o. No. 305, Revenue, dated 4th February 1935.)
A register of ground-rent lands should also be prepared and printed as an appendix

to the resettlement register.
iii) Fisheries : Power should be reserved in the Settlement Notification to alter the rents
in fishery pattas at subsequent resettlements, to enhance the rent during the currency
of the settlement if the irrigation source is stocked by the Fisheries department and
to cancel the patta for such reasons as the draining of the irrigation sources by the
fishery renters. The rights and revenue as finally determined at the resettlement are
embodied in the descriptive memoir.
iv) Leases : Some lands were leased during the last century on long leases, where these
leases have expired and permanent pattas have been issued, no change is called for.
But where the lease has expired and no permanent patta has been issued the land
should be registered as ordinary ryotwari land and assessed on settlement principles.
If the land is in a town notified under Board's Standing Order No. 21 the appropriate
ground-rent should be imposed instead of the settlement assessment. Where the lease
is still running, the lease holder should ordinarily be given the option of having the
land registered in his name as an ordinary ryotwari land subject to periodical revision
of the assessment or ground-rent. If, however, the rent reserved under the lease is
higher than the settlement assessment, the lease should be allowed to run to its term,
the land being included in holding on its expiry, unless the lease holder prefers to
have it included in his holding reserving for the unexpired term an assessment or
ground-rent equal to the rent reserved under the lease.
Against such of the survey numbers as are held on long lease a note should be made
in the 'remarks' column of the Land Register showing the date on which the lease
will expire.
(G.O. No. 630, Revenue, dated 28th October 1898.)
(v) Grant and kayam patta lands : Grant lands are mostly of the nature of leases and
the special rates of assessment on them are terminable either on the expiry of the

period of the lease or on the breach of the conditions of the original grant. The soil
classification and appropriate taram assessment should be shown in the body of the
resettlement register, details as to the nature and conditions of the grant, the date of
termination thereof and the amount actually payable under the grant being shown in
the remarks column.
Kayam patta lands are ordinary ryotwari lands permanently made over favorable
rates of assessment by former Governments and in some cases by former Collectors
in consideration of the trouble and expense involved in reclaiming the lands or in
restoring the works of irrigation under which they were situated. In the case of these
lands the special kayam patta assessment should be shown in the body of the
resettlement register with a note in the remarks column Kayam patta-taram
assessment on the land is Rs.
(B.P.Nos. 236, dated 4th August 1890, and 78, dated 24th March 1916.)
Lands of the above category are rarely met with, but wherever they are found, the
information required for carrying out the above procedure should be collected and
recorded. Copies of the orders should be obtained and attached to the statement.
(vi) Manavari lands : In some districts lands normally cultivated with wet crops without
the aid of water from an irrigation source are registered as 'manavari' and treated as
a separate class distinct from dry and wet. Such lands have usually been assessed at
rates one tararm higher than the appropriate dry rate. In preparing his Scheme report,
the Settlement Officer will have to consider what treatment should be given to such
lands at the resettlement, having regard to the value of the lands to the cultivator.
Where it has been decided to treat such lands as a class by themselves, the necessary
modifications will have to be made in the accounts throughout. Where it is decided
to treat such lands as a separate class, power should be expressly taken in the
Resettlement Notification to transfer dry or wet lands to manavari where necessary.
vii) Work in proprietary villages : The Settlement staff was hitherto attending to the
revision of the quit-rents imposed on proprietary estates village service inams and
the preparation of the 'A', 'B' and 'C' registers prescribed in B. P. No 226. Revenue
(Settlement), dated 22nd August 1916. These items of work will generally fall
outside the scope of resettlement operations in future and will be attended to by the
District Revenue Staff which will obtain instructions, if necessary, for the purpose
from the Settlement Officer. The Settlement Officer may however obtain the sanction
of the Board for attending to cdl or any of the items of work mentioned above for
any special reasons which may make it desirable that the Settlement staff should do
the work.
viii) The block classification of whole inam villages is an item of work often entrusted to
Settlement Officers. It consists in dividing up the villages into as many blocks as
there are different kinds of soils in them; the classification and assessment of each
such block will follow the lines adopted in the neighboring ryotwari villages. The
assessment so fixed is not collected, but on that assessment is calculated the amount
of the Local Fund cesses.
23. Some Settlement terms : It may be of assistance to explain some of the terms that arc
peculiar to Settlement parties and the items of work other than those described above
which the Settlement Officer has generally to undertake.
1) An alteration memorandum is a statement prepared in Survey offices showing the
changes made in the area, etc., of survey numbers and subdivisions; it is sent to the

Settlement Officer to enable him to carry out changes in his records and is issued, for
example, when a land complaint under the Survey and Boundaries Act leads to an
alteration of the earlier boundaries and areas.
2) The soil war avarja is a soil classification statement prepared prior to the completion
of the Resettlement registers. The various descriptions of land in a village are
arranged separately (dry, manavari, special rate wet single crop and wet double crop,
registered at half or compounded at one-third etc.,) and also according to the
classification and sort of soil.
3) The Index Register is a register prepared for each village showing the number of
pages of the various accounts in which each resurvey number and sub-division has
been dealt with. It facilitates the work of the officers employed on rough patta
objection hearing.
4) Loan land is land pledged to the Government as a security for a loan. A note 'loan
land' should be made against such lands in the land register.
5) Mamul wet lands are lands which, although situated in Non-Government villages,
are entitled to irrigation from the Government sources of irrigation according to the
terms of the grant relating to the villages.
6) The Alphabetical nominal list is prepared before writing up the manuscript
resettlement register from the rough chitta brought up-to-date. Its object is to find out
whether more than one patta number has been assigned to any registered holder, so
that superfluous patta numbers can be avoided.
7) Permanently improved or 'olapperi' lands : There is a prevailing but often
erroneous idea that these lands are so called because their value is due to the labour
expended on them by the ryots. If any such permanently improved lands should be
found now in the course of a resettlement, it will be well to avoid pre-conceived ideas
and to investigate their true history. Some such lands may have been assessed in that
class because of ryots improvements but many others were so assessed because they
were the best lands in the village possessing exceptional advantages and fit to bear
an exceptional assessment.
24. Rounding of pies : Wherever the assessment on a field has to be rounded off, the
procedure laid down in item IV of Article 59 of the Madras Financial and Account Code
Volume I, should be followed, i.e., six pies and over should be counted as One anna while
fractions of an anna less than six pies should be omitted.
(Government Memorandum No. 4013 E-36, Revenue, dt. 19th October 1936.
B. P. Mis No 3829, dated 3rd November 1936.)

ADMINISTRATION
APPENDIX–I
Land Register of No. ………… village …………. taluk …………… district …….
According
According to Revenue Accounts of fasli 13. According to Resettlement
to resurvey
If double crop or compounded fraction of first
If double crop or compounded fraction of first

No. and name of registered holder or inamdar
No. and name of registered holder or inamdar

Dry, wet, manwari, unassessed or poramboke
Dry, wet, manwari, unessessed or poramboke

crop assessment charged for the second crop
crop assessment charged for the second crop

Classification Classification
of the soil of the soil
Old survey No. and letter
Dey group or wet classes
Dry group or wet class

Ryotwari or inam
Sub-division No.
Remarks
Rate per acre
Rate per acre

Assessment
Assessment
Survey No.
Extent
Extent
Taram
Taram
Class
Class
Sort
Sort
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27)
Rs. Acs. Rs. Rs. Acs. Rs.
Note: For unsurveyed tracts, the main heading of columns (1) and (2) will have to be suitable altered.
APPENDIX–II
Correction discrepancy memorandum No……… village ……………….……. taluk
……………….. district ……………………..
Case Resurvey number Remarks of the

Nature of discrepancy Final orders
number and subdivision checking clerk
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
APPENDIX–III
INSTRUCTIONS TO SURVEYORS IN REGARD TO THE TREATMENT OF
PORAMBOKES AND ENCROACHMENTS
The surveyors should be guided by the following rules in the detection and treatment of
encroachments on porambokes other than road porambokes –
i) The surveyor will measure all porambokes in accordance with the state of the ground
and will compare the measurements according to enjoyment with those of the
previous survey. In some cases, it will also be necessary to compare the shapes.
ii) Where the measurements according to enjoyment agree with the previous survey
measurements or disclose an encroachment on the poramboke of less than five cents,
which is not prejudicial to the utility of the poramboke and does not contain valuable
trees, the measurements according to enjoyment will be plotted in the Field
Measurement books. As the Settlement staff will not be inspecting all porambokes
as a matter of course the Survey staff should furnish separate sketches for
encroachments of this type showing the measurements of the portions merged.

iii) Where there is an encroachment which adversely affects the utility of the poramboke
or which is over five cents in extent or which contains valuable trees, and it has been
in existence for less than five years, the previous survey measurements will be
followed, and a rough sketch with measurements will be prepared with the
encroachment list for the use of the Settlement staff showing the encroachment as a
subdivision of the poramboke.
iv) Where an encroachment of five cents is not objectionable and has existed for over
five years, the poramboke will be plotted according to enjoyment, including the
encroachment in the ryotwari or inam field and a rough sketch with measurements,
showing the encroachment as a subdivision of the ryotwari or inam field, will be sent
to the Settlement Department with the encroachment list.
v) Poramboke boundaries may be straightened in accordance with the rules laid down
and when such straightening results in a gain in area to the ryotwari land of over five
cents or the addition of valuable trees the area so added will be dealt with in
accordance with rule (iv).
Note : In tracts where lands are valuable as in the delta tracts of Godavari, Krishna, etc., the limit of
five cents fixed in rules (ii) to (v) above may not be suitable. In such cases the limit up to
which encroachment may be ignored should be settled in consultation with the Collector.
vi) Where the adoption of the previous survey measurements is prejudicial to

porambokes, survey should be made according to enjoyment
(B p, No. 70, Press, dated 17th November 1926).
Note : These instructions do not apply to South Kanara and Malabar districts. Special instruction
relating to those districts will be found in G.O. Ms. No. 2044, dated 3rd September 1928, No.
2539, dated 29th October 1928, No. 2555, dated 30th October 1928 and No.1553, dated 2nd
August 1929.
APPENDIX–IV
Clubbed subdivision list of ……village No. ………….. taluk ………………… district
Description of land, wet or
dry, single crop or double
Old survey No. and letter
Remarks of the Inspector
Remarks of the Special

Classification of soil
crop, inam or ayan
Resurvey No. and
Deputy Tahsildar
Resurvey extent
Final orders
subdivision
Old extent
Rate
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Acs. Rs. Acs.

APPENDIX–V
Statement showing inam lands which contain excess areas according to resurvey in
village No. ………………. taluk …………………….. district ………………
Remarks in office :-
Recommendation of the
Final orders of Special

Resurvey number and
(1) whether the difference
columns (5) and (6)

Difference between
Total area columns
Settlement Officer
Title deed number
exceeds 5 cents or 10
Old survey area
Resurvey area
Ten per cent
subdivision
Supervisor
(3) and (4)
percent of the original
area
(2) where it exceeds the
two limits whether the old
and new shapes agree
(3) if not whether the
cases require inspection
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
APPENDIX–VI
List of lands washed away by revers in village No……………………. name
………………… taluk …………………….. district ………………………
Ryotwari old survey No. and
Description of land washed
Special Deputy Tahsildars

letter 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑙𝑦 washed away
No. and name of revenue

Classification and taram
Extent washed away

subdivision of river
Inspectors remarks
Resurvey No. and
recommendations
registered holder
Serial Number
Rate per acre
Final orders
poramboke
away
wholly
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
Rs. Acs.
APPENDIX–VII
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF LANDS WASHED AWAY BY
RIVERS
So far as the Survey Department is concerned, it should generally proceed on the
assumption Hut all washed away lands, whether inam or ryotwari are un-relinquished
unless, in the course of the survey itself, the owners of the eroded lands relinquish their
right thereto. In such cases the Survey Officer should obtain written relinquishments from
the parties and keep them ill the records to be sent to the Settlement Officer. In other cases
the following procedure should be adopted-
I. a) Whole survey fields eroded : The approximate position of these fields should be
shown in dotted lines in the resurvey plan of the poramboke field. Their old survey
numbers also should be entered in the respective places in the sketch of the poramboke

field for facility of identification. In cases where the Poramboke field is unsurveyed the
position and shape of the eroded field must be indicated by the production of the field
lines of the adjoining resurveyed field in the direction in which the eroded lands existed.
In the land register the eroded fields should' be entered in order after the poramboke field
in which they have been included. The resurvey columns should be left blank, the old
survey numbers alone being entered and a note “entirely washed away (extent) and
included in Resurvey No. should be made in the remarks column of the land register. In
case the poramboke field is unsurveyed the remark should specify the poramboke instead
of the resurvey number. Against the poramboke field also if it has been resurveyed, the
remark "includes Old Survey No ......... area ...... entirely washed away" should be made.
b) Sub-divisions, wholly or partly eroded: The method that should be followed in
these cases is explained by following concrete A
example. Of Old Survey No. 20 shown in the
A B C D
diagram A, parts of sub-divisions A, B, C and D
and whole of sub-division E are washed away. E
The survey following the state of things on
ground will measure the portions of sub-divisions B
actually in existence as shown in diagram B
indicating in dotted lines the portions of old sub- 1 2 3 4
divisions A, B, C and D as well as the entire sub- E
divisions E washed away. An explanatory note
should also be inserted in the field measurement book as shown under diagram B. In
the case of inams (other than enfranchised, charitable or religious service inams),
which cannot be relinquished, the sketching of the eroded portions should be made
not only in the maps of the concerned fields but also in that of the poramboke.
Note : Parts of subdivisions 1, 2, 3 and 4 and whole of old sub-division E washed away.
In the appropriate column of the land register only the actual area of each of the
resurvey sub-divisions should be entered and the area of the eroded portion noted in
the last column with a remark “old sub-division completely/partly washed away
(extent) and included in Resurvey No."
In case the poramboke field is unsurveyed, the name of the poramboke should be
specified instead of the Resurvey number. Against the poramboke field concerned,
if it has been resurveyed a remark should be entered as follows- "Contains acres cents
of ryotwari/inam land of Survey No. and sub-division" the extent to be specified
being the area of the eroded portion only. What applies to portions of sub-divisions
eroded applies also to portions of survey fields eroded.
II. Action to be taken by the Settlement Staff : In every case of erosion of ryotwari land
and in cases of erosion of enfranchised, charitable and religious service inams which can
be relinquished the Settlement staff should in the course of inspection of the village try to
obtain relinquishments and to this effect record statements from the parties concerned.
Where such consent has been obtained, the remarks made by the Survey Department in
the land register should be deleted and the field measurement book corrected. Where the
parties have not relinquished the eroded portions or it is not possible to obtain their
consent, the Settlement staff should make a note, in the case of ryotwari lands “not
relinquished.” “Pays assessment of Rs.” (the assessment to be shown being only that
payable on tile extent eroded) and in the case of inams “Assessment on the eroded portion
Rs.” as the inamdar does not pay assessment but only quit-rent. (Against un relinquishable
inams also the assessment on
the eroded portions should be entered in the remarks column, but the words "not
relinquished" will be omitted as there is no question of relinquishment).
In the poramboke field concerned the word "un relinquished" should also be added at the
end of the entries already made by the Survey Department, wherever necessary.
When the eroded land of one village has been included in the course of a resurvey in the
limits of another village, appropriate entries explaining the inclusion in one village of the
eroded lands, originally belonging to another village should be made clearly against the
fields concerned in the accounts of both the Villages. There is no need to show in dotted
lines all cases of unrelinquished lands in the sketches of the poramboke fields of the
adjoining village in which they have been included.
(B.P.Ms. No. 751, dated 12th March 1929). (B.P. M-s. No. 3382, dated 7th November 1929)
APPENDIX–VIII
Irrigation statement ………………... village ………. No. ……. taluk ………. district
Whether wells or springs exist in the tank bed, the

water of which is used for the ayacut lands should
whether it is hill stream or jungle stream or anicut
Remarks:- Information if the source is in repair or

disrepair. If in need of repairs, explain the nature
of repairs necessary. If the calingulas and sluices
Particulars of supply. (Note the nature of supply
are in good order, how many of them there are?

Name of source and survey number in which it
Area of ayacut and highest and lowest rates of
Capacity according to the village officers and

Capacity according to village account No. 20
channel from a certain river or river channel)
lies. (Note in red ink the classification of the
unoccupied lands. Single and double crop,

assessment. (Give details of occupied and
also be noted. Note also the kind of crops

generally grown in the ayacut and the
classification which appears suitable.
Where does the surplus go)
Government and inam)
Area of water-spread
source)
ryots
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

APPENDIX–IX
Double crop statement in ………… Village …………. Taluk …………….….. district
Whether the holders are willing to have

Statistics of cultivation.
Corresponding old survey number and
Existing classification single crop or
Have the ayacutdars any objection?

Resurvey number and subdivision
(Note the names of the
Remarks of the Special Revenue
Remarks of the Special Deputy
Orders of the officer-in-charge

them registered as double crop
crops and extent)
double crop
subdivision
Crop in fasli 1340
Crop in fasli 1341
Crop in fasli 1342
Crop in fasli 1343
Crop in fasli 1344
Tahsildar
Inspector
Area
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
APPENDIX–X
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE NOMINAL LIST
1. After columns (1) to (15), (24) and (26) of the land register have been filed in, the nominal
list can be prepared. The form in Appendix XI should be used. The karnam should first
fill up columns (1), (2) and (3) form the revenue chitta taking care to leave between each
for the insertion of the subdivisions newly to be transferred to the holding.
2. Orders passed to strike a name of the whole patta or to substitute the names of heirs for
the name of a dead man should be given effect to in column (2).
3. The karnam should next enter in columns (4) and (5) from the land register the resurvey
numbers and subdivisions to the old survey numbers and subdivisions in column (3). He
will at the same time verify the entry against each subdivision in column (26) of the land
register. If column (26) of the land register shows such subdivisions to be still registered
in the name of the registered holder shown in column (15) and in the revenue chitta, he
will none to against it, in columns (6), the remark "remains".
4. If column (26) of the land register shows that the subdivision has been transferred to
another patta, he will note in column (6) "gone to patta No………." and will put a line
through the subdivision columns (4) and (5). Where the registered holder shown in
column (26) of the land register has already a patta, the karnam will at the same time and
the subdivision in columns (4) and (5) of the nominal list at the bottom of the subdivision
shown in that patta and he will put a remark in column (6) against the subdivision "come
from patta No………….". Where the registered bolder shown in column (26) has not
already got a patta in the village, the karnam will enter his name ().t the end of the nominal
list as a registered holder in column (2) and will give him in column (1) a number in
continuation of the last patta number in the village and will show in columns (4) and (5)
the subdivision now transferred to him, noting in column (6) the remark come from patta
No……………..

5. The karnam will thus go through every subdivision in each patta till a remark is made in
column (6) against every subdivision.
6. It will be found that some pattas will lose all their subdivisions and become vacant.
Whenever a patta thus becomes vacant it should be struck off and its number should be
given to the last registered holder in the nominal list.
7. After the work has been done by the karnam, it will be checked by a clerk in the branch
office. To check the nominal list, the clerk will take the land register and go through it
from beginning to end to see that every resurvey number or subdivision in the land register
appears in the nominal list in the name of the person in whose name it is registered in
column (26) of the land register. He will tick off each subdivision in columns (4) and (5)
of the nominal list as soon as it has thus been checked with the land register. It is not
necessary for the clerk to check the karnams remarks in the nominal list in so far as they
show from what patta any subdivision has come and to what patta any subdivision has
gone. He has only to see that the subdivision has ultimately been left in the right patta.
While making his check, the clerk will enter the resettlement patta numbers in column
(26) of the land register. Care should be taken to see that the names of all registered
holders are entered correctly and in full in column (2). Care should also be taken to see
that two pattas are not allowed to stand in the names of the same person or persons in the
village. After all resurvey subdivisions in the land register have thus been checked, the
clerk should run his eye over the nominalist to see that all subdivisions in columns (4)
and (5) have been ticked off by him.
APPENDIX–XI
Nominal list of ………………. village No. ………………. of ……….…………. taluk.
Resurvey number and

Patta Name of the Old survey number subdivision Remarks
number registered holder and subdivision
Wet Dry
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

APPENDIX–XII
ROUGH PATTA (TO BE PRINTED IN DIGLOT)

No. ………. village ………….……... taluk ……………….. district ……………..
Name of registered holder ………………………. holding No. ……………..........
According
According to jamabandi of fasli According to resettlement
to survey
Old survey number and letter
Single or double crop

Wet, manavari or dry
Wet, manavari or dry

Baling remission
Remarks
Rate per acre
Rate per acre

Subdivision
Assessment
Assessment
Number
Extent
Extent
Taram
Taram
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
Rs. Acs. Rs. Rs. Acs. Rs.
NOTICE
(1) The resettlement assessment does not include road fund and other cesses.
(2) In case any of the fields noted above are no longer required, such fields should be
relinquished within (date) …………… month …………. 19 …… If not, the
responsibility for the payment of assessment will be yours.
(3) You should yourself or through your vakil make your representations at 11 am on
…… 19 …… in camp ………………….. Inquires will then be made into the cases
and orders passed thereon. If representations are not made at that time, the
grievances will not be heard later on.
(4) In the case of the wet lands shown in this patta, the assessment may be compounded
at ………………………. Of the single-crop rate. If the second crop is irrigated by
any permanent wells, the rare of composition may be reduced to ……….. Those
who have not previously given their consent to compound the rate of assessment
and who have since consented to do so should represent the fact on the date of
hearing of objections to the hearing officer.
Special Assistant Settlement Officer

APPENDIX–XIII
DRAFT NOTIFICATION
I. AREA AFFECTED
1. The term of thirty years for which the existing rates of land assessment were sanctioned
in the several taluks of the three districts of East Godavari, west Godavari and Krishna as
at present constituted expires in fasli 1338 (1928-29) except in Bhadrachalam and Nugur
of the East Godavari district and a revision of the rates and conditions of assessment
therein will be carried out with effect from fasli 1339 (1929-30). This notification does
not apply to the taluks of Bhadrachalam and Nugur nor to the 42 villages of the Polavaram
division of the East Godavari district which were settled on special lines in accordance
with the orders conveyed in G.Os. No. 2233, dated 22nd July 1911, and No. 544, Revenue,
dated 8th February 1918.
II. GENERAL POLICY

2. At the last resettlement a percentage deduction was made on account of vicissitudes 'of
season and of the inclusion of porambokes such as roads, channels, banks, paths etc., in
patta holdings, this fact has been recorded in the descriptive memoirs attached to the
resettlement diglot registers; the same percentage deduction will be allowed at the ensuing
resettlement.
Channels, paths and other similar porambokes not exceeding 20 links in width will
hereafter be shown as details and not as sub-divisions except in special cases or where
they pass through inam lands. The inclusion of poramboke land in holdings does not alter
the tenure of such land or confer any right over such land on the registered holders in
whose fields the poramboke land is included and the Government do not forego or
abandon any of their rights in such land.
3. For the purpose of the resettlement the old division of the three districts into 'delta' and
'upland' will remain generally unaltered.
III. CLASSIFICATION OF SOILS

4. Except in the Divi taluk and in the area commanded by the Muniyeru anicut channels in
the Krishna district no general reclassification of soils will be made at the resettlement.
The system of soil classification now prevalent in the delta and the upland tracts will be
retained. The present arrangement by which soils of equal productive capacity are
grouped in tarams and the existing method of notation of the different soils will also be
retained.
5. In describing soils the following symbols will be used:
I means alluvial clay. VII means red ferruginous loam
II means alluvial loam. VIII means red ferruginous sand.
III means regar clay XII means arenaceous loam.
IV means regar loam. XIII means arenaceous sand.
V means regar sand. XIV means arenaceous heavy sand.
VI means red ferruginous clay.

Arabic numerals following the roman figures in the tables in paragraphs 6,13,21 and 22
below denote the sort of the soil. The extra sort for dry lands under alluvial loam and for
both dry and wet lands under alluvial clay in the deltaic tracts of the districts of East and
West Godavari will be denoted as I-A.
6. Divi taluk - i) Area under the Divi pumping system : At the last resettlement the Divi
taluk was treated on the same lines as the upland tract proper on the ground that it was
not irrigated by the Krishna anicut system and that it was unlikely to be so irrigated in the
near future consequently, the soil classification made at the original settlement was
retained unaltered. This classification was inelastic. Moreover, during the currency of the
present resettlement a large area in the taluk has been brought under irrigation from the
Divi pumping system. Irrigation has altered the relative advantages of the various areas
and the existing classification based on the relative merits of the soils as dry is no longer
suitable to present conditions, and in many cases does not reflect the comparative values
of the soils.
To remedy this defect and in order to distribute the burden of assessment equitably in
accordance with the productive capacity of the lands, a reclassification of soils with
reference to their present characteristics and their facilities for irrigation will be carried
out. All lands in this area will therefore be reclassified in accordance with the principles
followed in the irrigated lands. For this purpose, soils will be divided into three main
series-alluvial, regar and arenaceous. The alluvial series will be subdivided into two
classes-clay and loam; the regar into three classes-clay, loam and sand; and the arenaceous
into loam, sand and heavy sand. Each of these classes will be further subdivided into sorts,
the alluvial and the regar into five sorts, viz., (1) best, (2) good, (3) ordinary, (4) inferior
and (5) worst; and the arenaceous into three sorts-( 1) best (2) good and (3) ordinary. The
symbols used for describing the soils will be the same as in paragraph 5 above. The
arrangement by which soils will be grouped in tarams and the method of notation will be
as shown below-
Taram. … Classification.
1 … I-1, II-2.
2 … I-2, II-3, IV-I.
3 … I-3, II-4, Ill-I, IV-2.
4 … I-4, II-5, III-2, IV-3, V-1.
5 … I-5, III-3, IV-4, V-2, XII-1
6 … III-4, IV-5, V-3, XII-2, XIII-1.
7 … III-5, V-4, XII-3, XIII-2, XIV-1.
8 … V-5, XIII-3, XIV-2,
9 … XIV-3.
ii) Area outside the Divi pumping system : The existing classification is inelastic and
unsatisfactory particularly in the case of lands affected by the realignment and
extension of the flood bank which has rendered obsolete the classification based on
the old conditions. Moreover, with a view to introducing the special lanka and
padugai rates already prevailing in the delta taluks of the Krishna district but not
hitherto extended to Divi, it is essential to reclassify the lands in the taluk on a more
elastic table and in accordance with the present condition and situation of the lands.
The entire area of the taluk outside the Divi pumping system will therefore be
reclassified. The classification will be made on the system adopted for dry lands in

the delta tract at the last resettlement and the special lanka and padugai rates will be
introduced as in delta taluks.
The foregoing procedure will be applied also to the village of Palletummalapalem,
Bandar taluk, which originally formed part of Divi.
7. Lands under the Muniyeru Project : The existing classification of lands under the
Muniyeru project was made at the original settlement on the basis of their suitability for
the cultivation of dry crops. This classification is unsuitable now that the lands have been
brought under regular wet cultivation. The entire area commanded by the Muniyeru
project will accordingly be reclassified. The system of classification will be the same as
that adopted at the previous settlement of the delta tract.
8. In tracts where no general reclassification of soils is to be made at the resettlement, the
Special Settlement Officer is authorized to assign a fresh classification or to alter
wherever necessary, the existing classification in the case of the following lands -
a) Lands which have been transferred from dry to wet or vice versa and from one
irrigation source to another subsequent to the last resettlement.
b) Lands north of the Ellore and Samalkot canals in the West and East Godavari districts
which, though regularly irrigated from the delta system, are at present classified as
'upland dry', These will now be reclassified on the system adopted for similar soils
in delta tract.
c) Large blocks of cultivable waste lands in the uplands and in the tail-end villages of
the delta tract which have hitherto been unclassified but are likely to be taken on
patta and the unsurveyed and unsettled lands within the margin of the Coli air lake
which are now under sivayijama cultivation.
d) Lands classified as 'permanently improved' in the 'upland' tract.
e) Lands which were classed as 'poramboke' or 'unassessed' at the last settlement but
which have since been transferred to 'assessed waste' or assigned on patta by the
Revenue Department.
f) Lands transferred from 'poramboke' or 'unassessed' to 'assessed' during the
resettlement.
g) Disforested lands.
h) Lands under irrigation sources which have been recognized subsequent to the last
resettlement or the classification of which is altered at the ensuing resettlement.
9. In classifying or reclassifying soils as above, the system of classification adopted at the
last resettlement will be followed unless otherwise specifically provided for.
IV. CLASSIFICATION OF IRRIGATION SOURCES

10. a) There will be no general reclassification of irrigation sources at the resettlement, and
the existing classification will be generally retained unaltered both in the delta and
the upland tracts. Exception will however be made in the case of a few villages in
the east of the Kaikalur taluk of the Krishna district which are liable to constant
inundation from the drains and where the supply’s defective. The Special Settlement
Officer has been given discretion to make a suitable reduction, where necessary, in
the classification of the irrigation sources in this area.

b) Sources recognized subsequent to the last resettlement will generally be classified in

accordance with the general principles adopted in regard to the classification of
sources III the area concerned. The sources under the Muniyeru project in the
Krishna district will however be treated as equivalent to a delta second class source
for the purpose of fixing appropriate rates of assessment for lands that may be
registered as 'wet' at the resettlement.
c) The Special Settlement Officer is authorized to revise the classification in cases in
which the existing classification is manifestly incorrect, to fix an appropriate
classification for sources specifically placed in a lower class at the last resettlement
on account of defects, if investigation shows that such defects have been remedied,
and to depart from the general principles adopted at the last resettlement if he finds
that exceptional treatment is necessary in order to deal equitably with any particular
case.
d) On the completion of the improvements which are new being executed to the Egnipad
aqueduct in the Right canal branching from the Krishna river, it will be open to
Government to raise the classification of the sources taking off below the aqueduct
and to impose on lands registered thereunder such rates of assessment as will be
appropriate to the revised classification.
e) If at any time during the terms of the resettlement a defect on account of which an
irrigation source has been placed in a lower class is remedied by the Government, or
if any source is improved or any new source constructed Government, the
Government shall be at liberty to revise the resettlement classification or to assign a
suitable classification as the case may be to such sources and to impose such wet
rates of assessment or such water rates as they may deem fit on the lands commanded
by such sources.
V. WET LANDS
11. Commutation rate : White paddy was taken as the standard wet crop at the last
resettlement. After making deduction of 15 per cent on account of cartage and merchants
profits a commutation rate of Rs. 118 per grace was adopted. Making a similar deduction
and calculating the commutation rate on the average price of white paddy in the ryots
selling months for the twenty non famine years ending fasli 1332 (1922-23). A
commutation rate of Rs. 258 a grace for the delta tract of East and West Godavari and of
Rs. 24 a grace for that of the Krishna district is arrived at. Similar commutation rates for
the upland tracts work out to Rs. 252 and Rs. 235 respectively. These rates exceed those
adopted at the last resettlement by the following percentages -
Tract Percentage Tract. Percentage
of increase of increase
East and West Godavari districts – Krishna district
Delta … 119 Delta … 104
Upland … 114 Upland … 99
12. Money rates : The Government have however decided to enhance the existing rates in
3
the delta and upland tracts 184 per cent with the exception of the special rate of Rs. 12 for
lands under the Yeleru river in the uplands of the East Godavari district which will be
1
raised by 122 per cent only. A considerable margin will thus be left to the ryots for the
promotion of a higher standard of comfort.

472
13. The following tables compare the new and old rates separately for the delta and the upland tracts –

C (I)
Upland - Wet lands - East Godavari and West Godavari districts (Resettled in 1899)
First class Second class Third class

Class and sort of
soil Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A.
1 12 0 13 8
I Special rates for lands under the Yeleru river
2 7 12 9 3
1 *9 0 … … *7 12 … … *6 8 … …
II
2 *7 0 … … *5 4 … … *3 12 … …
1 7 0 8 4 6 8 7 11 5 4 6 4
III 2 5 4 6 4 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
3 3 4 3 14 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
1 8 8 10 1 7 12 9 3 6 8 7 11
IV 2 7 0 8 4 5 12 6 13 4 8 5 4
3 5 4 6 4 3 12 4 7 3 4 3 14
1 6 8 7 11 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
V 2 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14 2 8 0 0
3 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6 2 0 2 6
1 6 8 7 11 5 4 6 4 3 12 4 7
VI
2 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14 2 4 2 11
1 7 12 3 3 5 12 6 13 3 12 4 7
VII 2 5 12 7 13 4 8 5 4 2 8 3 0
3 1 8 5 4 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
1 5 12 9 13 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
VII 2 4 8 6 4 3 4 3 14 2 0 2 6
3 3 4 5 14 2 4 2 11 1 10 1 15
*Rates on lands classified 'Permanently imported'. These will be reclassified.

C(2)
Upland-Wet lands-East Godavari and West Godavari districts-(Settled in 1899).
First class Second class Third class

Class and sort of
soil Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
1 7 0 8 4 6 8 7 11 5 4 6 4
2 6 8 7 11 5 4 6 4 4 8 5 4
III 3 5 4 6 4 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
4 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14 2 8 3 0
5 3 4 3 14 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
1 8 8 10 1 7 12 9 3 6 8 7 11
2 7 12 9 3 7 0 8 4 5 4 6 4
IV 3 7 0 8 4 5 12 6 13 4 8 5 4
4 6 8 7 11 4 8 5 4 3 12 4 7
5 5 4 6 4 3 12 4 7 3 4 3 14
1 6 8 7 11 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
2 5 4 6 4 3 12 4 7 2 8 3 0
V 3 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14 2 4 2 11
4 3 4 3 14 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
5 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6 1 10 1 15
1 6 8 7 11 5 4 6 4 3 12 4 7
2 5 4 6 4 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
VI 3 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14 2 4 2 11
4 3 12 4 7 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
5 3 4 3 14 2 0 2 6 1 10 1 15
1 7 12 9 3 5 12 6 13 3 12 4 7
2 7 0 8 4 5 4 6 4 3 4 3 14
VII 3 5 12 6 13 4 8 5 4 2 8 3 0
4 5 4 6 4 3 4 3 14 2 4 2 11
5 4 8 5 4 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
1 5 12 6 13 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14
2 5 4 6 4 3 12 4 7 2 8 3 0
VIII 3 4 8 5 4 3 4 3 14 2 0 2 6
4 3 12 4 7 2 8 3 0 1 10 1 15
5 3 4 3 14 2 4 2 11 1 10 1 15

D
Upland - Wet lands - Kristna district
Third class Third class

Class and sort of Class and sort of
soil Old rate New rate soil Old rate New rate
Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A.
1 … … … … 1 4 4 5 1
I 2 6 4 7 7 V 2 3 0 3 8
3 … … … … 3 2 8 3 0
1 *7 8 … … 1 5 8 6 8
II VI
2 *6 4 … … 2 4 4 5 1
1 5 8 6 8 1 4 12 5 10
VII
III 2 4 4 5 1 2 3 12 4 7
3 3 0 3 8 1 3 12 4 7
VIII
1 6 4 7 7 2 3 0 3 8
IV 2 4 12 5 10
3 3 12 4 7
14. Wet lands under the Muniyeru project : Lands reclassified as 'wet' under the Muniyeru
project will be assessed at the appropriate resettlement rates sanctioned for wet lands in
the delta tract of the Krishna district – vide table ‘B’ above.
15. Revision of wet ayacuts :
a) Transfer from dry to wet :
i) In the delta tracts of the Krishna and West Godavari districts all dry lands
registered as 'bapat wet' in the revenue accounts have been transferred to wet. In
the case of dry lands selected for inclusion in the Krishna Eastern and Godavari
Western deltas, lists of which were published in the Krishna District Gazette for
May 1921 and February 1924 (Extraordinary), and of which the inclusion was
subject to the conditions that the owners paid the prescribed inclusion fee and
corrected the. level of the lands, where necessary, to permit of irrigation by
direct flow, such lands as have satisfied these conditions have also been
transferred to wet. In the case of the selected dry lands, which have not paid the
inclusion fees and of lands which though not originally selected for inclusion, it
is considered to include. the Special Settlement Officer 'will have power to
decide in consultation with the Department of Public Works, what lands should
be admitted irrigation and, subject to such condition as may be prescribed,
whether such lands should be registered as wet or dry.
ii) Under the Godavari Eastern and Central deltas in the East Godavari district all
'bapat wet' and irrigated dry lands that have been cultivated with wet crops in
each of the last five faslis and are conveniently situated for economic irrigation,
and such other land, as are so situated that they cannot exclude the Government
water and are either under or fit for wet cultivation, will be transferred to wet in
consultation with the Public Works Department provided that in the case of dry
lands other 'bapat wet' the prescribed inclusion fee, has been paid.
iii) In the uplands, fields registered as 'dry' which have been regularly under wet
cultivation for five years and which in the opinion of the Settlement Officer can

be irrigated economically and without prejudice to other registered wet lands

and fields registered as 'dry' from which in the opinion of the Settlement Officer
it is impossible to exclude the Government water will be transferred to 'wet'.
b) Transfers from wet to dry : Fields registered as 'wet' which owing to their situation
on a high level or for any other reason, are unfit for wet cultivation, will be transferred
to 'dry', provided the owner’s consent. Wet lands deliberately rendered unfit for wet
cultivation, not because the supply of water is insufficient but because the growing
of dry crops is more profitable will be retained as wet. A note to this effect will be
made in the Resettlement Register.
c) When lands are transferred from 'dry' to 'wet' or from 'wet' to 'dry' or from one
registered source of irrigation to another, a soil classification suitable to their new
description will be assigned.
16. Charge for second crop :
a) Registered double crop lands:-No lands will be registered as consolidated 'double
crop' at the resettlement, except those under the Yeleru river which are by district
practice already treated as consolidated 'double crop' lands and charged at special
rates. No extra charge will be made for the cultivation of a second crop on them.
b) Registered single-crop lands : The charge for a second crop when raised on land
registered as single will be in accordance with paragraph 1 (1) and (2) of Board's
Standing Order No. 5 or whatever corresponding orders may be in force for the time
being.
c) The Government reserve to themselves the power to introduce at any time during the
currency of the resettlement the rules for the composition of second-crop charge
single-crop wet lands as laid down in paragraph 1 (5) of Board's Standing Order No.
1 or in accordance with any rules that may be framed by the Government in this
behalf.
17. Wet lands irrigated by baling : The baling remission of rupee one an acre usually
allowed for the first crop will continue. The baling remission for the second crop will be
fixed at one-fourth of the second-crop charge subject to a maximum remission of eight
annas an acre. Where lands are irrigated by baling from one source and by direct flow
from another, the rates will be worked out separately for each source and the higher of the
two rates applied.
VI. DRY LANDS

18. Grouping : The existing grouping will remain unaltered except in the case of villages
commanded, by the Muniyeru project which will be placed in the delta second group.
19. Communication rate : At the last resettlement, black paddy was adopted as the statndar
dry crop for the delta tract of the Godavari district and black paddy and cholam for the
delta tract of the Kistna district. In the upland tracts black paddy, cholam, cumbu, ragi
and horsegram were the standard crops for the Godavari district and cholam and cumbu
for the Kistna district. The commutation rates adopted for these crops at the last
resettlement, subject to a deduction of 15 percent for cartage and merchant’s profits,
compare as shown below with similar rates arrived at on the basis of the average prices
of the same crops during the twenty non-faminc years ending with fasli 1332 (1922-23).

Old communication New communication

Percentage increased
Crops rate rate
Rs.
Rs. Rs.
East and West Godavari districts - Delta
Black Paddy 96 206 115
East and West Godavari districts - Upland
Cholam 147 300 104
Cumbu 124 239 93
Raagi 130 282 117
Horsegram 162 320 98
Krishna - Delta
Cholam 170 371 118
Krishna - Upland
Cholam 184 328 78
Cumbu 147 286 59
The present communication rates exceed the old rates by 100 to 118 per cent in the deltas
and by 78 to 117 per cent in the uplands.
20. Money rates : The Government have however decided to enhance the rates of assessment
3
on the delta dry lands by only 184 percent in the case of rates up to and including Rs. 2
1
per acre and by 122 per cent in the case of the remaining rates. In the uplands all the rates
1
except the lowest will be enhanced by 122 per cent, the lowest rate (As.5) being left
unaltered.
21. The following tables compare the new and the old rates separately for the delta and the
uplands.
A (I) - Delta - Dry lands - East Godavari and West Godavari districts
First group Second group
I II III IV V XII XIII XIV Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
1-A … … … … … … … 7 0 8 4 5 0 5 15
1 1-A … … … … … … 5 0 5 15 4 0 4 12
2 1 … … … … … … 4 0 4 12 3 0 3 8
3 2 1 … … … … … 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 0
4 3 2 1 … … … … 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
5 4 3 2 … … … … 2 0 2 6 1 8 1 11
… 5 4 3 1 1 … … 1 8 1 11 1 4 1 6
… … 5 4 2 2 1 … 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
… … … 5 3 3 2 1 1 0 1 2 0 12 0 14
… … … … 4 … 3 2 0 12 0 14 0 8 0 9
… … … … 5 … … 3 0 8 0 9 0 4 0 5
Remarks - For the rates leviable on lankas and padugais held on patta, see table A (2) below

A (2) - Delta - lankas and padugais - East Godavari and West Godavari districts
Lanka Padugai
I II Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
1-A … 11 0 13 0 9 0 10 10
1 1-A 9 0 10 10 7 0 8 4
2 1 7 0 8 4 5 0 5 15
3 2 5 0 5 15 4 0 4 12
4 3 4 0 4 12 3 0 3 8
5 4 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 0
… 5 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
B-1 - Delta - Dry lands - Krishna Districts

Soil First group Second group Third group
Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
I II III IV V VII XII XIII XIV
1 … … … … … … … … 5 0 5 15 4 0 4 12 3 0 3 8
2 1 … … … … … … … 4 0 4 12 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 0
3 2 1 … … … … … … 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6
4 3 2 1 … … … … … 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6 1 8 1 11
5 4 3 2 … 1 … … … 2 0 2 6 1 8 1 11 1 4 1 6
… 5 4 3 1 2 1 … … 1 8 1 11 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
… … 5 4 2 3 2 1 … 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2 0 12 0 14
… … … 5 3 4 3 2 1 1 0 1 2 0 12 0 14 0 8 0 9
… … … … 4 5 … 3 2 0 12 0 14 0 8 0 9 0 4 0 5
… … … … 5 … … … 3 0 8 0 9 0 4 0 5 … … … …
Remarks - For the rate leviable on lankas and padugais held on patta - see table B-2 below
B-2 Delta – Lankas and Padugais – Krishna district

Soil
Lanka Padugai
Old rate New rate Old rate New rate

I II
1 … 9 0 10 10 7 0 8 4
2 1 7 0 8 4 5 0 5 15
3 2 5 0 5 15 4 0 4 12
4 3 4 0 4 12 3 0 3 8
5 4 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 0
… 5 2 8 3 0 2 0 2 6

C (1) - Upland - Dry lands - West Godavari and West Godavari districts (resettled in 1899)
First group Second group Third group Fourth group
Class and sort of
soil Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A.
1 4 8 5 1 2 12 3 1 1 12 2 0 1 10 1 14
III 2 2 8 2 13 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
3 1 4 1 6 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5
1 3 4 3 10 2 8 2 13 1 10 1 14 1 4 1 6
IV 2 2 4 2 8 1 10 1 14 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
3 1 4 1 6 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5
1 2 8 2 13 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
V 2 1 12 2 0 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9
3 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …
1 3 4 3 10 3 4 3 10 2 8 2 13 2 4 2 8
VI
2 2 4 2 8 2 4 2 8 1 10 1 14 1 4 1 6
1 2 8 2 13 2 8 2 13 1 12 2 0 1 10 1 14
VII 2 1 4 1 6 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12
3 0 8 0 9 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
1 1 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9
VIII 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
3 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
C (2) - Upland - Dry lands - West Godavari and West Godavari districts (resettled in 1899)
First group Second group Third group Fourth group
Class and sort of
Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate Old rate New rate
soil
Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A. Rs. A.
1 4 8 5 1 2 12 3 1 1 12 2 0 1 10 1 14
2 3 4 3 10 2 4 2 8 1 4 1 6 1 4 1 6
III 3 2 8 2 13 1 12 2 0 1 0 1 2 1 0 1 2
4 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 0 10 0 12 0 10 0 12
5 1 0 1 2 1 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5
1 3 4 3 10 2 8 2 13 1 10 1 14 1 4 1 6
2 2 12 3 1 2 4 2 8 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
IV 3 2 4 2 8 1 10 1 14 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12
4 1 10 1 14 1 4 1 6 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9
5 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5
1 2 8 2 13 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2
2 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12
V 3 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9
4 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5
5 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
1 3 4 3 10 3 4 3 10 2 8 2 13 2 4 2 8
2 2 12 3 1 2 12 3 1 2 4 2 8 1 12 2 0
VI 3 2 4 2 8 2 4 2 8 1 10 1 14 1 4 1 6
4 1 12 2 0 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 0 0 1 2
5 1 4 1 6 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2 1 10 0 12
1 2 8 2 13 2 8 2 13 1 12 2 0 1 10 1 14
2 1 12 2 0 1 12 2 0 1 4 1 6 0 0 1 2
VII 3 1 4 1 6 1 4 1 6 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12
4 1 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9
5 0 8 0 9 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
1 1 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9
2 0 10 0 12 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5
VIII 3 0 10 0 12 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
4 0 8 0 9 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5

D - Upland dry lands - Kistna district

Third group Third group
Class and sort of Class and sort of
soil Old rate New rate soil Old rate New rate
1 3 12 4 3 1 1 8 1 11
VI
I 2 2 8 2 13 2 1 0 1 2
3 1 14 2 2 1 1 0 1 2
VII
1 2 2 2 6 2 0 10 0 12
III 2 1 4 1 6 1 0 10 0 12
VIII
3 1 0 1 2 2 0 5 0 5
1 1 4 1 6 1 1 0 1 2
XII
V 2 1 0 1 2 2 0 10 0 12
3 0 10 0 12 1 0 10 0 12
XIII
1 1 0 1 2 2 0 5 0 5
VI 2 0 10 0 12 1 0 10 0 12
XIV
3 0 5 0 5 2 0 5 0 5
22. Divi taluk – (a) Lands under the Divi pumping system : These lands will be reclassified
in accordance with the principles laid down in paragraph 6(i). Lands under regular
irrigation from the project or accepted for regular irrigation by the Public Works
Department will, in addition to the dry assessment at the appropriate rates sanctioned
Government, pay the water-rate that may be fixed from time to time. The subjoined table
shows the rate separately under each soil classification and group -
Soil Second group

First group rate
rate
I II III IV V XII XIII XV Rs. A.
Rs. A.
1 2 … … … … … … 5 15 4 12
2 3 … 1 … … … … 4 2 3 8
3 4 1 2 … … … … 3 8 3 0
4 5 2 3 1 … … … 3 0 2 6
5 … 3 4 2 1 … … 2 6 1 11
… … 4 5 3 2 1 … 1 11 1 6
… … 5 … 4 3 2 1 1 6 1 2
… … … … 5 … 3 2 1 2 0 14
… … … … … … … 3 0 14 0 9
b) Lands outside the Divi Pumping system : These lands will be assessed at the dry
rates sanctioned for the delta tract of Kistna – vide table B-1 in paragraph 21. Lanka
and Padugai lands will be assessed at the appropriate special rates sanctioned for that
tract – vide B-2 in paragraph 21.
23. Dry lands under the Muniyeru project : Lands in the Muniyeru project area which it is
proposed to retain as ‘dry’ will be assessed at the dry rates sanctioned for second group
villages of the Kistna delta – vide table B-1 in paragraph 21.
24. Lands irrigated from wells : Dry lands irrigated solely from wells situated on occupied
lands will not be charged
for the use of the water. Lands irrigated solely from doruvu wells will be registered as dry
but will be charged water-rate at one-fourth of the rate usually charged for water supplied
to a wet crop if the water is raised by a single lift and at one-eighth of the same rate if the
water is raised by a double lift. The rate will not depend on the crop grown. No charge
will be made for the cultivation of a second crop under these wells.
25. Achukattus : The Government reserves the right to impose at any time during the period
of the resettlement whatever additional assessment they may deem necessary on any dry
land on which wet crops are, or may hereafter be raised by the aid of achukattus in a
manner which, in the opinion of the district achukattus, is objectionable.
26. Water-cess on dry lands : The levy of water-rate will be governed by the rules notified
by the Government from time to time.
VII. GROUND–RENT
27. The Government reserve the right to impose at any time during the currency of the
resettlement whatever ground-rent they may deem necessary on ryotwari patta lands
assigned subsequent to the date of this notification if they are used for building purposes.
VIII. SPECIAL RATE LANDS

28. The assessment on special rate lands will be revised in accordance with Board's Standing
Order No.8, paragraph 10, that is to say, the special rate will be altered in the same
proportion as the average assessment on the dry land of the village in which the special
rate lands lie.
IX. LANDS IN THE WATER SPREAD OF IRRIGATION SOURCES

29. Lands in the water spread of the Government sources of irrigation which are included in
holding will be recommended to the Collector for acquisition and registry as poramboke,
if the cultivation of such lands causes real injury to the cultivators in the ayacut and the
cost of acquisition thereof is not prohibitive. Where these two conditions do not co-exist,
the water spread lands held on patta, will whether they have hitherto been shown in the
revenue accounts as wet or dry, be classed as dry and assessed at special rate intermediate
between the corresponding wet and dry rates, unless such lands are irrigated from and
included in the ayacut of a source different from and unconnected with the one in the bed
of which they, are situated. The assessment so fixed will be livable in all seasons whether
the lands are cultivated or not. No charge for water will be made on account of any benefit
accruing to the land from involuntary submersion by the water of the tank in the bed of
which it is situated.
X. INCREMENT REMISSION
30. When the resettlement results in an increase of more than 25 per cent in the assessment
payable on any individual patta, the increment will be spread over a series of years. This
concession is called 'increment remission. It, will not be applied-
a) to enhancements which are due to-
i) increase in area ascertained in the course of resurvey or revision surveyor

ii) the transfer of land from dry to wet; or

b) to cases in which the total increase does not exceed one rupee.
31. Increases due to reclassification of soils or of sources of irrigation or to the imposition of
special rates on tank-bed lands, will, however, be taken into account and in such cases
increase in area up to 10 per cent of the original extent will be disregarded and the
increment remission calculated on the total increase in assessment.
32. In cases in which increment remission is admissible, the assessment will be levied in the,
following manner: In the first year, the assessment payable will be the old assessment
plus an additional sum not exceeding 25 per cent thereof; in the second year the
1
assessment payable will be the old assessment plus an additional sum not exceeding 37 2
1
per cent of the old assessment; in the third year a further addition of not more than 12 2
per cent will be made and soon until the, full resettlement rate is reached; provided that
the increment of assessment in anyone year shall not be less than one rupee unless and
until the full resettlement rate is reached. If in any case it should happen that the
application of this method will not admit of the full resettlement rate being reached by the
twelfth year, the percentage rate or increase to be adopted in the second and, succeeding
years will be so raised that the full resettlement rate shall be reached in the twelfth year.
33. If the whole or any portion of the land included in a holding at resettlement is alienated
or relinquished and reassigned, the full resettlement rate will be levied from the new
holder with effect from the fasli in which the transfer takes place. In such cases the amount
of remission equitably due on any portion of the holding which remains in the possession
of the original holder will be fixed by the Revenue Divisional Officer, subject to the
control of the District Collector, by the application of the principles already laid down
above. When one of the holders of a joint holding transfers his interest therein either to
one or more of the other registered holders of it or to a stranger, increment remission will
be admissible so long as the joint holding remains intact and so long as one or more of
the original holders of the holding retains his or their interest therein; but when all the
joint holders have transferred their interest in the holding, the full resettlement rate will
be levied with effect from the fasli in which the last of such transfers takes place.
XI. REGISTRY OF HOLDINGS

34. Preliminary to the resettlement, the latest revenue adangal was brought up-to-date and the
result embodied in a fresh land register. Registered holders or other persons possessing
any interest in land forming the subject of resettlement in East or West Godavari can
obtain any information thereon from the Special Settlement Officer, Party No. I.
Rajahmundry. Similar information for land forming the subject of resettlement in the
Krishna district can be obtained from the Special Settlement Officer, Party No. II,
Masulipatam.
XII. ROUGH PATTAS

35. lssue : At the time of resettlement a rough patta will be issued through the village headman
to each registered holder in those villages where notices of changes made in the registry
or in the description of land in connection with the revision of adangals, resurvey or
revision of the survey-have not already been communicated. In the case of villages where

notices of such changes have already been given to registered holders and their objections,
if any, duly heard and disposed of, there will be no further issue of rough pattas at the
time of resettlement; but a notice will be given to each pattadar of such further alteration
in the taram and description of land as may be carried out in respect of holding in
accordance with the principles enumerated in the preceding paragraphs. The procedure in
regard to the service of these notices will be the same as that prescribed for rough pattas.
Every endeavor will be made to secure prompt delivery to the registered holders
concerned of the rough pattas and notices referred to above, but non-resident and absentee
registered holders must make their own arrangement to obtain them from the village
headman.
36. Objections to be heard : The date on which and the place at which objections to entries
in or omissions from a rough pitta will be heard will be entered therein. The rough patta
to be issued at resettlement will show the old survey numbers and assessment, the
resurvey numbers (wherever the old numbering has been altered), the names of registered
holders, the description of the land (Government, dry, wet, single-crop, double-crop,
baling, etc.,) the registered sources of irrigation and the assessment which will hereafter
be levied on the land. Notice of the time and place fixed for hearing objections will be
posted in the village chavadi or where there is no village chavadi, in some other
conspicuous place in the village and will be published in the village by beat of tom-tom
not less than 10 days previous to the date of hearing. The headman and the karnam will
attend at the time and place fixed for the disposal of objections. Objections to entries in
or omissions from the patta will be heard and disposed of on a day and at a place notified
therein. No objection petition will be received by the Settlement Officer after the date
notified in the manner set forth above unless the delay in presenting the petition is
explained to his satisfaction. The manner in which objections to entries in the notices of
alterations referred to in paragraph 35 above wilt be received and disposed of will be set
out in the notices themselves.
37. Errors found in the rough pattas and notices in regard to survey numbers, areas, names of
registered holders and the registration of lands as dry, wet, Government, inam, poramboke
or the like can be corrected at any time during or after the resettlement if brought to notice
by the party interested. Petitions for alteration, of demarcation however are barred by the
provisions of the A.P. Survey and Boundaries Act VIII of 1923 and will not be
entertained.
38. Objections barred : No objections will be admitted as to rate of assessment in the case
of lands on which the old money rate remains unaltered or has only been altered by a
percentage increase, in accordance with paragraphs 13 and 21 of this notification.
39. Appeals : Parties must obtain written orders from the Special Settlement Officer before
filing appeals against any decision passed paragraph 36 to the Collector in respect of
transfers of registry and to the Board of Revenue (Land Revenue and Settlement) in regard
to other matters. Such appeals must be preferred to the Collector within 30 days and to
the Board of Revenue (Land Revenue and Settlement) within 40 days from the date of
communication of the order appealed against. These periods are exclusive of the time
occupied in obtaining copies of the order appealed against and in cases in which the
original order was communicated by post, they are also exclusive of the time which the
order would take to reach the party in the ordinary course of business. With the appeal
petition must be sent the original or a copy of the order appealed against. Appeal petitions

need not be stamped, but copies and enclosures appended thereto must be stamped in
accordance with the rules.
In the case of taluks and parts of taluks. where the hearing of the objections to changes
made in connection with the revision of adangals and the resurvey or revision of the
survey has been completed before the issue of this notification, appeals against the orders
passed at such objection hearing may be preferred to the Collector or the Board, as the
case may be, at any time within two months of the issue of this notification.
XIII. RELINQUISHMENTS
40. If in any of the taluks under resettlement it is found impossible to issue the rough pattas
and notices referred to in paragraph 35 supra before the date fixed for the acceptance of
relinquishments for the fasli in which the new rates are to be introduced, viz., 31st May
1930, the time within which relinquishments may be made will be extended until a month
after the close of the enquiry into objections to the rough pattas and notices, in order to
enable landholders to make such changes in their holdings as they may decide to make
with reference to the revised rates imposed at the resettlement. Lands relinquished must
consist of entire survey fields or entire sub-divisions indicated by sub-numbers or sub-
division letters which are separately recorded in the rough pattas or notices.
XIV. Duration of Resettlement

41. a) Subject to the provisions of clauses (b) and (c) below, the resettlement will remain
in force for a period of 30 years and the rates of assessment now sanctioned will not
be changed during that period. The Government reserve to themselves the right to
revise thereafter the assessment on lands in such manner as may then seem just and
proper, but no enhancement of assessment will then be made in respect of any
additional value which may have been imparted to land by improvements effected
by the ryots, whether such improvements have been carried out by money borrowed
from the Government or otherwise.
b) The Government reserve the right to alter or revise within the period of thirty years
fixed for the duration of the resettlement the classification of lands adopted at the
resettlement and to impose additional assessment or to substitute ground rent for
assessment as the case may be in the following cases–
1) Where a second wet or irrigated dry crop is raised on registered single-crop wet
land-vide paragraph 16 (b) above.
2) Where on lands classed as ‘dry’, ‘wet’ crops are or may hereafter be raised by
the aid of ‘achukattus’-vide paragraph 25 above.
3) Where ryotwari lands assigned subsequent to the date of this notification are
used for building purposes-vide paragraph 27 above.
4) Where the irrigation of the land has been improved by the Government during
the currency of the resettlement.
5) Where the lands have been included in the ayacut of any irrigation work
constructed or extended by the Government during the currency of the
resettlement,
6) Where 'dry' lands are converted into 'wet'

7) Where the lands are included in the water spread of a tank.

c) The Government also reserve the right to change from time to time the rate of water
charge and the method of calculating it in the case of lands not registered as 'wet.'
APPENDIX–XIV
Rough patta objection hearing register ………………… of ……… No………….. village
………………… taluk ……………….. district.
Purpose of
Number of Name of Survey number
Serial number the petition Order
holdings petitioner and subdivision
in brief
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
APPENDIX–XV (To be printed in Diglot)

Dry group ……………. Karnam’s copy of Resettlement Adangal of the village of
……………. No ……………………….. taluk ………………….. district
If double-crop, rate of consolidation or
name of registered holder or inamdar

Unassessed (U) or Poramboke (P), If
Number of the patta or title deed and

Old survey number and letter if any
Dry (D), Manavari (M), Wet (W),
wet source of irrigation and class
𝑅𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛
survey
𝑅𝑒
Ryotwari (R) or Inam (I)
Class and sort of Soil
Rate per acre

composition
Assessment
Subdivision number
Remarks
Taram
Extent
Number
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
APPENDIX–XVI (To be printed in Diglot)

Karnam’s Resettlement chitta of No …… village ………….. taluk …………. district.
According to
According to resettlement
Resurvey
remission
Remarks
Baling
Dry,
Sub- Rate per Assessm
Number manvari Taram Extent
number acre ent
or wet
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

APPENDIX–XVII
ROLES FOR THE GRANT OF INCREMENT REMISSION
When the resettlement results in the assessment payable on any individual holding being
increased by more than 25 per cent, the increase in assessment is imposed gradually; i.e.,
increases spread over series of years in accordance with the rules given below. The
temporary abatement of the full assessment thus allowed is called 'increment remission'.
In estimating the increase which will give a claim to increment remission, enhancements
due to any increase in area by resurvey, any increase due to transfer of land from dry to
wet, and any increase due to transfer from single-crop to double-crop will not be taken
into account. Increases due to the reclassification of soils or of sources of irrigation or to
revision of grouping or to the imposition of special rates on tank-bed lands are; however,
taken into account, and in these cases increases in area up to 10 per cent of the original
extent are disregarded and the increment remission is calculated on the total increase in
the new assessment on the holding over the old assessment.
The grant of remission in each case is regulated by the following Rules:

a) If the increase of assessment in individual cases exceeds 25 per cent of the old
assessment, a sum equal to 25 per cent of such assessment will be levied at once, and
1
the remainder by installments equal to 122 per cent of the old assessment.
Note : Increases of rupee I and under will be charged at once, whatever the percentage may be.
b) Where, however, such installment will not admit of the full revised rate being reached
by the twelfth year, the remainder (i.e., the increase over 25 per cent) shall be levied
in eleven equal installments.
But if the whole or any portion of the land held by a registered holder at resettlement
disappears from his holding by relinquishment or transfer, full assessment will be
livable on the land so transferred or relinquished with effect from the fasli in which
the transfer or relinquishment takes place, whether there has been any change of
registry or not. In such cases, the amount of remission equitably due on the remainder
of the holding will be fixed by the Revenue Divisional Officer, subject to the control
of the District Collector and will be granted by installments on the same plan as if
the holding had undergone no change. When one of the joint holders of a holding
transfers his interest therein either to the co-registered holder or a stranger, the
increment remission will be continued because the holding remains intact. The
change involved being only in the names of the registered holders.
But when all the joint holders have transferred their interest in the holding the full
resettlement rate will be levied with effect from the fasli in which the last of such
transfers takes place whether there has or has not been a change of registry.
The form of increment remission account and a working statement showing how it
should be prepared are given in Appendices XVIII and XIX.
The working statement prepared in the settlement office should be sent to the
Tahsildar along with the increment remission account.
To prevent waste of labour in preparing this account it should be noted that in taluks
in which the money rates have not been raised by over 25 per cent, increment
remission can only be granted on holdings in which (a) the total increment exceeds

one rupee and (b) the classification of the soil or irrigation source or the village
grouping has been altered for some subdivision. A rapid preliminary scrutiny should
be made to exclude all holding which do not fulfill the above conditions before
writing up the detailed working statement.
APPENDIX–XVIII (To be printed in Diglot)

Increment remission account of the village of …… No……… of the …………….. taluk,
…………………… district
Assessment transfers from dry to wet and single to Amounts to be collection

Deduction due to increase in area and
Difference between column (3) and

columns (2) plus (4)
double crop
Fasli 13….
Patta number
Settlement
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Fasli 13….
Revenue
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P.
249 0 0 426 0 0 71 8 0 105 8 0 382 12 0 413 14 0 426 0 0 …. …. …. …. …. …. …. …. ….
APPENDIX–XIX
Increment remission of working statement
According to revenue
Survey Single Rate per acre Assessment

number Dry or wet crop or
Single Second Extent Second
double First crop Total
crop crop crop crop
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
1 Dry … 20 … 5 10 … 10
2 Dry … 08 … 2 1 … 1
3 Dry … 04 … 8 2 … 2
4 Wet 1 50 … 4 20 … 20
5 Wet 2 60 2 3 18 6 24
Total dry … … … 22 51 6 57
102 Dry … 08 … 4 2 … 2
105 Dry … 10 … 3 3 … 3
108 Wet 1 60 … 2 12 … 12
256 Wet 1 80 … 1 8 … 8
257 Wet 1 50 … 20 100 … 100
258 Wet 2 60 2 4 24 8 32
260 Wet 1 38 … 10 35 … 35
Total wet … … … 44 184 8 192
Total patta … … … 66 235 14 249

Survey Single Rate per acre Assessment
Remarks
number Dry or wet crop or Single Second Extent Second
First crop Total
double crop crop crop
(10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
1 Dry … 3 0 … 5.5 16 8 … (a) 16 8 18
2 Dry … 0 8 … 4.0 2 0 … (a) 2 0 10
3 Dry … 0 4 … 8.0 2 0 … 2 0
4 Dry … 2 0 … 4.0 8 0 … 8 0
5 Dry … 1 8 … 3.0 4 8 … 4 8
Total dry 24.5 33 0 … 33 0
102 Wet 1 48 … 4.0 18 0 … (b) 18 0 16 0
105 Wet 2 80 2 3.0 24 0 60 (b) 30 0 27 0
108 Wet 2 60 3 2.0 12 0 60 (b) 18 0 60
256 Wet 1 70 … 1.0 7 0 … 7 0
257 Wet 1 10 0 … 20.0 200 0 … 200 0
258 Wet 2 80 2 4.0 32 0 80 40 0
260 Wet 2 60 2 10.0 60 0 20 0 80 0 20 0
Total wet … … … 44.0 353 0 40 0 393 0
Assessment on entire holding to according to resettlement 426 0

Assessment on entire holding to according to revenue accounts 249 0
Difference 177 0
(This is more than 25 percent and also over Re. 1)
Deductions:
a) Increase due to increase in area on Survey Nos. 1 and 2 (Rs. 1-8-0 2 8
Plus Re. 1 = Rs. 2-8-0)
b) Increase due to transfer from dry to wet of Survey Nos. 102 43 0
and 105 (Rs. 16 plus Rs. 27 = Rs. 43)
c) Increase due to transfer from single crop to double crop of Survey 26 0
Nos. 108 and 260 (Rs. 6 plus Rs. 20 = Rs. 26)
Total 71 8
Increase on holding 177 8
Deductions 71 8
Net increase 105 8
(This is more than 25 per cent on the old assessment of Rs. 249 on the entire patta and also over Re. 1)
Revenue assessment 249 0
Twenty five per cent of revenue assessment 62 4
Deductions on account of (a), (b) and (c) above 71 8
382 12
Collection in the first year 382 12
Twelve and a half per cent of revenue assessment 31 2
413 14
Collection in the second year 413 14
Balance of resettlement assessment over second year’s collection 12 2

426 0

APPENDIX–XX
Comparative statement of areas for ………….. taluk …………………. districts.
According to Percentage of increase (plus) or

According to
Particulars revenue accounts decrease (minus), column (3),
resettlement
of fasli over column (2)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Occupied Acs. Acs.
Government -
Dry
Wet
Total
Unoccupied
Government -
Dry
Wet
Total
Unassessed oramboke
Inam -
Dry
Wet
Total
Entire Inam
Grand Total
APPENDIX–XXI
Comparative financial statement for ………. Taluk ……….. district……………
According to Percentage of
According to
Particulars revenue accounts increase (plus) or
resettlement
of fasli decrease (minus)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Assessment Rs. P. Rs. P.
Dry
Wet
Total
Net increase or decrease on account
of transfer from one head to another
at resettlement and baling remission
(b.r.) on wet lands
Dry
Wet
Net assessment
Dry
Wet
Total

APPENDIX–XXII
Statement of area under dry and wet money rates, for the ……. taluk…. district.
Percentage
Rate per
Particulars Occupied Unoccupied Total on the total
acre
of
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Acs. Acs. Acs.
(a) 1. Dry
Manavari (if any)
Total
2. Special rate (imposed on dry
lands in the water spread of
irrigation sources)
Total
Total, dry
(b) Wet single crop
Total
(c) Wet double crop
Total
(d) Wet compounded ordinary
Total
(e) Wet compounded favorable
Total
(f) Special rates (imposed on
lands forming the ayacut of
tanks handed over for private
repairs under Board's Standing
Order No. 8)
Total
Total, wet

APPENDIX–XXIII
Resettlement register of village ……… No. ……….. Taluk ……………………. District
Unessessed (U) or Poramboke (P),

Resurvey
Number of patta or title deed and

Dry (D), Wet (W), Manvari (M),
consolidation or composition
name of registered holder or

Ryotwari (R) or Inam (I)
If double crop, rate of
Class and sort of soil

Old survey number
irrigation and class

If wet source of
Rate per acre
Assessment
and letter
Remarks
inamdar
Subdivision
Taram
Extent
Number
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Rs Acs Rs.
APPENDIX–XXIV
𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦 𝑀𝑎𝑝 𝑁𝑜.
Alphabetical No. 𝑅𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑆𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦
Descriptive memoir of …………………. Village of the ……………………… taluk of the

………………… district.
1. The resettlement was introduced into this village in fasli …….

2. Situation : This village is situated about …………… miles ………………… of
𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚
………………… and is miles distant from railway station and the
𝑜𝑛
maintained road from ………………… to ……………………….
3. Area : The boundary of the village remains unaltered by resettlement. The boundary of
the village has been altered by excluding ……………. Acres of the …………… reserved
forest and by including ……………….. acres of disforested land which originally formed
𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦
part of ……………….. village. The present 𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦 village comprises the
𝑎𝑛𝑑
following old villages portions of old villages.
𝑜𝑟
𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦
Old villages Old survey numbers Corresponding 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦
numbers
(1) (2) (3)

The areas under each description of land according to revenue and resettlement accounts are –
Occupied Unoccupied
Unessessed
Poramboke
Total
Inam
Tota Tota
Wet Dry Wet Dry
l l
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
According to revenue Acs Acs. Acs. Acs Acs Acs. Acs Acs Acs Acs
account . . . . . . .
It must be distinctly borne in mind that a deduction of 15 per cent in the case of lands
irrigated by rivers and river-fed tanks and channels and 20 per cent in the case of all other
wet and dry lands has been made from the gross produce on account of unfavorable
seasons and on account of any roads, channels, banks, paths etc., that may have been
measured in with the cultivated area. The fact of the inclusion of may such Government
poramboke in any survey field does not therefore confer on the cultivator of that field the
right of entering on such poramboke or of in any way interfering with it. Any un-authored
encroachment on such poramboke will be dealt with under Act III of 1905 (Madras).
4. Demarcation : This village, as now formed at resettlement, contains 𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦 fields.
The village officers have given receipts for the demarcation marks, newly erected
at𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦. The ryots are responsible for the maintenance of all survey marks of
which the maintenance is prescribed by the provisions of the Survey and boundaries Act
and the rules framed thereunder. It is the duty of the village officers to prevent any survey
mark from being destroyed, injured or moved; and should this occur they should report
the fact to the Revenue Inspector without delay.
5. Population : The population of the village as ascertained at the different censuses was as
under –
Population
Population Religion Occupation per 100
acres of
Number of inhabited houses
Agriculturists, landholders
Year of census
Other labourers
Muhammadans
Cultivable land
Occupied land
and labourers
Christians
Females
Artisans
Traders
Hindus
Others
Others
Males
Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
1911
1912
1913

The area of the village-site is ………… acres…………….
6. Holding : The ryotwari holdings in the year of resettlement (fasli …………) were
classified as follows -
Number
Holdings assessed to Extent Assessment
Single Joint Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Acs. Rs. A.
Rupees 1 and less
Rupees 10 and less but over Re. 1
Over Rs 1000
Total
7. Crops : The area of Government and minor inam land cultivated with the chief crops in
the year of resettlement as shown below -
Area cultivated in fasli

Name of crop
First crop Subsequent crop
(1) (2) (3)

Paddy
Cholam
Cumbu
Ragi
Cercals Tenai
Samai
Varagu
Kudiraivali
Others
Horsegram
Blackgram
Pulses
Redgram
Others
Cotton
Sugarcane
Tobaco
Industrial crops
Gingelly
Castor
Groundnut

Others
Chillies
Vegetables Plantains
Others
Fruit trees
Topes
Other trees
All other crops
Total area
8. Stock, pasturage and forest: The total number of agricultural stock in the village according
to the census of fasli was cattle and sheep and goats: acres are reserved as cattle-stand and
acres set up apart for grazing. Cattle also graze on patta lands, unoccupied assessed lands,
unassessed lands and communal porambokes. There is besides the adjacent reserve forest
where grazing may be permitted under the forest rules.
There are carts, ploughs, oil mills, wooden sugar mills, rice mills and weavers, looms in
the village.
9. Dry grouping : The dry lands are placed in the group.
10. Irrigation : Details with regard to state irrigation works are given in the following
statement. The revised area and assessment under each work and class assigned to each
with reference to supply, capacity and conditions are as under –
Total
Area registered as
Classific Number resettlement
Name Source wet
Surplus ation of wells demand
of of
flows to assigned in the
work supply Single Double Single Double
to work ayacut
crop crop crop crop
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
11. Kudimaramat : The customary labour on irrigation works will be performed by the ryots
as usual.
12. The following statement exhibits the areas placed in under taram at resettlement and the
resettlement assessment under each taram. For lands registered as baling wet a remission
of rupee one per acre for single crop has been allowed. Baling remission for second has
been allowed at one-fourth of the second crop charge subject to maximum of annas eight
per acre.

Dry Dry
Description of soil

Occupied Unoccupied Occupied Unoccupied
Rate per acre
Rate per acre
Remarks
Block
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Taram
Taram
Extent
Extent
Extent
Extent
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
The land assessment on occupied lands for fasli was rupees ………. ; by the present
resettlement it is rupees …………. ; increase by the present resettlement is rupees
…………. after deducting baling remission. The last resettlement rates varied from rupees
…………… to rupees …………. an acre on dry lands and from rupees ……….. to rupees
……………. an acre on wet single crop lands, and from rupees ………….. to rupees
……….. an acre on wet double crop lands.
13. Wells : There are ordinary wells in wet, dry and poramboke lands which are used for
irrigation. The wells under which favorable composition for second crop charge has been
allowed are noted below –
Ayacut Ayacut Ayacut Ayacut
resurvery number and

Well situated in
Well situated in
Well situated in
Well situated in
Resurvey number
Resurvey number
Resurvey number
Resurvey number
and subdivision
and subdivision
and subdivision
and subdivision
subdivision
subdivision
subdivision
subdivision
Extent
Extent
Extent
Extent
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
There are also doruvu wells on the bank of the river which irrigate the fields noted below;
these fields are registered as dry.
𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦
numbers:
𝑅𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑦
14. Fishery : The fishery rental of the village is rupees …………… The enjoyment of the
fishery rights is subject to the conditions specified below and violation of these conditions
will entail the forfeiture of these rights.
i) The draining of the irrigation sources, the use of fixed engines, dynamiting and
positioning shall not be resorted to.
ii) Rod and line, cast nets, drag nets and local nets shall alone be used.
1
iii) The size of the meshes in the nets shall not be below 12 inches between knots. The
government reserve power to charge additional rent during the currency of the
resettlement in the event of tank or tanks being stocked by the Department of
Fisheries.

15. Inams : The lands shown in the sub joined table are held tax-free or on favorable terms;
Amount of
Description of inam Area Assessment Excess charge Remarks
quit-rent
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
A. Enfranchised
1. Personal
2. Village service
B. Unfranchised
1. Personal
2. Village service
3. Religious
4. Charitable
Total
Notes : The second crop charge on single crop inam lands compounded for two crops at resettlement
should be noted in column (6), the lands themselves being shown as single crop in the
appropriate column of the resettlement register.
16. Village establishment : In fasli …………., the village establishment comprised village
headman, maniyam, karanam, assistant karnam, talaiyaris, vettis, and nirgantis.
N.B. : This establishment is forgone group comprising villages nos.
Revenue Settlement Officer Special Settlement Officer

Party No.
193…
APPENDIX–XXV
Statement showing the poramboke and unassessed lands transferred to assessed waste
or included in holdings by the District Revenue authorities in V.No. ………………
name ……………… taluk ……………….. district
Proposed
As per diglot As per Revenue accounts of fasli
classification and
Remarks of the Supervisor
Orders of the Special
Classifica Classifica
Settlement Officer
Whether assessed waste
Description, Poramboke
or included in a holding
Dry, wet or manavari
Survey No. and letter
tion tion
or unassessed
Rate per acre
Rate per acre

Assessment
Taram
Taram
Extent
Extent
Class
Class
Sort
Sort
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)

APPENDIX–XXVI
Statement showing the lands transferred from dry to wet and from wet to dry by the
District Revenue authorities in V.No. …. Name ………. Taluk ….. district
Proposed
As per diglot As per revenue accountsof fasli
Orders of the Special Settlement

classification

Classifica Classifica Classifica
tion of tion of tion of

soil soil soil
Officer
Rate per acre
Rate per acre
Rate per acre

Dry or wet
Dry or wet
Taram
Taram
Taram
Extent
Extent
Class
Class
Class
Sort
Sort
Sort
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
Section I – Fields transferred from dry to wet.

Section II – Fields transferred from wet to dry.
APPENDIX–XXVII
Statement showing the lands transferred from one source of irrigation to another
subsequent to the last Resettlement in V.No. ..… name ………. taluk ……. District
Proposed
As per diglot As per revenue accountsof fasli
Orders of the Special Settlement

classification

Classifica Classifica
Classificati
Name of source and its
Name of source and its
tion of tion of
on of soil
soil soil
Officer
Rate per acre
Rate per acre
Rate per acre

Taram
Taram
Taram
Extent
Extent
clause
clause
Class
Class
Class
Sort
Sort
Sort
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)

SECTION–III
ADMINISTRATION
1. Establishment : As the number of taluks in which resettlement falls due varies from year
to year it has been found uneconomical to provide permanent posts for all the men who
may be required for resettlement work in normal years. The cadre of the Settlement Party
therefore consists of a nucleus of permanent posts, the incumbents of which can be
provided with work even in slack years. In normal years and in years of pressure the cadre
is extended by the addition of temporary posts to meet the needs of the work. The
permanent cadre of a Settlement Party is given in Appendix I. In Appendix II is shown
the posts on graded pay in the temporary establishment of a Settlement Party.
2. Appointment, Punishment and grant of leave : The authorities, empowered to appoint,
punish and grant leave to Settlement subordinates are shown in Appendix III.
3. General educational and other qualifications : The statutory rule prescribing the
minimum general educational qualification for appointments in the A. P. Ministerial
Service is applicable to all posts in Settlement Parties. Head clerks, Supervisors and
Sarishtadars in Settlement Parties are required to pass the Revenue and Account Tests and
the Head Accountants should pass the Account Test. No person who has not been either
selected by the A. P. Services Commission or been exempted by it for/appointment in
Settlement parties can be retained in service in a settlement party whether in the temporary
establishment or in an officiating vacancy in the permanent establishment.
4. Forecast of the work to be done and the establishment required : In the budget
estimates which have to be submitted to the Board on 1st August, the Special Settlement
Officer must provide for the establishment which he thinks necessary to employ in the
coming financial year. In estimating the establishment required, the Settlement Officer
will keep in mind the fasli in which the resettlement rates have to be introduced. He will
provide for the employment of such a staff as will ensure that the Resettlement accounts
are ready in good time, if possible before the collection of the first kist. The Settlement
Officer will obtain form time to time the sanction of the Board for the employment of the
temporary staff that will be required for the work actually on hand.
The Administration Report which is due with the Board on 1st May shows the work done
in the previous year and gives a forecast of the work to be done in the current year.
5. Organization of work : It is very important that resettlement rates should be introduced
in the year in which they fall due. Failure to do so will result in loss of revenue.
Considerable inconvenience will also be caused to the Revenue authorities if the
resettlement accounts are not handed over to the Tahsildars at least by the beginning of
the first kist month. Careful regulation of work is therefore necessary from the very
commencement of resettlement operations in a district. Under the simplified system of
resettlement procedure as described in Section II, as much of the scriptoria work as
possible should be done by the karnams. The strength of the settlement staff should
therefore be restricted to the minimum that is essential for dealing with the work of the
head office at the, headquarters of the party, for the supervision of the work of the karnams
working at the taluk centers and for checking the registers prepared by them.

The Head Office of the party confines its attention to resettlement work proper which is
usually dealt with in its 'Scheme section' to all the general correspondence, to the
preparation and check of the pay, travelling allowance and other bills and the general
discipline of the whole party. The establishment in the Head Office is placed in the
immediate charge of the Sarishtadar who is responsible for the prompt disposal of
correspondence, the punctual submission of returns, the maintenance of discipline and the
prompt and accurate preparation of pay, travelling allowance and contingent bills, He is
also primarily responsible for the correct maintenance of cash accounts and the
safeguarding of the Government cash. In tracts which are not resurveyed, there should
ordinarily be no necessity to open large Branch Settlement Offices at taluk centers. A
small staff, say of about half a dozen men should be able to attend to all the work
connected with the preparation of the accounts required for the introduction of the
resettlement rates in each taluk and of the new Diglot Registers. The Officer-in-charge of
the party should supervise the work of this staff as well as that of the Head Office. In
tracts which are resurveyed, there will however be need for a much larger staff at each
taluk center and it would be necessary to open Branch Settlement Offices and put them in
charge of Special Assistant Settlement Officers with a view to secure the effective
supervision of the staff in those officers which will consist mostly of temporary men.
The Special Assistant Settlement Officers-in-charge of Branch Settlement Officers will

correspond direct with the Officers-in-charge of Survey Parties or Tahsildars on minor
points affecting their particular taluks, but all important questions should generally be
referred to the Special Settlement Officer for orders. The staff in each branch office is
divided into sections of convenient size which work, each under a Section Officer, who
is responsible for the general accuracy, tidiness and speed of the work in the section. Each
section has a definite number of villages assigned to it. The responsibility for every item
of work done or checked is carefully recorded through certificates signed in the accounts
themselves. Thus when a mistake in the accounts is detected it should be possible to fix
the responsibility for the mistake on the Officer who committed it. When the mistakes are
numerous in a village, not only the subordinates who made the mistake but also the
Section Officer in general charge of the work should be called to account. Each Branch
Settlement Office is required to submit a Progress Report at convenient intervals showing
in some detail the progress of the work assigned to it. A standard outturn for each item of
work to be done is fixed and each member of the establishment keeps a diary in which
the items of work done by him are entered day by day. The diaries are checked by the
Supervising Officer and submitted to the Gazetted Officer-in-charge of the office for
review at short intervals. The diaries are reviewed on a comparison of the actual with the
standard outrun. The careful scrutiny of the diary is a vital part of the work of all
supervising officers. The portion of the work connected with the preparation of the
resettlement accounts and the resettlement registers which is actually done in the Head
Office will be done under the supervision of the Sarishtadar. Where there are Branch
Settlement Offices, only the scrutiny of the Diglot Registers will have to be done in the
Head Offices.
6. Duties of Officers : The Special Settlement Officer works under the orders of the
Collector of the district in all matters affecting the Revenue of the district. In matters of
discipline. He is mainly under the direct orders of the Board of Revenue. It is his duty to
keep in close touch with the Collector informing him of all his proposals and consulting
him informally on all important points before sending in formal reports. All-important

reports affecting the district revenue must be submitted to the Board of Revenue through
the Collector. The Collector should inspect annually the Head Office of the Settlement
Party working in his district to see that the provisions of the District Office Manual are
properly and correctly applied and submit a copy of his inspection notes to the Board of
Revenue (B. P. No. 23, Press, dated 15th February 1934).
The Special Assistant Settlement Officer-in-charge of a branch office is responsible for

the organization and supervision of the work in his taluk both in the office and in the field,
and the quality, rapidity and economy of the resettlement operations in the taluk must
depend chiefly upon him. He is expected to spend most of his time in. camp, where he
must give special attention to the accuracy of the work of his subordinates in the field,
taking immediate action in cases of slackness or dishonesty. He is expected to know
intimately the work of every man employed in his office. Where Settlement Tahsildars
are appointed they may be put in charge of branch offices and where necessary may be
given the same powers as the Special Assistant Settlement Officers except with regard to
punishment.
The Supervisor usually works directly under the order of the Special Settlement Officer.
He attends to important enquiries in connection with Resettlement. He is not employed in
branch offices or on routine work on registers. Additional supervisors in the temporary
establishment are often appointed for urgent or important supervision in the field; and an
officer of that grades frequently put in charge of the 'scheme section in the Head Office.
The Superintendent of a branch office should be selected with great care. He works under
orders of the Special Assistant Settlement Officer or Settlement Tahsildar and nothing but
routine correspondence is issued from the branch office without the Special Assistant
Settlement Officer's or Settlement Tahsildars approval. The Superintendent is personally
responsible on the discipline of the clerks and menials employed in the office and for the
disbursement of their pay. He should see to the correct maintenance of cash accounts and
the proper custody of the cash. It is his duty to distribute work to the section officers, to
check all the routine registers of the office, and to have under his own eye the
correspondence clerk, the petition clerk. The copyists and all others who attend to
miscellaneous items of work.
7. Attendance of karnams in branch offices : The greatest possible use should be made of
the services of the karnams in writing up the resettlement accounts. Their employment is
not only economical but will also ensure accuracy in the accounts on account of their local
knowledge, Their attendance in the branch office without detriment to their ordinary
revenue work should be arranged by the Officer-in-charge in consultation with the taluk
officials. Care must be taken that they are not detained longer than necessary in the branch
office.
The karnams should keep diaries in which the items of work done by them are entered
day by day. They will receive an allowance of four annas a day provided that their work
is satisfactory with reference to the standard outturn fixed for the items of work on which
they are employed. They will receive in addition a lump sum of Rs. 10 each as
remuneration when the fair accounts of their villages are satisfactorily completed and
copies of Resettlement registers have been prepared by them for the purposes of the
printed Resettlement registers.

8. Co-operation of the Taluk Tahsildar : The Tahsildar can be of great assistance to the
Settlement staff if he takes an interest in the work going on in the branch office, visits it
from time to time, and assists the Officer-in-charge in keeping the karnams up to the mark.
The Collector should therefore be asked to impress upon the Tahsildars that it is expected
of them to help the Settlement Party in this and other respects.
9. Payment of establishment : It is important to ensure that the pay and travelling
allowance bills of the establishment are promptly prepared, passed and disbursed,
especially in the case of low-paid men working in the field, and the Settlement Officer
should be careful to see that no avoidable delays occur. The preparation of salary and
travelling allowance bills should be concentrated as far as possible in the Head Office, as
it is neither possible nor economical to spare an efficient account staff for each of the
branch offices.
10. Periodical returns : A list of periodical returns due to the Board, the Accountant General
and the Superintendent of Stationery from the Settlement Parties is given in Appendix IV.
11. Maintenance of Records : The general correspondence of a Settlement Party will be
dealt with in the manner laid down in the District Office Manual and in the chapter entitled
"Office Routine" in Board's Standing Orders, Volume IV. But all village accounts, maps,
memoranda, orders and petitions relating to a single village should be kept by villages,
the petitions being brought to the village petition registers. Time can be well spent in
ensuring that the record-keeper keeps the village records tidily and that he carefully
maintains lists showing the Records to be found in each village bundle. This should be
seen to both in the Head Office and in the branch offices. Any slackness or untidiness in
the maintenance of village records will result in much waste of time, and probably in the
disappearance of important documents.
12. Disposal of Records : Rules for the retention and destruction of records and their transfer
to the Revenue department are given in Appendix V.
13. Forms and stationery : The quantity of forms and stationery consumed by a Settlement
Party is very large. Special care should therefore be taken to see that forms and stationery
are carefully and neatly kept in a safe place in the custody of a trustworthy clerk. A Stock
Book must be carefully maintained and periodically checked. The yearly indents should
be prepared with great care under the direct supervision of the Sarishtadar.
14. The office procedure under the Tottenham system will be observed in the Head offices of
Settlement Parties. The instructions for the working of the system are given in Appendix
VI (B. P. No. Press, dated 6th January 1931)
15. Whenever the A. P. Service Commission is consulted, the authorities concerned should
communicate copies of their orders to the Commission in the following cases –
i) Orders of appointment in cases in which the A. P. Service Commission has been
consulted under Section 7 of the A. P. Service Commission Act, 1936, in regard to
the selection of candidates for appointment to any provincial or subordinate service
or special post, either by (a) direct recruitment or (b) transfer from any other service;
and
ii) Final orders in disciplinary and other cases where the Commission has been
consulted under the Act.
(G.O. No. 511, Public (Special), dated 6th April 1930.)

APPENDIX–I
PERMANENT CADRE OF A SETTLEMENT PARTY
Office Establishment
15
Sarishtadar … Rs. 175 - - 250
2
5 1
Head clerk … Rs. 70 - 2 – 85 / 72 / 2 – 100
5
Head Accountant … Rs. 55 - 2 – 70
3 2
Six clerks each … Rs. 30 - 2 – 45 - 2 – 55
3 2
Three Accountants each … Rs. 30 – – 45 – – 55
2 2
Field Establishment
10
Supervisor … Rs. 125 – – 175
2
5
Two Inspectors (upper division clerks) each … Rs. 55 – 2 – 70
5
Fifteen Inspectors (lower division clerks) each … Rs. 55 – 2 – 70
Menial Establishment
Thirteen peons each … Rs. 12 – 17
Note : The scales given are the revised scales of pay, and the incumbents will draw the old or the
revised scales of pay in accordance with the rules issued with G.O. No 311, Public (Services)
dated the 13th April 1933 or G.O. No. 814, Public (Services), dated 4th October 1933 as the
case may be.
APPENDIX–II
Posts on graded pay in the temporary establishment of a Settlement Party.
Additional Supervisor … 100
Superintendents of Branch Settlement Offices … 85
70
Section officers … 60
Clerks … 55
Clerks … 45
Clerks … 40
Clerks … 35
Clerks … 30
Clerks … 28
Peons … 15
Peons … 14
Peons … 13
Peons … 12
(B.P. Ms. No. 530, dated 16th February 1934)
Note : The scales given are the revised scales of pay, and the incumbents will draw the old or the
revised scales of pay in accordance with the rules issued with G.O. No. 311 Public Services),
dated the 13th April 1933 or G.O. No. 814 Public (Services), dated the 4th October 1933 as the
case may be.

APPENDIX–III
Rules for the Appointment and Punishment of and the grant of leave to Settlement
Subordinates
POWERS OF APPOINTMENT
1. A) In the case of persons having no lien on any permanent Government appointment: The
Special Settlement Officer may appoint all subordinates
B) In the case of persons having a lien on a permanent Government appointment: The
Special Settlement Officer may appoint all subordinates except.
a) Saristadars
b) Ordinary Supervisors (as opposed to Additional Supervisors)
c) Special Deputy Tahsildars, and
d) Special Revenue Inspectors
The power of appointing officers of classes (a) and (b) rests with the Board, while that of
Appointing Officers of classes (c) and (d) rests with the Collector. The Special Settlement
Officers may however appoint as Special Revenue Inspectors qualified subordinates
working under them, when qualified subordinates cannot be spared from the District
Establishment either of the district under resettlement for neighboring districts.
(G.O. No. 241, Revenue, dated 15th September 1928
B.P. No. 79, dated 5th July, 1922)




3. Leave : The power to grant leave dress with the authority having the power to appoint,
provided that, if the leaves does not exceed 1 month and no substitute is required it may
be granted by the officer special settlement officer or special assistant settlement officer
Under whose direct control the person requiring leave is working in the case of special
revenue Inspector however leave may be granted for any period by special settlement
officers provided they can fill up the vacancies so caused by posting qualified
subordinators who are already working under them the application for leave from revenue
Inspector recruited from the revenue department and whom it is proposed to revert at the
end of the leave should be forwarded to the collectors concerned for orders
(G.O. No. 2141, Revenue, dated 15th September 1923)
APPENDIX–IV
Consolidated Statement showing the various returns due to the Board and other offices
from the Settlement Parties
To whom the Date on which the return
Serial Number and particulars of returns
return is due is due
(1) (2) (3)
Monthly
1 Consolidated abstinence statement of Board 9th of every month
non–gazetted members of provincial or
amalgamated establishment.
2 Return of Expenditure Board 15th of every month
3 Progress Report of the Settlement Board 15th of every month
Party for the preceding month
Quarterly
4 List of unanswered references Board 5th January, April, July
and October.
5 Printed list of establishment Board 15th January, April, July
and October.
6 Certificate of verification of the stock Superintendent of 15th January, April and
of stationery articles superintendent of Stationery October.
stationery.
Half–yearly
7 Deputy collectors personal files – Board 15th January and 15th July
Report on all Board Deputy Collectors
working under the Officer–in–charge
of the Settlement Party
(B.P. Mis. 530, dated 16th February 1934)
8 Return of fines inflicted on village Collector 16th January and 15th July
officers
9 Statement of military pensioners in Board 5th April and October
civil employee amount to be deducted
from their pay under Article 526 of the
Civil Service Regulations
(Boards reference No. E. 5540/34–I, dated 11th September, 1934)
10 Demand, Collection and Balance Board 20th April and 20th
statement of expenditure on Record of October
Rights work where such work is in
progress

Yearly
11 Return of landed Property statement Board 15th January
for Gazetted Officers
12 Indent for Treasury and Account Code Superintendent of 15th March
Forms Govt. Press
13 Establishment–Menials paid from Board 15th March
contingencies Rates of pay Certificate
14 Tents–Government tents–Land Board 1st April
Revenue, Settlement and Survey
Departments–Results of inspection of
tents from full stop results of
inspection of tents from Collectors of
all districts except Malabar, South
Kanara and Nilgiris and from
Officers–in–charge of Settlement
Parties and Survey Parties and the
Special Revenue Officer major project.
(B.P. Mis. 2735, dated 11th August 1934)
15 List of compulsory subscribers to the Accountant– 1st April
General Provident Fund and list of General
Europeans on Anglo Indians in
permanent employee who attend a
substantive pay of rupees 100 during
the year
16 Public Services–Communal Board 1st April

representation Appointments
17 Permanent Advance Accountant– 1st April
Acknowledgement General
18 Indent for Common Forms except C. Superintendent of 1st April
F. Nos. 319 and 319–A to 319–D Govt. Press
19 Administration report Board 1st May
20 Detailed list of establishment as it Accountant– 1st May
stood on 1st April every year (to be General
sent in duplicate)
21 List of vacancies expected to arise in Secretary, Madras 1st June
the next calendar year and the Services
approximate date on which each Commission
vacancy is expected to arise.
(B.P. Rout No. 3907, dated 24th July
1931)
Note: The certificate for the quarter
ending 30th June is embodied in the
Annual Indent item 23
22 Expenditure on maintenance of Superintending 1st June
buildings occupied by Civil Engineer
department to be submitted only when
Government buildings under the
control of the Public Works
Department are occupied
23 Indent of stationery articles Superintendent of 30th June
Stationery

24 Budget estimates–Works–Rates and Board 1st July

taxes–Rent–Details
25 Buildings–Residence–Non–Public Board 1st July
Works Department–Capital and
Revenue Accounts–Return
26 Statement showing the details of the Board 1st July
permanent and fixed establishment
provided for in the Budget estimate for
the succeeding year
27 Indent for Revenue Forms under Superintendent of 1st July
groups VI and XXII–L Govt. Press
28 Forecast of probable expenditure on Board 15th July
English stores
29 Expenditure in England on account of Board 15th July
sterling overseas pay–Leave salaries
and deputation pay–From the Offices–
in–charge of Revenue Settlement
Parties
(B.P. Mis. No. 3422, dated 29th September 1934)
30 Budget estimates (5–b D. Settlement Board 1st August
Parties)
31 Budget estimates (5–c A– Board 10th August
Maintenance–Estate Surveys)
32 List of ministerial officers appointed Board 1st September
by the Board who will attain the age of
55 or who will complete the term for
which extension has been allowed
during the next official year
33 Indent of economy labels Superintendent of 1st September
Govt. Press
34 Indent of revenue forms under groups Superintendent of 15th September
XXII–F D and XXXV–E and for Govt. Press
common covers.
35 Statement showing the extra–statutory Superintendent of 1st October
remissions of revenue and Govt. Press
abandonment of claims to revenue
sanctioned during the preceding year
(B.P. Mis. No. 616, dated 23rd February 1934)
36 Indent for C. F. Nos. 319 and 319–A Superintendent of 31st October
to 319–D Govt. Press
37 Indent English Stores Board 15th November
38 Application for additional allotment Board 25th November
and supplementary grant and surrender
of allotments
(B.P. Mis. No. 2677, dated 8th August 1934)

APPENDIX–V
Part 1: Rules for the retention and destruction of records and for their transfer to the Revenue
Department.
Rules for the detection and destruction of records : The following instruction should be
carefully observed in connection with the retention and destruction of records.
i) As the tottenham system of corresponding has been introduced in the head offices of
settlement parties the instructions contained in paragraphs 58 and 63 to 67 of the
district office manual should be followed.
ii) Papers entered in the list or ordinary liable to the destroyed after 10 years, but care
should be taken to see that the papers which are specially marked for retention for a
longer period are not prematurely destroyed full stop such papers should be put in
separate balance, with the year of destruction clearly on the top of each bundle.
iii) At the time of fixed for destruction of records the record keeper should enter in the
appropriate D list the numbers and the dates of the files which have to be retained for
more than 10 years he need not, however, give abstracts of such papers for instance
the bulk of the papers entered in the day disposal list for 19.9 will be liable to be
destroyed in 2020 of the remaining papers summer have been marked for destruction
in 1925 and some in 1930 the record keeper should enter the numbers and names of
the d 1925 papers in the day list for 1914 and those of the d 1930 papers in the d list
for 1919
iv) Is a record keeper should 35 at the end of the disposal list that all the records included
in the list which are ripe for construction have been destroyed.
List of paper subject to the disposal number system which have to be retained for
more than 10 years.

ESTABLISHMENT
Correspondence regarding suspensions, dismissals etc., 20 years
PART II: RULES FOR THE RETENTION AND DESTRUCTION OF

RECORDS WHICH ARE NOT ON THE PROPOSAL LIST
Records other than those referred to in part 1 will be maintained or destroyed according
to the instructions given below :
Records prepared in connection with resettlement operations.
a) To be handed over to the Revenue Department.
i) for permanent retention
When to be handed
List of records
over
1. Land registers Before the party
2. Parent supplemental area lists leaves the district
3. Irrigation statement.
4. Wet ayacut statement.
5. Statements of land situated on the water spread of tanks
6. Statement showing the inams in the village
7. Statement showing poramboke lands encroached upon
When the party
8. Memorandum of discrepancies noticed when comparing Inam leaves the district
accounts with the English Inam register
9. Statement of baling wetlands
10. Inspection lot and papers containing final orders on disputed points
11. Increment remission account
12. Inam excess account
ii) For retention till the next resurvey or permanently if there is no resurvey
When to be handed
List of records
over
1. Land registers Before the party
2. Parent supplemental area lists leaves the district
3. Irrigation statement.
4. Wet ayacut statement.
5. Statements of land situated on the water spread of tanks
6. Statement showing the inams in the village
7. Statement showing poramboke lands encroached upon
When the party
8. Memorandum of discrepancies noticed when comparing Inam leaves the district
accounts with the English Inam register
9. Statement of baling wetlands
10. Inspection lot and papers containing final orders on disputed points
11. Increment remission account
12. Inam excess account

When to be handed
List of records
over
1. Duplicate field measurement books Along with the fair
accounts
2. Re survey and provision survey maps Before the party
leaves the district
(B.Ps. No. 1108, Mis., dated 9th April 1934 and No. 1971, Mis., dated 13th June 1034)
iii) to be destroyed
1. Appeal dairy of officers gearing objections to rough pattas together When the party
with petitions and inspection reports field there with leaves the district and
destroyed five years
thereafter
2. Miscellaneous statement file with the exception of the irrigation Twelve years after
statement the introduction of
resettlement
3. Fair adangal Ten years after the

4. Fair chitta. introduction of
resettlement
(B.P. No. 1666, Mis, dated 2nd June, 1932)
b) Other resettlement records in the custody of the Party Office which are to be
destroyed –
1. Adangal abstract When the party
leaves the district
2. Records and statements prepared in connexion with the compilation of After the receipt of
scheme and introduction reports orders of
Government on the
introduction report
3. Statement showing lands assigned by the Revenue Department After the issue of
subsequent to the original settlement printed Resettlement
registers
4. Statement of lands left unclassified at the original settlement
5. Statement of lands transferred (a) from wet to dry and (b) from dry to
wet
6. Statement of assessed or ryotwari lands to be transferred to
poramboke
7. Statement showing the particulars of lands classed as "permanently
imported"
8. Soilwar or numberwar lists of fields

9. Soilwar averja accounts
10. Pass abstract or financial result statement
11. Nafargati rough chitra or individual ledger
12. Abstract of Nafargati rough chitra
13. Nominal list of registered ryotwari holders and inamdars

14. Patta distribution lists

15. Poramboke averja
16. Soilwar katavani or avarja
17. Rent roll
18. Office copy of the descriptive memoir
19. Office copy of the soilwar abstract
20. Errata lists
21. Records and statements other than those specified above prepared
either by the Settlement Branch Office Staff or by Settlement Field Staff
22. Supplemental subdivision sketches After the
subdivisions are
plotted in the
manuscript field
measurement books
c) Records and Registers relating to periodical reports and returns of Travelling

Allowance, Pension and other account matters
i) To be retained
1) Important Government Orders and Boards Proceedings

2) Papers containing general instructions and circulars issued from time to time for
the preparation of accounts and also of papers of general importance
3) Reports on matters of special interest
4) Annual Administration Reports
5) Record index file
6) Gazette files (sheets containing information bearing on Survey and Settlement)
7) Regulations and Acts
8) Books supplied by Government to the office library
9) Boards monthly volumes of proceedings
ii) To be destroyed
When to be
List of records
handed over
1. Correspondence with Branch Settlement Officers When the party
leaves the district
2. "Lodged and" "Routine" files After 3 years
3. Miscellaneous petitions such as applications for copies, appointments, After 1 years
etc.,
4. Budget statements and correspondence relating thereto After 5 years
5. Routine correspondence not otherwise provided for After 3 years
6. Progress reports After 3 years
7. Diaries After 3 years
8. Other periodical reports and returns After 3 years
9. Distribution register After 20 years

10. General register of correspondence received After 20 years

11. Disposal registers of 'R' and 'D' series After 25 years
12. Despatch register After 3 years
13. Record issue register After 3 years
14. Invoice files After 10 years
15. Board and Government register After 10 years
16. Periodical register After 10 years
17. Petition register After 20 years
18. Tour register After 10 years
19. Register of applications for copies After 10 years
20. Register of search fees After 3 years
21. Attendance register After 1 years
22. Casual and compensation leave register After 1 years
23. Night watch register After 1 years
24. Registers of salary bills and travelling allowance bills of gazetted After 5 years
officers
25. Transfer of charge certificate After 3 years
26. Acknowledgment of permanent and temporary advances After 3 years
27. Officers diaries After 3 years
28. Orders of appointments, promotions and transfers After the persons
quit service
(1) Pay bills and acquaintance rolls when these are After 35 years
29. Pay bills and
maintained separately of Government servants for
acquaintance rolls
whom no establishment returns are submitted or
no service books are maintained
(2) Pay bills of other classes of Government After 6 years
servants and acquaintance rolls for pay and
allowances (other than travelling allowance) when
maintained separately.
(B.P. Rout No. 1632, dated 23rd March 1934)
(See note below and the last sentence of clause 84–C (c) of the Madras Financial and Account
Code, Volume I)
Note : Establishment pay bills and acquaintance rolls up to and for the year 1928 should continue
to be preserved for a period of 35 years.
30. Pay abstracts, leaves–statements and April lists After 20 years
31. Landed property statements After 10 years
32. Travelling allowance bills and acquaintance rolls relating thereto After 3 years
33. Last–pay certificates After 3 years
34. List of officers aged 55 years and upwards After 1 years
35. Contingent bills and vouchers After 3 years
36. Report on verification of service registers After 1 years
37. Proposition statements After 3 years
38. Annual returns of establishments After 35 years
39. Establishment orders After 35 years
40. Service register of dismissed officers after the order of dismissal has After 1 years
been passed and no appeal has been filed
41. Statement of persons thrown out of employment After 1 years

42. Register of unserviceable furniture After 1 years

43. Cash book After 20 years
44. Register of contingent charges After 3 years
45. Stock book of stationery After 10 years
46. Stock book of forms After 5 years
47. Stock book of furniture After 15 years
48. Indent for office furniture, service stamps and postage labels and After 1 years
printed forms
49. Indents for peons belts and badges Till next supply
50. Indent for stationery and stores After 3 years
51. Conduct sheets and confidential records of retired officers 5 years after
retirement
52. Periodical publications superseded by later issues After 3 years
53. Superseded editions of books other than Account Codes and official After 3 years
orders when not likely to be required again
54. Service book (including leave accounts) After 3 years
55. Service book (including leave accounts) 5 years after
retirement
Cases in which invalid pensions have been sanctioned. 25 years after
retirement
Other pension cases 5 years after
retirement
(G.O. No. 625, Finance dated 16th October 1934)
APPENDIX–VI
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE WORKING OF THE TOTTENHAM SYSTEM IN
THE HEAD OFFICES OF REVENUE SETTLEMENT PARTIES
(B. P. No. I, Press, dated 6th January 1931)
1. An office order such as that referred to in the preliminary note in the District Office
Manual may be issued indicating who should perform the functions assigned in the
Manual to specified officials. Thus in a Settlement Party Office the functions of the
Collector will be performed by the Special Settlement Officer and those of the Huzur
Sarishtadar by the Sarishtadar of the Settlement Party.
2. Subject to the above Office order the principles of the Tottenham system as described in
Sections II, III, IV, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII and XVI of the District Office Manual apply
in their entirety to the Head Offices of all Revenue Settlement Parties, and the principles
of the other sections apply subject to the following remarks and modifications.
3. Organization of the office : The Head Office of a Settlement Party will normally consist
of two sections–(i) the Head–clerk's section including the record–keeper, tappal clerk, and
dispatching clerk, and (ii) the Head Accountant's section. The former will be styled as the
'A' section and the latter as the 'B' section. The clerks in each of these sections dealing
each with a single group of subject’s wilt be given distinguishing letters as A–I, A–2, A–
3, etc., and B–1, B–2, B–3, etc. It is however open to '(he Special Settlement Officer to

form one or more temporary sections such as 'Scheme' section; 'Introduction' section,
'Diglot' section, etc.; according to exigencies of work. These new sections will be styled
as 'C' section, D' section and so on. Each of them will generally be in charge of an
Additional Supervisor or a Superintendent. The clerks in each of the temporary sections,
will also be given distinguishing letters as in the Head Clerk's (A) and Head Accountants
(B) sections. The Sarishtadar will exercise general supervision and control of the whole
office and all papers dealt with in the Office shall pass through him except such of them
as the Settlement Officer may, by specific order require to be submitted to him direct.
4. The Officer–in–charge of a Settlement Party will maintain the confidential sheets of all
subordinates in the party in the Superior service whether permanent or temporary in the
manner laid down in paragraph 139–A of the District Office Manual. Before writing up
the confidential sheet of a subordinate working immediately under a Special Assistant
Settlement Officer, the Officer–in–charge of the Party should get a report about the
individual from the Special Assistant Settlement Officer.
[B.P. No. 127, Press, dated 15th September 1934]
5. Registers to be maintained : The following registers should be maintained –

a) Distribution register.
b) Personal register and Periodical register.
c) Fair–copy register and local tappal book.
d) Call book.
e) Stamp account.
f) Copy application register.
g) Record issue register.
h) Arrear list.
a) Distribution register : This register will be maintained in Form I annexed to these
instructions and will serve the purposes both of the distribution register and the new
case register prescribed in the District Office Manual. Each register will contain 220
pages with 15 lines a page and the lines will be serially numbered in print. Three
Registers–Volume I containing Nos. 1 to 3300, Volume II containing Nos. 3301 to
6600 and Volume III Nos. 6601 to 9900 will ordinarily be required every year. When
subject clerks acknowledge the receipt of papers in the distribution register they will
note in column (4) of that register the numbers of old cases to which any of the papers
received by them on the previous day are only replies and ring them off. Column (4)
will be left blank against all new cases till they are disposed of. The despatcher should
fair after copies are dispatched hand over the files to the clerk who maintains the
distribution register who will note all the disposals in column (4) of the register
before transferring the files to the record–keeper. The latter will acknowledge their
receipt in column (5) and will also see that all the files have been duly entered in
column (4).
All papers received in the tappal with the exception of periodicals, and papers marked
ex,' 'N' or 'X.L.' or 'File' by the Special Settlement Officer or by the Sarishtadar
subject to the approval of the Special Settlement Officer will be entered in the
distribution register–one against each printed serial number. Before entering them,

the tappal clerk will sort the papers to be numbered according to sections and in such
a way that the papers to be dealt with by each clerk are entered together and receive
consecutive numbers. The tapa] clerk will then place the papers before the
Sarishtadar and after the latter approves of the sorting, he will note on the various
currents the printed numbers in tee distribution register against which they are
entered. The clerks will bracket in column (3) of the register against the numbers of
their papers and initial with date; they will also initial against any stay numbers
relating to their papers. Below the last number given to the day's tappal, the
Sarishtadar will invariably affix his initials with date.
b) Personal register and Periodical register : Each clerk will maintain a personal
register and a periodical register, the instructions in the District Office Manual being
followed.
New cases will be registered under fresh serial numbers, while old cases should be
noted against the serial numbers of–the papers to which they refer in columns (8) and
(9) of the personal register. In order to facilitate the tracing of old cases in the
personal register the current numbers given to each old case in the distribution
register should be noted in serial order in column (2) below the last entry of new
cases for the day together which the current numbers of the paper against which the
old case is entered as ordered above. This is illustrated below –
Date of receipt by
Serial No. Current No. Title, etc.,
clerk
Establishment–Temporary–
335 4847 30th October 1930
Employment–Sanctioned
336 4858–3584 Settlement–Resettlement–Scheme
4880 31st October 1930
report–Further particulars–Called for
c) Fair–copy register : This should be in Form II annexed to these instructions. The

Head clerk will be responsible for the prompt fair–copying and dispatch of papers.
The fair–copy register should be carefully maintained and checked from time to time.
If this is done, it will afford a safeguard against delays in the dispatch of fair copies.
A dispatch by post and local delivery book should also be maintained in the manner
prescribed in the District Office Manual.
d) Call book : The instructions in paragraphs 68 and 69 of the District Office Manual
should be followed. Ordinary calls will be noted ill in the personal registers and not
in the call book but papers that have to lie over for months and those which relate to
the return of records which are not entered in the Special register prescribed in
paragraph 6 of Board's Standing Order No. 174 and the return of which has to be
carefully watched, should be entered in the call book.
e), (f) and (g) : The stamp account, copy application register and record issue register
should be maintained in the manner laid down in the District Office Manual.
h) Arrear lists : They should be written up in both Forms VII and X prescribed in the
District Office Manual and the instructions in paragraph. 132 of the District Office
Manual should be followed.
i) Outgoing reminders : When a draft reference calling for information from
outside offices or submitting a case for the orders of a Superior Officer is put;
up, the head of the section should note on the top of the draft the date when the

first reminder should issue. After the draft is approved the clerk should note the
date in pencil in– the last column of the personal register and see that the
'Reminder' issues on that date. All 'Reminders' should be returnable. Officers
while checking the personal registers should see that this order is carried out. If
any 'Remainder' is not returned within a fortnight of its issue or if no reply is
received within the time promised the clerk should take the matter to the notice
of the Special Settlement Officer. When a –Reminder' is received back, the reply
should be put up for perusal, the date of the next 'Reminder' being similarly
noted. Cases of inordinate delay in replying should always be brought to the
notice of the Special Settlement Officer. In all 'Reminders' the title of the
reference, as well as its number plate should be noted. The dates on which
'Reminders' are sent should be entered in red ink in column (7) of personal
register.
Subordinate officers should be encouraged to remind the Special Settlement Officer
in cases where the Special Settlement Officer's orders are not received within a
reasonable time on the reports or references sent by them, and the Sarishtadar when
opening or perusing the tappal should be careful to note the receipt of such
'Reminders' and to enquire regarding the pendency which gave rise to them.
[B.P. Ms. No. 3409, dated 28th September 1934.]
6. Indexing : This should be done after a paper is given an 'R' or ‘D' disposal. In
preparing the index slip, the instructions given in the District Office Manual should
be carefully followed.
7. Filling : The system of 'filing' detailed in paragraphs 84 to 86 of the District Office
Manual will be adopted. The system is complicated and before introducing it the
Special Settlement Officer should take care to compile a list of files which will suit
his office and should satisfy himself that all section heads and clerks of his office
have understood the instructions given in the District Office Manual.
FORM–I
Distribution Register
Serial No.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
FORM–II
Fair Copy Register
Date of receipt for
Serial No. Number of description Date of despatch
issue
(1) (2) (3) (4)
****

VII. Notes on Cadastral Survey


1. Define "SURVEYING" or what is "Survey"?

Surveying is the art of making such measurements as to determine the relative positions
of points on the surface or the earth in order that shape and extent of any portion of the
earth's surface may be ascertained and delineated on a map or Plan. It is essentially a
process of determining positions of points in a horizontal plane.
The primary object of a Survey is the preparation of a plan or map. The result of Surveys
when plotted or drawn on paper constitute a plan.
Surveying may be divided into two general categories viz, (a) Geodetic (b) Plane. The
object of geodetic survey is to determine the precise positions on the surface of the earth
which form control stations. In our country they are conducted by the Survey of India.
In plane surveying, the curvature of the earth is not taken into account unlike Geodetic
Surveying. The earth's surface is considered as a plane, the line separating any two points
as straight line and the angles of polygon as plane angles. It therefore involve knowledge
of geometry and plane trigonometry. The degree of accuracy is specifically low in this
type of Surveying. Survey may be classified in a variety of ways:
1. Based upon the methods employed in Survey:
a) Triangulation surveys
b) Traverse surveys
2. Based upon the instruments employed
a) Chain Survey
b) Theodolite survey
c) Tachometric Survey
d) Compass Survey
e) Plane Table Survey
f) Photographic and Arial Survey
g) Land Survey may be further subdivided into TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY &
CADASTRAL SURVEY.
Topographical Survey for determining the natural features of a country such as Hills,
Valleys, Rivers, Lakes, Forests etc. and also artificial features such as Roads, Canals,
Railways, Towns etc.
Cadastral survey is one in which additional details such as boundaries of fields, houses,
and other properties, Pathways etc. are determined. Our subject matter is Cadastral
Surveys.
Surveying may be regarded as an art and science of map making. The art of Surveying
and mapping have been practiced from very ancient times and their application has
become increasingly important as time has progressed.

2. What is REVENUE SURVEY OR WHAT is CADASTRAL SURVEY OR How is

REVENUE SURVEY beneficial both to Government and Ryots?
Survey generally means a detailed investigation to gather particulars in any field of
knowledge say, Medicine, Engineering etc. in Revenue Administration Survey with
Settlement is connected to Cadastral Survey. The object of all land surveys is to determine
the boundaries and the relative position of the objects or any portion of the earth's surface
with a view to the production of a pictorial representation of the tract on paper with all its
distinguishing features.
A Revenue Survey of a Cadastral Survey is Survey in which the boundaries, area, reputed
ownership and position of holdings are determined. A Revenue Survey includes the
demarcation of fields, their measurements and plotting.
Under Ryotwari system the assessment on a piece of land is directly proportional to its
area and is collected from the person in whose name the land is registered in the Revenue
Accounts, and hence survey is of vital important.
In a Revenue Survey the :
a) Boundaries of fields are laid down
b) Measurements are taken
c) Records including plotted maps are prepared.
d) Areas computed and noted for each holding
e) Names of the reputed owners are registered.
f) Land Registers with particulars of Classification of land, tenure, source of irrigation
etc. are prepared.
Thus a Cadastral Surveyor a Revenue Survey help in setting disputes between one holder
and another and also in protecting lands, whether public or private against encroachment.
Hence Revenue Survey is thus necessary in the interests of both Government and Ryots.
3. Why Theodolite is used in the Revenue Survey?
The main aim and object of the survey operations is nothing but to build up accurate
survey records and print the village maps for all districts in the entire State. If the village
boundary is arrived at by plotting field after field surveyed with Chain and Cross staff,
the cumulative error or will seriously affect the accuracy of the plotting map, it will not
be possible to have even a rarely accurate map. Maps of all the villages, Taluks, Districts
and even in entire State have to be platted for which it becomes compelling to find a frame
work that will control our plotting, we need a frame into which the individual fields can
be fitted and plotted. Traverse work provides us an accurate frame work. Every Theodolite
station is a fixed point in the map, with which the corresponding point in the field survey
should tally in plotting, failing which it will indicate that the survey is not correct. We
require a complete frame work, which will control the plotting not only of the fields lie in
the interior of the village but also of the fields of the adjoining villages. For this purpose
it is essential to have a village circuit, and also sub-circuits called Khandams.

If there happens to be an error in the field work, the khandam frame work will enable to
locate the error with in a limited area. The work within the particular Khandam can be
verified in the field and errors rectified.
In addition to this there are few localities such as Reserve Forest, Tanks, Hills, Towns
and fields having huge extent which cannot be surveyed with chain and Cross Staff are
surveyed through Theodolite only.
4. What is survey field and Revenue field?
A revenue field is a field registered in the Revenue Accounts either occupied or
unoccupied. If occupied it is a distinct piece of land of one description of soil and held on
one tenure by one man or jointly by more, if unoccupied it is either Poramboke or waste.
Occupied Revenue fields always form distinct items in patta.
A Revenue survey includes the demarcation of fields, their measurement and plotting and
also their area computation. If we have to maintain separate frame work for each tiny
Revenue fields by conducting survey, it involves huge expenditure besides consuming
much time. To obviate these things without forgoing the main objects of Revenue survey
such small or tiny Revenue fields are clubbed together to form SURVEY FIELDS of
convenient shape subject to certain rules framed under the Act. Thus a survey field is a
combination of one or more Revenue fields, formed conveniently during the conduct of
Revenue survey. As such we have to observe the following while forming Survey fields:
1. No survey field thus formed should exceed 5 Acres in wet and 10 Acres in dry area,
and the holding clubbed together while forming so be treated as Sub-divisions of the
Survey field.
2. No survey field thus formed should contain more than 20 subdivisions unless its area
is below 2 Acres in wet and 4 Acres in dry when no limit is placed on the number of
sub-divisions.
3. In clubbing Revenue fields, great care and judgment are required to avoid the
irregular boundaries of survey fields.
4. No existing revenue field however large is to be sub-divided.
5. In case of long narrow fields such no Roads, Canals, etc., they may be spitted up as
a separate survey field with a length of 10 chains.
5. What is LOCATION airy or How the Rough Location Sketch is prepared?
A perambulation of the Khandam is taken up and the localization of holdings and Revenue
fields is the first step in the field to field survey after the Theodolite Survey is over. A
rough location sketch should first be prepared showing the boundaries of the old survey
and those of the new survey. The old boundaries and numbering and areas should be
marked in black and for boundaries and numbering of the subdivisions of the present
survey in red ink. The field boundaries should be marked in firm lines and the subdivisions
in broken lines.
During the Location work, it is to be borne in mind the survey field is a unit. The size or
survey field is prescribed 10 Acres in dry and 5 Acres in wet with following exceptions.
a) M.C. Field
b) Long Narrow Field

c) Village Site
d) Single holding over 50 Acres
If the No. of subdivisions exceed 20, the area should be kept below 2 Acres in Wet and 4
Acres in dry. Fields have to be formed by clubbing revenue fields as per the prescribed
style while indicating the limit of enjoyment, ownership, bends and field bi-junctions
existing on ground. The shape of a survey field should be most convenient for
measurement work.
All the names of enjoyers, Pattedars, classification, description of land, old area, old
assessment, new Survey No, and new Subdivisions are recorded in Rough Land Register.
Rough Location Sketch and Rough Land Register are very helpful and guiding records to
the Surveyor who attends E & F work.
6. What are the Survey instruments used in Cadastral Survey? Describe their
construction?
The following instrument are used during Cadastral Survey operations:
1) Chain of 20 Meters
2) Cross Staff
3) Arrows
Chain : This comprises of 100 links. The length of each link is 20 cm. The brass handle
at each end is included in the length of last link at either end. In the middle of the chain
there is a brass index. For every 10 links indices are fixed.
Cross Staff : The cross staff consists of a piece of wood called Head of 4 square inches
1
and about 2 inches thick and an iron rod about 16 mm. in diameter and 4 2 feet long. On
the upper surface of the Head two grooves are cut with one inch deep. Grooves on the
Head are cut to form 90°. A right angle is chosen because it can be accurately laid out in
paper with simple instruments of scale and bit. A right angle assist in the calculation of
areas by Pythagoras theorem.
To test the accuracy of the Cross staff, sight a distant object through one groove and plant
a flag at a distance of 2-3 chains from the so that it is intersected with the second groove.
Then turn the Cross Staff to a quarter round until the distant object is along the groove
though which the flag was sighted. It the flag is now correctly intersected along the other
groove the instrument is correct.
Arrows : It is made of stout iron wire about a foot long. It is pointed at one end so as to
be easily thrust into the ground. The other end of the arrow is curled into a ring to serve
as a handle. The arrows are used for counting the No. of chains in a line. Each chain is
provided 10 arrows.
7. Enumerate the rules to be followed during demarcation of a survey field?
1) Revenue fields should be clubbed to form a survey field which should not be more
than 5 Ac. in wet and 10 Ac. in dry and then Revenue fields so clubbed being treated
as subdivisions of that survey field.

2) No survey field thus formed should contain more than 20 subdivisions unless its area
is below 2 Ac. in wet and 4 Ac. in dry land when no limit is laced on the number of
subdivisions.
3) Great care and judgment be taken in clubbing revenue fields to avoid irregular
boundaries of survey fields. In other words great care to be taken to form well shaped
Survey fields.
4) No existing revenue field however large is to be subdivided except in certain cases
namely Long Narrow Fields.
5) In demarcation of fields, existing limits of occupation i.e., Ridges all bunds should
be adhered to and all the bends recognized.
6) The Surveyor may ignore small bends and lay down the survey field boundary, in
such a way that the natural boundary at no place deviates from the survey boundary
by more than 10 links in wet and 20 links in dry so that the portions included in the
field are as far as possible equal the portions excluded from it, but should not be
restored to in case of valuable lands and also where permanent buildings or valuable
trees are existing on the natural boundary.
7) Bends on subdivision boundaries should not be marked with stones unless the
subdivision is a poramboke.
8) When there are bunds or ridges between fields, the center of it will as a rule be
considered to be the boundary unless there is evidence to the contrary.
9) All long narrow fields namely roads, cart-tracks, channels with are included in the
Rotary holdings and which exceed 20 links in width should be demarcated as a
subdivision of a Survey field. It exceeds 50 links in width it should be surveyed as a
separate Survey No. of about 20 chains in length. If they do to exceed 20 links in
width they should not be subdivided but marked as a "Details" as a general rule.
10) The boundaries of Poramboke fields and subdivisions should be straightened by
cutting off sharp projecting bends provided the usefulness of the poramboke is not
impaired or lost. While doing so if any bit of land so excluded from poramboke land
is more than 5 cents or if it contains valuable trees, it should be added to the adjacent
Sy. Fields as a subdivision as an assessed waste subdivision.
11) Large Waste Blocks fit for cultivation should be divided into 10 Acres fields,
following the limits of "Sivai Jama" cultivation.
12) Channels, Roads, National High ways passing through Village Sites should be
surveyed as survey field or subdivision according as they have been surveyed outside
the Village Site.
8. What Geometric figures are seen in Survey Records? Define them with diagram?
1. Square : It is a four sided figure in which every side is equal and
angle is of 90°. Sum of its angles is 360°.
Formula of area: Length X Width
2. Rectangular : It is a four sided figure in which opposite
sides are equal and every angle is of 90°. Sum of it angles
are 360°
Formula of area: Length X Width

3. Right Angle Ttriangle : It is a three sided figure in which one

angle is of 90° and sum of the rest of angles are also of 90°.
The total of all the three angles are 180°.
1
Formula of area: 2 X Base X Height
4. Quadrilateral : A four sided figure of 4 different sides and

4 different angels is called Quadrilateral. The sum of it
angles are 360°. In such Quadrilaterals a diagonal line is
essential to work out its area. Squares, rectangles,
trapeziums are also quadrilaterals with exceptional
properties.
5. Trapezium : It is a four side figure, in which two sides are parallel and 2 angles are
of 90°. The sum of it angles are 360°.
((𝑆𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 2 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑙 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠) 𝑋 𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒)
Formula of area: 2
6. Triangle : A figure having 3 sides and 3 angles is known as a triangle. The sum of
it angles are 180°
Formula of the Area = √𝑠(𝑠 − 𝑎) (𝑠 − 𝑏)(𝑠 − 𝑐).

7. Polygon : Any figure containing more than 4 sides or a multi sided
figure is known as polygon. Normally all the Survey fields possess the shape of
polygons only. All such fields are divided into triangles &
trapeziums for purpose of plotting and calculation of area.
9. What is braking of chain?
So far chain survey is concerned, we should clearly bear in mind that
the distance to be measured between any two points is the horizontal distance and not the
actual distance along the surface, Therefore when the
ground is uneven or undulated, we have adopt a process
called "stepping" of "Leveling" or "Breaking the chain"
by which we will get the horizontal distance between
the two points.
This process is better explained by a diagram as shown
hereunder. This process is also known as DESCENDING & ASCENDING.
Descent :
Suppose it is required to measure the horizontal distance between A & B. The follower
holds one end or the chain on the ground while the leader holds it at a suitable length say
15 links, and stretches it horizontally. The follower then ranges the leader in line B. The
leader then transfers his end at (a) to the ground by means of a plumbob or by dropping
arrow and marks the point (b) with an arrow. The follower then moves to this point (b)
and holds again the one end of the chain at (b). The leader holding the chain at a suitable
length stretches it horizontally. The follower then directs the leader into true alignment
then the leader marks the point (d) on ground vertically below his end (c) by suspending
a plumb bob or by dropping the arrow. Similarly the other points are marked till be reaches
the horizontal plane on the line AB. The distance AB is then equal to the sum of the length
of the steps. In the instance example it is 15+20+30=65 links.

Ascent :
In ascending a slope a very similar process is performed but in a reverse directions. In this
process the follower raises the chain vertically over the starting station at a convenient
height and directs the leader who goes up the slope until a portion of the chain is stretched
horizontally and jerks a point. While raising the chain vertically over the station, care
should be taken that it is raised vertically over the starting station for this purpose it is
desirable to use the cross staff or a rod or stick. This process is repeated until the whole
slope is measured upward, till we reach the closing station B, The following points are to
be put in view in using this method.
1) The chain should be stretched horizontally. The horizontality of the chain should be
judged by the Surveyor standing closer to one side and directing the leader.
2) The lengths of steps need not necessarily be uniform throughout. It should vary
inversely with the steepness throughout. It should vary inversely with the steepness
of the slops and the weight of the chain.
3) It is more convenient and gives better results to chain downhill (Descent) than to
chain uphill (Ascent). In the later case the follower has two duties to perform namely:
i) to hold the chain horizontal with one end exactly over the mark on ground.
ii) at the same time to range the leader in line and resist the pull of the leader.
10. Enumerate the different Systems adopted in Survey and substitute your argument that
the present D & 0 System is more advantageous than other system of survey?
Prior to introduction of D & O system the following systems are in vogue in conduction
Survey operations:
1) Block Map Survey
2) Simple triangulation system
3) Pungunur system
The above system of survey after due observations and experimentation having found to
be defective or laborious, were discarded and a new system called Diagonal and offset
system was evolved for the comparative advantages it over the above systems. The
following are the advantage of D & O system over the other systems:
1) Large and well-conditioned triangles can be formed which ensure accurate plotting.
The possibility of forming ill conditioned triangles cannot be avoided in simple
triangulation system there by we cannot ensure accurate plotting.
2) As minor bends are determined by offsets and only the principle points fixed by
triangulation, accurate plotting of the field can be ensured.
3) There is also considerable saving in demarcation, as only field junctions need be
demarcated with stones. This will in turn facilitate in reduction of costs and pave way
for speedy completion of work thus saving in time.
In simple triangulation every bend has to be demarcated with a stone and
consequently the work involves huge cost besides consuming much time when
compared to D & 0 System.

4) There is possibility to check some of the measurements such as "F" and "G" lines
measured on field in office with reference to the chain and offset distances measured
and errors detected. In simple triangulation practically no check is possible and
consequently errors cannot be detected in the office.
5) The common boundary measurements between two Survey No. once measured in
one Survey No. need not be re-measured again in the adjoining Survey No., since
they can be adopted straight away. This saves a good deal of time and labour.
This is not possible in simple triangulation or in Punganur System, as every point to
be treated independently in Sy. Nos. adjoining each other for its plotting and
measurements should be taken. This involves a good deal of time and labour and they
in turn enhance the cost of Survey.
6) The calculation of area is a simple matter where as in simple triangulation it is a
laborious process.
7) Lastly the maintenance of the survey marks as provided for under the Act is easy and
involves lesser costs when compared to the other systems due to the sequential facts
enumerated above.
11. What are the important records prepared under D & O System when survey operations
are completed for a village?
The following important records are prepared during initial survey
1) F. M. B. (in duplicate)
2) "D" Sketch
3) Fair Location Sketch
4) Fair Land Register
5) Correlation Statement
6) Area List
7) Stone Account
F.M.B. : The atlas of field map is called field measurement book, contains plotted
sketches of the individual fields showing the boundaries of each land holding. In F.M.B.
the "F" lines are drawn thick, subdivision boundaries thin and "G" lines are drawn as
thinnest and broken. All the topo details are exhibited with blue ink, whereas offset. Nos.
are indicated in red ink. Offset lines are not shown in the sketch. All the cutting points
and offset distances are noted in ladder. On top of the sketch, name of the Village, Mandal,
District, Survey No. and its area is recorded. At bottom, scale in which a field is plotted
is indicated. F.M.B. serves to identity the boundaries and settlement of disputes. It enables
Revenue and Survey Officials to check the cultivation of each holding whenever it is
necessary.
"D" Sketch : In the "Demarcation Sketch", the maintainable stones are numbered. Stones
planted on village boundaries and field boundaries are numbered in separate series. All
1
the fields of a Khandam are plotted jointly in the scale of' 1 cm=22 chain of 20 Meters.
Subdivision boundaries are not drawn in 'D' sketch except Govt. Land. Khandam boundary is
drawn as thick whereas field boundaries are drawn as thin.

1
Fair Location Sketch : All The fields of a khandam are drawn to the scale of 1 cm = 2 2
chains. Field boundaries and subdivision boundaries are shown with red ink in firm and
dotted lines respectively. Old Sy. Nos. and their boundaries are shown in black ink.
Fair Land Register : This is the very important documentary Register prepared during
Survey operations. The following particulars are recorded therein:
a) Survey No.
b) Sub-division No.
c) Old Survey No.
d) Old Letter No.
e) Name of the Pattadar
f) Name of the Present Enjoyer
g) Classification
h) Source of irrigation
i) Taram
j) Rate per Acre
k) Assessment
12. Describe important legal provisions of S & B Act?
Section 4(1) : The local Government may by notification appoint any person either by
name or by virtue of his office to be a survey officer for all or any other purpose of this
Act.
Section 4(2) : very person so appointed shall exercise and perform the duties of the survey
officer within such local limit and for such period of time as the.
Section 5 : The local Government may order survey of any of Govt. Land or any boundary
of such land or of the boundary forming the common limit of the Govt. land and Non
Govt. land. All such notifications shall be published in A. P. Gazette.
Section 6(1) : When any survey is ordered under Section 5, the Survey officer shall
publish a notification in the Dist. Gazette in two successive issue inviting all persons
having interest in the land or in the boundaries of which the survey has been ordered to
attend either in person or by agent, at a specified place and time and from time to time
thereafter when called upon for the purpose of pointing out boundaries and supplying
information In connection with Survey.
Section 6(2) : The notification published under sub-section (1) above shall be held valid
notice to every person having interest in the land or in the boundaries of Survey has been
ordered.
Section 9(1) : The Survey officer shall have powers to determine and record as undisputed
boundary in respect of which no dispute is brought to his notice.
Section 9(2) : The decision of Survey officer under Section 9(1) shall be given to all
registered holders of the land and the boundaries of which may be effected by the decision
in the Form of 9(2) notice.
Section 10(1) : During the Survey operations the Ryots are allowed to prefer complaints
regarding Survey, if they are aggrieved of the determination of their boundaries, against

the decision. The petitioner entertained under Section 10(1) of the Act and the Survey
officer shall enquire into the prescribed manner to adjacent land holders along with the
petitioner and record the decision in writing.
Section 10(2) : The decision of the survey officer under Section 10(1) shall be
communicated to the parties and to other registered holders who may be affected by the
decision.
Section 11(1) : Any person affected by a decision under section 9 or 10 may appeal to
the prescribed officer. The decision of the appellate authority shall be recorded in writing
and notice of such decision shall be given to the parties. Any modification of the Survey
officer's decision ordered by the appellate authority shall be noted in the record prepared
under Section 9 to 10 as the case may be.
Section 11(2) : A copy of the order and a copy of the map recording the boundaries as
determined under section 9, 10 or 11(1) shall be furnished to any person interested in sub
order or map as the case may be.
Section 13 : When the Surveyor any land or boundary which has been notified under
Section. 5 has been completed in accordance with the orders passed under Sections 9, 10
or 11 the Survey officer shall notify the fact in the Dist. Gazette and a copy of such
notification shall be pasted in the village Chavadi. Unless the Survey so notified is
modified by a decree of a civil court under the provision of Section 14, the record of the
Survey shall be valid.
Section 14 : Any person aggrieved by the determination of any boundary under Section
9, 10 or 11 may institute a suit within 3 years from the date of the notification under
Section 13 to set aside or modify the boundary.
Section 15(1) : Every registered holder shall be hound shall be bound to maintain, renew
and repair the Survey marks on or within the boundaries of his holding. In default of his
doing sc, the Survey officer or the Collector may at the cost of Govt. maintain, renew and
repair such Survey marks and the cost of doing so shall be apportioned and the cost shall
be recovered from the concerned Rote as arrears of land revenue.
Section 15(2) : Before a Survey officer or Collector maintain, renew or repair any Survey
mark a notice shall be served in writing on the registered holder, giving the particulars of
Survey marks, in respect of missing stone and calling upon him to maintain, renew or
repair the same within time to be specified in such notice i.e., not less than 15 days from
the date or receipt of the notice.
Section 16(a) : It is the duty of the Village officer to prevent the destruction, injury,
removal or alteration of any Survey marks on or within the limits of his jurisdiction.
Section 16(b) : When a village officer become aware that any such mark has been
destroyed, injured, removed or altered, he should report the fact to the prescribed officer.
13. What is Topo detail? How they are useful?
The primary object of a Survey is the preparation of a plan. The plan should exhibit the
topography of land in question besides the precise determination of boundaries of field
and other properties. Topography means the detailed delineation or description of
physical features of a place, such as Hills, Valleys, Roads, and Railways etc. For more

comprehensive and detailed topography of the land, the Survey of India is conducting
Topography Survey and recording the results in their sheets and they are being published
by Surveyor General of India.
In Cadastral or Revenue Surveys also, the utility of topography of the land is also
considered to some extent and felt it desirable though not to the degree of precision as in
Topographical Surveys, besides fixation of boundaries and measurements. Topo is an
observation of the word Topography. A "detail" is a conspicuous object of a permanent
character in a field. Such as a House, well, Temple, Burial ground, Road or Electrical
lines etc. The necessity to mark a Top detail in the village map or F.M.B. is for the
following.
1) Its exhibition is an indication of its existence at the time or Survey. This map may be
helpful in deciding future disputes. Its exhibition is an extra
2) Check, to some extent against any encroachment at a future date.
3) It is of great help to the administration to locate a particular field easily, especially
to the Azmoishing officer in the identification of fields.
4) Its exhibition is of great help to the legal administration to deliver judicious
judgments in case of disputes regarding the easements of water supply for irrigation
and rights regarding to pathways and Cart-tracks etc.
5) For easy identification of the Topo details some conventional signs are generally
used in their exhibition maps.
14. What is "Durable Demarcation"? Mention the various sizes of stones used with their
conventional symbols and places at which they are planted?
In a Revenue Surveyor Cadastral Survey, the village boundary is first demarcated. The
village is then divided into Khandams of 100 to 200 Acres in wet and 200 to 300 Ac. In
dry locality. These Khandams helps us to locate the cumulative errors crept in due to
errors in measurement or in plotting of a village map. Then field demarcation is taken up
following the rules framed for the purpose under the Act. To maintain the frame work of
the Survey and also for easy maintenance or Survey in due course important points are
demarcated by means of stones of granite or other durable material. This is called durable
demarcation.
The dimensions of the different kinds of stones used in Survey Department may broadly
be divided into two categories:
1) "A" Class Stones
2) "B" Class Stones
"A" Class Stones : These stones are also called Theodolite Stations. The dimensions of
these stones are 90 x 22.5 x 22.5 Cm.
1
A broad arrow on one side and a plummet hole, 22 Cms. in depth on the top is cut. In
addition to these a triangle surrounding to the plummet hole is drilled in case of village
tri junction. In case of bi-junction, two parallel lines are unground one on each side of the
plummet hole.

"B" Class Stones : Size 60 x 15 x 15 Cm. A broad arrow on one side. They are planted
at the following points.
a) at tri-junction of Survey fields
b) at the bends of Poramboke. If the poramboke is measured as subdivision of a survey
field with an additional symbol of "S" on its top.
c) at the ends of "G" lines points where such points do not coincide with field tri-
junctions.
d) When a "B" Class stone is planted at the bends or field tri-junctions on village
boundary with an additional mark of St. George Cross (+),' on its top.
e) At all points at which a Theodolite is set up other than village tri-junctions and
pointers i.e., at the Village boundaries, Khandam boundaries and Minor circuits.
Description of demarcation stones :
15. What processes have to be done during the initial Survey operation of a village?
1. "A" Work : Demarcation of the village boundary and formation of Khandams
2. "B" Work : Traverse survey of village and Khandam boundaries with the aid of a
Theodolite.
3. "C" Work : Computation of rectangular coordinates with the help of data available.
4. "D" Work : Traverse plotting on drawing paper with the help of data computed in
C-process.
5. "E" Work : Demarcation of survey fields
6. "F" Work : Measurement of survey fields

7. "G" Work : Plotting of Survey fields in the skeletons prepared under "D" process
and thereby completing the preparation of village Plan.
8. "H" Work : Finishing of village plan and area computation of the village.
On completion of the Survey in accordance with the orders passed under section 9, 10 or
11 the Assistant Director shall publish the notification under Section 13 of the Act as
required to the effect that the record of the survey shall be conclusive proof and that the
boundaries correctly determined and recorded.
The Assistant Director of Survey then send the duplicate and triplicate F.M.B. along with
the Fair Area List to the concerned District Collector. The remaining records excepting
Field Demarcation Sketches, Inspection Reports, Rough Area List and Final Examination
Reports should be sent to the Central Survey office where the authorized No. of copies of
village maps (100) will be printed and distributed.
16. How do you measure an obstructed line?
An obstructed line can be ensured by various methods, a few of them are as follows —
1. Right Angle Triangle Method : Suppose the line AB is obstructed by trees. Move
the Cross Staff to any convenient point
C until the grooves are directed to A &
B respectively. Measure AC & BC say
210 & 505 links respectively. The angle
ACB is a right angle triangle.
Hence
AB=√2102 + 5052 =√299125 = 547
2. Trapezoid Method : At a convenient

point 'D' say 30 links from 'A', set up Cross Staff sighting 'A' through one groove and
select some convenient point 'X'
through the other groove. Now with the
Cross staff find a point C in the line DX
and get the offset to ‘B’ ADC & BCD
are the right angles. Measure AD, CD &
BC. Suppose them to be 30, 250 & 84
links respectively. The figure ABCD is
Trapezoid.
Then AB= √(𝐶𝐷2 + (𝐵𝐶 − 𝐴𝐷)2 )

3. Parallelogram Method : With the cross staff make a right angle ACB at any point
'C. Fix the cross Staff at B and make a right angle CBD. Make BD equal to AC.
ABCD is then a
Parallelogram, in which AC
= BD & AB = CD. We way
construct a RECTANGLE
with the help of the
"Parallelogram. Offset A &
B on CD at M & N
respectively. AMNB is a

Rectangle in which, AM = BN, AB = MN, and every angle of it is 90°. The sum of
angles is 360.
4. Similar Triangle Method : Select a

convenient point 'C from which both A
& B are visible and chainable. Measure
BC, divide into two equal parts and plant
a peg 'E' at the middle. Measure AC and
plant a peg at D in the exact middle of
the line. Measure DE and multiply the
length obtained by two. The product is
equal to the distance from A to B. the
line DE is parallel to AB.
17. How do you measure width of a river when water is flowing? OR How do you measure
distance between two points when they are visible but not chainable?
Set up a Cross staff at 'B' and viewing 'A' through the
one groove, direct a man through the other to stand at
a distance approximately equal to AB, at 'C from
which point A must be visible. Fix a flag at C. Produce
BC to D and make CD equal to BC. Then take the
Cross Staff to D and sighting B& C send a man
forward in the direction of the other groove to a
convenient distance say 'E'. Leaving the Cross staff at
D walk along DE produced till 'F' from which C & A
are visible in a straight line. AB = FD, BC = CD, and
AC=CF.
18. Write short notes on :

a) Representative Fraction
b) Minor Circuit Field
c) Long Narrow field
d) G. T. Station.
e) Equalization of bends
a) Representative Fraction : Plotting IS the process of preparing to scale a map or
plan of a piece of land showing the correct shape on paper, according to the distances
that have been measured on ground. The scale of map is the ratio that the length of a
line in the map bears to its actual distance on the ground. If the scale is one Cm =
one chain then 'a' distance between two points is having a length of 20 Mts. (or 100
links) on ground.

The ratio which the measurement of a line of the map bears to the corresponding
measurement on the ground is denoted by a fraction called the Representative
Fraction.
b) Minor Circuit Field : Survey fields exceed 50 Acres will be surveyed with
Theodolite instrument instead of with chain and cross Staff to achieve accuracy. The
periphery of such every field will be treated as a closed circuit and this circuit will
be surveyed with the theodolite as is done in conducting Khandam boundary.
Generally a field surveyed through Theodolite is known as circuit. We may say that
village is a circuit and Khandams are also surveyed through Theodolite, therefore
they are called Minor Circuit (M.C.) Fields.
c) Long Narrow Field : Roads, cart tracks, canals, railway lines etc., should be split
up into survey fields, each measuring about 10 chains in length as a rule. The rule
fixed that the extent should not exceed 5 Acres in wet and 10 Acres in dry does not
apply in the case of a long narrow field. It will be surveyed running a single diagonal
line and taking offsets for bends and junctions.
d) G.T. Station : Great Trigonometric Stations are used in conducting the topographical
survey of India by Survey of India Dept. Each station has its own identity ie., the
values of its latitudes and longitudes, The State Survey conducted will be connected
to these G.T. Stations, following the prescribed procedure, the accuracy of the
measurement work done by the state survey is ensured, by comparing the values
determined by state with that is Survey of India. There will be periodical check of
these stations by the concerned Revenue officer in whose jurisdiction such station
lie, about its condition and also for proper maintenance.
e) Equalization of Bends : In demarcating a bunds minor bends are ignored altogether
and other bends are equalized wherever possible. Where bends are appreciable
certain bends are avoided by forming a new demarcation line by a process known an
"Equalization of bends" bends, so that the area gained by a registered holder in one
place is excluded from his holding at some other point along his bund or limit of
enjoyment subject to the following conditions:
a) It should not be resorted to when more than two holdings are involved.
b) when the classification and treasure of the holdings are different.
c) when trees or permanent buildings are existing. The object of equalization of
bends is to reduce the number of bends to be offsetted in survey and to avoid
any bends in plotting.
19. How one observance or legal formalities help the Riots?
A Cadastral Survey is carried under the legal provisions contained in the Survey &
Boundaries Act 1923. These legal provisions ensure that the Ryots are given due notice
of the survey and are invited to cooperate by attending and furnishing necessary
information regarding their lands. Thus every registered holder has an opportunity of
verifying his boundaries as Paid down at Survey and of cutting for ware a complaint if he
is aggrieved by the demarcation. At the same time the interest of the Government are
secured as the boundaries of Parables finally decided in Survey are legally valid unless
altered by a decision of a Valid Court as form books finally decided in Survey are legally
valid unless altered by a decision of a Valid court as provided for under the Act.

Before a Survey is taken up a notification is published under Section 5 for Govt. Lands
or any boundary of such land. In the case of proprietary estates. The notification for survey
should be under Section 17.
A notification under Section 6 (1) is issued by the Survey Officer appointed under Section
4 of the Act; it is an invitation to all persons having any interest in the Land or in the
boundary of which the Survey has been ordered to attend either in person or by his agent
at appointed place and time and from time to time thereafter when called upon, for the
purpose of pointing out boundaries and supplying information in connection therewith.
Such notification should be published in two successive issues of the district gazette, if
the Survey relates to one or more Villages, and should also be affixed to Village Chavadi.
When the survey relates only to a part of a Village, the notification should contain
particulars of felids to be surveyed and publication in the Village Chavadi will be
sufficient. In both cases the fact of publication should be announced by beat of tom tom
in the Village.
On completion of the measurement of fields, the Survey Officer shall record his decision
under Section 9(1) of the Act, determining as correct and undisputed all boundaries in
respect of which no dispute is brought to his notice. Such decision of the Survey Officer
shall be given to the Registered holders concerned through a notice under Section 9(2) of
the Act, giving an opportunity to prefer a land complaint if he is aggrieved. Similarly a
notice under Section 9(2) of the Act is to be given to the parties who are affected by the
decision of the Survey Officer given under Section 10 (1) of the Act. Another opportunity
was also provided for under the Act for appeal against the orders passed under Section 9
or 10.
Thus in addition to the opportunity offered under Section 6 or being present and checking
the demarcation initially made by the Surveyor, every registered holder may verify his
boundaries on receipt of notice under section 9 (2) or 10 (2) as the case may be and may
prefer an appeal under Section 11 of the Act.
When the Survey of the land so surveyed and completed in accordance with the orders
passed under Section 9, 10 or 11, the Survey Officer small notify the fact under Section
13 of the Act in the Dist. Gazette to the effect that the record of the survey shall be
conclusive proof that the boundaries determined and recorded therein have been correctly
determined and recorded therein have been correctly determined and recorded, unless the
survey so notified is modified by a decree of a civil court under the provision of section
14 of the Act.
MAINTENANCE
20. Why is Maintenance necessary?
The Survey Department will prepare survey records showing extent of every holding with
details of measurements assessment as determined and the reputed ownership. In the day
today revenue administration many changes may take place due to:
a) Assignment of Govt. land (Assessed wastes) under Darkhast (T. M. Register No.4)
b) Relinquishment of portions of their holdings. (T. M. Register Nos.) BSO 31.

c) Transfer of holdings on account of sale, gift, succession or partition etc. (T.M.

Register No. 6) BSO 31.
d) Change of classification due to acquisition of land, (T. M. Register No. 7) BSO. No.
90&91.
e) Transfer from inam to Ryotwari tenure
f) Sale of land for arrears of land revenue (BSO. No. 41).
Consequent on all these changes, the connected survey and Revenue records have to be
corrected and kept up to date in order to maintain the Revenue records useful in day to
day administration. These changes are to be made in the following Registers mainly:
a) The Permanent Village " A" Register giving particulars or the description.
Classification and tenure of each field and subdivision. This is also called Fair
Adangal or Diglot.
b) An Atlas of field maps having the measurements to scale of each survey No; and
subdivision (FMB).
c) Village Map which serves as a key for the field map both in office and in the field.
In order to maintain the Revenue Records and Registration, the frame work of every
survey field has also to be maintained. This is done by inspection of the survey marks
periodically and renewing the missing stones. The maintenance of survey marks are
more important for the identification of exact' points from which measurements can
be taken in order to give effect to the changes in Revenue Records and Registration.
It is auxiliary to the real maintained of the Revenue Registers and records.
Having felt the importance of the maintenance of survey marks, Section 15 of the
Act imposes the responsibility on the Registered holder to maintain, renew and repair
the survey marks on or within the boundary of his holding, and in fault of his doing
so, the state Govt. may get it done and recover such cost incurred from him as an
arrears of Land Revenue. Similarly it shall be the duty of every Village Officer to
prevent the destruction, injury, removal or alteration of survey marks on or within
the limits of his jurisdiction according to Section 16 of the Act.
21. What do you understand by R.R.R. Maintenance?
Cadastral Survey Revenue Survey is meant for the determination of field boundaries,
areas, tenure, repute ownership of each individual holding or Revenue unit with a view to
determine the amount of taxation (Land Revenue). These operations are conducted under
the provisions of the A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act 1923. But these records represent
trial Survey, The day to day changes in boundaries, reputed ownership, areas etc., should
be carried out in the Survey recurred if at all the Survey records are made use of in day to
day Revenue administration Hence felt that the necessity of maintaining these records
update by entrusting the work to a separate machinery.
The system of Revenue Records and Registration (R.R.R.) comprises the maintenance of:
a) Survey Marks on ground
b) An Atlas of field maps (FMB) giving the measurements to scale of each Survey No.
a subdivision.
c) A Village Map which serves as a key to the field maps both in Office and in the field.

d) Village registers giving particulars of the description, classification and texture of

each Survey No. and subdivision. (Permanent 'A' Register).
The A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act imposes certain and duties on the Ryots and the
village Assistants in order to retain the Survey frame work and also the record.
According to Section 15 (1) of the Act, every registered holder shall be bound to maintain,
renew and repair the Survey marks on or within the boundaries of his holding. If the
Registered holder failed to carry out the duty imposed under Act, it is open for the State
Government to get maintained renewed or repaired through a Survey Officer and to
determine and apportion the cost of so doing and to recover such cost as an errors of Land
Revenue from the registered holder. Similarly it shall be the duty of every Village Asst.
a) To prevent the destruction, injury, removal or alteration of survey marks on or within
the limits of his jurisdiction, for this purpose periodical inspection of Survey marks
has been prescribed.
b) When he becomes aware that any such Mark has been destroyed, injury, removed or
altered, to report the fact to the prescribed Officer.
Similarly for carrying out day to day changes in owner’s ship, field boundaries in the
Survey records detailed instructions were given to the Survey staff and Revenue staff
to update these records
Thus the primary object of maintenance is to keep the permanent records handed
over by the Survey Department, up to date and use for; in the day to day Revenue
Administration.
22. When do you observe the formalities under the S& B Act In the course of maintenance?
The observance of formalities under the S&B Act 1923 begins with the publication of the
Notification under Section 6 of the Act during the course of maintenance. No mention
was made at all regarding the notification under Section 5 of the Act. The reason is that
the Government have published a general notification under Section 5 which covers all
items of maintenance work. This notification is always in force and even when the final
notification under Section 13 is published for a particular boundary. The general
notification permits further boundaries in the same village may subsequently be dealt with
commencing with the notification under Section 6.
BSO 34-A Para 13 (b) enumerates the cases in respect of which the formalities are to be
observed during the course of maintained they are:
1) New Survey fields formed out or existing Survey field.
2) Alteration of existing Survey field boundaries.
3) Subdivisions affecting Poramboke boundaries.
4) Detailed demarcation necessitated by the transfer from assessed or unassessed.
Poramboke for whole fields and registered sub-division.
In all the above cases notices under Section 9 (2) have to be issued to the concerned,
Tahsildar (Mandal Revenue Officer), who should after the expiry of two months from the
date of service of the above notices or after the disposal of any ail, shall publish a
notification under Section 13 of the Act in the Dist. Gazette and also publish a copy of
the notification in the Village Chavadi to which the subdivision relates.

In cases of land acquisition notices under Section 9(2) or 10(2) of the S & B Act may be
issued even before passing of the award in accordance with the instructions contained in
Land Acquisition manual.
In case of survey of 9(2) notices should be served on the holders of land on the perimeter
of the block surveyed with reference to the latest particulars available in the Adangal of
the village.
23. What is N.O.S. Problem? How is it useful during the course or maintenance?
The N.O.S. Problems is used to refix a missing stone in during maintenance. It is the most
accurate method of fixing a point with the chain and
Cross staff. In accordance with the N.O.S. Problem
the chain line distance and the offset distance are
calculated enabling the missing point to be fixed
with precision.
Let AB, AC & BC lines in a Survey field and 'A' the
missing tri-junction. It would take a long time to fix
"A" by laying off a distance BA AB CA, and the
method would not be accurate or scientific.
According to the N.O.S. Problem to fix n point 'A' precisely by calculating and laying off
the segment BD along BC and the Offset AD. The formula is:
𝐴𝐵2 +𝐵𝐶 2 −𝐴𝐶 2
BD = 2𝐵𝐶
AD = √𝐴𝐵 2 − 𝐵𝐷2
24. Briefly describe the process of measuring new Sub-divisions and survey fields in the
courses of maintenance?
Detailed instructions were given in Para 13 and 14 of BSO 34-A for the officers, in
demarcating, measuring, mapping and registering a new survey field or sub-divisions and
also in demarcating subdivisions already mapped and registered. They are:
Ordinarily the Mandal Surveyor should measure the proposed subdivisions or new survey
fields on ground. In the case of occupied subdivisions, they should not be measured unless
the limits or occupations are indicated by ridges or other marks or in some other
distinguishable way.
The boundaries of newly formed subdivisions should always be as straight and regular as
possible. Small bends in field bends, not forming the boundaries of whole fields, should
be ignored and the boundary should be taken as a straight line equalizing the bends. Such
equalization of bends should be done so long as the surveyed boundary does not depart
from the natural boundary by more than 10 links in wet and 20 links in dry.
Encroachments by one Ryot on the land of another should be ignored unless the area
involved measures 5 cents or more.
When new Subdivisions are formed to differentiate wet land from dry or occupied land
from unoccupied or Poramboke, small strips of land covered by bends, rocks, trees etc.
Should not be excluded from the wet or occupied subdivision of the portion so excluded
does not from a compact area.

Channels and paths not exceeding 20 links in width unless they have been acquired under
L.A. Shifting cart-tracks and foot paths and Roads passing through large tracts of Reserve
Forest or other Govt. Land should be treated as "Details" and not as subdivisions.
The Mandal Surveyor should satisfy himself that the new subdivisions have been
measured in accordance with the rules and that the sketches and subdivision statements
have been correctly prepared. Then he shall submit subdivision records relating to the
new subdivisions measured to the Mandal Officer who will get them entered in the
concerned Taluk Manual Registers (No. 4,5,6,7 and 8A) and transmit them for technical
scrutiny of the divisional Deputy Inspector, and after technical scrutiny the Mandal
Revenue Officer will accord sanction of the records and order for necessary changes in
the Village/ Taluk accounts.
Where new fields have been measured out of an old No. such new fields should be formed
following the rules and surveyed. He should also plant stones at the proper places required
under the Act, and also observe the formalities of the Act. New stones planted should be
registered in the demarcation sketch and also in the Stone Register concerned. Stones
which have ceased to be maintainable should be eliminated from the Demarcation Sketch
and Stone Register. Such new Survey fields should be separately demarcated mapped and
registered being assigned numbers in continuation of the last registered Survey Number
of the village, and the remaining portion of the divided Survey field retaining its original
number. Particular care should be taken to form well shaped fields in all cases.
25. What is the method of notation of new Subdivisions in course of maintenance?
As per the instructions given in Para 15 of BSO34-A, the notation of the new Subdivisions
of registered holdings will depend on the notation of the Survey field and Subdivisions in
the printed Diglot Register and should be such as to indicate the plot from which the new
subdivision is made.
If in the Diglot Register (Fair Adangal) subdivisions denoted by numbers, new
subdivisions should be denoted by letters and vice versa.
Ex : i) New subdivisions of existing subdivision 240-2A should be noted as 240-2A-l
and 240-2A-2 etc.,
ii) New subdivisions formed the existing subdivision 240-2 should be denoted as
240-2A, 240-2B and 240-2C etc.,
iii) New subdivisions of existing Survey No. 240 should be generally denoted as
240-1, 240-2 etc., unless the Dist. Practice has been to use letter eg. 240-A and 240-
B, in which case this practice may continue
The main object being to indicate clearly the origin of each subdivision, to preserve
continuity of Revenue Records and to facilitate identification of registered assurances
(Sale deed etc.,)
If the number of new subdivisions to be created in an old subdivision exceeds 26, they
will be assigned numerical subdivision numbers.
In the case of assessed and unassessed waste lands and porambokes the subdivisions
formed out of the entire Sy. Nos. will be numbered serially as subdivisions 1,2,3 etc., new
subdivision in existing subdivisions will be assigned numbers serially in continuation of

the last registered subdivision of the Survey field of which it forms part, the remaining
portion of the parent subdivision retaining its original number.
Further subdivisions of post-settlement subdivisions should be denoted by numbers or
letters according as the post settlement subdivisions are denoted by letters or numbers
respectively.
When subdivisions are clubbed either on account of identity of ownership or for other
reasons, the clubbed subdivisions should be denoted by the lowest number of the
subdivision clubbed.
Ex : If subdivision 3 & 6 are clubbed, the clubbed subdivision No. should be denoted
as Subdivision No. 3.
In such cases, remarks should be made against each such subdivision in the A"
Register to the effect that the subdivision has been clubbed with the subdivision
having the revised numbers.
When new field formed should be numbered in continuation of the last Survey
No. of the Village.
26. What is the "adjustment of areas" in maintenance?
When new subdivisions are measured and their areas computed there is every possibility
of getting some difference between the registered areas and newly computed one. In order
to get over the difference, detailed instructions were given in Appendix VIII of BSO 34-
A to adjust the difference or how to record the extents to the new subdivisions.
The difference between the actual area and the registered area may be divided in 3
categories for adjustment of the difference and to adopt extents to the new subdivisions.
Case-I : Where the difference between the actual area and the registered area of either the
entire Survey field or of its component subdivisions does not exceed 5%, no alteration
should be made in the registered area.
Case-II : When the actual area of the entire Survey field does not differ from the registered
area by more than 5% but the actual area of any of the component subdivisions differs
from the registered area by more than that limit (i.e. 5%) the areas of each of the
subdivisions should be adjusted ratably with reference to the registered area of the whole
field and the area as so adjusted should be adopted.
Case-III : Where the actual of the entire Survey field differs from the registered area by
more than 5% no adjustment is permissible but actual area should be adopted for the entire
Survey field and for its component subdivisions.
The above instructions apply also to cases where new subdivisions are created in an entire
field or in an already existing subdivision.
The correction of an error in calculation of area which involves an alteration in the area
of a Revenue field by more than 5% should be dealt with the manner prescribed in Para 7
or BSO 34-B.

27. How the errors and defects detected during the course of maintenance remedied? OR
what is Survey Error? How it is rectified in the course of maintenance?
It is obvious that if a line measured twice, the two measurements will hardly be exactly
the same, due to many reasons. As such an allowance is made to such practical error in
survey.
In maintenance work a fair amount of cumulative error is inevitable owing to the practical
error involved. It is for this reason that the margin of error is allowed in measurement in
maintenance is for grant than the original Survey.
A discrepancy between the recorded measurement and a measurement taken on ground
should not be treated as an error unless it exceeds 5 links up to a distance of 5 chains and
not more than one link per chain for a distance of above 5 chains, subject to maximum to
10 links in wet and 20 links in dry lands.
If the difference exceeds this limit, the line will be remeasured and the village copy of
F.M.B. corrected, provided that the area of the Revenue field is not altered by more than
5%. All corrections made in the F.M.B. should be initialed by the Surveyor or Divisional
Deputy Inspector of Survey and the date of correction entered in the margin.
The difference of more than 5% between the actual area computed and the registered area
of a Revenue field will be treated as an error in area. The procedure for correcting the
Survey Errors involving alternation in area is explained below:
The Mandal Surveyor will after completing the re-measurement, prepare and submit to
the Mandal Revenue Officer (Tahsildar) revised maps in duplicate and also draft notices
in the prescribed form (Appendix XIV) calling for objections within 15 days from the
date of receipt of such notice. The M.R.O. will serve the notices on the parties concerned,
note on the duplicate copy the date on which any objections were heard by him and an
abstract of his orders and forward all the connected records to the Deputy Inspector or
Survey/Asst. Director Survey & Land Records. The Divisional Dy. Inspector /Asst.
Director should scrutinize the maps and records, prepare a memorandum of alterations in
the prescribed form and submit the file to the Collector. After approval by the Collector
the case should be entered in the "Register of Survey Errors corrected" which will be
maintained by the Dy. Inspector/ Asst. Director. The records should then be returned to
the M.R.O. who will have the revised field maps inserted in the Village F.M.B. and Taluk
copy of the F.M.B. and corrections made in the permanent "A" Register. The file should
then be given a disposal No. and recorded in Taluk Office after intimation to the Assistant
Director, of the date of insertion of the copy of the field map in the Taluk F.M.B. The
correction of an error in calculation of area which involves an alternation in the area of a
Revenue field should be dealt with in the above manner with the exception that revised
maps need not be prepared.
28. What are the Registers maintained in Taluk Office to watch the day to day changes in
R.R.R. maintenance?
The following are the Registers maintained in Taluk Office to watch the day to day
changes in R.R.R. maintenance:

Register No. 4. Current Register of Darkhasts :

This is a current Register of Darkhasts. In this all applications should be entered for
assessed land only whether accepted or not? And also cases of unauthorized occupation
for which "A Form Reports" are received. The applications and reports should be entered
as received serially for the whole Taluk. This Register is maintained for Fasli year.
Where the application covers a part of a registered Survey field Subdivision, acceptance
of it will be on conditions pending check measurement of the new subdivisions on ground
by the Surveyor and their final approval by the M.R.O. after scrutiny by the Divisional
Dy. Inspector. After final orders these scrutinized subdivision records, together with a
copy of the order sanctioning the Darkhasts should be transferred to the Check
maintaining the Register No. 8A for further watch.
Register No. 5. Current Register of Relinquishment :
It is a current Register of Relinquishments. The applications and reports should be entered
as received serially for the whole Taluk. It will be maintained for each Fasli year.
Where the application covers only a part of a Survey No. or Subdivision No. acceptance
will be conditional pending check measurement of the new subdivisions on ground by the
Surveyor and their find approval by the M.R.O. after technical scrutiny by the Deputy
Inspector. The Subdivision Sketch and Statement together with a copy of the order·
accepting the relinquishment should be transferred to the Clerk maintaining the Register
No. 8A for necessary watch and to get the changes entered in the concerned records.
Register NO. 6. Current Register of Transfer of Registry :
It is a current Register showing particulars of transfers of Registration due to succession,
partition, Sale, gift etc.
This Register is to be maintained for each official years and opened at the commencement
of the year. Separate Registers should be maintained for applications and notices received
from Sub-Registrar and for those received from Village Officers and others.
In the case of part of a Survey field or Subdivision the file along with the Subdivision
records together with a copy of the orders of transfer of Registry should be transferred to
the Clerk maintaining the Register No. 8A for watching further action in the matter.
Register No.7. Current Register showing changes in Classification :
This is a current Register showing all changes in the classification of Govt. lands and
Minor Inams, in both Ryotwari and Proprietary villages. Lands acquired for public
purpose in proprietary village should also be entered in this Register.
As a current Register it differs from Register No.4, 5 and 6 in that changes are brought to
the Register only after sanction. It is also maintained for a Fasli year. An alphabetical
index list of villages should be prefixed to this Register.
In cases involving new subdivisions, the file can be closed with the communications of
the order sanctioning together with the subdivision records be given to the 8A Register
Clerk who will immediately enter the case in his Register and forward the file to the
Surveyor for check measurement and incorporation of changes in the village Accounts.

Register No. 8-A. Current Register of all the changes involving new Survey fields and
Subdivisions :
This is a current Register of all changes involving new Survey fields and Subdivisions
sanctioned in the Taluk. The Subdivision records together with a copy of the order
sanctioning the change involved in Taluk Register Nos. 4,5,6 and 7 and in other cases a
copy of the order sanctioning the new Survey fields or Subdivisions such as these arising
from splitting up of assessed waste blocks for purpose of assignment, should be entered
as a current in this Register before it is forwarded to the Surveyor for check measurement
and incorporation of changes in the Villages Accounts.
The Register is to be maintained for Fasli year, and the pending current numbers of
previous Faslies should be entered Fasliwar on the first page of the new Register. An
alphabetical index list should be prepared and whenever any change is entered in the
Register its serial No. should be entered in this list against the name of the village to which
it relates.
An extract of entries of this Register together with the number of the new fields of
Subdivisions incorporated in the Taluk Accounts every quarter should be sent to the Sub-
Registrar on the last day of the quarter.
An extract of the entries in Col. 1 to 5 of this Register for each month should be sent
before the 10th day of the succeeding month to the Inspector of Survey.
29. Write short notes on :
a) "D" Sketch
b) Acknowledgement Register
c) Notice under Section 15(2) of the S&B Act.
d) Over Draft
e) Point out of "F" boundaries
f) Abandoned Stone
a) "D" Sketch : The village karnam will be supplied two copies of village plans one
for the numbering of Survey marks maintained in the Village plan for each Survey
No. This copy will be conveniently cut and the "Demarcation Sketches" prepared.
All Theodolites Stations other than minor circuit Stations should be numbered in one
serial for each village. All maintainable field stones CB' Class) including Minor
circuit Stations and stones demarcating Poramboke subdivisions should be numbered
in one series for each field. "B" Class stones should be numbered in the field bearing
the lowest No. and their numbers should be entered inside the field boundary in a
clock-wise direction. It, will facilities the village karnam and also the maintenance
officers to inspect the Survey marks. It will be maintained by the Village Karnam.
Stone 'A' & 'B' Register : The Karnam should maintain two stone Registers in the
Form 'A' and Form 'B' as prescribed. Form 'A' Register is for the maintainable
Theodolite stones in the village while Form 'B' Register is for the stones other than
Theodolite Stones i.e., 'B' Class stones.
The Karnam has to inspect every stone borne on the Stone Registers at least once a
year and record his result of inspection with date in Col.3 of the Stone Register,

Similarly the result of inspection with date of the maintenance officer will be
recorded in Col. 5 of the Register.
In the front page of the Register a programme of inspection of stones by the Karnam
will be noted.
b) Acknowledgement Register : Section 15(1) of the S&B Act imposes a duty on the
registered holder and makes him responsible for the maintenance of Survey marks.
Further if he fails to do so, the Survey Officer at the cost of the Govt. maintain renew
and repair such Survey marks and the cost of so doing will be recovered from the
Registered holder as an error of Land Revenue.
Before a Survey officer maintains, renews or repairs any Survey mark, he shall serve
a notice under Section 15(2) of the Act in writing on the registered holder in the
prescribed manner within a time to be specified in such notice which shall be not less
than 15 days from the date of service thereof.
They will be maintained by the village Karnam, A Register of Acknowledgements
of notices issued to the registered holders of land under Section 15(2) of the S&B
Act 1923 in which the signature of the party is obtained in Col.4 for having received
such notice. Whenever the Maintenance Officer visit a villages, he should refer to
this Register of Acknowledgements and see that the notices have been served, and
then proceed to repairs or renew the Survey marks.
c) Notice Under Section 15(2) of the S & B Acts :
It is a statutory notice prescribed under Section 15(2) of the Survey & Boundaries
Act to the Ryot, who is bound and responsible to maintain, renew and repair
informing that such stone is missing or out of repair and in default of his executing
the necessary renewal/repair within 15 days from the date of receipt of such notice,
necessary action will be taken by the Government and the changes incurred shall be
recovered as an arrears of Land Revenue.
It will also mention that the Village Karnam has been ordered to render all reasonable
assistance in carrying out the renewal/repair by the registered holder. It will be signed
by the Mandal Surveyor with date and will be sent to Village Officer for service on
the concerned and to obtain his acknowledgement in the Register for the purpose.
d) Over Draft : The M.R.O. will be sanctioned an over Draft amount against the cost
of Survey marks -advance by the Collector.
An account of this Overdraft will be maintained in Register V (a) with the following
Cols (1) Date (2) Item (3) Withdrawal (4) Deposits (5) Undrawn balance of
Overdraft.
The M.R.O. will purchase stones from the Revenue Contractor any pay for them in
cash drawn from the Sub-Treasury against the overdraft. Another account in Register
V(b) also will be maintained in this regard to workout profit and loss account.
e) To Point "F" Boundaries : Applications from private parties to point out the
boundaries of their fields in accordance with the Survey records may be received by
the Mandal Officer. The applicant will pay the required fee fixed for each "F" line of
the field to be pointed out by the Mandal Officer. The applicant will pay the required
fee fixed for each "F" line of the field to be pointed out by the Maintenance Officer.
On receipt of such application with the deposit of required fee in Mandal Office
should be entered in a separate register maintained in Mandal Office for this purpose.
The application then will be forwarded to the Mandal Surveyor to comply with the

request made in the application. The Mandal Surveyor will serve a notice mentioning
the date and time when he will fix up the boundary and point out the "F" lines in
question to the applicant along with the registered holders affected by such "F" lines.
The Surveyor after pointing out the required boundary to the applicant, obtain his
signature to that effect in the application and also the signature of the registered
holders abutting such "F" lines. He should also certify on the application that the
boundary was pointed out by him in accordance with the measurements noted in the
Survey records. After all action has been taken the application should be kept filed
in the order of their numbers and may be destroyed after one year.
f) Abandoned Stone : When a stone is missing and the point fixed in an insecure place
like a River or Stream or Road, no stone should be planted and the remarks
"Abandoned" should be made in the Stone Register. It should not be struck off from
the "D" Sketch and should be taken into accounts as maintainable stone in any
statistical statements.
LAND ACQUISITION
30. What are the notification and notices to be published and served under LA. cases? How
the changes are in corporated in the records? What certificates are to be appended to
the records?
The portion of land taken over from the registered holder must be subdivided separately
so that the Land Acquisition Officer will be in a position to pass the award correctly.
These subdivisions will only be temporary and after having served their purpose they will
be clubbed and treated as a single subdivision in the records to be maintained in future. If
it is a case of an existing subdivision being widened, the acquired portion consisting of
the temporary subdivision will eventually be merged with the existing subdivision, thus
the records should show:
l) The temporary Subdivision
2) The permanent position after the award is passed and the temporary subdivisions are
merged with the poramboke. Accordingly, two sets of subdivision records are
prepared by the Surveyor Temporary and permanent.
The following points should be borne in mind for the field work:
All L.A. work is done under the legal provision of the S & B Act and before the
commencement of work, the notification under section 6(1) should be published in the
village.
Subdivisions to be acquired in each individual registered holding should be measured
separately for the purpose of the award.
If enjoyment of some of the subdivisions has passed into the hand of one person, they
should be clubbed later only after the award has been passed. As the subdivisions are
temporary, they should not be durably demarcated. The stones in the interior of the
poramboke subdivision will not be necessary in the setup of the new frame work and
should be removed and utilized to demarcate the ·new points along the other boundary.
No fresh measurement should be taken on "G" lines running from stones within the
acquired portion, as obliviously these stones will be removed. The following record
should be prepared.

Sketches and Subdivision Statements in duplicate for all the temporary subdivisions and
sketches and statements in triplicate for the permanent subdivisions that will remain after
the temporary subdivisions are clubbed subsequent to the passing of the award.
A Certification of demarcation should be furnished in each sketch. In order to facilitate
the service of 9(2) notices, the names of the registered holders adjoining the boundaries
of the land to be acquired should be clearly noted in the sketches.
Unlike other subdivisions that are incorporated in the connected village accounts
immediately after the field work, these subdivisions should be taken to the village
Accounts only after the technical scrutiny by the Deputy Inspector and after the award is
passed by the L.A.O.
On completion of the field work and the plotting of the sketches and preparation of the
subdivision statements, the record should be submitted to the Dy. Inspector together with
the certificate of the Village Officers as proof of the publication of the 6(1) notification.
After incorporating the changes in the village Accounts soon after the award is passed,
the prescribed certificate should be made in the sketches and notice under certificates
should be made in the sketches and notices under Section 9(2) of the Act should be
prepared and served on the holders of the adjoining lands noted in the sketches. A draft
notification under Section 13 of the Act should be prepared and enclosed with the
Subdivision file.
Changes in the Taluk copy of the F.M.B. and other records should be carried out on the
specific orders of the M.R.O. after the final scrutiny and approval by the Deputy Inspector.
*****


VIII. Conversion Tables, Important Topo Details
and Proformas

VIII. Conversion Tables, Important Topo Details and Proformas






APPENDIX–VII
(Survey Manual Chap. IX Rule – 43)
TABLE OF REPRESENTATIVE FRACTIONS
Scales approved under Metric system

Description of Field sketch or map Representative Scales in terms of Chain in which
Fraction is 20 Meteres in length
Survey Fields upto 2 Hects. in extent 1/1000 2 Cm. = 1 Chain
Survey Fields upto 2 Hects. To 8 Hects. 1/2000 1 Cm. = 1 Chain
Fields over 8 Hects. 1/5000 1
1 Cm. = 2 Chains or
2
20 Cms. = 1 Km.
Village Maps 1/5000 1
1 Cm. = 2 Chains or
2
20 Cms. = 1 Km.
Taluk Maps 1/50,000 1 Cm. = 25 Chains or
2 Cms. = 1 Km.
District Maps 1/2,00,000 1 Cm. = 100 Chains or
1 Cm. = 2 Kms.
State Maps 1/10,00,000 1 Cm. = 500 Chains or
1 Cm. = 10 Kms.
Town Surveys
Closed Blocks
Record of Measurement Sheet 1/250 1 Cm. = 12.5 Links in a Chain or
8 Cms. = 1 Chain
Revenue Maps 1/500
4 Cms. = 1 Chain
Ward Maps 1/1000 2 Cms. = 1 Chain or
100 Cms. = 1 Km.
Medium Block
Revenue Maps 1/1000 2 Cms. = 1 Chain
Ward Maps 1/2000 1 Cm. = 1 Chain or

50 Cms. = 1 Km.
Open Blocks
Revenue Maps 1/2000 1 Cm. = 1 Chain
Ward Maps 1/4000 1 Cm. = 2 Chains or

25 Cms. = 1 Km.
Town Maps 1/10,0000 1 Cm. = 5 Chains or
10 Cms. = 1 Km.
Street Surveys


Field Maps 1/500 4 Cms. = 1 Chain
1
1 Cm. = 22 Chains or
Union Maps 1/5000
20 Cms. = 1 Km.
Road Surveys 1/1000
2 Cms. = 1 Chain







REFERENCE (TOPO DETAILS)












సెక్షన్ 6(1) నోటీసు
కొరత్ా సరవే భూముల యొక్కయు, సబ్ డివిజనా యొక్కయు సరవేనద, సరిహద్దులనద
గుర్డాచేయుట్నద గురించి, 19……………….. వ సం…………………. వ తేదీ గల డిస్ క్ట

ి ్
గ్ెజిట్ల్ యొక్క ప్ుట్యంద్ద ప్రక్ట్ించ బడిన 1917 వ సం. అకట్బర్డ 10 వ తేదీ గల గవర్నమంట్
ప్రక్ట్న ననదసరించి, ఈ దిగువ సంత్క్ము చేసిన అత్డు …………………………మండలం
………….…………………. గ్తరమాలలోనదనన ఈ క్ంర ద్ చప్ెబడిన సరవే నంబర్డ లేదా సబ్

డివిజనదల 19 ……. వ సం……………… వ తేదీన పతరర్ంభమగునని 1923 వ సం.ప్ు 8వ
మద్రతసద సరవే సరిహద్దు ల ఆక్ు్ యొక్క 6వ సెక్షన్స క్ంర ద్ యింద్ద మూలముగ్త ప్రక్ట్ించదచదనానర్డ.
2. రిజిస్ ర్డ హో లు ర్డగ్త గ్తని, యిత్ర్ విధ్మునగ్తని, అట్ి్ భూములలో హక్ుక క్లిగ్ియుననట్ల
ా
చప్ుెకొనద ప్రతి మనిషియునద సేయముగ్తగ్తని, ఏజంట్లదాేరత గ్తని సరిహద్దులనద
తలుప్ుట్క్ునద దాని సంబంధ్మున సమాచార్మునద యిచదుట్క్ునద కటర్బడినప్ుెడు
నిర్ూపించబడిన కతలమంద్దనద, సథ లమంద్దనద అట్ల త్ర్డవతత్ అప్ుెడప్ుెడునద హాజర్డ
కతవలెనద.
3. సరవే ప్నదలు ………………………………………… మండల సరవేయర్డచే జరిగ్ించ
బడునద. మరియు సరవేక్ు సంబందించిన యావత్త

ా అరజీలునద అత్నిపెై విలాసమునద
ప్ంప్బడవలెనద.
సబ్ డివిజను వివర్ములు :
మకతము :
తేది : సరవేయర్డ
సద్ర్డ విషయములు ……….…………………………….. గ్తరమమునంద్ద గ్తరమశివతర్డలలో
ద్ండో రత మూలముగ్త తలియజవయట్మైనది. గ్తరమ క్చేరన

ి ంద్ద ప్రక్ట్న బో ర్డు నంద్ద అంద్రిక్
తలియజవయడమైనది.

Survey Manual, Chapter IX, Rule 52
సరవే మానుువల్ 9వ అధ్యుయము 52వ విధ్ి
1923వ సంవత్్ర్ప్ు 8 మద్రతసద సరవే మరియు సరిహద్దు ల ఆక్ు్ యొక్క 9(2) సెక్షన్స అనదసరించి
నోటీసు
శ్రర ……………………….…………………….. గ్తరమము ………………………….…………
సద్ర్డ ఆక్ు్ 9(1) వ సెక్షనద అనదసరించి సరవే ఆఫతసర్డవలా ఈ క్ంర ద్ క్నదప్ర్చబడిన తీరతానము
నిర్ణయించినద్ని తలుసదకొనవలెనద.
క్ంర ద్ క్నప్ర్చబడిన పొ లముల సరిహద్దులనద త్పిె త్క్కనవతట్ిక్ ఏవిధ్మైన త్గ్తదాలు నాక్ు
తలియ బర్చనంద్దన నేనద యింద్దమూలముగ్త ………………………………..ఈ సథ లము యొక్క
పొ లముల ప్ట్ములలో క్రమప్ర్చిన సహద్దులు త్గ్తదాలు లేనట్ల

ా నదన, అవి సరిగ్త వుననవి అవినిన నేనద
నిర్ణయించి ద్స్తావేజులు చేసియునాననద.
మినహాయించబడిన సరిహద్దులు
సరవే నంబర్డ అనదసరించిన ప్రక్క సరవే నంబర్డా
యింద్ద క్నప్ర్చిన జాబితా సద్ర్డ సరవే ఫతలు ు రిజిష్ ర్డలో మీ పటర్ రిజిష్ ర్డ కతబడి యుండు
పొ లముల విషయములనద గరహంచి ప్ంప్డమైనది. వీట్ిమీద్ ఏ విధ్మైన అభూంత్ర్ములుననయిెడల
వతట్ిని ఈ నోట్ీసద జారి అయిన తేది నదండి మూడు మాసములలోగ్త …………………………….
లో నదండు ప్రధాన సరవే ఆఫతసద, సరవే ఆఫతసర్డ ఇన్స ఛారిీ గ్తరిక్ అపతెళ్ళ మూలముగ్త
తలుసదకొనవచదునద.

విశేష విషయములలో త్ప్ె త్తిమ ప్రతి ఫతలు ు ప్త్ములక్ునద స్తధార్ణముగ్త ప్ది ర్ూపతయలు
(ర్ూ. 10-00) వంత్తన ర్డసదము ధ్ర్ఖాసదా వంట్ ప్ంప్ుకొని ఫతలు ు ప్ట్ముల కతపతలనద పొ ంద్వచదునద.
షరత:- 1923 సంవత్్ర్ప్ు 8వ ఆక్ు్యొక్క 10(1)వ సెక్షన్స ననదసరించి ప్రసా దత్ సరవేలో తీరతానింప్బడిన
సరిహద్దుల విషయమై ఈ నోట్ీసద ననదసరించి అపటెళ్ళళ ఏదియు నదండద్ద.
తేదీ ……………………. సరవే ఆఫతసర్డ …………………….
మొట్్ మొద్ట్ి ఇప్ుెడు సరవే
రెవినయూ లెక్కల ప్రకతర్ము చేయబడిన

రజ సరవే
ప్రకతర్ము
పతరజ్ ల సంత్క్ము
సబ్ డివిజన్స నంబర్డ
సబ్ డివిజన్స నంబర్డ
సరవే ఫతలు ు నంబర్డ
సరవే ఫతలు ు నంబర్డ
లేదా అక్షర్ము
విసతా ర్ణ ము
విసతా ర్ణ ము
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ఎ. సె. ఎ. సె.

ఆంధ్రధ్రదేశ్ సర్వే ధ్రకటన
13వ సెక్షన్ నోటస

ీ ు
1. ................................................................. మండలం ...................................

గ్తరమములోని ఈ దిగువ చప్ెబడిన సబ్-డివిజనదల సరవే ఇప్ుెడు ప్ూరిాయిెైనద్ని 1923 వ సం.ప్ు 8వ
మద్రతసద సరవే సరిహద్దుల ఆక్ు్ యొక్క 13వ సెక్షనద ననదసరించి యింద్ద మూలముగ్త నోట్ీసద
ఇవేడమైనది.
2. యింద్ద మూలముగ్త ప్రక్ట్ించ బడిన సరవే, అదే యాక్ు్ 14వ సెక్షన్స యొక్క నిబంద్నల ననదసరించి
ఒక్ సివిల్ కటర్డ్ డికర మూలముగ్త మార్ు బడేననే త్ప్ె, ఆ సరవే రికతర్డు అంద్దలో నిర్ణ యము చేయబడి,
రికతర్డు చేయబడిన సరిహద్దులు సిసలుగ్త నిర్ణయము చేయబడి, రికతర్డు చేయబడినవనద విషయముక్ు
తీరతానమైన నిద్ర్శనముగ్త నదండవలెనద.
సరవే లేదా సబ్ డివిజనద

ా
గ్తరమము
నంబర్డ
నంబర్డ పటర్డ
మకతం :
తేదీ : సరవేయర్డ

FORM NO. 31
(Survey Manual, Chap. IX, Rule 52)
Notice under section 9(2) of the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries Act. VIII of 1923
To Village
The subjoined statement is an extract from the …………. Survey field register fiving
particulars of the lands registered and surveyed in your name. Appeals, if any, against the
survey should be presented within three months from the date of serve of this notice to the
Assistant Director of survey whose headquarters are at.
Field maps may be had on application and payment of the prescribed fees which are,
except I special cases, Rs. 4.50 per field.
N.B. : No appeal will lie in pursuance of this notice in respect of boundaries decided during the
present survey under section 10(1) of Act VIII of 1923.
Date Survey Officer
Initial survey
As now
Re-survey As per revenue accounts of fasli
surveyed
Revision survey
Remarks
Survey field Sub-division Survey field Sub-division
Area Area
number number number number or letter
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

FORM NO. 32
(Survey Manual, Chap. IX, Rule 52)
Acknowledgement receipt of notice under Section 9(2) of the Andhra Pradesh Survey and
Boundaries Act of 1923.
Mandal Village
Town Ward
Notice Survey and Sub-division Signature of the

numbers in respect of recipient (or V.A.O.
Name of Date of receipt
No. which the 9(2) noticed is if addressee is
Addressee served illiterate)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(B.P. Mis. No. 3514, dated 19th October 1928 and

B.P. Mis. No. 1519, dated 26th August 1944.)

FORM NO. 33
LAND COMPLAINT PETITION
Before the Assistant Director, No. ……. Party (Headquarters)/ District Maintenance Unit
….District.
𝑃𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 10(1)
Under sections 11(1) of the Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries Act VIII of 1923
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑙
No……………………….. of 19 …………..
(N.B.: Fill up carefully and strike out words which are inapplicable)
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑓𝑓
1. Name and address of
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑛𝑡
2. Name and address of 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡
3. Survey or survey and

subdivision number the
boundary of which is disputed Survey or State whether
Village survey and the survey
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑠 Mandal no. and subdivision numbers quoted
1. 𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑠 name number are old or new
𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑠
2. 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠
4. Nature of complaint
5. If an appeal, date of decision appealed against or date of service of 9(2) notice.
6. If not filed within time, reasons for delay.
Place :
Date : Signature of the Plaintiff or Appellant

INSTRUCTIONS
1. Give the father’s or uncle’s name, caste, occupation, residence and post office of the
plaintiff or appellant and defendant or respondent.
2. a) All registered holders between whose properties and the petitioners the boundary
complained of lies should be made parties
b) Should there be joint holders, all of them should be made parties to the complaint
and their names and addresses given.
c) If Government is a party the department under whose control the adjoining
Government land is should be stated thus;
Government Revenue Department, Government Forest Department, Government
Public Works Department.
3. Either the old or the new survey number, or survey number and subdivision may be given.
4. Sketches showing the disputed plot should accompany the petition in all complaints under
section 10(1) and appeals on the orders under section 9(1). As many sketches as there are
copies of petition should be submitted.
5. In regard to appeals against orders under section 10(1) A CERTIFIED COPY OF THE
ORDER SHOULD BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH THE APPEAL PETITION.
6. a) The time for filing an appeal is 60 days from the date of service of the order under
sections 9(1) and 10(1)
b) If the appellant claim’s that the time taken for obtaining copy of the decision and the
map may not be included within the period of 60 days allowed for appeal, the date
of application for supply of copies and the date of supply of copies should be stated.
General
1. There should be as many copies of the petition or appeal as there are defendants or
respondents.
2. Separate complaints should be submitted for each holding
3. The petition should bear one two rupees’ court-fee stamp. If complaints relating to several
fields or subdivisions included in one holding are presented at the same time, one two
rupees court-fee stamp affixed to any one of the petitions is enough.

FORM NO. 64
(Survey Manual, Chap. XIV, Rule 44)
No. SY. PARTY / DT. MAINTENANCE UNIT …… DISTRICT
Notice to Party under section 10(2) or 11(1)
𝑂𝑟𝑖𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙
In the 𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑒 Survey Court of
Dy. Inspector of Survey Inspector of Survey Asst. Director of Survey.
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡
In re No……………... under section ………………..…….. of the Andhra Pradesh
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑙
Survey and Boundaries Act of 1923 of village no………………………. mandal
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑛𝑡
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡
Nature of complaint Incorrect demarcation
Village Nos.
Survey Nos.
On the boundary between
Survey and
Subdivision Nos.
Decision :
CAMP :
Date : Survey Officer
Complainant
Appellant
True copy to
Defendant
Respondent
N.B.: This decision is final unless set aside on an appeal filed within three months to the survey
officer superior to the officer who records this decision.

IX. Notes on Village Accounts


ROLE OF VILLAGE ACCOUNTS IN THE LAND ADMINSTRATION
BACK GROUND – SURVEY, SETTLEMENTS & LAND RECORDS

 Cadastral Survey – The main purpose is to prepare accurate record of all holdings in a
village.
 Survey Department prepares Village Maps and Field Measurement Books.
 The procedure by which the assessment is determined is styled as “Settlement of Land

Revenue”.
Settlement in Andhra Area :
The first beginnings of a regularly assessed Land Revenue may be traced to Akbar 1571
A.D. The land was assessed and classified and the value of the produce was taken as the
average of the prices of the preceding 19 years. The Government share was taken as 1/3rd
of the gross produce. The settlement was at first every year but later on once in ten years.
Akbar’s successors, however, were not scrupulous about this levy, so much so that in the
later days before the British assumed sovereignty, the imposition of the revenue was
arbitrary and the collection most iniquitous.
Several systems of settlement were tried in different Regions in India till 1817. The one
common feature about all these systems is that they regarded the village as the Unit.
Finally in 1817, the Court of Directors issued instructions for the introduction of the
Ryotwari system of settlement. “Under the ryotwari system, every registered holder of
land is recognized as its proprietor and pays land revenue direct to Government. He is at
liberty to sublet his property or to transfer it by gift, sale or mortgage. He cannot be
ejected by Government so long as he pays the fixed assessment and has the option of
annually increasing or diminishing his holding or of entirely abandoning it.
Essential Principles of Settlement : The soil is divided into certain main classes
according to their mechanical composition. There were 14 classes. Each class is divided
into sorts with reference to its chemical composition.
In the case of irrigated lands, the sorts are adjusted with reference to their facilities for
irrigation owing to their proximity or otherwise to the irrigation source.
Soils which have been to yield alike or very nearly so, are arranged in groups which are
called ‘Tarams’. As soils possess different productive powers when irrigated and dry, two
scales of tarams, one for wet and another for dry, are adopted.
System of Survey : In Andhra Region, during the first survey, different systems (7) were
adopted. The Diagonal and Offset method is the latest one. The survey operations are
being conducted as per the provisions of A.P. Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923.
Settlement in Telangana Area : It is divided into following three stages –
1) Soil Classification.
2) Classer Akar, (Office Processes of Work).
3) Jamabandi work.

Messer’s Gold Smith and Wingate were the two Officers who were connected with the
Bombay system of survey and settlement. The principles followed for classification of
soils were based on the following objectives:
 The object sought to be achieved is the determination of the relative values of the fields
into which the land is divided during the process of measurement.
 The circumstances that affect the values of fields in a village, where the climate is
uniform, or their natural production capabilities, their situation with reference to the
village site and source of irrigation such as tanks or canals etc., supply of water for
irrigation and other facilities for agricultural operations.
 There are seven classes in the soil. The relative values of these classes are expressed in
terms of annas such as 16, 15, 14, 11, 8, 5 and 3 annas.
 The dry lands are divided into two categories (i) Black cotton soil (Regad) and (ii) Chalka
(Red).
Survey System : In Telangana area also survey and settlements dates back to the hoary
past when Akbar ruled the Country in 16th Century.
 The Bombay Survey System was adopted in Telangana Region prior to extension of A.P.
Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923. The method adopted under this system is known as the
chain and cross staff method.
 The Hyderabad Land Revenue Act, 1317 F (Act VIII of 1317 F) contains the provisions
which constitute the legal basis of the Survey and Settlement of Villages.
 After re-organization of States, Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923 in force in Andhra
Region was extended to Telangana Region with effect from 1-8-1959 by the A.P. Survey
and Boundaries (Extension & Amendment) Act, 1958.
 The survey operations in this region are now being conducted under the provisions of
Andhra Pradesh Survey and Boundaries Act, 1923.
ROLE OF VILLAGE ACCOUNTS PRIOR TO INDEPENDENCE :

 The Land Revenue was the main source of income to the Government in both the Regions.
 The main function of the Revenue Administration was the fixation of revenue demand
and collection of Land Revenue.
 There were 38 Village Accounts in Andhra Area and 39 Village Accounts in Telangana
Area.
 The purpose of maintenance of all these Village Accounts was mainly fixation of
assessment and watching revenue collections
ROLE OF VILLAGE ACCOUNTS AFTER INDEPENDENCE :

 The Land Revenue is no longer the source of revenue to the Government, it used to be.
 Maintenance of Land Records too lost its significance.

 The Government have reduced Village Accounts from 39 to 22 and from 38 to 23 in

Telangana Area and Andhra Area vide G.O.Ms.No. 599 Revenue (N) Department dt.1-7-
1976 and G.O.Ms.No. 1474 Revenue
 (N) Department dt.15-12-1979 respectively.
 The Account No.2 (Adangal) in Andhra Area and Account No.3 (Pahani) in Telangana
Area have been integrated vide G.O.Ms.No. 734 Revenue
 (N) Department dt.27-4-1983 and G.O.Ms.no. 1070 Revenue (N) Department dt.6-8-
1983.
 The Estimates Committee of 1985-86 has recommended in its Third Report, the
appointment of Specialists Committee for introduction of Common Village Accounts for
both the Regions in view of the abolition of Institution of Village Officers.
 The Specialists Committee was appointed by the Government under the Chairmanship of
the Commissioner of Land Revenue vide G.O.Ms.No.115 Revenue (N) Department dt.8-
2-1989.
 Based on the recommendations of the Specialists Committee, common 11 Village

Accounts introduced for both the regions of Andhra and Telangana vide G.O.Ms.No. 265
Revenue (LR. II) Department dt.10-3-1992.
 The new integrated Village Accounts have been adopted from 1-7-1992 i.e., 1402 Fasli.
 The effective implementation of Land Reforms and other Land Administration Laws is
based on up to date Village Accounts.
 The maintenance of updated records not only gives a sense of security to the landowners
and for promoting investment for higher land productivity. Correct records enable them
to obtain credit more easily. All this would require their rights to be recorded, firm in law,
and free from doubt. Chaos in land data management leads to litigation, numerous
disputes, encroachments, and ultimately to the emergence of land mafia, especially in
urban areas.
ANALYSIS OF VILLAGE RECORDS & ACCOUNTS :

Village Map : It is a key to the field Atlas (F.M.B). It is intended mainly to act as an
index to the Field Measurement Book so as to enable an inspecting officer to identify any
field independently and to make sure that the correct field has been pointed out to him. It
gives an idea of the relative position of survey fields, in other wards the ‘lie’ of the survey
fields. With the help of the village map, you are able to find out where a particular field
is and to get to it. Having got to it, if you require the other particulars regarding the field
such as the measurements of its boundaries or the number of sub-divisions in it, you have
to refer to F.M.B. Village Maps are printed at the Central Survey Office, Hyderabad and
supplied to the Collector, R.D.O; Tahsildar Office, Village functionary and other
Departments as per the scale of distribution approved by Government.
Field Measurement Book (FMB) : It contains pictorial representation of the survey
fields and sub-divisions recorded in the “A” Register. A record of measurements of
individual fields and sub-divisions is thus provided which will enable any inspecting

officer to identify the boundaries whenever it is required for the investigation of disputed
boundaries, for the detection of encroachments; for the measurement of further sub-
divisions etc., It also enables the Revenue Officers to check the cultivation of each holding
during azmoish and find out at a glance whether there is a palpable encroachment or not
in any poramboke field. 3 copies are prepared by the Survey department. Original copy is
preserved in State Archives, duplicate copy is supplied to Tahsildar office and triplicate
copy is supplied to the Village functionary.
Printed Diglot or “A” Register/Sethwar Register : It is the authoritative record for the
settlement and revenue particulars of every survey field and sub-division in the village.
It forms the whole basis of the Revenue Administration. It gives the specification, tenure
Government or Inam, Dry, Wet, Unassessed or Poramboke, source of irrigation, class and
sort of soil, taram, rate per acre, extent and assessment of each field and sub-division and
lastly the name of the pattadar or registered holder. Reference to this record is necessary
to ascertain the assessments on individual holdings and to dispose of cases of transfers of
land from one head to another.
Supply of extracts from the Published Survey and Settlement Records : Published
Survey and Settlement Records are –
1) Village Map
2) F.M.B
3) Diglot (A) Register
Extracts from the F.M.B. and Settlement Register (i.e.,) Diglot Register for the required
S.NOs. and sub-divisions can be obtained by the pattadars or the persons who are in
possession of the lands from the Tahsildar office by submitting an application to the
Tahsildar enclosing the challan of payment of the prescribed fee in the Treasury. A copy
of the village map can be obtained from the Central Survey Office at Hyderabad by paying
the cost of the map through a challan.
INTEGRATED VILLAGE ACCOUNTS:

Village Account No.1 : Register showing Government Lands and Land on lease,
Assignments, Alienations and Area Available for Assignment (Permanent Register). It
contains 20 columns – Form appended.
Village Account No.2 : Register of changes in the Village (Annual Register). The
changes in the land caused due to the assignment of Government lands, sales, succession
and partition have to be recorded in this Account. It contains 12 columns – Form
appended.
Changes in Ownership : The changes that arise in respect of ownership of holdings can
be broadly categorized into four main divisions.
a) Assignment of Government waste or poramboke lands to weaker sections of the
society or alienation of Government waste or poramboke lands to Institutions etc.,
b) Relinquishments of patta lands by the land holders due to several reasons such as
erosions on the sides of river beds, land becoming unfit for cultivation or any other
useful purpose etc.,

c) Transfer of patta lands from one registered holder to another due to sales, partition
of joint holdings, succession of title, gifts etc., more than 80% of the changes relate
to this item.
d) All changes relating to change of classification of land (i.e.,) from wet to dry or vice-
versa, waste to poramboke or vice-versa, patta to poramboke or vice-versa. All cases
relating to Land Acquisition are dealt with under this item.
In order to closely watch the progress of work till these changes are finally incorporated
in the Basic Land Records (ie.,) Village F.M.B. (Record of Measurement) and ‘A’
Register or Diglot, a special register is maintained in the Mandal office for each type of
these changes since different procedure is to be adopted in giving effect to these four
categories of changes. These Mandal registers are called –
1) No.4 Register or the Register of Darkhasts;
2) No.5 Register or Register of relinquishments
3) No.6 Register or the Register relating to the transfer of Registry; and
4) No.7 Register or Register of changes of classification.
• Register No.4 : All applications for assignment of Government waste lands or poramboke
lands are entered in this Register.
• Register No.5 : All applications for relinquishment of patta lands will be registered. All
such lands will be registered as assessed waste.
• Register No.6 : Many changes occur frequently due to the transfer of holdings or potions
of holdings on account of sale, gift, partition, succession etc. All these cases are entered
in this Register which is called Register of Transfer of Registry or patta transfers under
two sections – Section-I relates to cases forwarded by the Registration Department and
Section-II includes all other cases detected either by the village functionary or Revenue
Inspectors or reported to the Tahsildar by the parties themselves.
• Register No.7 : Lands are often transferred from one head of classification to another
from ‘Dry’ to ‘Wet’ or vice-versa; Waste to poramboke or vice-versa. Action in such
cases is taken in this Register called Register of classification changes.
• Register No.8-A : This special register is intended to watch the progress of work relating
to measurement of new survey numbers or sub-divisions, observance of legal formalities
under the Survey & Boundaries Act in cases where it is necessary and incorporation of
changes in the village and taluk accounts in respect of all cases entered in Register Nos.
4, 5, 6 and 7 and subsequently brought to this register.
Village Account No.3 : Statement of Occupation and Cultivation field by field. It is a
very important account. It contains 31 columns. (Form appended)
The Columns in Account No.3 are divided into four parts as follows –
Part-I Cols. 1 to 10 : are meant for recording Survey No. / Settlement
Bandoubust/ Survey Nos. Sub-Division Nos.
Part-II Cols. 11 to 15 : are meant for recording ROR
Part-III Cols. 16 to 18 : are meant for recording utilization of land for cultivation.

Part-IV Cols. 19 to 31 : are meant for recording seasonal cultivation, area under
mixed crops, area utilized with water for irrigation and
estimated yield of crip in Kgs. And inspection reports of
VROs/ MRI/ Tahsildar and other officers and remarks
respectively.
Effective implementation of Land Administration Laws depends on the entries recorded

in this Register.
Village Account No.3-A : It contains 14 columns. Monthly cultivation account and
estimated out turn – Meant for recording details of crops raised with extents, extents
irrigated and estimated yield of each variety of crops. This return is to be prepared and
submitted to the Tahsildar before 3rd of every succeeding month.
Village Account No.4 : Register of holding and Land Revenue Demand (Asamiwari)
(Annual Register). It contains 33 columns – Land Revenue and all kinds of cesses and
drainage cess are abolished. Hence Column Nos. 8, 16 to 19, 24 to 28, 30 to 33 are not
applicable presently. (Form appended)
Village Account No.4-A : Statement showing water charges levied (Annual Register).
Meant for levy of Water Tax as per Water Tax Act, 1988 and penalties. (Form appended)
Village Account No.4-B : Statement of Remissions (Annual Register). (Form appended).
It contains 13 columns.
Paddy – upto 400 kgs -- Full
400 to 600 kgs -- Half
Above 600 kgs -- No remission
Other crops – Below 1/3rd -- Full
1/3rd to 2/3rd -- Half
Above 2/3rd -- No remission
Village Account No. 4-C : Government Lands Encroachment Register (Annual

Register). (Form appended). It contains 22 columns TA or ADR to be charged in un-
objectionable cases. TA or HDR with penalty not exceeding 20 times TA or Rs. 10/- to
be charged in objectionable cases.
Village Account No. 5 : Demand, Collection and Balance Register (Assamiwari) (Annual
Register). (Form appended)
Village Account No. 6 : Register of Daily Collections (Chitta) (Annual Register). (Form
appended)
Village Account No. 7 : IRSALANAMA (Details of amount collected and remitted in
the Treasury). (Form appended)
Village Account No. 8 : Register of Irrigation Sources. (Form appended)
Village Account No. 8-A : Abstract of Irrigation Sources Register (Annual Register).
(Form appended)
Village Account No. 9 : Receipt for Land Revenue. (Form appended). It contains 7
columns. The receipt should be prepared in duplicate and one should be delivered to the
ryot paying L.R etc.,

Village Account No. 10 : Register of Births during the year. The Format which is revised
as per the A.P. Registration of Births and Deaths rules, 1999 is appended – Maintained
for Calendar Year.
Village Account No. 11 : Register of Deaths during the year. The Format which is
revised as per the A.P. Registration of Births and Deaths rules, 1999 is appended –
Maintained for Calendar Year.
The Village Revenue Officers to register births or deaths within 21 days at free of cost
and within one month (beyond 21 days) after collecting late fee of Rs.2/-.
Tahsildar to order registration of cases beyond one month and within one year after
collecting penalty of Rs.5/-.
RDO to order registration of cases beyond one year after collecting Rs.10/- as penalty.
IMPORTANT MANDAL ACCOUNTS :

• Permanent Register – A : It shows the number, name and description of the villages
and hamlets in the Taluk. It is written in 3 Sections: (i) Ryotwari Villages; (ii) Inam
Villages; and (iii) Zamindari Villages. The villages in each section should be arranged in
the order of their survey map numbers. The number of the village in column 1 shall
represent the survey map number of the village but not serial number for each section. It
denotes village number.
• Permanent Register – B : It shows the area and revenue of permanently settled estates,
whole inam villages, “Lands which have been granted, or lands the emoluments from
which have been granted, by the proprietors subsequent to the permanent settlement”
(when separately registered) and the minor imams therein which have been granted or
continued by the British Government. The application of this register is where the estates
or whole inam villages are not yet taken over.
• Permanent Register – C : Lands held on leases.
• Permanent Register – D : Lands held on long term leases and of lands assigned under
special conditions.
• Permanent Register – E : House sites acquired and assigned to the depressed classes.
• Permanent Register – G : Lands Escheated to Government.
• Register No. 1 : Register of Monthly Cultivation for each Firka.
• Register No. 2 : Register showing the area cultivated and irrigated under different crops.
• Register No. 4 : Current Register of Darkhasts.
• Register No. 5 : Current Register of Relinquishments.
• Register No. 6 : Current Register of Transfer of Registry.
• Register No. 7 : Current Register showing changes in classification.
• Register No. 8-A : Current Register of all changes involving new fields and sub-
divisions.
• Register No. 11 : Register showing particulars of Miscellaneous.

• Register No. 12 : Register showing the settlement of each Ryotwari Village

• Register No. 14-B : Statement showing the village-wise particulars of recoverable
arrears of Revenue written off in Ryotwari Villages.
JAMABANDI :
The objective of the Jamabandi as outlined in B.S.O. 12 is for a detailed scrutiny of
Village and Mandal Accounts with an objective of ascertaining whether all items of Land
Revenue including the demand for permanently settled Estates, Inam Villages and Minor
Inams have been properly determined and brought to accounts. Secondly, it is to check
up whether the statistical data prescribed for economic and administrative purposes have
been correctly gathered and complied. It also provides an opportunity for the higher
officials of Revenue Department to see that all Mandal Authorities from Tahsildar and
downwards have, during the fasli, been doing all that is expected of them, particularly, in
respect of the following subjects viz., careful inspection of cultivation and porambokes,
the prompt and proper disposal of encroachments, and of darkhasts and relinquishments,
and transfers of land, the examination of cash accounts, claims to remission, the collection
of Kist, as they fall due and adjustment of overpayments. The rotation prescribed for
conduct of Jamabandi by the Collectors/Joint Collectors/D.R.Os and by the Divisional
Officers provides an opportunity to the district level officers to know the problems of that
particular Mandal in a more intimate way.
It gives an opportunity to the ayacutdars to bring their grievances to the notice of Revenue
Officials with regard to inadequate supply of water from the Government sources of
Irrigation or about the need of repairs to any of the field channels of other Irrigation
sources or about the loss of crop due to pests etc.,
Though there is every opportunity for the public to approach any officer at any time
throughout the year to get their grievances redressed, still there would be certain
grievances which can be redressed only at the time of Jamabandi (i.e.,) before finalization
of the demand.
• Officers by whom Jamabandi to be conducted on rotation system :
Collector : Conduct of Jamabandi each Mandal at least once in 5 years.
Joint Collector, DRO : Conduct Jamabandi of Mandals as per orders of the Collector.
RDO : Each Divisional Officer would conduct Jamabandi of not more than two Mandals.
SDC : Collector may depute these Officers to conduct Jamabandi of a Mandal.
Jamabandi should ordinarily be conducted at the Mandal Head Quarters. The Jamabandi
of each Mandal must be completed before the close of the Fasli and demand statement
must be closed within 15 days after its expiry.
AZMOISH OF GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE LANDS :

Object : Azmoish is intended for periodical inspection of Govt. lands and private lands to
record upto date information regarding land use, crop condition, irrigation sources,
drainage channels, survey stones and field boundaries etc., in connected Village
Accounts. The periodical Azmoish shall be done every month between 20th and 25th

dates (6 days). 100% Azmoish to be done by Village Revenue Officer, Mandal Revenue
Inspector to azmoish 100% of irrigated crops and 75% of dry lands. Tahsildar to azmoish
30% of irrigated lands and 30% of fruit bearing trees standing on the Government
poramboke.
• Important items to be looked into during Azmoish :
1. Whether survey fields, boundaries, survey stones are intact.
2. Whether the particulars of pattadars and enjoyers tally with that of Village Account
No.3 (columns 11 to 15).
3. What are the crops raised, when raised, and what the estimated yield of crop is ready
for harvest?
4. Which lands are irrigated and with what source of irrigation? Whether any irregular
irrigation is done by tampering the source?
5. If crops are damaged fully or partly, reasons for such damage, and yield thereof?
6. Whether Government land has been encroached, if so by whom, when, how and
whether it is objectionable or un-objectionable, whether the encroacher is an eligible
or ineligible person?
7. What is the condition of irrigation channels and field bodies?
8. What are the trees existing in porambokes, numbers, age of trees, yielding or non-
yielding, whether the usufruct is being sold in public auction? Who is enjoying the
usufruct of trees, how and why?
9. Whether the assignees are enjoying the assigned lands or not? Is there any violation
of conditions of grant?
10. i) Whether tree-pattadars, if any, have violated the conditions of tree patta?
ii) Whether leaseholder has violated the conditions of lease of cultivation rights in
Government lands.
11. Whether the local body or institution violated the conditions of alienation of
Government lands, if any, granted?
12. Whether the lands entered in POB are being safeguarded?
13. What are the sources available to put fishing rights in auction?
The above are the important points to be verified on ground and the facts recorded in the
Village Accounts concerned i.e., Village Account Nos. 1 and 3 compulsorily.
COMPUTERIZATION OF VILLAGE ACCOUNTS :

The Government of Andhra Pradesh has computerized the Pahanis / Adangals of 2003
and these are put on the web. As these records are dynamic in nature, one-time
computerization will be of little help. The computerization would fulfill its purpose only
when the land records are updated which has to be done manually like the correction of
records due to sale or inheritance after making field enquiries.
The ultimate purpose of this computerization is to make the land records available to the
public, complete transparency by putting the records on the web, giving a copy to each

land owner every year and giving them opportunity to get the record corrected, by
simplifying the procedure of corrections, and by involving civil society and panchayats.
ROLE OF VILLAGE REVENUE OFFICERS :

The Panchayat Secretaries, who are working as Village Level Functionaries have to
discharge multifarious duties like regulatory, welfare and developmental activities at
village level as indicated below:
• Maintenance of Eleven (11) integrated Village Accounts.
• 100% Azamoish of crops and inspection of field survey stones.
• Collection of all kinds of Revenues of Government and Panchayat.
• Safeguard the properties of Government and Panchayat.
• Reporting of encroachments in Government lands and illegal occupation of
Government buildings.
• Maintenance of Panchayat Registers.
• Certify the Caste, Income and Residential Certificates, which are issued by MROs.
• Assist the officials for taking advance action in the case of Natural Calamities and
Relief Operations.
• Maintenance of Birth & Death Registers.
• Service of Notices.
• Election Duties.
• Reporting to the Police about suicides, unnatural deaths, murders, and law& order
problems.
• Reporting to the Police about the suspicious persons moving in the Village.
• Welfare measures like assisting the authorities in the distribution of old age pensions,
widow pensions etc.,
• Reporting of any communicable diseases spreading in the Village to the concerned
authorities.
• Assisting the concerned officials in implementation of housing programmers.
• Assisting the concerned authorities in implementing other developmental activities.
• Convening of Panchayat meetings and implementation of the Resolutions of the
Panchaya
****

A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A.P. Survey & Boundaries Act, 1923

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Government of Andhra Pradesh

Andhra Pradesh Survey Tranining Academy

AP SURVEY TRAINING ACADEMY

Year of Publication : 2019

Copies can be obtained from : A.P SURVEY TRAINING ACADEMY

No.of copies : 3000

Directorate of Settlements, Survey and Land Records Distribution of 13

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records i

11. Resurvey, Field measurement ………………………………………… 81

ii Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records iii

7) Scale of distribution of village and other maps ……………………... 250

iv Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

9. Alterations to be reported to the Director of Survey and Land Records.. 266

4. Instructions for the guidance of the Director of settlements, Survey and

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records v

17. Deleted 412

vi Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records vii

19. Increment remission of working statement …………………………….. 487

viii Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records ix

e) Point out of "F" boundaries ……………………………………………. 545

x Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records xi

xii Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records 1

2 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

ACT NO. VIII OF 1923

An Act to amend the law relating to Survey of Lands and Settlement of

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records 3

4 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records 5

9. Power of survey officer to determine and record an undisputed boundary :

6 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

8 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records 9

10 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

Hand Book on Survey & Land Records 11

THE ANDHRA PRADESH GAZETTE

ANDHRA PRADESH ACTS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS ETC.

ACT NUMBER NO. 36 OF 1995

AN ACT TO AMEND THE ANDHRA PRADESH SURVEY AND

Amendment of section 7 of Act No. VIII of 1923.

Levy of one time cess for resurvey etc.

12 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CHIEF COMMISSIONER OF LAND ADMINISTRATION

PRESENT : SRI P. V. RAO, I.A.S.,

Rc.No. I-1/1151/99. Dated: 24-2-1999.

Sub: - P.S. – Directorate of Settlements, Survey and Land Records –

Ref: - 1. G.O.Ms.No. 97 Rev. (2) Dept. dt. 31-1-1977.

1) In the reference cited, orders were issued by the Government to reorganize,

2) In para 2 of the notification of the G.O.cited, Government authorized the

3) In para 3 of the notification of the G.O. cited Government also authoresed

i) Appointing-Disciplinary authority in respect of Assistant Director,

v) Deputation of staff under Foreign Service Rules.

For Chief Commissioner of Land

14 Hand Book on Survey and Land Records

THE ANDHRA PRADESH GAZETTE

No. 6] HYDERABAD, MONDAY, JANUARY 22, 2007.